--- /dev/null
+{
+ "require": {
+ "square/connect": "^2.20",
+ "vlucas/phpdotenv": "^3.1"
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+{
+ "_readme": [
+ "This file locks the dependencies of your project to a known state",
+ "Read more about it at https://getcomposer.org/doc/01-basic-usage.md#composer-lock-the-lock-file",
+ "This file is @generated automatically"
+ ],
+ "content-hash": "5c4c908750cfc6b5ee58fb3e0ad12f6c",
+ "packages": [
+ {
+ "name": "phpoption/phpoption",
+ "version": "1.5.0",
+ "source": {
+ "type": "git",
+ "url": "https://github.com/schmittjoh/php-option.git",
+ "reference": "94e644f7d2051a5f0fcf77d81605f152eecff0ed"
+ },
+ "dist": {
+ "type": "zip",
+ "url": "https://api.github.com/repos/schmittjoh/php-option/zipball/94e644f7d2051a5f0fcf77d81605f152eecff0ed",
+ "reference": "94e644f7d2051a5f0fcf77d81605f152eecff0ed",
+ "shasum": ""
+ },
+ "require": {
+ "php": ">=5.3.0"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "4.7.*"
+ },
+ "type": "library",
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "1.3-dev"
+ }
+ },
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-0": {
+ "PhpOption\\": "src/"
+ }
+ },
+ "notification-url": "https://packagist.org/downloads/",
+ "license": [
+ "Apache2"
+ ],
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Johannes M. Schmitt",
+ "email": "schmittjoh@gmail.com"
+ }
+ ],
+ "description": "Option Type for PHP",
+ "keywords": [
+ "language",
+ "option",
+ "php",
+ "type"
+ ],
+ "time": "2015-07-25T16:39:46+00:00"
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "square/connect",
+ "version": "2.20190327.0",
+ "source": {
+ "type": "git",
+ "url": "https://github.com/square/connect-php-sdk.git",
+ "reference": "ec865d25eaf3a64015215f8e0ed95dae4593417e"
+ },
+ "dist": {
+ "type": "zip",
+ "url": "https://api.github.com/repos/square/connect-php-sdk/zipball/ec865d25eaf3a64015215f8e0ed95dae4593417e",
+ "reference": "ec865d25eaf3a64015215f8e0ed95dae4593417e",
+ "shasum": ""
+ },
+ "require": {
+ "ext-curl": "*",
+ "ext-json": "*",
+ "ext-mbstring": "*",
+ "php": ">=5.3.3"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "~4.0",
+ "satooshi/php-coveralls": "~0.6.1",
+ "squizlabs/php_codesniffer": "~2.0"
+ },
+ "type": "library",
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": {
+ "SquareConnect\\": "lib/"
+ }
+ },
+ "notification-url": "https://packagist.org/downloads/",
+ "license": [
+ "Apache-2.0"
+ ],
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Square, Inc.",
+ "homepage": "https://squareup.com/developers"
+ }
+ ],
+ "description": "PHP client library for the Square Connect v2 API",
+ "homepage": "https://github.com/square/connect-php-sdk",
+ "keywords": [
+ "api",
+ "php",
+ "sdk",
+ "swagger"
+ ],
+ "time": "2019-03-27T20:56:23+00:00"
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "symfony/polyfill-ctype",
+ "version": "v1.11.0",
+ "source": {
+ "type": "git",
+ "url": "https://github.com/symfony/polyfill-ctype.git",
+ "reference": "82ebae02209c21113908c229e9883c419720738a"
+ },
+ "dist": {
+ "type": "zip",
+ "url": "https://api.github.com/repos/symfony/polyfill-ctype/zipball/82ebae02209c21113908c229e9883c419720738a",
+ "reference": "82ebae02209c21113908c229e9883c419720738a",
+ "shasum": ""
+ },
+ "require": {
+ "php": ">=5.3.3"
+ },
+ "suggest": {
+ "ext-ctype": "For best performance"
+ },
+ "type": "library",
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "1.11-dev"
+ }
+ },
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": {
+ "Symfony\\Polyfill\\Ctype\\": ""
+ },
+ "files": [
+ "bootstrap.php"
+ ]
+ },
+ "notification-url": "https://packagist.org/downloads/",
+ "license": [
+ "MIT"
+ ],
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Symfony Community",
+ "homepage": "https://symfony.com/contributors"
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "Gert de Pagter",
+ "email": "backendtea@gmail.com"
+ }
+ ],
+ "description": "Symfony polyfill for ctype functions",
+ "homepage": "https://symfony.com",
+ "keywords": [
+ "compatibility",
+ "ctype",
+ "polyfill",
+ "portable"
+ ],
+ "time": "2019-02-06T07:57:58+00:00"
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "vlucas/phpdotenv",
+ "version": "v3.3.3",
+ "source": {
+ "type": "git",
+ "url": "https://github.com/vlucas/phpdotenv.git",
+ "reference": "dbcc609971dd9b55f48b8008b553d79fd372ddde"
+ },
+ "dist": {
+ "type": "zip",
+ "url": "https://api.github.com/repos/vlucas/phpdotenv/zipball/dbcc609971dd9b55f48b8008b553d79fd372ddde",
+ "reference": "dbcc609971dd9b55f48b8008b553d79fd372ddde",
+ "shasum": ""
+ },
+ "require": {
+ "php": "^5.4 || ^7.0",
+ "phpoption/phpoption": "^1.5",
+ "symfony/polyfill-ctype": "^1.9"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "^4.8.35 || ^5.0 || ^6.0"
+ },
+ "type": "library",
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "3.3-dev"
+ }
+ },
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": {
+ "Dotenv\\": "src/"
+ }
+ },
+ "notification-url": "https://packagist.org/downloads/",
+ "license": [
+ "BSD-3-Clause"
+ ],
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Vance Lucas",
+ "email": "vance@vancelucas.com",
+ "homepage": "http://www.vancelucas.com"
+ }
+ ],
+ "description": "Loads environment variables from `.env` to `getenv()`, `$_ENV` and `$_SERVER` automagically.",
+ "keywords": [
+ "dotenv",
+ "env",
+ "environment"
+ ],
+ "time": "2019-03-06T09:39:45+00:00"
+ }
+ ],
+ "packages-dev": [],
+ "aliases": [],
+ "minimum-stability": "stable",
+ "stability-flags": [],
+ "prefer-stable": false,
+ "prefer-lowest": false,
+ "platform": [],
+ "platform-dev": []
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+// autoload.php @generated by Composer
+
+require_once __DIR__ . '/composer/autoload_real.php';
+
+return ComposerAutoloaderInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e::getLoader();
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of Composer.
+ *
+ * (c) Nils Adermann <naderman@naderman.de>
+ * Jordi Boggiano <j.boggiano@seld.be>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Composer\Autoload;
+
+/**
+ * ClassLoader implements a PSR-0, PSR-4 and classmap class loader.
+ *
+ * $loader = new \Composer\Autoload\ClassLoader();
+ *
+ * // register classes with namespaces
+ * $loader->add('Symfony\Component', __DIR__.'/component');
+ * $loader->add('Symfony', __DIR__.'/framework');
+ *
+ * // activate the autoloader
+ * $loader->register();
+ *
+ * // to enable searching the include path (eg. for PEAR packages)
+ * $loader->setUseIncludePath(true);
+ *
+ * In this example, if you try to use a class in the Symfony\Component
+ * namespace or one of its children (Symfony\Component\Console for instance),
+ * the autoloader will first look for the class under the component/
+ * directory, and it will then fallback to the framework/ directory if not
+ * found before giving up.
+ *
+ * This class is loosely based on the Symfony UniversalClassLoader.
+ *
+ * @author Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ * @author Jordi Boggiano <j.boggiano@seld.be>
+ * @see http://www.php-fig.org/psr/psr-0/
+ * @see http://www.php-fig.org/psr/psr-4/
+ */
+class ClassLoader
+{
+ // PSR-4
+ private $prefixLengthsPsr4 = array();
+ private $prefixDirsPsr4 = array();
+ private $fallbackDirsPsr4 = array();
+
+ // PSR-0
+ private $prefixesPsr0 = array();
+ private $fallbackDirsPsr0 = array();
+
+ private $useIncludePath = false;
+ private $classMap = array();
+ private $classMapAuthoritative = false;
+ private $missingClasses = array();
+ private $apcuPrefix;
+
+ public function getPrefixes()
+ {
+ if (!empty($this->prefixesPsr0)) {
+ return call_user_func_array('array_merge', $this->prefixesPsr0);
+ }
+
+ return array();
+ }
+
+ public function getPrefixesPsr4()
+ {
+ return $this->prefixDirsPsr4;
+ }
+
+ public function getFallbackDirs()
+ {
+ return $this->fallbackDirsPsr0;
+ }
+
+ public function getFallbackDirsPsr4()
+ {
+ return $this->fallbackDirsPsr4;
+ }
+
+ public function getClassMap()
+ {
+ return $this->classMap;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @param array $classMap Class to filename map
+ */
+ public function addClassMap(array $classMap)
+ {
+ if ($this->classMap) {
+ $this->classMap = array_merge($this->classMap, $classMap);
+ } else {
+ $this->classMap = $classMap;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Registers a set of PSR-0 directories for a given prefix, either
+ * appending or prepending to the ones previously set for this prefix.
+ *
+ * @param string $prefix The prefix
+ * @param array|string $paths The PSR-0 root directories
+ * @param bool $prepend Whether to prepend the directories
+ */
+ public function add($prefix, $paths, $prepend = false)
+ {
+ if (!$prefix) {
+ if ($prepend) {
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr0 = array_merge(
+ (array) $paths,
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr0
+ );
+ } else {
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr0 = array_merge(
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr0,
+ (array) $paths
+ );
+ }
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ $first = $prefix[0];
+ if (!isset($this->prefixesPsr0[$first][$prefix])) {
+ $this->prefixesPsr0[$first][$prefix] = (array) $paths;
+
+ return;
+ }
+ if ($prepend) {
+ $this->prefixesPsr0[$first][$prefix] = array_merge(
+ (array) $paths,
+ $this->prefixesPsr0[$first][$prefix]
+ );
+ } else {
+ $this->prefixesPsr0[$first][$prefix] = array_merge(
+ $this->prefixesPsr0[$first][$prefix],
+ (array) $paths
+ );
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Registers a set of PSR-4 directories for a given namespace, either
+ * appending or prepending to the ones previously set for this namespace.
+ *
+ * @param string $prefix The prefix/namespace, with trailing '\\'
+ * @param array|string $paths The PSR-4 base directories
+ * @param bool $prepend Whether to prepend the directories
+ *
+ * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
+ */
+ public function addPsr4($prefix, $paths, $prepend = false)
+ {
+ if (!$prefix) {
+ // Register directories for the root namespace.
+ if ($prepend) {
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr4 = array_merge(
+ (array) $paths,
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr4
+ );
+ } else {
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr4 = array_merge(
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr4,
+ (array) $paths
+ );
+ }
+ } elseif (!isset($this->prefixDirsPsr4[$prefix])) {
+ // Register directories for a new namespace.
+ $length = strlen($prefix);
+ if ('\\' !== $prefix[$length - 1]) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException("A non-empty PSR-4 prefix must end with a namespace separator.");
+ }
+ $this->prefixLengthsPsr4[$prefix[0]][$prefix] = $length;
+ $this->prefixDirsPsr4[$prefix] = (array) $paths;
+ } elseif ($prepend) {
+ // Prepend directories for an already registered namespace.
+ $this->prefixDirsPsr4[$prefix] = array_merge(
+ (array) $paths,
+ $this->prefixDirsPsr4[$prefix]
+ );
+ } else {
+ // Append directories for an already registered namespace.
+ $this->prefixDirsPsr4[$prefix] = array_merge(
+ $this->prefixDirsPsr4[$prefix],
+ (array) $paths
+ );
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Registers a set of PSR-0 directories for a given prefix,
+ * replacing any others previously set for this prefix.
+ *
+ * @param string $prefix The prefix
+ * @param array|string $paths The PSR-0 base directories
+ */
+ public function set($prefix, $paths)
+ {
+ if (!$prefix) {
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr0 = (array) $paths;
+ } else {
+ $this->prefixesPsr0[$prefix[0]][$prefix] = (array) $paths;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Registers a set of PSR-4 directories for a given namespace,
+ * replacing any others previously set for this namespace.
+ *
+ * @param string $prefix The prefix/namespace, with trailing '\\'
+ * @param array|string $paths The PSR-4 base directories
+ *
+ * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
+ */
+ public function setPsr4($prefix, $paths)
+ {
+ if (!$prefix) {
+ $this->fallbackDirsPsr4 = (array) $paths;
+ } else {
+ $length = strlen($prefix);
+ if ('\\' !== $prefix[$length - 1]) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException("A non-empty PSR-4 prefix must end with a namespace separator.");
+ }
+ $this->prefixLengthsPsr4[$prefix[0]][$prefix] = $length;
+ $this->prefixDirsPsr4[$prefix] = (array) $paths;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Turns on searching the include path for class files.
+ *
+ * @param bool $useIncludePath
+ */
+ public function setUseIncludePath($useIncludePath)
+ {
+ $this->useIncludePath = $useIncludePath;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Can be used to check if the autoloader uses the include path to check
+ * for classes.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getUseIncludePath()
+ {
+ return $this->useIncludePath;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Turns off searching the prefix and fallback directories for classes
+ * that have not been registered with the class map.
+ *
+ * @param bool $classMapAuthoritative
+ */
+ public function setClassMapAuthoritative($classMapAuthoritative)
+ {
+ $this->classMapAuthoritative = $classMapAuthoritative;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Should class lookup fail if not found in the current class map?
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isClassMapAuthoritative()
+ {
+ return $this->classMapAuthoritative;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * APCu prefix to use to cache found/not-found classes, if the extension is enabled.
+ *
+ * @param string|null $apcuPrefix
+ */
+ public function setApcuPrefix($apcuPrefix)
+ {
+ $this->apcuPrefix = function_exists('apcu_fetch') && ini_get('apc.enabled') ? $apcuPrefix : null;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * The APCu prefix in use, or null if APCu caching is not enabled.
+ *
+ * @return string|null
+ */
+ public function getApcuPrefix()
+ {
+ return $this->apcuPrefix;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Registers this instance as an autoloader.
+ *
+ * @param bool $prepend Whether to prepend the autoloader or not
+ */
+ public function register($prepend = false)
+ {
+ spl_autoload_register(array($this, 'loadClass'), true, $prepend);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unregisters this instance as an autoloader.
+ */
+ public function unregister()
+ {
+ spl_autoload_unregister(array($this, 'loadClass'));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Loads the given class or interface.
+ *
+ * @param string $class The name of the class
+ * @return bool|null True if loaded, null otherwise
+ */
+ public function loadClass($class)
+ {
+ if ($file = $this->findFile($class)) {
+ includeFile($file);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Finds the path to the file where the class is defined.
+ *
+ * @param string $class The name of the class
+ *
+ * @return string|false The path if found, false otherwise
+ */
+ public function findFile($class)
+ {
+ // class map lookup
+ if (isset($this->classMap[$class])) {
+ return $this->classMap[$class];
+ }
+ if ($this->classMapAuthoritative || isset($this->missingClasses[$class])) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (null !== $this->apcuPrefix) {
+ $file = apcu_fetch($this->apcuPrefix.$class, $hit);
+ if ($hit) {
+ return $file;
+ }
+ }
+
+ $file = $this->findFileWithExtension($class, '.php');
+
+ // Search for Hack files if we are running on HHVM
+ if (false === $file && defined('HHVM_VERSION')) {
+ $file = $this->findFileWithExtension($class, '.hh');
+ }
+
+ if (null !== $this->apcuPrefix) {
+ apcu_add($this->apcuPrefix.$class, $file);
+ }
+
+ if (false === $file) {
+ // Remember that this class does not exist.
+ $this->missingClasses[$class] = true;
+ }
+
+ return $file;
+ }
+
+ private function findFileWithExtension($class, $ext)
+ {
+ // PSR-4 lookup
+ $logicalPathPsr4 = strtr($class, '\\', DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) . $ext;
+
+ $first = $class[0];
+ if (isset($this->prefixLengthsPsr4[$first])) {
+ $subPath = $class;
+ while (false !== $lastPos = strrpos($subPath, '\\')) {
+ $subPath = substr($subPath, 0, $lastPos);
+ $search = $subPath.'\\';
+ if (isset($this->prefixDirsPsr4[$search])) {
+ $pathEnd = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . substr($logicalPathPsr4, $lastPos + 1);
+ foreach ($this->prefixDirsPsr4[$search] as $dir) {
+ if (file_exists($file = $dir . $pathEnd)) {
+ return $file;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // PSR-4 fallback dirs
+ foreach ($this->fallbackDirsPsr4 as $dir) {
+ if (file_exists($file = $dir . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $logicalPathPsr4)) {
+ return $file;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // PSR-0 lookup
+ if (false !== $pos = strrpos($class, '\\')) {
+ // namespaced class name
+ $logicalPathPsr0 = substr($logicalPathPsr4, 0, $pos + 1)
+ . strtr(substr($logicalPathPsr4, $pos + 1), '_', DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR);
+ } else {
+ // PEAR-like class name
+ $logicalPathPsr0 = strtr($class, '_', DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) . $ext;
+ }
+
+ if (isset($this->prefixesPsr0[$first])) {
+ foreach ($this->prefixesPsr0[$first] as $prefix => $dirs) {
+ if (0 === strpos($class, $prefix)) {
+ foreach ($dirs as $dir) {
+ if (file_exists($file = $dir . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $logicalPathPsr0)) {
+ return $file;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // PSR-0 fallback dirs
+ foreach ($this->fallbackDirsPsr0 as $dir) {
+ if (file_exists($file = $dir . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $logicalPathPsr0)) {
+ return $file;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // PSR-0 include paths.
+ if ($this->useIncludePath && $file = stream_resolve_include_path($logicalPathPsr0)) {
+ return $file;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Scope isolated include.
+ *
+ * Prevents access to $this/self from included files.
+ */
+function includeFile($file)
+{
+ include $file;
+}
--- /dev/null
+
+Copyright (c) Nils Adermann, Jordi Boggiano
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished
+to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
+
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+// autoload_classmap.php @generated by Composer
+
+$vendorDir = dirname(dirname(__FILE__));
+$baseDir = dirname($vendorDir);
+
+return array(
+);
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+// autoload_files.php @generated by Composer
+
+$vendorDir = dirname(dirname(__FILE__));
+$baseDir = dirname($vendorDir);
+
+return array(
+ '320cde22f66dd4f5d3fd621d3e88b98f' => $vendorDir . '/symfony/polyfill-ctype/bootstrap.php',
+);
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+// autoload_namespaces.php @generated by Composer
+
+$vendorDir = dirname(dirname(__FILE__));
+$baseDir = dirname($vendorDir);
+
+return array(
+ 'PhpOption\\' => array($vendorDir . '/phpoption/phpoption/src'),
+);
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+// autoload_psr4.php @generated by Composer
+
+$vendorDir = dirname(dirname(__FILE__));
+$baseDir = dirname($vendorDir);
+
+return array(
+ 'Symfony\\Polyfill\\Ctype\\' => array($vendorDir . '/symfony/polyfill-ctype'),
+ 'SquareConnect\\' => array($vendorDir . '/square/connect/lib'),
+ 'Dotenv\\' => array($vendorDir . '/vlucas/phpdotenv/src'),
+);
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+// autoload_real.php @generated by Composer
+
+class ComposerAutoloaderInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e
+{
+ private static $loader;
+
+ public static function loadClassLoader($class)
+ {
+ if ('Composer\Autoload\ClassLoader' === $class) {
+ require __DIR__ . '/ClassLoader.php';
+ }
+ }
+
+ public static function getLoader()
+ {
+ if (null !== self::$loader) {
+ return self::$loader;
+ }
+
+ spl_autoload_register(array('ComposerAutoloaderInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e', 'loadClassLoader'), true, true);
+ self::$loader = $loader = new \Composer\Autoload\ClassLoader();
+ spl_autoload_unregister(array('ComposerAutoloaderInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e', 'loadClassLoader'));
+
+ $useStaticLoader = PHP_VERSION_ID >= 50600 && !defined('HHVM_VERSION') && (!function_exists('zend_loader_file_encoded') || !zend_loader_file_encoded());
+ if ($useStaticLoader) {
+ require_once __DIR__ . '/autoload_static.php';
+
+ call_user_func(\Composer\Autoload\ComposerStaticInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e::getInitializer($loader));
+ } else {
+ $map = require __DIR__ . '/autoload_namespaces.php';
+ foreach ($map as $namespace => $path) {
+ $loader->set($namespace, $path);
+ }
+
+ $map = require __DIR__ . '/autoload_psr4.php';
+ foreach ($map as $namespace => $path) {
+ $loader->setPsr4($namespace, $path);
+ }
+
+ $classMap = require __DIR__ . '/autoload_classmap.php';
+ if ($classMap) {
+ $loader->addClassMap($classMap);
+ }
+ }
+
+ $loader->register(true);
+
+ if ($useStaticLoader) {
+ $includeFiles = Composer\Autoload\ComposerStaticInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e::$files;
+ } else {
+ $includeFiles = require __DIR__ . '/autoload_files.php';
+ }
+ foreach ($includeFiles as $fileIdentifier => $file) {
+ composerRequireb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e($fileIdentifier, $file);
+ }
+
+ return $loader;
+ }
+}
+
+function composerRequireb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e($fileIdentifier, $file)
+{
+ if (empty($GLOBALS['__composer_autoload_files'][$fileIdentifier])) {
+ require $file;
+
+ $GLOBALS['__composer_autoload_files'][$fileIdentifier] = true;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+// autoload_static.php @generated by Composer
+
+namespace Composer\Autoload;
+
+class ComposerStaticInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e
+{
+ public static $files = array (
+ '320cde22f66dd4f5d3fd621d3e88b98f' => __DIR__ . '/..' . '/symfony/polyfill-ctype/bootstrap.php',
+ );
+
+ public static $prefixLengthsPsr4 = array (
+ 'S' =>
+ array (
+ 'Symfony\\Polyfill\\Ctype\\' => 23,
+ 'SquareConnect\\' => 14,
+ ),
+ 'D' =>
+ array (
+ 'Dotenv\\' => 7,
+ ),
+ );
+
+ public static $prefixDirsPsr4 = array (
+ 'Symfony\\Polyfill\\Ctype\\' =>
+ array (
+ 0 => __DIR__ . '/..' . '/symfony/polyfill-ctype',
+ ),
+ 'SquareConnect\\' =>
+ array (
+ 0 => __DIR__ . '/..' . '/square/connect/lib',
+ ),
+ 'Dotenv\\' =>
+ array (
+ 0 => __DIR__ . '/..' . '/vlucas/phpdotenv/src',
+ ),
+ );
+
+ public static $prefixesPsr0 = array (
+ 'P' =>
+ array (
+ 'PhpOption\\' =>
+ array (
+ 0 => __DIR__ . '/..' . '/phpoption/phpoption/src',
+ ),
+ ),
+ );
+
+ public static function getInitializer(ClassLoader $loader)
+ {
+ return \Closure::bind(function () use ($loader) {
+ $loader->prefixLengthsPsr4 = ComposerStaticInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e::$prefixLengthsPsr4;
+ $loader->prefixDirsPsr4 = ComposerStaticInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e::$prefixDirsPsr4;
+ $loader->prefixesPsr0 = ComposerStaticInitb5a9b54f61d17ebc5de70e6d94fd062e::$prefixesPsr0;
+
+ }, null, ClassLoader::class);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+[
+ {
+ "name": "phpoption/phpoption",
+ "version": "1.5.0",
+ "version_normalized": "1.5.0.0",
+ "source": {
+ "type": "git",
+ "url": "https://github.com/schmittjoh/php-option.git",
+ "reference": "94e644f7d2051a5f0fcf77d81605f152eecff0ed"
+ },
+ "dist": {
+ "type": "zip",
+ "url": "https://api.github.com/repos/schmittjoh/php-option/zipball/94e644f7d2051a5f0fcf77d81605f152eecff0ed",
+ "reference": "94e644f7d2051a5f0fcf77d81605f152eecff0ed",
+ "shasum": ""
+ },
+ "require": {
+ "php": ">=5.3.0"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "4.7.*"
+ },
+ "time": "2015-07-25T16:39:46+00:00",
+ "type": "library",
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "1.3-dev"
+ }
+ },
+ "installation-source": "dist",
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-0": {
+ "PhpOption\\": "src/"
+ }
+ },
+ "notification-url": "https://packagist.org/downloads/",
+ "license": [
+ "Apache2"
+ ],
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Johannes M. Schmitt",
+ "email": "schmittjoh@gmail.com"
+ }
+ ],
+ "description": "Option Type for PHP",
+ "keywords": [
+ "language",
+ "option",
+ "php",
+ "type"
+ ]
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "square/connect",
+ "version": "2.20190327.0",
+ "version_normalized": "2.20190327.0.0",
+ "source": {
+ "type": "git",
+ "url": "https://github.com/square/connect-php-sdk.git",
+ "reference": "ec865d25eaf3a64015215f8e0ed95dae4593417e"
+ },
+ "dist": {
+ "type": "zip",
+ "url": "https://api.github.com/repos/square/connect-php-sdk/zipball/ec865d25eaf3a64015215f8e0ed95dae4593417e",
+ "reference": "ec865d25eaf3a64015215f8e0ed95dae4593417e",
+ "shasum": ""
+ },
+ "require": {
+ "ext-curl": "*",
+ "ext-json": "*",
+ "ext-mbstring": "*",
+ "php": ">=5.3.3"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "~4.0",
+ "satooshi/php-coveralls": "~0.6.1",
+ "squizlabs/php_codesniffer": "~2.0"
+ },
+ "time": "2019-03-27T20:56:23+00:00",
+ "type": "library",
+ "installation-source": "dist",
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": {
+ "SquareConnect\\": "lib/"
+ }
+ },
+ "notification-url": "https://packagist.org/downloads/",
+ "license": [
+ "Apache-2.0"
+ ],
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Square, Inc.",
+ "homepage": "https://squareup.com/developers"
+ }
+ ],
+ "description": "PHP client library for the Square Connect v2 API",
+ "homepage": "https://github.com/square/connect-php-sdk",
+ "keywords": [
+ "api",
+ "php",
+ "sdk",
+ "swagger"
+ ]
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "symfony/polyfill-ctype",
+ "version": "v1.11.0",
+ "version_normalized": "1.11.0.0",
+ "source": {
+ "type": "git",
+ "url": "https://github.com/symfony/polyfill-ctype.git",
+ "reference": "82ebae02209c21113908c229e9883c419720738a"
+ },
+ "dist": {
+ "type": "zip",
+ "url": "https://api.github.com/repos/symfony/polyfill-ctype/zipball/82ebae02209c21113908c229e9883c419720738a",
+ "reference": "82ebae02209c21113908c229e9883c419720738a",
+ "shasum": ""
+ },
+ "require": {
+ "php": ">=5.3.3"
+ },
+ "suggest": {
+ "ext-ctype": "For best performance"
+ },
+ "time": "2019-02-06T07:57:58+00:00",
+ "type": "library",
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "1.11-dev"
+ }
+ },
+ "installation-source": "dist",
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": {
+ "Symfony\\Polyfill\\Ctype\\": ""
+ },
+ "files": [
+ "bootstrap.php"
+ ]
+ },
+ "notification-url": "https://packagist.org/downloads/",
+ "license": [
+ "MIT"
+ ],
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Symfony Community",
+ "homepage": "https://symfony.com/contributors"
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "Gert de Pagter",
+ "email": "backendtea@gmail.com"
+ }
+ ],
+ "description": "Symfony polyfill for ctype functions",
+ "homepage": "https://symfony.com",
+ "keywords": [
+ "compatibility",
+ "ctype",
+ "polyfill",
+ "portable"
+ ]
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "vlucas/phpdotenv",
+ "version": "v3.3.3",
+ "version_normalized": "3.3.3.0",
+ "source": {
+ "type": "git",
+ "url": "https://github.com/vlucas/phpdotenv.git",
+ "reference": "dbcc609971dd9b55f48b8008b553d79fd372ddde"
+ },
+ "dist": {
+ "type": "zip",
+ "url": "https://api.github.com/repos/vlucas/phpdotenv/zipball/dbcc609971dd9b55f48b8008b553d79fd372ddde",
+ "reference": "dbcc609971dd9b55f48b8008b553d79fd372ddde",
+ "shasum": ""
+ },
+ "require": {
+ "php": "^5.4 || ^7.0",
+ "phpoption/phpoption": "^1.5",
+ "symfony/polyfill-ctype": "^1.9"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "^4.8.35 || ^5.0 || ^6.0"
+ },
+ "time": "2019-03-06T09:39:45+00:00",
+ "type": "library",
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "3.3-dev"
+ }
+ },
+ "installation-source": "dist",
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": {
+ "Dotenv\\": "src/"
+ }
+ },
+ "notification-url": "https://packagist.org/downloads/",
+ "license": [
+ "BSD-3-Clause"
+ ],
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Vance Lucas",
+ "email": "vance@vancelucas.com",
+ "homepage": "http://www.vancelucas.com"
+ }
+ ],
+ "description": "Loads environment variables from `.env` to `getenv()`, `$_ENV` and `$_SERVER` automagically.",
+ "keywords": [
+ "dotenv",
+ "env",
+ "environment"
+ ]
+ }
+]
--- /dev/null
+vendor/
+phpunit.xml
+composer.lock
--- /dev/null
+language: php
+php:
+ - 5.3
+ - 5.4
+ - 5.5
+ - hhvm
+
+before_script:
+ - wget http://getcomposer.org/composer.phar
+ - php composer.phar install --dev
+
+script:
+ - phpunit
+
+matrix:
+ allow_failures:
+ - php: hhvm
--- /dev/null
+ Apache License
+ Version 2.0, January 2004
+ http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+ 1. Definitions.
+
+ "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+ and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+ "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+ the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+ "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+ other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+ control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+ "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+ direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+ otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+ outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+ "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+ exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+ "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+ including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+ source, and configuration files.
+
+ "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+ transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+ not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+ and conversions to other media types.
+
+ "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+ Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+ copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+ (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+ "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+ form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+ editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+ represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+ of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+ separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+ the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+ "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+ the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+ to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+ submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+ or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+ the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+ means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+ to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+ communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+ and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+ Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+ excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+ designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+ "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+ on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+ subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+ 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+ this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+ worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+ copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+ publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+ Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+ 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+ this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+ worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+ (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+ use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+ where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+ by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+ Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+ with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+ institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+ cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+ or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+ or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+ granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+ as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+ 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+ Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+ modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+ meet the following conditions:
+
+ (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+ Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+ (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that You changed the files; and
+
+ (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+ that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+ attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+ excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+ the Derivative Works; and
+
+ (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+ distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+ include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+ within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+ pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+ of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+ as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+ documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+ within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+ wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+ of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+ do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+ notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+ or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+ that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+ as modifying the License.
+
+ You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+ may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+ for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+ for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+ reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+ the conditions stated in this License.
+
+ 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+ any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+ by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+ this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+ Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+ the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+ with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+ 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+ names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+ except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+ origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+ 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+ agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+ Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+ implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+ of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+ PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+ appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+ risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+ 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+ whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+ unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+ negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+ liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+ incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+ result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+ Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+ work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+ other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+ has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+ 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+ the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+ and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+ or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+ License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+ on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+ of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+ defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+ incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+ of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+ To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+ boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+ replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+ the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+ comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+ file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+ same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+ identification within third-party archives.
+
+ Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+ Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+ http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+ Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ limitations under the License.
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+PHP Option Type [](http://travis-ci.org/schmittjoh/php-option) [](https://scrutinizer-ci.com/g/schmittjoh/php-option/)
+===============
+This adds an Option type for PHP.
+
+The Option type is intended for cases where you sometimes might return a value
+(typically an object), and sometimes you might return no value (typically null)
+depending on arguments, or other runtime factors.
+
+Often times, you forget to handle the case where no value is returned. Not intentionally
+of course, but maybe you did not account for all possible states of the system; or maybe you
+indeed covered all cases, then time goes on, code is refactored, some of these your checks
+might become invalid, or incomplete. Suddenly, without noticing, the no value case is not
+handled anymore. As a result, you might sometimes get fatal PHP errors telling you that
+you called a method on a non-object; users might see blank pages, or worse.
+
+On one hand, the Option type forces a developer to consciously think about both cases
+(returning a value, or returning no value). That in itself will already make your code more
+robust. On the other hand, the Option type also allows the API developer to provide
+more concise API methods, and empowers the API user in how he consumes these methods.
+
+Installation
+============
+Installation is super-easy via composer
+
+```
+composer require phpoption/phpoption
+```
+
+or add it to your composer.json file.
+
+
+Usage
+=====
+
+Using the Option Type in your API
+---------------------------------
+```php
+class MyRepository
+{
+ public function findSomeEntity($criteria)
+ {
+ if (null !== $entity = $this->em->find(...)) {
+ return new \PhpOption\Some($entity);
+ }
+
+ // We use a singleton, for the None case.
+ return \PhpOption\None::create();
+ }
+}
+```
+
+If you are consuming an existing library, you can also use a shorter version
+which by default treats ``null`` as ``None``, and everything else as ``Some`` case:
+
+```php
+class MyRepository
+{
+ public function findSomeEntity($criteria)
+ {
+ return \PhpOption\Option::fromValue($this->em->find(...));
+
+ // or, if you want to change the none value to false for example:
+ return \PhpOption\Option::fromValue($this->em->find(...), false);
+ }
+}
+```
+
+Case 1: You always Require an Entity in Calling Code
+----------------------------------------------------
+```php
+$entity = $repo->findSomeEntity(...)->get(); // returns entity, or throws exception
+```
+
+Case 2: Fallback to Default Value If Not Available
+--------------------------------------------------
+```php
+$entity = $repo->findSomeEntity(...)->getOrElse(new Entity());
+
+// Or, if you want to lazily create the entity.
+$entity = $repo->findSomeEntity(...)->getOrCall(function() {
+ return new Entity();
+});
+```
+
+More Examples
+=============
+
+No More Boiler Plate Code
+-------------------------
+```php
+// Before
+if (null === $entity = $this->findSomeEntity()) {
+ throw new NotFoundException();
+}
+echo $entity->name;
+
+// After
+echo $this->findSomeEntity()->get()->name;
+```
+
+No More Control Flow Exceptions
+-------------------------------
+```php
+// Before
+try {
+ $entity = $this->findSomeEntity();
+} catch (NotFoundException $ex) {
+ $entity = new Entity();
+}
+
+// After
+$entity = $this->findSomeEntity()->getOrElse(new Entity());
+```
+
+More Concise Null Handling
+--------------------------
+```php
+// Before
+$entity = $this->findSomeEntity();
+if (null === $entity) {
+ return new Entity();
+}
+
+return $entity;
+
+// After
+return $this->findSomeEntity()->getOrElse(new Entity());
+```
+
+Trying Multiple Alternative Options
+-----------------------------------
+If you'd like to try multiple alternatives, the ``orElse`` method allows you to
+do this very elegantly:
+
+```php
+return $this->findSomeEntity()
+ ->orElse($this->findSomeOtherEntity())
+ ->orElse($this->createEntity());
+```
+The first option which is non-empty will be returned. This is especially useful
+with lazy-evaluated options, see below.
+
+Lazy-Evaluated Options
+----------------------
+The above example has the flaw that we would need to evaluate all options when
+the method is called which creates unnecessary overhead if the first option is
+already non-empty.
+
+Fortunately, we can easily solve this by using the ``LazyOption`` class:
+
+```php
+return $this->findSomeEntity()
+ ->orElse(new LazyOption(array($this, 'findSomeOtherEntity')))
+ ->orElse(new LazyOption(array($this, 'createEntity')));
+```
+
+This way, only the options that are necessary will actually be evaluated.
+
+
+Performance Considerations
+==========================
+Of course, performance is important. Attached is a performance benchmark which
+you can run on a machine of your choosing.
+
+The overhead incurred by the Option type comes down to the time that it takes to
+create one object, our wrapper. Also, we need to perform one additional method call
+to retrieve the value from the wrapper.
+
+* Overhead: Creation of 1 Object, and 1 Method Call
+* Average Overhead per Invocation (some case/value returned): 0.000000761s (that is 761 nano seconds)
+* Average Overhead per Invocation (none case/null returned): 0.000000368s (that is 368 nano seconds)
+
+The benchmark was run under Ubuntu precise with PHP 5.4.6. As you can see the
+overhead is surprisingly low, almost negligible.
+
+So in conclusion, unless you plan to call a method thousands of times during a
+request, there is no reason to stick to the ``object|null`` return value; better give
+your code some options!
--- /dev/null
+{
+ "name": "phpoption/phpoption",
+ "description": "Option Type for PHP",
+ "keywords": ["php","option","language","type"],
+ "type": "library",
+ "license": "Apache2",
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Johannes M. Schmitt",
+ "email": "schmittjoh@gmail.com"
+ }
+ ],
+ "require": {
+ "php": ">=5.3.0"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "4.7.*"
+ },
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-0": { "PhpOption\\": "src/" }
+ },
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "1.3-dev"
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<phpunit backupGlobals="false"
+ backupStaticAttributes="false"
+ colors="true"
+ convertErrorsToExceptions="true"
+ convertNoticesToExceptions="true"
+ convertWarningsToExceptions="true"
+ processIsolation="false"
+ stopOnFailure="false"
+ syntaxCheck="false"
+ bootstrap="tests/bootstrap.php"
+>
+ <testsuites>
+ <testsuite name="PhpOption Type Test Suite">
+ <directory>./tests/PhpOption/</directory>
+ </testsuite>
+ </testsuites>
+
+ <groups>
+ <exclude>
+ <group>performance</group>
+ </exclude>
+ </groups>
+</phpunit>
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 2012 Johannes M. Schmitt <schmittjoh@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+namespace PhpOption;
+
+final class LazyOption extends Option
+{
+ /** @var callable */
+ private $callback;
+
+ /** @var array */
+ private $arguments;
+
+ /** @var Option|null */
+ private $option;
+
+ /**
+ * Helper Constructor.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callback
+ * @param array $arguments
+ *
+ * @return LazyOption
+ */
+ public static function create($callback, array $arguments = array())
+ {
+ return new self($callback, $arguments);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callback
+ * @param array $arguments
+ */
+ public function __construct($callback, array $arguments = array())
+ {
+ if (!is_callable($callback)) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Invalid callback given');
+ }
+
+ $this->callback = $callback;
+ $this->arguments = $arguments;
+ }
+
+ public function isDefined()
+ {
+ return $this->option()->isDefined();
+ }
+
+ public function isEmpty()
+ {
+ return $this->option()->isEmpty();
+ }
+
+ public function get()
+ {
+ return $this->option()->get();
+ }
+
+ public function getOrElse($default)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->getOrElse($default);
+ }
+
+ public function getOrCall($callable)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->getOrCall($callable);
+ }
+
+ public function getOrThrow(\Exception $ex)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->getOrThrow($ex);
+ }
+
+ public function orElse(Option $else)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->orElse($else);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @deprecated Use forAll() instead.
+ */
+ public function ifDefined($callable)
+ {
+ $this->option()->ifDefined($callable);
+ }
+
+ public function forAll($callable)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->forAll($callable);
+ }
+
+ public function map($callable)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->map($callable);
+ }
+
+ public function flatMap($callable)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->flatMap($callable);
+ }
+
+ public function filter($callable)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->filter($callable);
+ }
+
+ public function filterNot($callable)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->filterNot($callable);
+ }
+
+ public function select($value)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->select($value);
+ }
+
+ public function reject($value)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->reject($value);
+ }
+
+ public function getIterator()
+ {
+ return $this->option()->getIterator();
+ }
+
+ public function foldLeft($initialValue, $callable)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->foldLeft($initialValue, $callable);
+ }
+
+ public function foldRight($initialValue, $callable)
+ {
+ return $this->option()->foldRight($initialValue, $callable);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ private function option()
+ {
+ if (null === $this->option) {
+ $this->option = call_user_func_array($this->callback, $this->arguments);
+ if (!$this->option instanceof Option) {
+ $this->option = null;
+ throw new \RuntimeException('Expected instance of \PhpOption\Option');
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $this->option;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 2012 Johannes M. Schmitt <schmittjoh@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+namespace PhpOption;
+
+use EmptyIterator;
+
+final class None extends Option
+{
+ private static $instance;
+
+ public static function create()
+ {
+ if (null === self::$instance) {
+ self::$instance = new self();
+ }
+
+ return self::$instance;
+ }
+
+ public function get()
+ {
+ throw new \RuntimeException('None has no value.');
+ }
+
+ public function getOrCall($callable)
+ {
+ return call_user_func($callable);
+ }
+
+ public function getOrElse($default)
+ {
+ return $default;
+ }
+
+ public function getOrThrow(\Exception $ex)
+ {
+ throw $ex;
+ }
+
+ public function isEmpty()
+ {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ public function isDefined()
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ public function orElse(Option $else)
+ {
+ return $else;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @deprecated Use forAll() instead.
+ */
+ public function ifDefined($callable)
+ {
+ // Just do nothing in that case.
+ }
+
+ public function forAll($callable)
+ {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function map($callable)
+ {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function flatMap($callable)
+ {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function filter($callable)
+ {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function filterNot($callable)
+ {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function select($value)
+ {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function reject($value)
+ {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function getIterator()
+ {
+ return new EmptyIterator();
+ }
+
+ public function foldLeft($initialValue, $callable)
+ {
+ return $initialValue;
+ }
+
+ public function foldRight($initialValue, $callable)
+ {
+ return $initialValue;
+ }
+
+ private function __construct() { }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 2012 Johannes M. Schmitt <schmittjoh@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+namespace PhpOption;
+
+use IteratorAggregate;
+
+/**
+ * Base Option Class.
+ *
+ * @author Johannes M. Schmitt <schmittjoh@gmail.com>
+ */
+abstract class Option implements IteratorAggregate
+{
+ /**
+ * Creates an option given a return value.
+ *
+ * This is intended for consuming existing APIs and allows you to easily
+ * convert them to an option. By default, we treat ``null`` as the None case,
+ * and everything else as Some.
+ *
+ * @param mixed $value The actual return value.
+ * @param mixed $noneValue The value which should be considered "None"; null
+ * by default.
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ public static function fromValue($value, $noneValue = null)
+ {
+ if ($value === $noneValue) {
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ return new Some($value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Creates an option from an array's value.
+ *
+ * If the key does not exist in the array, the array is not actually an array, or the
+ * array's value at the given key is null, None is returned.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, Some is returned wrapping the value at the given key.
+ *
+ * @param mixed $array a potential array value
+ * @param string $key the key to check
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ public static function fromArraysValue($array, $key)
+ {
+ if ( ! isset($array[$key])) {
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ return new Some($array[$key]);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a lazy-option with the given callback.
+ *
+ * This is also a helper constructor for lazy-consuming existing APIs where
+ * the return value is not yet an option. By default, we treat ``null`` as
+ * None case, and everything else as Some.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callback The callback to evaluate.
+ * @param array $arguments
+ * @param mixed $noneValue The value which should be considered "None"; null
+ * by default.
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ public static function fromReturn($callback, array $arguments = array(), $noneValue = null)
+ {
+ return new LazyOption(function() use ($callback, $arguments, $noneValue) {
+ $return = call_user_func_array($callback, $arguments);
+
+ if ($return === $noneValue) {
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ return new Some($return);
+ });
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Option factory, which creates new option based on passed value.
+ * If value is already an option, it simply returns
+ * If value is a \Closure, LazyOption with passed callback created and returned. If Option returned from callback,
+ * it returns directly (flatMap-like behaviour)
+ * On other case value passed to Option::fromValue() method
+ *
+ * @param Option|\Closure|mixed $value
+ * @param null $noneValue used when $value is mixed or Closure, for None-check
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ public static function ensure($value, $noneValue = null)
+ {
+ if ($value instanceof Option) {
+ return $value;
+ } elseif ($value instanceof \Closure) {
+ return new LazyOption(function() use ($value, $noneValue) {
+ $return = $value();
+
+ if ($return instanceof Option) {
+ return $return;
+ } else {
+ return Option::fromValue($return, $noneValue);
+ }
+ });
+ } else {
+ return Option::fromValue($value, $noneValue);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the value if available, or throws an exception otherwise.
+ *
+ * @throws \RuntimeException if value is not available
+ *
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ abstract public function get();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the value if available, or the default value if not.
+ *
+ * @param mixed $default
+ *
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ abstract public function getOrElse($default);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the value if available, or the results of the callable.
+ *
+ * This is preferable over ``getOrElse`` if the computation of the default
+ * value is expensive.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callable
+ *
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ abstract public function getOrCall($callable);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the value if available, or throws the passed exception.
+ *
+ * @param \Exception $ex
+ *
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ abstract public function getOrThrow(\Exception $ex);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if no value is available, false otherwise.
+ *
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ abstract public function isEmpty();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if a value is available, false otherwise.
+ *
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ abstract public function isDefined();
+
+ /**
+ * Returns this option if non-empty, or the passed option otherwise.
+ *
+ * This can be used to try multiple alternatives, and is especially useful
+ * with lazy evaluating options:
+ *
+ * ```php
+ * $repo->findSomething()
+ * ->orElse(new LazyOption(array($repo, 'findSomethingElse')))
+ * ->orElse(new LazyOption(array($repo, 'createSomething')));
+ * ```
+ *
+ * @param Option $else
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ abstract public function orElse(Option $else);
+
+ /**
+ * This is similar to map() below except that the return value has no meaning;
+ * the passed callable is simply executed if the option is non-empty, and
+ * ignored if the option is empty.
+ *
+ * In all cases, the return value of the callable is discarded.
+ *
+ * ```php
+ * $comment->getMaybeFile()->ifDefined(function($file) {
+ * // Do something with $file here.
+ * });
+ * ```
+ *
+ * If you're looking for something like ``ifEmpty``, you can use ``getOrCall``
+ * and ``getOrElse`` in these cases.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use forAll() instead.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callable
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ abstract public function ifDefined($callable);
+
+ /**
+ * This is similar to map() except that the return value of the callable has no meaning.
+ *
+ * The passed callable is simply executed if the option is non-empty, and ignored if the
+ * option is empty. This method is preferred for callables with side-effects, while map()
+ * is intended for callables without side-effects.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callable
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ abstract public function forAll($callable);
+
+ /**
+ * Applies the callable to the value of the option if it is non-empty,
+ * and returns the return value of the callable wrapped in Some().
+ *
+ * If the option is empty, then the callable is not applied.
+ *
+ * ```php
+ * (new Some("foo"))->map('strtoupper')->get(); // "FOO"
+ * ```
+ *
+ * @param callable $callable
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ abstract public function map($callable);
+
+ /**
+ * Applies the callable to the value of the option if it is non-empty, and
+ * returns the return value of the callable directly.
+ *
+ * In contrast to ``map``, the return value of the callable is expected to
+ * be an Option itself; it is not automatically wrapped in Some().
+ *
+ * @param callable $callable must return an Option
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ abstract public function flatMap($callable);
+
+ /**
+ * If the option is empty, it is returned immediately without applying the callable.
+ *
+ * If the option is non-empty, the callable is applied, and if it returns true,
+ * the option itself is returned; otherwise, None is returned.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callable
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ abstract public function filter($callable);
+
+ /**
+ * If the option is empty, it is returned immediately without applying the callable.
+ *
+ * If the option is non-empty, the callable is applied, and if it returns false,
+ * the option itself is returned; otherwise, None is returned.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callable
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ abstract public function filterNot($callable);
+
+ /**
+ * If the option is empty, it is returned immediately.
+ *
+ * If the option is non-empty, and its value does not equal the passed value
+ * (via a shallow comparison ===), then None is returned. Otherwise, the
+ * Option is returned.
+ *
+ * In other words, this will filter all but the passed value.
+ *
+ * @param mixed $value
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ abstract public function select($value);
+
+ /**
+ * If the option is empty, it is returned immediately.
+ *
+ * If the option is non-empty, and its value does equal the passed value (via
+ * a shallow comparison ===), then None is returned; otherwise, the Option is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * In other words, this will let all values through except the passed value.
+ *
+ * @param mixed $value
+ *
+ * @return Option
+ */
+ abstract public function reject($value);
+
+ /**
+ * Binary operator for the initial value and the option's value.
+ *
+ * If empty, the initial value is returned.
+ * If non-empty, the callable receives the initial value and the option's value as arguments
+ *
+ * ```php
+ *
+ * $some = new Some(5);
+ * $none = None::create();
+ * $result = $some->foldLeft(1, function($a, $b) { return $a + $b; }); // int(6)
+ * $result = $none->foldLeft(1, function($a, $b) { return $a + $b; }); // int(1)
+ *
+ * // This can be used instead of something like the following:
+ * $option = Option::fromValue($integerOrNull);
+ * $result = 1;
+ * if ( ! $option->isEmpty()) {
+ * $result += $option->get();
+ * }
+ * ```
+ *
+ * @param mixed $initialValue
+ * @param callable $callable function(initialValue, callable): result
+ *
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ abstract public function foldLeft($initialValue, $callable);
+
+ /**
+ * foldLeft() but with reversed arguments for the callable.
+ *
+ * @param mixed $initialValue
+ * @param callable $callable function(callable, initialValue): result
+ *
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ abstract public function foldRight($initialValue, $callable);
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 2012 Johannes M. Schmitt <schmittjoh@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+namespace PhpOption;
+
+use ArrayIterator;
+
+final class Some extends Option
+{
+ private $value;
+
+ public function __construct($value)
+ {
+ $this->value = $value;
+ }
+
+ public static function create($value)
+ {
+ return new self($value);
+ }
+
+ public function isDefined()
+ {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ public function isEmpty()
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ public function get()
+ {
+ return $this->value;
+ }
+
+ public function getOrElse($default)
+ {
+ return $this->value;
+ }
+
+ public function getOrCall($callable)
+ {
+ return $this->value;
+ }
+
+ public function getOrThrow(\Exception $ex)
+ {
+ return $this->value;
+ }
+
+ public function orElse(Option $else)
+ {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @deprecated Use forAll() instead.
+ */
+ public function ifDefined($callable)
+ {
+ call_user_func($callable, $this->value);
+ }
+
+ public function forAll($callable)
+ {
+ call_user_func($callable, $this->value);
+
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function map($callable)
+ {
+ return new self(call_user_func($callable, $this->value));
+ }
+
+ public function flatMap($callable)
+ {
+ $rs = call_user_func($callable, $this->value);
+ if ( ! $rs instanceof Option) {
+ throw new \RuntimeException('Callables passed to flatMap() must return an Option. Maybe you should use map() instead?');
+ }
+
+ return $rs;
+ }
+
+ public function filter($callable)
+ {
+ if (true === call_user_func($callable, $this->value)) {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ public function filterNot($callable)
+ {
+ if (false === call_user_func($callable, $this->value)) {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ public function select($value)
+ {
+ if ($this->value === $value) {
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ public function reject($value)
+ {
+ if ($this->value === $value) {
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ public function getIterator()
+ {
+ return new ArrayIterator(array($this->value));
+ }
+
+ public function foldLeft($initialValue, $callable)
+ {
+ return call_user_func($callable, $initialValue, $this->value);
+ }
+
+ public function foldRight($initialValue, $callable)
+ {
+ return call_user_func($callable, $this->value, $initialValue);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace PhpOption\Tests;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+use PhpOption\Option;
+use PhpOption\Some;
+
+/**
+ * Tests for Option::ensure() method
+ *
+ * @covers Option::ensure
+ */
+class EnsureTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ protected function ensure($value, $noneValue = null)
+ {
+ $option = Option::ensure($value, $noneValue);
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\Option', $option);
+ return $option;
+ }
+
+ public function testMixedValue()
+ {
+ $option = $this->ensure(1);
+ $this->assertTrue($option->isDefined());
+ $this->assertSame(1, $option->get());
+ $this->assertFalse($this->ensure(null)->isDefined());
+ $this->assertFalse($this->ensure(1,1)->isDefined());
+ }
+
+ public function testReturnValue()
+ {
+ $option = $this->ensure(function() { return 1; });
+ $this->assertTrue($option->isDefined());
+ $this->assertSame(1, $option->get());
+ $this->assertFalse($this->ensure(function() { return null; })->isDefined());
+ $this->assertFalse($this->ensure(function() { return 1; }, 1)->isDefined());
+ }
+
+ public function testOptionReturnsAsSameInstance()
+ {
+ $option = $this->ensure(1);
+ $this->assertSame($option, $this->ensure($option));
+ }
+
+ public function testOptionReturnedFromClosure()
+ {
+ $option = $this->ensure(function() { return Some::create(1); });
+ $this->assertTrue($option->isDefined());
+ $this->assertSame(1, $option->get());
+
+ $option = $this->ensure(function() { return None::create(); });
+ $this->assertFalse($option->isDefined());
+ }
+
+ public function testClosureReturnedFromClosure()
+ {
+ $option = $this->ensure(function() { return function() {}; });
+ $this->assertTrue($option->isDefined());
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('Closure', $option->get());
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace PhpOption\Tests;
+
+use PhpOption\LazyOption;
+
+class LazyOptionTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ private $subject;
+
+ public function setUp()
+ {
+ $this->subject = $this
+ ->getMockBuilder('Subject')
+ ->setMethods(array('execute'))
+ ->getMock();
+ }
+
+ public function testGetWithArgumentsAndConstructor()
+ {
+ $some = \PhpOption\LazyOption::create(array($this->subject, 'execute'), array('foo'));
+
+ $this->subject
+ ->expects($this->once())
+ ->method('execute')
+ ->with('foo')
+ ->will($this->returnValue(\PhpOption\Some::create('foo')));
+
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->get());
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrElse(null));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrCall('does_not_exist'));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrThrow(new \RuntimeException('does_not_exist')));
+ $this->assertFalse($some->isEmpty());
+ }
+
+ public function testGetWithArgumentsAndCreate()
+ {
+ $some = new \PhpOption\LazyOption(array($this->subject, 'execute'), array('foo'));
+
+ $this->subject
+ ->expects($this->once())
+ ->method('execute')
+ ->with('foo')
+ ->will($this->returnValue(\PhpOption\Some::create('foo')));
+
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->get());
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrElse(null));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrCall('does_not_exist'));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrThrow(new \RuntimeException('does_not_exist')));
+ $this->assertFalse($some->isEmpty());
+ }
+
+ public function testGetWithoutArgumentsAndConstructor()
+ {
+ $some = new \PhpOption\LazyOption(array($this->subject, 'execute'));
+
+ $this->subject
+ ->expects($this->once())
+ ->method('execute')
+ ->will($this->returnValue(\PhpOption\Some::create('foo')));
+
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->get());
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrElse(null));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrCall('does_not_exist'));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrThrow(new \RuntimeException('does_not_exist')));
+ $this->assertFalse($some->isEmpty());
+ }
+
+ public function testGetWithoutArgumentsAndCreate()
+ {
+ $option = \PhpOption\LazyOption::create(array($this->subject, 'execute'));
+
+ $this->subject
+ ->expects($this->once())
+ ->method('execute')
+ ->will($this->returnValue(\PhpOption\Some::create('foo')));
+
+ $this->assertTrue($option->isDefined());
+ $this->assertFalse($option->isEmpty());
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $option->get());
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $option->getOrElse(null));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $option->getOrCall('does_not_exist'));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $option->getOrThrow(new \RuntimeException('does_not_exist')));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @expectedException \RuntimeException
+ * @expectedExceptionMessage None has no value
+ */
+ public function testCallbackReturnsNull()
+ {
+ $option = \PhpOption\LazyOption::create(array($this->subject, 'execute'));
+
+ $this->subject
+ ->expects($this->once())
+ ->method('execute')
+ ->will($this->returnValue(\PhpOption\None::create()));
+
+ $this->assertFalse($option->isDefined());
+ $this->assertTrue($option->isEmpty());
+ $this->assertEquals('alt', $option->getOrElse('alt'));
+ $this->assertEquals('alt', $option->getOrCall(function(){return 'alt';}));
+
+ $option->get();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @expectedException \RuntimeException
+ * @expectedExceptionMessage Expected instance of \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function testExceptionIsThrownIfCallbackReturnsNonOption()
+ {
+ $option = \PhpOption\LazyOption::create(array($this->subject, 'execute'));
+
+ $this->subject
+ ->expects($this->once())
+ ->method('execute')
+ ->will($this->returnValue(null));
+
+ $this->assertFalse($option->isDefined());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @expectedException InvalidArgumentException
+ * @expectedExceptionMessage Invalid callback given
+ */
+ public function testInvalidCallbackAndConstructor()
+ {
+ new \PhpOption\LazyOption('invalidCallback');
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @expectedException InvalidArgumentException
+ * @expectedExceptionMessage Invalid callback given
+ */
+ public function testInvalidCallbackAndCreate()
+ {
+ \PhpOption\LazyOption::create('invalidCallback');
+ }
+
+ public function testifDefined()
+ {
+ $called = false;
+ $self = $this;
+ $this->assertNull(LazyOption::fromValue('foo')->ifDefined(function($v) use (&$called, $self) {
+ $called = true;
+ $self->assertEquals('foo', $v);
+ }));
+ $this->assertTrue($called);
+ }
+
+ public function testForAll()
+ {
+ $called = false;
+ $self = $this;
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\Some', LazyOption::fromValue('foo')->forAll(function($v) use (&$called, $self) {
+ $called = true;
+ $self->assertEquals('foo', $v);
+ }));
+ $this->assertTrue($called);
+ }
+
+ public function testOrElse()
+ {
+ $some = \PhpOption\Some::create('foo');
+ $lazy = \PhpOption\LazyOption::create(function() use ($some) {return $some;});
+ $this->assertSame($some, $lazy->orElse(\PhpOption\None::create()));
+ $this->assertSame($some, $lazy->orElse(\PhpOption\Some::create('bar')));
+ }
+
+ public function testFoldLeftRight()
+ {
+ $callback = function() { };
+
+ $option = $this->getMockForAbstractClass('PhpOption\Option');
+ $option->expects($this->once())
+ ->method('foldLeft')
+ ->with(5, $callback)
+ ->will($this->returnValue(6));
+ $lazyOption = new LazyOption(function() use ($option) { return $option; });
+ $this->assertSame(6, $lazyOption->foldLeft(5, $callback));
+
+ $option->expects($this->once())
+ ->method('foldRight')
+ ->with(5, $callback)
+ ->will($this->returnValue(6));
+ $lazyOption = new LazyOption(function() use ($option) { return $option; });
+ $this->assertSame(6, $lazyOption->foldRight(5, $callback));
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace PhpOption\Tests;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+
+class NoneTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ private $none;
+
+ /**
+ * @expectedException \RuntimeException
+ */
+ public function testGet()
+ {
+ $none = \PhpOption\None::create();
+ $none->get();
+ }
+
+ public function testGetOrElse()
+ {
+ $none = \PhpOption\None::create();
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $none->getOrElse('foo'));
+ }
+
+ public function testGetOrCall()
+ {
+ $none = \PhpOption\None::create();
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $none->getOrCall(function() { return 'foo'; }));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @expectedException \RuntimeException
+ * @expectedExceptionMessage Not Found!
+ */
+ public function testGetOrThrow()
+ {
+ None::create()->getOrThrow(new \RuntimeException('Not Found!'));
+ }
+
+ public function testIsEmpty()
+ {
+ $none = \PhpOption\None::create();
+ $this->assertTrue($none->isEmpty());
+ }
+
+ public function testOrElse()
+ {
+ $option = \PhpOption\Some::create('foo');
+ $this->assertSame($option, \PhpOption\None::create()->orElse($option));
+ }
+
+ public function testifDefined()
+ {
+ $this->assertNull($this->none->ifDefined(function() {
+ throw new \LogicException('Should never be called.');
+ }));
+ }
+
+ public function testForAll()
+ {
+ $this->assertSame($this->none, $this->none->forAll(function() {
+ throw new \LogicException('Should never be called.');
+ }));
+ }
+
+ public function testMap()
+ {
+ $this->assertSame($this->none, $this->none->map(function() {
+ throw new \LogicException('Should not be called.');
+ }));
+ }
+
+ public function testFlatMap()
+ {
+ $this->assertSame($this->none, $this->none->flatMap(function() {
+ throw new \LogicException('Should not be called.');
+ }));
+ }
+
+ public function testFilter()
+ {
+ $this->assertSame($this->none, $this->none->filter(function() {
+ throw new \LogicException('Should not be called.');
+ }));
+ }
+
+ public function testFilterNot()
+ {
+ $this->assertSame($this->none, $this->none->filterNot(function() {
+ throw new \LogicException('Should not be called.');
+ }));
+ }
+
+ public function testSelect()
+ {
+ $this->assertSame($this->none, $this->none->select(null));
+ }
+
+ public function testReject()
+ {
+ $this->assertSame($this->none, $this->none->reject(null));
+ }
+
+ public function testForeach()
+ {
+ $none = \PhpOption\None::create();
+
+ $called = 0;
+ foreach ($none as $value) {
+ $called++;
+ }
+
+ $this->assertEquals(0, $called);
+ }
+
+ public function testFoldLeftRight()
+ {
+ $this->assertSame(1, $this->none->foldLeft(1, function() { $this->fail(); }));
+ $this->assertSame(1, $this->none->foldRight(1, function() { $this->fail(); }));
+ }
+
+ protected function setUp()
+ {
+ $this->none = None::create();
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace PhpOption\Tests;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+use PhpOption\Option;
+use PhpOption\Some;
+
+class OptionTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ public function testfromValueWithDefaultNoneValue()
+ {
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\None', \PhpOption\Option::fromValue(null));
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\Some', \PhpOption\Option::fromValue('value'));
+ }
+
+ public function testFromValueWithFalseNoneValue()
+ {
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\None', \PhpOption\Option::fromValue(false, false));
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\Some', \PhpOption\Option::fromValue('value', false));
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\Some', \PhpOption\Option::fromValue(null, false));
+ }
+
+ public function testFromArraysValue()
+ {
+ $this->assertEquals(None::create(), Option::fromArraysValue('foo', 'bar'));
+ $this->assertEquals(None::create(), Option::fromArraysValue(null, 'bar'));
+ $this->assertEquals(None::create(), Option::fromArraysValue(array('foo' => 'bar'), 'baz'));
+ $this->assertEquals(None::create(), Option::fromArraysValue(array('foo' => null), 'foo'));
+ $this->assertEquals(new Some('foo'), Option::fromArraysValue(array('foo' => 'foo'), 'foo'));
+ }
+
+ public function testFromReturn()
+ {
+ $null = function() { return null; };
+ $false = function() { return false; };
+ $some = function() { return 'foo'; };
+
+ $this->assertTrue(\PhpOption\Option::fromReturn($null)->isEmpty());
+ $this->assertFalse(\PhpOption\Option::fromReturn($false)->isEmpty());
+ $this->assertTrue(\PhpOption\Option::fromReturn($false, array(), false)->isEmpty());
+ $this->assertTrue(\PhpOption\Option::fromReturn($some)->isDefined());
+ $this->assertFalse(\PhpOption\Option::fromReturn($some, array(), 'foo')->isDefined());
+ }
+
+ public function testOrElse()
+ {
+ $a = new \PhpOption\Some('a');
+ $b = new \PhpOption\Some('b');
+
+ $this->assertEquals('a', $a->orElse($b)->get());
+ }
+
+ public function testOrElseWithNoneAsFirst()
+ {
+ $a = \PhpOption\None::create();
+ $b = new \PhpOption\Some('b');
+
+ $this->assertEquals('b', $a->orElse($b)->get());
+ }
+
+ public function testOrElseWithLazyOptions()
+ {
+ $throws = function() { throw new \LogicException('Should never be called.'); };
+
+ $a = new \PhpOption\Some('a');
+ $b = new \PhpOption\LazyOption($throws);
+
+ $this->assertEquals('a', $a->orElse($b)->get());
+ }
+
+ public function testOrElseWithMultipleAlternatives()
+ {
+ $throws = new \PhpOption\LazyOption(function() { throw new \LogicException('Should never be called.'); });
+ $returns = new \PhpOption\LazyOption(function() { return new \PhpOption\Some('foo'); });
+
+ $a = \PhpOption\None::create();
+
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $a->orElse($returns)->orElse($throws)->get());
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace PhpOption\Tests;
+
+/**
+ * @group performance
+ */
+class PerformanceTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ private $traditionalRepo;
+ private $phpOptionRepo;
+
+ public function testSomeCase()
+ {
+ $traditionalTime = microtime(true);
+ for ($i=0; $i<10000; $i++) {
+ if (null === $rs = $this->traditionalRepo->findMaybe(true)) {
+ $rs = new \stdClass();
+ }
+ }
+ $traditionalTime = microtime(true) - $traditionalTime;
+
+ $phpOptionTime = microtime(true);
+ for ($i=0; $i<10000; $i++) {
+ $rs = $this->phpOptionRepo->findMaybe(true)->getOrElse(new \stdClass);
+ }
+ $phpOptionTime = microtime(true) - $phpOptionTime;
+
+ $overheadPerInvocation = ($phpOptionTime - $traditionalTime) / 10000;
+ printf("Overhead per invocation (some case): %.9fs\n", $overheadPerInvocation);
+ }
+
+ public function testNoneCase()
+ {
+ $traditionalTime = microtime(true);
+ for ($i=0; $i<10000; $i++) {
+ if (null === $rs = $this->traditionalRepo->findMaybe(false)) {
+ $rs = new \stdClass();
+ }
+ }
+ $traditionalTime = microtime(true) - $traditionalTime;
+
+ $phpOptionTime = microtime(true);
+ for ($i=0; $i<10000; $i++) {
+ $rs = $this->phpOptionRepo->findMaybe(false)->getOrElse(new \stdClass);
+ }
+ $phpOptionTime = microtime(true) - $phpOptionTime;
+
+ $overheadPerInvocation = ($phpOptionTime - $traditionalTime) / 10000;
+ printf("Overhead per invocation (none case): %.9fs\n", $overheadPerInvocation);
+ }
+
+ protected function setUp()
+ {
+ $this->traditionalRepo = new TraditionalRepo();
+ $this->phpOptionRepo = new PhpOptionRepo();
+ }
+}
+
+class TraditionalRepo
+{
+ public function findMaybe($success)
+ {
+ if ($success) {
+ return new \stdClass;
+ }
+
+ return null;
+ }
+}
+
+class PhpOptionRepo
+{
+ public function findMaybe($success)
+ {
+ if ($success) {
+ return new \PhpOption\Some(new \stdClass);
+ }
+
+ return \PhpOption\None::create();
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace PhpOption\Tests;
+
+use PhpOption\Some;
+
+class SomeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ public function testGet()
+ {
+ $some = new \PhpOption\Some('foo');
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->get());
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrElse(null));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrCall('does_not_exist'));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrThrow(new \RuntimeException('Not found')));
+ $this->assertFalse($some->isEmpty());
+ }
+
+ public function testCreate()
+ {
+ $some = \PhpOption\Some::create('foo');
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->get());
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrElse(null));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrCall('does_not_exist'));
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $some->getOrThrow(new \RuntimeException('Not found')));
+ $this->assertFalse($some->isEmpty());
+ }
+
+ public function testOrElse()
+ {
+ $some = \PhpOption\Some::create('foo');
+ $this->assertSame($some, $some->orElse(\PhpOption\None::create()));
+ $this->assertSame($some, $some->orElse(\PhpOption\Some::create('bar')));
+ }
+
+ public function testifDefined()
+ {
+ $called = false;
+ $self = $this;
+ $some = new Some('foo');
+ $this->assertNull($some->ifDefined(function($v) use (&$called, $self) {
+ $called = true;
+ $self->assertEquals('foo', $v);
+ }));
+ $this->assertTrue($called);
+ }
+
+ public function testForAll()
+ {
+ $called = false;
+ $self = $this;
+ $some = new Some('foo');
+ $this->assertSame($some, $some->forAll(function($v) use (&$called, $self) {
+ $called = true;
+ $self->assertEquals('foo', $v);
+ }));
+ $this->assertTrue($called);
+ }
+
+ public function testMap()
+ {
+ $some = new Some('foo');
+ $this->assertEquals('o', $some->map(function($v) { return substr($v, 1, 1); })->get());
+ }
+
+ public function testFlatMap()
+ {
+ $repo = new Repository(array('foo'));
+
+ $this->assertEquals(array('name' => 'foo'), $repo->getLastRegisteredUsername()
+ ->flatMap(array($repo, 'getUser'))
+ ->getOrCall(array($repo, 'getDefaultUser')));
+ }
+
+ public function testFilter()
+ {
+ $some = new Some('foo');
+
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\None', $some->filter(function($v) { return 0 === strlen($v); }));
+ $this->assertSame($some, $some->filter(function($v) { return strlen($v) > 0; }));
+ }
+
+ public function testFilterNot()
+ {
+ $some = new Some('foo');
+
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\None', $some->filterNot(function($v) { return strlen($v) > 0; }));
+ $this->assertSame($some, $some->filterNot(function($v) { return strlen($v) === 0; }));
+ }
+
+ public function testSelect()
+ {
+ $some = new Some('foo');
+
+ $this->assertSame($some, $some->select('foo'));
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\None', $some->select('bar'));
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\None', $some->select(true));
+ }
+
+ public function testReject()
+ {
+ $some = new Some('foo');
+
+ $this->assertSame($some, $some->reject(null));
+ $this->assertSame($some, $some->reject(true));
+ $this->assertInstanceOf('PhpOption\None', $some->reject('foo'));
+ }
+
+ public function testFoldLeftRight()
+ {
+ $some = new Some(5);
+
+ $this->assertSame(6, $some->foldLeft(1, function($a, $b) {
+ $this->assertEquals(1, $a);
+ $this->assertEquals(5, $b);
+
+ return $a + $b;
+ }));
+
+ $this->assertSame(6, $some->foldRight(1, function($a, $b) {
+ $this->assertEquals(1, $b);
+ $this->assertEquals(5, $a);
+
+ return $a + $b;
+ }));
+ }
+
+ public function testForeach()
+ {
+ $some = new Some('foo');
+
+ $called = 0;
+ $extractedValue = null;
+ foreach ($some as $value) {
+ $extractedValue = $value;
+ $called++;
+ }
+
+ $this->assertEquals('foo', $extractedValue);
+ $this->assertEquals(1, $called);
+ }
+}
+
+// For the interested reader of these tests, we have gone some great lengths
+// to come up with a non-contrived example that might also be used in the
+// real-world, and not only for testing purposes :)
+class Repository
+{
+ private $users;
+
+ public function __construct(array $users = array())
+ {
+ $this->users = $users;
+ }
+
+ // A fast ID lookup, probably cached, sometimes we might not need the entire user.
+ public function getLastRegisteredUsername()
+ {
+ if (empty($this->users)) {
+ return \PhpOption\None::create();
+ }
+
+ return new Some(end($this->users));
+ }
+
+ // Returns a user object (we will live with an array here).
+ public function getUser($name)
+ {
+ if (in_array($name, $this->users, true)) {
+ return new Some(array('name' => $name));
+ }
+
+ return \PhpOption\None::create();
+ }
+
+ public function getDefaultUser()
+ {
+ return array('name' => 'muhuhu');
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+if ( ! is_file($autoloadFile = __DIR__.'/../vendor/autoload.php')) {
+ echo 'Could not find "vendor/autoload.php". Did you forget to run "composer install --dev"?'.PHP_EOL;
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+require_once $autoloadFile;
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+vendor
+composer.lock
+composer.phar
+travis-ci/accounts.json
--- /dev/null
+language: php
+sudo: false
+dist: trusty
+php:
+- 5.4
+- 5.5
+- 5.6
+- 7.0
+cache:
+ directories:
+ - $HOME/.composer/cache/files
+before_install:
+- composer config -g repositories.packagist composer https://packagist.jp
+- composer install -vvv
+install:
+- openssl aes-256-cbc -K $encrypted_afef0992877c_key -iv $encrypted_afef0992877c_iv -in ./travis-ci/accounts.enc -out ./travis-ci/accounts.json -d
+script:
+- vendor/bin/phpunit test
--- /dev/null
+# Change Log
+
+## Version 2.20190327.0 (2019-03-27)
+
+## New features: Catalog API
+* Deprecated `image_url` field in `CatalogItem` in favor of a richer
+ `CatalogImage` data type.
+* Image information is now set, and returned, at the `CatalogObject` level.
+
+## Version 2.20190313.1 (2019-03-21)
+
+### Bug Fix: Connect v1
+
+* Change `timecard_id` as path parameter for `ListTimecardEvents` endpoint
+* Change `ended_at` to string type for `V1CashDrawerShift` type
+
+## Version 2.20190313.0 (2019-03-13)
+
+## New API: Labor API
+
+The Labor API now includes functionality
+that gives a Square account the ability to track and retrieve employee labor hours
+including multiple hourly wage rates per employee, work shift break tracking, and
+standardized break templates.
+
+See the Connect v2 Technical Reference.
+
+## New API: Employees API
+
+The Employees API includes the ability to list employees for a Square
+account and retrieve a single employee by ID.
+
+See the Connect v2 Technical Reference.
+
+## Improvement: Simplified OAuth access token renewal
+
+The RenewToken endpoint is now deprecated and replaced with new functionality in ObtainToken.
+ObtainToken now returns a refresh token along with an access token. Refresh
+tokens are used to renew expired OAuth access tokens.
+
+## Version 2.20190213.0 (2019-02-13)
+
+## New feature: Order fulfillment BETA
+
+The Orders API now includes beta
+functionality that supports in-person fulfillment through Square Point of Sale
+for orders placed online.
+
+## Improvement: New CreateOrder request structure
+
+The `CreateOrderRequest` datatype now groups order details under a single
+object.
+
+
+## Improvement: CreateOrder requests preserve order-level price adjustment objects
+
+The `CreateOrderResponse` datatype now retains structure of order-level
+price adjustments in addition to converting them to scoped, line-item price
+adjustments. Previously, `CreateOrderResponse` did not preserve the original
+order-level price-adjustment objects.
+
+## Version 2.20181212.0 (2018-12-12)
+
+## Improvement: ListCustomers return set expanded
+
+Requests to the ListCustomers endpoint now returns all available customer profiles. Previously, ListCustomers only returned customer profiles explicitly created through the Customers API or Square Point of Sale.
+
+## Version 2.20181205.0 (2018-12-05)
+
+## New feature: Idempotent customer profile creation in Connect v2
+
+Requests to the CreateCustomer endpoint now include a `idempotency_key` field to
+ensure idempotent creation of new profiles.
+
+## New feature: Refund Adjustment fields for Refunds in Connect v1
+
+The Connect SDK now supports refund adjustments for the Connect v1
+Refunds API with the addition of multiple new fields in the `Refund` data type
+
+## Version 2.20180918.1 (2018-10-24)
+
+### New feature: Support for Partial Payments in Connect v1
+
+The Connect SDK now supports partial payment functionality for the Connect v1 Transactions API with the addition of a new `Payment` field:
+* `Payment.is_partial` — Indicates whether or not the payment is only partially paid for. If `true`, the payment will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed.
+
+`Tender` also includes 2 new fields to help resolve timing around payments with multiple tenders. Invoices that involve partial payment (e.g., requiring a deposit) may include tenders settled well before the entire payment is completed:
+* `Tender.tendered_at` — The time when the tender was accepted by the merchant.
+* `Tender.settled_at` — The time when the tender was captured, in ISO 8601 format. Typically the same as (or within moments of) `tendered_at` unless the tender was part of a delay capture transaction.
+
+The change also makes some behavioral changes to the Connect v1 Payment endpoints:
+* **Create Refunds** rejects requests for invoices that have partial payments pending.
+* **List Payments** takes a new request field, `include_partial` to indicate whether partial payments should be included in the response.
+
+## Version 2.20180918.0 (2018-09-18)
+
+We have added Connect v2 Inventory API and birthdays in `Customer` entities.
+
+### New API: Inventory API (Connect V2)
+
+The Connect v2 Inventory API replaces the Connect v1 Inventory API
+and introduces new functionality:
+
+* Moving item variations quantities through predefined states
+ (e.g., from `IN_STOCK` to `WASTE`).
+* Viewing the inventory adjustment history for an item variation.
+* Batch inventory adjustments and information retrieval.
+
+### New feature: Customer Birthdays (Connect V2)
+
+* Customer profiles now include a `birthday` field.
+ Dates are recorded in RFC-3339 format and can be
+ set through the `CreateCustomer` and `UpdateCustomer` endpoints.
+## Version 2.20180712.2 (2018-08-21)
+
+The Connect SDK now includes functionality for the OAuth API. The Square OAuth API lets applications request and obtain permission from a Square account to make API calls on behalf of that account. Applications can request individual permissions so that users do not need to grant full access to their Square accounts.
+
+### OAuth API
+
+* `ObtainToken` endpoint — Exchanges the authorization code for an access token. After a merchant authorizes your application with the permissions form, an authorization code is sent to the application's redirect URL (See [Implementing OAuth](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/oauth#implementingoauth) for information about how to set up the redirect URL).
+
+* `RenewToken` endpoint — Renews an OAuth access token before it expires. OAuth access tokens besides your application's personal access token expire after __30 days__. You can also renew expired tokens within __15 days__ of their expiration. You cannot renew an access token that has been expired for more than 15 days. Instead, the associated merchant must complete the [OAuth flow](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/oauth#implementingoauth) from the beginning. __Important:__ The `Authorization` header you provide to this endpoint must have the following format: ``` Authorization: Client APPLICATION_SECRET ``` Replace `APPLICATION_SECRET` with your application's secret, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+* `RevokeToken` endpoint — Revokes an access token generated with the OAuth flow. If a merchant has more than one access token for your application, this endpoint revokes all of them, regardless of which token you specify. If you revoke a merchant's access token, all of the merchant's active subscriptions associated with your application are canceled immediately. __Important:__ The `Authorization` header you provide to this endpoint must have the following format: ``` Authorization: Client APPLICATION_SECRET ``` Replace `APPLICATION_SECRET` with your application's secret, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+
+## Version 2.20180712.1 (2018-08-02)
+
+We have added MobileAuthorization API.
+
+### New endpoint: MobileAuthorization API
+
+* `CreateMobileAuthorizationCode` endpoint — Generate a mobile authorization code for an instance of your application. Mobile authorization credentials permit an instance of your application to accept payments for a given location using the Square Reader SDK. Mobile authorization codes are one-time-use and expire shortly after being issued.
+
+## Version 2.20180712.0 (2018-07-12)
+
+We introduce Square API versions. `Square-Version` is 2018-07-12 for this SDK.
+
+### How versioning works
+
+Square API versions (`Square-Version`) track changes in the evolution of Connect
+v2 APIs. The `Square-Version` naming scheme is `YYYY-MM-DD`, which indicates
+the date the version was released. Connect v1 APIs are not versioned. Square
+continues to support Connect v1, but future releases will focus on improving
+Connect v2 functionality.
+
+By default, new Square applications are pinned to the version current at the
+time the application was created in the Square Application Dashboard. Pinning an
+application sets the default `Square-Version` for the application. The default
+`Square-Version` of an application can be reviewed and updated at any time on
+the settings pages for the application.
+
+
+### Versioning and SDKs
+
+When a new `Square-Version` is released, new Connect SDKs are publish on GitHub
+and various package management systems. SDK updates follow the version
+convention of the associated language and manager but include the related
+`Square-Version` in the SDK version. For example, Connect SDKs tied to version
+`2018-01-04` might look like `{SDK_VERSION}.20180104.{VERSION_INCREMENT}`.
+
+While SDK versions can be mapped to a related Square-version, SDK versions
+follow an independent, incremental versioning scheme to allow updates and
+improvements to the SDKs outside of `Square-Version` updates.
+
+
+### Migrating to new versions
+
+In most cases, Square-version migration should be straightforward, with known
+differences listed in the related Change Log.
+
+To test migrations, developers can override the default `Square-Version` of an
+application by explicitly setting the preferred `Square-Version` in the HTTP
+header of the Connect v2 API request for REST calls. Requesting an API version
+that does not exist returns an error. Successful API responses include the
+`Square-Version` header to indicate the API version used to process request.
+
+Connect SDK versions are locked to specific API versions and cannot be
+overwritten. Instead, the SDK must be upgraded to work with new API versions.
+
+## Version 2.9.0 (2018-06-28)
+
+We have added search functionality to the Connect v2 Customer API.
+
+### New features and Improvements: Customer API (Connect v2)
+
+* `SearchCustomers` endpoint — retrieves groups of customer profiles
+ based on a related characteristic. For example, retrieving all customers
+ created in the past 24 hours.
+* `creation_source` field is now available on `Customer` entities. The creation
+ source exposes the process that created a customer profile. For example, if
+ a customer is created using the API, the creation source will be
+ `THIRD_PARTY`.
+* **Instant Profiles** are now exposed in the following endpoints:
+ `RetrieveCustomer`, `SearchCustomers`, `UpdateCustomer`, `DeleteCustomer`.
+
+### Fixes: Inventory SDK (Connect v1)
+
+* Fix SDK request property `adjustment_type` in V1 Adjust Inventory.
+
+## Version 2.8.0 (2018-05-24)
+
+We have added sorting functionality to the Connect v2 Customer API, updated
+the Connect v1 Payments API to include information about surcharges and
+improvements to the Item data type.
+
+### New feature: Customer API (Connect v2)
+
+* **ListCustomers** endpoint — now provides the ability to sort
+ customers by their creation date using the `sort_field` and
+ `sort_order` parameters.
+
+### New features: Payments API (Connect v1)
+
+The Payments API now returns information about surcharges applied to payments.
+The new functionality introduces the following new data types:
+
+* **SurchargeMoney** datatype — The total of all surcharges applied
+ to the payment.
+* **Surcharges** datatype — A list of all surcharges associated with
+ the payment.
+* **Surcharge** datatype — A surcharge that is applied to the payment.
+ One example of a surcharge is auto-gratuity, which is a fixed-rate surcharge
+ applied to every payment, often based on party size.
+
+We are constantly evaluating new languages to add. In the meantime, if the
+language you need is not supported, you can use our
+[Swagger pipeline](<%= articles__client_libraries_path%>#generatingwithswagger)
+to generate a custom SDK or continue sending JSON to the endpoint URLs directly.
+
+### Improvement: Item (Connect v1)
+
+**Item** will now provide two new properties:
+
+* `category_id` — indicates if an item can be added to pickup orders
+ from the merchant's online store
+* `available_for_pickup` — indicates the item's category (if any).
+
+## Version 2.7.0 (2018-04-26)
+
+### New features: Transactions API and Payments API
+
+The Transactions API in Connect v2 now includes payment and refund information from exchanges.
+
+* `ListTransactions` now includes payment information from sales and exchanges and refund
+information from returns and exchanges.
+* `ListRefunds` now includes refunds that result from exchanges in addition to partial refunds and
+itemized returns through Square's Point of Sale applications.
+
+The Payments API in Connect v1 now includes payment and refund information from exchanges.
+
+* `ListPayments` now includes refunds that are generated from exchanges to account for the
+value of returned goods.
+* `ListRefunds` now returns an approximate number of refunds (default: 100, max: 200).
+The response may contain more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made
+simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or when refunds are generated from exchanges
+to account for the value of returned goods.
+* `is_exchange` is added to `V1Refund` and `V1Tender`. Refunds and tenders marked in this way
+represent the value of returned goods in an exchange, rather than actual money movement.
+
+## Version 2.6.1 (2018-03-28)
+
+* Updates user-agent header
+
+## Version 2.6.0 (2018-03-27)
+
+### Improvements: Orders API
+
+* `BatchRetrieveOrders` will now return uncharged orders.
+
+### New features: Orders API
+
+* For Catalog-backed line items, setting `CreateOrderRequestLineItem.base_price_money` will now override
+ the catalog item variation's price.
+* `CreateOrderRequestModifier`s may now be created ad hoc using the new `name` and `base_price_money` fields.
+
+## Version 2.5.1 (2017-11-10)
+
+* `ordinal` is added to `CatalogItemVariation`
+* `website_url` is added to `Location`
+* `tip_money` is added to `Tender`
+* Changed `object_type` and `placeholder_type` from lists to single values in `V1PageCell` to mirror data model
+
+## Version 2.5 (2017-11-02)
+
+### New features: Transaction API and Reporting API
+
+The Transaction API now supports the following request objects:
+
+* `additional_recipients` — data type representing an additional recipient
+ (in other words, a recipient other than the merchant or Square) receiving a
+ portion of a tender.
+
+The new Reporting API includes two endpoints that let you pull information about distributions you have received as an additional recipient:
+
+* `AdditionalRecipientReceivables` — returns a list of receivables (across
+ all source locations) representing monies credited to the given location ID by
+ another Square account using the `additional_recipients` field in a transaction.
+
+* `AdditionalRecipientReceivablesRefunds` — returns a list of refunded
+ transactions (across all source locations) related to monies credited to the
+ given location ID by another Square account using the `additional_recipients`
+ field in a transaction.
+
+## Version 2.4 (2017-09-27)
+
+### New features: Register Domain for Apple Pay
+
+* `RegisterDomain` endpoint activates a domain for use with Web Apple Pay.
+
+### Other Changes
+
+* `Location.type` used to indicate whether or not the location object represents a physical space.
+
+## Version 2.3.1 (2017-09-15)
+
+### New features: Charge Orders
+
+* `Charge` endpoint can charge a specific Order.
+
+## Version 2.3.0 (2017-09-13)
+
+### New features: Orders API
+
+* `CreateOrder` endpoint creates an itemized order which can be referenced in messages to the `Charge` endpoint.
+* `BatchRetrieveOrders` retrieves order objects referenced in one or more transactions based on the provided `order_id`.
+
+**Note:** at this point, `BatchRetrieveOrders only` returns information on paid orders made through Square's eCommerce APIs (Transactions, Checkout).
+
+### Other Changes
+
+* `order` is removed from Transaction
+* `order_id` is added to Transaction
+* `OrderLineItemDiscountType.UNKOWN` renamed to `OrderLineItemDiscountType.UNKOWN_DISCOUNT`
+* `OrderLineItemTaxType.UNKOWN` renamed to `OrderLineItemDiscountType.UNKOWN_TAX`
+* `ChargeRequest.idempotency_key` is restricted to max length 192
+* `ChargeRequest.card_nonce` is restricted to max length 192
+* `ChargeRequest.customer_card_id` is restricted to max length 192
+* `ChargeRequest.reference_id` is restricted to max length 40
+* `ChargeRequest.note` is restricted to max length 60
+* `ChargeRequest.customer_id` is restricted to max length 50
+* `CreateCheckoutRequest.redirect_url` is restricted to max length 800
+* Added `phone_number` and `business_name` to Location
+
+## Version 2.2.1 (2017-08-11)
+
+* Documentation style and links fixes
+* Document Getters and Setters for protected properties
+* Support for pagination on V1 endpoints
+* Include refund detail fields on V1 Refund model
+
+### Version 2.0.2 (2017-01-20)
+
+* Bug Fixes for List Locations endpiont.
+
+### Version 2.0.1 (2017-01-19)
+
+* Add functionality for Square Checkout.
+
+### Version 2.0.0.1 (2016-05-19)
+
+* Improve error messaging for API connection failures.
+
+## Version 2.0.0 (2016-03-30)
+
+* Initial release of the SDK
--- /dev/null
+Contributing
+============
+
+We are not be accepting bug reports, feature requests, or code contributions to
+this repository.
--- /dev/null
+
+ Apache License
+ Version 2.0, January 2004
+ http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+ 1. Definitions.
+
+ "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+ and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+ "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+ the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+ "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+ other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+ control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+ "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+ direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+ otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+ outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+ "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+ exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+ "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+ including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+ source, and configuration files.
+
+ "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+ transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+ not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+ and conversions to other media types.
+
+ "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+ Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+ copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+ (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+ "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+ form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+ editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+ represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+ of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+ separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+ the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+ "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+ the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+ to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+ submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+ or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+ the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+ means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+ to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+ communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+ and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+ Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+ excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+ designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+ "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+ on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+ subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+ 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+ this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+ worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+ copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+ publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+ Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+ 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+ this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+ worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+ (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+ use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+ where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+ by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+ Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+ with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+ institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+ cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+ or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+ or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+ granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+ as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+ 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+ Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+ modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+ meet the following conditions:
+
+ (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+ Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+ (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that You changed the files; and
+
+ (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+ that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+ attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+ excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+ the Derivative Works; and
+
+ (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+ distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+ include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+ within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+ pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+ of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+ as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+ documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+ within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+ wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+ of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+ do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+ notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+ or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+ that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+ as modifying the License.
+
+ You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+ may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+ for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+ for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+ reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+ the conditions stated in this License.
+
+ 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+ any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+ by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+ this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+ Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+ the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+ with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+ 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+ names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+ except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+ origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+ 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+ agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+ Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+ implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+ of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+ PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+ appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+ risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+ 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+ whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+ unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+ negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+ liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+ incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+ result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+ Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+ work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+ other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+ has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+ 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+ the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+ and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+ or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+ License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+ on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+ of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+ defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+ incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+ of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+ To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+ boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+ replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+ the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+ comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+ file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+ same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+ identification within third-party archives.
+
+ Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+ Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+ http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+ Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ limitations under the License.
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Square Connect PHP SDK [](https://travis-ci.org/square/connect-php-sdk)
+==================
+
+**If you have feedback about the new SDKs, or just want to talk to other Square Developers, request an invite to the new [slack community for Square Developers](https://squ.re/2JkDBcO)**
+
+This repository contains a generated PHP client SDK for the Square Connect APIs. Check out our [API
+specification repository](https://github.com/square/connect-api-specification)
+for the specification and template files we used to generate this.
+
+If you are looking for a sample e-commerce application using these APIs, check out the [`connect-api-examples`](https://github.com/square/connect-api-examples/tree/master/connect-examples/v2/php_payment) repository.
+
+To learn more about the Square APIs in general, head on over to the [Square API documentation](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/)
+
+Requirements
+------------
+* `PHP >= 5.4.0`
+* A Square account and [developer application](https://connect.squareup.com/apps/) (for authorization)
+
+Installing
+-----
+
+##### Option 1: With Composer
+
+The PHP SDK is available on Packagist. To add it to Composer, simply run:
+
+```
+$ php composer.phar require square/connect
+```
+
+Or add this line under `"require"` to your composer.json:
+
+```
+"require": {
+ ...
+ "square/connect": "*",
+ ...
+}
+```
+And then install your composer dependencies with
+```
+$ php composer.phar install
+```
+##### Option 2: From GitHub
+Clone this repository, or download the zip into your project's folder and then add the following line in your code:
+```
+require('connect-php-sdk/autoload.php');
+```
+*Note: you might have to change the path depending on your project's folder structure.*
+##### Option 3: Without Command Line Access
+If you cannot access the command line for your server, you can also install the SDK from github. Download the SDK from github with [this link](https://github.com/square/connect-php-sdk/archive/master.zip), unzip it and add the following line to your php files that will need to access the SDK:
+```
+require('connect-php-sdk-master/autoload.php');
+```
+*Note: you might have to change the path depending on where you place the SDK in relation to your other `php` files.*
+
+## Getting Started
+
+Please follow the [installation procedure](#installation--usage):
+
+
+### Retrieve your location IDs
+```php
+require 'vendor/autoload.php';
+
+$access_token = 'YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN';
+# setup authorization
+\SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken($access_token);
+# create an instance of the Location API
+$locations_api = new \SquareConnect\Api\LocationsApi();
+
+try {
+ $locations = $locations_api->listLocations();
+ print_r($locations->getLocations());
+} catch (\SquareConnect\ApiException $e) {
+ echo "Caught exception!<br/>";
+ print_r("<strong>Response body:</strong><br/>");
+ echo "<pre>"; var_dump($e->getResponseBody()); echo "</pre>";
+ echo "<br/><strong>Response headers:</strong><br/>";
+ echo "<pre>"; var_dump($e->getResponseHeaders()); echo "</pre>";
+ exit(1);
+}
+```
+
+### Charge the card nonce
+```php
+require 'vendor/autoload.php';
+
+$access_token = 'YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN';
+# setup authorization
+\SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken($access_token);
+# create an instance of the Transaction API class
+$transactions_api = new \SquareConnect\Api\TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = 'YOUR_LOCATION_ID'
+$nonce = 'YOUR_NONCE'
+
+$request_body = array (
+ "card_nonce" => $nonce,
+ # Monetary amounts are specified in the smallest unit of the applicable currency.
+ # This amount is in cents. It's also hard-coded for $1.00, which isn't very useful.
+ "amount_money" => array (
+ "amount" => 100,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ),
+ # Every payment you process with the SDK must have a unique idempotency key.
+ # If you're unsure whether a particular payment succeeded, you can reattempt
+ # it with the same idempotency key without worrying about double charging
+ # the buyer.
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid()
+);
+
+try {
+ $result = $transactions_api->charge($location_id, $request_body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (\SquareConnect\ApiException $e) {
+ echo "Exception when calling TransactionApi->charge:";
+ var_dump($e->getResponseBody());
+}
+```
+
+
+## Documentation for API Endpoints
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Class | Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+*ApplePayApi* | [**registerDomain**](docs/Api/ApplePayApi.md#registerdomain) | **POST** /v2/apple-pay/domains | RegisterDomain
+*CatalogApi* | [**batchDeleteCatalogObjects**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#batchdeletecatalogobjects) | **POST** /v2/catalog/batch-delete | BatchDeleteCatalogObjects
+*CatalogApi* | [**batchRetrieveCatalogObjects**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#batchretrievecatalogobjects) | **POST** /v2/catalog/batch-retrieve | BatchRetrieveCatalogObjects
+*CatalogApi* | [**batchUpsertCatalogObjects**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#batchupsertcatalogobjects) | **POST** /v2/catalog/batch-upsert | BatchUpsertCatalogObjects
+*CatalogApi* | [**catalogInfo**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#cataloginfo) | **GET** /v2/catalog/info | CatalogInfo
+*CatalogApi* | [**deleteCatalogObject**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#deletecatalogobject) | **DELETE** /v2/catalog/object/{object_id} | DeleteCatalogObject
+*CatalogApi* | [**listCatalog**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#listcatalog) | **GET** /v2/catalog/list | ListCatalog
+*CatalogApi* | [**retrieveCatalogObject**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#retrievecatalogobject) | **GET** /v2/catalog/object/{object_id} | RetrieveCatalogObject
+*CatalogApi* | [**searchCatalogObjects**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#searchcatalogobjects) | **POST** /v2/catalog/search | SearchCatalogObjects
+*CatalogApi* | [**updateItemModifierLists**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#updateitemmodifierlists) | **POST** /v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists | UpdateItemModifierLists
+*CatalogApi* | [**updateItemTaxes**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#updateitemtaxes) | **POST** /v2/catalog/update-item-taxes | UpdateItemTaxes
+*CatalogApi* | [**upsertCatalogObject**](docs/Api/CatalogApi.md#upsertcatalogobject) | **POST** /v2/catalog/object | UpsertCatalogObject
+*CheckoutApi* | [**createCheckout**](docs/Api/CheckoutApi.md#createcheckout) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/checkouts | CreateCheckout
+*CustomersApi* | [**createCustomer**](docs/Api/CustomersApi.md#createcustomer) | **POST** /v2/customers | CreateCustomer
+*CustomersApi* | [**createCustomerCard**](docs/Api/CustomersApi.md#createcustomercard) | **POST** /v2/customers/{customer_id}/cards | CreateCustomerCard
+*CustomersApi* | [**deleteCustomer**](docs/Api/CustomersApi.md#deletecustomer) | **DELETE** /v2/customers/{customer_id} | DeleteCustomer
+*CustomersApi* | [**deleteCustomerCard**](docs/Api/CustomersApi.md#deletecustomercard) | **DELETE** /v2/customers/{customer_id}/cards/{card_id} | DeleteCustomerCard
+*CustomersApi* | [**listCustomers**](docs/Api/CustomersApi.md#listcustomers) | **GET** /v2/customers | ListCustomers
+*CustomersApi* | [**retrieveCustomer**](docs/Api/CustomersApi.md#retrievecustomer) | **GET** /v2/customers/{customer_id} | RetrieveCustomer
+*CustomersApi* | [**searchCustomers**](docs/Api/CustomersApi.md#searchcustomers) | **POST** /v2/customers/search | SearchCustomers
+*CustomersApi* | [**updateCustomer**](docs/Api/CustomersApi.md#updatecustomer) | **PUT** /v2/customers/{customer_id} | UpdateCustomer
+*EmployeesApi* | [**listEmployees**](docs/Api/EmployeesApi.md#listemployees) | **GET** /v2/employees | ListEmployees
+*EmployeesApi* | [**retrieveEmployee**](docs/Api/EmployeesApi.md#retrieveemployee) | **GET** /v2/employees/{id} | RetrieveEmployee
+*InventoryApi* | [**batchChangeInventory**](docs/Api/InventoryApi.md#batchchangeinventory) | **POST** /v2/inventory/batch-change | BatchChangeInventory
+*InventoryApi* | [**batchRetrieveInventoryChanges**](docs/Api/InventoryApi.md#batchretrieveinventorychanges) | **POST** /v2/inventory/batch-retrieve-changes | BatchRetrieveInventoryChanges
+*InventoryApi* | [**batchRetrieveInventoryCounts**](docs/Api/InventoryApi.md#batchretrieveinventorycounts) | **POST** /v2/inventory/batch-retrieve-counts | BatchRetrieveInventoryCounts
+*InventoryApi* | [**retrieveInventoryAdjustment**](docs/Api/InventoryApi.md#retrieveinventoryadjustment) | **GET** /v2/inventory/adjustment/{adjustment_id} | RetrieveInventoryAdjustment
+*InventoryApi* | [**retrieveInventoryChanges**](docs/Api/InventoryApi.md#retrieveinventorychanges) | **GET** /v2/inventory/{catalog_object_id}/changes | RetrieveInventoryChanges
+*InventoryApi* | [**retrieveInventoryCount**](docs/Api/InventoryApi.md#retrieveinventorycount) | **GET** /v2/inventory/{catalog_object_id} | RetrieveInventoryCount
+*InventoryApi* | [**retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount**](docs/Api/InventoryApi.md#retrieveinventoryphysicalcount) | **GET** /v2/inventory/physical-count/{physical_count_id} | RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCount
+*LaborApi* | [**createBreakType**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#createbreaktype) | **POST** /v2/labor/break-types | CreateBreakType
+*LaborApi* | [**createShift**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#createshift) | **POST** /v2/labor/shifts | CreateShift
+*LaborApi* | [**deleteBreakType**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#deletebreaktype) | **DELETE** /v2/labor/break-types/{id} | DeleteBreakType
+*LaborApi* | [**deleteShift**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#deleteshift) | **DELETE** /v2/labor/shifts/{id} | DeleteShift
+*LaborApi* | [**getBreakType**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#getbreaktype) | **GET** /v2/labor/break-types/{id} | GetBreakType
+*LaborApi* | [**getEmployeeWage**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#getemployeewage) | **GET** /v2/labor/employee-wages/{id} | GetEmployeeWage
+*LaborApi* | [**getShift**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#getshift) | **GET** /v2/labor/shifts/{id} | GetShift
+*LaborApi* | [**listBreakTypes**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#listbreaktypes) | **GET** /v2/labor/break-types | ListBreakTypes
+*LaborApi* | [**listEmployeeWages**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#listemployeewages) | **GET** /v2/labor/employee-wages | ListEmployeeWages
+*LaborApi* | [**listWorkweekConfigs**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#listworkweekconfigs) | **GET** /v2/labor/workweek-configs | ListWorkweekConfigs
+*LaborApi* | [**searchShifts**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#searchshifts) | **POST** /v2/labor/shifts/search | SearchShifts
+*LaborApi* | [**updateBreakType**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#updatebreaktype) | **PUT** /v2/labor/break-types/{id} | UpdateBreakType
+*LaborApi* | [**updateShift**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#updateshift) | **PUT** /v2/labor/shifts/{id} | UpdateShift
+*LaborApi* | [**updateWorkweekConfig**](docs/Api/LaborApi.md#updateworkweekconfig) | **PUT** /v2/labor/workweek-configs/{id} | UpdateWorkweekConfig
+*LocationsApi* | [**listLocations**](docs/Api/LocationsApi.md#listlocations) | **GET** /v2/locations | ListLocations
+*MobileAuthorizationApi* | [**createMobileAuthorizationCode**](docs/Api/MobileAuthorizationApi.md#createmobileauthorizationcode) | **POST** /mobile/authorization-code | CreateMobileAuthorizationCode
+*OAuthApi* | [**obtainToken**](docs/Api/OAuthApi.md#obtaintoken) | **POST** /oauth2/token | ObtainToken
+*OAuthApi* | [**renewToken**](docs/Api/OAuthApi.md#renewtoken) | **POST** /oauth2/clients/{client_id}/access-token/renew | RenewToken
+*OAuthApi* | [**revokeToken**](docs/Api/OAuthApi.md#revoketoken) | **POST** /oauth2/revoke | RevokeToken
+*OrdersApi* | [**batchRetrieveOrders**](docs/Api/OrdersApi.md#batchretrieveorders) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/orders/batch-retrieve | BatchRetrieveOrders
+*OrdersApi* | [**createOrder**](docs/Api/OrdersApi.md#createorder) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/orders | CreateOrder
+*ReportingApi* | [**listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds**](docs/Api/ReportingApi.md#listadditionalrecipientreceivablerefunds) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/additional-recipient-receivable-refunds | ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds
+*ReportingApi* | [**listAdditionalRecipientReceivables**](docs/Api/ReportingApi.md#listadditionalrecipientreceivables) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/additional-recipient-receivables | ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables
+*TransactionsApi* | [**captureTransaction**](docs/Api/TransactionsApi.md#capturetransaction) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/capture | CaptureTransaction
+*TransactionsApi* | [**charge**](docs/Api/TransactionsApi.md#charge) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions | Charge
+*TransactionsApi* | [**createRefund**](docs/Api/TransactionsApi.md#createrefund) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/refund | CreateRefund
+*TransactionsApi* | [**listRefunds**](docs/Api/TransactionsApi.md#listrefunds) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/refunds | ListRefunds
+*TransactionsApi* | [**listTransactions**](docs/Api/TransactionsApi.md#listtransactions) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions | ListTransactions
+*TransactionsApi* | [**retrieveTransaction**](docs/Api/TransactionsApi.md#retrievetransaction) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id} | RetrieveTransaction
+*TransactionsApi* | [**voidTransaction**](docs/Api/TransactionsApi.md#voidtransaction) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/void | VoidTransaction
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**createEmployee**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#createemployee) | **POST** /v1/me/employees | CreateEmployee
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**createEmployeeRole**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#createemployeerole) | **POST** /v1/me/roles | CreateEmployeeRole
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**createTimecard**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#createtimecard) | **POST** /v1/me/timecards | CreateTimecard
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**deleteTimecard**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#deletetimecard) | **DELETE** /v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id} | DeleteTimecard
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**listCashDrawerShifts**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#listcashdrawershifts) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/cash-drawer-shifts | ListCashDrawerShifts
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**listEmployeeRoles**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#listemployeeroles) | **GET** /v1/me/roles | ListEmployeeRoles
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**listEmployees**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#listemployees) | **GET** /v1/me/employees | ListEmployees
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**listTimecardEvents**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#listtimecardevents) | **GET** /v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id}/events | ListTimecardEvents
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**listTimecards**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#listtimecards) | **GET** /v1/me/timecards | ListTimecards
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**retrieveCashDrawerShift**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#retrievecashdrawershift) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/cash-drawer-shifts/{shift_id} | RetrieveCashDrawerShift
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**retrieveEmployee**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#retrieveemployee) | **GET** /v1/me/employees/{employee_id} | RetrieveEmployee
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**retrieveEmployeeRole**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#retrieveemployeerole) | **GET** /v1/me/roles/{role_id} | RetrieveEmployeeRole
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**retrieveTimecard**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#retrievetimecard) | **GET** /v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id} | RetrieveTimecard
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**updateEmployee**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#updateemployee) | **PUT** /v1/me/employees/{employee_id} | UpdateEmployee
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**updateEmployeeRole**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#updateemployeerole) | **PUT** /v1/me/roles/{role_id} | UpdateEmployeeRole
+*V1EmployeesApi* | [**updateTimecard**](docs/Api/V1EmployeesApi.md#updatetimecard) | **PUT** /v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id} | UpdateTimecard
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**adjustInventory**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#adjustinventory) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/inventory/{variation_id} | AdjustInventory
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**applyFee**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#applyfee) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/fees/{fee_id} | ApplyFee
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**applyModifierList**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#applymodifierlist) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | ApplyModifierList
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**createCategory**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#createcategory) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/categories | CreateCategory
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**createDiscount**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#creatediscount) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/discounts | CreateDiscount
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**createFee**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#createfee) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/fees | CreateFee
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**createItem**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#createitem) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/items | CreateItem
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**createModifierList**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#createmodifierlist) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists | CreateModifierList
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**createModifierOption**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#createmodifieroption) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options | CreateModifierOption
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**createPage**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#createpage) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/pages | CreatePage
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**createVariation**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#createvariation) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations | CreateVariation
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deleteCategory**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deletecategory) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/categories/{category_id} | DeleteCategory
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deleteDiscount**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deletediscount) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/discounts/{discount_id} | DeleteDiscount
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deleteFee**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deletefee) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/fees/{fee_id} | DeleteFee
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deleteItem**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deleteitem) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id} | DeleteItem
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deleteModifierList**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deletemodifierlist) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | DeleteModifierList
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deleteModifierOption**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deletemodifieroption) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options/{modifier_option_id} | DeleteModifierOption
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deletePage**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deletepage) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id} | DeletePage
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deletePageCell**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deletepagecell) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id}/cells | DeletePageCell
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**deleteVariation**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#deletevariation) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations/{variation_id} | DeleteVariation
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**listCategories**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#listcategories) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/categories | ListCategories
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**listDiscounts**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#listdiscounts) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/discounts | ListDiscounts
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**listFees**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#listfees) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/fees | ListFees
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**listInventory**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#listinventory) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/inventory | ListInventory
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**listItems**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#listitems) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/items | ListItems
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**listModifierLists**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#listmodifierlists) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists | ListModifierLists
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**listPages**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#listpages) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/pages | ListPages
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**removeFee**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#removefee) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/fees/{fee_id} | RemoveFee
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**removeModifierList**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#removemodifierlist) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | RemoveModifierList
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**retrieveItem**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#retrieveitem) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id} | RetrieveItem
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**retrieveModifierList**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#retrievemodifierlist) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | RetrieveModifierList
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updateCategory**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updatecategory) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/categories/{category_id} | UpdateCategory
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updateDiscount**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updatediscount) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/discounts/{discount_id} | UpdateDiscount
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updateFee**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updatefee) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/fees/{fee_id} | UpdateFee
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updateItem**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updateitem) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id} | UpdateItem
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updateModifierList**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updatemodifierlist) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | UpdateModifierList
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updateModifierOption**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updatemodifieroption) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options/{modifier_option_id} | UpdateModifierOption
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updatePage**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updatepage) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id} | UpdatePage
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updatePageCell**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updatepagecell) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id}/cells | UpdatePageCell
+*V1ItemsApi* | [**updateVariation**](docs/Api/V1ItemsApi.md#updatevariation) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations/{variation_id} | UpdateVariation
+*V1LocationsApi* | [**listLocations**](docs/Api/V1LocationsApi.md#listlocations) | **GET** /v1/me/locations | ListLocations
+*V1LocationsApi* | [**retrieveBusiness**](docs/Api/V1LocationsApi.md#retrievebusiness) | **GET** /v1/me | RetrieveBusiness
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**createRefund**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#createrefund) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/refunds | CreateRefund
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**listBankAccounts**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#listbankaccounts) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/bank-accounts | ListBankAccounts
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**listOrders**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#listorders) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/orders | ListOrders
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**listPayments**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#listpayments) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/payments | ListPayments
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**listRefunds**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#listrefunds) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/refunds | ListRefunds
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**listSettlements**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#listsettlements) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/settlements | ListSettlements
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**retrieveBankAccount**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#retrievebankaccount) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/bank-accounts/{bank_account_id} | RetrieveBankAccount
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**retrieveOrder**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#retrieveorder) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/orders/{order_id} | RetrieveOrder
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**retrievePayment**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#retrievepayment) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/payments/{payment_id} | RetrievePayment
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**retrieveSettlement**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#retrievesettlement) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/settlements/{settlement_id} | RetrieveSettlement
+*V1TransactionsApi* | [**updateOrder**](docs/Api/V1TransactionsApi.md#updateorder) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/orders/{order_id} | UpdateOrder
+
+
+## Documentation For Models
+
+ - [AdditionalRecipient](docs/Model/AdditionalRecipient.md)
+ - [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](docs/Model/AdditionalRecipientReceivable.md)
+ - [AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund](docs/Model/AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund.md)
+ - [Address](docs/Model/Address.md)
+ - [BatchChangeInventoryRequest](docs/Model/BatchChangeInventoryRequest.md)
+ - [BatchChangeInventoryResponse](docs/Model/BatchChangeInventoryResponse.md)
+ - [BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest](docs/Model/BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest.md)
+ - [BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse](docs/Model/BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse.md)
+ - [BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest](docs/Model/BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest.md)
+ - [BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse](docs/Model/BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse.md)
+ - [BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest](docs/Model/BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest.md)
+ - [BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse](docs/Model/BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse.md)
+ - [BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest](docs/Model/BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest.md)
+ - [BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse](docs/Model/BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse.md)
+ - [BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest](docs/Model/BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest.md)
+ - [BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse](docs/Model/BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse.md)
+ - [BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest](docs/Model/BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest.md)
+ - [BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse](docs/Model/BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse.md)
+ - [BreakType](docs/Model/BreakType.md)
+ - [CaptureTransactionRequest](docs/Model/CaptureTransactionRequest.md)
+ - [CaptureTransactionResponse](docs/Model/CaptureTransactionResponse.md)
+ - [Card](docs/Model/Card.md)
+ - [CardBrand](docs/Model/CardBrand.md)
+ - [CatalogCategory](docs/Model/CatalogCategory.md)
+ - [CatalogDiscount](docs/Model/CatalogDiscount.md)
+ - [CatalogDiscountType](docs/Model/CatalogDiscountType.md)
+ - [CatalogIdMapping](docs/Model/CatalogIdMapping.md)
+ - [CatalogImage](docs/Model/CatalogImage.md)
+ - [CatalogInfoRequest](docs/Model/CatalogInfoRequest.md)
+ - [CatalogInfoResponse](docs/Model/CatalogInfoResponse.md)
+ - [CatalogInfoResponseLimits](docs/Model/CatalogInfoResponseLimits.md)
+ - [CatalogItem](docs/Model/CatalogItem.md)
+ - [CatalogItemModifierListInfo](docs/Model/CatalogItemModifierListInfo.md)
+ - [CatalogItemProductType](docs/Model/CatalogItemProductType.md)
+ - [CatalogItemVariation](docs/Model/CatalogItemVariation.md)
+ - [CatalogModifier](docs/Model/CatalogModifier.md)
+ - [CatalogModifierList](docs/Model/CatalogModifierList.md)
+ - [CatalogModifierListSelectionType](docs/Model/CatalogModifierListSelectionType.md)
+ - [CatalogModifierOverride](docs/Model/CatalogModifierOverride.md)
+ - [CatalogObject](docs/Model/CatalogObject.md)
+ - [CatalogObjectBatch](docs/Model/CatalogObjectBatch.md)
+ - [CatalogObjectType](docs/Model/CatalogObjectType.md)
+ - [CatalogPricingType](docs/Model/CatalogPricingType.md)
+ - [CatalogQuery](docs/Model/CatalogQuery.md)
+ - [CatalogQueryExact](docs/Model/CatalogQueryExact.md)
+ - [CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList](docs/Model/CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList.md)
+ - [CatalogQueryItemsForTax](docs/Model/CatalogQueryItemsForTax.md)
+ - [CatalogQueryPrefix](docs/Model/CatalogQueryPrefix.md)
+ - [CatalogQueryRange](docs/Model/CatalogQueryRange.md)
+ - [CatalogQuerySortedAttribute](docs/Model/CatalogQuerySortedAttribute.md)
+ - [CatalogQueryText](docs/Model/CatalogQueryText.md)
+ - [CatalogTax](docs/Model/CatalogTax.md)
+ - [CatalogV1Id](docs/Model/CatalogV1Id.md)
+ - [ChargeRequest](docs/Model/ChargeRequest.md)
+ - [ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient](docs/Model/ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient.md)
+ - [ChargeResponse](docs/Model/ChargeResponse.md)
+ - [Checkout](docs/Model/Checkout.md)
+ - [Country](docs/Model/Country.md)
+ - [CreateBreakTypeRequest](docs/Model/CreateBreakTypeRequest.md)
+ - [CreateBreakTypeResponse](docs/Model/CreateBreakTypeResponse.md)
+ - [CreateCheckoutRequest](docs/Model/CreateCheckoutRequest.md)
+ - [CreateCheckoutResponse](docs/Model/CreateCheckoutResponse.md)
+ - [CreateCustomerCardRequest](docs/Model/CreateCustomerCardRequest.md)
+ - [CreateCustomerCardResponse](docs/Model/CreateCustomerCardResponse.md)
+ - [CreateCustomerRequest](docs/Model/CreateCustomerRequest.md)
+ - [CreateCustomerResponse](docs/Model/CreateCustomerResponse.md)
+ - [CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest](docs/Model/CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest.md)
+ - [CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse](docs/Model/CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse.md)
+ - [CreateOrderRequest](docs/Model/CreateOrderRequest.md)
+ - [CreateOrderRequestDiscount](docs/Model/CreateOrderRequestDiscount.md)
+ - [CreateOrderRequestLineItem](docs/Model/CreateOrderRequestLineItem.md)
+ - [CreateOrderRequestModifier](docs/Model/CreateOrderRequestModifier.md)
+ - [CreateOrderRequestTax](docs/Model/CreateOrderRequestTax.md)
+ - [CreateOrderResponse](docs/Model/CreateOrderResponse.md)
+ - [CreateRefundRequest](docs/Model/CreateRefundRequest.md)
+ - [CreateRefundResponse](docs/Model/CreateRefundResponse.md)
+ - [CreateShiftRequest](docs/Model/CreateShiftRequest.md)
+ - [CreateShiftResponse](docs/Model/CreateShiftResponse.md)
+ - [Currency](docs/Model/Currency.md)
+ - [Customer](docs/Model/Customer.md)
+ - [CustomerCreationSource](docs/Model/CustomerCreationSource.md)
+ - [CustomerCreationSourceFilter](docs/Model/CustomerCreationSourceFilter.md)
+ - [CustomerFilter](docs/Model/CustomerFilter.md)
+ - [CustomerGroupInfo](docs/Model/CustomerGroupInfo.md)
+ - [CustomerInclusionExclusion](docs/Model/CustomerInclusionExclusion.md)
+ - [CustomerPreferences](docs/Model/CustomerPreferences.md)
+ - [CustomerQuery](docs/Model/CustomerQuery.md)
+ - [CustomerSort](docs/Model/CustomerSort.md)
+ - [CustomerSortField](docs/Model/CustomerSortField.md)
+ - [DateRange](docs/Model/DateRange.md)
+ - [DeleteBreakTypeRequest](docs/Model/DeleteBreakTypeRequest.md)
+ - [DeleteBreakTypeResponse](docs/Model/DeleteBreakTypeResponse.md)
+ - [DeleteCatalogObjectRequest](docs/Model/DeleteCatalogObjectRequest.md)
+ - [DeleteCatalogObjectResponse](docs/Model/DeleteCatalogObjectResponse.md)
+ - [DeleteCustomerCardRequest](docs/Model/DeleteCustomerCardRequest.md)
+ - [DeleteCustomerCardResponse](docs/Model/DeleteCustomerCardResponse.md)
+ - [DeleteCustomerRequest](docs/Model/DeleteCustomerRequest.md)
+ - [DeleteCustomerResponse](docs/Model/DeleteCustomerResponse.md)
+ - [DeleteShiftRequest](docs/Model/DeleteShiftRequest.md)
+ - [DeleteShiftResponse](docs/Model/DeleteShiftResponse.md)
+ - [Device](docs/Model/Device.md)
+ - [Employee](docs/Model/Employee.md)
+ - [EmployeeStatus](docs/Model/EmployeeStatus.md)
+ - [EmployeeWage](docs/Model/EmployeeWage.md)
+ - [Error](docs/Model/Error.md)
+ - [ErrorCategory](docs/Model/ErrorCategory.md)
+ - [ErrorCode](docs/Model/ErrorCode.md)
+ - [GetBreakTypeRequest](docs/Model/GetBreakTypeRequest.md)
+ - [GetBreakTypeResponse](docs/Model/GetBreakTypeResponse.md)
+ - [GetEmployeeWageRequest](docs/Model/GetEmployeeWageRequest.md)
+ - [GetEmployeeWageResponse](docs/Model/GetEmployeeWageResponse.md)
+ - [GetShiftRequest](docs/Model/GetShiftRequest.md)
+ - [GetShiftResponse](docs/Model/GetShiftResponse.md)
+ - [InventoryAdjustment](docs/Model/InventoryAdjustment.md)
+ - [InventoryAlertType](docs/Model/InventoryAlertType.md)
+ - [InventoryChange](docs/Model/InventoryChange.md)
+ - [InventoryChangeType](docs/Model/InventoryChangeType.md)
+ - [InventoryCount](docs/Model/InventoryCount.md)
+ - [InventoryPhysicalCount](docs/Model/InventoryPhysicalCount.md)
+ - [InventoryState](docs/Model/InventoryState.md)
+ - [InventoryTransfer](docs/Model/InventoryTransfer.md)
+ - [ItemVariationLocationOverrides](docs/Model/ItemVariationLocationOverrides.md)
+ - [ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest](docs/Model/ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest.md)
+ - [ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse](docs/Model/ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse.md)
+ - [ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest](docs/Model/ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest.md)
+ - [ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse](docs/Model/ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse.md)
+ - [ListBreakTypesRequest](docs/Model/ListBreakTypesRequest.md)
+ - [ListBreakTypesResponse](docs/Model/ListBreakTypesResponse.md)
+ - [ListCatalogRequest](docs/Model/ListCatalogRequest.md)
+ - [ListCatalogResponse](docs/Model/ListCatalogResponse.md)
+ - [ListCustomersRequest](docs/Model/ListCustomersRequest.md)
+ - [ListCustomersResponse](docs/Model/ListCustomersResponse.md)
+ - [ListEmployeeWagesRequest](docs/Model/ListEmployeeWagesRequest.md)
+ - [ListEmployeeWagesResponse](docs/Model/ListEmployeeWagesResponse.md)
+ - [ListEmployeesRequest](docs/Model/ListEmployeesRequest.md)
+ - [ListEmployeesResponse](docs/Model/ListEmployeesResponse.md)
+ - [ListLocationsRequest](docs/Model/ListLocationsRequest.md)
+ - [ListLocationsResponse](docs/Model/ListLocationsResponse.md)
+ - [ListRefundsRequest](docs/Model/ListRefundsRequest.md)
+ - [ListRefundsResponse](docs/Model/ListRefundsResponse.md)
+ - [ListTransactionsRequest](docs/Model/ListTransactionsRequest.md)
+ - [ListTransactionsResponse](docs/Model/ListTransactionsResponse.md)
+ - [ListWorkweekConfigsRequest](docs/Model/ListWorkweekConfigsRequest.md)
+ - [ListWorkweekConfigsResponse](docs/Model/ListWorkweekConfigsResponse.md)
+ - [Location](docs/Model/Location.md)
+ - [LocationCapability](docs/Model/LocationCapability.md)
+ - [LocationStatus](docs/Model/LocationStatus.md)
+ - [LocationType](docs/Model/LocationType.md)
+ - [ModelBreak](docs/Model/ModelBreak.md)
+ - [Money](docs/Model/Money.md)
+ - [ObtainTokenRequest](docs/Model/ObtainTokenRequest.md)
+ - [ObtainTokenResponse](docs/Model/ObtainTokenResponse.md)
+ - [Order](docs/Model/Order.md)
+ - [OrderFulfillment](docs/Model/OrderFulfillment.md)
+ - [OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails](docs/Model/OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails.md)
+ - [OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType](docs/Model/OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType.md)
+ - [OrderFulfillmentRecipient](docs/Model/OrderFulfillmentRecipient.md)
+ - [OrderFulfillmentState](docs/Model/OrderFulfillmentState.md)
+ - [OrderFulfillmentType](docs/Model/OrderFulfillmentType.md)
+ - [OrderLineItem](docs/Model/OrderLineItem.md)
+ - [OrderLineItemDiscount](docs/Model/OrderLineItemDiscount.md)
+ - [OrderLineItemDiscountScope](docs/Model/OrderLineItemDiscountScope.md)
+ - [OrderLineItemDiscountType](docs/Model/OrderLineItemDiscountType.md)
+ - [OrderLineItemModifier](docs/Model/OrderLineItemModifier.md)
+ - [OrderLineItemTax](docs/Model/OrderLineItemTax.md)
+ - [OrderLineItemTaxScope](docs/Model/OrderLineItemTaxScope.md)
+ - [OrderLineItemTaxType](docs/Model/OrderLineItemTaxType.md)
+ - [Product](docs/Model/Product.md)
+ - [Refund](docs/Model/Refund.md)
+ - [RefundStatus](docs/Model/RefundStatus.md)
+ - [RegisterDomainRequest](docs/Model/RegisterDomainRequest.md)
+ - [RegisterDomainResponse](docs/Model/RegisterDomainResponse.md)
+ - [RegisterDomainResponseStatus](docs/Model/RegisterDomainResponseStatus.md)
+ - [RenewTokenRequest](docs/Model/RenewTokenRequest.md)
+ - [RenewTokenResponse](docs/Model/RenewTokenResponse.md)
+ - [RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest](docs/Model/RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest.md)
+ - [RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse](docs/Model/RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse.md)
+ - [RetrieveCustomerRequest](docs/Model/RetrieveCustomerRequest.md)
+ - [RetrieveCustomerResponse](docs/Model/RetrieveCustomerResponse.md)
+ - [RetrieveEmployeeRequest](docs/Model/RetrieveEmployeeRequest.md)
+ - [RetrieveEmployeeResponse](docs/Model/RetrieveEmployeeResponse.md)
+ - [RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest](docs/Model/RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest.md)
+ - [RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse](docs/Model/RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse.md)
+ - [RetrieveInventoryChangesRequest](docs/Model/RetrieveInventoryChangesRequest.md)
+ - [RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse](docs/Model/RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse.md)
+ - [RetrieveInventoryCountRequest](docs/Model/RetrieveInventoryCountRequest.md)
+ - [RetrieveInventoryCountResponse](docs/Model/RetrieveInventoryCountResponse.md)
+ - [RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest](docs/Model/RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest.md)
+ - [RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse](docs/Model/RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse.md)
+ - [RetrieveTransactionRequest](docs/Model/RetrieveTransactionRequest.md)
+ - [RetrieveTransactionResponse](docs/Model/RetrieveTransactionResponse.md)
+ - [RevokeTokenRequest](docs/Model/RevokeTokenRequest.md)
+ - [RevokeTokenResponse](docs/Model/RevokeTokenResponse.md)
+ - [SearchCatalogObjectsRequest](docs/Model/SearchCatalogObjectsRequest.md)
+ - [SearchCatalogObjectsResponse](docs/Model/SearchCatalogObjectsResponse.md)
+ - [SearchCustomersRequest](docs/Model/SearchCustomersRequest.md)
+ - [SearchCustomersResponse](docs/Model/SearchCustomersResponse.md)
+ - [SearchShiftsRequest](docs/Model/SearchShiftsRequest.md)
+ - [SearchShiftsResponse](docs/Model/SearchShiftsResponse.md)
+ - [Shift](docs/Model/Shift.md)
+ - [ShiftFilter](docs/Model/ShiftFilter.md)
+ - [ShiftFilterStatus](docs/Model/ShiftFilterStatus.md)
+ - [ShiftQuery](docs/Model/ShiftQuery.md)
+ - [ShiftSort](docs/Model/ShiftSort.md)
+ - [ShiftSortField](docs/Model/ShiftSortField.md)
+ - [ShiftStatus](docs/Model/ShiftStatus.md)
+ - [ShiftWage](docs/Model/ShiftWage.md)
+ - [ShiftWorkday](docs/Model/ShiftWorkday.md)
+ - [ShiftWorkdayMatcher](docs/Model/ShiftWorkdayMatcher.md)
+ - [SortOrder](docs/Model/SortOrder.md)
+ - [SourceApplication](docs/Model/SourceApplication.md)
+ - [TaxCalculationPhase](docs/Model/TaxCalculationPhase.md)
+ - [TaxInclusionType](docs/Model/TaxInclusionType.md)
+ - [Tender](docs/Model/Tender.md)
+ - [TenderCardDetails](docs/Model/TenderCardDetails.md)
+ - [TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod](docs/Model/TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod.md)
+ - [TenderCardDetailsStatus](docs/Model/TenderCardDetailsStatus.md)
+ - [TenderCashDetails](docs/Model/TenderCashDetails.md)
+ - [TenderType](docs/Model/TenderType.md)
+ - [TimeRange](docs/Model/TimeRange.md)
+ - [Transaction](docs/Model/Transaction.md)
+ - [TransactionProduct](docs/Model/TransactionProduct.md)
+ - [UpdateBreakTypeRequest](docs/Model/UpdateBreakTypeRequest.md)
+ - [UpdateBreakTypeResponse](docs/Model/UpdateBreakTypeResponse.md)
+ - [UpdateCustomerRequest](docs/Model/UpdateCustomerRequest.md)
+ - [UpdateCustomerResponse](docs/Model/UpdateCustomerResponse.md)
+ - [UpdateItemModifierListsRequest](docs/Model/UpdateItemModifierListsRequest.md)
+ - [UpdateItemModifierListsResponse](docs/Model/UpdateItemModifierListsResponse.md)
+ - [UpdateItemTaxesRequest](docs/Model/UpdateItemTaxesRequest.md)
+ - [UpdateItemTaxesResponse](docs/Model/UpdateItemTaxesResponse.md)
+ - [UpdateShiftRequest](docs/Model/UpdateShiftRequest.md)
+ - [UpdateShiftResponse](docs/Model/UpdateShiftResponse.md)
+ - [UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest](docs/Model/UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest.md)
+ - [UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse](docs/Model/UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse.md)
+ - [UpsertCatalogObjectRequest](docs/Model/UpsertCatalogObjectRequest.md)
+ - [UpsertCatalogObjectResponse](docs/Model/UpsertCatalogObjectResponse.md)
+ - [V1AdjustInventoryRequest](docs/Model/V1AdjustInventoryRequest.md)
+ - [V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType](docs/Model/V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType.md)
+ - [V1ApplyFeeRequest](docs/Model/V1ApplyFeeRequest.md)
+ - [V1ApplyModifierListRequest](docs/Model/V1ApplyModifierListRequest.md)
+ - [V1BankAccount](docs/Model/V1BankAccount.md)
+ - [V1BankAccountType](docs/Model/V1BankAccountType.md)
+ - [V1CashDrawerEvent](docs/Model/V1CashDrawerEvent.md)
+ - [V1CashDrawerEventEventType](docs/Model/V1CashDrawerEventEventType.md)
+ - [V1CashDrawerShift](docs/Model/V1CashDrawerShift.md)
+ - [V1CashDrawerShiftEventType](docs/Model/V1CashDrawerShiftEventType.md)
+ - [V1Category](docs/Model/V1Category.md)
+ - [V1CreateCategoryRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateCategoryRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreateDiscountRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateDiscountRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreateFeeRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateFeeRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreateItemRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateItemRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreateModifierListRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateModifierListRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreateModifierOptionRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateModifierOptionRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreatePageRequest](docs/Model/V1CreatePageRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreateRefundRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateRefundRequest.md)
+ - [V1CreateRefundRequestType](docs/Model/V1CreateRefundRequestType.md)
+ - [V1CreateVariationRequest](docs/Model/V1CreateVariationRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeleteCategoryRequest](docs/Model/V1DeleteCategoryRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeleteDiscountRequest](docs/Model/V1DeleteDiscountRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeleteFeeRequest](docs/Model/V1DeleteFeeRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeleteItemRequest](docs/Model/V1DeleteItemRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeleteModifierListRequest](docs/Model/V1DeleteModifierListRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest](docs/Model/V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeletePageCellRequest](docs/Model/V1DeletePageCellRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeletePageRequest](docs/Model/V1DeletePageRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeleteTimecardRequest](docs/Model/V1DeleteTimecardRequest.md)
+ - [V1DeleteTimecardResponse](docs/Model/V1DeleteTimecardResponse.md)
+ - [V1DeleteVariationRequest](docs/Model/V1DeleteVariationRequest.md)
+ - [V1Discount](docs/Model/V1Discount.md)
+ - [V1DiscountColor](docs/Model/V1DiscountColor.md)
+ - [V1DiscountDiscountType](docs/Model/V1DiscountDiscountType.md)
+ - [V1Employee](docs/Model/V1Employee.md)
+ - [V1EmployeeRole](docs/Model/V1EmployeeRole.md)
+ - [V1EmployeeRolePermissions](docs/Model/V1EmployeeRolePermissions.md)
+ - [V1EmployeeStatus](docs/Model/V1EmployeeStatus.md)
+ - [V1Fee](docs/Model/V1Fee.md)
+ - [V1FeeAdjustmentType](docs/Model/V1FeeAdjustmentType.md)
+ - [V1FeeCalculationPhase](docs/Model/V1FeeCalculationPhase.md)
+ - [V1FeeInclusionType](docs/Model/V1FeeInclusionType.md)
+ - [V1FeeType](docs/Model/V1FeeType.md)
+ - [V1InventoryEntry](docs/Model/V1InventoryEntry.md)
+ - [V1Item](docs/Model/V1Item.md)
+ - [V1ItemColor](docs/Model/V1ItemColor.md)
+ - [V1ItemImage](docs/Model/V1ItemImage.md)
+ - [V1ItemType](docs/Model/V1ItemType.md)
+ - [V1ItemVisibility](docs/Model/V1ItemVisibility.md)
+ - [V1ListBankAccountsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListBankAccountsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListBankAccountsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListBankAccountsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListCategoriesRequest](docs/Model/V1ListCategoriesRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListCategoriesResponse](docs/Model/V1ListCategoriesResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListDiscountsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListDiscountsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListDiscountsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListDiscountsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest](docs/Model/V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListEmployeeRolesResponse](docs/Model/V1ListEmployeeRolesResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListEmployeesRequest](docs/Model/V1ListEmployeesRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus](docs/Model/V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus.md)
+ - [V1ListEmployeesResponse](docs/Model/V1ListEmployeesResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListFeesRequest](docs/Model/V1ListFeesRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListFeesResponse](docs/Model/V1ListFeesResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListInventoryRequest](docs/Model/V1ListInventoryRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListInventoryResponse](docs/Model/V1ListInventoryResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListItemsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListItemsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListItemsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListItemsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListLocationsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListLocationsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListLocationsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListLocationsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListModifierListsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListModifierListsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListModifierListsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListModifierListsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListOrdersRequest](docs/Model/V1ListOrdersRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListOrdersResponse](docs/Model/V1ListOrdersResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListPagesRequest](docs/Model/V1ListPagesRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListPagesResponse](docs/Model/V1ListPagesResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListPaymentsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListPaymentsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListPaymentsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListPaymentsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListRefundsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListRefundsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListRefundsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListRefundsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListSettlementsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListSettlementsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus](docs/Model/V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus.md)
+ - [V1ListSettlementsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListSettlementsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListTimecardEventsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListTimecardEventsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListTimecardEventsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListTimecardEventsResponse.md)
+ - [V1ListTimecardsRequest](docs/Model/V1ListTimecardsRequest.md)
+ - [V1ListTimecardsResponse](docs/Model/V1ListTimecardsResponse.md)
+ - [V1Merchant](docs/Model/V1Merchant.md)
+ - [V1MerchantAccountType](docs/Model/V1MerchantAccountType.md)
+ - [V1MerchantBusinessType](docs/Model/V1MerchantBusinessType.md)
+ - [V1MerchantLocationDetails](docs/Model/V1MerchantLocationDetails.md)
+ - [V1ModifierList](docs/Model/V1ModifierList.md)
+ - [V1ModifierListSelectionType](docs/Model/V1ModifierListSelectionType.md)
+ - [V1ModifierOption](docs/Model/V1ModifierOption.md)
+ - [V1Money](docs/Model/V1Money.md)
+ - [V1Order](docs/Model/V1Order.md)
+ - [V1OrderHistoryEntry](docs/Model/V1OrderHistoryEntry.md)
+ - [V1OrderHistoryEntryAction](docs/Model/V1OrderHistoryEntryAction.md)
+ - [V1OrderState](docs/Model/V1OrderState.md)
+ - [V1Page](docs/Model/V1Page.md)
+ - [V1PageCell](docs/Model/V1PageCell.md)
+ - [V1PageCellObjectType](docs/Model/V1PageCellObjectType.md)
+ - [V1PageCellPlaceholderType](docs/Model/V1PageCellPlaceholderType.md)
+ - [V1Payment](docs/Model/V1Payment.md)
+ - [V1PaymentDiscount](docs/Model/V1PaymentDiscount.md)
+ - [V1PaymentItemDetail](docs/Model/V1PaymentItemDetail.md)
+ - [V1PaymentItemization](docs/Model/V1PaymentItemization.md)
+ - [V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType](docs/Model/V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType.md)
+ - [V1PaymentModifier](docs/Model/V1PaymentModifier.md)
+ - [V1PaymentSurcharge](docs/Model/V1PaymentSurcharge.md)
+ - [V1PaymentSurchargeType](docs/Model/V1PaymentSurchargeType.md)
+ - [V1PaymentTax](docs/Model/V1PaymentTax.md)
+ - [V1PaymentTaxInclusionType](docs/Model/V1PaymentTaxInclusionType.md)
+ - [V1PhoneNumber](docs/Model/V1PhoneNumber.md)
+ - [V1Refund](docs/Model/V1Refund.md)
+ - [V1RefundType](docs/Model/V1RefundType.md)
+ - [V1RemoveFeeRequest](docs/Model/V1RemoveFeeRequest.md)
+ - [V1RemoveModifierListRequest](docs/Model/V1RemoveModifierListRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveBankAccountRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveBankAccountRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveBusinessRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveBusinessRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveEmployeeRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveEmployeeRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveItemRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveItemRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveModifierListRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveModifierListRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveOrderRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveOrderRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrievePaymentRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrievePaymentRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveSettlementRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveSettlementRequest.md)
+ - [V1RetrieveTimecardRequest](docs/Model/V1RetrieveTimecardRequest.md)
+ - [V1Settlement](docs/Model/V1Settlement.md)
+ - [V1SettlementEntry](docs/Model/V1SettlementEntry.md)
+ - [V1SettlementEntryType](docs/Model/V1SettlementEntryType.md)
+ - [V1SettlementStatus](docs/Model/V1SettlementStatus.md)
+ - [V1Tender](docs/Model/V1Tender.md)
+ - [V1TenderEntryMethod](docs/Model/V1TenderEntryMethod.md)
+ - [V1TenderType](docs/Model/V1TenderType.md)
+ - [V1Timecard](docs/Model/V1Timecard.md)
+ - [V1TimecardEvent](docs/Model/V1TimecardEvent.md)
+ - [V1TimecardEventEventType](docs/Model/V1TimecardEventEventType.md)
+ - [V1UpdateCategoryRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateCategoryRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateDiscountRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateDiscountRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateEmployeeRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateEmployeeRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateFeeRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateFeeRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateItemRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateItemRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateModifierListRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateModifierListRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType](docs/Model/V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType.md)
+ - [V1UpdateModifierOptionRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateModifierOptionRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateOrderRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateOrderRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateOrderRequestAction](docs/Model/V1UpdateOrderRequestAction.md)
+ - [V1UpdatePageCellRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdatePageCellRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdatePageRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdatePageRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateTimecardRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateTimecardRequest.md)
+ - [V1UpdateVariationRequest](docs/Model/V1UpdateVariationRequest.md)
+ - [V1Variation](docs/Model/V1Variation.md)
+ - [V1VariationInventoryAlertType](docs/Model/V1VariationInventoryAlertType.md)
+ - [V1VariationPricingType](docs/Model/V1VariationPricingType.md)
+ - [VoidTransactionRequest](docs/Model/VoidTransactionRequest.md)
+ - [VoidTransactionResponse](docs/Model/VoidTransactionResponse.md)
+ - [Weekday](docs/Model/Weekday.md)
+ - [WorkweekConfig](docs/Model/WorkweekConfig.md)
+
+
+## Documentation For Authorization
+
+## oauth2
+
+- **Type**: OAuth
+- **Flow**: accessCode
+- **Authorization URL**: `https://connect.squareup.com/oauth2/authorize`
+- **Scopes**:
+ - **MERCHANT_PROFILE_READ**: GET endpoints related to a merchant's business and location entities. Almost all Connect API applications need this permission in order to obtain a merchant's location IDs
+ - **PAYMENTS_READ**: GET endpoints related to transactions and refunds
+ - **PAYMENTS_WRITE**: POST, PUT, and DELETE endpoints related to transactions and refunds. E-commerce applications must request this permission
+ - **CUSTOMERS_READ**: GET endpoints related to customer management
+ - **CUSTOMERS_WRITE**: POST, PUT, and DELETE endpoints related to customer management
+ - **SETTLEMENTS_READ**: GET endpoints related to settlements (deposits)
+ - **BANK_ACCOUNTS_READ**: GET endpoints related to a merchant's bank accounts
+ - **ITEMS_READ**: GET endpoints related to a merchant's item library
+ - **ITEMS_WRITE**: POST, PUT, and DELETE endpoints related to a merchant's item library
+ - **ORDERS_READ**: GET endpoints related to a merchant's orders
+ - **ORDERS_WRITE**: POST, PUT, and DELETE endpoints related to a merchant's orders
+ - **EMPLOYEES_READ**: GET endpoints related to employee management
+ - **EMPLOYEES_WRITE**: POST, PUT, and DELETE endpoints related to employee management
+ - **TIMECARDS_READ**: GET endpoints related to employee timecards
+ - **TIMECARDS_WRITE**: POST, PUT, and DELETE endpoints related to employee timecards
+ - **PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS**: Allow third party applications to deduct a portion of each transaction amount.
+ - **PAYMENTS_WRITE_IN_PERSON**: POST, PUT, and DELETE endpoints. Grants write access to transaction and refunds information.
+ - **INVENTORY_READ**: GET endpoints related to a merchant's inventory
+ - **INVENTORY_WRITE**: POST, PUT, and DELETE endpoints related to a merchant's inventory
+
+## oauth2ClientSecret
+
+- **Type**: API key
+- **API key parameter name**: Authorization
+- **Location**: HTTP header
+
+
+## Pagination of V1 Endpoints
+
+V1 Endpoints return pagination information via HTTP headers. In order to obtain
+response headers and extract the `batch_token` parameter you will need to follow
+the following steps:
+
+1. Use the full information endpoint methods of each API to get the response HTTP
+Headers. They are named as their simple counterpart with a `WithHttpInfo` suffix.
+Hence `listEmployeeRoles` would be called `listEmployeeRolesWithHttpInfo`. This
+method returns an array with 3 parameters: `$response`, `$http_status`, and
+`$http_headers`.
+2. Use `$batch_token = \SquareConnect\ApiClient::getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($http_headers)`
+to extract the token and proceed to get the following page if a token is present.
+
+### Example
+
+```php
+<?php
+...
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$order = null;
+$limit = 20;
+$batch_token = null;
+$roles = array();
+
+try {
+ do {
+ list($result, $status, $headers) = $api_instance->listEmployeeRolesWithHttpInfo($order, $limit, $batch_token);
+ $batch_token = \SquareConnect\ApiClient::getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($headers);
+ $roles = array_merge($roles, $result);
+ } while (!is_null($batch_token));
+ print_r($roles);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->listEmployeeRolesWithHttpInfo: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+
+Contributing
+------------
+
+Send bug reports, feature requests, and code contributions to the [API
+specifications repository](https://github.com/square/connect-api-specification),
+as this repository contains only the generated SDK code. If you notice something wrong about this SDK in particular, feel free to raise an issue [here](https://github.com/square/connect-php-sdk/issues).
+
+License
+-------
+
+```
+Copyright 2017 Square, Inc.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+ http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
+```
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * An example of a project-specific implementation.
+ *
+ * After registering this autoload function with SPL, the following line
+ * would cause the function to attempt to load the \SquareConnect\Baz\Qux class
+ * from /path/to/project/lib/Baz/Qux.php:
+ *
+ * new \SquareConnect\Baz\Qux;
+ *
+ * @param string $class The fully-qualified class name.
+ * @return void
+ */
+spl_autoload_register(function ($class) {
+
+ // project-specific namespace prefix
+ $prefix = 'SquareConnect\\';
+
+ // base directory for the namespace prefix
+ $base_dir = __DIR__ . '/lib/';
+
+ // does the class use the namespace prefix?
+ $len = strlen($prefix);
+ if (strncmp($prefix, $class, $len) !== 0) {
+ // no, move to the next registered autoloader
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // get the relative class name
+ $relative_class = substr($class, $len);
+
+ // replace the namespace prefix with the base directory, replace namespace
+ // separators with directory separators in the relative class name, append
+ // with .php
+ $file = $base_dir . str_replace('\\', '/', $relative_class) . '.php';
+
+ // if the file exists, require it
+ if (file_exists($file)) {
+ require $file;
+ }
+});
--- /dev/null
+{
+ "name": "square/connect",
+ "version": "2.20190327.0",
+ "description": "PHP client library for the Square Connect v2 API",
+ "keywords": [
+ "swagger",
+ "php",
+ "sdk",
+ "api"
+ ],
+ "homepage": "https://github.com/square/connect-php-sdk",
+ "license": "Apache-2.0",
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Square, Inc.",
+ "homepage": "https://squareup.com/developers"
+ }
+ ],
+ "require": {
+ "php": ">=5.3.3",
+ "ext-curl": "*",
+ "ext-json": "*",
+ "ext-mbstring": "*"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "~4.0",
+ "satooshi/php-coveralls": "~0.6.1",
+ "squizlabs/php_codesniffer": "~2.0"
+ },
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": { "SquareConnect\\" : "lib/" }
+ },
+ "autoload-dev": {
+ "psr-4": { "SquareConnect\\" : "test/" }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\ApplePayApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**registerDomain**](ApplePayApi.md#registerDomain) | **POST** /v2/apple-pay/domains | RegisterDomain
+
+
+# **registerDomain**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainResponse registerDomain($body)
+
+RegisterDomain
+
+Activates a domain for use with Web Apple Pay and Square. A validation will be performed on this domain by Apple to ensure is it properly set up as an Apple Pay enabled domain. This endpoint provides an easy way for platform developers to bulk activate Web Apple Pay with Square for merchants using their platform. To learn more about Apple Pay on Web see the Apple Pay section in the [Embedding the Square Payment Form](/payments/sqpaymentform/overview) guide.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\ApplePayApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->registerDomain($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling ApplePayApi->registerDomain: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainRequest**](../Model/RegisterDomainRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainResponse**](../Model/RegisterDomainResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\CatalogApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**batchDeleteCatalogObjects**](CatalogApi.md#batchDeleteCatalogObjects) | **POST** /v2/catalog/batch-delete | BatchDeleteCatalogObjects
+[**batchRetrieveCatalogObjects**](CatalogApi.md#batchRetrieveCatalogObjects) | **POST** /v2/catalog/batch-retrieve | BatchRetrieveCatalogObjects
+[**batchUpsertCatalogObjects**](CatalogApi.md#batchUpsertCatalogObjects) | **POST** /v2/catalog/batch-upsert | BatchUpsertCatalogObjects
+[**catalogInfo**](CatalogApi.md#catalogInfo) | **GET** /v2/catalog/info | CatalogInfo
+[**deleteCatalogObject**](CatalogApi.md#deleteCatalogObject) | **DELETE** /v2/catalog/object/{object_id} | DeleteCatalogObject
+[**listCatalog**](CatalogApi.md#listCatalog) | **GET** /v2/catalog/list | ListCatalog
+[**retrieveCatalogObject**](CatalogApi.md#retrieveCatalogObject) | **GET** /v2/catalog/object/{object_id} | RetrieveCatalogObject
+[**searchCatalogObjects**](CatalogApi.md#searchCatalogObjects) | **POST** /v2/catalog/search | SearchCatalogObjects
+[**updateItemModifierLists**](CatalogApi.md#updateItemModifierLists) | **POST** /v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists | UpdateItemModifierLists
+[**updateItemTaxes**](CatalogApi.md#updateItemTaxes) | **POST** /v2/catalog/update-item-taxes | UpdateItemTaxes
+[**upsertCatalogObject**](CatalogApi.md#upsertCatalogObject) | **POST** /v2/catalog/object | UpsertCatalogObject
+
+
+# **batchDeleteCatalogObjects**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse batchDeleteCatalogObjects($body)
+
+BatchDeleteCatalogObjects
+
+Deletes a set of [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s based on the provided list of target IDs and returns a set of successfully deleted IDs in the response. Deletion is a cascading event such that all children of the targeted object are also deleted. For example, deleting a CatalogItem will also delete all of its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) children. `BatchDeleteCatalogObjects` succeeds even if only a portion of the targeted IDs can be deleted. The response will only include IDs that were actually deleted.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->batchDeleteCatalogObjects($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->batchDeleteCatalogObjects: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest**](../Model/BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse**](../Model/BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **batchRetrieveCatalogObjects**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse batchRetrieveCatalogObjects($body)
+
+BatchRetrieveCatalogObjects
+
+Returns a set of objects based on the provided ID. Each [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) returned in the set includes all of its child information including: all of its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) objects, references to its [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) objects, and the ids of any [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to it.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->batchRetrieveCatalogObjects($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->batchRetrieveCatalogObjects: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest**](../Model/BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse**](../Model/BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **batchUpsertCatalogObjects**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse batchUpsertCatalogObjects($body)
+
+BatchUpsertCatalogObjects
+
+Creates or updates up to 10,000 target objects based on the provided list of objects. The target objects are grouped into batches and each batch is inserted/updated in an all-or-nothing manner. If an object within a batch is malformed in some way, or violates a database constraint, the entire batch containing that item will be disregarded. However, other batches in the same request may still succeed. Each batch may contain up to 1,000 objects, and batches will be processed in order as long as the total object count for the request (items, variations, modifier lists, discounts, and taxes) is no more than 10,000.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->batchUpsertCatalogObjects($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->batchUpsertCatalogObjects: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest**](../Model/BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse**](../Model/BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **catalogInfo**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponse catalogInfo()
+
+CatalogInfo
+
+Returns information about the Square Catalog API, such as batch size limits for `BatchUpsertCatalogObjects`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->catalogInfo();
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->catalogInfo: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+This endpoint does not need any parameter.
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponse**](../Model/CatalogInfoResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteCatalogObject**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCatalogObjectResponse deleteCatalogObject($object_id)
+
+DeleteCatalogObject
+
+Deletes a single [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) based on the provided ID and returns the set of successfully deleted IDs in the response. Deletion is a cascading event such that all children of the targeted object are also deleted. For example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will also delete all of its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) children.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$object_id = "object_id_example"; // string | The ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be deleted. When an object is deleted, other objects in the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s).
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteCatalogObject($object_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->deleteCatalogObject: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **object_id** | **string**| The ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be deleted. When an object is deleted, other objects in the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s). |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCatalogObjectResponse**](../Model/DeleteCatalogObjectResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listCatalog**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListCatalogResponse listCatalog($cursor, $types)
+
+ListCatalog
+
+Returns a list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s that includes all objects of a set of desired types (for example, all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) and [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects) in the catalog. The types parameter is specified as a comma-separated list of valid [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) types: `ITEM`, `ITEM_VARIATION`, `MODIFIER`, `MODIFIER_LIST`, `CATEGORY`, `DISCOUNT`, `TAX`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+$types = "types_example"; // string | An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY`. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listCatalog($cursor, $types);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->listCatalog: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **cursor** | **string**| The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+ **types** | **string**| An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY`. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListCatalogResponse**](../Model/ListCatalogResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveCatalogObject**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse retrieveCatalogObject($object_id, $include_related_objects)
+
+RetrieveCatalogObject
+
+Returns a single [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) as a [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) based on the provided ID. The returned object includes all of the relevant [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) information including: [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) children, references to its [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) objects, and the ids of any [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to it.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$object_id = "object_id_example"; // string | The object ID of any type of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved.
+$include_related_objects = true; // bool | If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. Default value: `false`
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveCatalogObject($object_id, $include_related_objects);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->retrieveCatalogObject: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **object_id** | **string**| The object ID of any type of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved. |
+ **include_related_objects** | **bool**| If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. Default value: `false` | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse**](../Model/RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **searchCatalogObjects**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsResponse searchCatalogObjects($body)
+
+SearchCatalogObjects
+
+Queries the targeted catalog using a variety of query types: [CatalogQuerySortedAttribute](#type-catalogquerysortedattribute), [CatalogQueryExact](#type-catalogqueryexact), [CatalogQueryRange](#type-catalogqueryrange), [CatalogQueryText](#type-catalogquerytext), [CatalogQueryItemsForTax](#type-catalogqueryitemsfortax), and [CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList](#type-catalogqueryitemsformodifierlist).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->searchCatalogObjects($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->searchCatalogObjects: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsRequest**](../Model/SearchCatalogObjectsRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsResponse**](../Model/SearchCatalogObjectsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateItemModifierLists**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsResponse updateItemModifierLists($body)
+
+UpdateItemModifierLists
+
+Updates the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) objects that apply to the targeted [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) without having to perform an upsert on the entire item.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateItemModifierLists($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->updateItemModifierLists: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsRequest**](../Model/UpdateItemModifierListsRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsResponse**](../Model/UpdateItemModifierListsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateItemTaxes**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesResponse updateItemTaxes($body)
+
+UpdateItemTaxes
+
+Updates the [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to the targeted [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) without having to perform an upsert on the entire item.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateItemTaxes($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->updateItemTaxes: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesRequest**](../Model/UpdateItemTaxesRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesResponse**](../Model/UpdateItemTaxesResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **upsertCatalogObject**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectResponse upsertCatalogObject($body)
+
+UpsertCatalogObject
+
+Creates or updates the target [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->upsertCatalogObject($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CatalogApi->upsertCatalogObject: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectRequest**](../Model/UpsertCatalogObjectRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectResponse**](../Model/UpsertCatalogObjectResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\CheckoutApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**createCheckout**](CheckoutApi.md#createCheckout) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/checkouts | CreateCheckout
+
+
+# **createCheckout**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutResponse createCheckout($location_id, $body)
+
+CreateCheckout
+
+Links a `checkoutId` to a `checkout_page_url` that customers will be directed to in order to provide their payment information using a payment processing workflow hosted on connect.squareup.com.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CheckoutApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the business location to associate the checkout with.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createCheckout($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CheckoutApi->createCheckout: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the business location to associate the checkout with. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutRequest**](../Model/CreateCheckoutRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutResponse**](../Model/CreateCheckoutResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\CustomersApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**createCustomer**](CustomersApi.md#createCustomer) | **POST** /v2/customers | CreateCustomer
+[**createCustomerCard**](CustomersApi.md#createCustomerCard) | **POST** /v2/customers/{customer_id}/cards | CreateCustomerCard
+[**deleteCustomer**](CustomersApi.md#deleteCustomer) | **DELETE** /v2/customers/{customer_id} | DeleteCustomer
+[**deleteCustomerCard**](CustomersApi.md#deleteCustomerCard) | **DELETE** /v2/customers/{customer_id}/cards/{card_id} | DeleteCustomerCard
+[**listCustomers**](CustomersApi.md#listCustomers) | **GET** /v2/customers | ListCustomers
+[**retrieveCustomer**](CustomersApi.md#retrieveCustomer) | **GET** /v2/customers/{customer_id} | RetrieveCustomer
+[**searchCustomers**](CustomersApi.md#searchCustomers) | **POST** /v2/customers/search | SearchCustomers
+[**updateCustomer**](CustomersApi.md#updateCustomer) | **PUT** /v2/customers/{customer_id} | UpdateCustomer
+
+
+# **createCustomer**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerResponse createCustomer($body)
+
+CreateCustomer
+
+Creates a new customer for a business, which can have associated cards on file. You must provide __at least one__ of the following values in your request to this endpoint: - `given_name` - `family_name` - `company_name` - `email_address` - `phone_number`
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CustomersApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createCustomer($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CustomersApi->createCustomer: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerRequest**](../Model/CreateCustomerRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerResponse**](../Model/CreateCustomerResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createCustomerCard**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardResponse createCustomerCard($customer_id, $body)
+
+CreateCustomerCard
+
+Adds a card on file to an existing customer. As with charges, calls to `CreateCustomerCard` are idempotent. Multiple calls with the same card nonce return the same card record that was created with the provided nonce during the _first_ call. Cards on file are automatically updated on a monthly basis to confirm they are still valid and can be charged.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CustomersApi();
+$customer_id = "customer_id_example"; // string | The ID of the customer to link the card on file to.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createCustomerCard($customer_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CustomersApi->createCustomerCard: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **customer_id** | **string**| The ID of the customer to link the card on file to. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardRequest**](../Model/CreateCustomerCardRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardResponse**](../Model/CreateCustomerCardResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteCustomer**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerResponse deleteCustomer($customer_id)
+
+DeleteCustomer
+
+Deletes a customer from a business, along with any linked cards on file. When two profiles are merged into a single profile, that profile is assigned a new `customer_id`. You must use the new `customer_id` to delete merged profiles.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CustomersApi();
+$customer_id = "customer_id_example"; // string | The ID of the customer to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteCustomer($customer_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CustomersApi->deleteCustomer: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **customer_id** | **string**| The ID of the customer to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerResponse**](../Model/DeleteCustomerResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteCustomerCard**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerCardResponse deleteCustomerCard($customer_id, $card_id)
+
+DeleteCustomerCard
+
+Removes a card on file from a customer.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CustomersApi();
+$customer_id = "customer_id_example"; // string | The ID of the customer that the card on file belongs to.
+$card_id = "card_id_example"; // string | The ID of the card on file to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteCustomerCard($customer_id, $card_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CustomersApi->deleteCustomerCard: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **customer_id** | **string**| The ID of the customer that the card on file belongs to. |
+ **card_id** | **string**| The ID of the card on file to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerCardResponse**](../Model/DeleteCustomerCardResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listCustomers**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListCustomersResponse listCustomers($cursor, $sort_field, $sort_order)
+
+ListCustomers
+
+Lists a business's customers.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CustomersApi();
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+$sort_field = "sort_field_example"; // string | Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`.
+$sort_order = "sort_order_example"; // string | Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listCustomers($cursor, $sort_field, $sort_order);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CustomersApi->listCustomers: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **cursor** | **string**| A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+ **sort_field** | **string**| Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`. | [optional]
+ **sort_order** | **string**| Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListCustomersResponse**](../Model/ListCustomersResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveCustomer**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCustomerResponse retrieveCustomer($customer_id)
+
+RetrieveCustomer
+
+Returns details for a single customer.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CustomersApi();
+$customer_id = "customer_id_example"; // string | The ID of the customer to retrieve.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveCustomer($customer_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CustomersApi->retrieveCustomer: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **customer_id** | **string**| The ID of the customer to retrieve. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCustomerResponse**](../Model/RetrieveCustomerResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **searchCustomers**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersResponse searchCustomers($body)
+
+SearchCustomers
+
+Searches the customer profiles associated with a Square account. Calling SearchCustomers without an explicit query parameter returns all customer profiles ordered alphabetically based on `given_name` and `family_name`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CustomersApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->searchCustomers($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CustomersApi->searchCustomers: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersRequest**](../Model/SearchCustomersRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersResponse**](../Model/SearchCustomersResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateCustomer**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerResponse updateCustomer($customer_id, $body)
+
+UpdateCustomer
+
+Updates the details of an existing customer. When two profiles are merged into a single profile, that profile is assigned a new `customer_id`. You must use the new `customer_id` to update merged profiles. You cannot edit a customer's cards on file with this endpoint. To make changes to a card on file, you must delete the existing card on file with the [DeleteCustomerCard](#endpoint-deletecustomercard) endpoint, then create a new one with the [CreateCustomerCard](#endpoint-createcustomercard) endpoint.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\CustomersApi();
+$customer_id = "customer_id_example"; // string | The ID of the customer to update.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateCustomer($customer_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling CustomersApi->updateCustomer: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **customer_id** | **string**| The ID of the customer to update. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerRequest**](../Model/UpdateCustomerRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerResponse**](../Model/UpdateCustomerResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\EmployeesApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**listEmployees**](EmployeesApi.md#listEmployees) | **GET** /v2/employees | ListEmployees
+[**retrieveEmployee**](EmployeesApi.md#retrieveEmployee) | **GET** /v2/employees/{id} | RetrieveEmployee
+
+
+# **listEmployees**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeesResponse listEmployees($location_id, $status, $limit, $cursor)
+
+ListEmployees
+
+Gets a list of `Employee` objects for a business.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\EmployeesApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location.
+$status = "status_example"; // string | Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by.
+$limit = 56; // int | The number of employees to be returned on each page.
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | The token required to retrieve the specified page of results.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listEmployees($location_id, $status, $limit, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling EmployeesApi->listEmployees: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. | [optional]
+ **status** | **string**| Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| The number of employees to be returned on each page. | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| The token required to retrieve the specified page of results. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeesResponse**](../Model/ListEmployeesResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveEmployee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveEmployeeResponse retrieveEmployee($id)
+
+RetrieveEmployee
+
+Gets an `Employee` by Square-assigned employee `ID` (UUID)
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\EmployeesApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | UUID for the employee that was requested.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveEmployee($id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling EmployeesApi->retrieveEmployee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| UUID for the employee that was requested. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveEmployeeResponse**](../Model/RetrieveEmployeeResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\InventoryApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**batchChangeInventory**](InventoryApi.md#batchChangeInventory) | **POST** /v2/inventory/batch-change | BatchChangeInventory
+[**batchRetrieveInventoryChanges**](InventoryApi.md#batchRetrieveInventoryChanges) | **POST** /v2/inventory/batch-retrieve-changes | BatchRetrieveInventoryChanges
+[**batchRetrieveInventoryCounts**](InventoryApi.md#batchRetrieveInventoryCounts) | **POST** /v2/inventory/batch-retrieve-counts | BatchRetrieveInventoryCounts
+[**retrieveInventoryAdjustment**](InventoryApi.md#retrieveInventoryAdjustment) | **GET** /v2/inventory/adjustment/{adjustment_id} | RetrieveInventoryAdjustment
+[**retrieveInventoryChanges**](InventoryApi.md#retrieveInventoryChanges) | **GET** /v2/inventory/{catalog_object_id}/changes | RetrieveInventoryChanges
+[**retrieveInventoryCount**](InventoryApi.md#retrieveInventoryCount) | **GET** /v2/inventory/{catalog_object_id} | RetrieveInventoryCount
+[**retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount**](InventoryApi.md#retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount) | **GET** /v2/inventory/physical-count/{physical_count_id} | RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCount
+
+
+# **batchChangeInventory**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryResponse batchChangeInventory($body)
+
+BatchChangeInventory
+
+Applies adjustments and counts to the provided item quantities. On success: returns the current calculated counts for all objects referenced in the request. On failure: returns a list of related errors.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\InventoryApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->batchChangeInventory($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling InventoryApi->batchChangeInventory: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryRequest**](../Model/BatchChangeInventoryRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryResponse**](../Model/BatchChangeInventoryResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **batchRetrieveInventoryChanges**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse batchRetrieveInventoryChanges($body)
+
+BatchRetrieveInventoryChanges
+
+Returns historical physical counts and adjustments based on the provided filter criteria. Results are paginated and sorted in ascending order according their `occurred_at` timestamp (oldest first). BatchRetrieveInventoryChanges is a catch-all query endpoint for queries that cannot be handled by other, simpler endpoints.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\InventoryApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->batchRetrieveInventoryChanges($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling InventoryApi->batchRetrieveInventoryChanges: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest**](../Model/BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse**](../Model/BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **batchRetrieveInventoryCounts**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse batchRetrieveInventoryCounts($body)
+
+BatchRetrieveInventoryCounts
+
+Returns current counts for the provided [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s at the requested [Location](#type-location)s. Results are paginated and sorted in descending order according to their `calculated_at` timestamp (newest first). When `updated_after` is specified, only counts that have changed since that time (based on the server timestamp for the most recent change) are returned. This allows clients to perform a \"sync\" operation, for example in response to receiving a Webhook notification.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\InventoryApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->batchRetrieveInventoryCounts($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling InventoryApi->batchRetrieveInventoryCounts: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest**](../Model/BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse**](../Model/BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveInventoryAdjustment**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse retrieveInventoryAdjustment($adjustment_id)
+
+RetrieveInventoryAdjustment
+
+Returns the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) object with the provided `adjustment_id`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\InventoryApi();
+$adjustment_id = "adjustment_id_example"; // string | ID of the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to retrieve.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveInventoryAdjustment($adjustment_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling InventoryApi->retrieveInventoryAdjustment: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **adjustment_id** | **string**| ID of the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to retrieve. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse**](../Model/RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveInventoryChanges**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse retrieveInventoryChanges($catalog_object_id, $location_ids, $cursor)
+
+RetrieveInventoryChanges
+
+Returns a set of physical counts and inventory adjustments for the provided [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) at the requested [Location](#type-location)s. Results are paginated and sorted in descending order according to their `occurred_at` timestamp (newest first). There are no limits on how far back the caller can page. This endpoint is useful when displaying recent changes for a specific item. For more sophisticated queries, use a batch endpoint.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\InventoryApi();
+$catalog_object_id = "catalog_object_id_example"; // string | ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to retrieve.
+$location_ids = "location_ids_example"; // string | The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations.
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveInventoryChanges($catalog_object_id, $location_ids, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling InventoryApi->retrieveInventoryChanges: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **catalog_object_id** | **string**| ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to retrieve. |
+ **location_ids** | **string**| The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse**](../Model/RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveInventoryCount**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryCountResponse retrieveInventoryCount($catalog_object_id, $location_ids, $cursor)
+
+RetrieveInventoryCount
+
+Retrieves the current calculated stock count for a given [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) at a given set of [Location](#type-location)s. Responses are paginated and unsorted. For more sophisticated queries, use a batch endpoint.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\InventoryApi();
+$catalog_object_id = "catalog_object_id_example"; // string | ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to retrieve.
+$location_ids = "location_ids_example"; // string | The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations.
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveInventoryCount($catalog_object_id, $location_ids, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling InventoryApi->retrieveInventoryCount: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **catalog_object_id** | **string**| ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to retrieve. |
+ **location_ids** | **string**| The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryCountResponse**](../Model/RetrieveInventoryCountResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount($physical_count_id)
+
+RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCount
+
+Returns the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) object with the provided `physical_count_id`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\InventoryApi();
+$physical_count_id = "physical_count_id_example"; // string | ID of the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to retrieve.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount($physical_count_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling InventoryApi->retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **physical_count_id** | **string**| ID of the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to retrieve. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse**](../Model/RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\LaborApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**createBreakType**](LaborApi.md#createBreakType) | **POST** /v2/labor/break-types | CreateBreakType
+[**createShift**](LaborApi.md#createShift) | **POST** /v2/labor/shifts | CreateShift
+[**deleteBreakType**](LaborApi.md#deleteBreakType) | **DELETE** /v2/labor/break-types/{id} | DeleteBreakType
+[**deleteShift**](LaborApi.md#deleteShift) | **DELETE** /v2/labor/shifts/{id} | DeleteShift
+[**getBreakType**](LaborApi.md#getBreakType) | **GET** /v2/labor/break-types/{id} | GetBreakType
+[**getEmployeeWage**](LaborApi.md#getEmployeeWage) | **GET** /v2/labor/employee-wages/{id} | GetEmployeeWage
+[**getShift**](LaborApi.md#getShift) | **GET** /v2/labor/shifts/{id} | GetShift
+[**listBreakTypes**](LaborApi.md#listBreakTypes) | **GET** /v2/labor/break-types | ListBreakTypes
+[**listEmployeeWages**](LaborApi.md#listEmployeeWages) | **GET** /v2/labor/employee-wages | ListEmployeeWages
+[**listWorkweekConfigs**](LaborApi.md#listWorkweekConfigs) | **GET** /v2/labor/workweek-configs | ListWorkweekConfigs
+[**searchShifts**](LaborApi.md#searchShifts) | **POST** /v2/labor/shifts/search | SearchShifts
+[**updateBreakType**](LaborApi.md#updateBreakType) | **PUT** /v2/labor/break-types/{id} | UpdateBreakType
+[**updateShift**](LaborApi.md#updateShift) | **PUT** /v2/labor/shifts/{id} | UpdateShift
+[**updateWorkweekConfig**](LaborApi.md#updateWorkweekConfig) | **PUT** /v2/labor/workweek-configs/{id} | UpdateWorkweekConfig
+
+
+# **createBreakType**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeResponse createBreakType($body)
+
+CreateBreakType
+
+Creates a new `BreakType`. A `BreakType` is a template for creating `Break` objects. You must provide the following values in your request to this endpoint: - `location_id` - `break_name` - `expected_duration` - `is_paid` You can only have 3 `BreakType` instances per location. If you attempt to add a 4th `BreakType` for a location, an `INVALID_REQUEST_ERROR` \"Exceeded limit of 3 breaks per location.\" is returned.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createBreakType($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->createBreakType: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeRequest**](../Model/CreateBreakTypeRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeResponse**](../Model/CreateBreakTypeResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createShift**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftResponse createShift($body)
+
+CreateShift
+
+Creates a new `Shift`. A `Shift` represents a complete work day for a single employee. You must provide the following values in your request to this endpoint: - `location_id` - `employee_id` - `start_at` An attempt to create a new `Shift` can result in a `BAD_REQUEST` error when: - The `status` of the new `Shift` is `OPEN` and the employee has another shift with an `OPEN` status. - The `start_at` date is in the future - the `start_at` or `end_at` overlaps another shift for the same employee - If `Break`s are set in the request, a break `start_at` must not be before the `Shift.start_at`. A break `end_at` must not be after the `Shift.end_at`
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createShift($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->createShift: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftRequest**](../Model/CreateShiftRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftResponse**](../Model/CreateShiftResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteBreakType**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteBreakTypeResponse deleteBreakType($id)
+
+DeleteBreakType
+
+Deletes an existing `BreakType`. A `BreakType` can be deleted even if it is referenced from a `Shift`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | UUID for the `BreakType` being deleted.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteBreakType($id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->deleteBreakType: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| UUID for the `BreakType` being deleted. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteBreakTypeResponse**](../Model/DeleteBreakTypeResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteShift**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteShiftResponse deleteShift($id)
+
+DeleteShift
+
+Deletes a `Shift`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | UUID for the `Shift` being deleted.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteShift($id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->deleteShift: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| UUID for the `Shift` being deleted. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteShiftResponse**](../Model/DeleteShiftResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **getBreakType**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\GetBreakTypeResponse getBreakType($id)
+
+GetBreakType
+
+Returns a single `BreakType` specified by id.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | UUID for the `BreakType` being retrieved.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->getBreakType($id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->getBreakType: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| UUID for the `BreakType` being retrieved. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\GetBreakTypeResponse**](../Model/GetBreakTypeResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **getEmployeeWage**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\GetEmployeeWageResponse getEmployeeWage($id)
+
+GetEmployeeWage
+
+Returns a single `EmployeeWage` specified by id.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | UUID for the `EmployeeWage` being retrieved.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->getEmployeeWage($id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->getEmployeeWage: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| UUID for the `EmployeeWage` being retrieved. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\GetEmployeeWageResponse**](../Model/GetEmployeeWageResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **getShift**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\GetShiftResponse getShift($id)
+
+GetShift
+
+Returns a single `Shift` specified by id.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | UUID for the `Shift` being retrieved.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->getShift($id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->getShift: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| UUID for the `Shift` being retrieved. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\GetShiftResponse**](../Model/GetShiftResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listBreakTypes**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListBreakTypesResponse listBreakTypes($location_id, $limit, $cursor)
+
+ListBreakTypes
+
+Returns a paginated list of `BreakType` instances for a business.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location.
+$limit = 56; // int | Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200.
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listBreakTypes($location_id, $limit, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->listBreakTypes: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListBreakTypesResponse**](../Model/ListBreakTypesResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listEmployeeWages**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeeWagesResponse listEmployeeWages($employee_id, $limit, $cursor)
+
+ListEmployeeWages
+
+Returns a paginated list of `EmployeeWage` instances for a business.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$employee_id = "employee_id_example"; // string | Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee.
+$limit = 56; // int | Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200.
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listEmployeeWages($employee_id, $limit, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->listEmployeeWages: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **employee_id** | **string**| Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeeWagesResponse**](../Model/ListEmployeeWagesResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listWorkweekConfigs**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListWorkweekConfigsResponse listWorkweekConfigs($limit, $cursor)
+
+ListWorkweekConfigs
+
+Returns a list of `WorkweekConfig` instances for a business.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$limit = 56; // int | Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page.
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listWorkweekConfigs($limit, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->listWorkweekConfigs: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **limit** | **int**| Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page. | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListWorkweekConfigsResponse**](../Model/ListWorkweekConfigsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **searchShifts**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsResponse searchShifts($body)
+
+SearchShifts
+
+Returns a paginated list of `Shift` records for a business. The list to be returned can be filtered by: - Location IDs **and** - employee IDs **and** - shift status (`OPEN`, `CLOSED`) **and** - shift start **and** - shift end **and** - work day details The list can be sorted by: - `start_at` - `end_at` - `created_at` - `updated_at`
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->searchShifts($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->searchShifts: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsRequest**](../Model/SearchShiftsRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsResponse**](../Model/SearchShiftsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateBreakType**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeResponse updateBreakType($id, $body)
+
+UpdateBreakType
+
+Updates an existing `BreakType`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | UUID for the `BreakType` being updated.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateBreakType($id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->updateBreakType: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| UUID for the `BreakType` being updated. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeRequest**](../Model/UpdateBreakTypeRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeResponse**](../Model/UpdateBreakTypeResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateShift**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftResponse updateShift($id, $body)
+
+UpdateShift
+
+Updates an existing `Shift`. When adding a `Break` to a `Shift`, any earlier `Breaks` in the `Shift` have the `end_at` property set to a valid RFC-3339 datetime string. When closing a `Shift`, all `Break` instances in the shift must be complete with `end_at` set on each `Break`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | ID of the object being updated.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateShift($id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->updateShift: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| ID of the object being updated. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftRequest**](../Model/UpdateShiftRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftResponse**](../Model/UpdateShiftResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateWorkweekConfig**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse updateWorkweekConfig($id, $body)
+
+UpdateWorkweekConfig
+
+Updates a `WorkweekConfig`.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LaborApi();
+$id = "id_example"; // string | UUID for the `WorkweekConfig` object being updated.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateWorkweekConfig($id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LaborApi->updateWorkweekConfig: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **id** | **string**| UUID for the `WorkweekConfig` object being updated. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest**](../Model/UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse**](../Model/UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\LocationsApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**listLocations**](LocationsApi.md#listLocations) | **GET** /v2/locations | ListLocations
+
+
+# **listLocations**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListLocationsResponse listLocations()
+
+ListLocations
+
+Provides the details for all of a business's locations. Most other Connect API endpoints have a required `location_id` path parameter. The `id` field of the [`Location`](#type-location) objects returned by this endpoint correspond to that `location_id` parameter.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\LocationsApi();
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listLocations();
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling LocationsApi->listLocations: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+This endpoint does not need any parameter.
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListLocationsResponse**](../Model/ListLocationsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\MobileAuthorizationApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**createMobileAuthorizationCode**](MobileAuthorizationApi.md#createMobileAuthorizationCode) | **POST** /mobile/authorization-code | CreateMobileAuthorizationCode
+
+
+# **createMobileAuthorizationCode**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse createMobileAuthorizationCode($body)
+
+CreateMobileAuthorizationCode
+
+Generates code to authorize a mobile application to connect to a Square card reader Authorization codes are one-time-use and expire __60 minutes__ after being issued. __Important:__ The `Authorization` header you provide to this endpoint must have the following format: ``` Authorization: Bearer ACCESS_TOKEN ``` Replace `ACCESS_TOKEN` with a [valid production authorization credential](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/get-started#step-4-understand-the-different-application-credentials).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\MobileAuthorizationApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createMobileAuthorizationCode($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling MobileAuthorizationApi->createMobileAuthorizationCode: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest**](../Model/CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse**](../Model/CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\OAuthApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**obtainToken**](OAuthApi.md#obtainToken) | **POST** /oauth2/token | ObtainToken
+[**renewToken**](OAuthApi.md#renewToken) | **POST** /oauth2/clients/{client_id}/access-token/renew | RenewToken
+[**revokeToken**](OAuthApi.md#revokeToken) | **POST** /oauth2/revoke | RevokeToken
+
+
+# **obtainToken**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenResponse obtainToken($body)
+
+ObtainToken
+
+Returns an OAuth access token. The endpoint supports distinct methods of obtaining OAuth access tokens. Applications specify a method by adding the `grant_type` parameter in the request and also provide relevant information. For more information, see [OAuth access token management](/authz/oauth/how-it-works#oauth-access-token-management). __Note:__ Regardless of the method application specified, the endpoint always returns two items; an OAuth access token and a refresh token in the response. By default, the OAuth API lets up to 500 Square accounts authorize your application. Please [contact support](https://squareup.com/help/us/en/contact?prefill=developer_api) if you are developing an application for a larger audience. __OAuth tokens should only live on secure servers. Application clients should never interact directly with OAuth tokens__.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\OAuthApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->obtainToken($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling OAuthApi->obtainToken: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenRequest**](../Model/ObtainTokenRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenResponse**](../Model/ObtainTokenResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+No authorization required
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **renewToken**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenResponse renewToken($client_id, $body)
+
+RenewToken
+
+`RenewToken` is deprecated. For information about refreshing OAuth access tokens, see [Renew OAuth Token](/authz/oauth/cookbook/oauth-renew). Renews an OAuth access token before it expires. OAuth access tokens besides your application's personal access token expire after __30 days__. You can also renew expired tokens within __15 days__ of their expiration. You cannot renew an access token that has been expired for more than 15 days. Instead, the associated user must re-complete the OAuth flow from the beginning. __Important:__ The `Authorization` header for this endpoint must have the following format: ``` Authorization: Client APPLICATION_SECRET ``` Replace `APPLICATION_SECRET` with the application secret on the Credentials page in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure API key authorization: oauth2ClientSecret
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setApiKey('Authorization', 'YOUR_API_KEY');
+// Uncomment below to setup prefix (e.g. Bearer) for API key, if needed
+// SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setApiKeyPrefix('Authorization', 'Bearer');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\OAuthApi();
+$client_id = "client_id_example"; // string | Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->renewToken($client_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling OAuthApi->renewToken: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **client_id** | **string**| Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenRequest**](../Model/RenewTokenRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenResponse**](../Model/RenewTokenResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2ClientSecret](../../README.md#oauth2ClientSecret)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **revokeToken**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenResponse revokeToken($body)
+
+RevokeToken
+
+Revokes an access token generated with the OAuth flow. If an account has more than one OAuth access token for your application, this endpoint revokes all of them, regardless of which token you specify. When an OAuth access token is revoked, all of the active subscriptions associated with that OAuth token are canceled immediately. __Important:__ The `Authorization` header for this endpoint must have the following format: ``` Authorization: Client APPLICATION_SECRET ``` Replace `APPLICATION_SECRET` with the application secret on the Credentials page in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure API key authorization: oauth2ClientSecret
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setApiKey('Authorization', 'YOUR_API_KEY');
+// Uncomment below to setup prefix (e.g. Bearer) for API key, if needed
+// SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setApiKeyPrefix('Authorization', 'Bearer');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\OAuthApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->revokeToken($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling OAuthApi->revokeToken: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenRequest**](../Model/RevokeTokenRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenResponse**](../Model/RevokeTokenResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2ClientSecret](../../README.md#oauth2ClientSecret)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\OrdersApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**batchRetrieveOrders**](OrdersApi.md#batchRetrieveOrders) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/orders/batch-retrieve | BatchRetrieveOrders
+[**createOrder**](OrdersApi.md#createOrder) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/orders | CreateOrder
+
+
+# **batchRetrieveOrders**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse batchRetrieveOrders($location_id, $body)
+
+BatchRetrieveOrders
+
+Retrieves a set of [Order](#type-order)s by their IDs. If a given Order ID does not exist, the ID is ignored instead of generating an error.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\OrdersApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the orders' associated location.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->batchRetrieveOrders($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling OrdersApi->batchRetrieveOrders: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the orders' associated location. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest**](../Model/BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse**](../Model/BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createOrder**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderResponse createOrder($location_id, $body)
+
+CreateOrder
+
+Creates an [Order](#type-order) that can then be referenced as `order_id` in a request to the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint. Orders specify products for purchase, along with discounts, taxes, and other settings to apply to the purchase. To associate a created order with a request to the Charge endpoint, provide the order's `id` in the `order_id` field of your request. You cannot modify an order after you create it. If you need to modify an order, instead create a new order with modified details. To learn more about the Orders API, see the [Orders API Overview](/products/orders/overview).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\OrdersApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the business location to associate the order with.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createOrder($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling OrdersApi->createOrder: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the business location to associate the order with. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest**](../Model/CreateOrderRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderResponse**](../Model/CreateOrderResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\ReportingApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds**](ReportingApi.md#listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/additional-recipient-receivable-refunds | ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds
+[**listAdditionalRecipientReceivables**](ReportingApi.md#listAdditionalRecipientReceivables) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/additional-recipient-receivables | ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables
+
+
+# **listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor)
+
+ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds
+
+Returns a list of refunded transactions (across all possible originating locations) relating to monies credited to the provided location ID by another Square account using the `additional_recipients` field in a transaction. Max results per [page](#paginatingresults): 50
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\ReportingApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds for.
+$begin_time = "begin_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+$end_time = "end_time_example"; // string | The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+$sort_order = "sort_order_example"; // string | The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC`
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling ReportingApi->listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds for. |
+ **begin_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+ **end_time** | **string**| The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+ **sort_order** | **string**| The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse**](../Model/ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listAdditionalRecipientReceivables**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse listAdditionalRecipientReceivables($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor)
+
+ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables
+
+Returns a list of receivables (across all possible sending locations) representing monies credited to the provided location ID by another Square account using the `additional_recipients` field in a transaction. Max results per [page](#paginatingresults): 50
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\ReportingApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list AdditionalRecipientReceivables for.
+$begin_time = "begin_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+$end_time = "end_time_example"; // string | The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+$sort_order = "sort_order_example"; // string | The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC`
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listAdditionalRecipientReceivables($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling ReportingApi->listAdditionalRecipientReceivables: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list AdditionalRecipientReceivables for. |
+ **begin_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+ **end_time** | **string**| The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+ **sort_order** | **string**| The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse**](../Model/ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\TransactionsApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**captureTransaction**](TransactionsApi.md#captureTransaction) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/capture | CaptureTransaction
+[**charge**](TransactionsApi.md#charge) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions | Charge
+[**createRefund**](TransactionsApi.md#createRefund) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/refund | CreateRefund
+[**listRefunds**](TransactionsApi.md#listRefunds) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/refunds | ListRefunds
+[**listTransactions**](TransactionsApi.md#listTransactions) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions | ListTransactions
+[**retrieveTransaction**](TransactionsApi.md#retrieveTransaction) | **GET** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id} | RetrieveTransaction
+[**voidTransaction**](TransactionsApi.md#voidTransaction) | **POST** /v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/void | VoidTransaction
+
+
+# **captureTransaction**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CaptureTransactionResponse captureTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id)
+
+CaptureTransaction
+
+Captures a transaction that was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint with a `delay_capture` value of `true`. See [Delayed capture transactions](/payments/transactions/overview#delayed-capture) for more information.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string |
+$transaction_id = "transaction_id_example"; // string |
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->captureTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling TransactionsApi->captureTransaction: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| |
+ **transaction_id** | **string**| |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CaptureTransactionResponse**](../Model/CaptureTransactionResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **charge**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeResponse charge($location_id, $body)
+
+Charge
+
+Charges a card represented by a card nonce or a customer's card on file. Your request to this endpoint must include _either_: - A value for the `card_nonce` parameter (to charge a card nonce generated with the `SqPaymentForm`) - Values for the `customer_card_id` and `customer_id` parameters (to charge a customer's card on file) In order for an eCommerce payment to potentially qualify for [Square chargeback protection](https://squareup.com/help/article/5394), you _must_ provide values for the following parameters in your request: - `buyer_email_address` - At least one of `billing_address` or `shipping_address` When this response is returned, the amount of Square's processing fee might not yet be calculated. To obtain the processing fee, wait about ten seconds and call [RetrieveTransaction](#endpoint-retrievetransaction). See the `processing_fee_money` field of each [Tender included](#type-tender) in the transaction.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to associate the created transaction with.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->charge($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling TransactionsApi->charge: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to associate the created transaction with. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequest**](../Model/ChargeRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ChargeResponse**](../Model/ChargeResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createRefund**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundResponse createRefund($location_id, $transaction_id, $body)
+
+CreateRefund
+
+Initiates a refund for a previously charged tender. You must issue a refund within 120 days of the associated payment. See [this article](https://squareup.com/help/us/en/article/5060) for more information on refund behavior. NOTE: Card-present transactions with Interac credit cards **cannot be refunded using the Connect API**. Interac transactions must refunded in-person (e.g., dipping the card using POS app).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the original transaction's associated location.
+$transaction_id = "transaction_id_example"; // string | The ID of the original transaction that includes the tender to refund.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createRefund($location_id, $transaction_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling TransactionsApi->createRefund: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the original transaction's associated location. |
+ **transaction_id** | **string**| The ID of the original transaction that includes the tender to refund. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundRequest**](../Model/CreateRefundRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundResponse**](../Model/CreateRefundResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listRefunds**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListRefundsResponse listRefunds($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor)
+
+ListRefunds
+
+Lists refunds for one of a business's locations. In addition to full or partial tender refunds processed through Square APIs, refunds may result from itemized returns or exchanges through Square's Point of Sale applications. Refunds with a `status` of `PENDING` are not currently included in this endpoint's response. Max results per [page](#paginatingresults): 50
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list refunds for.
+$begin_time = "begin_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+$end_time = "end_time_example"; // string | The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+$sort_order = "sort_order_example"; // string | The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC`
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listRefunds($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling TransactionsApi->listRefunds: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list refunds for. |
+ **begin_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+ **end_time** | **string**| The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+ **sort_order** | **string**| The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListRefundsResponse**](../Model/ListRefundsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listTransactions**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\ListTransactionsResponse listTransactions($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor)
+
+ListTransactions
+
+Lists transactions for a particular location. Transactions include payment information from sales and exchanges and refund information from returns and exchanges. Max results per [page](#paginatingresults): 50
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list transactions for.
+$begin_time = "begin_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+$end_time = "end_time_example"; // string | The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+$sort_order = "sort_order_example"; // string | The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC`
+$cursor = "cursor_example"; // string | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listTransactions($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling TransactionsApi->listTransactions: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list transactions for. |
+ **begin_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+ **end_time** | **string**| The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+ **sort_order** | **string**| The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` | [optional]
+ **cursor** | **string**| A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\ListTransactionsResponse**](../Model/ListTransactionsResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveTransaction**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveTransactionResponse retrieveTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id)
+
+RetrieveTransaction
+
+Retrieves details for a single transaction.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the transaction's associated location.
+$transaction_id = "transaction_id_example"; // string | The ID of the transaction to retrieve.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling TransactionsApi->retrieveTransaction: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the transaction's associated location. |
+ **transaction_id** | **string**| The ID of the transaction to retrieve. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveTransactionResponse**](../Model/RetrieveTransactionResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **voidTransaction**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\VoidTransactionResponse voidTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id)
+
+VoidTransaction
+
+Cancels a transaction that was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint with a `delay_capture` value of `true`. See [Delayed capture transactions](/payments/transactions/overview#delayed-capture) for more information.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string |
+$transaction_id = "transaction_id_example"; // string |
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->voidTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling TransactionsApi->voidTransaction: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| |
+ **transaction_id** | **string**| |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\VoidTransactionResponse**](../Model/VoidTransactionResponse.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\V1EmployeesApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**createEmployee**](V1EmployeesApi.md#createEmployee) | **POST** /v1/me/employees | CreateEmployee
+[**createEmployeeRole**](V1EmployeesApi.md#createEmployeeRole) | **POST** /v1/me/roles | CreateEmployeeRole
+[**createTimecard**](V1EmployeesApi.md#createTimecard) | **POST** /v1/me/timecards | CreateTimecard
+[**deleteTimecard**](V1EmployeesApi.md#deleteTimecard) | **DELETE** /v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id} | DeleteTimecard
+[**listCashDrawerShifts**](V1EmployeesApi.md#listCashDrawerShifts) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/cash-drawer-shifts | ListCashDrawerShifts
+[**listEmployeeRoles**](V1EmployeesApi.md#listEmployeeRoles) | **GET** /v1/me/roles | ListEmployeeRoles
+[**listEmployees**](V1EmployeesApi.md#listEmployees) | **GET** /v1/me/employees | ListEmployees
+[**listTimecardEvents**](V1EmployeesApi.md#listTimecardEvents) | **GET** /v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id}/events | ListTimecardEvents
+[**listTimecards**](V1EmployeesApi.md#listTimecards) | **GET** /v1/me/timecards | ListTimecards
+[**retrieveCashDrawerShift**](V1EmployeesApi.md#retrieveCashDrawerShift) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/cash-drawer-shifts/{shift_id} | RetrieveCashDrawerShift
+[**retrieveEmployee**](V1EmployeesApi.md#retrieveEmployee) | **GET** /v1/me/employees/{employee_id} | RetrieveEmployee
+[**retrieveEmployeeRole**](V1EmployeesApi.md#retrieveEmployeeRole) | **GET** /v1/me/roles/{role_id} | RetrieveEmployeeRole
+[**retrieveTimecard**](V1EmployeesApi.md#retrieveTimecard) | **GET** /v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id} | RetrieveTimecard
+[**updateEmployee**](V1EmployeesApi.md#updateEmployee) | **PUT** /v1/me/employees/{employee_id} | UpdateEmployee
+[**updateEmployeeRole**](V1EmployeesApi.md#updateEmployeeRole) | **PUT** /v1/me/roles/{role_id} | UpdateEmployeeRole
+[**updateTimecard**](V1EmployeesApi.md#updateTimecard) | **PUT** /v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id} | UpdateTimecard
+
+
+# **createEmployee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee createEmployee($body)
+
+CreateEmployee
+
+Use the CreateEmployee endpoint to add an employee to a Square account. Employees created with the Connect API have an initial status of `INACTIVE`. Inactive employees cannot sign in to Square Point of Sale until they are activated from the Square Dashboard. Employee status cannot be changed with the Connect API. <aside class=\"important\"> Employee entities cannot be deleted. To disable employee profiles, set the employee's status to <code>INACTIVE</code> </aside>
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createEmployee($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->createEmployee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee**](../Model/V1Employee.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee**](../Model/V1Employee.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createEmployeeRole**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole createEmployeeRole($employee_role)
+
+CreateEmployeeRole
+
+Creates an employee role you can then assign to employees. Square accounts can include any number of roles that can be assigned to employees. These roles define the actions and permissions granted to an employee with that role. For example, an employee with a \"Shift Manager\" role might be able to issue refunds in Square Point of Sale, whereas an employee with a \"Clerk\" role might not. Roles are assigned with the [V1UpdateEmployee](#endpoint-v1updateemployee) endpoint. An employee can have only one role at a time. If an employee has no role, they have none of the permissions associated with roles. All employees can accept payments with Square Point of Sale.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$employee_role = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole | An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createEmployeeRole($employee_role);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->createEmployeeRole: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **employee_role** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole**](../Model/V1EmployeeRole.md)| An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole**](../Model/V1EmployeeRole.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createTimecard**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard createTimecard($body)
+
+CreateTimecard
+
+Creates a timecard for an employee and clocks them in with an `API_CREATE` event and a `clockin_time` set to the current time unless the request provides a different value. To import timecards from another system (rather than clocking someone in). Specify the `clockin_time` and* `clockout_time` in the request. Timecards correspond to exactly one shift for a given employee, bounded by the `clockin_time` and `clockout_time` fields. An employee is considered clocked in if they have a timecard that doesn't have a `clockout_time` set. An employee that is currently clocked in cannot be clocked in a second time.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createTimecard($body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->createTimecard: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard**](../Model/V1Timecard.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard**](../Model/V1Timecard.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteTimecard**
+> object deleteTimecard($timecard_id)
+
+DeleteTimecard
+
+Deletes a timecard. Timecards can also be deleted through the Square Dashboard. Deleted timecards are still accessible through Connect API endpoints, but cannot be modified. The `deleted` field of the `Timecard` object indicates whether the timecard has been deleted. *Note**: By default, deleted timecards appear alongside valid timecards in results returned by the [ListTimecards](#endpoint-v1employees-listtimecards) endpoint. To filter deleted timecards, include the `deleted` query parameter in the list request. <aside> Only approved accounts can manage their employees with Square. Unapproved accounts cannot use employee management features with the API. </aside>
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$timecard_id = "timecard_id_example"; // string | The ID of the timecard to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteTimecard($timecard_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->deleteTimecard: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **timecard_id** | **string**| The ID of the timecard to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+**object**
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listCashDrawerShifts**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[] listCashDrawerShifts($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time)
+
+ListCashDrawerShifts
+
+Provides the details for all of a location's cash drawer shifts during a date range. The date range you specify cannot exceed 90 days.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list cash drawer shifts for.
+$order = "order_example"; // string | The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC
+$begin_time = "begin_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days.
+$end_time = "end_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listCashDrawerShifts($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->listCashDrawerShifts: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list cash drawer shifts for. |
+ **order** | **string**| The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC | [optional]
+ **begin_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days. | [optional]
+ **end_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]**](../Model/V1CashDrawerShift.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listEmployeeRoles**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[] listEmployeeRoles($order, $limit, $batch_token)
+
+ListEmployeeRoles
+
+Provides summary information for all of a business's employee roles.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$order = "order_example"; // string | The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.Default value: ASC
+$limit = 56; // int | The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listEmployeeRoles($order, $limit, $batch_token);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->listEmployeeRoles: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **order** | **string**| The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.Default value: ASC | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | [optional]
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]**](../Model/V1EmployeeRole.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listEmployees**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[] listEmployees($order, $begin_updated_at, $end_updated_at, $begin_created_at, $end_created_at, $status, $external_id, $limit, $batch_token)
+
+ListEmployees
+
+Provides summary information for all of a business's employees.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$order = "order_example"; // string | The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC
+$begin_updated_at = "begin_updated_at_example"; // string | If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format
+$end_updated_at = "end_updated_at_example"; // string | If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$begin_created_at = "begin_created_at_example"; // string | If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$end_created_at = "end_created_at_example"; // string | If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$status = "status_example"; // string | If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE).
+$external_id = "external_id_example"; // string | If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id.
+$limit = 56; // int | The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listEmployees($order, $begin_updated_at, $end_updated_at, $begin_created_at, $end_created_at, $status, $external_id, $limit, $batch_token);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->listEmployees: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **order** | **string**| The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC | [optional]
+ **begin_updated_at** | **string**| If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format | [optional]
+ **end_updated_at** | **string**| If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **begin_created_at** | **string**| If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **end_created_at** | **string**| If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **status** | **string**| If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE). | [optional]
+ **external_id** | **string**| If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | [optional]
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]**](../Model/V1Employee.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listTimecardEvents**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[] listTimecardEvents($timecard_id)
+
+ListTimecardEvents
+
+Provides summary information for all events associated with a particular timecard. <aside> Only approved accounts can manage their employees with Square. Unapproved accounts cannot use employee management features with the API. </aside>
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$timecard_id = "timecard_id_example"; // string | The ID of the timecard to list events for.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listTimecardEvents($timecard_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->listTimecardEvents: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **timecard_id** | **string**| The ID of the timecard to list events for. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]**](../Model/V1TimecardEvent.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listTimecards**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[] listTimecards($order, $employee_id, $begin_clockin_time, $end_clockin_time, $begin_clockout_time, $end_clockout_time, $begin_updated_at, $end_updated_at, $deleted, $limit, $batch_token)
+
+ListTimecards
+
+Provides summary information for all of a business's employee timecards.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$order = "order_example"; // string | The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.
+$employee_id = "employee_id_example"; // string | If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID.
+$begin_clockin_time = "begin_clockin_time_example"; // string | If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$end_clockin_time = "end_clockin_time_example"; // string | If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$begin_clockout_time = "begin_clockout_time_example"; // string | If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$end_clockout_time = "end_clockout_time_example"; // string | If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$begin_updated_at = "begin_updated_at_example"; // string | If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$end_updated_at = "end_updated_at_example"; // string | If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+$deleted = true; // bool | If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned.If you don't provide this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned.
+$limit = 56; // int | The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listTimecards($order, $employee_id, $begin_clockin_time, $end_clockin_time, $begin_clockout_time, $end_clockout_time, $begin_updated_at, $end_updated_at, $deleted, $limit, $batch_token);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->listTimecards: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **order** | **string**| The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. | [optional]
+ **employee_id** | **string**| If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID. | [optional]
+ **begin_clockin_time** | **string**| If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **end_clockin_time** | **string**| If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **begin_clockout_time** | **string**| If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **end_clockout_time** | **string**| If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **begin_updated_at** | **string**| If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **end_updated_at** | **string**| If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+ **deleted** | **bool**| If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned.If you don't provide this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | [optional]
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]**](../Model/V1Timecard.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveCashDrawerShift**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift retrieveCashDrawerShift($location_id, $shift_id)
+
+RetrieveCashDrawerShift
+
+Provides the details for a single cash drawer shift, including all events that occurred during the shift.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list cash drawer shifts for.
+$shift_id = "shift_id_example"; // string | The shift's ID.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveCashDrawerShift($location_id, $shift_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->retrieveCashDrawerShift: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list cash drawer shifts for. |
+ **shift_id** | **string**| The shift's ID. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift**](../Model/V1CashDrawerShift.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveEmployee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee retrieveEmployee($employee_id)
+
+RetrieveEmployee
+
+Provides the details for a single employee.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$employee_id = "employee_id_example"; // string | The employee's ID.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveEmployee($employee_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->retrieveEmployee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **employee_id** | **string**| The employee's ID. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee**](../Model/V1Employee.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveEmployeeRole**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole retrieveEmployeeRole($role_id)
+
+RetrieveEmployeeRole
+
+Provides the details for a single employee role.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$role_id = "role_id_example"; // string | The role's ID.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveEmployeeRole($role_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->retrieveEmployeeRole: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **role_id** | **string**| The role's ID. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole**](../Model/V1EmployeeRole.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveTimecard**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard retrieveTimecard($timecard_id)
+
+RetrieveTimecard
+
+Provides the details for a single timecard. <aside> Only approved accounts can manage their employees with Square. Unapproved accounts cannot use employee management features with the API. </aside>
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$timecard_id = "timecard_id_example"; // string | The timecard's ID.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveTimecard($timecard_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->retrieveTimecard: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **timecard_id** | **string**| The timecard's ID. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard**](../Model/V1Timecard.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateEmployee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee updateEmployee($employee_id, $body)
+
+UpdateEmployee
+
+
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$employee_id = "employee_id_example"; // string | The ID of the role to modify.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateEmployee($employee_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->updateEmployee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **employee_id** | **string**| The ID of the role to modify. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee**](../Model/V1Employee.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee**](../Model/V1Employee.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateEmployeeRole**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole updateEmployeeRole($role_id, $body)
+
+UpdateEmployeeRole
+
+Modifies the details of an employee role.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$role_id = "role_id_example"; // string | The ID of the role to modify.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateEmployeeRole($role_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->updateEmployeeRole: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **role_id** | **string**| The ID of the role to modify. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole**](../Model/V1EmployeeRole.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole**](../Model/V1EmployeeRole.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateTimecard**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard updateTimecard($timecard_id, $body)
+
+UpdateTimecard
+
+Modifies the details of a timecard with an `API_EDIT` event for the timecard. Updating an active timecard with a `clockout_time` clocks the employee out.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1EmployeesApi();
+$timecard_id = "timecard_id_example"; // string | TThe ID of the timecard to modify.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateTimecard($timecard_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1EmployeesApi->updateTimecard: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **timecard_id** | **string**| TThe ID of the timecard to modify. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard**](../Model/V1Timecard.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard**](../Model/V1Timecard.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\V1ItemsApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**adjustInventory**](V1ItemsApi.md#adjustInventory) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/inventory/{variation_id} | AdjustInventory
+[**applyFee**](V1ItemsApi.md#applyFee) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/fees/{fee_id} | ApplyFee
+[**applyModifierList**](V1ItemsApi.md#applyModifierList) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | ApplyModifierList
+[**createCategory**](V1ItemsApi.md#createCategory) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/categories | CreateCategory
+[**createDiscount**](V1ItemsApi.md#createDiscount) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/discounts | CreateDiscount
+[**createFee**](V1ItemsApi.md#createFee) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/fees | CreateFee
+[**createItem**](V1ItemsApi.md#createItem) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/items | CreateItem
+[**createModifierList**](V1ItemsApi.md#createModifierList) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists | CreateModifierList
+[**createModifierOption**](V1ItemsApi.md#createModifierOption) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options | CreateModifierOption
+[**createPage**](V1ItemsApi.md#createPage) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/pages | CreatePage
+[**createVariation**](V1ItemsApi.md#createVariation) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations | CreateVariation
+[**deleteCategory**](V1ItemsApi.md#deleteCategory) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/categories/{category_id} | DeleteCategory
+[**deleteDiscount**](V1ItemsApi.md#deleteDiscount) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/discounts/{discount_id} | DeleteDiscount
+[**deleteFee**](V1ItemsApi.md#deleteFee) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/fees/{fee_id} | DeleteFee
+[**deleteItem**](V1ItemsApi.md#deleteItem) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id} | DeleteItem
+[**deleteModifierList**](V1ItemsApi.md#deleteModifierList) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | DeleteModifierList
+[**deleteModifierOption**](V1ItemsApi.md#deleteModifierOption) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options/{modifier_option_id} | DeleteModifierOption
+[**deletePage**](V1ItemsApi.md#deletePage) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id} | DeletePage
+[**deletePageCell**](V1ItemsApi.md#deletePageCell) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id}/cells | DeletePageCell
+[**deleteVariation**](V1ItemsApi.md#deleteVariation) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations/{variation_id} | DeleteVariation
+[**listCategories**](V1ItemsApi.md#listCategories) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/categories | ListCategories
+[**listDiscounts**](V1ItemsApi.md#listDiscounts) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/discounts | ListDiscounts
+[**listFees**](V1ItemsApi.md#listFees) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/fees | ListFees
+[**listInventory**](V1ItemsApi.md#listInventory) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/inventory | ListInventory
+[**listItems**](V1ItemsApi.md#listItems) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/items | ListItems
+[**listModifierLists**](V1ItemsApi.md#listModifierLists) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists | ListModifierLists
+[**listPages**](V1ItemsApi.md#listPages) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/pages | ListPages
+[**removeFee**](V1ItemsApi.md#removeFee) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/fees/{fee_id} | RemoveFee
+[**removeModifierList**](V1ItemsApi.md#removeModifierList) | **DELETE** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | RemoveModifierList
+[**retrieveItem**](V1ItemsApi.md#retrieveItem) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id} | RetrieveItem
+[**retrieveModifierList**](V1ItemsApi.md#retrieveModifierList) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | RetrieveModifierList
+[**updateCategory**](V1ItemsApi.md#updateCategory) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/categories/{category_id} | UpdateCategory
+[**updateDiscount**](V1ItemsApi.md#updateDiscount) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/discounts/{discount_id} | UpdateDiscount
+[**updateFee**](V1ItemsApi.md#updateFee) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/fees/{fee_id} | UpdateFee
+[**updateItem**](V1ItemsApi.md#updateItem) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id} | UpdateItem
+[**updateModifierList**](V1ItemsApi.md#updateModifierList) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id} | UpdateModifierList
+[**updateModifierOption**](V1ItemsApi.md#updateModifierOption) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options/{modifier_option_id} | UpdateModifierOption
+[**updatePage**](V1ItemsApi.md#updatePage) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id} | UpdatePage
+[**updatePageCell**](V1ItemsApi.md#updatePageCell) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id}/cells | UpdatePageCell
+[**updateVariation**](V1ItemsApi.md#updateVariation) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations/{variation_id} | UpdateVariation
+
+
+# **adjustInventory**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry adjustInventory($location_id, $variation_id, $body)
+
+AdjustInventory
+
+Adjusts an item variation's current available inventory.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$variation_id = "variation_id_example"; // string | The ID of the variation to adjust inventory information for.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1AdjustInventoryRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1AdjustInventoryRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->adjustInventory($location_id, $variation_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->adjustInventory: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **variation_id** | **string**| The ID of the variation to adjust inventory information for. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1AdjustInventoryRequest**](../Model/V1AdjustInventoryRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry**](../Model/V1InventoryEntry.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **applyFee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item applyFee($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id)
+
+ApplyFee
+
+Associates a fee with an item, meaning the fee is automatically applied to the item in Square Register.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the fee's associated location.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item to add the fee to.
+$fee_id = "fee_id_example"; // string | The ID of the fee to apply.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->applyFee($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->applyFee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the fee's associated location. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The ID of the item to add the fee to. |
+ **fee_id** | **string**| The ID of the fee to apply. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **applyModifierList**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item applyModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id)
+
+ApplyModifierList
+
+Associates a modifier list with an item, meaning modifier options from the list can be applied to the item.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$modifier_list_id = "modifier_list_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to apply.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item to add the modifier list to.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->applyModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->applyModifierList: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **modifier_list_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to apply. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The ID of the item to add the modifier list to. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createCategory**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category createCategory($location_id, $body)
+
+CreateCategory
+
+Creates an item category.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to create an item for.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createCategory($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->createCategory: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to create an item for. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category**](../Model/V1Category.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category**](../Model/V1Category.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createDiscount**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount createDiscount($location_id, $body)
+
+CreateDiscount
+
+Creates a discount.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to create an item for.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createDiscount($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->createDiscount: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to create an item for. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount**](../Model/V1Discount.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount**](../Model/V1Discount.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createFee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee createFee($location_id, $body)
+
+CreateFee
+
+Creates a fee (tax).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to create a fee for.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createFee($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->createFee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to create a fee for. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee**](../Model/V1Fee.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee**](../Model/V1Fee.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createItem**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item createItem($location_id, $body)
+
+CreateItem
+
+Creates an item and at least one variation for it. Item-related entities include fields you can use to associate them with entities in a non-Square system. When you create an item-related entity, you can optionally specify its `id`. This value must be unique among all IDs ever specified for the account, including those specified by other applications. You can never reuse an entity ID. If you do not specify an ID, Square generates one for the entity. Item variations have a `user_data` string that lets you associate arbitrary metadata with the variation. The string cannot exceed 255 characters.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to create an item for.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createItem($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->createItem: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to create an item for. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createModifierList**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList createModifierList($location_id, $body)
+
+CreateModifierList
+
+Creates an item modifier list and at least one modifier option for it.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to create a modifier list for.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createModifierList($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->createModifierList: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to create a modifier list for. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList**](../Model/V1ModifierList.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList**](../Model/V1ModifierList.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createModifierOption**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption createModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body)
+
+CreateModifierOption
+
+Creates an item modifier option and adds it to a modifier list.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$modifier_list_id = "modifier_list_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to edit.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->createModifierOption: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **modifier_list_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to edit. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption**](../Model/V1ModifierOption.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption**](../Model/V1ModifierOption.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createPage**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page createPage($location_id, $body)
+
+CreatePage
+
+Creates a Favorites page in Square Register.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to create an item for.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createPage($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->createPage: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to create an item for. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](../Model/V1Page.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](../Model/V1Page.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **createVariation**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation createVariation($location_id, $item_id, $body)
+
+CreateVariation
+
+Creates an item variation for an existing item.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The item's ID.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createVariation($location_id, $item_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->createVariation: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The item's ID. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation**](../Model/V1Variation.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation**](../Model/V1Variation.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteCategory**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category deleteCategory($location_id, $category_id)
+
+DeleteCategory
+
+Deletes an existing item category. *Note**: DeleteCategory returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeleteCategoryRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$category_id = "category_id_example"; // string | The ID of the category to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteCategory($location_id, $category_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deleteCategory: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **category_id** | **string**| The ID of the category to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category**](../Model/V1Category.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteDiscount**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount deleteDiscount($location_id, $discount_id)
+
+DeleteDiscount
+
+Deletes an existing discount. *Note**: DeleteDiscount returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeleteDiscountRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$discount_id = "discount_id_example"; // string | The ID of the discount to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteDiscount($location_id, $discount_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deleteDiscount: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **discount_id** | **string**| The ID of the discount to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount**](../Model/V1Discount.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteFee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee deleteFee($location_id, $fee_id)
+
+DeleteFee
+
+Deletes an existing fee (tax). *Note**: DeleteFee returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeleteFeeRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the fee's associated location.
+$fee_id = "fee_id_example"; // string | The ID of the fee to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteFee($location_id, $fee_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deleteFee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the fee's associated location. |
+ **fee_id** | **string**| The ID of the fee to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee**](../Model/V1Fee.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteItem**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item deleteItem($location_id, $item_id)
+
+DeleteItem
+
+Deletes an existing item and all item variations associated with it. *Note**: DeleteItem returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeleteItemRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item to modify.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteItem($location_id, $item_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deleteItem: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The ID of the item to modify. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteModifierList**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList deleteModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id)
+
+DeleteModifierList
+
+Deletes an existing item modifier list and all modifier options associated with it. *Note**: DeleteModifierList returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeleteModifierListRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$modifier_list_id = "modifier_list_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deleteModifierList: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **modifier_list_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList**](../Model/V1ModifierList.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteModifierOption**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption deleteModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id)
+
+DeleteModifierOption
+
+Deletes an existing item modifier option from a modifier list. *Note**: DeleteModifierOption returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$modifier_list_id = "modifier_list_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to delete.
+$modifier_option_id = "modifier_option_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to edit.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deleteModifierOption: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **modifier_list_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to delete. |
+ **modifier_option_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to edit. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption**](../Model/V1ModifierOption.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deletePage**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page deletePage($location_id, $page_id)
+
+DeletePage
+
+Deletes an existing Favorites page and all of its cells. *Note**: DeletePage returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeletePageRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the Favorites page's associated location.
+$page_id = "page_id_example"; // string | The ID of the page to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deletePage($location_id, $page_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deletePage: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. |
+ **page_id** | **string**| The ID of the page to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](../Model/V1Page.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deletePageCell**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page deletePageCell($location_id, $page_id, $row, $column)
+
+DeletePageCell
+
+Deletes a cell from a Favorites page in Square Register. *Note**: DeletePageCell returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeletePageCellRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the Favorites page's associated location.
+$page_id = "page_id_example"; // string | The ID of the page to delete.
+$row = "row_example"; // string | The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row.
+$column = "column_example"; // string | The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deletePageCell($location_id, $page_id, $row, $column);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deletePageCell: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. |
+ **page_id** | **string**| The ID of the page to delete. |
+ **row** | **string**| The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row. | [optional]
+ **column** | **string**| The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](../Model/V1Page.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **deleteVariation**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation deleteVariation($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id)
+
+DeleteVariation
+
+Deletes an existing item variation from an item. *Note**: DeleteVariation returns nothing on success but Connect SDKs map the empty response to an empty `V1DeleteVariationRequest` object as documented below.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item to delete.
+$variation_id = "variation_id_example"; // string | The ID of the variation to delete.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->deleteVariation($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->deleteVariation: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The ID of the item to delete. |
+ **variation_id** | **string**| The ID of the variation to delete. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation**](../Model/V1Variation.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listCategories**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[] listCategories($location_id)
+
+ListCategories
+
+Lists all of a location's item categories.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list categories for.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listCategories($location_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->listCategories: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list categories for. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]**](../Model/V1Category.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listDiscounts**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[] listDiscounts($location_id)
+
+ListDiscounts
+
+Lists all of a location's discounts.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list categories for.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listDiscounts($location_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->listDiscounts: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list categories for. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]**](../Model/V1Discount.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listFees**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[] listFees($location_id)
+
+ListFees
+
+Lists all of a location's fees (taxes).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list fees for.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listFees($location_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->listFees: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list fees for. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]**](../Model/V1Fee.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listInventory**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[] listInventory($location_id, $limit, $batch_token)
+
+ListInventory
+
+Provides inventory information for all of a merchant's inventory-enabled item variations.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$limit = 56; // int | The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000.
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listInventory($location_id, $limit, $batch_token);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->listInventory: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **limit** | **int**| The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000. | [optional]
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]**](../Model/V1InventoryEntry.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listItems**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[] listItems($location_id, $batch_token)
+
+ListItems
+
+Provides summary information for all of a location's items.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list items for.
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listItems($location_id, $batch_token);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->listItems: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list items for. |
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listModifierLists**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[] listModifierLists($location_id)
+
+ListModifierLists
+
+Lists all of a location's modifier lists.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list modifier lists for.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listModifierLists($location_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->listModifierLists: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list modifier lists for. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]**](../Model/V1ModifierList.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listPages**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[] listPages($location_id)
+
+ListPages
+
+Lists all of a location's Favorites pages in Square Register.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list Favorites pages for.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listPages($location_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->listPages: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list Favorites pages for. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]**](../Model/V1Page.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **removeFee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item removeFee($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id)
+
+RemoveFee
+
+Removes a fee assocation from an item, meaning the fee is no longer automatically applied to the item in Square Register.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the fee's associated location.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item to add the fee to.
+$fee_id = "fee_id_example"; // string | The ID of the fee to apply.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->removeFee($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->removeFee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the fee's associated location. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The ID of the item to add the fee to. |
+ **fee_id** | **string**| The ID of the fee to apply. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **removeModifierList**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item removeModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id)
+
+RemoveModifierList
+
+Removes a modifier list association from an item, meaning modifier options from the list can no longer be applied to the item.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$modifier_list_id = "modifier_list_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to remove.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item to remove the modifier list from.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->removeModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->removeModifierList: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **modifier_list_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to remove. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The ID of the item to remove the modifier list from. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveItem**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item retrieveItem($location_id, $item_id)
+
+RetrieveItem
+
+Provides the details for a single item, including associated modifier lists and fees.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The item's ID.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveItem($location_id, $item_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->retrieveItem: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The item's ID. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveModifierList**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList retrieveModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id)
+
+RetrieveModifierList
+
+Provides the details for a single modifier list.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$modifier_list_id = "modifier_list_id_example"; // string | The modifier list's ID.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->retrieveModifierList: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **modifier_list_id** | **string**| The modifier list's ID. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList**](../Model/V1ModifierList.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateCategory**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category updateCategory($location_id, $category_id, $body)
+
+UpdateCategory
+
+Modifies the details of an existing item category.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the category's associated location.
+$category_id = "category_id_example"; // string | The ID of the category to edit.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateCategory($location_id, $category_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updateCategory: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the category's associated location. |
+ **category_id** | **string**| The ID of the category to edit. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category**](../Model/V1Category.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category**](../Model/V1Category.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateDiscount**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount updateDiscount($location_id, $discount_id, $body)
+
+UpdateDiscount
+
+Modifies the details of an existing discount.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the category's associated location.
+$discount_id = "discount_id_example"; // string | The ID of the discount to edit.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateDiscount($location_id, $discount_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updateDiscount: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the category's associated location. |
+ **discount_id** | **string**| The ID of the discount to edit. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount**](../Model/V1Discount.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount**](../Model/V1Discount.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateFee**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee updateFee($location_id, $fee_id, $body)
+
+UpdateFee
+
+Modifies the details of an existing fee (tax).
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the fee's associated location.
+$fee_id = "fee_id_example"; // string | The ID of the fee to edit.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateFee($location_id, $fee_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updateFee: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the fee's associated location. |
+ **fee_id** | **string**| The ID of the fee to edit. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee**](../Model/V1Fee.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee**](../Model/V1Fee.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateItem**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item updateItem($location_id, $item_id, $body)
+
+UpdateItem
+
+Modifies the core details of an existing item.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item to modify.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateItem($location_id, $item_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updateItem: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The ID of the item to modify. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](../Model/V1Item.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateModifierList**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList updateModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body)
+
+UpdateModifierList
+
+Modifies the details of an existing item modifier list.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$modifier_list_id = "modifier_list_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to edit.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateModifierListRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateModifierListRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updateModifierList: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **modifier_list_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to edit. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateModifierListRequest**](../Model/V1UpdateModifierListRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList**](../Model/V1ModifierList.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateModifierOption**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption updateModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id, $body)
+
+UpdateModifierOption
+
+Modifies the details of an existing item modifier option.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$modifier_list_id = "modifier_list_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to edit.
+$modifier_option_id = "modifier_option_id_example"; // string | The ID of the modifier list to edit.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updateModifierOption: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **modifier_list_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to edit. |
+ **modifier_option_id** | **string**| The ID of the modifier list to edit. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption**](../Model/V1ModifierOption.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption**](../Model/V1ModifierOption.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updatePage**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page updatePage($location_id, $page_id, $body)
+
+UpdatePage
+
+Modifies the details of a Favorites page in Square Register.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the Favorites page's associated location
+$page_id = "page_id_example"; // string | The ID of the page to modify.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updatePage($location_id, $page_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updatePage: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the Favorites page's associated location |
+ **page_id** | **string**| The ID of the page to modify. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](../Model/V1Page.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](../Model/V1Page.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updatePageCell**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page updatePageCell($location_id, $page_id, $body)
+
+UpdatePageCell
+
+Modifies a cell of a Favorites page in Square Register.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the Favorites page's associated location.
+$page_id = "page_id_example"; // string | The ID of the page the cell belongs to.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updatePageCell($location_id, $page_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updatePageCell: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. |
+ **page_id** | **string**| The ID of the page the cell belongs to. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell**](../Model/V1PageCell.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](../Model/V1Page.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateVariation**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation updateVariation($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id, $body)
+
+UpdateVariation
+
+Modifies the details of an existing item variation.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1ItemsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item's associated location.
+$item_id = "item_id_example"; // string | The ID of the item to modify.
+$variation_id = "variation_id_example"; // string | The ID of the variation to modify.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateVariation($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1ItemsApi->updateVariation: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the item's associated location. |
+ **item_id** | **string**| The ID of the item to modify. |
+ **variation_id** | **string**| The ID of the variation to modify. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation**](../Model/V1Variation.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation**](../Model/V1Variation.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\V1LocationsApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**listLocations**](V1LocationsApi.md#listLocations) | **GET** /v1/me/locations | ListLocations
+[**retrieveBusiness**](V1LocationsApi.md#retrieveBusiness) | **GET** /v1/me | RetrieveBusiness
+
+
+# **listLocations**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[] listLocations()
+
+ListLocations
+
+Provides details for a business's locations, including their IDs.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1LocationsApi();
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listLocations();
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1LocationsApi->listLocations: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+This endpoint does not need any parameter.
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]**](../Model/V1Merchant.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveBusiness**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant retrieveBusiness()
+
+RetrieveBusiness
+
+Get a business's information.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1LocationsApi();
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveBusiness();
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1LocationsApi->retrieveBusiness: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+This endpoint does not need any parameter.
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant**](../Model/V1Merchant.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SquareConnect\V1TransactionsApi
+
+All URIs are relative to *https://connect.squareup.com*
+
+Method | HTTP request | Description
+------------- | ------------- | -------------
+[**createRefund**](V1TransactionsApi.md#createRefund) | **POST** /v1/{location_id}/refunds | CreateRefund
+[**listBankAccounts**](V1TransactionsApi.md#listBankAccounts) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/bank-accounts | ListBankAccounts
+[**listOrders**](V1TransactionsApi.md#listOrders) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/orders | ListOrders
+[**listPayments**](V1TransactionsApi.md#listPayments) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/payments | ListPayments
+[**listRefunds**](V1TransactionsApi.md#listRefunds) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/refunds | ListRefunds
+[**listSettlements**](V1TransactionsApi.md#listSettlements) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/settlements | ListSettlements
+[**retrieveBankAccount**](V1TransactionsApi.md#retrieveBankAccount) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/bank-accounts/{bank_account_id} | RetrieveBankAccount
+[**retrieveOrder**](V1TransactionsApi.md#retrieveOrder) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/orders/{order_id} | RetrieveOrder
+[**retrievePayment**](V1TransactionsApi.md#retrievePayment) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/payments/{payment_id} | RetrievePayment
+[**retrieveSettlement**](V1TransactionsApi.md#retrieveSettlement) | **GET** /v1/{location_id}/settlements/{settlement_id} | RetrieveSettlement
+[**updateOrder**](V1TransactionsApi.md#updateOrder) | **PUT** /v1/{location_id}/orders/{order_id} | UpdateOrder
+
+
+# **createRefund**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund createRefund($location_id, $body)
+
+CreateRefund
+
+Issues a refund for a previously processed payment. You must issue a refund within 60 days of the associated payment. You cannot issue a partial refund for a split tender payment. You must instead issue a full or partial refund for a particular tender, by providing the applicable tender id to the V1CreateRefund endpoint. Issuing a full refund for a split tender payment refunds all tenders associated with the payment. Issuing a refund for a card payment is not reversible. For development purposes, you can create fake cash payments in Square Point of Sale and refund them.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the original payment's associated location.
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1CreateRefundRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1CreateRefundRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->createRefund($location_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->createRefund: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the original payment's associated location. |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1CreateRefundRequest**](../Model/V1CreateRefundRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund**](../Model/V1Refund.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listBankAccounts**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[] listBankAccounts($location_id)
+
+ListBankAccounts
+
+Provides non-confidential details for all of a location's associated bank accounts. This endpoint does not provide full bank account numbers, and there is no way to obtain a full bank account number with the Connect API.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list bank accounts for.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listBankAccounts($location_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->listBankAccounts: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list bank accounts for. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]**](../Model/V1BankAccount.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listOrders**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[] listOrders($location_id, $order, $limit, $batch_token)
+
+ListOrders
+
+Provides summary information for a merchant's online store orders.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list online store orders for.
+$order = "order_example"; // string | TThe order in which payments are listed in the response.
+$limit = 56; // int | The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listOrders($location_id, $order, $limit, $batch_token);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->listOrders: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list online store orders for. |
+ **order** | **string**| TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | [optional]
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]**](../Model/V1Order.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listPayments**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[] listPayments($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $batch_token, $include_partial)
+
+ListPayments
+
+Provides summary information for all payments taken for a given Square account during a date range. Date ranges cannot exceed 1 year in length. See Date ranges for details of inclusive and exclusive dates. *Note**: Details for payments processed with Square Point of Sale while in offline mode may not be transmitted to Square for up to 72 hours. Offline payments have a `created_at` value that reflects the time the payment was originally processed, not the time it was subsequently transmitted to Square. Consequently, the ListPayments endpoint might list an offline payment chronologically between online payments that were seen in a previous request.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list payments for. If you specify me, this endpoint returns payments aggregated from all of the business's locations.
+$order = "order_example"; // string | The order in which payments are listed in the response.
+$begin_time = "begin_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+$end_time = "end_time_example"; // string | The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+$limit = 56; // int | The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+$include_partial = true; // bool | Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listPayments($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $batch_token, $include_partial);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->listPayments: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list payments for. If you specify me, this endpoint returns payments aggregated from all of the business's locations. |
+ **order** | **string**| The order in which payments are listed in the response. | [optional]
+ **begin_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+ **end_time** | **string**| The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | [optional]
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+ **include_partial** | **bool**| Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]**](../Model/V1Payment.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listRefunds**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[] listRefunds($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $batch_token)
+
+ListRefunds
+
+Provides the details for all refunds initiated by a merchant or any of the merchant's mobile staff during a date range. Date ranges cannot exceed one year in length.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list refunds for.
+$order = "order_example"; // string | TThe order in which payments are listed in the response.
+$begin_time = "begin_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+$end_time = "end_time_example"; // string | The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+$limit = 56; // int | The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods.
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listRefunds($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $batch_token);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->listRefunds: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list refunds for. |
+ **order** | **string**| TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. | [optional]
+ **begin_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+ **end_time** | **string**| The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods. | [optional]
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]**](../Model/V1Refund.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **listSettlements**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[] listSettlements($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $status, $batch_token)
+
+ListSettlements
+
+Provides summary information for all deposits and withdrawals initiated by Square to a linked bank account during a date range. Date ranges cannot exceed one year in length. *Note**: the ListSettlements endpoint does not provide entry information.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the location to list settlements for. If you specify me, this endpoint returns payments aggregated from all of the business's locations.
+$order = "order_example"; // string | TThe order in which payments are listed in the response.
+$begin_time = "begin_time_example"; // string | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+$end_time = "end_time_example"; // string | The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+$limit = 56; // int | The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+$status = "status_example"; // string | Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED).
+$batch_token = "batch_token_example"; // string | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->listSettlements($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $status, $batch_token);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->listSettlements: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the location to list settlements for. If you specify me, this endpoint returns payments aggregated from all of the business's locations. |
+ **order** | **string**| TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. | [optional]
+ **begin_time** | **string**| The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+ **end_time** | **string**| The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+ **limit** | **int**| The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | [optional]
+ **status** | **string**| Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED). | [optional]
+ **batch_token** | **string**| A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]**](../Model/V1Settlement.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveBankAccount**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount retrieveBankAccount($location_id, $bank_account_id)
+
+RetrieveBankAccount
+
+Provides non-confidential details for a merchant's associated bank account. This endpoint does not provide full bank account numbers, and there is no way to obtain a full bank account number with the Connect API.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the bank account's associated location.
+$bank_account_id = "bank_account_id_example"; // string | The bank account's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Settlement objects returned.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveBankAccount($location_id, $bank_account_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->retrieveBankAccount: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the bank account's associated location. |
+ **bank_account_id** | **string**| The bank account's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Settlement objects returned. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount**](../Model/V1BankAccount.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveOrder**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order retrieveOrder($location_id, $order_id)
+
+RetrieveOrder
+
+Provides comprehensive information for a single online store order, including the order's history.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the order's associated location.
+$order_id = "order_id_example"; // string | The order's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Order objects returned by the List Orders endpoint
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveOrder($location_id, $order_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->retrieveOrder: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the order's associated location. |
+ **order_id** | **string**| The order's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Order objects returned by the List Orders endpoint |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order**](../Model/V1Order.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrievePayment**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment retrievePayment($location_id, $payment_id)
+
+RetrievePayment
+
+Provides comprehensive information for a single payment.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the payment's associated location.
+$payment_id = "payment_id_example"; // string | The Square-issued payment ID. payment_id comes from Payment objects returned by the List Payments endpoint, Settlement objects returned by the List Settlements endpoint, or Refund objects returned by the List Refunds endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrievePayment($location_id, $payment_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->retrievePayment: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the payment's associated location. |
+ **payment_id** | **string**| The Square-issued payment ID. payment_id comes from Payment objects returned by the List Payments endpoint, Settlement objects returned by the List Settlements endpoint, or Refund objects returned by the List Refunds endpoint. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment**](../Model/V1Payment.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **retrieveSettlement**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement retrieveSettlement($location_id, $settlement_id)
+
+RetrieveSettlement
+
+Provides comprehensive information for a single settlement. The returned `Settlement` objects include an `entries` field that lists the transactions that contribute to the settlement total. Most settlement entries correspond to a payment payout, but settlement entries are also generated for less common events, like refunds, manual adjustments, or chargeback holds. Square initiates its regular deposits as indicated in the [Deposit Options with Square](https://squareup.com/help/us/en/article/3807) help article. Details for a regular deposit are usually not available from Connect API endpoints before 10 p.m. PST the same day. Square does not know when an initiated settlement **completes**, only whether it has failed. A completed settlement is typically reflected in a bank account within 3 business days, but in exceptional cases it may take longer.
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the settlements's associated location.
+$settlement_id = "settlement_id_example"; // string | The settlement's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Settlement objects returned by the List Settlements endpoint.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->retrieveSettlement($location_id, $settlement_id);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->retrieveSettlement: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the settlements's associated location. |
+ **settlement_id** | **string**| The settlement's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Settlement objects returned by the List Settlements endpoint. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement**](../Model/V1Settlement.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
+# **updateOrder**
+> \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order updateOrder($location_id, $order_id, $body)
+
+UpdateOrder
+
+Updates the details of an online store order. Every update you perform on an order corresponds to one of three actions:
+
+### Example
+```php
+<?php
+require_once(__DIR__ . '/vendor/autoload.php');
+
+// Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+SquareConnect\Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken('YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN');
+
+$api_instance = new SquareConnect\Api\V1TransactionsApi();
+$location_id = "location_id_example"; // string | The ID of the order's associated location.
+$order_id = "order_id_example"; // string | The order's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Order objects returned by the List Orders endpoint
+$body = new \SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateOrderRequest(); // \SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateOrderRequest | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+
+try {
+ $result = $api_instance->updateOrder($location_id, $order_id, $body);
+ print_r($result);
+} catch (Exception $e) {
+ echo 'Exception when calling V1TransactionsApi->updateOrder: ', $e->getMessage(), PHP_EOL;
+}
+?>
+```
+
+### Parameters
+
+Name | Type | Description | Notes
+------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+ **location_id** | **string**| The ID of the order's associated location. |
+ **order_id** | **string**| The order's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Order objects returned by the List Orders endpoint |
+ **body** | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateOrderRequest**](../Model/V1UpdateOrderRequest.md)| An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+### Return type
+
+[**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order**](../Model/V1Order.md)
+
+### Authorization
+
+[oauth2](../../README.md#oauth2)
+
+### HTTP request headers
+
+ - **Content-Type**: application/json
+ - **Accept**: application/json
+
+[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# AdditionalRecipient
+
+### Description
+
+Represents an additional recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender. |
+**description** | getDescription() | setDescription($value) | **string** | The description of the additional recipient. |
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of money distributed to the recipient. |
+**receivable_id** | getReceivableId() | setReceivableId($value) | **string** | The unique ID for this [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](#type-additionalrecipientreceivable), assigned by the server. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# AdditionalRecipientReceivable
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a monetary distribution of part of a [Transaction](#type-transaction)'s amount for Transactions which included additional recipients. The location of this receivable is that same as the one specified in the [AdditionalRecipient](#type-additionalrecipient).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The additional recipient receivable's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers. |
+**transaction_id** | getTransactionId() | setTransactionId($value) | **string** | The ID of the transaction that the additional recipient receivable was applied to. |
+**transaction_location_id** | getTransactionLocationId() | setTransactionLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction. |
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of the receivable. This will always be non-negative. |
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the additional recipient receivable was created, in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+**refunds** | getRefunds() | setRefunds($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[]**](AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund.md) | Any refunds of the receivable that have been applied. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund
+
+### Description
+
+A refund of an [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](#type-additionalrecipientreceivable). This includes the ID of the additional recipient receivable associated to this object, as well as a reference to the [Refund](#type-refund) that created this receivable refund.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The receivable refund's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers. |
+**receivable_id** | getReceivableId() | setReceivableId($value) | **string** | The ID of the receivable that the refund was applied to. |
+**refund_id** | getRefundId() | setRefundId($value) | **string** | The ID of the refund that is associated to this receivable refund. |
+**transaction_location_id** | getTransactionLocationId() | setTransactionLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction. |
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of the refund. This will always be non-negative. |
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Address
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a physical address.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**address_line_1** | getAddressLine1() | setAddressLine1($value) | **string** | The first line of the address. Fields that start with `address_line` provide the address's most specific details, like street number, street name, and building name. They do *not* provide less specific details like city, state/province, or country (these details are provided in other fields). | [optional]
+**address_line_2** | getAddressLine2() | setAddressLine2($value) | **string** | The second line of the address, if any. | [optional]
+**address_line_3** | getAddressLine3() | setAddressLine3($value) | **string** | The third line of the address, if any. | [optional]
+**locality** | getLocality() | setLocality($value) | **string** | The city or town of the address. | [optional]
+**sublocality** | getSublocality() | setSublocality($value) | **string** | A civil region within the address's `locality`, if any. | [optional]
+**sublocality_2** | getSublocality2() | setSublocality2($value) | **string** | A civil region within the address's `sublocality`, if any. | [optional]
+**sublocality_3** | getSublocality3() | setSublocality3($value) | **string** | A civil region within the address's `sublocality_2`, if any. | [optional]
+**administrative_district_level_1** | getAdministrativeDistrictLevel1() | setAdministrativeDistrictLevel1($value) | **string** | A civil entity within the address's country. In the US, this is the state. | [optional]
+**administrative_district_level_2** | getAdministrativeDistrictLevel2() | setAdministrativeDistrictLevel2($value) | **string** | A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_1`. In the US, this is the county. | [optional]
+**administrative_district_level_3** | getAdministrativeDistrictLevel3() | setAdministrativeDistrictLevel3($value) | **string** | A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_2`, if any. | [optional]
+**postal_code** | getPostalCode() | setPostalCode($value) | **string** | The address's postal code. | [optional]
+**country** | getCountry() | setCountry($value) | **string** | The address's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values | [optional]
+**first_name** | getFirstName() | setFirstName($value) | **string** | Optional first name when it's representing recipient. | [optional]
+**last_name** | getLastName() | setLastName($value) | **string** | Optional last name when it's representing recipient. | [optional]
+**organization** | getOrganization() | setOrganization($value) | **string** | Optional organization name when it's representing recipient. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchChangeInventoryRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | A client-supplied, universally unique identifier (UUID) for the request. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) in the [API Development 101](/basics/api101/overview) section for more information. | [optional]
+**changes** | getChanges() | setChanges($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]**](InventoryChange.md) | The set of physical counts and inventory adjustments to be made. Changes are applied based on the client-supplied timestamp and may be sent out of order. Max size is 100 changes. | [optional]
+**ignore_unchanged_counts** | getIgnoreUnchangedCounts() | setIgnoreUnchangedCounts($value) | **bool** | Indicates whether the current physical count should be ignored if the quantity is unchanged since the last physical count. Default: `true`. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchChangeInventoryResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**counts** | getCounts() | setCounts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]**](InventoryCount.md) | The current counts for all objects referenced in the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**object_ids** | getObjectIds() | setObjectIds($value) | **string[]** | The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be deleted. When an object is deleted, other objects in the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**deleted_object_ids** | getDeletedObjectIds() | setDeletedObjectIds($value) | **string[]** | The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request. | [optional]
+**deleted_at** | getDeletedAt() | setDeletedAt($value) | **string** | The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**object_ids** | getObjectIds() | setObjectIds($value) | **string[]** | The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved. |
+**include_related_objects** | getIncludeRelatedObjects() | setIncludeRelatedObjects($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested objects, as follows: If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**objects** | getObjects() | setObjects($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned. | [optional]
+**related_objects** | getRelatedObjects() | setRelatedObjects($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `objects` field. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_ids** | getCatalogObjectIds() | setCatalogObjectIds($value) | **string[]** | Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset. | [optional]
+**location_ids** | getLocationIds() | setLocationIds($value) | **string[]** | Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset. | [optional]
+**types** | getTypes() | setTypes($value) | **string[]** | Filters results by [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype). Default: [`PHYSICAL_COUNT`, `ADJUSTMENT`]. `TRANSFER` is not supported as a filter. See [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype) for possible values | [optional]
+**states** | getStates() | setStates($value) | **string[]** | Filters `ADJUSTMENT` query results by [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate). Only applied when set. Default: unset. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values | [optional]
+**updated_after** | getUpdatedAfter() | setUpdatedAfter($value) | **string** | Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is after the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`). | [optional]
+**updated_before** | getUpdatedBefore() | setUpdatedBefore($value) | **string** | Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is strictly before the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`). | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**changes** | getChanges() | setChanges($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]**](InventoryChange.md) | The current calculated inventory changes for the requested objects and locations. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_ids** | getCatalogObjectIds() | setCatalogObjectIds($value) | **string[]** | Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset. | [optional]
+**location_ids** | getLocationIds() | setLocationIds($value) | **string[]** | Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset. | [optional]
+**updated_after** | getUpdatedAfter() | setUpdatedAfter($value) | **string** | Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `calculated_at` value is after the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`). | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**counts** | getCounts() | setCounts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]**](InventoryCount.md) | The current calculated inventory counts for the requested objects and locations. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order_ids** | getOrderIds() | setOrderIds($value) | **string[]** | The IDs of the orders to retrieve. A maximum of 100 orders can be retrieved per request. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [BatchRetrieveOrders](#endpoint-batchretrieveorders) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**orders** | getOrders() | setOrders($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Order[]**](Order.md) | The requested orders. This will omit any requested orders that do not exist or are not charged. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. |
+**batches** | getBatches() | setBatches($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObjectBatch[]**](CatalogObjectBatch.md) | A batch of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be inserted/updated atomically. The objects within a batch will be inserted in an all-or-nothing fashion, i.e., if an error occurs attempting to insert or update an object within a batch, the entire batch will be rejected. However, an error in one batch will not affect other batches within the same request. For each object, its `updated_at` field is ignored and replaced with a current [timestamp](#workingwithdates), and its `is_deleted` field must not be set to `true`. To modify an existing object, supply its ID. To create a new object, use an ID starting with `#`. These IDs may be used to create relationships between an object and attributes of other objects that reference it. For example, you can create a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) with ID `#ABC` and a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) with its `item_id` attribute set to `#ABC` in order to associate the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) with its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). Any `#`-prefixed IDs are valid only within a single atomic batch, and will be replaced by server-generated IDs. Each batch may contain up to 1,000 objects. The total number of objects across all batches for a single request may not exceed 10,000. If either of these limits is violated, an error will be returned and no objects will be inserted or updated. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**objects** | getObjects() | setObjects($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". | [optional]
+**id_mappings** | getIdMappings() | setIdMappings($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[]**](CatalogIdMapping.md) | The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# BreakType
+
+### Description
+
+A defined break template that sets an expectation for possible `Break` instances on a `Shift`.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | UUID for this object. | [optional]
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the business location this type of break applies to. |
+**break_name** | getBreakName() | setBreakName($value) | **string** | A human-readable name for this type of break. Will be displayed to employees in Square products. |
+**expected_duration** | getExpectedDuration() | setExpectedDuration($value) | **string** | Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of this break. Precision below minutes is truncated. |
+**is_paid** | getIsPaid() | setIsPaid($value) | **bool** | Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes. |
+**version** | getVersion() | setVersion($value) | **int** | Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If a value is not provided, Square's servers execute a \"blind\" write; potentially overwriting another writer's data. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CaptureTransactionRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CaptureTransactionResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [CaptureTransaction](#endpoint-capturetransaction) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Card
+
+### Description
+
+Represents the payment details of a card to be used for payments. These details are determined by the `card_nonce` generated by `SqPaymentForm`.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | Unique ID for this card. Generated by Square. | [optional]
+**card_brand** | getCardBrand() | setCardBrand($value) | **string** | The card's brand (such as `VISA`). See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values | [optional]
+**last_4** | getLast4() | setLast4($value) | **string** | The last 4 digits of the card number. | [optional]
+**exp_month** | getExpMonth() | setExpMonth($value) | **int** | The expiration month of the associated card as an integer between 1 and 12. | [optional]
+**exp_year** | getExpYear() | setExpYear($value) | **int** | The four-digit year of the card's expiration date. | [optional]
+**cardholder_name** | getCardholderName() | setCardholderName($value) | **string** | The name of the cardholder. | [optional]
+**billing_address** | getBillingAddress() | setBillingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The billing address for this card. | [optional]
+**fingerprint** | getFingerprint() | setFingerprint($value) | **string** | __Not currently set.__ Intended as a Square-assigned identifier, based on the card number, to identify the card across multiple locations within a single application. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CardBrand
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates a card's brand, such as `VISA` or `MASTERCARD`.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**OTHER_BRAND** | string
+**VISA** | string
+**MASTERCARD** | string
+**AMERICAN_EXPRESS** | string
+**DISCOVER** | string
+**DISCOVER_DINERS** | string
+**JCB** | string
+**CHINA_UNIONPAY** | string
+**SQUARE_GIFT_CARD** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogCategory
+
+### Description
+
+A category to which an [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) belongs in the Catalog object model.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The category's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogDiscount
+
+### Description
+
+A discount in the Catalog object model.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The discount's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+**discount_type** | getDiscountType() | setDiscountType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the discount is a fixed amount or percentage, or entered at the time of sale. See [CatalogDiscountType](#type-catalogdiscounttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**percentage** | getPercentage() | setPercentage($value) | **string** | The percentage of the discount as a string representation of a decimal number, using a `.` as the decimal separator and without a `%` sign. A value of `7.5` corresponds to `7.5%`. Specify a percentage of `0` if `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE`. Do not include this field for amount-based or variable discounts. | [optional]
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of the discount. Specify an amount of `0` if `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_AMOUNT`. Do not include this field for percentage-based or variable discounts. | [optional]
+**pin_required** | getPinRequired() | setPinRequired($value) | **bool** | Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment in the Square Point of Sale app. | [optional]
+**label_color** | getLabelColor() | setLabelColor($value) | **string** | The color of the discount's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogDiscountType
+
+### Description
+
+How to apply a [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount) to a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**FIXED_PERCENTAGE** | string
+**FIXED_AMOUNT** | string
+**VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE** | string
+**VARIABLE_AMOUNT** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogIdMapping
+
+### Description
+
+A mapping between a client-supplied temporary ID and a permanent server ID.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**client_object_id** | getClientObjectId() | setClientObjectId($value) | **string** | The client-supplied, temporary `#`-prefixed ID for a new [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject). | [optional]
+**object_id** | getObjectId() | setObjectId($value) | **string** | The permanent ID for the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) created by the server. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogImage
+
+### Description
+
+An image file to use in Square catalogs. Can be associated with catalog items, item variations, and categories.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The internal name of this image. Identifies this image in calls to the Connect APIs. | [optional]
+**url** | getUrl() | setUrl($value) | **string** | The URL of this image. Generated by Square after an image is uploaded to the CreateCatalogImage endpoint. | [optional]
+**caption** | getCaption() | setCaption($value) | **string** | A caption that describes what is shown in the image. Displayed in the Square Online Store. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogInfoRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogInfoResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**limits** | getLimits() | setLimits($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponseLimits**](CatalogInfoResponseLimits.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogInfoResponseLimits
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch** | getBatchUpsertMaxObjectsPerBatch() | setBatchUpsertMaxObjectsPerBatch($value) | **int** | The maximum number of objects that may appear within a single batch in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request. | [optional]
+**batch_upsert_max_total_objects** | getBatchUpsertMaxTotalObjects() | setBatchUpsertMaxTotalObjects($value) | **int** | The maximum number of objects that may appear across all batches in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request. | [optional]
+**batch_retrieve_max_object_ids** | getBatchRetrieveMaxObjectIds() | setBatchRetrieveMaxObjectIds($value) | **int** | The maximum number of object IDs that may appear in a `/v2/catalog/batch-retrieve` request. | [optional]
+**search_max_page_limit** | getSearchMaxPageLimit() | setSearchMaxPageLimit($value) | **int** | The maximum number of results that may be returned in a page of a `/v2/catalog/search` response. | [optional]
+**batch_delete_max_object_ids** | getBatchDeleteMaxObjectIds() | setBatchDeleteMaxObjectIds($value) | **int** | The maximum number of object IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/batch-delete` request. | [optional]
+**update_item_taxes_max_item_ids** | getUpdateItemTaxesMaxItemIds() | setUpdateItemTaxesMaxItemIds($value) | **int** | The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request. | [optional]
+**update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable** | getUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToEnable() | setUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToEnable($value) | **int** | The maximum number of tax IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request. | [optional]
+**update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable** | getUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToDisable() | setUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToDisable($value) | **int** | The maximum number of tax IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request. | [optional]
+**update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids** | getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxItemIds() | setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxItemIds($value) | **int** | The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request. | [optional]
+**update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable** | getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToEnable() | setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToEnable($value) | **int** | The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request. | [optional]
+**update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable** | getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToDisable() | setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToDisable($value) | **int** | The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogItem
+
+### Description
+
+An item (i.e., product family) in the Catalog object model.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The item's name. Searchable. This field must not be empty. This field has max length of 512 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+**description** | getDescription() | setDescription($value) | **string** | The item's description. Searchable. This field has max length of 4096 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+**abbreviation** | getAbbreviation() | setAbbreviation($value) | **string** | The text of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. Only up to the first five characters of the string are used. Searchable. This field has max length of 24 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+**label_color** | getLabelColor() | setLabelColor($value) | **string** | The color of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code. | [optional]
+**available_online** | getAvailableOnline() | setAvailableOnline($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store. | [optional]
+**available_for_pickup** | getAvailableForPickup() | setAvailableForPickup($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store. | [optional]
+**available_electronically** | getAvailableElectronically() | setAvailableElectronically($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the item can be added to electronically fulfilled orders from the merchant's online store. | [optional]
+**category_id** | getCategoryId() | setCategoryId($value) | **string** | The ID of the item's category, if any. | [optional]
+**tax_ids** | getTaxIds() | setTaxIds($value) | **string[]** | A set of IDs indicating the [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es that are enabled for this item. When updating an item, any taxes listed here will be added to the item. [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es may also be added to or deleted from an item using `UpdateItemTaxes`. | [optional]
+**modifier_list_info** | getModifierListInfo() | setModifierListInfo($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemModifierListInfo[]**](CatalogItemModifierListInfo.md) | A set of [CatalogItemModifierListInfo](#type-catalogitemmodifierlistinfo) objects representing the modifier lists that apply to this item, along with the overrides and min and max limits that are specific to this item. [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s may also be added to or deleted from an item using `UpdateItemModifierLists`. | [optional]
+**image_url** | getImageUrl() | setImageUrl($value) | **string** | __Deprecated__. The URL of an image representing this item. Deprecated in favor of `image_data` in [`CatalogObject`](#type-catalogobject). | [optional]
+**variations** | getVariations() | setVariations($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s containing the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s for this item. | [optional]
+**product_type** | getProductType() | setProductType($value) | **string** | The product type of the item. May not be changed once an item has been created. Only items of product type `REGULAR` may be created by this API; items with other product types are read-only. See [CatalogItemProductType](#type-catalogitemproducttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**skip_modifier_screen** | getSkipModifierScreen() | setSkipModifierScreen($value) | **bool** | If `false`, the Square Point of Sale app will present the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)'s details screen immediately, allowing the merchant to choose [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s before adding the item to the cart. This is the default behavior. If `true`, the Square Point of Sale app will immediately add the item to the cart with the pre-selected modifiers, and merchants can edit modifiers by drilling down onto the item's details. Third-party clients are encouraged to implement similar behaviors. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogItemModifierListInfo
+
+### Description
+
+Controls the properties of a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) as it applies to this [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**modifier_list_id** | getModifierListId() | setModifierListId($value) | **string** | The ID of the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) controlled by this [CatalogModifierListInfo](#type-catalogmodifierlistinfo). |
+**modifier_overrides** | getModifierOverrides() | setModifierOverrides($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierOverride[]**](CatalogModifierOverride.md) | A set of [CatalogModifierOverride](#type-catalogmodifieroverride) objects that override whether a given [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) is enabled by default. | [optional]
+**min_selected_modifiers** | getMinSelectedModifiers() | setMinSelectedModifiers($value) | **int** | If zero or larger, the smallest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that must be selected from this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). | [optional]
+**max_selected_modifiers** | getMaxSelectedModifiers() | setMaxSelectedModifiers($value) | **int** | If zero or larger, the largest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that can be selected from this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). | [optional]
+**enabled** | getEnabled() | setEnabled($value) | **bool** | If `true`, enable this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogItemProductType
+
+### Description
+
+The type of a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). Connect V2 only allows the creation of `REGULAR` items.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**REGULAR** | string
+**GIFT_CARD** | string
+**APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE** | string
+**RETAIL_ITEM** | string
+**RESTAURANT_ITEM** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogItemVariation
+
+### Description
+
+An item variation (i.e., product) in the Catalog object model.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**item_id** | getItemId() | setItemId($value) | **string** | The ID of the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) associated with this item variation. Searchable. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The item variation's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+**sku** | getSku() | setSku($value) | **string** | The item variation's SKU, if any. Searchable. | [optional]
+**upc** | getUpc() | setUpc($value) | **string** | The item variation's UPC, if any. Searchable in the Connect API. This field is only exposed in the Connect API. It is not exposed in Square's Dashboard, Square Point of Sale app or Retail Point of Sale app. | [optional]
+**ordinal** | getOrdinal() | setOrdinal($value) | **int** | The order in which this item variation should be displayed. This value is read-only. On writes, the ordinal for each item variation within a parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is set according to the item variations's position. On reads, the value is not guaranteed to be sequential or unique. | [optional]
+**pricing_type** | getPricingType() | setPricingType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale. See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**price_money** | getPriceMoney() | setPriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The item variation's price, if fixed pricing is used. | [optional]
+**location_overrides** | getLocationOverrides() | setLocationOverrides($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ItemVariationLocationOverrides[]**](ItemVariationLocationOverrides.md) | Per-[location](#type-location) price and inventory overrides. | [optional]
+**track_inventory** | getTrackInventory() | setTrackInventory($value) | **bool** | If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the variation. | [optional]
+**inventory_alert_type** | getInventoryAlertType() | setInventoryAlertType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its `inventory_alert_threshold`. See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**inventory_alert_threshold** | getInventoryAlertThreshold() | setInventoryAlertThreshold($value) | **int** | If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer. | [optional]
+**user_data** | getUserData() | setUserData($value) | **string** | Arbitrary user metadata to associate with the item variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters. Searchable. | [optional]
+**service_duration** | getServiceDuration() | setServiceDuration($value) | **int** | If the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) that owns this item variation is of type `APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE`, then this is the duration of the service in milliseconds. For example, a 30 minute appointment would have the value `1800000`, which is equal to 30 (minutes) * 60 (seconds per minute) * 1000 (milliseconds per second). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogModifier
+
+### Description
+
+A modifier in the Catalog object model.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The modifier's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+**price_money** | getPriceMoney() | setPriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The modifier's price. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogModifierList
+
+### Description
+
+A modifier list in the Catalog object model. A [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) contains [Modifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that can be applied to a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) at the time of sale. For example, a modifier list \"Condiments\" that would apply to a \"Hot Dog\" [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) might contain [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s \"Ketchup\", \"Mustard\", and \"Relish\". The `selection_type` field specifies whether or not multiple selections from the modifier list are allowed.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)'s name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+**selection_type** | getSelectionType() | setSelectionType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether multiple options from the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) can be applied to a single [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). See [CatalogModifierListSelectionType](#type-catalogmodifierlistselectiontype) for possible values | [optional]
+**modifiers** | getModifiers() | setModifiers($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | The options included in the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). You must include at least one [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). Each [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) must have type `MODIFIER` and contain [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) data. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogModifierListSelectionType
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates whether a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) supports multiple selections.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**SINGLE** | string
+**MULTIPLE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogModifierOverride
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**modifier_id** | getModifierId() | setModifierId($value) | **string** | The ID of the [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) whose default behavior is being overridden. |
+**on_by_default** | getOnByDefault() | setOnByDefault($value) | **bool** | If `true`, this [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) should be selected by default for this [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogObject
+
+### Description
+
+The wrapper object for object types in the Catalog data model. The type of a particular `CatalogObject` is determined by the value of `type` and only the corresponding data field may be set. - if type = `ITEM`, only `item_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) object. - if type = `ITEM_VARIATION`, only `item_variation_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) object. - if type = `MODIFIER`, only `modifier_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) object. - if type = `MODIFIER_LIST`, only `modifier_list_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) object. - if type = `CATEGORY`, only `category_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory) object. - if type = `DISCOUNT`, only `discount_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount) object. - if type = `TAX`, only `tax_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) object. For a more detailed discussion of the Catalog data model, please see the [Catalog Overview](/products/catalog/overview).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The type of this object. Each object type has expected properties expressed in a structured format within its corresponding `*_data` field below. See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values |
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | An identifier to reference this object in the catalog. When a new CatalogObject is inserted, the client should set the id to a temporary identifier starting with a `'#'` character. Other objects being inserted or updated within the same request may use this identifier to refer to the new object. When the server receives the new object, it will supply a unique identifier that replaces the temporary identifier for all future references. |
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | Last modification [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., `\"2016-08-15T23:59:33.123Z\"` would indicate the UTC time (denoted by `Z`) of August 15, 2016 at 23:59:33 and 123 milliseconds. | [optional]
+**version** | getVersion() | setVersion($value) | **int** | The version of the object. When updating an object, the version supplied by the must match the version in the database, otherwise the write will be rejected as conflicting. | [optional]
+**is_deleted** | getIsDeleted() | setIsDeleted($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the object has been deleted from the database. Must be `false` for new objects being inserted. When deleted, the `updated_at` field will equal the deletion time. | [optional]
+**catalog_v1_ids** | getCatalogV1Ids() | setCatalogV1Ids($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogV1Id[]**](CatalogV1Id.md) | The Connect V1 IDs for this object at each [location](#type-location) where it is present, where they differ from the object's Connect V2 ID. The field will only be present for objects that have been created or modified by legacy APIs. | [optional]
+**present_at_all_locations** | getPresentAtAllLocations() | setPresentAtAllLocations($value) | **bool** | If `true`, this object is present at all locations (including future locations), except where specified in the `absent_at_location_ids` field. If `false`, this object is not present at any locations (including future locations), except where specified in the `present_at_location_ids` field. If not specified, defaults to `true`. | [optional]
+**present_at_location_ids** | getPresentAtLocationIds() | setPresentAtLocationIds($value) | **string[]** | A list of locations where the object is present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `false`. | [optional]
+**absent_at_location_ids** | getAbsentAtLocationIds() | setAbsentAtLocationIds($value) | **string[]** | A list of locations where the object is not present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `true`. | [optional]
+**item_data** | getItemData() | setItemData($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItem**](CatalogItem.md) | Structured data for a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM`. | [optional]
+**category_data** | getCategoryData() | setCategoryData($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogCategory**](CatalogCategory.md) | Structured data for a [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), set for CatalogObjects of type `CATEGORY`. | [optional]
+**item_variation_data** | getItemVariationData() | setItemVariationData($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemVariation**](CatalogItemVariation.md) | Structured data for a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM_VARIATION`. | [optional]
+**tax_data** | getTaxData() | setTaxData($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogTax**](CatalogTax.md) | Structured data for a [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax), set for CatalogObjects of type `TAX`. | [optional]
+**discount_data** | getDiscountData() | setDiscountData($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogDiscount**](CatalogDiscount.md) | Structured data for a [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount), set for CatalogObjects of type `DISCOUNT`. | [optional]
+**modifier_list_data** | getModifierListData() | setModifierListData($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierList**](CatalogModifierList.md) | Structured data for a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER_LIST`. | [optional]
+**modifier_data** | getModifierData() | setModifierData($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifier**](CatalogModifier.md) | Structured data for a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER`. | [optional]
+**image_data** | getImageData() | setImageData($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogImage**](CatalogImage.md) | Structured data for a [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage), set for CatalogObjects of type `IMAGE`. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogObjectBatch
+
+### Description
+
+A batch of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**objects** | getObjects() | setObjects($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s belonging to this batch. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogObjectType
+
+### Description
+
+Possible kinds of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned from the Catalog, each containing type-specific properties in the `*_data` field corresponding to the object type.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ITEM** | string
+**IMAGE** | string
+**CATEGORY** | string
+**ITEM_VARIATION** | string
+**TAX** | string
+**DISCOUNT** | string
+**MODIFIER_LIST** | string
+**MODIFIER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogPricingType
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates whether the price of a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) should be entered manually at the time of sale.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**FIXED_PRICING** | string
+**VARIABLE_PRICING** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogQuery
+
+### Description
+
+A query to be applied to a SearchCatalogObjects request. Only one query field may be present. Where an attribute name is required, it should be specified as the name of any field marked \"searchable\" from the structured data types for the desired result object type(s) ([CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax), [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount), [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist), [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)). For example, a query that should return Items may specify attribute names from any of the searchable fields of the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) data type, namely `\"name\"`, `\"description\"`, and `\"abbreviation\"`.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**sorted_attribute_query** | getSortedAttributeQuery() | setSortedAttributeQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuerySortedAttribute**](CatalogQuerySortedAttribute.md) | A query that returns all objects, sorted by the given attribute. | [optional]
+**exact_query** | getExactQuery() | setExactQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryExact**](CatalogQueryExact.md) | A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive value. | [optional]
+**prefix_query** | getPrefixQuery() | setPrefixQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryPrefix**](CatalogQueryPrefix.md) | A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive prefix. | [optional]
+**range_query** | getRangeQuery() | setRangeQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryRange**](CatalogQueryRange.md) | A query that returns only objects for which the given (integer-valued) attribute lies in the given range. | [optional]
+**text_query** | getTextQuery() | setTextQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryText**](CatalogQueryText.md) | A query that returns only objects whose searchable attributes contain all of the given keywords as prefixes. For example, if a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) contains attributes `{\"name\": \"t-shirt\"}` and `{\"description\": \"Small, Purple\"}`, it will be matched by the query `{\"keywords\": [\"shirt\", \"sma\", \"purp\"]}`. | [optional]
+**items_for_tax_query** | getItemsForTaxQuery() | setItemsForTaxQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForTax**](CatalogQueryItemsForTax.md) | A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es enabled. | [optional]
+**items_for_modifier_list_query** | getItemsForModifierListQuery() | setItemsForModifierListQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList**](CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList.md) | A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s enabled. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogQueryExact
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**attribute_name** | getAttributeName() | setAttributeName($value) | **string** | The name of the attribute to be searched. |
+**attribute_value** | getAttributeValue() | setAttributeValue($value) | **string** | The desired value of the search attribute. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**modifier_list_ids** | getModifierListIds() | setModifierListIds($value) | **string[]** | A set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogQueryItemsForTax
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**tax_ids** | getTaxIds() | setTaxIds($value) | **string[]** | A set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogQueryPrefix
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**attribute_name** | getAttributeName() | setAttributeName($value) | **string** | The name of the attribute to be searched. |
+**attribute_prefix** | getAttributePrefix() | setAttributePrefix($value) | **string** | The desired prefix of the search attribute value. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogQueryRange
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**attribute_name** | getAttributeName() | setAttributeName($value) | **string** | The name of the attribute to be searched. |
+**attribute_min_value** | getAttributeMinValue() | setAttributeMinValue($value) | **int** | The desired minimum value for the search attribute (inclusive). | [optional]
+**attribute_max_value** | getAttributeMaxValue() | setAttributeMaxValue($value) | **int** | The desired maximum value for the search attribute (inclusive). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogQuerySortedAttribute
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**attribute_name** | getAttributeName() | setAttributeName($value) | **string** | The attribute whose value should be used as the sort key. |
+**initial_attribute_value** | getInitialAttributeValue() | setInitialAttributeValue($value) | **string** | The first attribute value to be returned by the query. Ascending sorts will return only objects with this value or greater, while descending sorts will return only objects with this value or less. If unset, start at the beginning (for ascending sorts) or end (for descending sorts). | [optional]
+**sort_order** | getSortOrder() | setSortOrder($value) | **string** | The desired [SortOrder](#type-sortorder), `\"ASC\"` (ascending) or `\"DESC\"` (descending). See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogQueryText
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**keywords** | getKeywords() | setKeywords($value) | **string[]** | A list of one, two, or three search keywords. Keywords with fewer than three characters are ignored. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogTax
+
+### Description
+
+A tax in the Catalog object model.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The tax's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | [optional]
+**calculation_phase** | getCalculationPhase() | setCalculationPhase($value) | **string** | Whether the tax is calculated based on a payment's subtotal or total. See [TaxCalculationPhase](#type-taxcalculationphase) for possible values | [optional]
+**inclusion_type** | getInclusionType() | setInclusionType($value) | **string** | Whether the tax is `ADDITIVE` or `INCLUSIVE`. See [TaxInclusionType](#type-taxinclusiontype) for possible values | [optional]
+**percentage** | getPercentage() | setPercentage($value) | **string** | The percentage of the tax in decimal form, using a `'.'` as the decimal separator and without a `'%'` sign. A value of `7.5` corresponds to 7.5%. | [optional]
+**applies_to_custom_amounts** | getAppliesToCustomAmounts() | setAppliesToCustomAmounts($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into the Square Point of Sale app that are not associated with a particular [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | [optional]
+**enabled** | getEnabled() | setEnabled($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the tax will be shown as enabled in the Square Point of Sale app. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CatalogV1Id
+
+### Description
+
+An Items Connect V1 object ID along with its associated [location](#type-location) ID.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_v1_id** | getCatalogV1Id() | setCatalogV1Id($value) | **string** | The ID for an object in Connect V1, if different from its Connect V2 ID. | [optional]
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the [location](#type-location) this Connect V1 ID is associated with. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ChargeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | A value you specify that uniquely identifies this transaction among transactions you've created. If you're unsure whether a particular transaction succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about double-charging the buyer. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. |
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of money to charge. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. See [Working with monetary amounts](#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details. The value of `currency` must match the currency associated with the business that is charging the card. |
+**card_nonce** | getCardNonce() | setCardNonce($value) | **string** | A nonce generated from the `SqPaymentForm` that represents the card to charge. The application that provides a nonce to this endpoint must be the _same application_ that generated the nonce with the `SqPaymentForm`. Otherwise, the nonce is invalid. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`. | [optional]
+**customer_card_id** | getCustomerCardId() | setCustomerCardId($value) | **string** | The ID of the customer card on file to charge. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `card_nonce`. If you provide this value, you _must_ also provide a value for `customer_id`. | [optional]
+**delay_capture** | getDelayCapture() | setDelayCapture($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the request will only perform an Auth on the provided card. You can then later perform either a Capture (with the [CaptureTransaction](#endpoint-capturetransaction) endpoint) or a Void (with the [VoidTransaction](#endpoint-voidtransaction) endpoint). Default value: `false` | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | An optional ID you can associate with the transaction for your own purposes (such as to associate the transaction with an entity ID in your own database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters. | [optional]
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | | [optional]
+**customer_id** | getCustomerId() | setCustomerId($value) | **string** | The ID of the customer to associate this transaction with. This field is required if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`, and optional otherwise. | [optional]
+**billing_address** | getBillingAddress() | setBillingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The buyer's billing address. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if neither this parameter nor `shipping_address` is provided. | [optional]
+**shipping_address** | getShippingAddress() | setShippingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The buyer's shipping address, if available. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if neither this parameter nor `billing_address` is provided. | [optional]
+**buyer_email_address** | getBuyerEmailAddress() | setBuyerEmailAddress($value) | **string** | The buyer's email address, if available. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if it is not provided. | [optional]
+**order_id** | getOrderId() | setOrderId($value) | **string** | The ID of the order to associate with this transaction. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value of your request must __exactly match__ the value of the order's `total_money` field. | [optional]
+**additional_recipients** | getAdditionalRecipients() | setAdditionalRecipients($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]**](AdditionalRecipient.md) | The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be more than 90% of the `amount_money` value in the charge request. The `location_id` must be the valid location of the app owner merchant. This field requires the `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. This field is currently not supported in sandbox. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient
+
+### Description
+
+Represents an additional recipient (other than the merchant) entitled to a portion of the tender. Support is currently limited to USD, CAD and GBP currencies
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of the tender. |
+**description** | getDescription() | setDescription($value) | **string** | The description of the additional recipient. |
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of money distributed to the recipient. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ChargeResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint. One of `errors` or `transaction` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**transaction** | getTransaction() | setTransaction($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Transaction**](Transaction.md) | The created transaction. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Checkout
+
+### Description
+
+Square Checkout lets merchants accept online payments for supported payment types using a checkout workflow hosted on squareup.com.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | ID generated by Square Checkout when a new checkout is requested. | [optional]
+**checkout_page_url** | getCheckoutPageUrl() | setCheckoutPageUrl($value) | **string** | The URL that the buyer's browser should be redirected to after the checkout is completed. | [optional]
+**ask_for_shipping_address** | getAskForShippingAddress() | setAskForShippingAddress($value) | **bool** | If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`. | [optional]
+**merchant_support_email** | getMerchantSupportEmail() | setMerchantSupportEmail($value) | **string** | The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | [optional]
+**pre_populate_buyer_email** | getPrePopulateBuyerEmail() | setPrePopulateBuyerEmail($value) | **string** | If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | [optional]
+**pre_populate_shipping_address** | getPrePopulateShippingAddress() | setPrePopulateShippingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | [optional]
+**redirect_url** | getRedirectUrl() | setRedirectUrl($value) | **string** | The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to: `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx` If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf; however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow. | [optional]
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Order**](Order.md) | Order to be checked out. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the checkout was created, in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+**additional_recipients** | getAdditionalRecipients() | setAdditionalRecipients($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]**](AdditionalRecipient.md) | Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this checkout. For example, fees assessed on the purchase by a third party integration. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Country
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the country associated with another entity, such as a business. Values are in [ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/country_codes.htm).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ZZ** | string
+**AD** | string
+**AE** | string
+**AF** | string
+**AG** | string
+**AI** | string
+**AL** | string
+**AM** | string
+**AO** | string
+**AQ** | string
+**AR** | string
+**AS** | string
+**AT** | string
+**AU** | string
+**AW** | string
+**AX** | string
+**AZ** | string
+**BA** | string
+**BB** | string
+**BD** | string
+**BE** | string
+**BF** | string
+**BG** | string
+**BH** | string
+**BI** | string
+**BJ** | string
+**BL** | string
+**BM** | string
+**BN** | string
+**BO** | string
+**BQ** | string
+**BR** | string
+**BS** | string
+**BT** | string
+**BV** | string
+**BW** | string
+**BY** | string
+**BZ** | string
+**CA** | string
+**CC** | string
+**CD** | string
+**CF** | string
+**CG** | string
+**CH** | string
+**CI** | string
+**CK** | string
+**CL** | string
+**CM** | string
+**CN** | string
+**CO** | string
+**CR** | string
+**CU** | string
+**CV** | string
+**CW** | string
+**CX** | string
+**CY** | string
+**CZ** | string
+**DE** | string
+**DJ** | string
+**DK** | string
+**DM** | string
+**DO** | string
+**DZ** | string
+**EC** | string
+**EE** | string
+**EG** | string
+**EH** | string
+**ER** | string
+**ES** | string
+**ET** | string
+**FI** | string
+**FJ** | string
+**FK** | string
+**FM** | string
+**FO** | string
+**FR** | string
+**GA** | string
+**GB** | string
+**GD** | string
+**GE** | string
+**GF** | string
+**GG** | string
+**GH** | string
+**GI** | string
+**GL** | string
+**GM** | string
+**GN** | string
+**GP** | string
+**GQ** | string
+**GR** | string
+**GS** | string
+**GT** | string
+**GU** | string
+**GW** | string
+**GY** | string
+**HK** | string
+**HM** | string
+**HN** | string
+**HR** | string
+**HT** | string
+**HU** | string
+**ID** | string
+**IE** | string
+**IL** | string
+**IM** | string
+**IN** | string
+**IO** | string
+**IQ** | string
+**IR** | string
+**IS** | string
+**IT** | string
+**JE** | string
+**JM** | string
+**JO** | string
+**JP** | string
+**KE** | string
+**KG** | string
+**KH** | string
+**KI** | string
+**KM** | string
+**KN** | string
+**KP** | string
+**KR** | string
+**KW** | string
+**KY** | string
+**KZ** | string
+**LA** | string
+**LB** | string
+**LC** | string
+**LI** | string
+**LK** | string
+**LR** | string
+**LS** | string
+**LT** | string
+**LU** | string
+**LV** | string
+**LY** | string
+**MA** | string
+**MC** | string
+**MD** | string
+**ME** | string
+**MF** | string
+**MG** | string
+**MH** | string
+**MK** | string
+**ML** | string
+**MM** | string
+**MN** | string
+**MO** | string
+**MP** | string
+**MQ** | string
+**MR** | string
+**MS** | string
+**MT** | string
+**MU** | string
+**MV** | string
+**MW** | string
+**MX** | string
+**MY** | string
+**MZ** | string
+**NA** | string
+**NC** | string
+**NE** | string
+**NF** | string
+**NG** | string
+**NI** | string
+**NL** | string
+**NO** | string
+**NP** | string
+**NR** | string
+**NU** | string
+**NZ** | string
+**OM** | string
+**PA** | string
+**PE** | string
+**PF** | string
+**PG** | string
+**PH** | string
+**PK** | string
+**PL** | string
+**PM** | string
+**PN** | string
+**PR** | string
+**PS** | string
+**PT** | string
+**PW** | string
+**PY** | string
+**QA** | string
+**RE** | string
+**RO** | string
+**RS** | string
+**RU** | string
+**RW** | string
+**SA** | string
+**SB** | string
+**SC** | string
+**SD** | string
+**SE** | string
+**SG** | string
+**SH** | string
+**SI** | string
+**SJ** | string
+**SK** | string
+**SL** | string
+**SM** | string
+**SN** | string
+**SO** | string
+**SR** | string
+**SS** | string
+**ST** | string
+**SV** | string
+**SX** | string
+**SY** | string
+**SZ** | string
+**TC** | string
+**TD** | string
+**TF** | string
+**TG** | string
+**TH** | string
+**TJ** | string
+**TK** | string
+**TL** | string
+**TM** | string
+**TN** | string
+**TO** | string
+**TR** | string
+**TT** | string
+**TV** | string
+**TW** | string
+**TZ** | string
+**UA** | string
+**UG** | string
+**UM** | string
+**US** | string
+**UY** | string
+**UZ** | string
+**VA** | string
+**VC** | string
+**VE** | string
+**VG** | string
+**VI** | string
+**VN** | string
+**VU** | string
+**WF** | string
+**WS** | string
+**YE** | string
+**YT** | string
+**ZA** | string
+**ZM** | string
+**ZW** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateBreakTypeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to create a new `BreakType`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | Unique string value to insure idempotency of the operation | [optional]
+**break_type** | getBreakType() | setBreakType($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType**](BreakType.md) | The `BreakType` to be created. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateBreakTypeResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to the request to create a `BreakType`. Contains the created `BreakType` object. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**break_type** | getBreakType() | setBreakType($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType**](BreakType.md) | The `BreakType` that was created by the request. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateCheckoutRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the [CreateCheckout](#endpoint-createcheckout) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | A unique string that identifies this checkout among others you've created. It can be any valid string but must be unique for every order sent to Square Checkout for a given location ID. The idempotency key is used to avoid processing the same order more than once. If you're unsure whether a particular checkout was created successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key and all the same other parameters without worrying about creating duplicates. We recommend using a random number/string generator native to the language you are working in to generate strings for your idempotency keys. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. |
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest**](CreateOrderRequest.md) | The order including line items to be checked out. |
+**ask_for_shipping_address** | getAskForShippingAddress() | setAskForShippingAddress($value) | **bool** | If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`. | [optional]
+**merchant_support_email** | getMerchantSupportEmail() | setMerchantSupportEmail($value) | **string** | The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | [optional]
+**pre_populate_buyer_email** | getPrePopulateBuyerEmail() | setPrePopulateBuyerEmail($value) | **string** | If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | [optional]
+**pre_populate_shipping_address** | getPrePopulateShippingAddress() | setPrePopulateShippingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | [optional]
+**redirect_url** | getRedirectUrl() | setRedirectUrl($value) | **string** | The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to: `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx` If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf; however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | [optional]
+**additional_recipients** | getAdditionalRecipients() | setAdditionalRecipients($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient[]**](ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient.md) | The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be more than 90% of the `total_money` calculated by Square for your order. The `location_id` must be the valid location of the app owner merchant. This field requires `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. This field is currently not supported in sandbox. | [optional]
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | An optional note to associate with the checkout object. This value cannot exceed 60 characters. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateCheckoutResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [CreateCheckout](#endpoint-createcheckout) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**checkout** | getCheckout() | setCheckout($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Checkout**](Checkout.md) | The newly created checkout. If the same request was made with the same idempotency_key, this will be the checkout created with the idempotency_key. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateCustomerCardRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the request body of a request to the [CreateCustomerCard](#endpoint-createcustomercard) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**card_nonce** | getCardNonce() | setCardNonce($value) | **string** | A card nonce representing the credit card to link to the customer. Card nonces are generated by the `SqPaymentForm` that buyers enter their card information into. See [Embedding the payment form](/payments/sqpaymentform/overview) for more information. __Note:__ Card nonces generated by digital wallets (e.g., Apple Pay) cannot be used to create a customer card. |
+**billing_address** | getBillingAddress() | setBillingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | Address information for the card on file. Only the `postal_code` field is required for payments in the US and Canada. | [optional]
+**cardholder_name** | getCardholderName() | setCardholderName($value) | **string** | The cardholder's name. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateCustomerCardResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [CreateCustomerCard](#endpoint-createcustomercard) endpoint. One of `errors` or `card` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**card** | getCard() | setCard($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Card**](Card.md) | The created card on file. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateCustomerRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the [CreateCustomer](#endpoint-createcustomer) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | The idempotency key for the request. See the [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) guide for more information. | [optional]
+**given_name** | getGivenName() | setGivenName($value) | **string** | The customer's given (i.e., first) name. | [optional]
+**family_name** | getFamilyName() | setFamilyName($value) | **string** | The customer's family (i.e., last) name. | [optional]
+**company_name** | getCompanyName() | setCompanyName($value) | **string** | The name of the customer's company. | [optional]
+**nickname** | getNickname() | setNickname($value) | **string** | A nickname for the customer. | [optional]
+**email_address** | getEmailAddress() | setEmailAddress($value) | **string** | The customer's email address. | [optional]
+**address** | getAddress() | setAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The customer's physical address. | [optional]
+**phone_number** | getPhoneNumber() | setPhoneNumber($value) | **string** | The customer's phone number. | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system. | [optional]
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | An optional note to associate with the customer. | [optional]
+**birthday** | getBirthday() | setBirthday($value) | **string** | The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateCustomerResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [CreateCustomer](#endpoint-createcustomer) endpoint. One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**customer** | getCustomer() | setCustomer($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Customer**](Customer.md) | The created customer. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the [CreateMobileAuthorizationCode](#endpoint-createmobileauthorizationcode) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The Square location ID the authorization code should be tied to. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [CreateMobileAuthorizationCode](#endpoint-createmobileauthorizationcode) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**authorization_code** | getAuthorizationCode() | setAuthorizationCode($value) | **string** | Generated authorization code that connects a mobile application instance to a Square account. | [optional]
+**expires_at** | getExpiresAt() | setExpiresAt($value) | **string** | The timestamp when `authorization_code` expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". | [optional]
+**error** | getError() | setError($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error**](Error.md) | An error object that provides details about how creation of authorization code failed. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateOrderRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Order**](Order.md) | The order to create. If this field is set, then the only other top-level field that can be set is the idempotency_key. | [optional]
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | A value you specify that uniquely identifies this order among orders you've created. If you're unsure whether a particular order was created successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate orders. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | __Deprecated__: Please set the reference_id on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. An optional ID you can associate with the order for your own purposes (such as to associate the order with an entity ID in your own database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters. | [optional]
+**line_items** | getLineItems() | setLineItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestLineItem[]**](CreateOrderRequestLineItem.md) | __Deprecated__: Please set the line_items on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The line items to associate with this order. Each line item represents a different product to include in a purchase. | [optional]
+**taxes** | getTaxes() | setTaxes($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[]**](CreateOrderRequestTax.md) | __Deprecated__: Please set the taxes on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The taxes to include on the order. | [optional]
+**discounts** | getDiscounts() | setDiscounts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[]**](CreateOrderRequestDiscount.md) | __Deprecated__: Please set the discounts on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The discounts to include on the order. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateOrderRequestDiscount
+
+### Description
+
+__Deprecated__: Please use the [OrderLineItemDiscount](#type-orderlineitemdiscount) type in the order field of [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. Represents a discount that can apply to either a single line item or an entire order.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | Only used for catalog discounts. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc discount. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | Only used for ad hoc discounts. The discount's name. | [optional]
+**percentage** | getPercentage() | setPercentage($value) | **string** | Only used for ad hoc discounts. The percentage of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0 | [optional]
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | Only used for ad hoc discounts. The monetary amount of the discount. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateOrderRequestLineItem
+
+### Description
+
+__Deprecated__: Please use the [OrderLineItem](#type-orderlineitem) type in the order field of [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. Represents a line item to include in an order. Each line item describes a different product to purchase, with its own quantity and price details. Line items can either reference objects from the merchant's catalog, or can alternatively specify a name and price instead.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | Only used for ad hoc line items. The name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`. | [optional]
+**quantity** | getQuantity() | setQuantity($value) | **string** | The quantity to purchase, as a string representation of a number. This string must have a positive integer value. |
+**base_price_money** | getBasePriceMoney() | setBasePriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The base price for a single unit of the line item. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc line items and variable priced [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the CatalogItemVariation's price. | [optional]
+**variation_name** | getVariationName() | setVariationName($value) | **string** | Only used for ad hoc line items. The variation name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 255 characters. If this value is not set for an ad hoc line item, the default value of `Regular` is used. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for the `catalog_object_id`. | [optional]
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | The note of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | Only used for Catalog line items. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `name` and `base_price_money`. | [optional]
+**modifiers** | getModifiers() | setModifiers($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestModifier[]**](CreateOrderRequestModifier.md) | Only used for Catalog line items. The modifiers to include on the line item. | [optional]
+**taxes** | getTaxes() | setTaxes($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[]**](CreateOrderRequestTax.md) | The taxes to include on the line item. | [optional]
+**discounts** | getDiscounts() | setDiscounts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[]**](CreateOrderRequestDiscount.md) | The discounts to include on the line item. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateOrderRequestModifier
+
+### Description
+
+__Deprecated__: Please use the [OrderLineItemModifier](#type-orderlineitemmodifier) type instead. Represents a modifier applied to a single line item. Modifiers can reference existing objects in a merchant catalog or be constructed ad hoc at the time of purchase by providing a name and price.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The catalog object ID of a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | Only used for ad hoc modifiers. The name of the modifier. `name` cannot exceed 255 characters. Do not provide a value for `name` if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`. | [optional]
+**base_price_money** | getBasePriceMoney() | setBasePriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateOrderRequestTax
+
+### Description
+
+__Deprecated__: Please use the [OrderLineItemTax](#type-orderlineitemtax) type in the order field of [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. Represents a tax that can apply to either a single line item or an entire order.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | Only used for catalog taxes. The catalog object ID of an existing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc tax. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | Only used for ad hoc taxes. The tax's name. Do not provide a value for this field if you set `catalog_object_id`. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | Only used for ad hoc taxes. Indicates the calculation method used to apply the line item tax. Default: `ADDITIVE`; See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**percentage** | getPercentage() | setPercentage($value) | **string** | Only used for ad hoc taxes. The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0 | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateOrderResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [CreateOrder](#endpoint-createorder) endpoint. One of `errors` or `order` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Order**](Order.md) | The newly created order. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateRefundRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the body parameters that can be included in a request to the [CreateRefund](#endpoint-createrefund) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | A value you specify that uniquely identifies this refund among refunds you've created for the tender. If you're unsure whether a particular refund succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about duplicating the refund. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. |
+**tender_id** | getTenderId() | setTenderId($value) | **string** | The ID of the tender to refund. A [`Transaction`](#type-transaction) has one or more `tenders` (i.e., methods of payment) associated with it, and you refund each tender separately with the Connect API. |
+**reason** | getReason() | setReason($value) | **string** | A description of the reason for the refund. Default value: `Refund via API` | [optional]
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of money to refund. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. See [Working with monetary amounts](#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details. This amount cannot exceed the amount that was originally charged to the tender that corresponds to `tender_id`. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateRefundResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [CreateRefund](#endpoint-createrefund) endpoint. One of `errors` or `refund` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**refund** | getRefund() | setRefund($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Refund**](Refund.md) | The created refund. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateShiftRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a request to create a `Shift`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | Unique string value to insure the idempotency of the operation. | [optional]
+**shift** | getShift() | setShift($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Shift**](Shift.md) | The `Shift` to be created |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CreateShiftResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to the request to create a `Shift`. Contains the created `Shift` object. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**shift** | getShift() | setShift($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Shift**](Shift.md) | The `Shift` that was created on the request. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Currency
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the associated currency for an amount of money. Values correspond to [ISO 4217](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**UNKNOWN_CURRENCY** | string
+**AED** | string
+**AFN** | string
+**ALL** | string
+**AMD** | string
+**ANG** | string
+**AOA** | string
+**ARS** | string
+**AUD** | string
+**AWG** | string
+**AZN** | string
+**BAM** | string
+**BBD** | string
+**BDT** | string
+**BGN** | string
+**BHD** | string
+**BIF** | string
+**BMD** | string
+**BND** | string
+**BOB** | string
+**BOV** | string
+**BRL** | string
+**BSD** | string
+**BTN** | string
+**BWP** | string
+**BYR** | string
+**BZD** | string
+**CAD** | string
+**CDF** | string
+**CHE** | string
+**CHF** | string
+**CHW** | string
+**CLF** | string
+**CLP** | string
+**CNY** | string
+**COP** | string
+**COU** | string
+**CRC** | string
+**CUC** | string
+**CUP** | string
+**CVE** | string
+**CZK** | string
+**DJF** | string
+**DKK** | string
+**DOP** | string
+**DZD** | string
+**EGP** | string
+**ERN** | string
+**ETB** | string
+**EUR** | string
+**FJD** | string
+**FKP** | string
+**GBP** | string
+**GEL** | string
+**GHS** | string
+**GIP** | string
+**GMD** | string
+**GNF** | string
+**GTQ** | string
+**GYD** | string
+**HKD** | string
+**HNL** | string
+**HRK** | string
+**HTG** | string
+**HUF** | string
+**IDR** | string
+**ILS** | string
+**INR** | string
+**IQD** | string
+**IRR** | string
+**ISK** | string
+**JMD** | string
+**JOD** | string
+**JPY** | string
+**KES** | string
+**KGS** | string
+**KHR** | string
+**KMF** | string
+**KPW** | string
+**KRW** | string
+**KWD** | string
+**KYD** | string
+**KZT** | string
+**LAK** | string
+**LBP** | string
+**LKR** | string
+**LRD** | string
+**LSL** | string
+**LTL** | string
+**LVL** | string
+**LYD** | string
+**MAD** | string
+**MDL** | string
+**MGA** | string
+**MKD** | string
+**MMK** | string
+**MNT** | string
+**MOP** | string
+**MRO** | string
+**MUR** | string
+**MVR** | string
+**MWK** | string
+**MXN** | string
+**MXV** | string
+**MYR** | string
+**MZN** | string
+**NAD** | string
+**NGN** | string
+**NIO** | string
+**NOK** | string
+**NPR** | string
+**NZD** | string
+**OMR** | string
+**PAB** | string
+**PEN** | string
+**PGK** | string
+**PHP** | string
+**PKR** | string
+**PLN** | string
+**PYG** | string
+**QAR** | string
+**RON** | string
+**RSD** | string
+**RUB** | string
+**RWF** | string
+**SAR** | string
+**SBD** | string
+**SCR** | string
+**SDG** | string
+**SEK** | string
+**SGD** | string
+**SHP** | string
+**SLL** | string
+**SOS** | string
+**SRD** | string
+**SSP** | string
+**STD** | string
+**SVC** | string
+**SYP** | string
+**SZL** | string
+**THB** | string
+**TJS** | string
+**TMT** | string
+**TND** | string
+**TOP** | string
+**TRY** | string
+**TTD** | string
+**TWD** | string
+**TZS** | string
+**UAH** | string
+**UGX** | string
+**USD** | string
+**USN** | string
+**USS** | string
+**UYI** | string
+**UYU** | string
+**UZS** | string
+**VEF** | string
+**VND** | string
+**VUV** | string
+**WST** | string
+**XAF** | string
+**XAG** | string
+**XAU** | string
+**XBA** | string
+**XBB** | string
+**XBC** | string
+**XBD** | string
+**XCD** | string
+**XDR** | string
+**XOF** | string
+**XPD** | string
+**XPF** | string
+**XPT** | string
+**XTS** | string
+**XXX** | string
+**YER** | string
+**ZAR** | string
+**ZMK** | string
+**ZMW** | string
+**BTC** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Customer
+
+### Description
+
+Represents one of a business's customers, which can have one or more cards on file associated with it.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The customer's unique ID. |
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the customer was created, in RFC 3339 format. |
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the customer was last updated, in RFC 3339 format. |
+**cards** | getCards() | setCards($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Card[]**](Card.md) | The payment details of the customer's cards on file. | [optional]
+**given_name** | getGivenName() | setGivenName($value) | **string** | The customer's given (i.e., first) name. | [optional]
+**family_name** | getFamilyName() | setFamilyName($value) | **string** | The customer's family (i.e., last) name. | [optional]
+**nickname** | getNickname() | setNickname($value) | **string** | The customer's nickname. | [optional]
+**company_name** | getCompanyName() | setCompanyName($value) | **string** | The name of the customer's company. | [optional]
+**email_address** | getEmailAddress() | setEmailAddress($value) | **string** | The customer's email address. | [optional]
+**address** | getAddress() | setAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The customer's physical address. | [optional]
+**phone_number** | getPhoneNumber() | setPhoneNumber($value) | **string** | The customer's phone number. | [optional]
+**birthday** | getBirthday() | setBirthday($value) | **string** | The customer's birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998. | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | A second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system. | [optional]
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | A note to associate with the customer. | [optional]
+**preferences** | getPreferences() | setPreferences($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerPreferences**](CustomerPreferences.md) | The customer's preferences. | [optional]
+**groups** | getGroups() | setGroups($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerGroupInfo[]**](CustomerGroupInfo.md) | The groups the customer belongs to. | [optional]
+**creation_source** | getCreationSource() | setCreationSource($value) | **string** | A creation source represents the method used to create the customer profile. See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerCreationSource
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the method used to create the customer profile.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**OTHER** | string
+**APPOINTMENTS** | string
+**COUPON** | string
+**DELETION_RECOVERY** | string
+**DIRECTORY** | string
+**EGIFTING** | string
+**EMAIL_COLLECTION** | string
+**FEEDBACK** | string
+**IMPORT** | string
+**INVOICES** | string
+**LOYALTY** | string
+**MARKETING** | string
+**MERGE** | string
+**ONLINE_STORE** | string
+**INSTANT_PROFILE** | string
+**TERMINAL** | string
+**THIRD_PARTY** | string
+**THIRD_PARTY_IMPORT** | string
+**UNMERGE_RECOVERY** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerCreationSourceFilter
+
+### Description
+
+Creation source filter. If one or more creation sources are set, customer profiles are included in, or excluded from, the result if they match at least one of the filter criteria.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**values** | getValues() | setValues($value) | **string[]** | The list of creation sources used as filtering criteria. See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values | [optional]
+**rule** | getRule() | setRule($value) | **string** | Indicates whether a customer profile matching the filter criteria should be included in the result or excluded from the result. Default: `INCLUDE`. See [CustomerInclusionExclusion](#type-customerinclusionexclusion) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerFilter
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a set of [`CustomerQuery`](#type-customerquery) filters used to limit the set of Customers returned by [`SearchCustomers`](#endpoint-seachcustomers).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**creation_source** | getCreationSource() | setCreationSource($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerCreationSourceFilter**](CustomerCreationSourceFilter.md) | A filter to select customers based on their creation source. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange**](TimeRange.md) | A filter to select customers based on when they were created. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange**](TimeRange.md) | A filter to select customers based on when they were updated. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerGroupInfo
+
+### Description
+
+Contains some brief information about a customer group with its identifier included.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The ID of the customer group. |
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The name of the customer group. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerInclusionExclusion
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates whether customers should be included in, or excluded from, the result set when they match the filtering criteria.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**INCLUDE** | string
+**EXCLUDE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerPreferences
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a particular customer's preferences.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**email_unsubscribed** | getEmailUnsubscribed() | setEmailUnsubscribed($value) | **bool** | The customer has unsubscribed from receiving marketing campaign emails. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerQuery
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a query (filtering and sorting criteria) used to search for customer profiles.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**filter** | getFilter() | setFilter($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerFilter**](CustomerFilter.md) | A list of filter criteria. | [optional]
+**sort** | getSort() | setSort($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerSort**](CustomerSort.md) | Sort criteria for query results. The default sort behavior is to order customers alphabetically by `given_name` and `last_name`. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerSort
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the field to use for sorting customer profiles. For example, by total money spent with the merchant or the date of their first purchase.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**field** | getField() | setField($value) | **string** | The field to sort the results on. It could be the total money spent at the merchant, the date of the first visit (etc). See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values | [optional]
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | Indicates the order in which results should be displayed based on the value of the sort field. String comparisons use standard alphabetic comparison to determine order. Strings representing numbers are sorted as strings. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# CustomerSortField
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the sort criteria for a list of Customers.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**DEFAULT** | string
+**CREATED_AT** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DateRange
+
+### Description
+
+A range defined by two dates. Used for filtering a query for Connect v2 objects that have date properties.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**start_date** | getStartDate() | setStartDate($value) | **string** | String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates. The beginning of a date range (inclusive) | [optional]
+**end_date** | getEndDate() | setEndDate($value) | **string** | String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates. The end of a date range (inclusive) | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteBreakTypeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to delete a `BreakType`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteBreakTypeResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request to delete a `BreakType`. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteCatalogObjectRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteCatalogObjectResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**deleted_object_ids** | getDeletedObjectIds() | setDeletedObjectIds($value) | **string[]** | The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request. Multiple IDs may be returned when associated objects are also deleted, for example a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) will be deleted (and its ID included in this field) when its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is deleted. | [optional]
+**deleted_at** | getDeletedAt() | setDeletedAt($value) | **string** | The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteCustomerCardRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteCustomerCardResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [DeleteCustomerCard](#endpoint-deletecustomercard) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteCustomerRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteCustomerResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [DeleteCustomer](#endpoint-deletecustomer) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteShiftRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to delete a `Shift`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# DeleteShiftResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request to delete a `Shift`. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Device
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The device's Square-issued ID. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The device's merchant-specified name. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Employee
+
+### Description
+
+An employee created in the **Square Dashboard** account of a business. Used by the Labor API.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | UUID for this `Employee`. | [optional]
+**first_name** | getFirstName() | setFirstName($value) | **string** | Given (first) name of the employee. | [optional]
+**last_name** | getLastName() | setLastName($value) | **string** | Family (last) name of the employee | [optional]
+**location_ids** | getLocationIds() | setLocationIds($value) | **string[]** | A list of location IDs where this employee has access. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | Specifies the status of the employee being fetched. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# EmployeeStatus
+
+### Description
+
+The status of the Employee being retrieved.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ACTIVE** | string
+**INACTIVE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# EmployeeWage
+
+### Description
+
+The hourly wage rate that an employee will earn on a `Shift` for doing the job specified by the `title` property of this object.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | UUID for this object. | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The `Employee` that this wage is assigned to. |
+**title** | getTitle() | setTitle($value) | **string** | The job title that this wage relates to. | [optional]
+**hourly_rate** | getHourlyRate() | setHourlyRate($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per week. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Error
+
+### Description
+
+Represents an error encountered during a request to the Connect API.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**category** | getCategory() | setCategory($value) | **string** | The error's high-level category. See [ErrorCategory](#type-errorcategory) for possible values |
+**code** | getCode() | setCode($value) | **string** | The error's specific code. See [ErrorCode](#type-errorcode) for possible values |
+**detail** | getDetail() | setDetail($value) | **string** | A human-readable description of the error for debugging purposes. | [optional]
+**field** | getField() | setField($value) | **string** | The name of the field provided in the original request that the error pertains to, if any. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ErrorCategory
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates which high-level category of error has occurred during a request to the Connect API.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**API_ERROR** | string
+**AUTHENTICATION_ERROR** | string
+**INVALID_REQUEST_ERROR** | string
+**RATE_LIMIT_ERROR** | string
+**PAYMENT_METHOD_ERROR** | string
+**REFUND_ERROR** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ErrorCode
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates specific errors that can occur during a request to the Connect API.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR** | string
+**UNAUTHORIZED** | string
+**ACCESS_TOKEN_EXPIRED** | string
+**ACCESS_TOKEN_REVOKED** | string
+**FORBIDDEN** | string
+**INSUFFICIENT_SCOPES** | string
+**APPLICATION_DISABLED** | string
+**V1_APPLICATION** | string
+**V1_ACCESS_TOKEN** | string
+**CARD_PROCESSING_NOT_ENABLED** | string
+**BAD_REQUEST** | string
+**MISSING_REQUIRED_PARAMETER** | string
+**INCORRECT_TYPE** | string
+**INVALID_TIME** | string
+**INVALID_TIME_RANGE** | string
+**INVALID_VALUE** | string
+**INVALID_CURSOR** | string
+**UNKNOWN_QUERY_PARAMETER** | string
+**CONFLICTING_PARAMETERS** | string
+**EXPECTED_JSON_BODY** | string
+**INVALID_SORT_ORDER** | string
+**VALUE_REGEX_MISMATCH** | string
+**VALUE_TOO_SHORT** | string
+**VALUE_TOO_LONG** | string
+**VALUE_TOO_LOW** | string
+**VALUE_TOO_HIGH** | string
+**VALUE_EMPTY** | string
+**ARRAY_LENGTH_TOO_LONG** | string
+**ARRAY_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT** | string
+**ARRAY_EMPTY** | string
+**EXPECTED_BOOLEAN** | string
+**EXPECTED_INTEGER** | string
+**EXPECTED_FLOAT** | string
+**EXPECTED_STRING** | string
+**EXPECTED_OBJECT** | string
+**EXPECTED_ARRAY** | string
+**EXPECTED_MAP** | string
+**EXPECTED_BASE64_ENCODED_BYTE_ARRAY** | string
+**INVALID_ARRAY_VALUE** | string
+**INVALID_ENUM_VALUE** | string
+**INVALID_CONTENT_TYPE** | string
+**INVALID_FORM_VALUE** | string
+**ONE_INSTRUMENT_EXPECTED** | string
+**NO_FIELDS_SET** | string
+**DEPRECATED_FIELD_SET** | string
+**CARD_EXPIRED** | string
+**INVALID_EXPIRATION** | string
+**INVALID_EXPIRATION_YEAR** | string
+**INVALID_EXPIRATION_DATE** | string
+**UNSUPPORTED_CARD_BRAND** | string
+**UNSUPPORTED_ENTRY_METHOD** | string
+**INVALID_ENCRYPTED_CARD** | string
+**INVALID_CARD** | string
+**DELAYED_TRANSACTION_EXPIRED** | string
+**DELAYED_TRANSACTION_CANCELED** | string
+**DELAYED_TRANSACTION_CAPTURED** | string
+**DELAYED_TRANSACTION_FAILED** | string
+**CARD_TOKEN_EXPIRED** | string
+**CARD_TOKEN_USED** | string
+**AMOUNT_TOO_HIGH** | string
+**UNSUPPORTED_INSTRUMENT_TYPE** | string
+**REFUND_AMOUNT_INVALID** | string
+**REFUND_ALREADY_PENDING** | string
+**PAYMENT_NOT_REFUNDABLE** | string
+**INVALID_CARD_DATA** | string
+**LOCATION_MISMATCH** | string
+**IDEMPOTENCY_KEY_REUSED** | string
+**UNEXPECTED_VALUE** | string
+**SANDBOX_NOT_SUPPORTED** | string
+**INVALID_EMAIL_ADDRESS** | string
+**INVALID_PHONE_NUMBER** | string
+**CHECKOUT_EXPIRED** | string
+**BAD_CERTIFICATE** | string
+**CARD_DECLINED** | string
+**VERIFY_CVV_FAILURE** | string
+**VERIFY_AVS_FAILURE** | string
+**CARD_DECLINED_CALL_ISSUER** | string
+**NOT_FOUND** | string
+**APPLE_PAYMENT_PROCESSING_CERTIFICATE_HASH_NOT_FOUND** | string
+**METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED** | string
+**NOT_ACCEPTABLE** | string
+**REQUEST_TIMEOUT** | string
+**CONFLICT** | string
+**REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE** | string
+**UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE** | string
+**RATE_LIMITED** | string
+**NOT_IMPLEMENTED** | string
+**SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE** | string
+**GATEWAY_TIMEOUT** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# GetBreakTypeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to GET a `BreakType` by ID
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# GetBreakTypeResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request to get a `BreakType`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**break_type** | getBreakType() | setBreakType($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType**](BreakType.md) | The response object. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# GetEmployeeWageRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to get an `EmployeeWage`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# GetEmployeeWageResponse
+
+### Description
+
+A response to a request to get an `EmployeeWage`. Contains the requested `EmployeeWage` objects. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**employee_wage** | getEmployeeWage() | setEmployeeWage($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage**](EmployeeWage.md) | The requested `EmployeeWage` object. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# GetShiftRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to get a `Shift` by ID
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# GetShiftResponse
+
+### Description
+
+A response to request to get a `Shift`. Contains the requested `Shift` object. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**shift** | getShift() | setShift($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Shift**](Shift.md) | The requested `Shift`. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# InventoryAdjustment
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a change in state or quantity of product inventory at a particular time and location.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment). | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to an external system. | [optional]
+**from_state** | getFromState() | setFromState($value) | **string** | The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items before the adjustment. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values | [optional]
+**to_state** | getToState() | setToState($value) | **string** | The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items after the adjustment. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values | [optional]
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_type** | getCatalogObjectType() | setCatalogObjectType($value) | **string** | The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type. | [optional]
+**quantity** | getQuantity() | setQuantity($value) | **string** | The number of items affected by the adjustment as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported. | [optional]
+**total_price_money** | getTotalPriceMoney() | setTotalPriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The read-only total price paid for goods associated with the adjustment. Present if and only if `to_state` is `SOLD`. Always non-negative. | [optional]
+**occurred_at** | getOccurredAt() | setOccurredAt($value) | **string** | A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the adjustment took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the adjustment. | [optional]
+**source** | getSource() | setSource($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication**](SourceApplication.md) | Read-only information about the application that caused the inventory adjustment. | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory adjustment. | [optional]
+**transaction_id** | getTransactionId() | setTransactionId($value) | **string** | The read-only Square ID of the [Transaction][#type-transaction] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for payment-related state transitions. | [optional]
+**refund_id** | getRefundId() | setRefundId($value) | **string** | The read-only Square ID of the [Refund][#type-refund] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for refund-related state transitions. | [optional]
+**purchase_order_id** | getPurchaseOrderId() | setPurchaseOrderId($value) | **string** | The read-only Square ID of the purchase order that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state transitions from the Square for Retail app. | [optional]
+**goods_receipt_id** | getGoodsReceiptId() | setGoodsReceiptId($value) | **string** | The read-only Square ID of the Square goods receipt that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state transitions from the Square for Retail app. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# InventoryAlertType
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates whether Square should alert the merchant when the inventory quantity of a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) is low.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**NONE** | string
+**LOW_QUANTITY** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# InventoryChange
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a single physical count, inventory, adjustment, or transfer that is part of the history of inventory changes for a particular [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | Indicates how the inventory change was applied. See [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype) for possible values | [optional]
+**physical_count** | getPhysicalCount() | setPhysicalCount($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount**](InventoryPhysicalCount.md) | Contains details about the physical count when `type` is `PHYSICAL_COUNT` and unset for all other types. | [optional]
+**adjustment** | getAdjustment() | setAdjustment($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment**](InventoryAdjustment.md) | Contains details about the inventory adjustment when `type` is `ADJUSTMENT` and unset for all other types. | [optional]
+**transfer** | getTransfer() | setTransfer($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryTransfer**](InventoryTransfer.md) | Contains details about the inventory transfer when `type` is `TRANSFER` and unset for all other types. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# InventoryChangeType
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates how the inventory change was applied to a tracked quantity of items.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**PHYSICAL_COUNT** | string
+**ADJUSTMENT** | string
+**TRANSFER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# InventoryCount
+
+### Description
+
+Represents the estimated quantity of items in a particular state at a particular location based on the known history of physical counts and inventory adjustments.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_type** | getCatalogObjectType() | setCatalogObjectType($value) | **string** | The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type. | [optional]
+**state** | getState() | setState($value) | **string** | The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values | [optional]
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked. | [optional]
+**quantity** | getQuantity() | setQuantity($value) | **string** | The number of items in the count as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported. | [optional]
+**calculated_at** | getCalculatedAt() | setCalculatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the most recent physical count or adjustment that had an affect on the estimated count. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# InventoryPhysicalCount
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a verified (re)count of items in a given state at a specific location. For example, the quantity of items currently on hand at a physical store).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount). | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to an external system. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_type** | getCatalogObjectType() | setCatalogObjectType($value) | **string** | The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type. | [optional]
+**state** | getState() | setState($value) | **string** | The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values | [optional]
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked. | [optional]
+**quantity** | getQuantity() | setQuantity($value) | **string** | The number of items affected by the physical count as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported. | [optional]
+**source** | getSource() | setSource($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication**](SourceApplication.md) | Read-only information about the application that submitted the physical count. | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the physical count. | [optional]
+**occurred_at** | getOccurredAt() | setOccurredAt($value) | **string** | A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the physical count took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the physical count. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# InventoryState
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the state of a tracked item quantity in the lifecycle of goods.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**CUSTOM** | string
+**IN_STOCK** | string
+**SOLD** | string
+**RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER** | string
+**RESERVED_FOR_SALE** | string
+**SOLD_ONLINE** | string
+**ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR** | string
+**RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR** | string
+**IN_TRANSIT_TO** | string
+**NONE** | string
+**WASTE** | string
+**UNLINKED_RETURN** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# InventoryTransfer
+
+### Description
+
+Represents the transfer of a quantity of product inventory at a particular time from one location to another.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer). | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer) to an external system. | [optional]
+**state** | getState() | setState($value) | **string** | The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the quantity of items being transfered. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values | [optional]
+**from_location_id** | getFromLocationId() | setFromLocationId($value) | **string** | The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked before the transfer. | [optional]
+**to_location_id** | getToLocationId() | setToLocationId($value) | **string** | The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked after the transfer. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_type** | getCatalogObjectType() | setCatalogObjectType($value) | **string** | The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type. | [optional]
+**quantity** | getQuantity() | setQuantity($value) | **string** | The number of items affected by the transfer as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported. | [optional]
+**occurred_at** | getOccurredAt() | setOccurredAt($value) | **string** | A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the transfer took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the transfer request. | [optional]
+**source** | getSource() | setSource($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication**](SourceApplication.md) | Read-only information about the application that initiated the inventory transfer. | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory transfer. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ItemVariationLocationOverrides
+
+### Description
+
+Price and inventory alerting overrides for a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at a specific [location](#type-location).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the [location](#type-location). | [optional]
+**price_money** | getPriceMoney() | setPriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The price of the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given [location](#type-location), or blank for variable pricing. | [optional]
+**pricing_type** | getPricingType() | setPricingType($value) | **string** | The pricing type (fixed or variable) for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given [location](#type-location). See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**track_inventory** | getTrackInventory() | setTrackInventory($value) | **bool** | If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at this [location](#type-location). | [optional]
+**inventory_alert_type** | getInventoryAlertType() | setInventoryAlertType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its `inventory_alert_threshold`. See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**inventory_alert_threshold** | getInventoryAlertThreshold() | setInventoryAlertThreshold($value) | **int** | If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the [ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds](#endpoint-listadditionalrecipientreceivablerefunds) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+**end_time** | getEndTime() | setEndTime($value) | **string** | The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+**sort_order** | getSortOrder() | setSortOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds](#endpoint-listadditionalrecipientreceivablerefunds) endpoint. One of `errors` or `additional_recipient_receivable_refunds` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**receivable_refunds** | getReceivableRefunds() | setReceivableRefunds($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[]**](AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund.md) | An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds that match your query. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the [ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables](#endpoint-listadditionalrecipientreceivables) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+**end_time** | getEndTime() | setEndTime($value) | **string** | The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+**sort_order** | getSortOrder() | setSortOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables](#endpoint-listadditionalrecipientreceivables) endpoint. One of `errors` or `additional_recipient_receivables` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**receivables** | getReceivables() | setReceivables($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivable[]**](AdditionalRecipientReceivable.md) | An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivables that match your query. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListBreakTypesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request for a filtered set of `BreakType` objects
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListBreakTypesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request for a set of `BreakTypes`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**break_types** | getBreakTypes() | setBreakTypes($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType[]**](BreakType.md) | A page of `BreakType` results. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Break Type results. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListCatalogRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+**types** | getTypes() | setTypes($value) | **string** | An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY`. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListCatalogResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+**objects** | getObjects() | setObjects($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListCustomersRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the query parameters that can be provided in a request to the [ListCustomers](#endpoint-listcustomers) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+**sort_field** | getSortField() | setSortField($value) | **string** | Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`. See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values | [optional]
+**sort_order** | getSortOrder() | setSortOrder($value) | **string** | Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListCustomersResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListCustomers](#endpoint-listcustomers) endpoint. One of `errors` or `customers` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**customers** | getCustomers() | setCustomers($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Customer[]**](Customer.md) | An array of `Customer` objects that match your query. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. This value is present only if the request succeeded and additional results are available. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListEmployeeWagesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request for a set of `EmployeeWage` objects
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListEmployeeWagesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request for a set of `EmployeeWage` objects. Contains a set of `EmployeeWage`.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**employee_wages** | getEmployeeWages() | setEmployeeWages($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage[]**](EmployeeWage.md) | A page of Employee Wage results. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Employee Wage results. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListEmployeesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Retrieve a paged-list of employees for a Square account
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The number of employees to be returned on each page. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The token required to retrieve the specified page of results. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListEmployeesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListEmployees](#endpoint-listemployees) endpoint. One of `errors` or `employees` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**employees** | getEmployees() | setEmployees($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Employee[]**](Employee.md) | List of employees returned from the request. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The token to be used to retrieve the next page of results. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListLocationsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListLocationsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListLocations](#endpoint-listlocations) endpoint. One of `errors` or `locations` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**locations** | getLocations() | setLocations($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Location[]**](Location.md) | The business's locations. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListRefundsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the [ListRefunds](#endpoint-listrefunds) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+**end_time** | getEndTime() | setEndTime($value) | **string** | The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+**sort_order** | getSortOrder() | setSortOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListRefundsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListRefunds](#endpoint-listrefunds) endpoint. One of `errors` or `refunds` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**refunds** | getRefunds() | setRefunds($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Refund[]**](Refund.md) | An array of refunds that match your query. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListTransactionsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the [ListTransactions](#endpoint-listtransactions) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+**end_time** | getEndTime() | setEndTime($value) | **string** | The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+**sort_order** | getSortOrder() | setSortOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListTransactionsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListTransactions](#endpoint-listtransactions) endpoint. One of `errors` or `transactions` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**transactions** | getTransactions() | setTransactions($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Transaction[]**](Transaction.md) | An array of transactions that match your query. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListWorkweekConfigsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request for a set of `WorkweekConfig` objects
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ListWorkweekConfigsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request for a set of `WorkweekConfig` objects. Contains the requested `WorkweekConfig` objects. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**workweek_configs** | getWorkweekConfigs() | setWorkweekConfigs($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig[]**](WorkweekConfig.md) | A page of Employee Wage results. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next page of Employee Wage results. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Location
+
+### Description
+
+Represents one of a business's locations.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The location's unique ID. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The location's name. Location names are set by the account owner and displayed in the dashboard as the location's nickname | [optional]
+**address** | getAddress() | setAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The location's physical address. | [optional]
+**timezone** | getTimezone() | setTimezone($value) | **string** | The [IANA Timezone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) identifier for the location's timezone. | [optional]
+**capabilities** | getCapabilities() | setCapabilities($value) | **string[]** | Indicates which Square features are enabled for the location. See [LocationCapability](#type-locationcapability) for possible values | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | The location's status See [LocationStatus](#type-locationstatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the location was created, in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+**merchant_id** | getMerchantId() | setMerchantId($value) | **string** | The identifier of the merchant that owns the location. | [optional]
+**country** | getCountry() | setCountry($value) | **string** | The location's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values | [optional]
+**language_code** | getLanguageCode() | setLanguageCode($value) | **string** | The language associated with the location in [BCP 47 format](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47#appendix-A). | [optional]
+**currency** | getCurrency() | setCurrency($value) | **string** | The currency used for all transactions at this location, specified in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the currency for a location processing transactions in the United States is 'USD'. See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values | [optional]
+**phone_number** | getPhoneNumber() | setPhoneNumber($value) | **string** | The location's phone_number. | [optional]
+**business_name** | getBusinessName() | setBusinessName($value) | **string** | The location's business_name which is shown to its customers. For example, this is the name printed on its customer's receipts. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The location's type, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. Typically used to indicate whether or not the location object represents a physical space like a building or mall space. See [LocationType](#type-locationtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**website_url** | getWebsiteUrl() | setWebsiteUrl($value) | **string** | The location's website, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# LocationCapability
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates payment capabilities that a business's location might or might not have enabled.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**CREDIT_CARD_PROCESSING** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# LocationStatus
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the location's status.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ACTIVE** | string
+**INACTIVE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# LocationType
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the location's type.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**PHYSICAL** | string
+**MOBILE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ModelBreak
+
+### Description
+
+A record of an employee's break during a shift.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | UUID for this object | [optional]
+**start_at** | getStartAt() | setStartAt($value) | **string** | RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. |
+**end_at** | getEndAt() | setEndAt($value) | **string** | RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. The `end_at` minute is not counted when the break length is calculated. For example, a break from `00:00` to `00:11` is considered a 10 minute break (midnight to 10 minutes after midnight). | [optional]
+**break_type_id** | getBreakTypeId() | setBreakTypeId($value) | **string** | The `BreakType` this `Break` was templated on. |
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | A human-readable name. |
+**expected_duration** | getExpectedDuration() | setExpectedDuration($value) | **string** | Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of the break. |
+**is_paid** | getIsPaid() | setIsPaid($value) | **bool** | Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Money
+
+### Description
+
+Represents an amount of money. __Important:__ Unlike version 1 of the Connect API, __all monetary amounts returned by v2 endpoints are positive.__ (In v1, monetary amounts are negative if they represent money being paid _by_ a merchant, instead of money being paid _to_ a merchant.)
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**amount** | getAmount() | setAmount($value) | **int** | The amount of money, in the smallest denomination of the currency indicated by `currency`. For example, when `currency` is `USD`, `amount` is in cents. | [optional]
+**currency** | getCurrency() | setCurrency($value) | **string** | The type of currency, in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the currency code for US dollars is `USD`. See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ObtainTokenRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**client_id** | getClientId() | setClientId($value) | **string** | The Square-issued ID of your application, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). |
+**client_secret** | getClientSecret() | setClientSecret($value) | **string** | The Square-issued application secret for your application, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). |
+**code** | getCode() | setCode($value) | **string** | The authorization code to exchange. This is required if `grant_type` is set to `authorization_code`, to indicate that the application wants to exchange an authorization code for an OAuth access token. | [optional]
+**redirect_uri** | getRedirectUri() | setRedirectUri($value) | **string** | The redirect URL assigned in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). | [optional]
+**grant_type** | getGrantType() | setGrantType($value) | **string** | Specifies the method to request an OAuth access token. Valid values are: `authorization_code`, `refresh_token`, and `migration_token` |
+**refresh_token** | getRefreshToken() | setRefreshToken($value) | **string** | A valid refresh token for generating a new OAuth access token. A valid refresh token is required if `grant_type` is set to `refresh_token` , to indicate the application wants a replacement for an expired OAuth access token. | [optional]
+**migration_token** | getMigrationToken() | setMigrationToken($value) | **string** | Legacy OAuth access token obtained using a Connect API version prior to 2019-03-13. This parameter is required if `grant_type` is set to `migration_token` to indicate that the application wants to get a replacement OAuth access token. The response also returns a refresh token. For more information, see [Migrate to Using Refresh Tokens](/authz/oauth/migration). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ObtainTokenResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**access_token** | getAccessToken() | setAccessToken($value) | **string** | A valid OAuth access token. Provide the access token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. See the [Build with OAuth](/authz/oauth/build-with-the-api) guide for more information. | [optional]
+**token_type** | getTokenType() | setTokenType($value) | **string** | This value is always _bearer_. | [optional]
+**expires_at** | getExpiresAt() | setExpiresAt($value) | **string** | The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format. | [optional]
+**merchant_id** | getMerchantId() | setMerchantId($value) | **string** | The ID of the authorizing merchant's business. | [optional]
+**subscription_id** | getSubscriptionId() | setSubscriptionId($value) | **string** | __Legacy field__. The ID of a subscription plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization. | [optional]
+**plan_id** | getPlanId() | setPlanId($value) | **string** | The ID of the [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization. | [optional]
+**id_token** | getIdToken() | setIdToken($value) | **string** | Then OpenID token belonging to this this person. Only present if the OPENID scope is included in the authorize request. | [optional]
+**refresh_token** | getRefreshToken() | setRefreshToken($value) | **string** | A refresh token. For more information, see [OAuth access token management](/authz/oauth/how-it-works#oauth-access-token-management). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Order
+
+### Description
+
+Contains all information related to a single order to process with Square, including line items that specify the products to purchase
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The order's unique ID. This value is only present for Order objects created by the Orders API through the [CreateOrder](#endpoint-createorder) endpoint. | [optional]
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the merchant location this order is associated with. |
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | A client specified identifier to associate an entity in another system with this order. | [optional]
+**line_items** | getLineItems() | setLineItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItem[]**](OrderLineItem.md) | The line items included in the order. | [optional]
+**taxes** | getTaxes() | setTaxes($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[]**](OrderLineItemTax.md) | A list of taxes applied to this order. On read or retrieve, this list includes both order-level and item-level taxes. When creating an Order, set your order-level taxes in this list. | [optional]
+**discounts** | getDiscounts() | setDiscounts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[]**](OrderLineItemDiscount.md) | A list of discounts applied to this order. On read or retrieve, this list includes both order-level and item-level discounts. When creating an Order, set your order-level discounts in this list. | [optional]
+**fulfillments** | getFulfillments() | setFulfillments($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillment[]**](OrderFulfillment.md) | Details on order fulfillment. Orders can only be created with at most one fulfillment. However, orders returned by the API may contain multiple fulfillments. | [optional]
+**total_money** | getTotalMoney() | setTotalMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total amount of money to collect for the order. | [optional]
+**total_tax_money** | getTotalTaxMoney() | setTotalTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total tax amount of money to collect for the order. | [optional]
+**total_discount_money** | getTotalDiscountMoney() | setTotalDiscountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total discount amount of money to collect for the order. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderFulfillment
+
+### Description
+
+Contains details on how to fulfill this order.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The type of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentType](#type-orderfulfillmenttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**state** | getState() | setState($value) | **string** | The state of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentState](#type-orderfulfillmentstate) for possible values | [optional]
+**pickup_details** | getPickupDetails() | setPickupDetails($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails**](OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails.md) | Contains pickup-specific details. Required when fulfillment type is `PICKUP`. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails
+
+### Description
+
+Contains details necessary to fulfill a pickup order.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**recipient** | getRecipient() | setRecipient($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentRecipient**](OrderFulfillmentRecipient.md) | The recipient of this pickup fulfillment. | [optional]
+**expires_at** | getExpiresAt() | setExpiresAt($value) | **string** | The expiry [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". This timestamp indicates when the pickup fulfillment will expire if it is not accepted by the merchant. Expiration time can only be set up to 7 days in the future. If not set, this pickup fulfillment will be automatically accepted when placed. | [optional]
+**auto_complete_duration** | getAutoCompleteDuration() | setAutoCompleteDuration($value) | **string** | The auto completion duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". If set, an open and accepted pickup fulfillment will automatically move to the `COMPLETED` state after this period of time. If not set, this pickup fulfillment will remain accepted until it is canceled or completed. | [optional]
+**schedule_type** | getScheduleType() | setScheduleType($value) | **string** | The schedule type of the pickup fulfillment. Defaults to `SCHEDULED`. See [OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType](#type-orderfulfillmentpickupdetailsscheduletype) for possible values | [optional]
+**pickup_at** | getPickupAt() | setPickupAt($value) | **string** | The pickup [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". For fulfillments with the schedule type `ASAP`, this is automatically set to the current time plus the expected duration to prepare the fulfillment. This represents the start of the pickup window. | [optional]
+**pickup_window_duration** | getPickupWindowDuration() | setPickupWindowDuration($value) | **string** | The pickup window duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". This duration represents the window of time for which the order should be picked up after the `pickup_at` time. Can be used as an informational guideline for merchants. | [optional]
+**prep_time_duration** | getPrepTimeDuration() | setPrepTimeDuration($value) | **string** | The preparation time duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". This duration indicates how long it takes the merchant to prepare this fulfillment. | [optional]
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | A general note about the pickup fulfillment. Notes are useful for providing additional instructions and are displayed in Square apps. | [optional]
+**placed_at** | getPlacedAt() | setPlacedAt($value) | **string** | The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was placed. | [optional]
+**accepted_at** | getAcceptedAt() | setAcceptedAt($value) | **string** | The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was accepted by the merchant. | [optional]
+**rejected_at** | getRejectedAt() | setRejectedAt($value) | **string** | The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was rejected. | [optional]
+**ready_at** | getReadyAt() | setReadyAt($value) | **string** | The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the merchant set the fulfillment as ready for pickup. | [optional]
+**expired_at** | getExpiredAt() | setExpiredAt($value) | **string** | The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment expired. | [optional]
+**picked_up_at** | getPickedUpAt() | setPickedUpAt($value) | **string** | The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was picked up by the recipient. | [optional]
+**canceled_at** | getCanceledAt() | setCanceledAt($value) | **string** | The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was canceled by the merchant or buyer. | [optional]
+**cancel_reason** | getCancelReason() | setCancelReason($value) | **string** | A description of why the pickup was canceled. Max length is 100 characters. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType
+
+### Description
+
+The schedule type of the pickup fulfillment.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**SCHEDULED** | string
+**ASAP** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderFulfillmentRecipient
+
+### Description
+
+The recipient of a fulfillment.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**customer_id** | getCustomerId() | setCustomerId($value) | **string** | The Customer ID of the customer associated with the fulfillment. If customer_id is provided, the corresponding recipient information fields (`display_name`, `email_address`, and `phone_number`) are automatically populated from the relevant customer profile. If the targeted profile information does not contain the necessary required information, the request will result in an error. | [optional]
+**display_name** | getDisplayName() | setDisplayName($value) | **string** | The display name of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id. | [optional]
+**email_address** | getEmailAddress() | setEmailAddress($value) | **string** | The email address of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id. | [optional]
+**phone_number** | getPhoneNumber() | setPhoneNumber($value) | **string** | The phone number of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderFulfillmentState
+
+### Description
+
+The state of the fulfillment.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**PROPOSED** | string
+**RESERVED** | string
+**PREPARED** | string
+**COMPLETED** | string
+**CANCELED** | string
+**FAILED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderFulfillmentType
+
+### Description
+
+The type of fulfillment.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**PICKUP** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderLineItem
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a line item in an order. Each line item describes a different product to purchase, with its own quantity and price details.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The name of the line item. | [optional]
+**quantity** | getQuantity() | setQuantity($value) | **string** | The quantity purchased, as a string representation of a number. This string must have a positive integer value. |
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | The note of the line item. | [optional]
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) id applied to this line item. | [optional]
+**variation_name** | getVariationName() | setVariationName($value) | **string** | The name of the variation applied to this line item. | [optional]
+**modifiers** | getModifiers() | setModifiers($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemModifier[]**](OrderLineItemModifier.md) | The [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s applied to this line item. | [optional]
+**taxes** | getTaxes() | setTaxes($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[]**](OrderLineItemTax.md) | A list of taxes applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level taxes and any order-level taxes apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level taxes in this list. | [optional]
+**discounts** | getDiscounts() | setDiscounts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[]**](OrderLineItemDiscount.md) | A list of discounts applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level discounts and any order-level discounts apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level discounts in this list. | [optional]
+**base_price_money** | getBasePriceMoney() | setBasePriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The base price for a single unit of the line item. | [optional]
+**gross_sales_money** | getGrossSalesMoney() | setGrossSalesMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The gross sales amount of money calculated as (item base price + modifiers price) * quantity. | [optional]
+**total_tax_money** | getTotalTaxMoney() | setTotalTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total tax amount of money to collect for the line item. | [optional]
+**total_discount_money** | getTotalDiscountMoney() | setTotalDiscountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total discount amount of money to collect for the line item. | [optional]
+**total_money** | getTotalMoney() | setTotalMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total amount of money to collect for this line item. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderLineItemDiscount
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a discount that applies to one or more line items in an order. Fixed-amount, order-level discounts are distributed across all non-zero line item totals. The amount distributed to each line item is relative to that item’s contribution to the order subtotal.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The catalog object id referencing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount). | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The discount's name. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The type of the discount. If it is created by API, it would be either `FIXED_PERCENTAGE` or `FIXED_AMOUNT`. VARIABLE_* is not supported in API because the order is created at the time of sale and either percentage or amount has to be specified. See [OrderLineItemDiscountType](#type-orderlineitemdiscounttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**percentage** | getPercentage() | setPercentage($value) | **string** | The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. The percentage won't be set for an amount-based discount. | [optional]
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total monetary amount of the applicable discount. If it is at order level, it is the value of the order level discount. If it is at line item level, it is the value of the line item level discount. The amount_money won't be set for a percentage-based discount. | [optional]
+**applied_money** | getAppliedMoney() | setAppliedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of discount actually applied to this line item. Represents the amount of money applied to a line item as a discount When an amount-based discount is at order-level, this value is different from `amount_money` because the discount is distributed across the line items. | [optional]
+**scope** | getScope() | setScope($value) | **string** | Indicates the level at which the discount applies. This field is set by the server. If set in a CreateOrder request, it will be ignored on write. See [OrderLineItemDiscountScope](#type-orderlineitemdiscountscope) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderLineItemDiscountScope
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates whether this is a line item or order level discount.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**OTHER_DISCOUNT_SCOPE** | string
+**LINE_ITEM** | string
+**ORDER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderLineItemDiscountType
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates how the discount is applied to the associated line item or order.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**UNKNOWN_DISCOUNT** | string
+**FIXED_PERCENTAGE** | string
+**FIXED_AMOUNT** | string
+**VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE** | string
+**VARIABLE_AMOUNT** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderLineItemModifier
+
+### Description
+
+A [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The catalog object id referencing [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The name of the item modifier. | [optional]
+**base_price_money** | getBasePriceMoney() | setBasePriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price. | [optional]
+**total_price_money** | getTotalPriceMoney() | setTotalPriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total price of the item modifier for its line item. This is the modifier's base_price_money multiplied by the line item's quantity. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderLineItemTax
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a tax that applies to one or more line items in an order.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**catalog_object_id** | getCatalogObjectId() | setCatalogObjectId($value) | **string** | The catalog object id referencing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax). | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The tax's name. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | Indicates the calculation method used to apply the tax. See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**percentage** | getPercentage() | setPercentage($value) | **string** | The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. | [optional]
+**applied_money** | getAppliedMoney() | setAppliedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of the money applied by the tax in an order. | [optional]
+**scope** | getScope() | setScope($value) | **string** | Indicates the level at which the tax applies. This field is set by the server. If set in a CreateOrder request, it will be ignored on write. See [OrderLineItemTaxScope](#type-orderlineitemtaxscope) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderLineItemTaxScope
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates whether this is a line item or order level tax.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**OTHER_TAX_SCOPE** | string
+**LINE_ITEM** | string
+**ORDER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# OrderLineItemTaxType
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates how the tax is applied to the associated line item or order.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**UNKNOWN_TAX** | string
+**ADDITIVE** | string
+**INCLUSIVE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Product
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the Square product used to generate an inventory change.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**SQUARE_POS** | string
+**EXTERNAL_API** | string
+**BILLING** | string
+**APPOINTMENTS** | string
+**INVOICES** | string
+**ONLINE_STORE** | string
+**PAYROLL** | string
+**DASHBOARD** | string
+**ITEM_LIBRARY_IMPORT** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Refund
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a refund processed for a Square transaction.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The refund's unique ID. |
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the refund's associated location. |
+**transaction_id** | getTransactionId() | setTransactionId($value) | **string** | The ID of the transaction that the refunded tender is part of. |
+**tender_id** | getTenderId() | setTenderId($value) | **string** | The ID of the refunded tender. |
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+**reason** | getReason() | setReason($value) | **string** | The reason for the refund being issued. |
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of money refunded to the buyer. |
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | The current status of the refund (`PENDING`, `APPROVED`, `REJECTED`, or `FAILED`). See [RefundStatus](#type-refundstatus) for possible values |
+**processing_fee_money** | getProcessingFeeMoney() | setProcessingFeeMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of Square processing fee money refunded to the *merchant*. | [optional]
+**additional_recipients** | getAdditionalRecipients() | setAdditionalRecipients($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]**](AdditionalRecipient.md) | Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this refund. For example, fees assessed on a refund of a purchase by a third party integration. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RefundStatus
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates a refund's current status.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**PENDING** | string
+**APPROVED** | string
+**REJECTED** | string
+**FAILED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RegisterDomainRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the [RegisterDomain](#endpoint-registerdomain) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**domain_name** | getDomainName() | setDomainName($value) | **string** | A domain name as described in RFC-1034 that will be registered with ApplePay |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RegisterDomainResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [RegisterDomain](#endpoint-registerdomain) endpoint. Either `errors` or `status` will be present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | Status of the domain registration. See [RegisterDomainResponseStatus](#type-registerdomainresponsestatus) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RegisterDomainResponseStatus
+
+### Description
+
+The status of domain registration.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**PENDING** | string
+**VERIFIED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RenewTokenRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**access_token** | getAccessToken() | setAccessToken($value) | **string** | The token you want to renew. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RenewTokenResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**access_token** | getAccessToken() | setAccessToken($value) | **string** | The renewed access token. This value might be different from the `access_token` you provided in your request. You provide this token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. See [Request and response headers](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v2/#requestandresponseheaders) for the format of this header. | [optional]
+**token_type** | getTokenType() | setTokenType($value) | **string** | This value is always _bearer_. | [optional]
+**expires_at** | getExpiresAt() | setExpiresAt($value) | **string** | The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format. | [optional]
+**merchant_id** | getMerchantId() | setMerchantId($value) | **string** | The ID of the authorizing merchant's business. | [optional]
+**subscription_id** | getSubscriptionId() | setSubscriptionId($value) | **string** | The ID of the merchant [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) associated with the authorization. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization. | [optional]
+**plan_id** | getPlanId() | setPlanId($value) | **string** | The ID of the [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**include_related_objects** | getIncludeRelatedObjects() | setIncludeRelatedObjects($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. Default value: `false` | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**object** | getObject() | setObject($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject**](CatalogObject.md) | The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned. | [optional]
+**related_objects** | getRelatedObjects() | setRelatedObjects($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `object` field. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveCustomerRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveCustomerResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [RetrieveCustomer](#endpoint-retrievecustomer) endpoint. One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**customer** | getCustomer() | setCustomer($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Customer**](Customer.md) | The requested customer. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveEmployeeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Retrieve an employee by `Employee.id`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveEmployeeResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [RetrieveEmployee](#endpoint-retrieveemployee) endpoint. One of `errors` or `employee` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**employee** | getEmployee() | setEmployee($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Employee**](Employee.md) | The response object. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**adjustment** | getAdjustment() | setAdjustment($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment**](InventoryAdjustment.md) | The requested [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveInventoryChangesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_ids** | getLocationIds() | setLocationIds($value) | **string** | The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**changes** | getChanges() | setChanges($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]**](InventoryChange.md) | The set of inventory changes for the requested object and locations. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveInventoryCountRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_ids** | getLocationIds() | setLocationIds($value) | **string** | The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveInventoryCountResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**counts** | getCounts() | setCounts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]**](InventoryCount.md) | The current calculated inventory counts for the requested object and locations. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**count** | getCount() | setCount($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount**](InventoryPhysicalCount.md) | The requested [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveTransactionRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RetrieveTransactionResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [RetrieveTransaction](#endpont-retrievetransaction) endpoint. One of `errors` or `transaction` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**transaction** | getTransaction() | setTransaction($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Transaction**](Transaction.md) | The requested transaction. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RevokeTokenRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**client_id** | getClientId() | setClientId($value) | **string** | Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). | [optional]
+**access_token** | getAccessToken() | setAccessToken($value) | **string** | The access token of the merchant whose token you want to revoke. Do not provide a value for merchant_id if you provide this parameter. | [optional]
+**merchant_id** | getMerchantId() | setMerchantId($value) | **string** | The ID of the merchant whose token you want to revoke. Do not provide a value for access_token if you provide this parameter. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# RevokeTokenResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**success** | getSuccess() | setSuccess($value) | **bool** | If the request is successful, this is true. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SearchCatalogObjectsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+**object_types** | getObjectTypes() | setObjectTypes($value) | **string[]** | The desired set of object types to appear in the search results. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`. See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**include_deleted_objects** | getIncludeDeletedObjects() | setIncludeDeletedObjects($value) | **bool** | If `true`, deleted objects will be included in the results. Deleted objects will have their `is_deleted` field set to `true`. | [optional]
+**include_related_objects** | getIncludeRelatedObjects() | setIncludeRelatedObjects($value) | **bool** | If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is returned in the object field of the response, its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response. If a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) is returned in the object field of the response, its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response. | [optional]
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | Return objects modified after this [timestamp](#workingwithdates), in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". The timestamp is exclusive - objects with a timestamp equal to `begin_time` will not be included in the response. | [optional]
+**query** | getQuery() | setQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuery**](CatalogQuery.md) | A query to be used to filter or sort the results. If no query is specified, the entire catalog will be returned. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. The limit is advisory - the implementation may return more or fewer results. If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of 1,000, it will be ignored. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SearchCatalogObjectsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+**objects** | getObjects() | setObjects($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned. | [optional]
+**related_objects** | getRelatedObjects() | setRelatedObjects($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]**](CatalogObject.md) | A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the objects in the `objects` field. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SearchCustomersRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields included in the request body for the [SearchCustomers](#endpoint-searchcustomer) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | Include the pagination cursor in subsequent calls to this endpoint to retrieve the next set of results associated with the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. The limit is advisory - the implementation may return more or fewer results. If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of 1,000, it will be ignored. | [optional]
+**query** | getQuery() | setQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerQuery**](CustomerQuery.md) | Query customers based on the given conditions and sort order. Calling SearchCustomers without an explicit query parameter will return all customers ordered alphabetically based on `given_name` and `family_name`. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SearchCustomersResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [SearchCustomers](#endpoint-searchcustomers) endpoint. One of `errors` or `customers` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**customers** | getCustomers() | setCustomers($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Customer[]**](Customer.md) | An array of `Customer` objects that match a query. | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor that can be used during subsequent calls to SearchCustomers to retrieve the next set of results associated with the original query. Pagination cursors are only present when a request succeeds and additional results are available. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SearchShiftsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request for a filtered and sorted set of `Shift` objects.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**query** | getQuery() | setQuery($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftQuery**](ShiftQuery.md) | Query filters. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | number of resources in a page (200 by default). | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | opaque cursor for fetching the next page. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SearchShiftsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request for `Shift` objects. Contains the requested `Shift` objects. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**shifts** | getShifts() | setShifts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Shift[]**](Shift.md) | Shifts | [optional]
+**cursor** | getCursor() | setCursor($value) | **string** | Opaque cursor for fetching the next page. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Shift
+
+### Description
+
+A record of the hourly rate, start, and end times for a single work shift for an employee. May include a record of the start and end times for breaks taken during the shift.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | UUID for this object | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The ID of the employee this shift belongs to. |
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the location this shift occurred at. Should be based on where the employee clocked in. | [optional]
+**timezone** | getTimezone() | setTimezone($value) | **string** | Read-only convenience value that is calculated from the location based on `location_id`. Format: the IANA Timezone Database identifier for the location timezone. | [optional]
+**start_at** | getStartAt() | setStartAt($value) | **string** | RFC 3339; shifted to location timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. |
+**end_at** | getEndAt() | setEndAt($value) | **string** | RFC 3339; shifted to timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. The `end_at` minute is not counted when the shift length is calculated. For example, a shift from `00:00` to `08:01` is considered an 8 hour shift (midnight to 8am). | [optional]
+**wage** | getWage() | setWage($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWage**](ShiftWage.md) | Job and pay related information. | [optional]
+**breaks** | getBreaks() | setBreaks($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ModelBreak[]**](ModelBreak.md) | A list of any paid or unpaid breaks that were taken during this shift. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | Describes working state of the current `Shift`. See [ShiftStatus](#type-shiftstatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**version** | getVersion() | setVersion($value) | **int** | Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftFilter
+
+### Description
+
+Defines a filter used in a search for `Shift` records. `AND` logic is used by Square's servers to apply each filter property specified.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string[]** | Fetch shifts for the specified location. | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string[]** | Fetch shifts for the specified employee. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | Fetch a `Shift` instance by `Shift.status`. See [ShiftFilterStatus](#type-shiftfilterstatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**start** | getStart() | setStart($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange**](TimeRange.md) | Fetch `Shift`s that start in the time range - Inclusive. | [optional]
+**end** | getEnd() | setEnd($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange**](TimeRange.md) | Fetch the `Shift`s that end in the time range - Inclusive. | [optional]
+**workday** | getWorkday() | setWorkday($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWorkday**](ShiftWorkday.md) | Fetch the `Shift`s based on workday date range. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftFilterStatus
+
+### Description
+
+Specifies the `status` of `Shift` records to be returned.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**OPEN** | string
+**CLOSED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftQuery
+
+### Description
+
+The parameters of a `Shift` search query. Includes filter and sort options.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**filter** | getFilter() | setFilter($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftFilter**](ShiftFilter.md) | Query filter options | [optional]
+**sort** | getSort() | setSort($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftSort**](ShiftSort.md) | Sort order details | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftSort
+
+### Description
+
+Sets the sort order of search results.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**field** | getField() | setField($value) | **string** | The field to sort on. See [ShiftSortField](#type-shiftsortfield) for possible values | [optional]
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which results are returned. Defaults to DESC. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftSortField
+
+### Description
+
+Enumerates the `Shift` fields to sort on.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**START_AT** | string
+**END_AT** | string
+**CREATED_AT** | string
+**UPDATED_AT** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftStatus
+
+### Description
+
+Enumerates the possible status of a `Shift`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**OPEN** | string
+**CLOSED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftWage
+
+### Description
+
+The hourly wage rate used to compensate an employee for this shift.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**title** | getTitle() | setTitle($value) | **string** | The name of the job performed during this shift. Square labor-reporting UIs may group shifts together by title. | [optional]
+**hourly_rate** | getHourlyRate() | setHourlyRate($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per week. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftWorkday
+
+### Description
+
+A `Shift` search query filter parameter that sets a range of days that a `Shift` must start or end in before passing the filter condition.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**date_range** | getDateRange() | setDateRange($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\DateRange**](DateRange.md) | Dates for fetching the shifts | [optional]
+**match_shifts_by** | getMatchShiftsBy() | setMatchShiftsBy($value) | **string** | The strategy on which the dates are applied. See [ShiftWorkdayMatcher](#type-shiftworkdaymatcher) for possible values | [optional]
+**default_timezone** | getDefaultTimezone() | setDefaultTimezone($value) | **string** | Location-specific timezones convert workdays to datetime filters. Every location included in the query must have a timezone, or this field must be provided as a fallback. Format: the IANA timezone database identifier for the relevant timezone. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# ShiftWorkdayMatcher
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the logic used to apply a workday filter.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**START_AT** | string
+**END_AT** | string
+**INTERSECTION** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SortOrder
+
+### Description
+
+The order (e.g., chronological or alphabetical) in which results from a request are returned.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**DESC** | string
+**ASC** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# SourceApplication
+
+### Description
+
+Provides information about the application used to generate an inventory change.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**product** | getProduct() | setProduct($value) | **string** | Read-only [Product](#type-product) type for the application. See [Product](#type-product) for possible values | [optional]
+**application_id** | getApplicationId() | setApplicationId($value) | **string** | Read-only Square ID assigned to the application. Only used for [Product](#type-product) type `EXTERNAL_API`. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | Read-only display name assigned to the application (e.g. `\"Custom Application\"`, `\"Square POS 4.74 for Android\"`). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TaxCalculationPhase
+
+### Description
+
+When to calculate the taxes due on a cart.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**TAX_SUBTOTAL_PHASE** | string
+**TAX_TOTAL_PHASE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TaxInclusionType
+
+### Description
+
+Whether to the tax amount should be additional to or included in to the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) price.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ADDITIVE** | string
+**INCLUSIVE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Tender
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a tender (i.e., a method of payment) used in a Square transaction.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The tender's unique ID. | [optional]
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the transaction's associated location. | [optional]
+**transaction_id** | getTransactionId() | setTransactionId($value) | **string** | The ID of the tender's associated transaction. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the tender was created, in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | An optional note associated with the tender at the time of payment. | [optional]
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of the tender. | [optional]
+**tip_money** | getTipMoney() | setTipMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The tip's amount of the tender. | [optional]
+**processing_fee_money** | getProcessingFeeMoney() | setProcessingFeeMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of any Square processing fees applied to the tender. This field is not immediately populated when a new transaction is created. It is usually available after about ten seconds. | [optional]
+**customer_id** | getCustomerId() | setCustomerId($value) | **string** | If the tender is associated with a customer or represents a customer's card on file, this is the ID of the associated customer. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The type of tender, such as `CARD` or `CASH`. See [TenderType](#type-tendertype) for possible values |
+**card_details** | getCardDetails() | setCardDetails($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\TenderCardDetails**](TenderCardDetails.md) | The details of the card tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CARD`. | [optional]
+**cash_details** | getCashDetails() | setCashDetails($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\TenderCashDetails**](TenderCashDetails.md) | The details of the cash tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CASH`. | [optional]
+**additional_recipients** | getAdditionalRecipients() | setAdditionalRecipients($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]**](AdditionalRecipient.md) | Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender. For example, fees assessed on the purchase by a third party integration. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TenderCardDetails
+
+### Description
+
+Represents additional details of a tender with `type` `CARD` or `SQUARE_GIFT_CARD`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | The credit card payment's current state (such as `AUTHORIZED` or `CAPTURED`). See [TenderCardDetailsStatus](#type-tendercarddetailsstatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**card** | getCard() | setCard($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Card**](Card.md) | The credit card's non-confidential details. | [optional]
+**entry_method** | getEntryMethod() | setEntryMethod($value) | **string** | The method used to enter the card's details for the transaction. See [TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod](#type-tendercarddetailsentrymethod) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the method used to enter the card's details.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**SWIPED** | string
+**KEYED** | string
+**EMV** | string
+**ON_FILE** | string
+**CONTACTLESS** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TenderCardDetailsStatus
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the card transaction's current status.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**AUTHORIZED** | string
+**CAPTURED** | string
+**VOIDED** | string
+**FAILED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TenderCashDetails
+
+### Description
+
+Represents the details of a tender with `type` `CASH`.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**buyer_tendered_money** | getBuyerTenderedMoney() | setBuyerTenderedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The total amount of cash provided by the buyer, before change is given. | [optional]
+**change_back_money** | getChangeBackMoney() | setChangeBackMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Money**](Money.md) | The amount of change returned to the buyer. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TenderType
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates a tender's type.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**CARD** | string
+**CASH** | string
+**THIRD_PARTY_CARD** | string
+**SQUARE_GIFT_CARD** | string
+**NO_SALE** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TimeRange
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a generic time range. The start and end values are represented in RFC-3339 format. Time ranges are customized to be inclusive or exclusive based on the needs of a particular endpoint. Refer to the relevent endpoint-specific documentation to determine how time ranges are handled.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**start_at** | getStartAt() | setStartAt($value) | **string** | A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range starts. | [optional]
+**end_at** | getEndAt() | setEndAt($value) | **string** | A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range ends. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Transaction
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a transaction processed with Square, either with the Connect API or with Square Point of Sale. The `tenders` field of this object lists all methods of payment used to pay in the transaction.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The transaction's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers. | [optional]
+**location_id** | getLocationId() | setLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the transaction's associated location. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the transaction was created, in RFC 3339 format. | [optional]
+**tenders** | getTenders() | setTenders($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Tender[]**](Tender.md) | The tenders used to pay in the transaction. | [optional]
+**refunds** | getRefunds() | setRefunds($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Refund[]**](Refund.md) | Refunds that have been applied to any tender in the transaction. | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | If the transaction was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint, this value is the same as the value provided for the `reference_id` parameter in the request to that endpoint. Otherwise, it is not set. | [optional]
+**product** | getProduct() | setProduct($value) | **string** | The Square product that processed the transaction. See [TransactionProduct](#type-transactionproduct) for possible values | [optional]
+**client_id** | getClientId() | setClientId($value) | **string** | If the transaction was created in the Square Point of Sale app, this value is the ID generated for the transaction by Square Point of Sale. This ID has no relationship to the transaction's canonical `id`, which is generated by Square's backend servers. This value is generated for bookkeeping purposes, in case the transaction cannot immediately be completed (for example, if the transaction is processed in offline mode). It is not currently possible with the Connect API to perform a transaction lookup by this value. | [optional]
+**shipping_address** | getShippingAddress() | setShippingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The shipping address provided in the request, if any. | [optional]
+**order_id** | getOrderId() | setOrderId($value) | **string** | The order_id is an identifier for the order associated with this transaction, if any. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# TransactionProduct
+
+### Description
+
+Indicates the Square product used to process a transaction.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**REGISTER** | string
+**EXTERNAL_API** | string
+**BILLING** | string
+**APPOINTMENTS** | string
+**INVOICES** | string
+**ONLINE_STORE** | string
+**PAYROLL** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateBreakTypeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to update a `BreakType`
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**break_type** | getBreakType() | setBreakType($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType**](BreakType.md) | The updated `BreakType`. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateBreakTypeResponse
+
+### Description
+
+A response to a request to update a `BreakType`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**break_type** | getBreakType() | setBreakType($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType**](BreakType.md) | The response object. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateCustomerRequest
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the [UpdateCustomer](#endpoint-updatecustomer) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**given_name** | getGivenName() | setGivenName($value) | **string** | The customer's given (i.e., first) name. | [optional]
+**family_name** | getFamilyName() | setFamilyName($value) | **string** | The customer's family (i.e., last) name. | [optional]
+**company_name** | getCompanyName() | setCompanyName($value) | **string** | The name of the customer's company. | [optional]
+**nickname** | getNickname() | setNickname($value) | **string** | A nickname for the customer. | [optional]
+**email_address** | getEmailAddress() | setEmailAddress($value) | **string** | The customer's email address. | [optional]
+**address** | getAddress() | setAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The customer's physical address. | [optional]
+**phone_number** | getPhoneNumber() | setPhoneNumber($value) | **string** | The customer's phone number. | [optional]
+**reference_id** | getReferenceId() | setReferenceId($value) | **string** | An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system. | [optional]
+**note** | getNote() | setNote($value) | **string** | An optional note to associate with the customer. | [optional]
+**birthday** | getBirthday() | setBirthday($value) | **string** | The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateCustomerResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [UpdateCustomer](#endpoint-updatecustomer) endpoint. One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both).
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**customer** | getCustomer() | setCustomer($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Customer**](Customer.md) | The updated customer. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateItemModifierListsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**item_ids** | getItemIds() | setItemIds($value) | **string[]** | The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s are being updated. |
+**modifier_lists_to_enable** | getModifierListsToEnable() | setModifierListsToEnable($value) | **string[]** | The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to enable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | [optional]
+**modifier_lists_to_disable** | getModifierListsToDisable() | setModifierListsToDisable($value) | **string[]** | The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to disable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateItemModifierListsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateItemTaxesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**item_ids** | getItemIds() | setItemIds($value) | **string[]** | The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose enabled/disabled [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es are being updated. |
+**taxes_to_enable** | getTaxesToEnable() | setTaxesToEnable($value) | **string[]** | The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to enable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | [optional]
+**taxes_to_disable** | getTaxesToDisable() | setTaxesToDisable($value) | **string[]** | The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to disable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateItemTaxesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateShiftRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to update a `Shift` object.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**shift** | getShift() | setShift($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Shift**](Shift.md) | The updated `Shift` object. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateShiftResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request to update a `Shift`. Contains the updated `Shift` object. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**shift** | getShift() | setShift($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Shift**](Shift.md) | The updated `Shift`. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest
+
+### Description
+
+A request to update a `WorkweekConfig` object
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**workweek_config** | getWorkweekConfig() | setWorkweekConfig($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig**](WorkweekConfig.md) | The updated `WorkweekConfig` object. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse
+
+### Description
+
+The response to a request to update a `WorkweekConfig` object. Contains the updated `WorkweekConfig` object. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**workweek_config** | getWorkweekConfig() | setWorkweekConfig($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig**](WorkweekConfig.md) | The response object. | [optional]
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpsertCatalogObjectRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**idempotency_key** | getIdempotencyKey() | setIdempotencyKey($value) | **string** | A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. |
+**object** | getObject() | setObject($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject**](CatalogObject.md) | A [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be created or updated. The object's `is_deleted` field must not be set to `true`. When creating a new object, the object's ID must either start with a `#` character or be left blank. In either case it will be replaced with a server-generated ID. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# UpsertCatalogObjectResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | [optional]
+**catalog_object** | getCatalogObject() | setCatalogObject($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject**](CatalogObject.md) | The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject). | [optional]
+**id_mappings** | getIdMappings() | setIdMappings($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[]**](CatalogIdMapping.md) | The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1AdjustInventoryRequest
+
+### Description
+
+V1AdjustInventoryRequest
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**quantity_delta** | getQuantityDelta() | setQuantityDelta($value) | **float** | The number to adjust the variation's quantity by. | [optional]
+**adjustment_type** | getAdjustmentType() | setAdjustmentType($value) | **string** | The reason for the inventory adjustment. See [V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType](#type-v1adjustinventoryrequestadjustmenttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**memo** | getMemo() | setMemo($value) | **string** | A note about the inventory adjustment. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**SALE** | string
+**RECEIVE_STOCK** | string
+**MANUAL_ADJUST** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ApplyFeeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ApplyModifierListRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1BankAccount
+
+### Description
+
+V1BankAccount
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The bank account's Square-issued ID. | [optional]
+**merchant_id** | getMerchantId() | setMerchantId($value) | **string** | The Square-issued ID of the merchant associated with the bank account. | [optional]
+**bank_name** | getBankName() | setBankName($value) | **string** | The name of the bank that manages the account. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The name associated with the bank account. | [optional]
+**routing_number** | getRoutingNumber() | setRoutingNumber($value) | **string** | The bank account's routing number. | [optional]
+**account_number_suffix** | getAccountNumberSuffix() | setAccountNumberSuffix($value) | **string** | The last few digits of the bank account number. | [optional]
+**currency_code** | getCurrencyCode() | setCurrencyCode($value) | **string** | The currency code of the currency associated with the bank account, in ISO 4217 format. For example, the currency code for US dollars is USD. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The bank account's type (for example, savings or checking). See [V1BankAccountType](#type-v1bankaccounttype) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1BankAccountType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**BUSINESS_CHECKING** | string
+**CHECKING** | string
+**INVESTMENT** | string
+**LOAN** | string
+**SAVINGS** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CashDrawerEvent
+
+### Description
+
+V1CashDrawerEvent
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The event's unique ID. | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The ID of the employee that created the event. | [optional]
+**event_type** | getEventType() | setEventType($value) | **string** | The type of event that occurred. See [V1CashDrawerEventEventType](#type-v1cashdrawereventeventtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**event_money** | getEventMoney() | setEventMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money that was added to or removed from the cash drawer because of the event. This value can be positive (for added money) or negative (for removed money). | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the event occurred, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**description** | getDescription() | setDescription($value) | **string** | An optional description of the event, entered by the employee that created it. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CashDrawerEventEventType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**NO_SALE** | string
+**CASH_TENDER_PAYMENT** | string
+**OTHER_TENDER_PAYMENT** | string
+**CASH_TENDER_CANCELED_PAYMENT** | string
+**OTHER_TENDER_CANCELED_PAYMENT** | string
+**CASH_TENDER_REFUND** | string
+**OTHER_TENDER_REFUND** | string
+**PAID_IN** | string
+**PAID_OUT** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CashDrawerShift
+
+### Description
+
+V1CashDrawerShift
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The shift's unique ID. | [optional]
+**event_type** | getEventType() | setEventType($value) | **string** | The shift's current state. See [V1CashDrawerShiftEventType](#type-v1cashdrawershifteventtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**opened_at** | getOpenedAt() | setOpenedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the shift began, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**ended_at** | getEndedAt() | setEndedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the shift ended, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**closed_at** | getClosedAt() | setClosedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the shift was closed, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**employee_ids** | getEmployeeIds() | setEmployeeIds($value) | **string[]** | The IDs of all employees that were logged into Square Register at some point during the cash drawer shift. | [optional]
+**opening_employee_id** | getOpeningEmployeeId() | setOpeningEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The ID of the employee that started the cash drawer shift. | [optional]
+**ending_employee_id** | getEndingEmployeeId() | setEndingEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The ID of the employee that ended the cash drawer shift. | [optional]
+**closing_employee_id** | getClosingEmployeeId() | setClosingEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The ID of the employee that closed the cash drawer shift by auditing the cash drawer's contents. | [optional]
+**description** | getDescription() | setDescription($value) | **string** | The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**starting_cash_money** | getStartingCashMoney() | setStartingCashMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money in the cash drawer at the start of the shift. | [optional]
+**cash_payment_money** | getCashPaymentMoney() | setCashPaymentMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money added to the cash drawer from cash payments. | [optional]
+**cash_refunds_money** | getCashRefundsMoney() | setCashRefundsMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money removed from the cash drawer from cash refunds. This value is always negative or zero. | [optional]
+**cash_paid_in_money** | getCashPaidInMoney() | setCashPaidInMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money added to the cash drawer for reasons other than cash payments. | [optional]
+**cash_paid_out_money** | getCashPaidOutMoney() | setCashPaidOutMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money removed from the cash drawer for reasons other than cash refunds. | [optional]
+**expected_cash_money** | getExpectedCashMoney() | setExpectedCashMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money that should be in the cash drawer at the end of the shift, based on the shift's other money amounts. | [optional]
+**closed_cash_money** | getClosedCashMoney() | setClosedCashMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money found in the cash drawer at the end of the shift by an auditing employee. | [optional]
+**device** | getDevice() | setDevice($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Device**](Device.md) | The device running Square Register that was connected to the cash drawer. | [optional]
+**events** | getEvents() | setEvents($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerEvent[]**](V1CashDrawerEvent.md) | All of the events (payments, refunds, and so on) that involved the cash drawer during the shift. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CashDrawerShiftEventType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**OPEN** | string
+**ENDED** | string
+**CLOSED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Category
+
+### Description
+
+V1Category
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The category's unique ID. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The category's name. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateCategoryRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category**](V1Category.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateDiscountRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount**](V1Discount.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**employee_role** | getEmployeeRole() | setEmployeeRole($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole**](V1EmployeeRole.md) | An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateFeeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee**](V1Fee.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateItemRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](V1Item.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateModifierListRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList**](V1ModifierList.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateModifierOptionRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption**](V1ModifierOption.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreatePageRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](V1Page.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateRefundRequest
+
+### Description
+
+V1CreateRefundRequest
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**payment_id** | getPaymentId() | setPaymentId($value) | **string** | The ID of the payment to refund. If you are creating a `PARTIAL` refund for a split tender payment, instead provide the id of the particular tender you want to refund. |
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | TThe type of refund (FULL or PARTIAL). See [V1CreateRefundRequestType](#type-v1createrefundrequesttype) for possible values |
+**reason** | getReason() | setReason($value) | **string** | The reason for the refund. |
+**refunded_money** | getRefundedMoney() | setRefundedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money to refund. Required only for PARTIAL refunds. | [optional]
+**request_idempotence_key** | getRequestIdempotenceKey() | setRequestIdempotenceKey($value) | **string** | An optional key to ensure idempotence if you issue the same PARTIAL refund request more than once. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateRefundRequestType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**FULL** | string
+**PARTIAL** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1CreateVariationRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation**](V1Variation.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteCategoryRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteDiscountRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteFeeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteItemRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteModifierListRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeletePageCellRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**row** | getRow() | setRow($value) | **string** | The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row. | [optional]
+**column** | getColumn() | setColumn($value) | **string** | The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeletePageRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteTimecardRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteTimecardResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DeleteVariationRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Discount
+
+### Description
+
+V1Discount
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The discount's unique ID. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The discount's name. | [optional]
+**rate** | getRate() | setRate($value) | **string** | The rate of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. This rate is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE. | [optional]
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of the discount. This amount is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_AMOUNT. This field is not included for rate-based discounts. | [optional]
+**discount_type** | getDiscountType() | setDiscountType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the discount is a FIXED value or entered at the time of sale. See [V1DiscountDiscountType](#type-v1discountdiscounttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**pin_required** | getPinRequired() | setPinRequired($value) | **bool** | Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment. | [optional]
+**color** | getColor() | setColor($value) | **string** | The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. The default color is 9da2a6. See [V1DiscountColor](#type-v1discountcolor) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DiscountColor
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**9da2a6** | string
+**4ab200** | string
+**0b8000** | string
+**2952cc** | string
+**a82ee5** | string
+**e5457a** | string
+**b21212** | string
+**593c00** | string
+**e5BF00** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1DiscountDiscountType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**FIXED** | string
+**VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE** | string
+**VARIABLE_AMOUNT** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Employee
+
+### Description
+
+Represents one of a business's employees.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The employee's unique ID. | [optional]
+**first_name** | getFirstName() | setFirstName($value) | **string** | The employee's first name. |
+**last_name** | getLastName() | setLastName($value) | **string** | The employee's last name. |
+**role_ids** | getRoleIds() | setRoleIds($value) | **string[]** | The ids of the employee's associated roles. Currently, you can specify only one or zero roles per employee. | [optional]
+**authorized_location_ids** | getAuthorizedLocationIds() | setAuthorizedLocationIds($value) | **string[]** | The IDs of the locations the employee is allowed to clock in at. | [optional]
+**email** | getEmail() | setEmail($value) | **string** | The employee's email address. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | CWhether the employee is ACTIVE or INACTIVE. Inactive employees cannot sign in to Square Register.Merchants update this field from the Square Dashboard. See [V1EmployeeStatus](#type-v1employeestatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**external_id** | getExternalId() | setExternalId($value) | **string** | An ID the merchant can set to associate the employee with an entity in another system. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1EmployeeRole
+
+### Description
+
+V1EmployeeRole
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The role's unique ID, Can only be set by Square. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The role's merchant-defined name. |
+**permissions** | getPermissions() | setPermissions($value) | **string[]** | The role's permissions. See [V1EmployeeRolePermissions](#type-v1employeerolepermissions) for possible values |
+**is_owner** | getIsOwner() | setIsOwner($value) | **bool** | If true, employees with this role have all permissions, regardless of the values indicated in permissions. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role is created. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role updated. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1EmployeeRolePermissions
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**REGISTER_ACCESS_SALES_HISTORY** | string
+**REGISTER_APPLY_RESTRICTED_DISCOUNTS** | string
+**REGISTER_CHANGE_SETTINGS** | string
+**REGISTER_EDIT_ITEM** | string
+**REGISTER_ISSUE_REFUNDS** | string
+**REGISTER_OPEN_CASH_DRAWER_OUTSIDE_SALE** | string
+**REGISTER_VIEW_SUMMARY_REPORTS** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1EmployeeStatus
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ACTIVE** | string
+**INACTIVE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Fee
+
+### Description
+
+V1Fee
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The fee's unique ID. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The fee's name. | [optional]
+**rate** | getRate() | setRate($value) | **string** | The rate of the fee, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. | [optional]
+**calculation_phase** | getCalculationPhase() | setCalculationPhase($value) | **string** | Forthcoming See [V1FeeCalculationPhase](#type-v1feecalculationphase) for possible values | [optional]
+**adjustment_type** | getAdjustmentType() | setAdjustmentType($value) | **string** | The type of adjustment the fee applies to a payment. Currently, this value is TAX for all fees. See [V1FeeAdjustmentType](#type-v1feeadjustmenttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**applies_to_custom_amounts** | getAppliesToCustomAmounts() | setAppliesToCustomAmounts($value) | **bool** | If true, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into Square Register that are not associated with a particular item. | [optional]
+**enabled** | getEnabled() | setEnabled($value) | **bool** | If true, the fee is applied to all appropriate items. If false, the fee is not applied at all. | [optional]
+**inclusion_type** | getInclusionType() | setInclusionType($value) | **string** | Whether the fee is ADDITIVE or INCLUSIVE. See [V1FeeInclusionType](#type-v1feeinclusiontype) for possible values | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | In countries with multiple classifications for sales taxes, indicates which classification the fee falls under. Currently relevant only to Canadian merchants. See [V1FeeType](#type-v1feetype) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1FeeAdjustmentType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**TAX** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1FeeCalculationPhase
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**FEE_SUBTOTAL_PHASE** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+**FEE_TOTAL_PHASE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1FeeInclusionType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ADDITIVE** | string
+**INCLUSIVE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1FeeType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**CA_GST** | string
+**CA_HST** | string
+**CA_PST** | string
+**CA_QST** | string
+**JP_CONSUMPTION_TAX** | string
+**CA_PEI_PST** | string
+**US_SALES_TAX** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1InventoryEntry
+
+### Description
+
+V1InventoryEntry
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**variation_id** | getVariationId() | setVariationId($value) | **string** | The variation that the entry corresponds to. | [optional]
+**quantity_on_hand** | getQuantityOnHand() | setQuantityOnHand($value) | **float** | The current available quantity of the item variation. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Item
+
+### Description
+
+V1Item
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The item's ID. Must be unique among all entity IDs ever provided on behalf of the merchant. You can never reuse an ID. This value can include alphanumeric characters, dashes (-), and underscores (_). | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The item's name. | [optional]
+**description** | getDescription() | setDescription($value) | **string** | The item's description. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The item's type. This value is NORMAL for almost all items. See [V1ItemType](#type-v1itemtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**color** | getColor() | setColor($value) | **string** | The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. The default color is 9da2a6. See [V1ItemColor](#type-v1itemcolor) for possible values | [optional]
+**abbreviation** | getAbbreviation() | setAbbreviation($value) | **string** | The text of the item's display label in Square Register. Only up to the first five characters of the string are used. | [optional]
+**visibility** | getVisibility() | setVisibility($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the item is viewable from the merchant's online store (PUBLIC) or PRIVATE. See [V1ItemVisibility](#type-v1itemvisibility) for possible values | [optional]
+**available_online** | getAvailableOnline() | setAvailableOnline($value) | **bool** | If true, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store. | [optional]
+**master_image** | getMasterImage() | setMasterImage($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ItemImage**](V1ItemImage.md) | The item's master image, if any. | [optional]
+**category** | getCategory() | setCategory($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category**](V1Category.md) | The category the item belongs to, if any. | [optional]
+**variations** | getVariations() | setVariations($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[]**](V1Variation.md) | The item's variations. You must specify at least one variation. | [optional]
+**modifier_lists** | getModifierLists() | setModifierLists($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[]**](V1Variation.md) | The modifier lists that apply to the item, if any. | [optional]
+**fees** | getFees() | setFees($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]**](V1Fee.md) | The fees that apply to the item, if any. | [optional]
+**taxable** | getTaxable() | setTaxable($value) | **bool** | Deprecated. This field is not used. | [optional]
+**category_id** | getCategoryId() | setCategoryId($value) | **string** | The ID of the item's category, if any. | [optional]
+**available_for_pickup** | getAvailableForPickup() | setAvailableForPickup($value) | **bool** | If true, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store. Default value: false | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ItemColor
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**9da2a6** | string
+**4ab200** | string
+**0b8000** | string
+**2952cc** | string
+**a82ee5** | string
+**e5457a** | string
+**b21212** | string
+**593c00** | string
+**e5BF00** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ItemImage
+
+### Description
+
+V1ItemImage
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The image's unique ID. | [optional]
+**url** | getUrl() | setUrl($value) | **string** | The image's publicly accessible URL. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ItemType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**NORMAL** | string
+**GIFT_CARD** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ItemVisibility
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**PUBLIC** | string
+**PRIVATE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListBankAccountsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListBankAccountsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]**](V1BankAccount.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days. | [optional]
+**end_time** | getEndTime() | setEndTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]**](V1CashDrawerShift.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListCategoriesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListCategoriesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]**](V1Category.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListDiscountsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListDiscountsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]**](V1Discount.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | [optional]
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListEmployeeRolesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]**](V1EmployeeRole.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListEmployeesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**begin_updated_at** | getBeginUpdatedAt() | setBeginUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format | [optional]
+**end_updated_at** | getEndUpdatedAt() | setEndUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**begin_created_at** | getBeginCreatedAt() | setBeginCreatedAt($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**end_created_at** | getEndCreatedAt() | setEndCreatedAt($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE). See [V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus](#type-v1listemployeesrequeststatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**external_id** | getExternalId() | setExternalId($value) | **string** | If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | [optional]
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ACTIVE** | string
+**INACTIVE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListEmployeesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]**](V1Employee.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListFeesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListFeesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]**](V1Fee.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListInventoryRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000. | [optional]
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListInventoryResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]**](V1InventoryEntry.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListItemsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListItemsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]**](V1Item.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListLocationsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListLocationsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]**](V1Merchant.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListModifierListsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListModifierListsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]**](V1ModifierList.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListOrdersRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | [optional]
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListOrdersResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]**](V1Order.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListPagesRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListPagesResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]**](V1Page.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListPaymentsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+**end_time** | getEndTime() | setEndTime($value) | **string** | The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | [optional]
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+**include_partial** | getIncludePartial() | setIncludePartial($value) | **bool** | Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListPaymentsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]**](V1Payment.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListRefundsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+**end_time** | getEndTime() | setEndTime($value) | **string** | The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods. | [optional]
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListRefundsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]**](V1Refund.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListSettlementsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**begin_time** | getBeginTime() | setBeginTime($value) | **string** | The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | [optional]
+**end_time** | getEndTime() | setEndTime($value) | **string** | The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED). See [V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus](#type-v1listsettlementsrequeststatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**SENT** | string
+**FAILED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListSettlementsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]**](V1Settlement.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListTimecardEventsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListTimecardEventsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]**](V1TimecardEvent.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListTimecardsRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**order** | getOrder() | setOrder($value) | **string** | The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID. | [optional]
+**begin_clockin_time** | getBeginClockinTime() | setBeginClockinTime($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**end_clockin_time** | getEndClockinTime() | setEndClockinTime($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**begin_clockout_time** | getBeginClockoutTime() | setBeginClockoutTime($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**end_clockout_time** | getEndClockoutTime() | setEndClockoutTime($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**begin_updated_at** | getBeginUpdatedAt() | setBeginUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**end_updated_at** | getEndUpdatedAt() | setEndUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**deleted** | getDeleted() | setDeleted($value) | **bool** | If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned.If you don't provide this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned. | [optional]
+**limit** | getLimit() | setLimit($value) | **int** | The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | [optional]
+**batch_token** | getBatchToken() | setBatchToken($value) | **string** | A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ListTimecardsResponse
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**items** | getItems() | setItems($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]**](V1Timecard.md) | | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Merchant
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the **RetrieveBusiness** endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The merchant account's unique identifier. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The name associated with the merchant account. | [optional]
+**email** | getEmail() | setEmail($value) | **string** | The email address associated with the merchant account. | [optional]
+**account_type** | getAccountType() | setAccountType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the merchant account corresponds to a single-location account (LOCATION) or a business account (BUSINESS). This value is almost always LOCATION. See [V1MerchantAccountType](#type-v1merchantaccounttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**account_capabilities** | getAccountCapabilities() | setAccountCapabilities($value) | **string[]** | Capabilities that are enabled for the merchant's Square account. Capabilities that are not listed in this array are not enabled for the account. | [optional]
+**country_code** | getCountryCode() | setCountryCode($value) | **string** | The country associated with the merchant account, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. | [optional]
+**language_code** | getLanguageCode() | setLanguageCode($value) | **string** | The language associated with the merchant account, in BCP 47 format. | [optional]
+**currency_code** | getCurrencyCode() | setCurrencyCode($value) | **string** | The currency associated with the merchant account, in ISO 4217 format. For example, the currency code for US dollars is USD. | [optional]
+**business_name** | getBusinessName() | setBusinessName($value) | **string** | The name of the merchant's business. | [optional]
+**business_address** | getBusinessAddress() | setBusinessAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The address of the merchant's business. | [optional]
+**business_phone** | getBusinessPhone() | setBusinessPhone($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PhoneNumber**](V1PhoneNumber.md) | The phone number of the merchant's business. | [optional]
+**business_type** | getBusinessType() | setBusinessType($value) | **string** | The type of business operated by the merchant. See [V1MerchantBusinessType](#type-v1merchantbusinesstype) for possible values | [optional]
+**shipping_address** | getShippingAddress() | setShippingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The merchant's shipping address. | [optional]
+**location_details** | getLocationDetails() | setLocationDetails($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1MerchantLocationDetails**](V1MerchantLocationDetails.md) | Additional information for a single-location account specified by its associated business account, if it has one. | [optional]
+**market_url** | getMarketUrl() | setMarketUrl($value) | **string** | The URL of the merchant's online store. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1MerchantAccountType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**LOCATION** | string
+**BUSINESS** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1MerchantBusinessType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ACCOUNTING** | string
+**APPAREL_AND_ACCESSORY_SHOPS** | string
+**ART_DEALERS_GALLERIES** | string
+**ART_DESIGN_AND_PHOTOGRAPHY** | string
+**BAR_CLUB_LOUNGE** | string
+**BEAUTY_AND_BARBER_SHOPS** | string
+**BOOK_STORES** | string
+**BUSINESS_SERVICES** | string
+**CATERING** | string
+**CHARITABLE_SOCIAL_SERVICE_ORGANIZATIONS** | string
+**CHARITIBLE_ORGS** | string
+**CLEANING_SERVICES** | string
+**COMPUTER_EQUIPMENT_SOFTWARE_MAINTENANCE_REPAIR_SERVICES** | string
+**CONSULTANT** | string
+**CONTRACTORS** | string
+**DELIVERY_SERVICES** | string
+**DENTISTRY** | string
+**EDUCATION** | string
+**FOOD_STORES_CONVENIENCE_STORES_AND_SPECIALTY_MARKETS** | string
+**FOOD_TRUCK_CART** | string
+**FURNITURE_HOME_AND_OFFICE_EQUIPMENT** | string
+**FURNITURE_HOME_GOODS** | string
+**HOTELS_AND_LODGING** | string
+**INDIVIDUAL_USE** | string
+**JEWELRY_AND_WATCHES** | string
+**LANDSCAPING_AND_HORTICULTURAL_SERVICES** | string
+**LANGUAGE_SCHOOLS** | string
+**LEGAL_SERVICES** | string
+**MEDICAL_PRACTITIONERS** | string
+**MEDICAL_SERVICES_AND_HEALTH_PRACTITIONERS** | string
+**MEMBERSHIP_ORGANIZATIONS** | string
+**MUSIC_AND_ENTERTAINMENT** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+**OUTDOOR_MARKETS** | string
+**PERSONAL_SERVICES** | string
+**POLITICAL_ORGANIZATIONS** | string
+**PROFESSIONAL_SERVICES** | string
+**REAL_ESTATE** | string
+**RECREATION_SERVICES** | string
+**REPAIR_SHOPS_AND_RELATED_SERVICES** | string
+**RESTAURANTS** | string
+**RETAIL_SHOPS** | string
+**SCHOOLS_AND_EDUCATIONAL_SERVICES** | string
+**SPORTING_GOODS** | string
+**TAXICABS_AND_LIMOUSINES** | string
+**TICKET_SALES** | string
+**TOURISM** | string
+**TRAVEL_TOURISM** | string
+**VETERINARY_SERVICES** | string
+**WEB_DEV_DESIGN** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1MerchantLocationDetails
+
+### Description
+
+Additional information for a single-location account specified by its associated business account, if it has one.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**nickname** | getNickname() | setNickname($value) | **string** | The nickname assigned to the single-location account by the parent business. This value appears in the parent business's multi-location dashboard. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ModifierList
+
+### Description
+
+V1ModifierList
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The modifier list's unique ID. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The modifier list's name. | [optional]
+**selection_type** | getSelectionType() | setSelectionType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether MULTIPLE options or a SINGLE option from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. See [V1ModifierListSelectionType](#type-v1modifierlistselectiontype) for possible values | [optional]
+**modifier_options** | getModifierOptions() | setModifierOptions($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption[]**](V1ModifierOption.md) | The options included in the modifier list. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ModifierListSelectionType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**SINGLE** | string
+**MULTIPLE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1ModifierOption
+
+### Description
+
+V1ModifierOption
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The modifier option's unique ID. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The modifier option's name. | [optional]
+**price_money** | getPriceMoney() | setPriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The modifier option's price. | [optional]
+**on_by_default** | getOnByDefault() | setOnByDefault($value) | **bool** | If true, the modifier option is the default option in a modifier list for which selection_type is SINGLE. | [optional]
+**ordinal** | getOrdinal() | setOrdinal($value) | **int** | Indicates the modifier option's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. If more than one modifier option in the same modifier list has the same ordinal value, those options are displayed in alphabetical order. | [optional]
+**modifier_list_id** | getModifierListId() | setModifierListId($value) | **string** | The ID of the modifier list the option belongs to. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Money
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**amount** | getAmount() | setAmount($value) | **int** | Amount in the lowest denominated value of this Currency. E.g. in USD these are cents, in JPY they are Yen (which do not have a 'cent' concept). | [optional]
+**currency_code** | getCurrencyCode() | setCurrencyCode($value) | **string** | See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Order
+
+### Description
+
+V1Order
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The order's unique identifier. | [optional]
+**buyer_email** | getBuyerEmail() | setBuyerEmail($value) | **string** | The email address of the order's buyer. | [optional]
+**recipient_name** | getRecipientName() | setRecipientName($value) | **string** | The name of the order's buyer. | [optional]
+**recipient_phone_number** | getRecipientPhoneNumber() | setRecipientPhoneNumber($value) | **string** | The phone number to use for the order's delivery. | [optional]
+**state** | getState() | setState($value) | **string** | Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See [V1OrderState](#type-v1orderstate) for possible values | [optional]
+**shipping_address** | getShippingAddress() | setShippingAddress($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Address**](Address.md) | The address to ship the order to. | [optional]
+**subtotal_money** | getSubtotalMoney() | setSubtotalMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of all items purchased in the order, before taxes and shipping. | [optional]
+**total_shipping_money** | getTotalShippingMoney() | setTotalShippingMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The shipping cost for the order. | [optional]
+**total_tax_money** | getTotalTaxMoney() | setTotalTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all taxes applied to the order. | [optional]
+**total_price_money** | getTotalPriceMoney() | setTotalPriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total cost of the order. | [optional]
+**total_discount_money** | getTotalDiscountMoney() | setTotalDiscountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all discounts applied to the order. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the order was created, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the order was last modified, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**expires_at** | getExpiresAt() | setExpiresAt($value) | **string** | The time when the order expires if no action is taken, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**payment_id** | getPaymentId() | setPaymentId($value) | **string** | The unique identifier of the payment associated with the order. | [optional]
+**buyer_note** | getBuyerNote() | setBuyerNote($value) | **string** | A note provided by the buyer when the order was created, if any. | [optional]
+**completed_note** | getCompletedNote() | setCompletedNote($value) | **string** | A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to COMPLETED, if any | [optional]
+**refunded_note** | getRefundedNote() | setRefundedNote($value) | **string** | A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to REFUNDED, if any. | [optional]
+**canceled_note** | getCanceledNote() | setCanceledNote($value) | **string** | A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to CANCELED, if any. | [optional]
+**tender** | getTender() | setTender($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender**](V1Tender.md) | The tender used to pay for the order. | [optional]
+**order_history** | getOrderHistory() | setOrderHistory($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1OrderHistoryEntry[]**](V1OrderHistoryEntry.md) | The history of actions associated with the order. | [optional]
+**promo_code** | getPromoCode() | setPromoCode($value) | **string** | The promo code provided by the buyer, if any. | [optional]
+**btc_receive_address** | getBtcReceiveAddress() | setBtcReceiveAddress($value) | **string** | For Bitcoin transactions, the address that the buyer sent Bitcoin to. | [optional]
+**btc_price_satoshi** | getBtcPriceSatoshi() | setBtcPriceSatoshi($value) | **float** | For Bitcoin transactions, the price of the buyer's order in satoshi (100 million satoshi equals 1 BTC). | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1OrderHistoryEntry
+
+### Description
+
+V1OrderHistoryEntry
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**action** | getAction() | setAction($value) | **string** | The type of action performed on the order. See [V1OrderHistoryEntryAction](#type-v1orderhistoryentryaction) for possible values | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the action was performed, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1OrderHistoryEntryAction
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ORDER_PLACED** | string
+**DECLINED** | string
+**PAYMENT_RECEIVED** | string
+**CANCELED** | string
+**COMPLETED** | string
+**REFUNDED** | string
+**EXPIRED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1OrderState
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**PENDING** | string
+**OPEN** | string
+**COMPLETED** | string
+**CANCELED** | string
+**REFUNDED** | string
+**REJECTED** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Page
+
+### Description
+
+V1Page
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The page's unique identifier. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The page's name, if any. | [optional]
+**page_index** | getPageIndex() | setPageIndex($value) | **int** | The page's position in the merchant's list of pages. Always an integer between 0 and 6, inclusive. | [optional]
+**cells** | getCells() | setCells($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell[]**](V1PageCell.md) | The cells included on the page. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PageCell
+
+### Description
+
+V1PageCell
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**page_id** | getPageId() | setPageId($value) | **string** | The unique identifier of the page the cell is included on. | [optional]
+**row** | getRow() | setRow($value) | **int** | The row of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. | [optional]
+**column** | getColumn() | setColumn($value) | **int** | The column of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. | [optional]
+**object_type** | getObjectType() | setObjectType($value) | **string** | The type of entity represented in the cell (ITEM, DISCOUNT, CATEGORY, or PLACEHOLDER). See [V1PageCellObjectType](#type-v1pagecellobjecttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**object_id** | getObjectId() | setObjectId($value) | **string** | The unique identifier of the entity represented in the cell. Not present for cells with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER. | [optional]
+**placeholder_type** | getPlaceholderType() | setPlaceholderType($value) | **string** | For a cell with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER, this value indicates the cell's special behavior. See [V1PageCellPlaceholderType](#type-v1pagecellplaceholdertype) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PageCellObjectType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ITEM** | string
+**DISCOUNT** | string
+**CATEGORY** | string
+**PLACEHOLDER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PageCellPlaceholderType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ALL_ITEMS** | string
+**DISCOUNTS_CATEGORY** | string
+**REWARDS_FINDER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Payment
+
+### Description
+
+A payment represents a paid transaction between a Square merchant and a customer. Payment details are usually available from Connect API endpoints within a few minutes after the transaction completes. Each Payment object includes several fields that end in `_money`. These fields describe the various amounts of money that contribute to the payment total: <ul> <li> Monetary values are <b>positive</b> if they represent an <em>increase</em> in the amount of money the merchant receives (e.g., <code>tax_money</code>, <code>tip_money</code>). </li> <li> Monetary values are <b>negative</b> if they represent an <em>decrease</em> in the amount of money the merchant receives (e.g., <code>discount_money</code>, <code>refunded_money</code>). </li> </ul>
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The payment's unique identifier. | [optional]
+**merchant_id** | getMerchantId() | setMerchantId($value) | **string** | The unique identifier of the merchant that took the payment. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the payment was created, in ISO 8601 format. Reflects the time of the first payment if the object represents an incomplete partial payment, and the time of the last or complete payment otherwise. | [optional]
+**creator_id** | getCreatorId() | setCreatorId($value) | **string** | The unique identifier of the Square account that took the payment. | [optional]
+**device** | getDevice() | setDevice($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Device**](Device.md) | The device that took the payment. | [optional]
+**payment_url** | getPaymentUrl() | setPaymentUrl($value) | **string** | The URL of the payment's detail page in the merchant dashboard. The merchant must be signed in to the merchant dashboard to view this page. | [optional]
+**receipt_url** | getReceiptUrl() | setReceiptUrl($value) | **string** | The URL of the receipt for the payment. Note that for split tender payments, this URL corresponds to the receipt for the first tender listed in the payment's tender field. Each Tender object has its own receipt_url field you can use to get the other receipts associated with a split tender payment. | [optional]
+**inclusive_tax_money** | getInclusiveTaxMoney() | setInclusiveTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The sum of all inclusive taxes associated with the payment. | [optional]
+**additive_tax_money** | getAdditiveTaxMoney() | setAdditiveTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The sum of all additive taxes associated with the payment. | [optional]
+**tax_money** | getTaxMoney() | setTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all taxes applied to the payment. This is always the sum of inclusive_tax_money and additive_tax_money. | [optional]
+**tip_money** | getTipMoney() | setTipMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all tips applied to the payment. | [optional]
+**discount_money** | getDiscountMoney() | setDiscountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all discounts applied to the payment. | [optional]
+**total_collected_money** | getTotalCollectedMoney() | setTotalCollectedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all discounts applied to the payment. | [optional]
+**processing_fee_money** | getProcessingFeeMoney() | setProcessingFeeMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all processing fees collected by Square for the payment. | [optional]
+**net_total_money** | getNetTotalMoney() | setNetTotalMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount to be deposited into the merchant's bank account for the payment. | [optional]
+**refunded_money** | getRefundedMoney() | setRefundedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all refunds applied to the payment. | [optional]
+**swedish_rounding_money** | getSwedishRoundingMoney() | setSwedishRoundingMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes, rounded to the smallest legal unit of currency (e.g., the nearest penny in USD, the nearest nickel in CAD) | [optional]
+**gross_sales_money** | getGrossSalesMoney() | setGrossSalesMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes. | [optional]
+**net_sales_money** | getNetSalesMoney() | setNetSalesMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all sales, minus any applicable taxes. | [optional]
+**inclusive_tax** | getInclusiveTax() | setInclusiveTax($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]**](V1PaymentTax.md) | All of the inclusive taxes associated with the payment. | [optional]
+**additive_tax** | getAdditiveTax() | setAdditiveTax($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]**](V1PaymentTax.md) | All of the additive taxes associated with the payment. | [optional]
+**tender** | getTender() | setTender($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender[]**](V1Tender.md) | All of the tenders associated with the payment. | [optional]
+**refunds** | getRefunds() | setRefunds($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]**](V1Refund.md) | All of the refunds applied to the payment. Note that the value of all refunds on a payment can exceed the value of all tenders if a merchant chooses to refund money to a tender after previously accepting returned goods as part of an exchange. | [optional]
+**itemizations** | getItemizations() | setItemizations($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemization[]**](V1PaymentItemization.md) | The items purchased in the payment. | [optional]
+**surcharge_money** | getSurchargeMoney() | setSurchargeMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all surcharges applied to the payment. | [optional]
+**surcharges** | getSurcharges() | setSurcharges($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[]**](V1PaymentSurcharge.md) | A list of all surcharges associated with the payment. | [optional]
+**is_partial** | getIsPartial() | setIsPartial($value) | **bool** | Indicates whether or not the payment is only partially paid for. If true, this payment will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentDiscount
+
+### Description
+
+V1PaymentDiscount
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The discount's name. | [optional]
+**applied_money** | getAppliedMoney() | setAppliedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money that this discount adds to the payment (note that this value is always negative or zero). | [optional]
+**discount_id** | getDiscountId() | setDiscountId($value) | **string** | The ID of the applied discount, if available. Discounts applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentItemDetail
+
+### Description
+
+V1PaymentItemDetail
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**category_name** | getCategoryName() | setCategoryName($value) | **string** | The name of the item's merchant-defined category, if any. | [optional]
+**sku** | getSku() | setSku($value) | **string** | The item's merchant-defined SKU, if any. | [optional]
+**item_id** | getItemId() | setItemId($value) | **string** | The unique ID of the item purchased, if any. | [optional]
+**item_variation_id** | getItemVariationId() | setItemVariationId($value) | **string** | The unique ID of the item variation purchased, if any. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentItemization
+
+### Description
+
+Payment include an` itemizations` field that lists the items purchased, along with associated fees, modifiers, and discounts. Each itemization has an `itemization_type` field that indicates which of the following the itemization represents: <ul> <li>An item variation from the merchant's item library</li> <li>A custom monetary amount</li> <li> An action performed on a Square gift card, such as activating or reloading it. </li> </ul> *Note**: itemization information included in a `Payment` object reflects details collected **at the time of the payment**. Details such as the name or price of items might have changed since the payment was processed.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The item's name. | [optional]
+**quantity** | getQuantity() | setQuantity($value) | **float** | The quantity of the item purchased. This can be a decimal value. | [optional]
+**itemization_type** | getItemizationType() | setItemizationType($value) | **string** | The type of purchase that the itemization represents, such as an ITEM or CUSTOM_AMOUNT See [V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType](#type-v1paymentitemizationitemizationtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**item_detail** | getItemDetail() | setItemDetail($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemDetail**](V1PaymentItemDetail.md) | Details of the item, including its unique identifier and the identifier of the item variation purchased. | [optional]
+**notes** | getNotes() | setNotes($value) | **string** | Notes entered by the merchant about the item at the time of payment, if any. | [optional]
+**item_variation_name** | getItemVariationName() | setItemVariationName($value) | **string** | The name of the item variation purchased, if any. | [optional]
+**total_money** | getTotalMoney() | setTotalMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total cost of the item, including all taxes and discounts. | [optional]
+**single_quantity_money** | getSingleQuantityMoney() | setSingleQuantityMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The cost of a single unit of this item. | [optional]
+**gross_sales_money** | getGrossSalesMoney() | setGrossSalesMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total cost of the itemization and its modifiers, not including taxes or discounts. | [optional]
+**discount_money** | getDiscountMoney() | setDiscountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all discounts applied to the itemization. This value is always negative or zero. | [optional]
+**net_sales_money** | getNetSalesMoney() | setNetSalesMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The sum of gross_sales_money and discount_money. | [optional]
+**taxes** | getTaxes() | setTaxes($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]**](V1PaymentTax.md) | All taxes applied to this itemization. | [optional]
+**discounts** | getDiscounts() | setDiscounts($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentDiscount[]**](V1PaymentDiscount.md) | All discounts applied to this itemization. | [optional]
+**modifiers** | getModifiers() | setModifiers($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentModifier[]**](V1PaymentModifier.md) | All modifier options applied to this itemization. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ITEM** | string
+**CUSTOM_AMOUNT** | string
+**GIFT_CARD_ACTIVATION** | string
+**GIFT_CARD_RELOAD** | string
+**GIFT_CARD_UNKNOWN** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentModifier
+
+### Description
+
+V1PaymentModifier
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The modifier option's name. | [optional]
+**applied_money** | getAppliedMoney() | setAppliedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money that this modifier option adds to the payment. | [optional]
+**modifier_option_id** | getModifierOptionId() | setModifierOptionId($value) | **string** | TThe ID of the applied modifier option, if available. Modifier options applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentSurcharge
+
+### Description
+
+V1PaymentSurcharge
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The name of the surcharge. | [optional]
+**applied_money** | getAppliedMoney() | setAppliedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money applied to the order as a result of the surcharge. | [optional]
+**rate** | getRate() | setRate($value) | **string** | The amount of the surcharge as a percentage. The percentage is provided as a string representing the decimal equivalent of the percentage. For example, \"0.7\" corresponds to a 7% surcharge. Exactly one of rate or amount_money should be set. | [optional]
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of the surcharge as a Money object. Exactly one of rate or amount_money should be set. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | Indicates the source of the surcharge. For example, if it was applied as an automatic gratuity for a large group. See [V1PaymentSurchargeType](#type-v1paymentsurchargetype) for possible values | [optional]
+**taxable** | getTaxable() | setTaxable($value) | **bool** | Indicates whether the surcharge is taxable. | [optional]
+**taxes** | getTaxes() | setTaxes($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]**](V1PaymentTax.md) | The list of taxes that should be applied to the surcharge. | [optional]
+**surcharge_id** | getSurchargeId() | setSurchargeId($value) | **string** | A Square-issued unique identifier associated with the surcharge. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentSurchargeType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**UNKNOWN** | string
+**AUTO_GRATUITY** | string
+**CUSTOM** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentTax
+
+### Description
+
+V1PaymentTax
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The merchant-defined name of the tax. | [optional]
+**applied_money** | getAppliedMoney() | setAppliedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money that this tax adds to the payment. | [optional]
+**rate** | getRate() | setRate($value) | **string** | The rate of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. | [optional]
+**inclusion_type** | getInclusionType() | setInclusionType($value) | **string** | Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See [V1PaymentTaxInclusionType](#type-v1paymenttaxinclusiontype) for possible values | [optional]
+**fee_id** | getFeeId() | setFeeId($value) | **string** | The ID of the tax, if available. Taxes applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PaymentTaxInclusionType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ADDITIVE** | string
+**INCLUSIVE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1PhoneNumber
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a phone number.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**calling_code** | getCallingCode() | setCallingCode($value) | **string** | The phone number's international calling code. For US phone numbers, this value is +1. |
+**number** | getNumber() | setNumber($value) | **string** | The phone number. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Refund
+
+### Description
+
+V1Refund
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The type of refund See [V1RefundType](#type-v1refundtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**reason** | getReason() | setReason($value) | **string** | The merchant-specified reason for the refund. | [optional]
+**refunded_money** | getRefundedMoney() | setRefundedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money refunded. This amount is always negative. | [optional]
+**refunded_processing_fee_money** | getRefundedProcessingFeeMoney() | setRefundedProcessingFeeMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of processing fee money refunded. This amount is always positive. | [optional]
+**refunded_tax_money** | getRefundedTaxMoney() | setRefundedTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total amount of tax money refunded. This amount is always negative. | [optional]
+**refunded_additive_tax_money** | getRefundedAdditiveTaxMoney() | setRefundedAdditiveTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of additive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative. | [optional]
+**refunded_additive_tax** | getRefundedAdditiveTax() | setRefundedAdditiveTax($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]**](V1PaymentTax.md) | All of the additive taxes associated with the refund. | [optional]
+**refunded_inclusive_tax_money** | getRefundedInclusiveTaxMoney() | setRefundedInclusiveTaxMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of inclusive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative. | [optional]
+**refunded_inclusive_tax** | getRefundedInclusiveTax() | setRefundedInclusiveTax($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]**](V1PaymentTax.md) | All of the inclusive taxes associated with the refund. | [optional]
+**refunded_tip_money** | getRefundedTipMoney() | setRefundedTipMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of tip money refunded. This amount is always negative. | [optional]
+**refunded_discount_money** | getRefundedDiscountMoney() | setRefundedDiscountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of discount money refunded. This amount is always positive. | [optional]
+**refunded_surcharge_money** | getRefundedSurchargeMoney() | setRefundedSurchargeMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of surcharge money refunded. This amount is always negative. | [optional]
+**refunded_surcharges** | getRefundedSurcharges() | setRefundedSurcharges($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[]**](V1PaymentSurcharge.md) | A list of all surcharges associated with the refund. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the merchant initiated the refund for Square to process, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**processed_at** | getProcessedAt() | setProcessedAt($value) | **string** | The time when Square processed the refund on behalf of the merchant, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**payment_id** | getPaymentId() | setPaymentId($value) | **string** | A Square-issued ID associated with the refund. For single-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original payment ID. For split-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original tender. For exchange-based refunds (is_exchange == true), payment_id is the ID of the original payment ID even if the payment includes other tenders. | [optional]
+**merchant_id** | getMerchantId() | setMerchantId($value) | **string** | | [optional]
+**is_exchange** | getIsExchange() | setIsExchange($value) | **bool** | Indicates whether or not the refund is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the refund reflects the value of goods returned in the exchange not the total money refunded. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RefundType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**FULL** | string
+**PARTIAL** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RemoveFeeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RemoveModifierListRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveBankAccountRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveBusinessRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveEmployeeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveItemRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveModifierListRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveOrderRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrievePaymentRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveSettlementRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1RetrieveTimecardRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Settlement
+
+### Description
+
+V1Settlement
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The settlement's unique identifier. | [optional]
+**status** | getStatus() | setStatus($value) | **string** | The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementStatus](#type-v1settlementstatus) for possible values | [optional]
+**total_money** | getTotalMoney() | setTotalMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of money involved in the settlement. A positive amount indicates a deposit, and a negative amount indicates a withdrawal. This amount is never zero. | [optional]
+**initiated_at** | getInitiatedAt() | setInitiatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the settlement was submitted for deposit or withdrawal, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**bank_account_id** | getBankAccountId() | setBankAccountId($value) | **string** | The Square-issued unique identifier for the bank account associated with the settlement. | [optional]
+**entries** | getEntries() | setEntries($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1SettlementEntry[]**](V1SettlementEntry.md) | The entries included in this settlement. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1SettlementEntry
+
+### Description
+
+V1SettlementEntry
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**payment_id** | getPaymentId() | setPaymentId($value) | **string** | The settlement's unique identifier. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementEntryType](#type-v1settlemententrytype) for possible values | [optional]
+**amount_money** | getAmountMoney() | setAmountMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total amount of money this entry contributes to the total settlement amount. | [optional]
+**fee_money** | getFeeMoney() | setFeeMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of all Square fees associated with this settlement entry. This value is always negative or zero. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1SettlementEntryType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**ADJUSTMENT** | string
+**BALANCE_CHARGE** | string
+**CHARGE** | string
+**FREE_PROCESSING** | string
+**HOLD_ADJUSTMENT** | string
+**PAID_SERVICE_FEE** | string
+**PAID_SERVICE_FEE_REFUND** | string
+**REDEMPTION_CODE** | string
+**REFUND** | string
+**RETURNED_PAYOUT** | string
+**SQUARE_CAPITAL_ADVANCE** | string
+**SQUARE_CAPITAL_PAYMENT** | string
+**SQUARE_CAPITAL_REVERSED_PAYMENT** | string
+**SUBSCRIPTION_FEE** | string
+**SUBSCRIPTION_FEE_REFUND** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+**INCENTED_PAYMENT** | string
+**RETURNED_ACH_ENTRY** | string
+**RETURNED_SQUARE_275** | string
+**SQUARE_275** | string
+**SQUARE_CARD** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1SettlementStatus
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**FAILED** | string
+**SENT** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Tender
+
+### Description
+
+A tender represents a discrete monetary exchange. Square represents this exchange as a money object with a specific currency and amount, where the amount is given in the smallest denomination of the given currency. Square POS can accept more than one form of tender for a single payment (such as by splitting a bill between a credit card and a gift card). The `tender` field of the Payment object lists all forms of tender used for the payment. Split tender payments behave slightly differently from single tender payments: The receipt_url for a split tender corresponds only to the first tender listed in the tender field. To get the receipt URLs for the remaining tenders, use the receipt_url fields of the corresponding Tender objects. *A note on gift cards**: when a customer purchases a Square gift card from a merchant, the merchant receives the full amount of the gift card in the associated payment. When that gift card is used as a tender, the balance of the gift card is reduced and the merchant receives no funds. A `Tender` object with a type of `SQUARE_GIFT_CARD` indicates a gift card was used for some or all of the associated payment.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The tender's unique ID. | [optional]
+**type** | getType() | setType($value) | **string** | The type of tender. See [V1TenderType](#type-v1tendertype) for possible values | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | A human-readable description of the tender. | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The ID of the employee that processed the tender. | [optional]
+**receipt_url** | getReceiptUrl() | setReceiptUrl($value) | **string** | The URL of the receipt for the tender. | [optional]
+**card_brand** | getCardBrand() | setCardBrand($value) | **string** | The brand of credit card provided. See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values | [optional]
+**pan_suffix** | getPanSuffix() | setPanSuffix($value) | **string** | The last four digits of the provided credit card's account number. | [optional]
+**entry_method** | getEntryMethod() | setEntryMethod($value) | **string** | The tender's unique ID. See [V1TenderEntryMethod](#type-v1tenderentrymethod) for possible values | [optional]
+**payment_note** | getPaymentNote() | setPaymentNote($value) | **string** | Notes entered by the merchant about the tender at the time of payment, if any. Typically only present for tender with the type: OTHER. | [optional]
+**total_money** | getTotalMoney() | setTotalMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total amount of money provided in this form of tender. | [optional]
+**tendered_money** | getTenderedMoney() | setTenderedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of total_money applied to the payment. | [optional]
+**tendered_at** | getTenderedAt() | setTenderedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the tender was created, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**settled_at** | getSettledAt() | setSettledAt($value) | **string** | The time when the tender was settled, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**change_back_money** | getChangeBackMoney() | setChangeBackMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The amount of total_money returned to the buyer as change. | [optional]
+**refunded_money** | getRefundedMoney() | setRefundedMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The total of all refunds applied to this tender. This amount is always negative or zero. | [optional]
+**is_exchange** | getIsExchange() | setIsExchange($value) | **bool** | Indicates whether or not the tender is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the tender represents the value of goods returned in an exchange not the actual money paid. The exchange value reduces the tender amounts needed to pay for items purchased in the exchange. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1TenderEntryMethod
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**MANUAL** | string
+**SCANNED** | string
+**SQUARE_CASH** | string
+**SQUARE_WALLET** | string
+**SWIPED** | string
+**WEB_FORM** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1TenderType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**CREDIT_CARD** | string
+**CASH** | string
+**THIRD_PARTY_CARD** | string
+**NO_SALE** | string
+**SQUARE_WALLET** | string
+**SQUARE_GIFT_CARD** | string
+**UNKNOWN** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Timecard
+
+### Description
+
+Represents a timecard for an employee.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The timecard's unique ID. | [optional]
+**employee_id** | getEmployeeId() | setEmployeeId($value) | **string** | The ID of the employee the timecard is associated with. |
+**deleted** | getDeleted() | setDeleted($value) | **bool** | If true, the timecard was deleted by the merchant, and it is no longer valid. | [optional]
+**clockin_time** | getClockinTime() | setClockinTime($value) | **string** | The clock-in time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**clockout_time** | getClockoutTime() | setClockoutTime($value) | **string** | The clock-out time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format. Provide this value only if importing timecard information from another system. | [optional]
+**clockin_location_id** | getClockinLocationId() | setClockinLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the location the employee clocked in from. We strongly reccomend providing a clockin_location_id. Square uses the clockin_location_id to determine a timecard’s timezone and overtime rules. | [optional]
+**clockout_location_id** | getClockoutLocationId() | setClockoutLocationId($value) | **string** | The ID of the location the employee clocked out from. Provide this value only if importing timecard information from another system. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the timecard was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**regular_seconds_worked** | getRegularSecondsWorked() | setRegularSecondsWorked($value) | **float** | The total number of regular (non-overtime) seconds worked in the timecard. | [optional]
+**overtime_seconds_worked** | getOvertimeSecondsWorked() | setOvertimeSecondsWorked($value) | **float** | The total number of overtime seconds worked in the timecard. | [optional]
+**doubletime_seconds_worked** | getDoubletimeSecondsWorked() | setDoubletimeSecondsWorked($value) | **float** | The total number of doubletime seconds worked in the timecard. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1TimecardEvent
+
+### Description
+
+V1TimecardEvent
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The event's unique ID. | [optional]
+**event_type** | getEventType() | setEventType($value) | **string** | The ID of the timecard to list events for. See [V1TimecardEventEventType](#type-v1timecardeventeventtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**clockin_time** | getClockinTime() | setClockinTime($value) | **string** | The time the employee clocked in, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**clockout_time** | getClockoutTime() | setClockoutTime($value) | **string** | The time the employee clocked out, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | The time when the event was created, in ISO 8601 format. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1TimecardEventEventType
+
+### Description
+
+Actions that resulted in a change to a timecard. All timecard events created with the Connect API have an event type that begins with `API`.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**API_CREATE** | string
+**API_EDIT** | string
+**API_DELETE** | string
+**REGISTER_CLOCKIN** | string
+**REGISTER_CLOCKOUT** | string
+**DASHBOARD_SUPERVISOR_CLOSE** | string
+**DASHBOARD_EDIT** | string
+**DASHBOARD_DELETE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateCategoryRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category**](V1Category.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateDiscountRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount**](V1Discount.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateEmployeeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee**](V1Employee.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole**](V1EmployeeRole.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateFeeRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee**](V1Fee.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateItemRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item**](V1Item.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateModifierListRequest
+
+### Description
+
+V1UpdateModifierListRequest
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The modifier list's name. | [optional]
+**selection_type** | getSelectionType() | setSelectionType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether multiple options from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. See [V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType](#type-v1updatemodifierlistrequestselectiontype) for possible values | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**SINGLE** | string
+**MULTIPLE** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateModifierOptionRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption**](V1ModifierOption.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateOrderRequest
+
+### Description
+
+V1UpdateOrderRequest
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**action** | getAction() | setAction($value) | **string** | The action to perform on the order (COMPLETE, CANCEL, or REFUND). See [V1UpdateOrderRequestAction](#type-v1updateorderrequestaction) for possible values |
+**shipped_tracking_number** | getShippedTrackingNumber() | setShippedTrackingNumber($value) | **string** | The tracking number of the shipment associated with the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE. | [optional]
+**completed_note** | getCompletedNote() | setCompletedNote($value) | **string** | A merchant-specified note about the completion of the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE. | [optional]
+**refunded_note** | getRefundedNote() | setRefundedNote($value) | **string** | A merchant-specified note about the refunding of the order. Only valid if action is REFUND. | [optional]
+**canceled_note** | getCanceledNote() | setCanceledNote($value) | **string** | A merchant-specified note about the canceling of the order. Only valid if action is CANCEL. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateOrderRequestAction
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**COMPLETE** | string
+**CANCEL** | string
+**REFUND** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdatePageCellRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell**](V1PageCell.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdatePageRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page**](V1Page.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateTimecardRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard**](V1Timecard.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1UpdateVariationRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**body** | getBody() | setBody($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation**](V1Variation.md) | An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. |
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1Variation
+
+### Description
+
+V1Variation
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | The item variation's unique ID. | [optional]
+**name** | getName() | setName($value) | **string** | The item variation's name. | [optional]
+**item_id** | getItemId() | setItemId($value) | **string** | The ID of the variation's associated item. | [optional]
+**ordinal** | getOrdinal() | setOrdinal($value) | **int** | Indicates the variation's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. If more than one variation for the same item has the same ordinal value, those variations are displayed in alphabetical order | [optional]
+**pricing_type** | getPricingType() | setPricingType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale. See [V1VariationPricingType](#type-v1variationpricingtype) for possible values | [optional]
+**price_money** | getPriceMoney() | setPriceMoney($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money**](V1Money.md) | The item variation's price, if any. | [optional]
+**sku** | getSku() | setSku($value) | **string** | The item variation's SKU, if any. | [optional]
+**track_inventory** | getTrackInventory() | setTrackInventory($value) | **bool** | If true, inventory tracking is active for the variation. | [optional]
+**inventory_alert_type** | getInventoryAlertType() | setInventoryAlertType($value) | **string** | Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its inventory_alert_threshold. See [V1VariationInventoryAlertType](#type-v1variationinventoryalerttype) for possible values | [optional]
+**inventory_alert_threshold** | getInventoryAlertThreshold() | setInventoryAlertThreshold($value) | **int** | If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and inventory_alert_type is LOW_QUANTITY, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. | [optional]
+**user_data** | getUserData() | setUserData($value) | **string** | Arbitrary metadata associated with the variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1VariationInventoryAlertType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**LOW_QUANTITY** | string
+**NONE** | string
+**INVESTMENT** | string
+**LOAN** | string
+**SAVINGS** | string
+**OTHER** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# V1VariationPricingType
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**FIXED_PRICING** | string
+**VARIABLE_PRICING** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# VoidTransactionRequest
+
+### Description
+
+
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# VoidTransactionResponse
+
+### Description
+
+Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [VoidTransaction](#endpoint-voidtransaction) endpoint.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**errors** | getErrors() | setErrors($value) | [**\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]**](Error.md) | Any errors that occurred during the request. | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# Weekday
+
+### Description
+
+The days of the week.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Type
+------------ | -------------
+**MON** | string
+**TUE** | string
+**WED** | string
+**THU** | string
+**FRI** | string
+**SAT** | string
+**SUN** | string
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+# WorkweekConfig
+
+### Description
+
+Sets the Day of the week and hour of the day that a business starts a work week. Used for the calculation of overtime pay.
+
+## Properties
+Name | Getter | Setter | Type | Description | Notes
+------------ | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
+**id** | getId() | setId($value) | **string** | UUID for this object | [optional]
+**start_of_week** | getStartOfWeek() | setStartOfWeek($value) | **string** | The day of the week on which a business week cuts over for compensation purposes. See [Weekday](#type-weekday) for possible values |
+**start_of_day_local_time** | getStartOfDayLocalTime() | setStartOfDayLocalTime($value) | **string** | The local time at which a business week cuts over. Represented as a string in `HH:MM` format (`HH:MM:SS` is also accepted, but seconds are truncated). |
+**version** | getVersion() | setVersion($value) | **int** | Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write. | [optional]
+**created_at** | getCreatedAt() | setCreatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC | [optional]
+**updated_at** | getUpdatedAt() | setUpdatedAt($value) | **string** | A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC | [optional]
+
+Note: All properties are protected and only accessed via getters and setters.
+
+[[Back to Model list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../../README.md)
+
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * ApplePayApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ApplePayApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return ApplePayApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * registerDomain
+ *
+ * RegisterDomain
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function registerDomain($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->registerDomainWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * registerDomainWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RegisterDomain
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function registerDomainWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling registerDomain');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/apple-pay/domains";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RegisterDomainResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return CatalogApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * batchDeleteCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * BatchDeleteCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchDeleteCatalogObjects($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->batchDeleteCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * batchDeleteCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * BatchDeleteCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchDeleteCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling batchDeleteCatalogObjects');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/batch-delete";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * batchRetrieveCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchRetrieveCatalogObjects($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->batchRetrieveCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * batchRetrieveCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchRetrieveCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling batchRetrieveCatalogObjects');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/batch-retrieve";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * batchUpsertCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * BatchUpsertCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchUpsertCatalogObjects($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->batchUpsertCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * batchUpsertCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * BatchUpsertCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchUpsertCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling batchUpsertCatalogObjects');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/batch-upsert";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * catalogInfo
+ *
+ * CatalogInfo
+ *
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function catalogInfo()
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->catalogInfoWithHttpInfo ();
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * catalogInfoWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CatalogInfo
+ *
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function catalogInfoWithHttpInfo()
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/info";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteCatalogObject
+ *
+ * DeleteCatalogObject
+ *
+ * @param string $object_id The ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be deleted. When an object is deleted, other objects in the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s). (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCatalogObjectResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteCatalogObject($object_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo ($object_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteCatalogObject
+ *
+ * @param string $object_id The ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be deleted. When an object is deleted, other objects in the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s). (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCatalogObjectResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo($object_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'object_id' is set
+ if ($object_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $object_id when calling deleteCatalogObject');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/object/{object_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($object_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "object_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($object_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCatalogObjectResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCatalogObjectResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCatalogObjectResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listCatalog
+ *
+ * ListCatalog
+ *
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @param string $types An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY`. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListCatalogResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listCatalog($cursor = null, $types = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listCatalogWithHttpInfo ($cursor, $types);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listCatalogWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListCatalog
+ *
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @param string $types An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY`. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListCatalogResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listCatalogWithHttpInfo($cursor = null, $types = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/list";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }// query params
+ if ($types !== null) {
+ $queryParams['types'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($types);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListCatalogResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListCatalogResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListCatalogResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveCatalogObject
+ *
+ * RetrieveCatalogObject
+ *
+ * @param string $object_id The object ID of any type of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved. (required)
+ * @param bool $include_related_objects If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. Default value: `false` (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveCatalogObject($object_id, $include_related_objects = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo ($object_id, $include_related_objects);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveCatalogObject
+ *
+ * @param string $object_id The object ID of any type of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved. (required)
+ * @param bool $include_related_objects If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. Default value: `false` (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo($object_id, $include_related_objects = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'object_id' is set
+ if ($object_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $object_id when calling retrieveCatalogObject');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/object/{object_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($include_related_objects !== null) {
+ $queryParams['include_related_objects'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($include_related_objects);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($object_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "object_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($object_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * searchCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * SearchCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function searchCatalogObjects($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->searchCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * searchCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * SearchCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function searchCatalogObjectsWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling searchCatalogObjects');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/search";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateItemModifierLists
+ *
+ * UpdateItemModifierLists
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateItemModifierLists($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateItemModifierListsWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateItemModifierListsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateItemModifierLists
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateItemModifierListsWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateItemModifierLists');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateItemTaxes
+ *
+ * UpdateItemTaxes
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateItemTaxes($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateItemTaxesWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateItemTaxesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateItemTaxes
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateItemTaxesWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateItemTaxes');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * upsertCatalogObject
+ *
+ * UpsertCatalogObject
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function upsertCatalogObject($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->upsertCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * upsertCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpsertCatalogObject
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function upsertCatalogObjectWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling upsertCatalogObject');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/catalog/object";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * CheckoutApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CheckoutApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return CheckoutApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * createCheckout
+ *
+ * CreateCheckout
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the business location to associate the checkout with. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createCheckout($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createCheckoutWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createCheckoutWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateCheckout
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the business location to associate the checkout with. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createCheckoutWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createCheckout');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createCheckout');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/checkouts";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * CustomersApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomersApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return CustomersApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * createCustomer
+ *
+ * CreateCustomer
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createCustomer($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createCustomerWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createCustomerWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateCustomer
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createCustomerWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createCustomer');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/customers";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createCustomerCard
+ *
+ * CreateCustomerCard
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to link the card on file to. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createCustomerCard($customer_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createCustomerCardWithHttpInfo ($customer_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createCustomerCardWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateCustomerCard
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to link the card on file to. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createCustomerCardWithHttpInfo($customer_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'customer_id' is set
+ if ($customer_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $customer_id when calling createCustomerCard');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createCustomerCard');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/customers/{customer_id}/cards";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($customer_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "customer_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($customer_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateCustomerCardResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteCustomer
+ *
+ * DeleteCustomer
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to delete. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteCustomer($customer_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteCustomerWithHttpInfo ($customer_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteCustomerWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteCustomer
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteCustomerWithHttpInfo($customer_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'customer_id' is set
+ if ($customer_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $customer_id when calling deleteCustomer');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/customers/{customer_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($customer_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "customer_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($customer_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteCustomerCard
+ *
+ * DeleteCustomerCard
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer that the card on file belongs to. (required)
+ * @param string $card_id The ID of the card on file to delete. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerCardResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteCustomerCard($customer_id, $card_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteCustomerCardWithHttpInfo ($customer_id, $card_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteCustomerCardWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteCustomerCard
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer that the card on file belongs to. (required)
+ * @param string $card_id The ID of the card on file to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerCardResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteCustomerCardWithHttpInfo($customer_id, $card_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'customer_id' is set
+ if ($customer_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $customer_id when calling deleteCustomerCard');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'card_id' is set
+ if ($card_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $card_id when calling deleteCustomerCard');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/customers/{customer_id}/cards/{card_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($customer_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "customer_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($customer_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($card_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "card_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($card_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerCardResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerCardResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteCustomerCardResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listCustomers
+ *
+ * ListCustomers
+ *
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_field Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListCustomersResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listCustomers($cursor = null, $sort_field = null, $sort_order = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listCustomersWithHttpInfo ($cursor, $sort_field, $sort_order);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listCustomersWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListCustomers
+ *
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_field Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListCustomersResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listCustomersWithHttpInfo($cursor = null, $sort_field = null, $sort_order = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/customers";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }// query params
+ if ($sort_field !== null) {
+ $queryParams['sort_field'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($sort_field);
+ }// query params
+ if ($sort_order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['sort_order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($sort_order);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListCustomersResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListCustomersResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListCustomersResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveCustomer
+ *
+ * RetrieveCustomer
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to retrieve. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCustomerResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveCustomer($customer_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveCustomerWithHttpInfo ($customer_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveCustomerWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveCustomer
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to retrieve. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCustomerResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveCustomerWithHttpInfo($customer_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'customer_id' is set
+ if ($customer_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $customer_id when calling retrieveCustomer');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/customers/{customer_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($customer_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "customer_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($customer_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCustomerResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCustomerResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveCustomerResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * searchCustomers
+ *
+ * SearchCustomers
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function searchCustomers($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->searchCustomersWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * searchCustomersWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * SearchCustomers
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function searchCustomersWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling searchCustomers');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/customers/search";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchCustomersResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateCustomer
+ *
+ * UpdateCustomer
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to update. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateCustomer($customer_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateCustomerWithHttpInfo ($customer_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateCustomerWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateCustomer
+ *
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to update. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateCustomerWithHttpInfo($customer_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'customer_id' is set
+ if ($customer_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $customer_id when calling updateCustomer');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateCustomer');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/customers/{customer_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($customer_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "customer_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($customer_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateCustomerResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * EmployeesApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class EmployeesApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return EmployeesApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * listEmployees
+ *
+ * ListEmployees
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. (optional)
+ * @param string $status Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The number of employees to be returned on each page. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor The token required to retrieve the specified page of results. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeesResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listEmployees($location_id = null, $status = null, $limit = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listEmployeesWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $status, $limit, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listEmployeesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListEmployees
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. (optional)
+ * @param string $status Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The number of employees to be returned on each page. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor The token required to retrieve the specified page of results. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeesResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listEmployeesWithHttpInfo($location_id = null, $status = null, $limit = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/employees";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $queryParams['location_id'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($location_id);
+ }// query params
+ if ($status !== null) {
+ $queryParams['status'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($status);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeesResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeesResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeesResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveEmployee
+ *
+ * RetrieveEmployee
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the employee that was requested. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveEmployeeResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveEmployee($id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveEmployeeWithHttpInfo ($id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveEmployeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveEmployee
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the employee that was requested. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveEmployeeResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveEmployeeWithHttpInfo($id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling retrieveEmployee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/employees/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveEmployeeResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveEmployeeResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveEmployeeResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return InventoryApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * batchChangeInventory
+ *
+ * BatchChangeInventory
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchChangeInventory($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->batchChangeInventoryWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * batchChangeInventoryWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * BatchChangeInventory
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchChangeInventoryWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling batchChangeInventory');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/inventory/batch-change";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * batchRetrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchRetrieveInventoryChanges($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->batchRetrieveInventoryChangesWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * batchRetrieveInventoryChangesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchRetrieveInventoryChangesWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling batchRetrieveInventoryChanges');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/inventory/batch-retrieve-changes";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * batchRetrieveInventoryCounts
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryCounts
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchRetrieveInventoryCounts($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->batchRetrieveInventoryCountsWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * batchRetrieveInventoryCountsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryCounts
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchRetrieveInventoryCountsWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling batchRetrieveInventoryCounts');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/inventory/batch-retrieve-counts";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveInventoryAdjustment
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryAdjustment
+ *
+ * @param string $adjustment_id ID of the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to retrieve. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveInventoryAdjustment($adjustment_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveInventoryAdjustmentWithHttpInfo ($adjustment_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveInventoryAdjustmentWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryAdjustment
+ *
+ * @param string $adjustment_id ID of the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to retrieve. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveInventoryAdjustmentWithHttpInfo($adjustment_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'adjustment_id' is set
+ if ($adjustment_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $adjustment_id when calling retrieveInventoryAdjustment');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/inventory/adjustment/{adjustment_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($adjustment_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "adjustment_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($adjustment_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to retrieve. (required)
+ * @param string $location_ids The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveInventoryChanges($catalog_object_id, $location_ids = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveInventoryChangesWithHttpInfo ($catalog_object_id, $location_ids, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveInventoryChangesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to retrieve. (required)
+ * @param string $location_ids The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveInventoryChangesWithHttpInfo($catalog_object_id, $location_ids = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'catalog_object_id' is set
+ if ($catalog_object_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $catalog_object_id when calling retrieveInventoryChanges');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/inventory/{catalog_object_id}/changes";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($location_ids !== null) {
+ $queryParams['location_ids'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($location_ids);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($catalog_object_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "catalog_object_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($catalog_object_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveInventoryCount
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryCount
+ *
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to retrieve. (required)
+ * @param string $location_ids The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryCountResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveInventoryCount($catalog_object_id, $location_ids = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveInventoryCountWithHttpInfo ($catalog_object_id, $location_ids, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveInventoryCountWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryCount
+ *
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to retrieve. (required)
+ * @param string $location_ids The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryCountResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveInventoryCountWithHttpInfo($catalog_object_id, $location_ids = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'catalog_object_id' is set
+ if ($catalog_object_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $catalog_object_id when calling retrieveInventoryCount');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/inventory/{catalog_object_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($location_ids !== null) {
+ $queryParams['location_ids'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($location_ids);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($catalog_object_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "catalog_object_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($catalog_object_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryCountResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryCountResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryCountResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCount
+ *
+ * @param string $physical_count_id ID of the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to retrieve. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount($physical_count_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveInventoryPhysicalCountWithHttpInfo ($physical_count_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveInventoryPhysicalCountWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCount
+ *
+ * @param string $physical_count_id ID of the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to retrieve. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveInventoryPhysicalCountWithHttpInfo($physical_count_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'physical_count_id' is set
+ if ($physical_count_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $physical_count_id when calling retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/inventory/physical-count/{physical_count_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($physical_count_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "physical_count_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($physical_count_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * LaborApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LaborApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return LaborApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * createBreakType
+ *
+ * CreateBreakType
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createBreakType($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createBreakTypeWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createBreakTypeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateBreakType
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createBreakTypeWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createBreakType');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/break-types";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateBreakTypeResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createShift
+ *
+ * CreateShift
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createShift($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createShiftWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createShiftWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateShift
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createShiftWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createShift');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/shifts";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateShiftResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteBreakType
+ *
+ * DeleteBreakType
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `BreakType` being deleted. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteBreakTypeResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteBreakType($id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteBreakTypeWithHttpInfo ($id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteBreakTypeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteBreakType
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `BreakType` being deleted. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteBreakTypeResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteBreakTypeWithHttpInfo($id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling deleteBreakType');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/break-types/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteBreakTypeResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteBreakTypeResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteBreakTypeResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteShift
+ *
+ * DeleteShift
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `Shift` being deleted. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteShiftResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteShift($id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteShiftWithHttpInfo ($id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteShiftWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteShift
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `Shift` being deleted. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\DeleteShiftResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteShiftWithHttpInfo($id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling deleteShift');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/shifts/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteShiftResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteShiftResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\DeleteShiftResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * getBreakType
+ *
+ * GetBreakType
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `BreakType` being retrieved. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\GetBreakTypeResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function getBreakType($id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->getBreakTypeWithHttpInfo ($id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * getBreakTypeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * GetBreakType
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `BreakType` being retrieved. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\GetBreakTypeResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function getBreakTypeWithHttpInfo($id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling getBreakType');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/break-types/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\GetBreakTypeResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\GetBreakTypeResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\GetBreakTypeResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * getEmployeeWage
+ *
+ * GetEmployeeWage
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `EmployeeWage` being retrieved. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\GetEmployeeWageResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeWage($id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->getEmployeeWageWithHttpInfo ($id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * getEmployeeWageWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * GetEmployeeWage
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `EmployeeWage` being retrieved. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\GetEmployeeWageResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeWageWithHttpInfo($id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling getEmployeeWage');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/employee-wages/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\GetEmployeeWageResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\GetEmployeeWageResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\GetEmployeeWageResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * getShift
+ *
+ * GetShift
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `Shift` being retrieved. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\GetShiftResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function getShift($id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->getShiftWithHttpInfo ($id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * getShiftWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * GetShift
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `Shift` being retrieved. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\GetShiftResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function getShiftWithHttpInfo($id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling getShift');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/shifts/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\GetShiftResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\GetShiftResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\GetShiftResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listBreakTypes
+ *
+ * ListBreakTypes
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListBreakTypesResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listBreakTypes($location_id = null, $limit = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listBreakTypesWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $limit, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listBreakTypesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListBreakTypes
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListBreakTypesResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listBreakTypesWithHttpInfo($location_id = null, $limit = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/break-types";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $queryParams['location_id'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($location_id);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListBreakTypesResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListBreakTypesResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListBreakTypesResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listEmployeeWages
+ *
+ * ListEmployeeWages
+ *
+ * @param string $employee_id Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeeWagesResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listEmployeeWages($employee_id = null, $limit = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listEmployeeWagesWithHttpInfo ($employee_id, $limit, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listEmployeeWagesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListEmployeeWages
+ *
+ * @param string $employee_id Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeeWagesResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listEmployeeWagesWithHttpInfo($employee_id = null, $limit = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/employee-wages";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($employee_id !== null) {
+ $queryParams['employee_id'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($employee_id);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeeWagesResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeeWagesResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListEmployeeWagesResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listWorkweekConfigs
+ *
+ * ListWorkweekConfigs
+ *
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListWorkweekConfigsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listWorkweekConfigs($limit = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listWorkweekConfigsWithHttpInfo ($limit, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listWorkweekConfigsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListWorkweekConfigs
+ *
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page. (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListWorkweekConfigsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listWorkweekConfigsWithHttpInfo($limit = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/workweek-configs";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListWorkweekConfigsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListWorkweekConfigsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListWorkweekConfigsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * searchShifts
+ *
+ * SearchShifts
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function searchShifts($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->searchShiftsWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * searchShiftsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * SearchShifts
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function searchShiftsWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling searchShifts');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/shifts/search";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\SearchShiftsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateBreakType
+ *
+ * UpdateBreakType
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `BreakType` being updated. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateBreakType($id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateBreakTypeWithHttpInfo ($id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateBreakTypeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateBreakType
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `BreakType` being updated. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateBreakTypeWithHttpInfo($id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling updateBreakType');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateBreakType');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/break-types/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateBreakTypeResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateShift
+ *
+ * UpdateShift
+ *
+ * @param string $id ID of the object being updated. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateShift($id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateShiftWithHttpInfo ($id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateShiftWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateShift
+ *
+ * @param string $id ID of the object being updated. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateShiftWithHttpInfo($id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling updateShift');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateShift');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/shifts/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateShiftResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateWorkweekConfig
+ *
+ * UpdateWorkweekConfig
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `WorkweekConfig` object being updated. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateWorkweekConfig($id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateWorkweekConfigWithHttpInfo ($id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateWorkweekConfigWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateWorkweekConfig
+ *
+ * @param string $id UUID for the `WorkweekConfig` object being updated. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateWorkweekConfigWithHttpInfo($id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'id' is set
+ if ($id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $id when calling updateWorkweekConfig');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateWorkweekConfig');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/labor/workweek-configs/{id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * LocationsApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationsApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return LocationsApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * listLocations
+ *
+ * ListLocations
+ *
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListLocationsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listLocations()
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listLocationsWithHttpInfo ();
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listLocationsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListLocations
+ *
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListLocationsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listLocationsWithHttpInfo()
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListLocationsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListLocationsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListLocationsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * MobileAuthorizationApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class MobileAuthorizationApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return MobileAuthorizationApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * createMobileAuthorizationCode
+ *
+ * CreateMobileAuthorizationCode
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createMobileAuthorizationCode($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createMobileAuthorizationCodeWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createMobileAuthorizationCodeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateMobileAuthorizationCode
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createMobileAuthorizationCodeWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createMobileAuthorizationCode');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/mobile/authorization-code";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * OAuthApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OAuthApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return OAuthApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * obtainToken
+ *
+ * ObtainToken
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function obtainToken($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->obtainTokenWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * obtainTokenWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ObtainToken
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function obtainTokenWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling obtainToken');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/oauth2/token";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ObtainTokenResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * renewToken
+ *
+ * RenewToken
+ *
+ * @param string $client_id Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function renewToken($client_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->renewTokenWithHttpInfo ($client_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * renewTokenWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RenewToken
+ *
+ * @param string $client_id Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function renewTokenWithHttpInfo($client_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'client_id' is set
+ if ($client_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $client_id when calling renewToken');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling renewToken');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/oauth2/clients/{client_id}/access-token/renew";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($client_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "client_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($client_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires API key authentication
+ $apiKey = $this->apiClient->getApiKeyWithPrefix('Authorization');
+ if (strlen($apiKey) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = $apiKey;
+ }
+
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RenewTokenResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * revokeToken
+ *
+ * RevokeToken
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function revokeToken($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->revokeTokenWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * revokeTokenWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RevokeToken
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function revokeTokenWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling revokeToken');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/oauth2/revoke";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires API key authentication
+ $apiKey = $this->apiClient->getApiKeyWithPrefix('Authorization');
+ if (strlen($apiKey) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = $apiKey;
+ }
+
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RevokeTokenResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * OrdersApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrdersApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return OrdersApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * batchRetrieveOrders
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveOrders
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the orders' associated location. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchRetrieveOrders($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->batchRetrieveOrdersWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * batchRetrieveOrdersWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveOrders
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the orders' associated location. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function batchRetrieveOrdersWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling batchRetrieveOrders');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling batchRetrieveOrders');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/orders/batch-retrieve";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createOrder
+ *
+ * CreateOrder
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the business location to associate the order with. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createOrder($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createOrderWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createOrderWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateOrder
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the business location to associate the order with. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createOrderWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createOrder');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createOrder');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/orders";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * ReportingApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ReportingApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return ReportingApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds
+ *
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds for. (required)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds($location_id, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $sort_order = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds for. (required)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsWithHttpInfo($location_id, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $sort_order = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/additional-recipient-receivable-refunds";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($begin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($sort_order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['sort_order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($sort_order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listAdditionalRecipientReceivables
+ *
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list AdditionalRecipientReceivables for. (required)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listAdditionalRecipientReceivables($location_id, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $sort_order = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listAdditionalRecipientReceivablesWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listAdditionalRecipientReceivablesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list AdditionalRecipientReceivables for. (required)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listAdditionalRecipientReceivablesWithHttpInfo($location_id, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $sort_order = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listAdditionalRecipientReceivables');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/additional-recipient-receivables";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($begin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($sort_order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['sort_order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($sort_order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * TransactionsApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TransactionsApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return TransactionsApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * captureTransaction
+ *
+ * CaptureTransaction
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id (required)
+ * @param string $transaction_id (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CaptureTransactionResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function captureTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->captureTransactionWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $transaction_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * captureTransactionWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CaptureTransaction
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id (required)
+ * @param string $transaction_id (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CaptureTransactionResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function captureTransactionWithHttpInfo($location_id, $transaction_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling captureTransaction');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'transaction_id' is set
+ if ($transaction_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $transaction_id when calling captureTransaction');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/capture";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($transaction_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "transaction_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($transaction_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CaptureTransactionResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CaptureTransactionResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CaptureTransactionResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * charge
+ *
+ * Charge
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to associate the created transaction with. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function charge($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->chargeWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * chargeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * Charge
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to associate the created transaction with. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function chargeWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling charge');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling charge');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ChargeResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ChargeResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ChargeResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createRefund
+ *
+ * CreateRefund
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the original transaction's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $transaction_id The ID of the original transaction that includes the tender to refund. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createRefund($location_id, $transaction_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createRefundWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $transaction_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createRefundWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateRefund
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the original transaction's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $transaction_id The ID of the original transaction that includes the tender to refund. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createRefundWithHttpInfo($location_id, $transaction_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createRefund');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'transaction_id' is set
+ if ($transaction_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $transaction_id when calling createRefund');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createRefund');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/refund";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($transaction_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "transaction_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($transaction_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateRefundResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listRefunds
+ *
+ * ListRefunds
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list refunds for. (required)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListRefundsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listRefunds($location_id, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $sort_order = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listRefundsWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listRefundsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListRefunds
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list refunds for. (required)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListRefundsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listRefundsWithHttpInfo($location_id, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $sort_order = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listRefunds');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/refunds";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($begin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($sort_order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['sort_order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($sort_order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListRefundsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListRefundsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListRefundsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listTransactions
+ *
+ * ListTransactions
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list transactions for. (required)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ListTransactionsResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listTransactions($location_id, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $sort_order = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listTransactionsWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $begin_time, $end_time, $sort_order, $cursor);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listTransactionsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListTransactions
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list transactions for. (required)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` (optional)
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\ListTransactionsResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listTransactionsWithHttpInfo($location_id, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $sort_order = null, $cursor = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listTransactions');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($begin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($sort_order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['sort_order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($sort_order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($cursor !== null) {
+ $queryParams['cursor'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($cursor);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListTransactionsResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\ListTransactionsResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\ListTransactionsResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveTransaction
+ *
+ * RetrieveTransaction
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the transaction's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $transaction_id The ID of the transaction to retrieve. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveTransactionResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveTransactionWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $transaction_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveTransactionWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveTransaction
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the transaction's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $transaction_id The ID of the transaction to retrieve. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveTransactionResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveTransactionWithHttpInfo($location_id, $transaction_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling retrieveTransaction');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'transaction_id' is set
+ if ($transaction_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $transaction_id when calling retrieveTransaction');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($transaction_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "transaction_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($transaction_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveTransactionResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveTransactionResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveTransactionResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * voidTransaction
+ *
+ * VoidTransaction
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id (required)
+ * @param string $transaction_id (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\VoidTransactionResponse
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function voidTransaction($location_id, $transaction_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->voidTransactionWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $transaction_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * voidTransactionWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * VoidTransaction
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id (required)
+ * @param string $transaction_id (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\VoidTransactionResponse, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function voidTransactionWithHttpInfo($location_id, $transaction_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling voidTransaction');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'transaction_id' is set
+ if ($transaction_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $transaction_id when calling voidTransaction');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v2/locations/{location_id}/transactions/{transaction_id}/void";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($transaction_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "transaction_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($transaction_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\VoidTransactionResponse'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\VoidTransactionResponse', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\VoidTransactionResponse', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * V1EmployeesApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeesApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return V1EmployeesApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * createEmployee
+ *
+ * CreateEmployee
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createEmployee($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createEmployeeWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createEmployeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateEmployee
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createEmployeeWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createEmployee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/employees";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * CreateEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole $employee_role An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createEmployeeRole($employee_role)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo ($employee_role);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole $employee_role An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo($employee_role)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'employee_role' is set
+ if ($employee_role === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $employee_role when calling createEmployeeRole');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/roles";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($employee_role)) {
+ $_tempBody = $employee_role;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createTimecard
+ *
+ * CreateTimecard
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createTimecard($body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createTimecardWithHttpInfo ($body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createTimecardWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateTimecard
+ *
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createTimecardWithHttpInfo($body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createTimecard');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/timecards";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteTimecard
+ *
+ * DeleteTimecard
+ *
+ * @param string $timecard_id The ID of the timecard to delete. (required)
+ * @return object
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteTimecard($timecard_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteTimecardWithHttpInfo ($timecard_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteTimecardWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteTimecard
+ *
+ * @param string $timecard_id The ID of the timecard to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of object, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteTimecardWithHttpInfo($timecard_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'timecard_id' is set
+ if ($timecard_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $timecard_id when calling deleteTimecard');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($timecard_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "timecard_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($timecard_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, 'object'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, 'object', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), 'object', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listCashDrawerShifts
+ *
+ * ListCashDrawerShifts
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list cash drawer shifts for. (required)
+ * @param string $order The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listCashDrawerShifts($location_id, $order = null, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listCashDrawerShiftsWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listCashDrawerShiftsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListCashDrawerShifts
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list cash drawer shifts for. (required)
+ * @param string $order The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listCashDrawerShiftsWithHttpInfo($location_id, $order = null, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listCashDrawerShifts');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/cash-drawer-shifts";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_time);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listEmployeeRoles
+ *
+ * ListEmployeeRoles
+ *
+ * @param string $order The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.Default value: ASC (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listEmployeeRoles($order = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listEmployeeRolesWithHttpInfo ($order, $limit, $batch_token);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listEmployeeRolesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListEmployeeRoles
+ *
+ * @param string $order The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.Default value: ASC (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listEmployeeRolesWithHttpInfo($order = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/roles";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listEmployees
+ *
+ * ListEmployees
+ *
+ * @param string $order The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format (optional)
+ * @param string $end_updated_at If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_created_at If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_created_at If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $status If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE). (optional)
+ * @param string $external_id If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listEmployees($order = null, $begin_updated_at = null, $end_updated_at = null, $begin_created_at = null, $end_created_at = null, $status = null, $external_id = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listEmployeesWithHttpInfo ($order, $begin_updated_at, $end_updated_at, $begin_created_at, $end_created_at, $status, $external_id, $limit, $batch_token);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listEmployeesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListEmployees
+ *
+ * @param string $order The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format (optional)
+ * @param string $end_updated_at If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_created_at If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_created_at If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $status If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE). (optional)
+ * @param string $external_id If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listEmployeesWithHttpInfo($order = null, $begin_updated_at = null, $end_updated_at = null, $begin_created_at = null, $end_created_at = null, $status = null, $external_id = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/employees";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_updated_at !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_updated_at'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_updated_at);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_updated_at !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_updated_at'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_updated_at);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_created_at !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_created_at'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_created_at);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_created_at !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_created_at'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_created_at);
+ }// query params
+ if ($status !== null) {
+ $queryParams['status'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($status);
+ }// query params
+ if ($external_id !== null) {
+ $queryParams['external_id'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($external_id);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listTimecardEvents
+ *
+ * ListTimecardEvents
+ *
+ * @param string $timecard_id The ID of the timecard to list events for. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listTimecardEvents($timecard_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listTimecardEventsWithHttpInfo ($timecard_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listTimecardEventsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListTimecardEvents
+ *
+ * @param string $timecard_id The ID of the timecard to list events for. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listTimecardEventsWithHttpInfo($timecard_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'timecard_id' is set
+ if ($timecard_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $timecard_id when calling listTimecardEvents');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id}/events";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($timecard_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "timecard_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($timecard_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listTimecards
+ *
+ * ListTimecards
+ *
+ * @param string $order The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. (optional)
+ * @param string $employee_id If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_clockin_time If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_clockin_time If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_clockout_time If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_clockout_time If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param bool $deleted If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned.If you don't provide this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listTimecards($order = null, $employee_id = null, $begin_clockin_time = null, $end_clockin_time = null, $begin_clockout_time = null, $end_clockout_time = null, $begin_updated_at = null, $end_updated_at = null, $deleted = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listTimecardsWithHttpInfo ($order, $employee_id, $begin_clockin_time, $end_clockin_time, $begin_clockout_time, $end_clockout_time, $begin_updated_at, $end_updated_at, $deleted, $limit, $batch_token);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listTimecardsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListTimecards
+ *
+ * @param string $order The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. (optional)
+ * @param string $employee_id If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_clockin_time If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_clockin_time If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_clockout_time If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_clockout_time If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. (optional)
+ * @param bool $deleted If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned.If you don't provide this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listTimecardsWithHttpInfo($order = null, $employee_id = null, $begin_clockin_time = null, $end_clockin_time = null, $begin_clockout_time = null, $end_clockout_time = null, $begin_updated_at = null, $end_updated_at = null, $deleted = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/timecards";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($employee_id !== null) {
+ $queryParams['employee_id'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($employee_id);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_clockin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_clockin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_clockin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_clockin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_clockin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_clockin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_clockout_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_clockout_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_clockout_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_clockout_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_clockout_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_clockout_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_updated_at !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_updated_at'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_updated_at);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_updated_at !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_updated_at'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_updated_at);
+ }// query params
+ if ($deleted !== null) {
+ $queryParams['deleted'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($deleted);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveCashDrawerShift
+ *
+ * RetrieveCashDrawerShift
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list cash drawer shifts for. (required)
+ * @param string $shift_id The shift's ID. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveCashDrawerShift($location_id, $shift_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveCashDrawerShiftWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $shift_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveCashDrawerShiftWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveCashDrawerShift
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list cash drawer shifts for. (required)
+ * @param string $shift_id The shift's ID. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveCashDrawerShiftWithHttpInfo($location_id, $shift_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling retrieveCashDrawerShift');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'shift_id' is set
+ if ($shift_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $shift_id when calling retrieveCashDrawerShift');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/cash-drawer-shifts/{shift_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($shift_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "shift_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($shift_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveEmployee
+ *
+ * RetrieveEmployee
+ *
+ * @param string $employee_id The employee's ID. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveEmployee($employee_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveEmployeeWithHttpInfo ($employee_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveEmployeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveEmployee
+ *
+ * @param string $employee_id The employee's ID. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveEmployeeWithHttpInfo($employee_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'employee_id' is set
+ if ($employee_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $employee_id when calling retrieveEmployee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/employees/{employee_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($employee_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "employee_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($employee_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * RetrieveEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * @param string $role_id The role's ID. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveEmployeeRole($role_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo ($role_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * @param string $role_id The role's ID. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo($role_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'role_id' is set
+ if ($role_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $role_id when calling retrieveEmployeeRole');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/roles/{role_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($role_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "role_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($role_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveTimecard
+ *
+ * RetrieveTimecard
+ *
+ * @param string $timecard_id The timecard's ID. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveTimecard($timecard_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveTimecardWithHttpInfo ($timecard_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveTimecardWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveTimecard
+ *
+ * @param string $timecard_id The timecard's ID. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveTimecardWithHttpInfo($timecard_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'timecard_id' is set
+ if ($timecard_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $timecard_id when calling retrieveTimecard');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($timecard_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "timecard_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($timecard_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateEmployee
+ *
+ * UpdateEmployee
+ *
+ * @param string $employee_id The ID of the role to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateEmployee($employee_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateEmployeeWithHttpInfo ($employee_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateEmployeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateEmployee
+ *
+ * @param string $employee_id The ID of the role to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateEmployeeWithHttpInfo($employee_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'employee_id' is set
+ if ($employee_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $employee_id when calling updateEmployee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateEmployee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/employees/{employee_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($employee_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "employee_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($employee_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * UpdateEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * @param string $role_id The ID of the role to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateEmployeeRole($role_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo ($role_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * @param string $role_id The ID of the role to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateEmployeeRoleWithHttpInfo($role_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'role_id' is set
+ if ($role_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $role_id when calling updateEmployeeRole');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateEmployeeRole');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/roles/{role_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($role_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "role_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($role_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateTimecard
+ *
+ * UpdateTimecard
+ *
+ * @param string $timecard_id TThe ID of the timecard to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateTimecard($timecard_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateTimecardWithHttpInfo ($timecard_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateTimecardWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateTimecard
+ *
+ * @param string $timecard_id TThe ID of the timecard to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateTimecardWithHttpInfo($timecard_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'timecard_id' is set
+ if ($timecard_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $timecard_id when calling updateTimecard');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateTimecard');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/timecards/{timecard_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($timecard_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "timecard_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($timecard_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * V1ItemsApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemsApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return V1ItemsApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * adjustInventory
+ *
+ * AdjustInventory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $variation_id The ID of the variation to adjust inventory information for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1AdjustInventoryRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function adjustInventory($location_id, $variation_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->adjustInventoryWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $variation_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * adjustInventoryWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * AdjustInventory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $variation_id The ID of the variation to adjust inventory information for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1AdjustInventoryRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function adjustInventoryWithHttpInfo($location_id, $variation_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling adjustInventory');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'variation_id' is set
+ if ($variation_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $variation_id when calling adjustInventory');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling adjustInventory');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/inventory/{variation_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($variation_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "variation_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($variation_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * applyFee
+ *
+ * ApplyFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the fee's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to add the fee to. (required)
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the fee to apply. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function applyFee($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->applyFeeWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * applyFeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ApplyFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the fee's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to add the fee to. (required)
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the fee to apply. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function applyFeeWithHttpInfo($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling applyFee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling applyFee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'fee_id' is set
+ if ($fee_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $fee_id when calling applyFee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/fees/{fee_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($fee_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "fee_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($fee_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * applyModifierList
+ *
+ * ApplyModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to apply. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to add the modifier list to. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function applyModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->applyModifierListWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * applyModifierListWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ApplyModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to apply. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to add the modifier list to. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function applyModifierListWithHttpInfo($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling applyModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_list_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_list_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_list_id when calling applyModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling applyModifierList');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_list_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_list_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_list_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createCategory
+ *
+ * CreateCategory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create an item for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createCategory($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createCategoryWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createCategoryWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateCategory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create an item for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createCategoryWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createCategory');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createCategory');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/categories";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createDiscount
+ *
+ * CreateDiscount
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create an item for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createDiscount($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createDiscountWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createDiscountWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateDiscount
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create an item for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createDiscountWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createDiscount');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createDiscount');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/discounts";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createFee
+ *
+ * CreateFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create a fee for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createFee($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createFeeWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createFeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create a fee for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createFeeWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createFee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createFee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/fees";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createItem
+ *
+ * CreateItem
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create an item for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createItem($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createItemWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createItemWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateItem
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create an item for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createItemWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createItem');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createItem');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createModifierList
+ *
+ * CreateModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create a modifier list for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createModifierList($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createModifierListWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createModifierListWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create a modifier list for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createModifierListWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createModifierList');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createModifierOption
+ *
+ * CreateModifierOption
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createModifierOptionWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createModifierOptionWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateModifierOption
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createModifierOptionWithHttpInfo($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createModifierOption');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_list_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_list_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_list_id when calling createModifierOption');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createModifierOption');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_list_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_list_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_list_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createPage
+ *
+ * CreatePage
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create an item for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createPage($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createPageWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createPageWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreatePage
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to create an item for. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createPageWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createPage');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createPage');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/pages";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * createVariation
+ *
+ * CreateVariation
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The item's ID. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createVariation($location_id, $item_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createVariationWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $item_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createVariationWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateVariation
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The item's ID. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createVariationWithHttpInfo($location_id, $item_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createVariation');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling createVariation');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createVariation');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteCategory
+ *
+ * DeleteCategory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $category_id The ID of the category to delete. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteCategory($location_id, $category_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteCategoryWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $category_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteCategoryWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteCategory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $category_id The ID of the category to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteCategoryWithHttpInfo($location_id, $category_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deleteCategory');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'category_id' is set
+ if ($category_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $category_id when calling deleteCategory');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/categories/{category_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($category_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "category_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($category_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteDiscount
+ *
+ * DeleteDiscount
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $discount_id The ID of the discount to delete. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteDiscount($location_id, $discount_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteDiscountWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $discount_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteDiscountWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteDiscount
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $discount_id The ID of the discount to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteDiscountWithHttpInfo($location_id, $discount_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deleteDiscount');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'discount_id' is set
+ if ($discount_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $discount_id when calling deleteDiscount');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/discounts/{discount_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($discount_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "discount_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($discount_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteFee
+ *
+ * DeleteFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the fee's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the fee to delete. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteFee($location_id, $fee_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteFeeWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $fee_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteFeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the fee's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the fee to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteFeeWithHttpInfo($location_id, $fee_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deleteFee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'fee_id' is set
+ if ($fee_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $fee_id when calling deleteFee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/fees/{fee_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($fee_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "fee_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($fee_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteItem
+ *
+ * DeleteItem
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to modify. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteItem($location_id, $item_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteItemWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $item_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteItemWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteItem
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to modify. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteItemWithHttpInfo($location_id, $item_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deleteItem');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling deleteItem');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteModifierList
+ *
+ * DeleteModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to delete. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteModifierListWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $modifier_list_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteModifierListWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteModifierListWithHttpInfo($location_id, $modifier_list_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deleteModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_list_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_list_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_list_id when calling deleteModifierList');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_list_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_list_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_list_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteModifierOption
+ *
+ * DeleteModifierOption
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to delete. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_option_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteModifierOptionWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteModifierOptionWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteModifierOption
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to delete. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_option_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteModifierOptionWithHttpInfo($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deleteModifierOption');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_list_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_list_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_list_id when calling deleteModifierOption');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_option_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_option_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_option_id when calling deleteModifierOption');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options/{modifier_option_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_list_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_list_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_list_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_option_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_option_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_option_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deletePage
+ *
+ * DeletePage
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $page_id The ID of the page to delete. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deletePage($location_id, $page_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deletePageWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $page_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deletePageWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeletePage
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $page_id The ID of the page to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deletePageWithHttpInfo($location_id, $page_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deletePage');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'page_id' is set
+ if ($page_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $page_id when calling deletePage');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($page_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "page_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($page_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deletePageCell
+ *
+ * DeletePageCell
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $page_id The ID of the page to delete. (required)
+ * @param string $row The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row. (optional)
+ * @param string $column The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deletePageCell($location_id, $page_id, $row = null, $column = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deletePageCellWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $page_id, $row, $column);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deletePageCellWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeletePageCell
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $page_id The ID of the page to delete. (required)
+ * @param string $row The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row. (optional)
+ * @param string $column The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deletePageCellWithHttpInfo($location_id, $page_id, $row = null, $column = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deletePageCell');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'page_id' is set
+ if ($page_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $page_id when calling deletePageCell');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id}/cells";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($row !== null) {
+ $queryParams['row'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($row);
+ }// query params
+ if ($column !== null) {
+ $queryParams['column'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($column);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($page_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "page_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($page_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * deleteVariation
+ *
+ * DeleteVariation
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to delete. (required)
+ * @param string $variation_id The ID of the variation to delete. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteVariation($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->deleteVariationWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * deleteVariationWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * DeleteVariation
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to delete. (required)
+ * @param string $variation_id The ID of the variation to delete. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function deleteVariationWithHttpInfo($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling deleteVariation');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling deleteVariation');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'variation_id' is set
+ if ($variation_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $variation_id when calling deleteVariation');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations/{variation_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($variation_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "variation_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($variation_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listCategories
+ *
+ * ListCategories
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list categories for. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listCategories($location_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listCategoriesWithHttpInfo ($location_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listCategoriesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListCategories
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list categories for. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listCategoriesWithHttpInfo($location_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listCategories');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/categories";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listDiscounts
+ *
+ * ListDiscounts
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list categories for. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listDiscounts($location_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listDiscountsWithHttpInfo ($location_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listDiscountsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListDiscounts
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list categories for. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listDiscountsWithHttpInfo($location_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listDiscounts');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/discounts";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listFees
+ *
+ * ListFees
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list fees for. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listFees($location_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listFeesWithHttpInfo ($location_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listFeesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListFees
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list fees for. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listFeesWithHttpInfo($location_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listFees');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/fees";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listInventory
+ *
+ * ListInventory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listInventory($location_id, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listInventoryWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $limit, $batch_token);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listInventoryWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListInventory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listInventoryWithHttpInfo($location_id, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listInventory');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/inventory";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listItems
+ *
+ * ListItems
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list items for. (required)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listItems($location_id, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listItemsWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $batch_token);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listItemsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListItems
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list items for. (required)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listItemsWithHttpInfo($location_id, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listItems');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listModifierLists
+ *
+ * ListModifierLists
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list modifier lists for. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listModifierLists($location_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listModifierListsWithHttpInfo ($location_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listModifierListsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListModifierLists
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list modifier lists for. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listModifierListsWithHttpInfo($location_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listModifierLists');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listPages
+ *
+ * ListPages
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list Favorites pages for. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listPages($location_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listPagesWithHttpInfo ($location_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listPagesWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListPages
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list Favorites pages for. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listPagesWithHttpInfo($location_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listPages');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/pages";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * removeFee
+ *
+ * RemoveFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the fee's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to add the fee to. (required)
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the fee to apply. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function removeFee($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->removeFeeWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * removeFeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RemoveFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the fee's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to add the fee to. (required)
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the fee to apply. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function removeFeeWithHttpInfo($location_id, $item_id, $fee_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling removeFee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling removeFee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'fee_id' is set
+ if ($fee_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $fee_id when calling removeFee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/fees/{fee_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($fee_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "fee_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($fee_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * removeModifierList
+ *
+ * RemoveModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to remove. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to remove the modifier list from. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function removeModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->removeModifierListWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * removeModifierListWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RemoveModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to remove. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to remove the modifier list from. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function removeModifierListWithHttpInfo($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $item_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling removeModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_list_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_list_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_list_id when calling removeModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling removeModifierList');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_list_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_list_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_list_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'DELETE',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveItem
+ *
+ * RetrieveItem
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The item's ID. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveItem($location_id, $item_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveItemWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $item_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveItemWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveItem
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The item's ID. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveItemWithHttpInfo($location_id, $item_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling retrieveItem');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling retrieveItem');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveModifierList
+ *
+ * RetrieveModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The modifier list's ID. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveModifierListWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $modifier_list_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveModifierListWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The modifier list's ID. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveModifierListWithHttpInfo($location_id, $modifier_list_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling retrieveModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_list_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_list_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_list_id when calling retrieveModifierList');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_list_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_list_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_list_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateCategory
+ *
+ * UpdateCategory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the category's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $category_id The ID of the category to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateCategory($location_id, $category_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateCategoryWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $category_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateCategoryWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateCategory
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the category's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $category_id The ID of the category to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateCategoryWithHttpInfo($location_id, $category_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updateCategory');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'category_id' is set
+ if ($category_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $category_id when calling updateCategory');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateCategory');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/categories/{category_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($category_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "category_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($category_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateDiscount
+ *
+ * UpdateDiscount
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the category's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $discount_id The ID of the discount to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateDiscount($location_id, $discount_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateDiscountWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $discount_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateDiscountWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateDiscount
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the category's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $discount_id The ID of the discount to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateDiscountWithHttpInfo($location_id, $discount_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updateDiscount');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'discount_id' is set
+ if ($discount_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $discount_id when calling updateDiscount');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateDiscount');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/discounts/{discount_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($discount_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "discount_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($discount_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateFee
+ *
+ * UpdateFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the fee's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the fee to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateFee($location_id, $fee_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateFeeWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $fee_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateFeeWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateFee
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the fee's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the fee to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateFeeWithHttpInfo($location_id, $fee_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updateFee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'fee_id' is set
+ if ($fee_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $fee_id when calling updateFee');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateFee');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/fees/{fee_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($fee_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "fee_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($fee_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateItem
+ *
+ * UpdateItem
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateItem($location_id, $item_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateItemWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $item_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateItemWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateItem
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateItemWithHttpInfo($location_id, $item_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updateItem');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling updateItem');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateItem');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateModifierList
+ *
+ * UpdateModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateModifierListRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateModifierList($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateModifierListWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateModifierListWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateModifierList
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateModifierListRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateModifierListWithHttpInfo($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updateModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_list_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_list_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_list_id when calling updateModifierList');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateModifierList');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_list_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_list_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_list_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateModifierOption
+ *
+ * UpdateModifierOption
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_option_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateModifierOption($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateModifierOptionWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateModifierOptionWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateModifierOption
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @param string $modifier_option_id The ID of the modifier list to edit. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateModifierOptionWithHttpInfo($location_id, $modifier_list_id, $modifier_option_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updateModifierOption');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_list_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_list_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_list_id when calling updateModifierOption');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'modifier_option_id' is set
+ if ($modifier_option_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $modifier_option_id when calling updateModifierOption');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateModifierOption');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/modifier-lists/{modifier_list_id}/modifier-options/{modifier_option_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_list_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_list_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_list_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($modifier_option_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "modifier_option_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($modifier_option_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updatePage
+ *
+ * UpdatePage
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the Favorites page's associated location (required)
+ * @param string $page_id The ID of the page to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updatePage($location_id, $page_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updatePageWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $page_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updatePageWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdatePage
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the Favorites page's associated location (required)
+ * @param string $page_id The ID of the page to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updatePageWithHttpInfo($location_id, $page_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updatePage');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'page_id' is set
+ if ($page_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $page_id when calling updatePage');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updatePage');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($page_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "page_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($page_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updatePageCell
+ *
+ * UpdatePageCell
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $page_id The ID of the page the cell belongs to. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updatePageCell($location_id, $page_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updatePageCellWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $page_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updatePageCellWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdatePageCell
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the Favorites page's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $page_id The ID of the page the cell belongs to. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updatePageCellWithHttpInfo($location_id, $page_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updatePageCell');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'page_id' is set
+ if ($page_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $page_id when calling updatePageCell');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updatePageCell');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/pages/{page_id}/cells";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($page_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "page_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($page_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateVariation
+ *
+ * UpdateVariation
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to modify. (required)
+ * @param string $variation_id The ID of the variation to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateVariation($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateVariationWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateVariationWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateVariation
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the item's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the item to modify. (required)
+ * @param string $variation_id The ID of the variation to modify. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateVariationWithHttpInfo($location_id, $item_id, $variation_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updateVariation');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'item_id' is set
+ if ($item_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $item_id when calling updateVariation');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'variation_id' is set
+ if ($variation_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $variation_id when calling updateVariation');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateVariation');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/items/{item_id}/variations/{variation_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($item_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "item_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($item_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($variation_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "variation_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($variation_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * V1LocationsApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1LocationsApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return V1LocationsApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * listLocations
+ *
+ * ListLocations
+ *
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listLocations()
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listLocationsWithHttpInfo ();
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listLocationsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListLocations
+ *
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listLocationsWithHttpInfo()
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me/locations";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveBusiness
+ *
+ * RetrieveBusiness
+ *
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveBusiness()
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveBusinessWithHttpInfo ();
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveBusinessWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveBusiness
+ *
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveBusinessWithHttpInfo()
+ {
+
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/me";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * V1TransactionsApi Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TransactionsApi
+{
+
+ /**
+ * API Client
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient instance of the ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $apiClient;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient|null $apiClient The api client to use
+ */
+ function __construct($apiClient = null)
+ {
+ if ($apiClient == null) {
+ $apiClient = new ApiClient();
+ $apiClient->getConfig()->setHost('https://connect.squareup.com');
+ }
+
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API client
+ * @return \SquareConnect\ApiClient get the API client
+ */
+ public function getApiClient()
+ {
+ return $this->apiClient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the API client
+ * @param \SquareConnect\ApiClient $apiClient set the API client
+ * @return V1TransactionsApi
+ */
+ public function setApiClient(ApiClient $apiClient)
+ {
+ $this->apiClient = $apiClient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * createRefund
+ *
+ * CreateRefund
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the original payment's associated location. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1CreateRefundRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createRefund($location_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->createRefundWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * createRefundWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * CreateRefund
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the original payment's associated location. (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1CreateRefundRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function createRefundWithHttpInfo($location_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling createRefund');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling createRefund');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/refunds";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'POST',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listBankAccounts
+ *
+ * ListBankAccounts
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list bank accounts for. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listBankAccounts($location_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listBankAccountsWithHttpInfo ($location_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listBankAccountsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListBankAccounts
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list bank accounts for. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listBankAccountsWithHttpInfo($location_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listBankAccounts');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/bank-accounts";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listOrders
+ *
+ * ListOrders
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list online store orders for. (required)
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listOrders($location_id, $order = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listOrdersWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $order, $limit, $batch_token);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listOrdersWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListOrders
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list online store orders for. (required)
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listOrdersWithHttpInfo($location_id, $order = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listOrders');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/orders";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listPayments
+ *
+ * ListPayments
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list payments for. If you specify me, this endpoint returns payments aggregated from all of the business's locations. (required)
+ * @param string $order The order in which payments are listed in the response. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @param bool $include_partial Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listPayments($location_id, $order = null, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null, $include_partial = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listPaymentsWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $batch_token, $include_partial);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listPaymentsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListPayments
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list payments for. If you specify me, this endpoint returns payments aggregated from all of the business's locations. (required)
+ * @param string $order The order in which payments are listed in the response. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @param bool $include_partial Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listPaymentsWithHttpInfo($location_id, $order = null, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null, $include_partial = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listPayments');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/payments";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }// query params
+ if ($include_partial !== null) {
+ $queryParams['include_partial'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($include_partial);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listRefunds
+ *
+ * ListRefunds
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list refunds for. (required)
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listRefunds($location_id, $order = null, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listRefundsWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $batch_token);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listRefundsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListRefunds
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list refunds for. (required)
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods. (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listRefundsWithHttpInfo($location_id, $order = null, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $limit = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listRefunds');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/refunds";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * listSettlements
+ *
+ * ListSettlements
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list settlements for. If you specify me, this endpoint returns payments aggregated from all of the business's locations. (required)
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $status Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED). (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listSettlements($location_id, $order = null, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $limit = null, $status = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->listSettlementsWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $order, $begin_time, $end_time, $limit, $status, $batch_token);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * listSettlementsWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * ListSettlements
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location to list settlements for. If you specify me, this endpoint returns payments aggregated from all of the business's locations. (required)
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. (optional)
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. (optional)
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. (optional)
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. (optional)
+ * @param string $status Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED). (optional)
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. (optional)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[], HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function listSettlementsWithHttpInfo($location_id, $order = null, $begin_time = null, $end_time = null, $limit = null, $status = null, $batch_token = null)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling listSettlements');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/settlements";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+ // query params
+ if ($order !== null) {
+ $queryParams['order'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($order);
+ }// query params
+ if ($begin_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['begin_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($begin_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($end_time !== null) {
+ $queryParams['end_time'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($end_time);
+ }// query params
+ if ($limit !== null) {
+ $queryParams['limit'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($limit);
+ }// query params
+ if ($status !== null) {
+ $queryParams['status'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($status);
+ }// query params
+ if ($batch_token !== null) {
+ $queryParams['batch_token'] = $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toQueryValue($batch_token);
+ }
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveBankAccount
+ *
+ * RetrieveBankAccount
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the bank account's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $bank_account_id The bank account's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Settlement objects returned. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveBankAccount($location_id, $bank_account_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveBankAccountWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $bank_account_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveBankAccountWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveBankAccount
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the bank account's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $bank_account_id The bank account's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Settlement objects returned. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveBankAccountWithHttpInfo($location_id, $bank_account_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling retrieveBankAccount');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'bank_account_id' is set
+ if ($bank_account_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $bank_account_id when calling retrieveBankAccount');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/bank-accounts/{bank_account_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($bank_account_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "bank_account_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($bank_account_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveOrder
+ *
+ * RetrieveOrder
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the order's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $order_id The order's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Order objects returned by the List Orders endpoint (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveOrder($location_id, $order_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveOrderWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $order_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveOrderWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveOrder
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the order's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $order_id The order's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Order objects returned by the List Orders endpoint (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveOrderWithHttpInfo($location_id, $order_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling retrieveOrder');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'order_id' is set
+ if ($order_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $order_id when calling retrieveOrder');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/orders/{order_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($order_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "order_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($order_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrievePayment
+ *
+ * RetrievePayment
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the payment's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $payment_id The Square-issued payment ID. payment_id comes from Payment objects returned by the List Payments endpoint, Settlement objects returned by the List Settlements endpoint, or Refund objects returned by the List Refunds endpoint. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrievePayment($location_id, $payment_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrievePaymentWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $payment_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrievePaymentWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrievePayment
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the payment's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $payment_id The Square-issued payment ID. payment_id comes from Payment objects returned by the List Payments endpoint, Settlement objects returned by the List Settlements endpoint, or Refund objects returned by the List Refunds endpoint. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrievePaymentWithHttpInfo($location_id, $payment_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling retrievePayment');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'payment_id' is set
+ if ($payment_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $payment_id when calling retrievePayment');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/payments/{payment_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($payment_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "payment_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($payment_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * retrieveSettlement
+ *
+ * RetrieveSettlement
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the settlements's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $settlement_id The settlement's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Settlement objects returned by the List Settlements endpoint. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveSettlement($location_id, $settlement_id)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->retrieveSettlementWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $settlement_id);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * retrieveSettlementWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * RetrieveSettlement
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the settlements's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $settlement_id The settlement's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Settlement objects returned by the List Settlements endpoint. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function retrieveSettlementWithHttpInfo($location_id, $settlement_id)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling retrieveSettlement');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'settlement_id' is set
+ if ($settlement_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $settlement_id when calling retrieveSettlement');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/settlements/{settlement_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($settlement_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "settlement_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($settlement_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'GET',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * updateOrder
+ *
+ * UpdateOrder
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the order's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $order_id The order's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Order objects returned by the List Orders endpoint (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateOrderRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateOrder($location_id, $order_id, $body)
+ {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->updateOrderWithHttpInfo ($location_id, $order_id, $body);
+ return $response;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * updateOrderWithHttpInfo
+ *
+ * UpdateOrder
+ *
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the order's associated location. (required)
+ * @param string $order_id The order's Square-issued ID. You obtain this value from Order objects returned by the List Orders endpoint (required)
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1UpdateOrderRequest $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. (required)
+ * @return Array of \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order, HTTP status code, HTTP response headers (array of strings)
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on non-2xx response
+ */
+ public function updateOrderWithHttpInfo($location_id, $order_id, $body)
+ {
+
+ // verify the required parameter 'location_id' is set
+ if ($location_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $location_id when calling updateOrder');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'order_id' is set
+ if ($order_id === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $order_id when calling updateOrder');
+ }
+ // verify the required parameter 'body' is set
+ if ($body === null) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Missing the required parameter $body when calling updateOrder');
+ }
+
+ // parse inputs
+ $resourcePath = "/v1/{location_id}/orders/{order_id}";
+ $httpBody = '';
+ $queryParams = array();
+ $headerParams = array();
+ $formParams = array();
+ $_header_accept = ApiClient::selectHeaderAccept(array('application/json'));
+ if (!is_null($_header_accept)) {
+ $headerParams['Accept'] = $_header_accept;
+ }
+ $headerParams['Content-Type'] = ApiClient::selectHeaderContentType(array('application/json'));
+ $headerParams['Square-Version'] = "2019-03-27";
+
+
+
+ // path params
+ if ($location_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "location_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($location_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }// path params
+ if ($order_id !== null) {
+ $resourcePath = str_replace(
+ "{" . "order_id" . "}",
+ $this->apiClient->getSerializer()->toPathValue($order_id),
+ $resourcePath
+ );
+ }
+ // default format to json
+ $resourcePath = str_replace("{format}", "json", $resourcePath);
+
+
+ // body params
+ $_tempBody = null;
+ if (isset($body)) {
+ $_tempBody = $body;
+ }
+
+ // for model (json/xml)
+ if (isset($_tempBody)) {
+ $httpBody = $_tempBody; // $_tempBody is the method argument, if present
+ } elseif (count($formParams) > 0) {
+ $httpBody = $formParams; // for HTTP post (form)
+ }
+
+ // this endpoint requires OAuth (access token)
+ if (strlen($this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken()) !== 0) {
+ $headerParams['Authorization'] = 'Bearer ' . $this->apiClient->getConfig()->getAccessToken();
+ }
+ // make the API Call
+ try {
+ list($response, $statusCode, $httpHeader) = $this->apiClient->callApi(
+ $resourcePath, 'PUT',
+ $queryParams, $httpBody,
+ $headerParams, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order'
+ );
+ if (!$response) {
+ return array(null, $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ }
+
+ return array(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($response, '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order', $httpHeader), $statusCode, $httpHeader);
+ } catch (ApiException $e) {
+ switch ($e->getCode()) {
+ case 200:
+ $data = \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::deserialize($e->getResponseBody(), '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order', $e->getResponseHeaders());
+ $e->setResponseObject($data);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ throw $e;
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect;
+
+/**
+ * ApiClient Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ApiClient
+{
+
+ public static $PATCH = "PATCH";
+ public static $POST = "POST";
+ public static $GET = "GET";
+ public static $HEAD = "HEAD";
+ public static $OPTIONS = "OPTIONS";
+ public static $PUT = "PUT";
+ public static $DELETE = "DELETE";
+
+ /**
+ * Configuration
+ * @var Configuration
+ */
+ protected $config;
+
+ /**
+ * Object Serializer
+ * @var ObjectSerializer
+ */
+ protected $serializer;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor of the class
+ * @param Configuration $config config for this ApiClient
+ */
+ public function __construct(Configuration $config = null)
+ {
+ if ($config == null) {
+ $config = Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration();
+ }
+
+ $this->config = $config;
+ $this->serializer = new ObjectSerializer();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the config
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function getConfig()
+ {
+ return $this->config;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the serializer
+ * @return ObjectSerializer
+ */
+ public function getSerializer()
+ {
+ return $this->serializer;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get API key (with prefix if set)
+ * @param string $apiKeyIdentifier name of apikey
+ * @return string API key with the prefix
+ */
+ public function getApiKeyWithPrefix($apiKeyIdentifier)
+ {
+ $prefix = $this->config->getApiKeyPrefix($apiKeyIdentifier);
+ $apiKey = $this->config->getApiKey($apiKeyIdentifier);
+
+ if (!isset($apiKey)) {
+ return null;
+ }
+
+ if (isset($prefix)) {
+ $keyWithPrefix = $prefix." ".$apiKey;
+ } else {
+ $keyWithPrefix = $apiKey;
+ }
+
+ return $keyWithPrefix;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Make the HTTP call (Sync)
+ * @param string $resourcePath path to method endpoint
+ * @param string $method method to call
+ * @param array $queryParams parameters to be place in query URL
+ * @param array $postData parameters to be placed in POST body
+ * @param array $headerParams parameters to be place in request header
+ * @param string $responseType expected response type of the endpoint
+ * @throws \SquareConnect\ApiException on a non 2xx response
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function callApi($resourcePath, $method, $queryParams, $postData, $headerParams, $responseType = null)
+ {
+
+ $headers = array();
+
+ // construct the http header
+ $headerParams = array_merge(
+ (array)$this->config->getDefaultHeaders(),
+ (array)$headerParams
+ );
+
+ foreach ($headerParams as $key => $val) {
+ if (strcasecmp($key, "Authorization") == 0 ) {
+ if (strrpos($val, "Bearer", -strlen($val)) === false) {
+ $headers[] = "$key: Bearer $val";
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ $headers[] = "$key: $val";
+ }
+
+ // form data
+ if ($postData and in_array('Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded', $headers)) {
+ $postData = http_build_query($postData);
+ } elseif ((is_object($postData) or is_array($postData)) and !in_array('Content-Type: multipart/form-data', $headers)) { // json model
+ $postData = json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($postData));
+ }
+
+ $url = $this->config->getHost() . $resourcePath;
+
+ $curl = curl_init();
+ // set timeout, if needed
+ if ($this->config->getCurlTimeout() != 0) {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_TIMEOUT, $this->config->getCurlTimeout());
+ }
+ // return the result on success, rather than just true
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER, true);
+
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_HTTPHEADER, $headers);
+
+ // disable SSL verification, if needed
+ if ($this->config->getSSLVerification() == false) {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYPEER, 0);
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYHOST, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (! empty($queryParams)) {
+ $url = ($url . '?' . http_build_query($queryParams));
+ }
+
+ if ($method == self::$POST) {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_POST, true);
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS, $postData);
+ } elseif ($method == self::$HEAD) {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_NOBODY, true);
+ } elseif ($method == self::$OPTIONS) {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST, "OPTIONS");
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS, $postData);
+ } elseif ($method == self::$PATCH) {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST, "PATCH");
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS, $postData);
+ } elseif ($method == self::$PUT) {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST, "PUT");
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS, $postData);
+ } elseif ($method == self::$DELETE) {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST, "DELETE");
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS, $postData);
+ } elseif ($method != self::$GET) {
+ throw new ApiException('Method ' . $method . ' is not recognized.');
+ }
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_URL, $url);
+
+ // Set user agent
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_USERAGENT, $this->config->getUserAgent());
+
+ // debugging for curl
+ if ($this->config->getDebug()) {
+ error_log("[DEBUG] HTTP Request body ~BEGIN~\n".print_r($postData, true)."\n~END~\n", 3, $this->config->getDebugFile());
+
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_VERBOSE, 1);
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_STDERR, fopen($this->config->getDebugFile(), 'a'));
+ } else {
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_VERBOSE, 0);
+ }
+
+ // obtain the HTTP response headers
+ curl_setopt($curl, CURLOPT_HEADER, 1);
+
+ // Make the request
+ $response = curl_exec($curl);
+ $http_header_size = curl_getinfo($curl, CURLINFO_HEADER_SIZE);
+ $http_header = $this->http_parse_headers(substr($response, 0, $http_header_size));
+ $http_body = substr($response, $http_header_size);
+ $response_info = curl_getinfo($curl);
+
+ // debug HTTP response body
+ if ($this->config->getDebug()) {
+ error_log("[DEBUG] HTTP Response body ~BEGIN~\n".print_r($http_body, true)."\n~END~\n", 3, $this->config->getDebugFile());
+ }
+
+ // Handle the response
+ if ($response_info['http_code'] == 0) {
+ $curl_error_message = curl_error($curl);
+
+ // curl_exec can sometimes fail but still return a blank message from curl_error().
+ if (!empty($curl_error_message)) {
+ $error_message = "API call to $url failed: " . curl_error($curl);
+ } else {
+ $error_message = "API call to $url failed, but for an unknown reason. " .
+ "This could happen if you are disconnected from the network.";
+ }
+ throw new ApiException($error_message, 0, null, null);
+ } elseif ($response_info['http_code'] >= 200 && $response_info['http_code'] <= 299 ) {
+ // return raw body if response is a file
+ if ($responseType == '\SplFileObject' || $responseType == 'ByteArray') {
+ return array($http_body, $response_info['http_code'], $http_header);
+ }
+
+ $data = json_decode($http_body);
+ if (json_last_error() > 0) { // if response is a string
+ $data = $http_body;
+ }
+ } else {
+ $data = json_decode($http_body);
+ if (json_last_error() > 0) { // if response is a string
+ $data = $http_body;
+ }
+
+ throw new ApiException(
+ "[{$http_header[0]}] $http_body",
+ $response_info['http_code'], $http_header, $data
+ );
+ }
+ return array($data, $response_info['http_code'], $http_header);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Return the header 'Accept' based on an array of Accept provided
+ *
+ * @param string[] $accept Array of header
+ *
+ * @return string Accept (e.g. application/json)
+ */
+ public static function selectHeaderAccept($accept)
+ {
+ if (count($accept) === 0 or (count($accept) === 1 and $accept[0] === '')) {
+ return null;
+ } elseif (preg_grep("/application\/json/i", $accept)) {
+ return 'application/json';
+ } else {
+ return implode(',', $accept);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Return the content type based on an array of content-type provided
+ *
+ * @param string[] $content_type Array fo content-type
+ *
+ * @return string Content-Type (e.g. application/json)
+ */
+ public static function selectHeaderContentType($content_type)
+ {
+ if (count($content_type) === 0 or (count($content_type) === 1 and $content_type[0] === '')) {
+ return 'application/json';
+ } elseif (preg_grep("/application\/json/i", $content_type)) {
+ return 'application/json';
+ } else {
+ return implode(',', $content_type);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Return a batch_token if present on the Link header or null if no token
+ * is present
+ *
+ * @param string[] Array of HTTP response heaers
+ *
+ * @return
+ */
+ public static function getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($http_headers) {
+ if (is_array($http_headers) && isset($http_headers['Link']))
+ {
+ $connect_link_regexp = "/^<([^>]+)>;rel='next'$/";
+ if (preg_match($connect_link_regexp, $http_headers['Link'], $match) === 1)
+ {
+ $link_uri = $match[1];
+ if ($query = parse_url($link_uri, PHP_URL_QUERY))
+ {
+ parse_str($query, $query_params);
+ if (is_array($query_params) && isset($query_params['batch_token']))
+ {
+ return $query_params['batch_token'];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return null;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Return an array of HTTP response headers
+ *
+ * @param string $raw_headers A string of raw HTTP response headers
+ *
+ * @return string[] Array of HTTP response heaers
+ */
+ protected function http_parse_headers($raw_headers)
+ {
+ // ref/credit: http://php.net/manual/en/function.http-parse-headers.php#112986
+ $headers = array();
+ $key = ''; // [+]
+
+ foreach(explode("\n", $raw_headers) as $i => $h)
+ {
+ $h = explode(':', $h, 2);
+
+ if (isset($h[1]))
+ {
+ if (!isset($headers[$h[0]]))
+ $headers[$h[0]] = trim($h[1]);
+ elseif (is_array($headers[$h[0]]))
+ {
+ // $tmp = array_merge($headers[$h[0]], array(trim($h[1]))); // [-]
+ // $headers[$h[0]] = $tmp; // [-]
+ $headers[$h[0]] = array_merge($headers[$h[0]], array(trim($h[1]))); // [+]
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // $tmp = array_merge(array($headers[$h[0]]), array(trim($h[1]))); // [-]
+ // $headers[$h[0]] = $tmp; // [-]
+ $headers[$h[0]] = array_merge(array($headers[$h[0]]), array(trim($h[1]))); // [+]
+ }
+
+ $key = $h[0]; // [+]
+ }
+ else // [+]
+ { // [+]
+ if (substr($h[0], 0, 1) == "\t") // [+]
+ $headers[$key] .= "\r\n\t".trim($h[0]); // [+]
+ elseif (!$key) // [+]
+ $headers[0] = trim($h[0]);trim($h[0]); // [+]
+ } // [+]
+ }
+
+ return $headers;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect;
+
+use \Exception;
+
+/**
+ * ApiException Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ApiException extends Exception
+{
+
+ /**
+ * The HTTP body of the server response either as Json or string.
+ * @var mixed
+ */
+ protected $responseBody;
+
+ /**
+ * The HTTP header of the server response.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $responseHeaders;
+
+ /**
+ * The deserialized response object
+ * @var $responseObject;
+ */
+ protected $responseObject;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param string $message Error message
+ * @param int $code HTTP status code
+ * @param string $responseHeaders HTTP response header
+ * @param mixed $responseBody HTTP body of the server response either as Json or string
+ */
+ public function __construct($message="", $code=0, $responseHeaders=null, $responseBody=null)
+ {
+ parent::__construct($message, $code);
+ $this->responseHeaders = $responseHeaders;
+ $this->responseBody = $responseBody;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the HTTP response header
+ *
+ * @return string HTTP response header
+ */
+ public function getResponseHeaders()
+ {
+ return $this->responseHeaders;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the HTTP body of the server response either as Json or string
+ *
+ * @return mixed HTTP body of the server response either as Json or string
+ */
+ public function getResponseBody()
+ {
+ return $this->responseBody;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the deseralized response object (during deserialization)
+ * @param mixed $obj Deserialized response object
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function setResponseObject($obj)
+ {
+ $this->responseObject = $obj;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the deseralized response object (during deserialization)
+ *
+ * @return mixed the deserialized response object
+ */
+ public function getResponseObject()
+ {
+ return $this->responseObject;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * Configuration
+ * PHP version 5
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect;
+
+/**
+ * Configuration Class Doc Comment
+ * PHP version 5
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author http://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ */
+class Configuration
+{
+
+ private static $_defaultConfiguration = null;
+
+ /**
+ * Associate array to store API key(s)
+ *
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $apiKeys = array();
+
+ /**
+ * Associate array to store API prefix (e.g. Bearer)
+ *
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $apiKeyPrefixes = array();
+
+ /**
+ * Access token for OAuth
+ *
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $accessToken = '';
+
+ /**
+ * Username for HTTP basic authentication
+ *
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $username = '';
+
+ /**
+ * Password for HTTP basic authentication
+ *
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $password = '';
+
+ /**
+ * The default instance of ApiClient
+ *
+ * @var \SquareConnect\ApiClient
+ */
+ protected $defaultHeaders = array();
+
+ /**
+ * The host
+ *
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $host = 'https://connect.squareup.com';
+
+ /**
+ * Timeout (second) of the HTTP request, by default set to 0, no timeout
+ *
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $curlTimeout = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * User agent of the HTTP request.
+ *
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $userAgent = "Square-Connect-PHP/2.20190327.0";
+
+ /**
+ * Debug switch (default set to false)
+ *
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $debug = false;
+
+ /**
+ * Debug file location (log to STDOUT by default)
+ *
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $debugFile = 'php://output';
+
+ /**
+ * Debug file location (log to STDOUT by default)
+ *
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $tempFolderPath;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicates if SSL verification should be enabled or disabled.
+ *
+ * This is useful if the host uses a self-signed SSL certificate.
+ *
+ * @var boolean True if the certificate should be validated, false otherwise.
+ */
+ protected $sslVerification = true;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ */
+ public function __construct()
+ {
+ $this->tempFolderPath = sys_get_temp_dir();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets API key
+ *
+ * @param string $apiKeyIdentifier API key identifier (authentication scheme)
+ * @param string $key API key or token
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setApiKey($apiKeyIdentifier, $key)
+ {
+ $this->apiKeys[$apiKeyIdentifier] = $key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets API key
+ *
+ * @param string $apiKeyIdentifier API key identifier (authentication scheme)
+ *
+ * @return string API key or token
+ */
+ public function getApiKey($apiKeyIdentifier)
+ {
+ return isset($this->apiKeys[$apiKeyIdentifier]) ? $this->apiKeys[$apiKeyIdentifier] : null;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the prefix for API key (e.g. Bearer)
+ *
+ * @param string $apiKeyIdentifier API key identifier (authentication scheme)
+ * @param string $prefix API key prefix, e.g. Bearer
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setApiKeyPrefix($apiKeyIdentifier, $prefix)
+ {
+ $this->apiKeyPrefixes[$apiKeyIdentifier] = $prefix;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets API key prefix
+ *
+ * @param string $apiKeyIdentifier API key identifier (authentication scheme)
+ *
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getApiKeyPrefix($apiKeyIdentifier)
+ {
+ return isset($this->apiKeyPrefixes[$apiKeyIdentifier]) ? $this->apiKeyPrefixes[$apiKeyIdentifier] : null;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the access token for OAuth
+ *
+ * @param string $accessToken Token for OAuth
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setAccessToken($accessToken)
+ {
+ $this->accessToken = $accessToken;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the access token for OAuth
+ *
+ * @return string Access token for OAuth
+ */
+ public function getAccessToken()
+ {
+ return $this->accessToken;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the username for HTTP basic authentication
+ *
+ * @param string $username Username for HTTP basic authentication
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setUsername($username)
+ {
+ $this->username = $username;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the username for HTTP basic authentication
+ *
+ * @return string Username for HTTP basic authentication
+ */
+ public function getUsername()
+ {
+ return $this->username;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the password for HTTP basic authentication
+ *
+ * @param string $password Password for HTTP basic authentication
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setPassword($password)
+ {
+ $this->password = $password;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the password for HTTP basic authentication
+ *
+ * @return string Password for HTTP basic authentication
+ */
+ public function getPassword()
+ {
+ return $this->password;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Adds a default header
+ *
+ * @param string $headerName header name (e.g. Token)
+ * @param string $headerValue header value (e.g. 1z8wp3)
+ *
+ * @return ApiClient
+ */
+ public function addDefaultHeader($headerName, $headerValue)
+ {
+ if (!is_string($headerName)) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Header name must be a string.');
+ }
+
+ $this->defaultHeaders[$headerName] = $headerValue;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the default header
+ *
+ * @return array An array of default header(s)
+ */
+ public function getDefaultHeaders()
+ {
+ return $this->defaultHeaders;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Deletes a default header
+ *
+ * @param string $headerName the header to delete
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function deleteDefaultHeader($headerName)
+ {
+ unset($this->defaultHeaders[$headerName]);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the host
+ *
+ * @param string $host Host
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setHost($host)
+ {
+ $this->host = $host;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the host
+ *
+ * @return string Host
+ */
+ public function getHost()
+ {
+ return $this->host;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the user agent of the api client
+ *
+ * @param string $userAgent the user agent of the api client
+ *
+ * @return ApiClient
+ */
+ public function setUserAgent($userAgent)
+ {
+ if (!is_string($userAgent)) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('User-agent must be a string.');
+ }
+
+ $this->userAgent = $userAgent;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the user agent of the api client
+ *
+ * @return string user agent
+ */
+ public function getUserAgent()
+ {
+ return $this->userAgent;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the HTTP timeout value
+ *
+ * @param integer $seconds Number of seconds before timing out [set to 0 for no timeout]
+ *
+ * @return ApiClient
+ */
+ public function setCurlTimeout($seconds)
+ {
+ if (!is_numeric($seconds) || $seconds < 0) {
+ throw new \InvalidArgumentException('Timeout value must be numeric and a non-negative number.');
+ }
+
+ $this->curlTimeout = $seconds;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the HTTP timeout value
+ *
+ * @return string HTTP timeout value
+ */
+ public function getCurlTimeout()
+ {
+ return $this->curlTimeout;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets debug flag
+ *
+ * @param bool $debug Debug flag
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setDebug($debug)
+ {
+ $this->debug = $debug;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the debug flag
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getDebug()
+ {
+ return $this->debug;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the debug file
+ *
+ * @param string $debugFile Debug file
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setDebugFile($debugFile)
+ {
+ $this->debugFile = $debugFile;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the debug file
+ *
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDebugFile()
+ {
+ return $this->debugFile;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the temp folder path
+ *
+ * @param string $tempFolderPath Temp folder path
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setTempFolderPath($tempFolderPath)
+ {
+ $this->tempFolderPath = $tempFolderPath;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the temp folder path
+ *
+ * @return string Temp folder path
+ */
+ public function getTempFolderPath()
+ {
+ return $this->tempFolderPath;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets if SSL verification should be enabled or disabled
+ *
+ * @param boolean $sslVerification True if the certificate should be validated, false otherwise
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public function setSSLVerification($sslVerification)
+ {
+ $this->sslVerification = $sslVerification;
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets if SSL verification should be enabled or disabled
+ *
+ * @return boolean True if the certificate should be validated, false otherwise
+ */
+ public function getSSLVerification()
+ {
+ return $this->sslVerification;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the default configuration instance
+ *
+ * @return Configuration
+ */
+ public static function getDefaultConfiguration()
+ {
+ if (self::$_defaultConfiguration == null) {
+ self::$_defaultConfiguration = new Configuration();
+ }
+
+ return self::$_defaultConfiguration;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the detault configuration instance
+ *
+ * @param Configuration $config An instance of the Configuration Object
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public static function setDefaultConfiguration(Configuration $config)
+ {
+ self::$_defaultConfiguration = $config;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the essential information for debugging
+ *
+ * @return string The report for debugging
+ */
+ public static function toDebugReport()
+ {
+ $report = "PHP SDK (SquareConnect) Debug Report:\n";
+ $report .= " OS: ".php_uname()."\n";
+ $report .= " PHP Version: ".phpversion()."\n";
+ $report .= " OpenAPI Spec Version: 2.0\n";
+ $report .= " SDK Package Version: 2.20190327.0\n";
+ $report .= " Temp Folder Path: ".self::getDefaultConfiguration()->getTempFolderPath()."\n";
+
+ return $report;
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * AdditionalRecipient Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class AdditionalRecipient implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'description' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'receivable_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'description' => 'description',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'receivable_id' => 'receivable_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'description' => 'setDescription',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'receivable_id' => 'setReceivableId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'description' => 'getDescription',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'receivable_id' => 'getReceivableId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_id The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $description The description of the additional recipient.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $description;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of money distributed to the recipient.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $receivable_id The unique ID for this [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](#type-additionalrecipientreceivable), assigned by the server.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $receivable_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["description"])) {
+ $this->description = $data["description"];
+ } else {
+ $this->description = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["receivable_id"])) {
+ $this->receivable_id = $data["receivable_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->receivable_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets description
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDescription()
+ {
+ return $this->description;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets description
+ * @param string $description The description of the additional recipient.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDescription($description)
+ {
+ $this->description = $description;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of money distributed to the recipient.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets receivable_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReceivableId()
+ {
+ return $this->receivable_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets receivable_id
+ * @param string $receivable_id The unique ID for this [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](#type-additionalrecipientreceivable), assigned by the server.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReceivableId($receivable_id)
+ {
+ $this->receivable_id = $receivable_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * AdditionalRecipientReceivable Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class AdditionalRecipientReceivable implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'string',
+ 'transaction_location_id' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'refunds' => '\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'transaction_id',
+ 'transaction_location_id' => 'transaction_location_id',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'refunds' => 'refunds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'setTransactionId',
+ 'transaction_location_id' => 'setTransactionLocationId',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'refunds' => 'setRefunds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'getTransactionId',
+ 'transaction_location_id' => 'getTransactionLocationId',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'refunds' => 'getRefunds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The additional recipient receivable's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $transaction_id The ID of the transaction that the additional recipient receivable was applied to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $transaction_id;
+ /**
+ * $transaction_location_id The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $transaction_location_id;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of the receivable. This will always be non-negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the additional recipient receivable was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $refunds Any refunds of the receivable that have been applied.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[]
+ */
+ protected $refunds;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transaction_id"])) {
+ $this->transaction_id = $data["transaction_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transaction_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transaction_location_id"])) {
+ $this->transaction_location_id = $data["transaction_location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transaction_location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunds"])) {
+ $this->refunds = $data["refunds"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunds = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The additional recipient receivable's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transaction_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTransactionId()
+ {
+ return $this->transaction_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transaction_id
+ * @param string $transaction_id The ID of the transaction that the additional recipient receivable was applied to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransactionId($transaction_id)
+ {
+ $this->transaction_id = $transaction_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transaction_location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTransactionLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->transaction_location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transaction_location_id
+ * @param string $transaction_location_id The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransactionLocationId($transaction_location_id)
+ {
+ $this->transaction_location_id = $transaction_location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of the receivable. This will always be non-negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the additional recipient receivable was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunds
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[]
+ */
+ public function getRefunds()
+ {
+ return $this->refunds;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunds
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[] $refunds Any refunds of the receivable that have been applied.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefunds($refunds)
+ {
+ $this->refunds = $refunds;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'receivable_id' => 'string',
+ 'refund_id' => 'string',
+ 'transaction_location_id' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'created_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'receivable_id' => 'receivable_id',
+ 'refund_id' => 'refund_id',
+ 'transaction_location_id' => 'transaction_location_id',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'receivable_id' => 'setReceivableId',
+ 'refund_id' => 'setRefundId',
+ 'transaction_location_id' => 'setTransactionLocationId',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'receivable_id' => 'getReceivableId',
+ 'refund_id' => 'getRefundId',
+ 'transaction_location_id' => 'getTransactionLocationId',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The receivable refund's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $receivable_id The ID of the receivable that the refund was applied to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $receivable_id;
+ /**
+ * $refund_id The ID of the refund that is associated to this receivable refund.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $refund_id;
+ /**
+ * $transaction_location_id The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $transaction_location_id;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of the refund. This will always be non-negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["receivable_id"])) {
+ $this->receivable_id = $data["receivable_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->receivable_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refund_id"])) {
+ $this->refund_id = $data["refund_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refund_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transaction_location_id"])) {
+ $this->transaction_location_id = $data["transaction_location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transaction_location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The receivable refund's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets receivable_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReceivableId()
+ {
+ return $this->receivable_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets receivable_id
+ * @param string $receivable_id The ID of the receivable that the refund was applied to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReceivableId($receivable_id)
+ {
+ $this->receivable_id = $receivable_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refund_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRefundId()
+ {
+ return $this->refund_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refund_id
+ * @param string $refund_id The ID of the refund that is associated to this receivable refund.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundId($refund_id)
+ {
+ $this->refund_id = $refund_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transaction_location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTransactionLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->transaction_location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transaction_location_id
+ * @param string $transaction_location_id The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransactionLocationId($transaction_location_id)
+ {
+ $this->transaction_location_id = $transaction_location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of the refund. This will always be non-negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Address Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Address implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'address_line_1' => 'string',
+ 'address_line_2' => 'string',
+ 'address_line_3' => 'string',
+ 'locality' => 'string',
+ 'sublocality' => 'string',
+ 'sublocality_2' => 'string',
+ 'sublocality_3' => 'string',
+ 'administrative_district_level_1' => 'string',
+ 'administrative_district_level_2' => 'string',
+ 'administrative_district_level_3' => 'string',
+ 'postal_code' => 'string',
+ 'country' => 'string',
+ 'first_name' => 'string',
+ 'last_name' => 'string',
+ 'organization' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'address_line_1' => 'address_line_1',
+ 'address_line_2' => 'address_line_2',
+ 'address_line_3' => 'address_line_3',
+ 'locality' => 'locality',
+ 'sublocality' => 'sublocality',
+ 'sublocality_2' => 'sublocality_2',
+ 'sublocality_3' => 'sublocality_3',
+ 'administrative_district_level_1' => 'administrative_district_level_1',
+ 'administrative_district_level_2' => 'administrative_district_level_2',
+ 'administrative_district_level_3' => 'administrative_district_level_3',
+ 'postal_code' => 'postal_code',
+ 'country' => 'country',
+ 'first_name' => 'first_name',
+ 'last_name' => 'last_name',
+ 'organization' => 'organization'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'address_line_1' => 'setAddressLine1',
+ 'address_line_2' => 'setAddressLine2',
+ 'address_line_3' => 'setAddressLine3',
+ 'locality' => 'setLocality',
+ 'sublocality' => 'setSublocality',
+ 'sublocality_2' => 'setSublocality2',
+ 'sublocality_3' => 'setSublocality3',
+ 'administrative_district_level_1' => 'setAdministrativeDistrictLevel1',
+ 'administrative_district_level_2' => 'setAdministrativeDistrictLevel2',
+ 'administrative_district_level_3' => 'setAdministrativeDistrictLevel3',
+ 'postal_code' => 'setPostalCode',
+ 'country' => 'setCountry',
+ 'first_name' => 'setFirstName',
+ 'last_name' => 'setLastName',
+ 'organization' => 'setOrganization'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'address_line_1' => 'getAddressLine1',
+ 'address_line_2' => 'getAddressLine2',
+ 'address_line_3' => 'getAddressLine3',
+ 'locality' => 'getLocality',
+ 'sublocality' => 'getSublocality',
+ 'sublocality_2' => 'getSublocality2',
+ 'sublocality_3' => 'getSublocality3',
+ 'administrative_district_level_1' => 'getAdministrativeDistrictLevel1',
+ 'administrative_district_level_2' => 'getAdministrativeDistrictLevel2',
+ 'administrative_district_level_3' => 'getAdministrativeDistrictLevel3',
+ 'postal_code' => 'getPostalCode',
+ 'country' => 'getCountry',
+ 'first_name' => 'getFirstName',
+ 'last_name' => 'getLastName',
+ 'organization' => 'getOrganization'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $address_line_1 The first line of the address. Fields that start with `address_line` provide the address's most specific details, like street number, street name, and building name. They do *not* provide less specific details like city, state/province, or country (these details are provided in other fields).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $address_line_1;
+ /**
+ * $address_line_2 The second line of the address, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $address_line_2;
+ /**
+ * $address_line_3 The third line of the address, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $address_line_3;
+ /**
+ * $locality The city or town of the address.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $locality;
+ /**
+ * $sublocality A civil region within the address's `locality`, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sublocality;
+ /**
+ * $sublocality_2 A civil region within the address's `sublocality`, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sublocality_2;
+ /**
+ * $sublocality_3 A civil region within the address's `sublocality_2`, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sublocality_3;
+ /**
+ * $administrative_district_level_1 A civil entity within the address's country. In the US, this is the state.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $administrative_district_level_1;
+ /**
+ * $administrative_district_level_2 A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_1`. In the US, this is the county.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $administrative_district_level_2;
+ /**
+ * $administrative_district_level_3 A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_2`, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $administrative_district_level_3;
+ /**
+ * $postal_code The address's postal code.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $postal_code;
+ /**
+ * $country The address's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $country;
+ /**
+ * $first_name Optional first name when it's representing recipient.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $first_name;
+ /**
+ * $last_name Optional last name when it's representing recipient.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $last_name;
+ /**
+ * $organization Optional organization name when it's representing recipient.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $organization;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["address_line_1"])) {
+ $this->address_line_1 = $data["address_line_1"];
+ } else {
+ $this->address_line_1 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["address_line_2"])) {
+ $this->address_line_2 = $data["address_line_2"];
+ } else {
+ $this->address_line_2 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["address_line_3"])) {
+ $this->address_line_3 = $data["address_line_3"];
+ } else {
+ $this->address_line_3 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["locality"])) {
+ $this->locality = $data["locality"];
+ } else {
+ $this->locality = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sublocality"])) {
+ $this->sublocality = $data["sublocality"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sublocality = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sublocality_2"])) {
+ $this->sublocality_2 = $data["sublocality_2"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sublocality_2 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sublocality_3"])) {
+ $this->sublocality_3 = $data["sublocality_3"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sublocality_3 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["administrative_district_level_1"])) {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_1 = $data["administrative_district_level_1"];
+ } else {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_1 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["administrative_district_level_2"])) {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_2 = $data["administrative_district_level_2"];
+ } else {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_2 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["administrative_district_level_3"])) {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_3 = $data["administrative_district_level_3"];
+ } else {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_3 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["postal_code"])) {
+ $this->postal_code = $data["postal_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->postal_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["country"])) {
+ $this->country = $data["country"];
+ } else {
+ $this->country = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["first_name"])) {
+ $this->first_name = $data["first_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->first_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["last_name"])) {
+ $this->last_name = $data["last_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->last_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["organization"])) {
+ $this->organization = $data["organization"];
+ } else {
+ $this->organization = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets address_line_1
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAddressLine1()
+ {
+ return $this->address_line_1;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets address_line_1
+ * @param string $address_line_1 The first line of the address. Fields that start with `address_line` provide the address's most specific details, like street number, street name, and building name. They do *not* provide less specific details like city, state/province, or country (these details are provided in other fields).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAddressLine1($address_line_1)
+ {
+ $this->address_line_1 = $address_line_1;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets address_line_2
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAddressLine2()
+ {
+ return $this->address_line_2;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets address_line_2
+ * @param string $address_line_2 The second line of the address, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAddressLine2($address_line_2)
+ {
+ $this->address_line_2 = $address_line_2;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets address_line_3
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAddressLine3()
+ {
+ return $this->address_line_3;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets address_line_3
+ * @param string $address_line_3 The third line of the address, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAddressLine3($address_line_3)
+ {
+ $this->address_line_3 = $address_line_3;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets locality
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocality()
+ {
+ return $this->locality;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets locality
+ * @param string $locality The city or town of the address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocality($locality)
+ {
+ $this->locality = $locality;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sublocality
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSublocality()
+ {
+ return $this->sublocality;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sublocality
+ * @param string $sublocality A civil region within the address's `locality`, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSublocality($sublocality)
+ {
+ $this->sublocality = $sublocality;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sublocality_2
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSublocality2()
+ {
+ return $this->sublocality_2;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sublocality_2
+ * @param string $sublocality_2 A civil region within the address's `sublocality`, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSublocality2($sublocality_2)
+ {
+ $this->sublocality_2 = $sublocality_2;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sublocality_3
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSublocality3()
+ {
+ return $this->sublocality_3;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sublocality_3
+ * @param string $sublocality_3 A civil region within the address's `sublocality_2`, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSublocality3($sublocality_3)
+ {
+ $this->sublocality_3 = $sublocality_3;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets administrative_district_level_1
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAdministrativeDistrictLevel1()
+ {
+ return $this->administrative_district_level_1;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets administrative_district_level_1
+ * @param string $administrative_district_level_1 A civil entity within the address's country. In the US, this is the state.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdministrativeDistrictLevel1($administrative_district_level_1)
+ {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_1 = $administrative_district_level_1;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets administrative_district_level_2
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAdministrativeDistrictLevel2()
+ {
+ return $this->administrative_district_level_2;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets administrative_district_level_2
+ * @param string $administrative_district_level_2 A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_1`. In the US, this is the county.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdministrativeDistrictLevel2($administrative_district_level_2)
+ {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_2 = $administrative_district_level_2;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets administrative_district_level_3
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAdministrativeDistrictLevel3()
+ {
+ return $this->administrative_district_level_3;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets administrative_district_level_3
+ * @param string $administrative_district_level_3 A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_2`, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdministrativeDistrictLevel3($administrative_district_level_3)
+ {
+ $this->administrative_district_level_3 = $administrative_district_level_3;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets postal_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPostalCode()
+ {
+ return $this->postal_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets postal_code
+ * @param string $postal_code The address's postal code.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPostalCode($postal_code)
+ {
+ $this->postal_code = $postal_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets country
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCountry()
+ {
+ return $this->country;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets country
+ * @param string $country The address's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCountry($country)
+ {
+ $this->country = $country;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets first_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFirstName()
+ {
+ return $this->first_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets first_name
+ * @param string $first_name Optional first name when it's representing recipient.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFirstName($first_name)
+ {
+ $this->first_name = $first_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets last_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLastName()
+ {
+ return $this->last_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets last_name
+ * @param string $last_name Optional last name when it's representing recipient.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLastName($last_name)
+ {
+ $this->last_name = $last_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets organization
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrganization()
+ {
+ return $this->organization;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets organization
+ * @param string $organization Optional organization name when it's representing recipient.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrganization($organization)
+ {
+ $this->organization = $organization;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchChangeInventoryRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchChangeInventoryRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'changes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]',
+ 'ignore_unchanged_counts' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'changes' => 'changes',
+ 'ignore_unchanged_counts' => 'ignore_unchanged_counts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'changes' => 'setChanges',
+ 'ignore_unchanged_counts' => 'setIgnoreUnchangedCounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'changes' => 'getChanges',
+ 'ignore_unchanged_counts' => 'getIgnoreUnchangedCounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key A client-supplied, universally unique identifier (UUID) for the request. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) in the [API Development 101](/basics/api101/overview) section for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $changes The set of physical counts and inventory adjustments to be made. Changes are applied based on the client-supplied timestamp and may be sent out of order. Max size is 100 changes.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]
+ */
+ protected $changes;
+ /**
+ * $ignore_unchanged_counts Indicates whether the current physical count should be ignored if the quantity is unchanged since the last physical count. Default: `true`.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $ignore_unchanged_counts;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["changes"])) {
+ $this->changes = $data["changes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->changes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ignore_unchanged_counts"])) {
+ $this->ignore_unchanged_counts = $data["ignore_unchanged_counts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ignore_unchanged_counts = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key A client-supplied, universally unique identifier (UUID) for the request. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) in the [API Development 101](/basics/api101/overview) section for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets changes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]
+ */
+ public function getChanges()
+ {
+ return $this->changes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets changes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[] $changes The set of physical counts and inventory adjustments to be made. Changes are applied based on the client-supplied timestamp and may be sent out of order. Max size is 100 changes.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setChanges($changes)
+ {
+ $this->changes = $changes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ignore_unchanged_counts
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIgnoreUnchangedCounts()
+ {
+ return $this->ignore_unchanged_counts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ignore_unchanged_counts
+ * @param bool $ignore_unchanged_counts Indicates whether the current physical count should be ignored if the quantity is unchanged since the last physical count. Default: `true`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIgnoreUnchangedCounts($ignore_unchanged_counts)
+ {
+ $this->ignore_unchanged_counts = $ignore_unchanged_counts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchChangeInventoryResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchChangeInventoryResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'counts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'counts' => 'counts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'counts' => 'setCounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'counts' => 'getCounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $counts The current counts for all objects referenced in the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]
+ */
+ protected $counts;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["counts"])) {
+ $this->counts = $data["counts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->counts = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets counts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]
+ */
+ public function getCounts()
+ {
+ return $this->counts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets counts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[] $counts The current counts for all objects referenced in the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCounts($counts)
+ {
+ $this->counts = $counts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'object_ids' => 'string[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'object_ids' => 'object_ids'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'object_ids' => 'setObjectIds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'object_ids' => 'getObjectIds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $object_ids The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be deleted. When an object is deleted, other objects in the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s).
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $object_ids;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["object_ids"])) {
+ $this->object_ids = $data["object_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->object_ids = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets object_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getObjectIds()
+ {
+ return $this->object_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets object_ids
+ * @param string[] $object_ids The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be deleted. When an object is deleted, other objects in the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjectIds($object_ids)
+ {
+ $this->object_ids = $object_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'deleted_object_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'deleted_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'deleted_object_ids' => 'deleted_object_ids',
+ 'deleted_at' => 'deleted_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'deleted_object_ids' => 'setDeletedObjectIds',
+ 'deleted_at' => 'setDeletedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'deleted_object_ids' => 'getDeletedObjectIds',
+ 'deleted_at' => 'getDeletedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $deleted_object_ids The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $deleted_object_ids;
+ /**
+ * $deleted_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $deleted_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["deleted_object_ids"])) {
+ $this->deleted_object_ids = $data["deleted_object_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->deleted_object_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["deleted_at"])) {
+ $this->deleted_at = $data["deleted_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->deleted_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets deleted_object_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getDeletedObjectIds()
+ {
+ return $this->deleted_object_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets deleted_object_ids
+ * @param string[] $deleted_object_ids The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDeletedObjectIds($deleted_object_ids)
+ {
+ $this->deleted_object_ids = $deleted_object_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets deleted_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDeletedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->deleted_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets deleted_at
+ * @param string $deleted_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDeletedAt($deleted_at)
+ {
+ $this->deleted_at = $deleted_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'object_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'object_ids' => 'object_ids',
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'include_related_objects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'object_ids' => 'setObjectIds',
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'setIncludeRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'object_ids' => 'getObjectIds',
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'getIncludeRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $object_ids The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $object_ids;
+ /**
+ * $include_related_objects If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested objects, as follows: If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $include_related_objects;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["object_ids"])) {
+ $this->object_ids = $data["object_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->object_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["include_related_objects"])) {
+ $this->include_related_objects = $data["include_related_objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->include_related_objects = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets object_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getObjectIds()
+ {
+ return $this->object_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets object_ids
+ * @param string[] $object_ids The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjectIds($object_ids)
+ {
+ $this->object_ids = $object_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets include_related_objects
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIncludeRelatedObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->include_related_objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets include_related_objects
+ * @param bool $include_related_objects If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested objects, as follows: If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIncludeRelatedObjects($include_related_objects)
+ {
+ $this->include_related_objects = $include_related_objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'objects' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]',
+ 'related_objects' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'objects' => 'objects',
+ 'related_objects' => 'related_objects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'objects' => 'setObjects',
+ 'related_objects' => 'setRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'objects' => 'getObjects',
+ 'related_objects' => 'getRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $objects;
+ /**
+ * $related_objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `objects` field.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $related_objects;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["objects"])) {
+ $this->objects = $data["objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->objects = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["related_objects"])) {
+ $this->related_objects = $data["related_objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->related_objects = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets objects
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets objects
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjects($objects)
+ {
+ $this->objects = $objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets related_objects
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getRelatedObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->related_objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets related_objects
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $related_objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `objects` field.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRelatedObjects($related_objects)
+ {
+ $this->related_objects = $related_objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'location_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'types' => 'string[]',
+ 'states' => 'string[]',
+ 'updated_after' => 'string',
+ 'updated_before' => 'string',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_ids' => 'catalog_object_ids',
+ 'location_ids' => 'location_ids',
+ 'types' => 'types',
+ 'states' => 'states',
+ 'updated_after' => 'updated_after',
+ 'updated_before' => 'updated_before',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_ids' => 'setCatalogObjectIds',
+ 'location_ids' => 'setLocationIds',
+ 'types' => 'setTypes',
+ 'states' => 'setStates',
+ 'updated_after' => 'setUpdatedAfter',
+ 'updated_before' => 'setUpdatedBefore',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_ids' => 'getCatalogObjectIds',
+ 'location_ids' => 'getLocationIds',
+ 'types' => 'getTypes',
+ 'states' => 'getStates',
+ 'updated_after' => 'getUpdatedAfter',
+ 'updated_before' => 'getUpdatedBefore',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_ids Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_ids;
+ /**
+ * $location_ids Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $location_ids;
+ /**
+ * $types Filters results by [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype). Default: [`PHYSICAL_COUNT`, `ADJUSTMENT`]. `TRANSFER` is not supported as a filter. See [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype) for possible values
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $types;
+ /**
+ * $states Filters `ADJUSTMENT` query results by [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate). Only applied when set. Default: unset. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $states;
+ /**
+ * $updated_after Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is after the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_after;
+ /**
+ * $updated_before Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is strictly before the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_before;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_ids"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_ids = $data["catalog_object_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_ids"])) {
+ $this->location_ids = $data["location_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["types"])) {
+ $this->types = $data["types"];
+ } else {
+ $this->types = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["states"])) {
+ $this->states = $data["states"];
+ } else {
+ $this->states = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_after"])) {
+ $this->updated_after = $data["updated_after"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_after = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_before"])) {
+ $this->updated_before = $data["updated_before"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_before = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectIds()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_ids
+ * @param string[] $catalog_object_ids Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectIds($catalog_object_ids)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_ids = $catalog_object_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getLocationIds()
+ {
+ return $this->location_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_ids
+ * @param string[] $location_ids Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationIds($location_ids)
+ {
+ $this->location_ids = $location_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets types
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getTypes()
+ {
+ return $this->types;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets types
+ * @param string[] $types Filters results by [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype). Default: [`PHYSICAL_COUNT`, `ADJUSTMENT`]. `TRANSFER` is not supported as a filter. See [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTypes($types)
+ {
+ $this->types = $types;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets states
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getStates()
+ {
+ return $this->states;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets states
+ * @param string[] $states Filters `ADJUSTMENT` query results by [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate). Only applied when set. Default: unset. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStates($states)
+ {
+ $this->states = $states;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_after
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAfter()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_after;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_after
+ * @param string $updated_after Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is after the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAfter($updated_after)
+ {
+ $this->updated_after = $updated_after;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_before
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedBefore()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_before;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_before
+ * @param string $updated_before Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is strictly before the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedBefore($updated_before)
+ {
+ $this->updated_before = $updated_before;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'changes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'changes' => 'changes',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'changes' => 'setChanges',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'changes' => 'getChanges',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $changes The current calculated inventory changes for the requested objects and locations.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]
+ */
+ protected $changes;
+ /**
+ * $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["changes"])) {
+ $this->changes = $data["changes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->changes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets changes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]
+ */
+ public function getChanges()
+ {
+ return $this->changes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets changes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[] $changes The current calculated inventory changes for the requested objects and locations.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setChanges($changes)
+ {
+ $this->changes = $changes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'location_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'updated_after' => 'string',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_ids' => 'catalog_object_ids',
+ 'location_ids' => 'location_ids',
+ 'updated_after' => 'updated_after',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_ids' => 'setCatalogObjectIds',
+ 'location_ids' => 'setLocationIds',
+ 'updated_after' => 'setUpdatedAfter',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_ids' => 'getCatalogObjectIds',
+ 'location_ids' => 'getLocationIds',
+ 'updated_after' => 'getUpdatedAfter',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_ids Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_ids;
+ /**
+ * $location_ids Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $location_ids;
+ /**
+ * $updated_after Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `calculated_at` value is after the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_after;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_ids"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_ids = $data["catalog_object_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_ids"])) {
+ $this->location_ids = $data["location_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_after"])) {
+ $this->updated_after = $data["updated_after"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_after = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectIds()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_ids
+ * @param string[] $catalog_object_ids Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectIds($catalog_object_ids)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_ids = $catalog_object_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getLocationIds()
+ {
+ return $this->location_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_ids
+ * @param string[] $location_ids Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationIds($location_ids)
+ {
+ $this->location_ids = $location_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_after
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAfter()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_after;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_after
+ * @param string $updated_after Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `calculated_at` value is after the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAfter($updated_after)
+ {
+ $this->updated_after = $updated_after;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'counts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'counts' => 'counts',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'counts' => 'setCounts',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'counts' => 'getCounts',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $counts The current calculated inventory counts for the requested objects and locations.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]
+ */
+ protected $counts;
+ /**
+ * $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["counts"])) {
+ $this->counts = $data["counts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->counts = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets counts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]
+ */
+ public function getCounts()
+ {
+ return $this->counts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets counts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[] $counts The current calculated inventory counts for the requested objects and locations.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCounts($counts)
+ {
+ $this->counts = $counts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order_ids' => 'string[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order_ids' => 'order_ids'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order_ids' => 'setOrderIds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order_ids' => 'getOrderIds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order_ids The IDs of the orders to retrieve. A maximum of 100 orders can be retrieved per request.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $order_ids;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order_ids"])) {
+ $this->order_ids = $data["order_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order_ids = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getOrderIds()
+ {
+ return $this->order_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order_ids
+ * @param string[] $order_ids The IDs of the orders to retrieve. A maximum of 100 orders can be retrieved per request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrderIds($order_ids)
+ {
+ $this->order_ids = $order_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'orders' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Order[]',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'orders' => 'orders',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'orders' => 'setOrders',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'orders' => 'getOrders',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $orders The requested orders. This will omit any requested orders that do not exist or are not charged.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Order[]
+ */
+ protected $orders;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["orders"])) {
+ $this->orders = $data["orders"];
+ } else {
+ $this->orders = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets orders
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Order[]
+ */
+ public function getOrders()
+ {
+ return $this->orders;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets orders
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Order[] $orders The requested orders. This will omit any requested orders that do not exist or are not charged.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrders($orders)
+ {
+ $this->orders = $orders;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'batches' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObjectBatch[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'batches' => 'batches'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'batches' => 'setBatches'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'batches' => 'getBatches'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $batches A batch of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be inserted/updated atomically. The objects within a batch will be inserted in an all-or-nothing fashion, i.e., if an error occurs attempting to insert or update an object within a batch, the entire batch will be rejected. However, an error in one batch will not affect other batches within the same request. For each object, its `updated_at` field is ignored and replaced with a current [timestamp](#workingwithdates), and its `is_deleted` field must not be set to `true`. To modify an existing object, supply its ID. To create a new object, use an ID starting with `#`. These IDs may be used to create relationships between an object and attributes of other objects that reference it. For example, you can create a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) with ID `#ABC` and a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) with its `item_id` attribute set to `#ABC` in order to associate the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) with its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). Any `#`-prefixed IDs are valid only within a single atomic batch, and will be replaced by server-generated IDs. Each batch may contain up to 1,000 objects. The total number of objects across all batches for a single request may not exceed 10,000. If either of these limits is violated, an error will be returned and no objects will be inserted or updated.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObjectBatch[]
+ */
+ protected $batches;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batches"])) {
+ $this->batches = $data["batches"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batches = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batches
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObjectBatch[]
+ */
+ public function getBatches()
+ {
+ return $this->batches;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batches
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObjectBatch[] $batches A batch of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be inserted/updated atomically. The objects within a batch will be inserted in an all-or-nothing fashion, i.e., if an error occurs attempting to insert or update an object within a batch, the entire batch will be rejected. However, an error in one batch will not affect other batches within the same request. For each object, its `updated_at` field is ignored and replaced with a current [timestamp](#workingwithdates), and its `is_deleted` field must not be set to `true`. To modify an existing object, supply its ID. To create a new object, use an ID starting with `#`. These IDs may be used to create relationships between an object and attributes of other objects that reference it. For example, you can create a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) with ID `#ABC` and a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) with its `item_id` attribute set to `#ABC` in order to associate the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) with its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). Any `#`-prefixed IDs are valid only within a single atomic batch, and will be replaced by server-generated IDs. Each batch may contain up to 1,000 objects. The total number of objects across all batches for a single request may not exceed 10,000. If either of these limits is violated, an error will be returned and no objects will be inserted or updated.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatches($batches)
+ {
+ $this->batches = $batches;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'objects' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'id_mappings' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'objects' => 'objects',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at',
+ 'id_mappings' => 'id_mappings'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'objects' => 'setObjects',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt',
+ 'id_mappings' => 'setIdMappings'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'objects' => 'getObjects',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt',
+ 'id_mappings' => 'getIdMappings'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $objects The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $objects;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $id_mappings The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[]
+ */
+ protected $id_mappings;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["objects"])) {
+ $this->objects = $data["objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->objects = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["id_mappings"])) {
+ $this->id_mappings = $data["id_mappings"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id_mappings = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets objects
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets objects
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $objects The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjects($objects)
+ {
+ $this->objects = $objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id_mappings
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[]
+ */
+ public function getIdMappings()
+ {
+ return $this->id_mappings;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id_mappings
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[] $id_mappings The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdMappings($id_mappings)
+ {
+ $this->id_mappings = $id_mappings;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * BreakType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BreakType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'break_name' => 'string',
+ 'expected_duration' => 'string',
+ 'is_paid' => 'bool',
+ 'version' => 'int',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'break_name' => 'break_name',
+ 'expected_duration' => 'expected_duration',
+ 'is_paid' => 'is_paid',
+ 'version' => 'version',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'break_name' => 'setBreakName',
+ 'expected_duration' => 'setExpectedDuration',
+ 'is_paid' => 'setIsPaid',
+ 'version' => 'setVersion',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'break_name' => 'getBreakName',
+ 'expected_duration' => 'getExpectedDuration',
+ 'is_paid' => 'getIsPaid',
+ 'version' => 'getVersion',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id UUID for this object.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The ID of the business location this type of break applies to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $break_name A human-readable name for this type of break. Will be displayed to employees in Square products.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $break_name;
+ /**
+ * $expected_duration Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of this break. Precision below minutes is truncated.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $expected_duration;
+ /**
+ * $is_paid Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $is_paid;
+ /**
+ * $version Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If a value is not provided, Square's servers execute a \"blind\" write; potentially overwriting another writer's data.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $version;
+ /**
+ * $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["break_name"])) {
+ $this->break_name = $data["break_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->break_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expected_duration"])) {
+ $this->expected_duration = $data["expected_duration"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expected_duration = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["is_paid"])) {
+ $this->is_paid = $data["is_paid"];
+ } else {
+ $this->is_paid = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["version"])) {
+ $this->version = $data["version"];
+ } else {
+ $this->version = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id UUID for this object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the business location this type of break applies to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets break_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBreakName()
+ {
+ return $this->break_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets break_name
+ * @param string $break_name A human-readable name for this type of break. Will be displayed to employees in Square products.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreakName($break_name)
+ {
+ $this->break_name = $break_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expected_duration
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExpectedDuration()
+ {
+ return $this->expected_duration;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expected_duration
+ * @param string $expected_duration Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of this break. Precision below minutes is truncated.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpectedDuration($expected_duration)
+ {
+ $this->expected_duration = $expected_duration;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets is_paid
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIsPaid()
+ {
+ return $this->is_paid;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets is_paid
+ * @param bool $is_paid Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIsPaid($is_paid)
+ {
+ $this->is_paid = $is_paid;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets version
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getVersion()
+ {
+ return $this->version;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets version
+ * @param int $version Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If a value is not provided, Square's servers execute a \"blind\" write; potentially overwriting another writer's data.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVersion($version)
+ {
+ $this->version = $version;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CaptureTransactionRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CaptureTransactionRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CaptureTransactionResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CaptureTransactionResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Card Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Card implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'card_brand' => 'string',
+ 'last_4' => 'string',
+ 'exp_month' => 'int',
+ 'exp_year' => 'int',
+ 'cardholder_name' => 'string',
+ 'billing_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'fingerprint' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'card_brand' => 'card_brand',
+ 'last_4' => 'last_4',
+ 'exp_month' => 'exp_month',
+ 'exp_year' => 'exp_year',
+ 'cardholder_name' => 'cardholder_name',
+ 'billing_address' => 'billing_address',
+ 'fingerprint' => 'fingerprint'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'card_brand' => 'setCardBrand',
+ 'last_4' => 'setLast4',
+ 'exp_month' => 'setExpMonth',
+ 'exp_year' => 'setExpYear',
+ 'cardholder_name' => 'setCardholderName',
+ 'billing_address' => 'setBillingAddress',
+ 'fingerprint' => 'setFingerprint'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'card_brand' => 'getCardBrand',
+ 'last_4' => 'getLast4',
+ 'exp_month' => 'getExpMonth',
+ 'exp_year' => 'getExpYear',
+ 'cardholder_name' => 'getCardholderName',
+ 'billing_address' => 'getBillingAddress',
+ 'fingerprint' => 'getFingerprint'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id Unique ID for this card. Generated by Square.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $card_brand The card's brand (such as `VISA`). See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $card_brand;
+ /**
+ * $last_4 The last 4 digits of the card number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $last_4;
+ /**
+ * $exp_month The expiration month of the associated card as an integer between 1 and 12.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $exp_month;
+ /**
+ * $exp_year The four-digit year of the card's expiration date.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $exp_year;
+ /**
+ * $cardholder_name The name of the cardholder.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cardholder_name;
+ /**
+ * $billing_address The billing address for this card.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $billing_address;
+ /**
+ * $fingerprint __Not currently set.__ Intended as a Square-assigned identifier, based on the card number, to identify the card across multiple locations within a single application.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $fingerprint;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["card_brand"])) {
+ $this->card_brand = $data["card_brand"];
+ } else {
+ $this->card_brand = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["last_4"])) {
+ $this->last_4 = $data["last_4"];
+ } else {
+ $this->last_4 = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["exp_month"])) {
+ $this->exp_month = $data["exp_month"];
+ } else {
+ $this->exp_month = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["exp_year"])) {
+ $this->exp_year = $data["exp_year"];
+ } else {
+ $this->exp_year = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cardholder_name"])) {
+ $this->cardholder_name = $data["cardholder_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cardholder_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["billing_address"])) {
+ $this->billing_address = $data["billing_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->billing_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["fingerprint"])) {
+ $this->fingerprint = $data["fingerprint"];
+ } else {
+ $this->fingerprint = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id Unique ID for this card. Generated by Square.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets card_brand
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCardBrand()
+ {
+ return $this->card_brand;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets card_brand
+ * @param string $card_brand The card's brand (such as `VISA`). See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCardBrand($card_brand)
+ {
+ $this->card_brand = $card_brand;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets last_4
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLast4()
+ {
+ return $this->last_4;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets last_4
+ * @param string $last_4 The last 4 digits of the card number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLast4($last_4)
+ {
+ $this->last_4 = $last_4;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets exp_month
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getExpMonth()
+ {
+ return $this->exp_month;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets exp_month
+ * @param int $exp_month The expiration month of the associated card as an integer between 1 and 12.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpMonth($exp_month)
+ {
+ $this->exp_month = $exp_month;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets exp_year
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getExpYear()
+ {
+ return $this->exp_year;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets exp_year
+ * @param int $exp_year The four-digit year of the card's expiration date.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpYear($exp_year)
+ {
+ $this->exp_year = $exp_year;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cardholder_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCardholderName()
+ {
+ return $this->cardholder_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cardholder_name
+ * @param string $cardholder_name The name of the cardholder.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCardholderName($cardholder_name)
+ {
+ $this->cardholder_name = $cardholder_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets billing_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getBillingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->billing_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets billing_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $billing_address The billing address for this card.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBillingAddress($billing_address)
+ {
+ $this->billing_address = $billing_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets fingerprint
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFingerprint()
+ {
+ return $this->fingerprint;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets fingerprint
+ * @param string $fingerprint __Not currently set.__ Intended as a Square-assigned identifier, based on the card number, to identify the card across multiple locations within a single application.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFingerprint($fingerprint)
+ {
+ $this->fingerprint = $fingerprint;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CardBrand Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CardBrand implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogCategory Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogCategory implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The category's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The category's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogDiscount Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogDiscount implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'discount_type' => 'string',
+ 'percentage' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'pin_required' => 'bool',
+ 'label_color' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'discount_type' => 'discount_type',
+ 'percentage' => 'percentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'pin_required' => 'pin_required',
+ 'label_color' => 'label_color'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'discount_type' => 'setDiscountType',
+ 'percentage' => 'setPercentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'pin_required' => 'setPinRequired',
+ 'label_color' => 'setLabelColor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'discount_type' => 'getDiscountType',
+ 'percentage' => 'getPercentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'pin_required' => 'getPinRequired',
+ 'label_color' => 'getLabelColor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The discount's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $discount_type Indicates whether the discount is a fixed amount or percentage, or entered at the time of sale. See [CatalogDiscountType](#type-catalogdiscounttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $discount_type;
+ /**
+ * $percentage The percentage of the discount as a string representation of a decimal number, using a `.` as the decimal separator and without a `%` sign. A value of `7.5` corresponds to `7.5%`. Specify a percentage of `0` if `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE`. Do not include this field for amount-based or variable discounts.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $percentage;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of the discount. Specify an amount of `0` if `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_AMOUNT`. Do not include this field for percentage-based or variable discounts.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $pin_required Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment in the Square Point of Sale app.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $pin_required;
+ /**
+ * $label_color The color of the discount's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $label_color;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discount_type"])) {
+ $this->discount_type = $data["discount_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discount_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["percentage"])) {
+ $this->percentage = $data["percentage"];
+ } else {
+ $this->percentage = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pin_required"])) {
+ $this->pin_required = $data["pin_required"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pin_required = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["label_color"])) {
+ $this->label_color = $data["label_color"];
+ } else {
+ $this->label_color = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The discount's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discount_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDiscountType()
+ {
+ return $this->discount_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discount_type
+ * @param string $discount_type Indicates whether the discount is a fixed amount or percentage, or entered at the time of sale. See [CatalogDiscountType](#type-catalogdiscounttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscountType($discount_type)
+ {
+ $this->discount_type = $discount_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets percentage
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPercentage()
+ {
+ return $this->percentage;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets percentage
+ * @param string $percentage The percentage of the discount as a string representation of a decimal number, using a `.` as the decimal separator and without a `%` sign. A value of `7.5` corresponds to `7.5%`. Specify a percentage of `0` if `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE`. Do not include this field for amount-based or variable discounts.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPercentage($percentage)
+ {
+ $this->percentage = $percentage;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of the discount. Specify an amount of `0` if `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_AMOUNT`. Do not include this field for percentage-based or variable discounts.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pin_required
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getPinRequired()
+ {
+ return $this->pin_required;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pin_required
+ * @param bool $pin_required Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment in the Square Point of Sale app.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPinRequired($pin_required)
+ {
+ $this->pin_required = $pin_required;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets label_color
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLabelColor()
+ {
+ return $this->label_color;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets label_color
+ * @param string $label_color The color of the discount's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLabelColor($label_color)
+ {
+ $this->label_color = $label_color;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogDiscountType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogDiscountType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogIdMapping Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogIdMapping implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'client_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'object_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'client_object_id' => 'client_object_id',
+ 'object_id' => 'object_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'client_object_id' => 'setClientObjectId',
+ 'object_id' => 'setObjectId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'client_object_id' => 'getClientObjectId',
+ 'object_id' => 'getObjectId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $client_object_id The client-supplied, temporary `#`-prefixed ID for a new [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $client_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $object_id The permanent ID for the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) created by the server.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $object_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["client_object_id"])) {
+ $this->client_object_id = $data["client_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->client_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["object_id"])) {
+ $this->object_id = $data["object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->object_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets client_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClientObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->client_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets client_object_id
+ * @param string $client_object_id The client-supplied, temporary `#`-prefixed ID for a new [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClientObjectId($client_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->client_object_id = $client_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets object_id
+ * @param string $object_id The permanent ID for the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) created by the server.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjectId($object_id)
+ {
+ $this->object_id = $object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogImage Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogImage implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'url' => 'string',
+ 'caption' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'url' => 'url',
+ 'caption' => 'caption'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'url' => 'setUrl',
+ 'caption' => 'setCaption'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'url' => 'getUrl',
+ 'caption' => 'getCaption'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The internal name of this image. Identifies this image in calls to the Connect APIs.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $url The URL of this image. Generated by Square after an image is uploaded to the CreateCatalogImage endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $url;
+ /**
+ * $caption A caption that describes what is shown in the image. Displayed in the Square Online Store.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $caption;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["url"])) {
+ $this->url = $data["url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->url = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["caption"])) {
+ $this->caption = $data["caption"];
+ } else {
+ $this->caption = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The internal name of this image. Identifies this image in calls to the Connect APIs.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets url
+ * @param string $url The URL of this image. Generated by Square after an image is uploaded to the CreateCatalogImage endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUrl($url)
+ {
+ $this->url = $url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets caption
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCaption()
+ {
+ return $this->caption;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets caption
+ * @param string $caption A caption that describes what is shown in the image. Displayed in the Square Online Store.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCaption($caption)
+ {
+ $this->caption = $caption;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogInfoRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogInfoRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogInfoResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogInfoResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'limits' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponseLimits'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'limits' => 'limits'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'limits' => 'setLimits'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'limits' => 'getLimits'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $limits
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponseLimits
+ */
+ protected $limits;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limits"])) {
+ $this->limits = $data["limits"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limits = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limits
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponseLimits
+ */
+ public function getLimits()
+ {
+ return $this->limits;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limits
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogInfoResponseLimits $limits
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimits($limits)
+ {
+ $this->limits = $limits;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogInfoResponseLimits Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogInfoResponseLimits implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch' => 'int',
+ 'batch_upsert_max_total_objects' => 'int',
+ 'batch_retrieve_max_object_ids' => 'int',
+ 'search_max_page_limit' => 'int',
+ 'batch_delete_max_object_ids' => 'int',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_item_ids' => 'int',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable' => 'int',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable' => 'int',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids' => 'int',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable' => 'int',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable' => 'int'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch' => 'batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch',
+ 'batch_upsert_max_total_objects' => 'batch_upsert_max_total_objects',
+ 'batch_retrieve_max_object_ids' => 'batch_retrieve_max_object_ids',
+ 'search_max_page_limit' => 'search_max_page_limit',
+ 'batch_delete_max_object_ids' => 'batch_delete_max_object_ids',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_item_ids' => 'update_item_taxes_max_item_ids',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable' => 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable' => 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids' => 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable' => 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable' => 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch' => 'setBatchUpsertMaxObjectsPerBatch',
+ 'batch_upsert_max_total_objects' => 'setBatchUpsertMaxTotalObjects',
+ 'batch_retrieve_max_object_ids' => 'setBatchRetrieveMaxObjectIds',
+ 'search_max_page_limit' => 'setSearchMaxPageLimit',
+ 'batch_delete_max_object_ids' => 'setBatchDeleteMaxObjectIds',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_item_ids' => 'setUpdateItemTaxesMaxItemIds',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable' => 'setUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToEnable',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable' => 'setUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToDisable',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids' => 'setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxItemIds',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable' => 'setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToEnable',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable' => 'setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToDisable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch' => 'getBatchUpsertMaxObjectsPerBatch',
+ 'batch_upsert_max_total_objects' => 'getBatchUpsertMaxTotalObjects',
+ 'batch_retrieve_max_object_ids' => 'getBatchRetrieveMaxObjectIds',
+ 'search_max_page_limit' => 'getSearchMaxPageLimit',
+ 'batch_delete_max_object_ids' => 'getBatchDeleteMaxObjectIds',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_item_ids' => 'getUpdateItemTaxesMaxItemIds',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable' => 'getUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToEnable',
+ 'update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable' => 'getUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToDisable',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids' => 'getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxItemIds',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable' => 'getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToEnable',
+ 'update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable' => 'getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToDisable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch The maximum number of objects that may appear within a single batch in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch;
+ /**
+ * $batch_upsert_max_total_objects The maximum number of objects that may appear across all batches in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $batch_upsert_max_total_objects;
+ /**
+ * $batch_retrieve_max_object_ids The maximum number of object IDs that may appear in a `/v2/catalog/batch-retrieve` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $batch_retrieve_max_object_ids;
+ /**
+ * $search_max_page_limit The maximum number of results that may be returned in a page of a `/v2/catalog/search` response.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $search_max_page_limit;
+ /**
+ * $batch_delete_max_object_ids The maximum number of object IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/batch-delete` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $batch_delete_max_object_ids;
+ /**
+ * $update_item_taxes_max_item_ids The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $update_item_taxes_max_item_ids;
+ /**
+ * $update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable The maximum number of tax IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable;
+ /**
+ * $update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable The maximum number of tax IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable;
+ /**
+ * $update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids;
+ /**
+ * $update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable;
+ /**
+ * $update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch"])) {
+ $this->batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch = $data["batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_upsert_max_total_objects"])) {
+ $this->batch_upsert_max_total_objects = $data["batch_upsert_max_total_objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_upsert_max_total_objects = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_retrieve_max_object_ids"])) {
+ $this->batch_retrieve_max_object_ids = $data["batch_retrieve_max_object_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_retrieve_max_object_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["search_max_page_limit"])) {
+ $this->search_max_page_limit = $data["search_max_page_limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->search_max_page_limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_delete_max_object_ids"])) {
+ $this->batch_delete_max_object_ids = $data["batch_delete_max_object_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_delete_max_object_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["update_item_taxes_max_item_ids"])) {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_item_ids = $data["update_item_taxes_max_item_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_item_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable"])) {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable = $data["update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable"])) {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable = $data["update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids"])) {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids = $data["update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable"])) {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable = $data["update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable"])) {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable = $data["update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getBatchUpsertMaxObjectsPerBatch()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch
+ * @param int $batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch The maximum number of objects that may appear within a single batch in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchUpsertMaxObjectsPerBatch($batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch)
+ {
+ $this->batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch = $batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_upsert_max_total_objects
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getBatchUpsertMaxTotalObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_upsert_max_total_objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_upsert_max_total_objects
+ * @param int $batch_upsert_max_total_objects The maximum number of objects that may appear across all batches in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchUpsertMaxTotalObjects($batch_upsert_max_total_objects)
+ {
+ $this->batch_upsert_max_total_objects = $batch_upsert_max_total_objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_retrieve_max_object_ids
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getBatchRetrieveMaxObjectIds()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_retrieve_max_object_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_retrieve_max_object_ids
+ * @param int $batch_retrieve_max_object_ids The maximum number of object IDs that may appear in a `/v2/catalog/batch-retrieve` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchRetrieveMaxObjectIds($batch_retrieve_max_object_ids)
+ {
+ $this->batch_retrieve_max_object_ids = $batch_retrieve_max_object_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets search_max_page_limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getSearchMaxPageLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->search_max_page_limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets search_max_page_limit
+ * @param int $search_max_page_limit The maximum number of results that may be returned in a page of a `/v2/catalog/search` response.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSearchMaxPageLimit($search_max_page_limit)
+ {
+ $this->search_max_page_limit = $search_max_page_limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_delete_max_object_ids
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getBatchDeleteMaxObjectIds()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_delete_max_object_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_delete_max_object_ids
+ * @param int $batch_delete_max_object_ids The maximum number of object IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/batch-delete` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchDeleteMaxObjectIds($batch_delete_max_object_ids)
+ {
+ $this->batch_delete_max_object_ids = $batch_delete_max_object_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets update_item_taxes_max_item_ids
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getUpdateItemTaxesMaxItemIds()
+ {
+ return $this->update_item_taxes_max_item_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets update_item_taxes_max_item_ids
+ * @param int $update_item_taxes_max_item_ids The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdateItemTaxesMaxItemIds($update_item_taxes_max_item_ids)
+ {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_item_ids = $update_item_taxes_max_item_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToEnable()
+ {
+ return $this->update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable
+ * @param int $update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable The maximum number of tax IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToEnable($update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable)
+ {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable = $update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToDisable()
+ {
+ return $this->update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable
+ * @param int $update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable The maximum number of tax IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToDisable($update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable)
+ {
+ $this->update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable = $update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxItemIds()
+ {
+ return $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids
+ * @param int $update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxItemIds($update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids)
+ {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids = $update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToEnable()
+ {
+ return $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable
+ * @param int $update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToEnable($update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable)
+ {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable = $update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToDisable()
+ {
+ return $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable
+ * @param int $update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToDisable($update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable)
+ {
+ $this->update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable = $update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogItem Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogItem implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'description' => 'string',
+ 'abbreviation' => 'string',
+ 'label_color' => 'string',
+ 'available_online' => 'bool',
+ 'available_for_pickup' => 'bool',
+ 'available_electronically' => 'bool',
+ 'category_id' => 'string',
+ 'tax_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'modifier_list_info' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemModifierListInfo[]',
+ 'image_url' => 'string',
+ 'variations' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]',
+ 'product_type' => 'string',
+ 'skip_modifier_screen' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'description' => 'description',
+ 'abbreviation' => 'abbreviation',
+ 'label_color' => 'label_color',
+ 'available_online' => 'available_online',
+ 'available_for_pickup' => 'available_for_pickup',
+ 'available_electronically' => 'available_electronically',
+ 'category_id' => 'category_id',
+ 'tax_ids' => 'tax_ids',
+ 'modifier_list_info' => 'modifier_list_info',
+ 'image_url' => 'image_url',
+ 'variations' => 'variations',
+ 'product_type' => 'product_type',
+ 'skip_modifier_screen' => 'skip_modifier_screen'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'description' => 'setDescription',
+ 'abbreviation' => 'setAbbreviation',
+ 'label_color' => 'setLabelColor',
+ 'available_online' => 'setAvailableOnline',
+ 'available_for_pickup' => 'setAvailableForPickup',
+ 'available_electronically' => 'setAvailableElectronically',
+ 'category_id' => 'setCategoryId',
+ 'tax_ids' => 'setTaxIds',
+ 'modifier_list_info' => 'setModifierListInfo',
+ 'image_url' => 'setImageUrl',
+ 'variations' => 'setVariations',
+ 'product_type' => 'setProductType',
+ 'skip_modifier_screen' => 'setSkipModifierScreen'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'description' => 'getDescription',
+ 'abbreviation' => 'getAbbreviation',
+ 'label_color' => 'getLabelColor',
+ 'available_online' => 'getAvailableOnline',
+ 'available_for_pickup' => 'getAvailableForPickup',
+ 'available_electronically' => 'getAvailableElectronically',
+ 'category_id' => 'getCategoryId',
+ 'tax_ids' => 'getTaxIds',
+ 'modifier_list_info' => 'getModifierListInfo',
+ 'image_url' => 'getImageUrl',
+ 'variations' => 'getVariations',
+ 'product_type' => 'getProductType',
+ 'skip_modifier_screen' => 'getSkipModifierScreen'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The item's name. Searchable. This field must not be empty. This field has max length of 512 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $description The item's description. Searchable. This field has max length of 4096 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $description;
+ /**
+ * $abbreviation The text of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. Only up to the first five characters of the string are used. Searchable. This field has max length of 24 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $abbreviation;
+ /**
+ * $label_color The color of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $label_color;
+ /**
+ * $available_online If `true`, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $available_online;
+ /**
+ * $available_for_pickup If `true`, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $available_for_pickup;
+ /**
+ * $available_electronically If `true`, the item can be added to electronically fulfilled orders from the merchant's online store.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $available_electronically;
+ /**
+ * $category_id The ID of the item's category, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $category_id;
+ /**
+ * $tax_ids A set of IDs indicating the [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es that are enabled for this item. When updating an item, any taxes listed here will be added to the item. [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es may also be added to or deleted from an item using `UpdateItemTaxes`.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $tax_ids;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_list_info A set of [CatalogItemModifierListInfo](#type-catalogitemmodifierlistinfo) objects representing the modifier lists that apply to this item, along with the overrides and min and max limits that are specific to this item. [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s may also be added to or deleted from an item using `UpdateItemModifierLists`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemModifierListInfo[]
+ */
+ protected $modifier_list_info;
+ /**
+ * $image_url __Deprecated__. The URL of an image representing this item. Deprecated in favor of `image_data` in [`CatalogObject`](#type-catalogobject).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $image_url;
+ /**
+ * $variations A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s containing the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s for this item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $variations;
+ /**
+ * $product_type The product type of the item. May not be changed once an item has been created. Only items of product type `REGULAR` may be created by this API; items with other product types are read-only. See [CatalogItemProductType](#type-catalogitemproducttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $product_type;
+ /**
+ * $skip_modifier_screen If `false`, the Square Point of Sale app will present the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)'s details screen immediately, allowing the merchant to choose [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s before adding the item to the cart. This is the default behavior. If `true`, the Square Point of Sale app will immediately add the item to the cart with the pre-selected modifiers, and merchants can edit modifiers by drilling down onto the item's details. Third-party clients are encouraged to implement similar behaviors.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $skip_modifier_screen;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["description"])) {
+ $this->description = $data["description"];
+ } else {
+ $this->description = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["abbreviation"])) {
+ $this->abbreviation = $data["abbreviation"];
+ } else {
+ $this->abbreviation = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["label_color"])) {
+ $this->label_color = $data["label_color"];
+ } else {
+ $this->label_color = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["available_online"])) {
+ $this->available_online = $data["available_online"];
+ } else {
+ $this->available_online = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["available_for_pickup"])) {
+ $this->available_for_pickup = $data["available_for_pickup"];
+ } else {
+ $this->available_for_pickup = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["available_electronically"])) {
+ $this->available_electronically = $data["available_electronically"];
+ } else {
+ $this->available_electronically = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["category_id"])) {
+ $this->category_id = $data["category_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->category_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tax_ids"])) {
+ $this->tax_ids = $data["tax_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tax_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_list_info"])) {
+ $this->modifier_list_info = $data["modifier_list_info"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_list_info = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["image_url"])) {
+ $this->image_url = $data["image_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->image_url = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["variations"])) {
+ $this->variations = $data["variations"];
+ } else {
+ $this->variations = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["product_type"])) {
+ $this->product_type = $data["product_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->product_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["skip_modifier_screen"])) {
+ $this->skip_modifier_screen = $data["skip_modifier_screen"];
+ } else {
+ $this->skip_modifier_screen = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The item's name. Searchable. This field must not be empty. This field has max length of 512 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets description
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDescription()
+ {
+ return $this->description;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets description
+ * @param string $description The item's description. Searchable. This field has max length of 4096 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDescription($description)
+ {
+ $this->description = $description;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets abbreviation
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAbbreviation()
+ {
+ return $this->abbreviation;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets abbreviation
+ * @param string $abbreviation The text of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. Only up to the first five characters of the string are used. Searchable. This field has max length of 24 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAbbreviation($abbreviation)
+ {
+ $this->abbreviation = $abbreviation;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets label_color
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLabelColor()
+ {
+ return $this->label_color;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets label_color
+ * @param string $label_color The color of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLabelColor($label_color)
+ {
+ $this->label_color = $label_color;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets available_online
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAvailableOnline()
+ {
+ return $this->available_online;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets available_online
+ * @param bool $available_online If `true`, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAvailableOnline($available_online)
+ {
+ $this->available_online = $available_online;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets available_for_pickup
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAvailableForPickup()
+ {
+ return $this->available_for_pickup;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets available_for_pickup
+ * @param bool $available_for_pickup If `true`, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAvailableForPickup($available_for_pickup)
+ {
+ $this->available_for_pickup = $available_for_pickup;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets available_electronically
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAvailableElectronically()
+ {
+ return $this->available_electronically;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets available_electronically
+ * @param bool $available_electronically If `true`, the item can be added to electronically fulfilled orders from the merchant's online store.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAvailableElectronically($available_electronically)
+ {
+ $this->available_electronically = $available_electronically;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets category_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCategoryId()
+ {
+ return $this->category_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets category_id
+ * @param string $category_id The ID of the item's category, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCategoryId($category_id)
+ {
+ $this->category_id = $category_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tax_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxIds()
+ {
+ return $this->tax_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tax_ids
+ * @param string[] $tax_ids A set of IDs indicating the [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es that are enabled for this item. When updating an item, any taxes listed here will be added to the item. [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es may also be added to or deleted from an item using `UpdateItemTaxes`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxIds($tax_ids)
+ {
+ $this->tax_ids = $tax_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_list_info
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemModifierListInfo[]
+ */
+ public function getModifierListInfo()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_list_info;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_list_info
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemModifierListInfo[] $modifier_list_info A set of [CatalogItemModifierListInfo](#type-catalogitemmodifierlistinfo) objects representing the modifier lists that apply to this item, along with the overrides and min and max limits that are specific to this item. [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s may also be added to or deleted from an item using `UpdateItemModifierLists`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierListInfo($modifier_list_info)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_list_info = $modifier_list_info;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets image_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getImageUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->image_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets image_url
+ * @param string $image_url __Deprecated__. The URL of an image representing this item. Deprecated in favor of `image_data` in [`CatalogObject`](#type-catalogobject).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setImageUrl($image_url)
+ {
+ $this->image_url = $image_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets variations
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getVariations()
+ {
+ return $this->variations;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets variations
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $variations A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s containing the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s for this item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVariations($variations)
+ {
+ $this->variations = $variations;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets product_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getProductType()
+ {
+ return $this->product_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets product_type
+ * @param string $product_type The product type of the item. May not be changed once an item has been created. Only items of product type `REGULAR` may be created by this API; items with other product types are read-only. See [CatalogItemProductType](#type-catalogitemproducttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setProductType($product_type)
+ {
+ $this->product_type = $product_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets skip_modifier_screen
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getSkipModifierScreen()
+ {
+ return $this->skip_modifier_screen;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets skip_modifier_screen
+ * @param bool $skip_modifier_screen If `false`, the Square Point of Sale app will present the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)'s details screen immediately, allowing the merchant to choose [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s before adding the item to the cart. This is the default behavior. If `true`, the Square Point of Sale app will immediately add the item to the cart with the pre-selected modifiers, and merchants can edit modifiers by drilling down onto the item's details. Third-party clients are encouraged to implement similar behaviors.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSkipModifierScreen($skip_modifier_screen)
+ {
+ $this->skip_modifier_screen = $skip_modifier_screen;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogItemModifierListInfo Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogItemModifierListInfo implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'modifier_list_id' => 'string',
+ 'modifier_overrides' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierOverride[]',
+ 'min_selected_modifiers' => 'int',
+ 'max_selected_modifiers' => 'int',
+ 'enabled' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'modifier_list_id' => 'modifier_list_id',
+ 'modifier_overrides' => 'modifier_overrides',
+ 'min_selected_modifiers' => 'min_selected_modifiers',
+ 'max_selected_modifiers' => 'max_selected_modifiers',
+ 'enabled' => 'enabled'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'modifier_list_id' => 'setModifierListId',
+ 'modifier_overrides' => 'setModifierOverrides',
+ 'min_selected_modifiers' => 'setMinSelectedModifiers',
+ 'max_selected_modifiers' => 'setMaxSelectedModifiers',
+ 'enabled' => 'setEnabled'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'modifier_list_id' => 'getModifierListId',
+ 'modifier_overrides' => 'getModifierOverrides',
+ 'min_selected_modifiers' => 'getMinSelectedModifiers',
+ 'max_selected_modifiers' => 'getMaxSelectedModifiers',
+ 'enabled' => 'getEnabled'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $modifier_list_id The ID of the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) controlled by this [CatalogModifierListInfo](#type-catalogmodifierlistinfo).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $modifier_list_id;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_overrides A set of [CatalogModifierOverride](#type-catalogmodifieroverride) objects that override whether a given [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) is enabled by default.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierOverride[]
+ */
+ protected $modifier_overrides;
+ /**
+ * $min_selected_modifiers If zero or larger, the smallest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that must be selected from this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $min_selected_modifiers;
+ /**
+ * $max_selected_modifiers If zero or larger, the largest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that can be selected from this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $max_selected_modifiers;
+ /**
+ * $enabled If `true`, enable this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $enabled;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["modifier_list_id"])) {
+ $this->modifier_list_id = $data["modifier_list_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_list_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_overrides"])) {
+ $this->modifier_overrides = $data["modifier_overrides"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_overrides = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["min_selected_modifiers"])) {
+ $this->min_selected_modifiers = $data["min_selected_modifiers"];
+ } else {
+ $this->min_selected_modifiers = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["max_selected_modifiers"])) {
+ $this->max_selected_modifiers = $data["max_selected_modifiers"];
+ } else {
+ $this->max_selected_modifiers = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["enabled"])) {
+ $this->enabled = $data["enabled"];
+ } else {
+ $this->enabled = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_list_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getModifierListId()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_list_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_list_id
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) controlled by this [CatalogModifierListInfo](#type-catalogmodifierlistinfo).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierListId($modifier_list_id)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_list_id = $modifier_list_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_overrides
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierOverride[]
+ */
+ public function getModifierOverrides()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_overrides;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_overrides
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierOverride[] $modifier_overrides A set of [CatalogModifierOverride](#type-catalogmodifieroverride) objects that override whether a given [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) is enabled by default.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierOverrides($modifier_overrides)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_overrides = $modifier_overrides;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets min_selected_modifiers
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getMinSelectedModifiers()
+ {
+ return $this->min_selected_modifiers;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets min_selected_modifiers
+ * @param int $min_selected_modifiers If zero or larger, the smallest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that must be selected from this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMinSelectedModifiers($min_selected_modifiers)
+ {
+ $this->min_selected_modifiers = $min_selected_modifiers;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets max_selected_modifiers
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getMaxSelectedModifiers()
+ {
+ return $this->max_selected_modifiers;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets max_selected_modifiers
+ * @param int $max_selected_modifiers If zero or larger, the largest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that can be selected from this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMaxSelectedModifiers($max_selected_modifiers)
+ {
+ $this->max_selected_modifiers = $max_selected_modifiers;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets enabled
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getEnabled()
+ {
+ return $this->enabled;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets enabled
+ * @param bool $enabled If `true`, enable this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEnabled($enabled)
+ {
+ $this->enabled = $enabled;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogItemProductType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogItemProductType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogItemVariation Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogItemVariation implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'item_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'sku' => 'string',
+ 'upc' => 'string',
+ 'ordinal' => 'int',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'string',
+ 'price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'location_overrides' => '\SquareConnect\Model\ItemVariationLocationOverrides[]',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'bool',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'string',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'int',
+ 'user_data' => 'string',
+ 'service_duration' => 'int'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'item_id' => 'item_id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'sku' => 'sku',
+ 'upc' => 'upc',
+ 'ordinal' => 'ordinal',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'pricing_type',
+ 'price_money' => 'price_money',
+ 'location_overrides' => 'location_overrides',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'track_inventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'inventory_alert_type',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'inventory_alert_threshold',
+ 'user_data' => 'user_data',
+ 'service_duration' => 'service_duration'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'item_id' => 'setItemId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'sku' => 'setSku',
+ 'upc' => 'setUpc',
+ 'ordinal' => 'setOrdinal',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'setPricingType',
+ 'price_money' => 'setPriceMoney',
+ 'location_overrides' => 'setLocationOverrides',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'setTrackInventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'setInventoryAlertType',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'setInventoryAlertThreshold',
+ 'user_data' => 'setUserData',
+ 'service_duration' => 'setServiceDuration'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'item_id' => 'getItemId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'sku' => 'getSku',
+ 'upc' => 'getUpc',
+ 'ordinal' => 'getOrdinal',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'getPricingType',
+ 'price_money' => 'getPriceMoney',
+ 'location_overrides' => 'getLocationOverrides',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'getTrackInventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'getInventoryAlertType',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'getInventoryAlertThreshold',
+ 'user_data' => 'getUserData',
+ 'service_duration' => 'getServiceDuration'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $item_id The ID of the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) associated with this item variation. Searchable.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $item_id;
+ /**
+ * $name The item variation's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $sku The item variation's SKU, if any. Searchable.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sku;
+ /**
+ * $upc The item variation's UPC, if any. Searchable in the Connect API. This field is only exposed in the Connect API. It is not exposed in Square's Dashboard, Square Point of Sale app or Retail Point of Sale app.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $upc;
+ /**
+ * $ordinal The order in which this item variation should be displayed. This value is read-only. On writes, the ordinal for each item variation within a parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is set according to the item variations's position. On reads, the value is not guaranteed to be sequential or unique.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $ordinal;
+ /**
+ * $pricing_type Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale. See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $pricing_type;
+ /**
+ * $price_money The item variation's price, if fixed pricing is used.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $price_money;
+ /**
+ * $location_overrides Per-[location](#type-location) price and inventory overrides.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\ItemVariationLocationOverrides[]
+ */
+ protected $location_overrides;
+ /**
+ * $track_inventory If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the variation.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $track_inventory;
+ /**
+ * $inventory_alert_type Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its `inventory_alert_threshold`. See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $inventory_alert_type;
+ /**
+ * $inventory_alert_threshold If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $inventory_alert_threshold;
+ /**
+ * $user_data Arbitrary user metadata to associate with the item variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters. Searchable.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $user_data;
+ /**
+ * $service_duration If the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) that owns this item variation is of type `APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE`, then this is the duration of the service in milliseconds. For example, a 30 minute appointment would have the value `1800000`, which is equal to 30 (minutes) * 60 (seconds per minute) * 1000 (milliseconds per second).
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $service_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["item_id"])) {
+ $this->item_id = $data["item_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sku"])) {
+ $this->sku = $data["sku"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sku = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["upc"])) {
+ $this->upc = $data["upc"];
+ } else {
+ $this->upc = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ordinal"])) {
+ $this->ordinal = $data["ordinal"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ordinal = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pricing_type"])) {
+ $this->pricing_type = $data["pricing_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pricing_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["price_money"])) {
+ $this->price_money = $data["price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_overrides"])) {
+ $this->location_overrides = $data["location_overrides"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_overrides = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["track_inventory"])) {
+ $this->track_inventory = $data["track_inventory"];
+ } else {
+ $this->track_inventory = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inventory_alert_type"])) {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = $data["inventory_alert_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inventory_alert_threshold"])) {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = $data["inventory_alert_threshold"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["user_data"])) {
+ $this->user_data = $data["user_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->user_data = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["service_duration"])) {
+ $this->service_duration = $data["service_duration"];
+ } else {
+ $this->service_duration = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getItemId()
+ {
+ return $this->item_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_id
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) associated with this item variation. Searchable.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemId($item_id)
+ {
+ $this->item_id = $item_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The item variation's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sku
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSku()
+ {
+ return $this->sku;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sku
+ * @param string $sku The item variation's SKU, if any. Searchable.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSku($sku)
+ {
+ $this->sku = $sku;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets upc
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpc()
+ {
+ return $this->upc;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets upc
+ * @param string $upc The item variation's UPC, if any. Searchable in the Connect API. This field is only exposed in the Connect API. It is not exposed in Square's Dashboard, Square Point of Sale app or Retail Point of Sale app.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpc($upc)
+ {
+ $this->upc = $upc;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ordinal
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getOrdinal()
+ {
+ return $this->ordinal;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ordinal
+ * @param int $ordinal The order in which this item variation should be displayed. This value is read-only. On writes, the ordinal for each item variation within a parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is set according to the item variations's position. On reads, the value is not guaranteed to be sequential or unique.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrdinal($ordinal)
+ {
+ $this->ordinal = $ordinal;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pricing_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPricingType()
+ {
+ return $this->pricing_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pricing_type
+ * @param string $pricing_type Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale. See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPricingType($pricing_type)
+ {
+ $this->pricing_type = $pricing_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getPriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $price_money The item variation's price, if fixed pricing is used.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPriceMoney($price_money)
+ {
+ $this->price_money = $price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_overrides
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ItemVariationLocationOverrides[]
+ */
+ public function getLocationOverrides()
+ {
+ return $this->location_overrides;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_overrides
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ItemVariationLocationOverrides[] $location_overrides Per-[location](#type-location) price and inventory overrides.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationOverrides($location_overrides)
+ {
+ $this->location_overrides = $location_overrides;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets track_inventory
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getTrackInventory()
+ {
+ return $this->track_inventory;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets track_inventory
+ * @param bool $track_inventory If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the variation.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTrackInventory($track_inventory)
+ {
+ $this->track_inventory = $track_inventory;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inventory_alert_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getInventoryAlertType()
+ {
+ return $this->inventory_alert_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inventory_alert_type
+ * @param string $inventory_alert_type Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its `inventory_alert_threshold`. See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInventoryAlertType($inventory_alert_type)
+ {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = $inventory_alert_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inventory_alert_threshold
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getInventoryAlertThreshold()
+ {
+ return $this->inventory_alert_threshold;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inventory_alert_threshold
+ * @param int $inventory_alert_threshold If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInventoryAlertThreshold($inventory_alert_threshold)
+ {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = $inventory_alert_threshold;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets user_data
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUserData()
+ {
+ return $this->user_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets user_data
+ * @param string $user_data Arbitrary user metadata to associate with the item variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters. Searchable.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUserData($user_data)
+ {
+ $this->user_data = $user_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets service_duration
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getServiceDuration()
+ {
+ return $this->service_duration;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets service_duration
+ * @param int $service_duration If the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) that owns this item variation is of type `APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE`, then this is the duration of the service in milliseconds. For example, a 30 minute appointment would have the value `1800000`, which is equal to 30 (minutes) * 60 (seconds per minute) * 1000 (milliseconds per second).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setServiceDuration($service_duration)
+ {
+ $this->service_duration = $service_duration;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogModifier Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogModifier implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'price_money' => 'price_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'price_money' => 'setPriceMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'price_money' => 'getPriceMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The modifier's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $price_money The modifier's price.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $price_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["price_money"])) {
+ $this->price_money = $data["price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->price_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The modifier's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getPriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $price_money The modifier's price.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPriceMoney($price_money)
+ {
+ $this->price_money = $price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogModifierList Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogModifierList implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'selection_type' => 'string',
+ 'modifiers' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'selection_type' => 'selection_type',
+ 'modifiers' => 'modifiers'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'selection_type' => 'setSelectionType',
+ 'modifiers' => 'setModifiers'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'selection_type' => 'getSelectionType',
+ 'modifiers' => 'getModifiers'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)'s name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $selection_type Indicates whether multiple options from the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) can be applied to a single [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). See [CatalogModifierListSelectionType](#type-catalogmodifierlistselectiontype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $selection_type;
+ /**
+ * $modifiers The options included in the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). You must include at least one [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). Each [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) must have type `MODIFIER` and contain [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) data.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $modifiers;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["selection_type"])) {
+ $this->selection_type = $data["selection_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->selection_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifiers"])) {
+ $this->modifiers = $data["modifiers"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifiers = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)'s name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets selection_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSelectionType()
+ {
+ return $this->selection_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets selection_type
+ * @param string $selection_type Indicates whether multiple options from the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) can be applied to a single [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). See [CatalogModifierListSelectionType](#type-catalogmodifierlistselectiontype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSelectionType($selection_type)
+ {
+ $this->selection_type = $selection_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifiers
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getModifiers()
+ {
+ return $this->modifiers;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifiers
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $modifiers The options included in the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). You must include at least one [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). Each [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) must have type `MODIFIER` and contain [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) data.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifiers($modifiers)
+ {
+ $this->modifiers = $modifiers;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogModifierListSelectionType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogModifierListSelectionType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogModifierOverride Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogModifierOverride implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'modifier_id' => 'string',
+ 'on_by_default' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'modifier_id' => 'modifier_id',
+ 'on_by_default' => 'on_by_default'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'modifier_id' => 'setModifierId',
+ 'on_by_default' => 'setOnByDefault'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'modifier_id' => 'getModifierId',
+ 'on_by_default' => 'getOnByDefault'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $modifier_id The ID of the [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) whose default behavior is being overridden.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $modifier_id;
+ /**
+ * $on_by_default If `true`, this [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) should be selected by default for this [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $on_by_default;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["modifier_id"])) {
+ $this->modifier_id = $data["modifier_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["on_by_default"])) {
+ $this->on_by_default = $data["on_by_default"];
+ } else {
+ $this->on_by_default = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getModifierId()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_id
+ * @param string $modifier_id The ID of the [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) whose default behavior is being overridden.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierId($modifier_id)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_id = $modifier_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets on_by_default
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getOnByDefault()
+ {
+ return $this->on_by_default;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets on_by_default
+ * @param bool $on_by_default If `true`, this [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) should be selected by default for this [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOnByDefault($on_by_default)
+ {
+ $this->on_by_default = $on_by_default;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogObject Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogObject implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'version' => 'int',
+ 'is_deleted' => 'bool',
+ 'catalog_v1_ids' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogV1Id[]',
+ 'present_at_all_locations' => 'bool',
+ 'present_at_location_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'absent_at_location_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'item_data' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItem',
+ 'category_data' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogCategory',
+ 'item_variation_data' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemVariation',
+ 'tax_data' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogTax',
+ 'discount_data' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogDiscount',
+ 'modifier_list_data' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierList',
+ 'modifier_data' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifier',
+ 'image_data' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogImage'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at',
+ 'version' => 'version',
+ 'is_deleted' => 'is_deleted',
+ 'catalog_v1_ids' => 'catalog_v1_ids',
+ 'present_at_all_locations' => 'present_at_all_locations',
+ 'present_at_location_ids' => 'present_at_location_ids',
+ 'absent_at_location_ids' => 'absent_at_location_ids',
+ 'item_data' => 'item_data',
+ 'category_data' => 'category_data',
+ 'item_variation_data' => 'item_variation_data',
+ 'tax_data' => 'tax_data',
+ 'discount_data' => 'discount_data',
+ 'modifier_list_data' => 'modifier_list_data',
+ 'modifier_data' => 'modifier_data',
+ 'image_data' => 'image_data'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt',
+ 'version' => 'setVersion',
+ 'is_deleted' => 'setIsDeleted',
+ 'catalog_v1_ids' => 'setCatalogV1Ids',
+ 'present_at_all_locations' => 'setPresentAtAllLocations',
+ 'present_at_location_ids' => 'setPresentAtLocationIds',
+ 'absent_at_location_ids' => 'setAbsentAtLocationIds',
+ 'item_data' => 'setItemData',
+ 'category_data' => 'setCategoryData',
+ 'item_variation_data' => 'setItemVariationData',
+ 'tax_data' => 'setTaxData',
+ 'discount_data' => 'setDiscountData',
+ 'modifier_list_data' => 'setModifierListData',
+ 'modifier_data' => 'setModifierData',
+ 'image_data' => 'setImageData'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt',
+ 'version' => 'getVersion',
+ 'is_deleted' => 'getIsDeleted',
+ 'catalog_v1_ids' => 'getCatalogV1Ids',
+ 'present_at_all_locations' => 'getPresentAtAllLocations',
+ 'present_at_location_ids' => 'getPresentAtLocationIds',
+ 'absent_at_location_ids' => 'getAbsentAtLocationIds',
+ 'item_data' => 'getItemData',
+ 'category_data' => 'getCategoryData',
+ 'item_variation_data' => 'getItemVariationData',
+ 'tax_data' => 'getTaxData',
+ 'discount_data' => 'getDiscountData',
+ 'modifier_list_data' => 'getModifierListData',
+ 'modifier_data' => 'getModifierData',
+ 'image_data' => 'getImageData'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $type The type of this object. Each object type has expected properties expressed in a structured format within its corresponding `*_data` field below. See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $id An identifier to reference this object in the catalog. When a new CatalogObject is inserted, the client should set the id to a temporary identifier starting with a `'#'` character. Other objects being inserted or updated within the same request may use this identifier to refer to the new object. When the server receives the new object, it will supply a unique identifier that replaces the temporary identifier for all future references.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at Last modification [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., `\"2016-08-15T23:59:33.123Z\"` would indicate the UTC time (denoted by `Z`) of August 15, 2016 at 23:59:33 and 123 milliseconds.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $version The version of the object. When updating an object, the version supplied by the must match the version in the database, otherwise the write will be rejected as conflicting.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $version;
+ /**
+ * $is_deleted If `true`, the object has been deleted from the database. Must be `false` for new objects being inserted. When deleted, the `updated_at` field will equal the deletion time.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $is_deleted;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_v1_ids The Connect V1 IDs for this object at each [location](#type-location) where it is present, where they differ from the object's Connect V2 ID. The field will only be present for objects that have been created or modified by legacy APIs.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogV1Id[]
+ */
+ protected $catalog_v1_ids;
+ /**
+ * $present_at_all_locations If `true`, this object is present at all locations (including future locations), except where specified in the `absent_at_location_ids` field. If `false`, this object is not present at any locations (including future locations), except where specified in the `present_at_location_ids` field. If not specified, defaults to `true`.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $present_at_all_locations;
+ /**
+ * $present_at_location_ids A list of locations where the object is present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `false`.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $present_at_location_ids;
+ /**
+ * $absent_at_location_ids A list of locations where the object is not present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `true`.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $absent_at_location_ids;
+ /**
+ * $item_data Structured data for a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItem
+ */
+ protected $item_data;
+ /**
+ * $category_data Structured data for a [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), set for CatalogObjects of type `CATEGORY`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogCategory
+ */
+ protected $category_data;
+ /**
+ * $item_variation_data Structured data for a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM_VARIATION`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemVariation
+ */
+ protected $item_variation_data;
+ /**
+ * $tax_data Structured data for a [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax), set for CatalogObjects of type `TAX`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogTax
+ */
+ protected $tax_data;
+ /**
+ * $discount_data Structured data for a [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount), set for CatalogObjects of type `DISCOUNT`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogDiscount
+ */
+ protected $discount_data;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_list_data Structured data for a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER_LIST`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierList
+ */
+ protected $modifier_list_data;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_data Structured data for a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifier
+ */
+ protected $modifier_data;
+ /**
+ * $image_data Structured data for a [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage), set for CatalogObjects of type `IMAGE`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogImage
+ */
+ protected $image_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["version"])) {
+ $this->version = $data["version"];
+ } else {
+ $this->version = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["is_deleted"])) {
+ $this->is_deleted = $data["is_deleted"];
+ } else {
+ $this->is_deleted = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_v1_ids"])) {
+ $this->catalog_v1_ids = $data["catalog_v1_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_v1_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["present_at_all_locations"])) {
+ $this->present_at_all_locations = $data["present_at_all_locations"];
+ } else {
+ $this->present_at_all_locations = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["present_at_location_ids"])) {
+ $this->present_at_location_ids = $data["present_at_location_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->present_at_location_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["absent_at_location_ids"])) {
+ $this->absent_at_location_ids = $data["absent_at_location_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->absent_at_location_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["item_data"])) {
+ $this->item_data = $data["item_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_data = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["category_data"])) {
+ $this->category_data = $data["category_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->category_data = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["item_variation_data"])) {
+ $this->item_variation_data = $data["item_variation_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_variation_data = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tax_data"])) {
+ $this->tax_data = $data["tax_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tax_data = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discount_data"])) {
+ $this->discount_data = $data["discount_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discount_data = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_list_data"])) {
+ $this->modifier_list_data = $data["modifier_list_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_list_data = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_data"])) {
+ $this->modifier_data = $data["modifier_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_data = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["image_data"])) {
+ $this->image_data = $data["image_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->image_data = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The type of this object. Each object type has expected properties expressed in a structured format within its corresponding `*_data` field below. See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id An identifier to reference this object in the catalog. When a new CatalogObject is inserted, the client should set the id to a temporary identifier starting with a `'#'` character. Other objects being inserted or updated within the same request may use this identifier to refer to the new object. When the server receives the new object, it will supply a unique identifier that replaces the temporary identifier for all future references.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at Last modification [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., `\"2016-08-15T23:59:33.123Z\"` would indicate the UTC time (denoted by `Z`) of August 15, 2016 at 23:59:33 and 123 milliseconds.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets version
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getVersion()
+ {
+ return $this->version;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets version
+ * @param int $version The version of the object. When updating an object, the version supplied by the must match the version in the database, otherwise the write will be rejected as conflicting.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVersion($version)
+ {
+ $this->version = $version;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets is_deleted
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIsDeleted()
+ {
+ return $this->is_deleted;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets is_deleted
+ * @param bool $is_deleted If `true`, the object has been deleted from the database. Must be `false` for new objects being inserted. When deleted, the `updated_at` field will equal the deletion time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIsDeleted($is_deleted)
+ {
+ $this->is_deleted = $is_deleted;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_v1_ids
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogV1Id[]
+ */
+ public function getCatalogV1Ids()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_v1_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_v1_ids
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogV1Id[] $catalog_v1_ids The Connect V1 IDs for this object at each [location](#type-location) where it is present, where they differ from the object's Connect V2 ID. The field will only be present for objects that have been created or modified by legacy APIs.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogV1Ids($catalog_v1_ids)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_v1_ids = $catalog_v1_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets present_at_all_locations
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getPresentAtAllLocations()
+ {
+ return $this->present_at_all_locations;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets present_at_all_locations
+ * @param bool $present_at_all_locations If `true`, this object is present at all locations (including future locations), except where specified in the `absent_at_location_ids` field. If `false`, this object is not present at any locations (including future locations), except where specified in the `present_at_location_ids` field. If not specified, defaults to `true`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPresentAtAllLocations($present_at_all_locations)
+ {
+ $this->present_at_all_locations = $present_at_all_locations;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets present_at_location_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getPresentAtLocationIds()
+ {
+ return $this->present_at_location_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets present_at_location_ids
+ * @param string[] $present_at_location_ids A list of locations where the object is present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `false`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPresentAtLocationIds($present_at_location_ids)
+ {
+ $this->present_at_location_ids = $present_at_location_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets absent_at_location_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getAbsentAtLocationIds()
+ {
+ return $this->absent_at_location_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets absent_at_location_ids
+ * @param string[] $absent_at_location_ids A list of locations where the object is not present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `true`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAbsentAtLocationIds($absent_at_location_ids)
+ {
+ $this->absent_at_location_ids = $absent_at_location_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_data
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItem
+ */
+ public function getItemData()
+ {
+ return $this->item_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_data
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItem $item_data Structured data for a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemData($item_data)
+ {
+ $this->item_data = $item_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets category_data
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogCategory
+ */
+ public function getCategoryData()
+ {
+ return $this->category_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets category_data
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogCategory $category_data Structured data for a [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), set for CatalogObjects of type `CATEGORY`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCategoryData($category_data)
+ {
+ $this->category_data = $category_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_variation_data
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemVariation
+ */
+ public function getItemVariationData()
+ {
+ return $this->item_variation_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_variation_data
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogItemVariation $item_variation_data Structured data for a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM_VARIATION`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemVariationData($item_variation_data)
+ {
+ $this->item_variation_data = $item_variation_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tax_data
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogTax
+ */
+ public function getTaxData()
+ {
+ return $this->tax_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tax_data
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogTax $tax_data Structured data for a [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax), set for CatalogObjects of type `TAX`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxData($tax_data)
+ {
+ $this->tax_data = $tax_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discount_data
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogDiscount
+ */
+ public function getDiscountData()
+ {
+ return $this->discount_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discount_data
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogDiscount $discount_data Structured data for a [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount), set for CatalogObjects of type `DISCOUNT`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscountData($discount_data)
+ {
+ $this->discount_data = $discount_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_list_data
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierList
+ */
+ public function getModifierListData()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_list_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_list_data
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifierList $modifier_list_data Structured data for a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER_LIST`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierListData($modifier_list_data)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_list_data = $modifier_list_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_data
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifier
+ */
+ public function getModifierData()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_data
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogModifier $modifier_data Structured data for a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierData($modifier_data)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_data = $modifier_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets image_data
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogImage
+ */
+ public function getImageData()
+ {
+ return $this->image_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets image_data
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogImage $image_data Structured data for a [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage), set for CatalogObjects of type `IMAGE`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setImageData($image_data)
+ {
+ $this->image_data = $image_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogObjectBatch Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogObjectBatch implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'objects' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'objects' => 'objects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'objects' => 'setObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'objects' => 'getObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s belonging to this batch.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $objects;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["objects"])) {
+ $this->objects = $data["objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->objects = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets objects
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets objects
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s belonging to this batch.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjects($objects)
+ {
+ $this->objects = $objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogObjectType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogObjectType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogPricingType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogPricingType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogQuery Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQuery implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'sorted_attribute_query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuerySortedAttribute',
+ 'exact_query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryExact',
+ 'prefix_query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryPrefix',
+ 'range_query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryRange',
+ 'text_query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryText',
+ 'items_for_tax_query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForTax',
+ 'items_for_modifier_list_query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'sorted_attribute_query' => 'sorted_attribute_query',
+ 'exact_query' => 'exact_query',
+ 'prefix_query' => 'prefix_query',
+ 'range_query' => 'range_query',
+ 'text_query' => 'text_query',
+ 'items_for_tax_query' => 'items_for_tax_query',
+ 'items_for_modifier_list_query' => 'items_for_modifier_list_query'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'sorted_attribute_query' => 'setSortedAttributeQuery',
+ 'exact_query' => 'setExactQuery',
+ 'prefix_query' => 'setPrefixQuery',
+ 'range_query' => 'setRangeQuery',
+ 'text_query' => 'setTextQuery',
+ 'items_for_tax_query' => 'setItemsForTaxQuery',
+ 'items_for_modifier_list_query' => 'setItemsForModifierListQuery'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'sorted_attribute_query' => 'getSortedAttributeQuery',
+ 'exact_query' => 'getExactQuery',
+ 'prefix_query' => 'getPrefixQuery',
+ 'range_query' => 'getRangeQuery',
+ 'text_query' => 'getTextQuery',
+ 'items_for_tax_query' => 'getItemsForTaxQuery',
+ 'items_for_modifier_list_query' => 'getItemsForModifierListQuery'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $sorted_attribute_query A query that returns all objects, sorted by the given attribute.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuerySortedAttribute
+ */
+ protected $sorted_attribute_query;
+ /**
+ * $exact_query A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive value.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryExact
+ */
+ protected $exact_query;
+ /**
+ * $prefix_query A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive prefix.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryPrefix
+ */
+ protected $prefix_query;
+ /**
+ * $range_query A query that returns only objects for which the given (integer-valued) attribute lies in the given range.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryRange
+ */
+ protected $range_query;
+ /**
+ * $text_query A query that returns only objects whose searchable attributes contain all of the given keywords as prefixes. For example, if a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) contains attributes `{\"name\": \"t-shirt\"}` and `{\"description\": \"Small, Purple\"}`, it will be matched by the query `{\"keywords\": [\"shirt\", \"sma\", \"purp\"]}`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryText
+ */
+ protected $text_query;
+ /**
+ * $items_for_tax_query A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es enabled.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForTax
+ */
+ protected $items_for_tax_query;
+ /**
+ * $items_for_modifier_list_query A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s enabled.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList
+ */
+ protected $items_for_modifier_list_query;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["sorted_attribute_query"])) {
+ $this->sorted_attribute_query = $data["sorted_attribute_query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sorted_attribute_query = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["exact_query"])) {
+ $this->exact_query = $data["exact_query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->exact_query = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["prefix_query"])) {
+ $this->prefix_query = $data["prefix_query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->prefix_query = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["range_query"])) {
+ $this->range_query = $data["range_query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->range_query = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["text_query"])) {
+ $this->text_query = $data["text_query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->text_query = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["items_for_tax_query"])) {
+ $this->items_for_tax_query = $data["items_for_tax_query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items_for_tax_query = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["items_for_modifier_list_query"])) {
+ $this->items_for_modifier_list_query = $data["items_for_modifier_list_query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items_for_modifier_list_query = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sorted_attribute_query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuerySortedAttribute
+ */
+ public function getSortedAttributeQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->sorted_attribute_query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sorted_attribute_query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuerySortedAttribute $sorted_attribute_query A query that returns all objects, sorted by the given attribute.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSortedAttributeQuery($sorted_attribute_query)
+ {
+ $this->sorted_attribute_query = $sorted_attribute_query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets exact_query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryExact
+ */
+ public function getExactQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->exact_query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets exact_query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryExact $exact_query A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive value.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExactQuery($exact_query)
+ {
+ $this->exact_query = $exact_query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets prefix_query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryPrefix
+ */
+ public function getPrefixQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->prefix_query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets prefix_query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryPrefix $prefix_query A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive prefix.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPrefixQuery($prefix_query)
+ {
+ $this->prefix_query = $prefix_query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets range_query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryRange
+ */
+ public function getRangeQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->range_query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets range_query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryRange $range_query A query that returns only objects for which the given (integer-valued) attribute lies in the given range.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRangeQuery($range_query)
+ {
+ $this->range_query = $range_query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets text_query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryText
+ */
+ public function getTextQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->text_query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets text_query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryText $text_query A query that returns only objects whose searchable attributes contain all of the given keywords as prefixes. For example, if a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) contains attributes `{\"name\": \"t-shirt\"}` and `{\"description\": \"Small, Purple\"}`, it will be matched by the query `{\"keywords\": [\"shirt\", \"sma\", \"purp\"]}`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTextQuery($text_query)
+ {
+ $this->text_query = $text_query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items_for_tax_query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForTax
+ */
+ public function getItemsForTaxQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->items_for_tax_query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items_for_tax_query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForTax $items_for_tax_query A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es enabled.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemsForTaxQuery($items_for_tax_query)
+ {
+ $this->items_for_tax_query = $items_for_tax_query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items_for_modifier_list_query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList
+ */
+ public function getItemsForModifierListQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->items_for_modifier_list_query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items_for_modifier_list_query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList $items_for_modifier_list_query A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s enabled.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemsForModifierListQuery($items_for_modifier_list_query)
+ {
+ $this->items_for_modifier_list_query = $items_for_modifier_list_query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryExact Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryExact implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'string',
+ 'attribute_value' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'attribute_name',
+ 'attribute_value' => 'attribute_value'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'setAttributeName',
+ 'attribute_value' => 'setAttributeValue'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'getAttributeName',
+ 'attribute_value' => 'getAttributeValue'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $attribute_name The name of the attribute to be searched.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $attribute_name;
+ /**
+ * $attribute_value The desired value of the search attribute.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $attribute_value;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["attribute_name"])) {
+ $this->attribute_name = $data["attribute_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->attribute_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["attribute_value"])) {
+ $this->attribute_value = $data["attribute_value"];
+ } else {
+ $this->attribute_value = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets attribute_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAttributeName()
+ {
+ return $this->attribute_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets attribute_name
+ * @param string $attribute_name The name of the attribute to be searched.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAttributeName($attribute_name)
+ {
+ $this->attribute_name = $attribute_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets attribute_value
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAttributeValue()
+ {
+ return $this->attribute_value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets attribute_value
+ * @param string $attribute_value The desired value of the search attribute.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAttributeValue($attribute_value)
+ {
+ $this->attribute_value = $attribute_value;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'modifier_list_ids' => 'string[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'modifier_list_ids' => 'modifier_list_ids'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'modifier_list_ids' => 'setModifierListIds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'modifier_list_ids' => 'getModifierListIds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $modifier_list_ids A set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $modifier_list_ids;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["modifier_list_ids"])) {
+ $this->modifier_list_ids = $data["modifier_list_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_list_ids = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_list_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getModifierListIds()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_list_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_list_ids
+ * @param string[] $modifier_list_ids A set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierListIds($modifier_list_ids)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_list_ids = $modifier_list_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryItemsForTax Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryItemsForTax implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'tax_ids' => 'string[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'tax_ids' => 'tax_ids'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'tax_ids' => 'setTaxIds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'tax_ids' => 'getTaxIds'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $tax_ids A set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $tax_ids;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["tax_ids"])) {
+ $this->tax_ids = $data["tax_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tax_ids = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tax_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxIds()
+ {
+ return $this->tax_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tax_ids
+ * @param string[] $tax_ids A set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxIds($tax_ids)
+ {
+ $this->tax_ids = $tax_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryPrefix Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryPrefix implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'string',
+ 'attribute_prefix' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'attribute_name',
+ 'attribute_prefix' => 'attribute_prefix'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'setAttributeName',
+ 'attribute_prefix' => 'setAttributePrefix'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'getAttributeName',
+ 'attribute_prefix' => 'getAttributePrefix'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $attribute_name The name of the attribute to be searched.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $attribute_name;
+ /**
+ * $attribute_prefix The desired prefix of the search attribute value.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $attribute_prefix;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["attribute_name"])) {
+ $this->attribute_name = $data["attribute_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->attribute_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["attribute_prefix"])) {
+ $this->attribute_prefix = $data["attribute_prefix"];
+ } else {
+ $this->attribute_prefix = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets attribute_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAttributeName()
+ {
+ return $this->attribute_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets attribute_name
+ * @param string $attribute_name The name of the attribute to be searched.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAttributeName($attribute_name)
+ {
+ $this->attribute_name = $attribute_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets attribute_prefix
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAttributePrefix()
+ {
+ return $this->attribute_prefix;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets attribute_prefix
+ * @param string $attribute_prefix The desired prefix of the search attribute value.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAttributePrefix($attribute_prefix)
+ {
+ $this->attribute_prefix = $attribute_prefix;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryRange Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryRange implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'string',
+ 'attribute_min_value' => 'int',
+ 'attribute_max_value' => 'int'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'attribute_name',
+ 'attribute_min_value' => 'attribute_min_value',
+ 'attribute_max_value' => 'attribute_max_value'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'setAttributeName',
+ 'attribute_min_value' => 'setAttributeMinValue',
+ 'attribute_max_value' => 'setAttributeMaxValue'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'getAttributeName',
+ 'attribute_min_value' => 'getAttributeMinValue',
+ 'attribute_max_value' => 'getAttributeMaxValue'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $attribute_name The name of the attribute to be searched.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $attribute_name;
+ /**
+ * $attribute_min_value The desired minimum value for the search attribute (inclusive).
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $attribute_min_value;
+ /**
+ * $attribute_max_value The desired maximum value for the search attribute (inclusive).
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $attribute_max_value;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["attribute_name"])) {
+ $this->attribute_name = $data["attribute_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->attribute_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["attribute_min_value"])) {
+ $this->attribute_min_value = $data["attribute_min_value"];
+ } else {
+ $this->attribute_min_value = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["attribute_max_value"])) {
+ $this->attribute_max_value = $data["attribute_max_value"];
+ } else {
+ $this->attribute_max_value = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets attribute_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAttributeName()
+ {
+ return $this->attribute_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets attribute_name
+ * @param string $attribute_name The name of the attribute to be searched.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAttributeName($attribute_name)
+ {
+ $this->attribute_name = $attribute_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets attribute_min_value
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getAttributeMinValue()
+ {
+ return $this->attribute_min_value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets attribute_min_value
+ * @param int $attribute_min_value The desired minimum value for the search attribute (inclusive).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAttributeMinValue($attribute_min_value)
+ {
+ $this->attribute_min_value = $attribute_min_value;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets attribute_max_value
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getAttributeMaxValue()
+ {
+ return $this->attribute_max_value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets attribute_max_value
+ * @param int $attribute_max_value The desired maximum value for the search attribute (inclusive).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAttributeMaxValue($attribute_max_value)
+ {
+ $this->attribute_max_value = $attribute_max_value;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogQuerySortedAttribute Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQuerySortedAttribute implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'string',
+ 'initial_attribute_value' => 'string',
+ 'sort_order' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'attribute_name',
+ 'initial_attribute_value' => 'initial_attribute_value',
+ 'sort_order' => 'sort_order'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'setAttributeName',
+ 'initial_attribute_value' => 'setInitialAttributeValue',
+ 'sort_order' => 'setSortOrder'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'attribute_name' => 'getAttributeName',
+ 'initial_attribute_value' => 'getInitialAttributeValue',
+ 'sort_order' => 'getSortOrder'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $attribute_name The attribute whose value should be used as the sort key.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $attribute_name;
+ /**
+ * $initial_attribute_value The first attribute value to be returned by the query. Ascending sorts will return only objects with this value or greater, while descending sorts will return only objects with this value or less. If unset, start at the beginning (for ascending sorts) or end (for descending sorts).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $initial_attribute_value;
+ /**
+ * $sort_order The desired [SortOrder](#type-sortorder), `\"ASC\"` (ascending) or `\"DESC\"` (descending). See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sort_order;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["attribute_name"])) {
+ $this->attribute_name = $data["attribute_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->attribute_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["initial_attribute_value"])) {
+ $this->initial_attribute_value = $data["initial_attribute_value"];
+ } else {
+ $this->initial_attribute_value = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort_order"])) {
+ $this->sort_order = $data["sort_order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort_order = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets attribute_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAttributeName()
+ {
+ return $this->attribute_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets attribute_name
+ * @param string $attribute_name The attribute whose value should be used as the sort key.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAttributeName($attribute_name)
+ {
+ $this->attribute_name = $attribute_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets initial_attribute_value
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getInitialAttributeValue()
+ {
+ return $this->initial_attribute_value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets initial_attribute_value
+ * @param string $initial_attribute_value The first attribute value to be returned by the query. Ascending sorts will return only objects with this value or greater, while descending sorts will return only objects with this value or less. If unset, start at the beginning (for ascending sorts) or end (for descending sorts).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInitialAttributeValue($initial_attribute_value)
+ {
+ $this->initial_attribute_value = $initial_attribute_value;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort_order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSortOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->sort_order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort_order
+ * @param string $sort_order The desired [SortOrder](#type-sortorder), `\"ASC\"` (ascending) or `\"DESC\"` (descending). See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSortOrder($sort_order)
+ {
+ $this->sort_order = $sort_order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryText Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryText implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'keywords' => 'string[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'keywords' => 'keywords'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'keywords' => 'setKeywords'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'keywords' => 'getKeywords'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $keywords A list of one, two, or three search keywords. Keywords with fewer than three characters are ignored.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $keywords;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["keywords"])) {
+ $this->keywords = $data["keywords"];
+ } else {
+ $this->keywords = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets keywords
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getKeywords()
+ {
+ return $this->keywords;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets keywords
+ * @param string[] $keywords A list of one, two, or three search keywords. Keywords with fewer than three characters are ignored.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setKeywords($keywords)
+ {
+ $this->keywords = $keywords;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogTax Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogTax implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'calculation_phase' => 'string',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'string',
+ 'percentage' => 'string',
+ 'applies_to_custom_amounts' => 'bool',
+ 'enabled' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'calculation_phase' => 'calculation_phase',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'inclusion_type',
+ 'percentage' => 'percentage',
+ 'applies_to_custom_amounts' => 'applies_to_custom_amounts',
+ 'enabled' => 'enabled'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'calculation_phase' => 'setCalculationPhase',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'setInclusionType',
+ 'percentage' => 'setPercentage',
+ 'applies_to_custom_amounts' => 'setAppliesToCustomAmounts',
+ 'enabled' => 'setEnabled'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'calculation_phase' => 'getCalculationPhase',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'getInclusionType',
+ 'percentage' => 'getPercentage',
+ 'applies_to_custom_amounts' => 'getAppliesToCustomAmounts',
+ 'enabled' => 'getEnabled'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The tax's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $calculation_phase Whether the tax is calculated based on a payment's subtotal or total. See [TaxCalculationPhase](#type-taxcalculationphase) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $calculation_phase;
+ /**
+ * $inclusion_type Whether the tax is `ADDITIVE` or `INCLUSIVE`. See [TaxInclusionType](#type-taxinclusiontype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $inclusion_type;
+ /**
+ * $percentage The percentage of the tax in decimal form, using a `'.'` as the decimal separator and without a `'%'` sign. A value of `7.5` corresponds to 7.5%.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $percentage;
+ /**
+ * $applies_to_custom_amounts If `true`, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into the Square Point of Sale app that are not associated with a particular [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $applies_to_custom_amounts;
+ /**
+ * $enabled If `true`, the tax will be shown as enabled in the Square Point of Sale app.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $enabled;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["calculation_phase"])) {
+ $this->calculation_phase = $data["calculation_phase"];
+ } else {
+ $this->calculation_phase = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inclusion_type"])) {
+ $this->inclusion_type = $data["inclusion_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inclusion_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["percentage"])) {
+ $this->percentage = $data["percentage"];
+ } else {
+ $this->percentage = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["applies_to_custom_amounts"])) {
+ $this->applies_to_custom_amounts = $data["applies_to_custom_amounts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->applies_to_custom_amounts = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["enabled"])) {
+ $this->enabled = $data["enabled"];
+ } else {
+ $this->enabled = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The tax's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets calculation_phase
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCalculationPhase()
+ {
+ return $this->calculation_phase;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets calculation_phase
+ * @param string $calculation_phase Whether the tax is calculated based on a payment's subtotal or total. See [TaxCalculationPhase](#type-taxcalculationphase) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCalculationPhase($calculation_phase)
+ {
+ $this->calculation_phase = $calculation_phase;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inclusion_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getInclusionType()
+ {
+ return $this->inclusion_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inclusion_type
+ * @param string $inclusion_type Whether the tax is `ADDITIVE` or `INCLUSIVE`. See [TaxInclusionType](#type-taxinclusiontype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInclusionType($inclusion_type)
+ {
+ $this->inclusion_type = $inclusion_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets percentage
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPercentage()
+ {
+ return $this->percentage;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets percentage
+ * @param string $percentage The percentage of the tax in decimal form, using a `'.'` as the decimal separator and without a `'%'` sign. A value of `7.5` corresponds to 7.5%.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPercentage($percentage)
+ {
+ $this->percentage = $percentage;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets applies_to_custom_amounts
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAppliesToCustomAmounts()
+ {
+ return $this->applies_to_custom_amounts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets applies_to_custom_amounts
+ * @param bool $applies_to_custom_amounts If `true`, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into the Square Point of Sale app that are not associated with a particular [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAppliesToCustomAmounts($applies_to_custom_amounts)
+ {
+ $this->applies_to_custom_amounts = $applies_to_custom_amounts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets enabled
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getEnabled()
+ {
+ return $this->enabled;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets enabled
+ * @param bool $enabled If `true`, the tax will be shown as enabled in the Square Point of Sale app.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEnabled($enabled)
+ {
+ $this->enabled = $enabled;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CatalogV1Id Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogV1Id implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_v1_id' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_v1_id' => 'catalog_v1_id',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_v1_id' => 'setCatalogV1Id',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_v1_id' => 'getCatalogV1Id',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_v1_id The ID for an object in Connect V1, if different from its Connect V2 ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_v1_id;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The ID of the [location](#type-location) this Connect V1 ID is associated with.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_v1_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_v1_id = $data["catalog_v1_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_v1_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_v1_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogV1Id()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_v1_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_v1_id
+ * @param string $catalog_v1_id The ID for an object in Connect V1, if different from its Connect V2 ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogV1Id($catalog_v1_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_v1_id = $catalog_v1_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the [location](#type-location) this Connect V1 ID is associated with.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ChargeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ChargeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'card_nonce' => 'string',
+ 'customer_card_id' => 'string',
+ 'delay_capture' => 'bool',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'note' => 'string',
+ 'customer_id' => 'string',
+ 'billing_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'shipping_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'buyer_email_address' => 'string',
+ 'order_id' => 'string',
+ 'additional_recipients' => '\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'card_nonce' => 'card_nonce',
+ 'customer_card_id' => 'customer_card_id',
+ 'delay_capture' => 'delay_capture',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'note' => 'note',
+ 'customer_id' => 'customer_id',
+ 'billing_address' => 'billing_address',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'shipping_address',
+ 'buyer_email_address' => 'buyer_email_address',
+ 'order_id' => 'order_id',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'additional_recipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'card_nonce' => 'setCardNonce',
+ 'customer_card_id' => 'setCustomerCardId',
+ 'delay_capture' => 'setDelayCapture',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'note' => 'setNote',
+ 'customer_id' => 'setCustomerId',
+ 'billing_address' => 'setBillingAddress',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'setShippingAddress',
+ 'buyer_email_address' => 'setBuyerEmailAddress',
+ 'order_id' => 'setOrderId',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'setAdditionalRecipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'card_nonce' => 'getCardNonce',
+ 'customer_card_id' => 'getCustomerCardId',
+ 'delay_capture' => 'getDelayCapture',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'note' => 'getNote',
+ 'customer_id' => 'getCustomerId',
+ 'billing_address' => 'getBillingAddress',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'getShippingAddress',
+ 'buyer_email_address' => 'getBuyerEmailAddress',
+ 'order_id' => 'getOrderId',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'getAdditionalRecipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this transaction among transactions you've created. If you're unsure whether a particular transaction succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about double-charging the buyer. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of money to charge. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. See [Working with monetary amounts](#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details. The value of `currency` must match the currency associated with the business that is charging the card.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $card_nonce A nonce generated from the `SqPaymentForm` that represents the card to charge. The application that provides a nonce to this endpoint must be the _same application_ that generated the nonce with the `SqPaymentForm`. Otherwise, the nonce is invalid. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $card_nonce;
+ /**
+ * $customer_card_id The ID of the customer card on file to charge. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `card_nonce`. If you provide this value, you _must_ also provide a value for `customer_id`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $customer_card_id;
+ /**
+ * $delay_capture If `true`, the request will only perform an Auth on the provided card. You can then later perform either a Capture (with the [CaptureTransaction](#endpoint-capturetransaction) endpoint) or a Void (with the [VoidTransaction](#endpoint-voidtransaction) endpoint). Default value: `false`
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $delay_capture;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id An optional ID you can associate with the transaction for your own purposes (such as to associate the transaction with an entity ID in your own database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $note
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+ /**
+ * $customer_id The ID of the customer to associate this transaction with. This field is required if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`, and optional otherwise.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $customer_id;
+ /**
+ * $billing_address The buyer's billing address. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if neither this parameter nor `shipping_address` is provided.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $billing_address;
+ /**
+ * $shipping_address The buyer's shipping address, if available. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if neither this parameter nor `billing_address` is provided.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $shipping_address;
+ /**
+ * $buyer_email_address The buyer's email address, if available. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if it is not provided.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $buyer_email_address;
+ /**
+ * $order_id The ID of the order to associate with this transaction. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value of your request must __exactly match__ the value of the order's `total_money` field.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order_id;
+ /**
+ * $additional_recipients The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be more than 90% of the `amount_money` value in the charge request. The `location_id` must be the valid location of the app owner merchant. This field requires the `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. This field is currently not supported in sandbox.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ protected $additional_recipients;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["card_nonce"])) {
+ $this->card_nonce = $data["card_nonce"];
+ } else {
+ $this->card_nonce = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["customer_card_id"])) {
+ $this->customer_card_id = $data["customer_card_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customer_card_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["delay_capture"])) {
+ $this->delay_capture = $data["delay_capture"];
+ } else {
+ $this->delay_capture = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["customer_id"])) {
+ $this->customer_id = $data["customer_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customer_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["billing_address"])) {
+ $this->billing_address = $data["billing_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->billing_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["shipping_address"])) {
+ $this->shipping_address = $data["shipping_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shipping_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["buyer_email_address"])) {
+ $this->buyer_email_address = $data["buyer_email_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->buyer_email_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["order_id"])) {
+ $this->order_id = $data["order_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["additional_recipients"])) {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $data["additional_recipients"];
+ } else {
+ $this->additional_recipients = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this transaction among transactions you've created. If you're unsure whether a particular transaction succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about double-charging the buyer. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of money to charge. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. See [Working with monetary amounts](#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details. The value of `currency` must match the currency associated with the business that is charging the card.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets card_nonce
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCardNonce()
+ {
+ return $this->card_nonce;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets card_nonce
+ * @param string $card_nonce A nonce generated from the `SqPaymentForm` that represents the card to charge. The application that provides a nonce to this endpoint must be the _same application_ that generated the nonce with the `SqPaymentForm`. Otherwise, the nonce is invalid. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCardNonce($card_nonce)
+ {
+ $this->card_nonce = $card_nonce;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customer_card_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCustomerCardId()
+ {
+ return $this->customer_card_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customer_card_id
+ * @param string $customer_card_id The ID of the customer card on file to charge. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `card_nonce`. If you provide this value, you _must_ also provide a value for `customer_id`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomerCardId($customer_card_id)
+ {
+ $this->customer_card_id = $customer_card_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets delay_capture
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getDelayCapture()
+ {
+ return $this->delay_capture;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets delay_capture
+ * @param bool $delay_capture If `true`, the request will only perform an Auth on the provided card. You can then later perform either a Capture (with the [CaptureTransaction](#endpoint-capturetransaction) endpoint) or a Void (with the [VoidTransaction](#endpoint-voidtransaction) endpoint). Default value: `false`
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDelayCapture($delay_capture)
+ {
+ $this->delay_capture = $delay_capture;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id An optional ID you can associate with the transaction for your own purposes (such as to associate the transaction with an entity ID in your own database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customer_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCustomerId()
+ {
+ return $this->customer_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customer_id
+ * @param string $customer_id The ID of the customer to associate this transaction with. This field is required if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`, and optional otherwise.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomerId($customer_id)
+ {
+ $this->customer_id = $customer_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets billing_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getBillingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->billing_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets billing_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $billing_address The buyer's billing address. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if neither this parameter nor `shipping_address` is provided.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBillingAddress($billing_address)
+ {
+ $this->billing_address = $billing_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shipping_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getShippingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->shipping_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shipping_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $shipping_address The buyer's shipping address, if available. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if neither this parameter nor `billing_address` is provided.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShippingAddress($shipping_address)
+ {
+ $this->shipping_address = $shipping_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets buyer_email_address
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBuyerEmailAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->buyer_email_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets buyer_email_address
+ * @param string $buyer_email_address The buyer's email address, if available. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection if it is not provided.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBuyerEmailAddress($buyer_email_address)
+ {
+ $this->buyer_email_address = $buyer_email_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrderId()
+ {
+ return $this->order_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order_id
+ * @param string $order_id The ID of the order to associate with this transaction. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value of your request must __exactly match__ the value of the order's `total_money` field.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrderId($order_id)
+ {
+ $this->order_id = $order_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets additional_recipients
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ public function getAdditionalRecipients()
+ {
+ return $this->additional_recipients;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets additional_recipients
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[] $additional_recipients The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be more than 90% of the `amount_money` value in the charge request. The `location_id` must be the valid location of the app owner merchant. This field requires the `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. This field is currently not supported in sandbox.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdditionalRecipients($additional_recipients)
+ {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $additional_recipients;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'description' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'description' => 'description',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'description' => 'setDescription',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'description' => 'getDescription',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_id The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of the tender.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $description The description of the additional recipient.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $description;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of money distributed to the recipient.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["description"])) {
+ $this->description = $data["description"];
+ } else {
+ $this->description = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of the tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets description
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDescription()
+ {
+ return $this->description;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets description
+ * @param string $description The description of the additional recipient.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDescription($description)
+ {
+ $this->description = $description;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of money distributed to the recipient.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ChargeResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ChargeResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'transaction' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Transaction'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'transaction' => 'transaction'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'transaction' => 'setTransaction'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'transaction' => 'getTransaction'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $transaction The created transaction.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction
+ */
+ protected $transaction;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transaction"])) {
+ $this->transaction = $data["transaction"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transaction = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transaction
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction
+ */
+ public function getTransaction()
+ {
+ return $this->transaction;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transaction
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction $transaction The created transaction.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransaction($transaction)
+ {
+ $this->transaction = $transaction;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Checkout Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Checkout implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'checkout_page_url' => 'string',
+ 'ask_for_shipping_address' => 'bool',
+ 'merchant_support_email' => 'string',
+ 'pre_populate_buyer_email' => 'string',
+ 'pre_populate_shipping_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'redirect_url' => 'string',
+ 'order' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Order',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'additional_recipients' => '\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'checkout_page_url' => 'checkout_page_url',
+ 'ask_for_shipping_address' => 'ask_for_shipping_address',
+ 'merchant_support_email' => 'merchant_support_email',
+ 'pre_populate_buyer_email' => 'pre_populate_buyer_email',
+ 'pre_populate_shipping_address' => 'pre_populate_shipping_address',
+ 'redirect_url' => 'redirect_url',
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'additional_recipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'checkout_page_url' => 'setCheckoutPageUrl',
+ 'ask_for_shipping_address' => 'setAskForShippingAddress',
+ 'merchant_support_email' => 'setMerchantSupportEmail',
+ 'pre_populate_buyer_email' => 'setPrePopulateBuyerEmail',
+ 'pre_populate_shipping_address' => 'setPrePopulateShippingAddress',
+ 'redirect_url' => 'setRedirectUrl',
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'setAdditionalRecipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'checkout_page_url' => 'getCheckoutPageUrl',
+ 'ask_for_shipping_address' => 'getAskForShippingAddress',
+ 'merchant_support_email' => 'getMerchantSupportEmail',
+ 'pre_populate_buyer_email' => 'getPrePopulateBuyerEmail',
+ 'pre_populate_shipping_address' => 'getPrePopulateShippingAddress',
+ 'redirect_url' => 'getRedirectUrl',
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'getAdditionalRecipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id ID generated by Square Checkout when a new checkout is requested.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $checkout_page_url The URL that the buyer's browser should be redirected to after the checkout is completed.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $checkout_page_url;
+ /**
+ * $ask_for_shipping_address If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $ask_for_shipping_address;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_support_email The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_support_email;
+ /**
+ * $pre_populate_buyer_email If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $pre_populate_buyer_email;
+ /**
+ * $pre_populate_shipping_address If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $pre_populate_shipping_address;
+ /**
+ * $redirect_url The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to: `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx` If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf; however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $redirect_url;
+ /**
+ * $order Order to be checked out.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Order
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the checkout was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $additional_recipients Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this checkout. For example, fees assessed on the purchase by a third party integration.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ protected $additional_recipients;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["checkout_page_url"])) {
+ $this->checkout_page_url = $data["checkout_page_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->checkout_page_url = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ask_for_shipping_address"])) {
+ $this->ask_for_shipping_address = $data["ask_for_shipping_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ask_for_shipping_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_support_email"])) {
+ $this->merchant_support_email = $data["merchant_support_email"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_support_email = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pre_populate_buyer_email"])) {
+ $this->pre_populate_buyer_email = $data["pre_populate_buyer_email"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pre_populate_buyer_email = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pre_populate_shipping_address"])) {
+ $this->pre_populate_shipping_address = $data["pre_populate_shipping_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pre_populate_shipping_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["redirect_url"])) {
+ $this->redirect_url = $data["redirect_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->redirect_url = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["additional_recipients"])) {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $data["additional_recipients"];
+ } else {
+ $this->additional_recipients = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id ID generated by Square Checkout when a new checkout is requested.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets checkout_page_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCheckoutPageUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->checkout_page_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets checkout_page_url
+ * @param string $checkout_page_url The URL that the buyer's browser should be redirected to after the checkout is completed.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCheckoutPageUrl($checkout_page_url)
+ {
+ $this->checkout_page_url = $checkout_page_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ask_for_shipping_address
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAskForShippingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->ask_for_shipping_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ask_for_shipping_address
+ * @param bool $ask_for_shipping_address If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAskForShippingAddress($ask_for_shipping_address)
+ {
+ $this->ask_for_shipping_address = $ask_for_shipping_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_support_email
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantSupportEmail()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_support_email;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_support_email
+ * @param string $merchant_support_email The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantSupportEmail($merchant_support_email)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_support_email = $merchant_support_email;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pre_populate_buyer_email
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPrePopulateBuyerEmail()
+ {
+ return $this->pre_populate_buyer_email;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pre_populate_buyer_email
+ * @param string $pre_populate_buyer_email If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPrePopulateBuyerEmail($pre_populate_buyer_email)
+ {
+ $this->pre_populate_buyer_email = $pre_populate_buyer_email;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pre_populate_shipping_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getPrePopulateShippingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->pre_populate_shipping_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pre_populate_shipping_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $pre_populate_shipping_address If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPrePopulateShippingAddress($pre_populate_shipping_address)
+ {
+ $this->pre_populate_shipping_address = $pre_populate_shipping_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets redirect_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRedirectUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->redirect_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets redirect_url
+ * @param string $redirect_url The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to: `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx` If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf; however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRedirectUrl($redirect_url)
+ {
+ $this->redirect_url = $redirect_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Order
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Order $order Order to be checked out.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the checkout was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets additional_recipients
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ public function getAdditionalRecipients()
+ {
+ return $this->additional_recipients;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets additional_recipients
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[] $additional_recipients Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this checkout. For example, fees assessed on the purchase by a third party integration.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdditionalRecipients($additional_recipients)
+ {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $additional_recipients;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Country Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Country implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateBreakTypeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateBreakTypeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'break_type' => '\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'break_type' => 'break_type'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'break_type' => 'setBreakType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'break_type' => 'getBreakType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key Unique string value to insure idempotency of the operation
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $break_type The `BreakType` to be created.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ protected $break_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["break_type"])) {
+ $this->break_type = $data["break_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->break_type = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key Unique string value to insure idempotency of the operation
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets break_type
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ public function getBreakType()
+ {
+ return $this->break_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets break_type
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType $break_type The `BreakType` to be created.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreakType($break_type)
+ {
+ $this->break_type = $break_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateBreakTypeResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateBreakTypeResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'break_type' => '\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'break_type',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'setBreakType',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'getBreakType',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $break_type The `BreakType` that was created by the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ protected $break_type;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["break_type"])) {
+ $this->break_type = $data["break_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->break_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets break_type
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ public function getBreakType()
+ {
+ return $this->break_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets break_type
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType $break_type The `BreakType` that was created by the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreakType($break_type)
+ {
+ $this->break_type = $break_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateCheckoutRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCheckoutRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'order' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest',
+ 'ask_for_shipping_address' => 'bool',
+ 'merchant_support_email' => 'string',
+ 'pre_populate_buyer_email' => 'string',
+ 'pre_populate_shipping_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'redirect_url' => 'string',
+ 'additional_recipients' => '\SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient[]',
+ 'note' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'ask_for_shipping_address' => 'ask_for_shipping_address',
+ 'merchant_support_email' => 'merchant_support_email',
+ 'pre_populate_buyer_email' => 'pre_populate_buyer_email',
+ 'pre_populate_shipping_address' => 'pre_populate_shipping_address',
+ 'redirect_url' => 'redirect_url',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'additional_recipients',
+ 'note' => 'note'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'ask_for_shipping_address' => 'setAskForShippingAddress',
+ 'merchant_support_email' => 'setMerchantSupportEmail',
+ 'pre_populate_buyer_email' => 'setPrePopulateBuyerEmail',
+ 'pre_populate_shipping_address' => 'setPrePopulateShippingAddress',
+ 'redirect_url' => 'setRedirectUrl',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'setAdditionalRecipients',
+ 'note' => 'setNote'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'ask_for_shipping_address' => 'getAskForShippingAddress',
+ 'merchant_support_email' => 'getMerchantSupportEmail',
+ 'pre_populate_buyer_email' => 'getPrePopulateBuyerEmail',
+ 'pre_populate_shipping_address' => 'getPrePopulateShippingAddress',
+ 'redirect_url' => 'getRedirectUrl',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'getAdditionalRecipients',
+ 'note' => 'getNote'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key A unique string that identifies this checkout among others you've created. It can be any valid string but must be unique for every order sent to Square Checkout for a given location ID. The idempotency key is used to avoid processing the same order more than once. If you're unsure whether a particular checkout was created successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key and all the same other parameters without worrying about creating duplicates. We recommend using a random number/string generator native to the language you are working in to generate strings for your idempotency keys. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $order The order including line items to be checked out.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $ask_for_shipping_address If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $ask_for_shipping_address;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_support_email The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_support_email;
+ /**
+ * $pre_populate_buyer_email If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $pre_populate_buyer_email;
+ /**
+ * $pre_populate_shipping_address If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $pre_populate_shipping_address;
+ /**
+ * $redirect_url The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to: `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx` If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf; however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $redirect_url;
+ /**
+ * $additional_recipients The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be more than 90% of the `total_money` calculated by Square for your order. The `location_id` must be the valid location of the app owner merchant. This field requires `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. This field is currently not supported in sandbox.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ protected $additional_recipients;
+ /**
+ * $note An optional note to associate with the checkout object. This value cannot exceed 60 characters.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ask_for_shipping_address"])) {
+ $this->ask_for_shipping_address = $data["ask_for_shipping_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ask_for_shipping_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_support_email"])) {
+ $this->merchant_support_email = $data["merchant_support_email"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_support_email = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pre_populate_buyer_email"])) {
+ $this->pre_populate_buyer_email = $data["pre_populate_buyer_email"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pre_populate_buyer_email = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pre_populate_shipping_address"])) {
+ $this->pre_populate_shipping_address = $data["pre_populate_shipping_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pre_populate_shipping_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["redirect_url"])) {
+ $this->redirect_url = $data["redirect_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->redirect_url = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["additional_recipients"])) {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $data["additional_recipients"];
+ } else {
+ $this->additional_recipients = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key A unique string that identifies this checkout among others you've created. It can be any valid string but must be unique for every order sent to Square Checkout for a given location ID. The idempotency key is used to avoid processing the same order more than once. If you're unsure whether a particular checkout was created successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key and all the same other parameters without worrying about creating duplicates. We recommend using a random number/string generator native to the language you are working in to generate strings for your idempotency keys. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequest $order The order including line items to be checked out.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ask_for_shipping_address
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAskForShippingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->ask_for_shipping_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ask_for_shipping_address
+ * @param bool $ask_for_shipping_address If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAskForShippingAddress($ask_for_shipping_address)
+ {
+ $this->ask_for_shipping_address = $ask_for_shipping_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_support_email
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantSupportEmail()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_support_email;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_support_email
+ * @param string $merchant_support_email The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantSupportEmail($merchant_support_email)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_support_email = $merchant_support_email;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pre_populate_buyer_email
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPrePopulateBuyerEmail()
+ {
+ return $this->pre_populate_buyer_email;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pre_populate_buyer_email
+ * @param string $pre_populate_buyer_email If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPrePopulateBuyerEmail($pre_populate_buyer_email)
+ {
+ $this->pre_populate_buyer_email = $pre_populate_buyer_email;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pre_populate_shipping_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getPrePopulateShippingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->pre_populate_shipping_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pre_populate_shipping_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $pre_populate_shipping_address If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPrePopulateShippingAddress($pre_populate_shipping_address)
+ {
+ $this->pre_populate_shipping_address = $pre_populate_shipping_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets redirect_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRedirectUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->redirect_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets redirect_url
+ * @param string $redirect_url The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to: `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx` If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf; however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRedirectUrl($redirect_url)
+ {
+ $this->redirect_url = $redirect_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets additional_recipients
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ public function getAdditionalRecipients()
+ {
+ return $this->additional_recipients;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets additional_recipients
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient[] $additional_recipients The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be more than 90% of the `total_money` calculated by Square for your order. The `location_id` must be the valid location of the app owner merchant. This field requires `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. This field is currently not supported in sandbox.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdditionalRecipients($additional_recipients)
+ {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $additional_recipients;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note An optional note to associate with the checkout object. This value cannot exceed 60 characters.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateCheckoutResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCheckoutResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'checkout' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Checkout',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'checkout' => 'checkout',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'checkout' => 'setCheckout',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'checkout' => 'getCheckout',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $checkout The newly created checkout. If the same request was made with the same idempotency_key, this will be the checkout created with the idempotency_key.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Checkout
+ */
+ protected $checkout;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["checkout"])) {
+ $this->checkout = $data["checkout"];
+ } else {
+ $this->checkout = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets checkout
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Checkout
+ */
+ public function getCheckout()
+ {
+ return $this->checkout;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets checkout
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Checkout $checkout The newly created checkout. If the same request was made with the same idempotency_key, this will be the checkout created with the idempotency_key.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCheckout($checkout)
+ {
+ $this->checkout = $checkout;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateCustomerCardRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCustomerCardRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'card_nonce' => 'string',
+ 'billing_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'cardholder_name' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'card_nonce' => 'card_nonce',
+ 'billing_address' => 'billing_address',
+ 'cardholder_name' => 'cardholder_name'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'card_nonce' => 'setCardNonce',
+ 'billing_address' => 'setBillingAddress',
+ 'cardholder_name' => 'setCardholderName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'card_nonce' => 'getCardNonce',
+ 'billing_address' => 'getBillingAddress',
+ 'cardholder_name' => 'getCardholderName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $card_nonce A card nonce representing the credit card to link to the customer. Card nonces are generated by the `SqPaymentForm` that buyers enter their card information into. See [Embedding the payment form](/payments/sqpaymentform/overview) for more information. __Note:__ Card nonces generated by digital wallets (e.g., Apple Pay) cannot be used to create a customer card.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $card_nonce;
+ /**
+ * $billing_address Address information for the card on file. Only the `postal_code` field is required for payments in the US and Canada.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $billing_address;
+ /**
+ * $cardholder_name The cardholder's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cardholder_name;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["card_nonce"])) {
+ $this->card_nonce = $data["card_nonce"];
+ } else {
+ $this->card_nonce = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["billing_address"])) {
+ $this->billing_address = $data["billing_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->billing_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cardholder_name"])) {
+ $this->cardholder_name = $data["cardholder_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cardholder_name = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets card_nonce
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCardNonce()
+ {
+ return $this->card_nonce;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets card_nonce
+ * @param string $card_nonce A card nonce representing the credit card to link to the customer. Card nonces are generated by the `SqPaymentForm` that buyers enter their card information into. See [Embedding the payment form](/payments/sqpaymentform/overview) for more information. __Note:__ Card nonces generated by digital wallets (e.g., Apple Pay) cannot be used to create a customer card.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCardNonce($card_nonce)
+ {
+ $this->card_nonce = $card_nonce;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets billing_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getBillingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->billing_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets billing_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $billing_address Address information for the card on file. Only the `postal_code` field is required for payments in the US and Canada.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBillingAddress($billing_address)
+ {
+ $this->billing_address = $billing_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cardholder_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCardholderName()
+ {
+ return $this->cardholder_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cardholder_name
+ * @param string $cardholder_name The cardholder's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCardholderName($cardholder_name)
+ {
+ $this->cardholder_name = $cardholder_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateCustomerCardResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCustomerCardResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'card' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Card'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'card' => 'card'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'card' => 'setCard'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'card' => 'getCard'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $card The created card on file.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Card
+ */
+ protected $card;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["card"])) {
+ $this->card = $data["card"];
+ } else {
+ $this->card = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets card
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Card
+ */
+ public function getCard()
+ {
+ return $this->card;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets card
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Card $card The created card on file.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCard($card)
+ {
+ $this->card = $card;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateCustomerRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCustomerRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'given_name' => 'string',
+ 'family_name' => 'string',
+ 'company_name' => 'string',
+ 'nickname' => 'string',
+ 'email_address' => 'string',
+ 'address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'phone_number' => 'string',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'note' => 'string',
+ 'birthday' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'given_name' => 'given_name',
+ 'family_name' => 'family_name',
+ 'company_name' => 'company_name',
+ 'nickname' => 'nickname',
+ 'email_address' => 'email_address',
+ 'address' => 'address',
+ 'phone_number' => 'phone_number',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'note' => 'note',
+ 'birthday' => 'birthday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'given_name' => 'setGivenName',
+ 'family_name' => 'setFamilyName',
+ 'company_name' => 'setCompanyName',
+ 'nickname' => 'setNickname',
+ 'email_address' => 'setEmailAddress',
+ 'address' => 'setAddress',
+ 'phone_number' => 'setPhoneNumber',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'note' => 'setNote',
+ 'birthday' => 'setBirthday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'given_name' => 'getGivenName',
+ 'family_name' => 'getFamilyName',
+ 'company_name' => 'getCompanyName',
+ 'nickname' => 'getNickname',
+ 'email_address' => 'getEmailAddress',
+ 'address' => 'getAddress',
+ 'phone_number' => 'getPhoneNumber',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'note' => 'getNote',
+ 'birthday' => 'getBirthday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key The idempotency key for the request. See the [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) guide for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $given_name The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $given_name;
+ /**
+ * $family_name The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $family_name;
+ /**
+ * $company_name The name of the customer's company.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $company_name;
+ /**
+ * $nickname A nickname for the customer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $nickname;
+ /**
+ * $email_address The customer's email address.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $email_address;
+ /**
+ * $address The customer's physical address.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $address;
+ /**
+ * $phone_number The customer's phone number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $phone_number;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $note An optional note to associate with the customer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+ /**
+ * $birthday The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $birthday;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["given_name"])) {
+ $this->given_name = $data["given_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->given_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["family_name"])) {
+ $this->family_name = $data["family_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->family_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["company_name"])) {
+ $this->company_name = $data["company_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->company_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["nickname"])) {
+ $this->nickname = $data["nickname"];
+ } else {
+ $this->nickname = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["email_address"])) {
+ $this->email_address = $data["email_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->email_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["address"])) {
+ $this->address = $data["address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["phone_number"])) {
+ $this->phone_number = $data["phone_number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->phone_number = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["birthday"])) {
+ $this->birthday = $data["birthday"];
+ } else {
+ $this->birthday = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key The idempotency key for the request. See the [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) guide for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets given_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getGivenName()
+ {
+ return $this->given_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets given_name
+ * @param string $given_name The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGivenName($given_name)
+ {
+ $this->given_name = $given_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets family_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFamilyName()
+ {
+ return $this->family_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets family_name
+ * @param string $family_name The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFamilyName($family_name)
+ {
+ $this->family_name = $family_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets company_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCompanyName()
+ {
+ return $this->company_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets company_name
+ * @param string $company_name The name of the customer's company.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCompanyName($company_name)
+ {
+ $this->company_name = $company_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets nickname
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNickname()
+ {
+ return $this->nickname;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets nickname
+ * @param string $nickname A nickname for the customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNickname($nickname)
+ {
+ $this->nickname = $nickname;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets email_address
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmailAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->email_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets email_address
+ * @param string $email_address The customer's email address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmailAddress($email_address)
+ {
+ $this->email_address = $email_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $address The customer's physical address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAddress($address)
+ {
+ $this->address = $address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets phone_number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPhoneNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->phone_number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets phone_number
+ * @param string $phone_number The customer's phone number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPhoneNumber($phone_number)
+ {
+ $this->phone_number = $phone_number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note An optional note to associate with the customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets birthday
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBirthday()
+ {
+ return $this->birthday;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets birthday
+ * @param string $birthday The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBirthday($birthday)
+ {
+ $this->birthday = $birthday;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateCustomerResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCustomerResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'customer' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Customer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'customer' => 'customer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'customer' => 'setCustomer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'customer' => 'getCustomer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $customer The created customer.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Customer
+ */
+ protected $customer;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["customer"])) {
+ $this->customer = $data["customer"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customer = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customer
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Customer
+ */
+ public function getCustomer()
+ {
+ return $this->customer;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customer
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Customer $customer The created customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomer($customer)
+ {
+ $this->customer = $customer;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_id The Square location ID the authorization code should be tied to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The Square location ID the authorization code should be tied to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'authorization_code' => 'string',
+ 'expires_at' => 'string',
+ 'error' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'authorization_code' => 'authorization_code',
+ 'expires_at' => 'expires_at',
+ 'error' => 'error'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'authorization_code' => 'setAuthorizationCode',
+ 'expires_at' => 'setExpiresAt',
+ 'error' => 'setError'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'authorization_code' => 'getAuthorizationCode',
+ 'expires_at' => 'getExpiresAt',
+ 'error' => 'getError'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $authorization_code Generated authorization code that connects a mobile application instance to a Square account.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $authorization_code;
+ /**
+ * $expires_at The timestamp when `authorization_code` expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $expires_at;
+ /**
+ * $error An error object that provides details about how creation of authorization code failed.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error
+ */
+ protected $error;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["authorization_code"])) {
+ $this->authorization_code = $data["authorization_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->authorization_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expires_at"])) {
+ $this->expires_at = $data["expires_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expires_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["error"])) {
+ $this->error = $data["error"];
+ } else {
+ $this->error = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets authorization_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAuthorizationCode()
+ {
+ return $this->authorization_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets authorization_code
+ * @param string $authorization_code Generated authorization code that connects a mobile application instance to a Square account.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAuthorizationCode($authorization_code)
+ {
+ $this->authorization_code = $authorization_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expires_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExpiresAt()
+ {
+ return $this->expires_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expires_at
+ * @param string $expires_at The timestamp when `authorization_code` expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpiresAt($expires_at)
+ {
+ $this->expires_at = $expires_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets error
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error
+ */
+ public function getError()
+ {
+ return $this->error;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets error
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error $error An error object that provides details about how creation of authorization code failed.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setError($error)
+ {
+ $this->error = $error;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Order',
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'line_items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestLineItem[]',
+ 'taxes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[]',
+ 'discounts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'line_items' => 'line_items',
+ 'taxes' => 'taxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'discounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'line_items' => 'setLineItems',
+ 'taxes' => 'setTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'setDiscounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'line_items' => 'getLineItems',
+ 'taxes' => 'getTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'getDiscounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order The order to create. If this field is set, then the only other top-level field that can be set is the idempotency_key.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Order
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this order among orders you've created. If you're unsure whether a particular order was created successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate orders. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id __Deprecated__: Please set the reference_id on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. An optional ID you can associate with the order for your own purposes (such as to associate the order with an entity ID in your own database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $line_items __Deprecated__: Please set the line_items on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The line items to associate with this order. Each line item represents a different product to include in a purchase.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestLineItem[]
+ */
+ protected $line_items;
+ /**
+ * $taxes __Deprecated__: Please set the taxes on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The taxes to include on the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[]
+ */
+ protected $taxes;
+ /**
+ * $discounts __Deprecated__: Please set the discounts on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The discounts to include on the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[]
+ */
+ protected $discounts;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["line_items"])) {
+ $this->line_items = $data["line_items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->line_items = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxes"])) {
+ $this->taxes = $data["taxes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discounts"])) {
+ $this->discounts = $data["discounts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discounts = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Order
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Order $order The order to create. If this field is set, then the only other top-level field that can be set is the idempotency_key.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this order among orders you've created. If you're unsure whether a particular order was created successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate orders. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id __Deprecated__: Please set the reference_id on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. An optional ID you can associate with the order for your own purposes (such as to associate the order with an entity ID in your own database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets line_items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestLineItem[]
+ */
+ public function getLineItems()
+ {
+ return $this->line_items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets line_items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestLineItem[] $line_items __Deprecated__: Please set the line_items on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The line items to associate with this order. Each line item represents a different product to include in a purchase.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLineItems($line_items)
+ {
+ $this->line_items = $line_items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxes()
+ {
+ return $this->taxes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[] $taxes __Deprecated__: Please set the taxes on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The taxes to include on the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxes($taxes)
+ {
+ $this->taxes = $taxes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discounts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[]
+ */
+ public function getDiscounts()
+ {
+ return $this->discounts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discounts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[] $discounts __Deprecated__: Please set the discounts on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The discounts to include on the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscounts($discounts)
+ {
+ $this->discounts = $discounts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestDiscount Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestDiscount implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'percentage' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'percentage' => 'percentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'percentage' => 'setPercentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'percentage' => 'getPercentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id Only used for catalog discounts. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc discount.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $name Only used for ad hoc discounts. The discount's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $percentage Only used for ad hoc discounts. The percentage of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $percentage;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money Only used for ad hoc discounts. The monetary amount of the discount.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["percentage"])) {
+ $this->percentage = $data["percentage"];
+ } else {
+ $this->percentage = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id Only used for catalog discounts. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc discount.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name Only used for ad hoc discounts. The discount's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets percentage
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPercentage()
+ {
+ return $this->percentage;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets percentage
+ * @param string $percentage Only used for ad hoc discounts. The percentage of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPercentage($percentage)
+ {
+ $this->percentage = $percentage;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money Only used for ad hoc discounts. The monetary amount of the discount.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestLineItem Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestLineItem implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'quantity' => 'string',
+ 'base_price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'variation_name' => 'string',
+ 'note' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'modifiers' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestModifier[]',
+ 'taxes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[]',
+ 'discounts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'quantity' => 'quantity',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'base_price_money',
+ 'variation_name' => 'variation_name',
+ 'note' => 'note',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'modifiers' => 'modifiers',
+ 'taxes' => 'taxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'discounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'quantity' => 'setQuantity',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'setBasePriceMoney',
+ 'variation_name' => 'setVariationName',
+ 'note' => 'setNote',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'modifiers' => 'setModifiers',
+ 'taxes' => 'setTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'setDiscounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'quantity' => 'getQuantity',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'getBasePriceMoney',
+ 'variation_name' => 'getVariationName',
+ 'note' => 'getNote',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'modifiers' => 'getModifiers',
+ 'taxes' => 'getTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'getDiscounts'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name Only used for ad hoc line items. The name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $quantity The quantity to purchase, as a string representation of a number. This string must have a positive integer value.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $quantity;
+ /**
+ * $base_price_money The base price for a single unit of the line item. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc line items and variable priced [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the CatalogItemVariation's price.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $base_price_money;
+ /**
+ * $variation_name Only used for ad hoc line items. The variation name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 255 characters. If this value is not set for an ad hoc line item, the default value of `Regular` is used. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for the `catalog_object_id`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $variation_name;
+ /**
+ * $note The note of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id Only used for Catalog line items. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `name` and `base_price_money`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $modifiers Only used for Catalog line items. The modifiers to include on the line item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestModifier[]
+ */
+ protected $modifiers;
+ /**
+ * $taxes The taxes to include on the line item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[]
+ */
+ protected $taxes;
+ /**
+ * $discounts The discounts to include on the line item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[]
+ */
+ protected $discounts;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["quantity"])) {
+ $this->quantity = $data["quantity"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["base_price_money"])) {
+ $this->base_price_money = $data["base_price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->base_price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["variation_name"])) {
+ $this->variation_name = $data["variation_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->variation_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifiers"])) {
+ $this->modifiers = $data["modifiers"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifiers = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxes"])) {
+ $this->taxes = $data["taxes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discounts"])) {
+ $this->discounts = $data["discounts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discounts = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name Only used for ad hoc line items. The name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getQuantity()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity
+ * @param string $quantity The quantity to purchase, as a string representation of a number. This string must have a positive integer value.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantity($quantity)
+ {
+ $this->quantity = $quantity;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets base_price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getBasePriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->base_price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets base_price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $base_price_money The base price for a single unit of the line item. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc line items and variable priced [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the CatalogItemVariation's price.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBasePriceMoney($base_price_money)
+ {
+ $this->base_price_money = $base_price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets variation_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getVariationName()
+ {
+ return $this->variation_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets variation_name
+ * @param string $variation_name Only used for ad hoc line items. The variation name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 255 characters. If this value is not set for an ad hoc line item, the default value of `Regular` is used. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for the `catalog_object_id`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVariationName($variation_name)
+ {
+ $this->variation_name = $variation_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note The note of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id Only used for Catalog line items. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `name` and `base_price_money`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifiers
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestModifier[]
+ */
+ public function getModifiers()
+ {
+ return $this->modifiers;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifiers
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestModifier[] $modifiers Only used for Catalog line items. The modifiers to include on the line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifiers($modifiers)
+ {
+ $this->modifiers = $modifiers;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxes()
+ {
+ return $this->taxes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestTax[] $taxes The taxes to include on the line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxes($taxes)
+ {
+ $this->taxes = $taxes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discounts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[]
+ */
+ public function getDiscounts()
+ {
+ return $this->discounts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discounts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CreateOrderRequestDiscount[] $discounts The discounts to include on the line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscounts($discounts)
+ {
+ $this->discounts = $discounts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestModifier Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestModifier implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'base_price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'base_price_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'setBasePriceMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'getBasePriceMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The catalog object ID of a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $name Only used for ad hoc modifiers. The name of the modifier. `name` cannot exceed 255 characters. Do not provide a value for `name` if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $base_price_money The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $base_price_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["base_price_money"])) {
+ $this->base_price_money = $data["base_price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->base_price_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The catalog object ID of a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name Only used for ad hoc modifiers. The name of the modifier. `name` cannot exceed 255 characters. Do not provide a value for `name` if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets base_price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getBasePriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->base_price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets base_price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $base_price_money The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBasePriceMoney($base_price_money)
+ {
+ $this->base_price_money = $base_price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestTax Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestTax implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'percentage' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'percentage' => 'percentage'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'percentage' => 'setPercentage'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'percentage' => 'getPercentage'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id Only used for catalog taxes. The catalog object ID of an existing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc tax.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $name Only used for ad hoc taxes. The tax's name. Do not provide a value for this field if you set `catalog_object_id`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $type Only used for ad hoc taxes. Indicates the calculation method used to apply the line item tax. Default: `ADDITIVE`; See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $percentage Only used for ad hoc taxes. The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $percentage;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["percentage"])) {
+ $this->percentage = $data["percentage"];
+ } else {
+ $this->percentage = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id Only used for catalog taxes. The catalog object ID of an existing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc tax.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name Only used for ad hoc taxes. The tax's name. Do not provide a value for this field if you set `catalog_object_id`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type Only used for ad hoc taxes. Indicates the calculation method used to apply the line item tax. Default: `ADDITIVE`; See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets percentage
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPercentage()
+ {
+ return $this->percentage;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets percentage
+ * @param string $percentage Only used for ad hoc taxes. The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPercentage($percentage)
+ {
+ $this->percentage = $percentage;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateOrderResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Order',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order The newly created order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Order
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Order
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Order $order The newly created order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateRefundRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateRefundRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'tender_id' => 'string',
+ 'reason' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'tender_id' => 'tender_id',
+ 'reason' => 'reason',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'tender_id' => 'setTenderId',
+ 'reason' => 'setReason',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'tender_id' => 'getTenderId',
+ 'reason' => 'getReason',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this refund among refunds you've created for the tender. If you're unsure whether a particular refund succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about duplicating the refund. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $tender_id The ID of the tender to refund. A [`Transaction`](#type-transaction) has one or more `tenders` (i.e., methods of payment) associated with it, and you refund each tender separately with the Connect API.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $tender_id;
+ /**
+ * $reason A description of the reason for the refund. Default value: `Refund via API`
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reason;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of money to refund. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. See [Working with monetary amounts](#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details. This amount cannot exceed the amount that was originally charged to the tender that corresponds to `tender_id`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tender_id"])) {
+ $this->tender_id = $data["tender_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tender_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reason"])) {
+ $this->reason = $data["reason"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reason = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this refund among refunds you've created for the tender. If you're unsure whether a particular refund succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about duplicating the refund. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tender_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTenderId()
+ {
+ return $this->tender_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tender_id
+ * @param string $tender_id The ID of the tender to refund. A [`Transaction`](#type-transaction) has one or more `tenders` (i.e., methods of payment) associated with it, and you refund each tender separately with the Connect API.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTenderId($tender_id)
+ {
+ $this->tender_id = $tender_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reason
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReason()
+ {
+ return $this->reason;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reason
+ * @param string $reason A description of the reason for the refund. Default value: `Refund via API`
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReason($reason)
+ {
+ $this->reason = $reason;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of money to refund. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. See [Working with monetary amounts](#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details. This amount cannot exceed the amount that was originally charged to the tender that corresponds to `tender_id`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateRefundResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateRefundResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'refund' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Refund'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'refund' => 'refund'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'refund' => 'setRefund'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'refund' => 'getRefund'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $refund The created refund.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Refund
+ */
+ protected $refund;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refund"])) {
+ $this->refund = $data["refund"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refund = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refund
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Refund
+ */
+ public function getRefund()
+ {
+ return $this->refund;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refund
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Refund $refund The created refund.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefund($refund)
+ {
+ $this->refund = $refund;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateShiftRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateShiftRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'shift' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Shift'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'shift' => 'shift'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'shift' => 'setShift'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'shift' => 'getShift'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key Unique string value to insure the idempotency of the operation.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $shift The `Shift` to be created
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ protected $shift;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["shift"])) {
+ $this->shift = $data["shift"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shift = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key Unique string value to insure the idempotency of the operation.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shift
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ public function getShift()
+ {
+ return $this->shift;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shift
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Shift $shift The `Shift` to be created
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShift($shift)
+ {
+ $this->shift = $shift;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CreateShiftResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateShiftResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'shift' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Shift',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'shift' => 'shift',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'shift' => 'setShift',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'shift' => 'getShift',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $shift The `Shift` that was created on the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ protected $shift;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["shift"])) {
+ $this->shift = $data["shift"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shift = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shift
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ public function getShift()
+ {
+ return $this->shift;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shift
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Shift $shift The `Shift` that was created on the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShift($shift)
+ {
+ $this->shift = $shift;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Currency Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Currency implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Customer Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Customer implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'cards' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Card[]',
+ 'given_name' => 'string',
+ 'family_name' => 'string',
+ 'nickname' => 'string',
+ 'company_name' => 'string',
+ 'email_address' => 'string',
+ 'address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'phone_number' => 'string',
+ 'birthday' => 'string',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'note' => 'string',
+ 'preferences' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerPreferences',
+ 'groups' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerGroupInfo[]',
+ 'creation_source' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at',
+ 'cards' => 'cards',
+ 'given_name' => 'given_name',
+ 'family_name' => 'family_name',
+ 'nickname' => 'nickname',
+ 'company_name' => 'company_name',
+ 'email_address' => 'email_address',
+ 'address' => 'address',
+ 'phone_number' => 'phone_number',
+ 'birthday' => 'birthday',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'note' => 'note',
+ 'preferences' => 'preferences',
+ 'groups' => 'groups',
+ 'creation_source' => 'creation_source'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt',
+ 'cards' => 'setCards',
+ 'given_name' => 'setGivenName',
+ 'family_name' => 'setFamilyName',
+ 'nickname' => 'setNickname',
+ 'company_name' => 'setCompanyName',
+ 'email_address' => 'setEmailAddress',
+ 'address' => 'setAddress',
+ 'phone_number' => 'setPhoneNumber',
+ 'birthday' => 'setBirthday',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'note' => 'setNote',
+ 'preferences' => 'setPreferences',
+ 'groups' => 'setGroups',
+ 'creation_source' => 'setCreationSource'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt',
+ 'cards' => 'getCards',
+ 'given_name' => 'getGivenName',
+ 'family_name' => 'getFamilyName',
+ 'nickname' => 'getNickname',
+ 'company_name' => 'getCompanyName',
+ 'email_address' => 'getEmailAddress',
+ 'address' => 'getAddress',
+ 'phone_number' => 'getPhoneNumber',
+ 'birthday' => 'getBirthday',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'note' => 'getNote',
+ 'preferences' => 'getPreferences',
+ 'groups' => 'getGroups',
+ 'creation_source' => 'getCreationSource'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The customer's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the customer was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at The time when the customer was last updated, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $cards The payment details of the customer's cards on file.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Card[]
+ */
+ protected $cards;
+ /**
+ * $given_name The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $given_name;
+ /**
+ * $family_name The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $family_name;
+ /**
+ * $nickname The customer's nickname.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $nickname;
+ /**
+ * $company_name The name of the customer's company.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $company_name;
+ /**
+ * $email_address The customer's email address.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $email_address;
+ /**
+ * $address The customer's physical address.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $address;
+ /**
+ * $phone_number The customer's phone number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $phone_number;
+ /**
+ * $birthday The customer's birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $birthday;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id A second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $note A note to associate with the customer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+ /**
+ * $preferences The customer's preferences.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerPreferences
+ */
+ protected $preferences;
+ /**
+ * $groups The groups the customer belongs to.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerGroupInfo[]
+ */
+ protected $groups;
+ /**
+ * $creation_source A creation source represents the method used to create the customer profile. See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $creation_source;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cards"])) {
+ $this->cards = $data["cards"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cards = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["given_name"])) {
+ $this->given_name = $data["given_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->given_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["family_name"])) {
+ $this->family_name = $data["family_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->family_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["nickname"])) {
+ $this->nickname = $data["nickname"];
+ } else {
+ $this->nickname = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["company_name"])) {
+ $this->company_name = $data["company_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->company_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["email_address"])) {
+ $this->email_address = $data["email_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->email_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["address"])) {
+ $this->address = $data["address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["phone_number"])) {
+ $this->phone_number = $data["phone_number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->phone_number = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["birthday"])) {
+ $this->birthday = $data["birthday"];
+ } else {
+ $this->birthday = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["preferences"])) {
+ $this->preferences = $data["preferences"];
+ } else {
+ $this->preferences = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["groups"])) {
+ $this->groups = $data["groups"];
+ } else {
+ $this->groups = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["creation_source"])) {
+ $this->creation_source = $data["creation_source"];
+ } else {
+ $this->creation_source = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The customer's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the customer was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at The time when the customer was last updated, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cards
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Card[]
+ */
+ public function getCards()
+ {
+ return $this->cards;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cards
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Card[] $cards The payment details of the customer's cards on file.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCards($cards)
+ {
+ $this->cards = $cards;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets given_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getGivenName()
+ {
+ return $this->given_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets given_name
+ * @param string $given_name The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGivenName($given_name)
+ {
+ $this->given_name = $given_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets family_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFamilyName()
+ {
+ return $this->family_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets family_name
+ * @param string $family_name The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFamilyName($family_name)
+ {
+ $this->family_name = $family_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets nickname
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNickname()
+ {
+ return $this->nickname;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets nickname
+ * @param string $nickname The customer's nickname.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNickname($nickname)
+ {
+ $this->nickname = $nickname;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets company_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCompanyName()
+ {
+ return $this->company_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets company_name
+ * @param string $company_name The name of the customer's company.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCompanyName($company_name)
+ {
+ $this->company_name = $company_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets email_address
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmailAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->email_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets email_address
+ * @param string $email_address The customer's email address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmailAddress($email_address)
+ {
+ $this->email_address = $email_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $address The customer's physical address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAddress($address)
+ {
+ $this->address = $address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets phone_number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPhoneNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->phone_number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets phone_number
+ * @param string $phone_number The customer's phone number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPhoneNumber($phone_number)
+ {
+ $this->phone_number = $phone_number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets birthday
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBirthday()
+ {
+ return $this->birthday;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets birthday
+ * @param string $birthday The customer's birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBirthday($birthday)
+ {
+ $this->birthday = $birthday;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id A second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note A note to associate with the customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets preferences
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerPreferences
+ */
+ public function getPreferences()
+ {
+ return $this->preferences;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets preferences
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerPreferences $preferences The customer's preferences.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPreferences($preferences)
+ {
+ $this->preferences = $preferences;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets groups
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerGroupInfo[]
+ */
+ public function getGroups()
+ {
+ return $this->groups;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets groups
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerGroupInfo[] $groups The groups the customer belongs to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGroups($groups)
+ {
+ $this->groups = $groups;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets creation_source
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreationSource()
+ {
+ return $this->creation_source;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets creation_source
+ * @param string $creation_source A creation source represents the method used to create the customer profile. See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreationSource($creation_source)
+ {
+ $this->creation_source = $creation_source;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerCreationSource Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerCreationSource implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerCreationSourceFilter Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerCreationSourceFilter implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'values' => 'string[]',
+ 'rule' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'values' => 'values',
+ 'rule' => 'rule'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'values' => 'setValues',
+ 'rule' => 'setRule'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'values' => 'getValues',
+ 'rule' => 'getRule'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $values The list of creation sources used as filtering criteria. See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $values;
+ /**
+ * $rule Indicates whether a customer profile matching the filter criteria should be included in the result or excluded from the result. Default: `INCLUDE`. See [CustomerInclusionExclusion](#type-customerinclusionexclusion) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $rule;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["values"])) {
+ $this->values = $data["values"];
+ } else {
+ $this->values = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["rule"])) {
+ $this->rule = $data["rule"];
+ } else {
+ $this->rule = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets values
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getValues()
+ {
+ return $this->values;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets values
+ * @param string[] $values The list of creation sources used as filtering criteria. See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setValues($values)
+ {
+ $this->values = $values;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets rule
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRule()
+ {
+ return $this->rule;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets rule
+ * @param string $rule Indicates whether a customer profile matching the filter criteria should be included in the result or excluded from the result. Default: `INCLUDE`. See [CustomerInclusionExclusion](#type-customerinclusionexclusion) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRule($rule)
+ {
+ $this->rule = $rule;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerFilter Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerFilter implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'creation_source' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerCreationSourceFilter',
+ 'created_at' => '\SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange',
+ 'updated_at' => '\SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'creation_source' => 'creation_source',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'creation_source' => 'setCreationSource',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'creation_source' => 'getCreationSource',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $creation_source A filter to select customers based on their creation source.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerCreationSourceFilter
+ */
+ protected $creation_source;
+ /**
+ * $created_at A filter to select customers based on when they were created.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at A filter to select customers based on when they were updated.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["creation_source"])) {
+ $this->creation_source = $data["creation_source"];
+ } else {
+ $this->creation_source = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets creation_source
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerCreationSourceFilter
+ */
+ public function getCreationSource()
+ {
+ return $this->creation_source;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets creation_source
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerCreationSourceFilter $creation_source A filter to select customers based on their creation source.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreationSource($creation_source)
+ {
+ $this->creation_source = $creation_source;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange $created_at A filter to select customers based on when they were created.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange $updated_at A filter to select customers based on when they were updated.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerGroupInfo Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerGroupInfo implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The ID of the customer group.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The name of the customer group.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The ID of the customer group.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The name of the customer group.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerInclusionExclusion Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerInclusionExclusion implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerPreferences Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerPreferences implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'email_unsubscribed' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'email_unsubscribed' => 'email_unsubscribed'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'email_unsubscribed' => 'setEmailUnsubscribed'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'email_unsubscribed' => 'getEmailUnsubscribed'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $email_unsubscribed The customer has unsubscribed from receiving marketing campaign emails.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $email_unsubscribed;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["email_unsubscribed"])) {
+ $this->email_unsubscribed = $data["email_unsubscribed"];
+ } else {
+ $this->email_unsubscribed = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets email_unsubscribed
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getEmailUnsubscribed()
+ {
+ return $this->email_unsubscribed;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets email_unsubscribed
+ * @param bool $email_unsubscribed The customer has unsubscribed from receiving marketing campaign emails.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmailUnsubscribed($email_unsubscribed)
+ {
+ $this->email_unsubscribed = $email_unsubscribed;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerQuery Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerQuery implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'filter' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerFilter',
+ 'sort' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerSort'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'filter' => 'filter',
+ 'sort' => 'sort'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'filter' => 'setFilter',
+ 'sort' => 'setSort'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'filter' => 'getFilter',
+ 'sort' => 'getSort'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $filter A list of filter criteria.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerFilter
+ */
+ protected $filter;
+ /**
+ * $sort Sort criteria for query results. The default sort behavior is to order customers alphabetically by `given_name` and `last_name`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerSort
+ */
+ protected $sort;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["filter"])) {
+ $this->filter = $data["filter"];
+ } else {
+ $this->filter = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort"])) {
+ $this->sort = $data["sort"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets filter
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerFilter
+ */
+ public function getFilter()
+ {
+ return $this->filter;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets filter
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerFilter $filter A list of filter criteria.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFilter($filter)
+ {
+ $this->filter = $filter;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerSort
+ */
+ public function getSort()
+ {
+ return $this->sort;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerSort $sort Sort criteria for query results. The default sort behavior is to order customers alphabetically by `given_name` and `last_name`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSort($sort)
+ {
+ $this->sort = $sort;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerSort Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerSort implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'field' => 'string',
+ 'order' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'field' => 'field',
+ 'order' => 'order'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'field' => 'setField',
+ 'order' => 'setOrder'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'field' => 'getField',
+ 'order' => 'getOrder'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $field The field to sort the results on. It could be the total money spent at the merchant, the date of the first visit (etc). See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $field;
+ /**
+ * $order Indicates the order in which results should be displayed based on the value of the sort field. String comparisons use standard alphabetic comparison to determine order. Strings representing numbers are sorted as strings. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["field"])) {
+ $this->field = $data["field"];
+ } else {
+ $this->field = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets field
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getField()
+ {
+ return $this->field;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets field
+ * @param string $field The field to sort the results on. It could be the total money spent at the merchant, the date of the first visit (etc). See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setField($field)
+ {
+ $this->field = $field;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order Indicates the order in which results should be displayed based on the value of the sort field. String comparisons use standard alphabetic comparison to determine order. Strings representing numbers are sorted as strings. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * CustomerSortField Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerSortField implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DateRange Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DateRange implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'start_date' => 'string',
+ 'end_date' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'start_date' => 'start_date',
+ 'end_date' => 'end_date'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'start_date' => 'setStartDate',
+ 'end_date' => 'setEndDate'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'start_date' => 'getStartDate',
+ 'end_date' => 'getEndDate'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $start_date String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates. The beginning of a date range (inclusive)
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $start_date;
+ /**
+ * $end_date String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates. The end of a date range (inclusive)
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_date;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["start_date"])) {
+ $this->start_date = $data["start_date"];
+ } else {
+ $this->start_date = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_date"])) {
+ $this->end_date = $data["end_date"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_date = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets start_date
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStartDate()
+ {
+ return $this->start_date;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets start_date
+ * @param string $start_date String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates. The beginning of a date range (inclusive)
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStartDate($start_date)
+ {
+ $this->start_date = $start_date;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_date
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndDate()
+ {
+ return $this->end_date;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_date
+ * @param string $end_date String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates. The end of a date range (inclusive)
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndDate($end_date)
+ {
+ $this->end_date = $end_date;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteBreakTypeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteBreakTypeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteBreakTypeResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteBreakTypeResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteCatalogObjectRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCatalogObjectRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteCatalogObjectResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCatalogObjectResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'deleted_object_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'deleted_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'deleted_object_ids' => 'deleted_object_ids',
+ 'deleted_at' => 'deleted_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'deleted_object_ids' => 'setDeletedObjectIds',
+ 'deleted_at' => 'setDeletedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'deleted_object_ids' => 'getDeletedObjectIds',
+ 'deleted_at' => 'getDeletedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $deleted_object_ids The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request. Multiple IDs may be returned when associated objects are also deleted, for example a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) will be deleted (and its ID included in this field) when its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is deleted.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $deleted_object_ids;
+ /**
+ * $deleted_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $deleted_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["deleted_object_ids"])) {
+ $this->deleted_object_ids = $data["deleted_object_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->deleted_object_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["deleted_at"])) {
+ $this->deleted_at = $data["deleted_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->deleted_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets deleted_object_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getDeletedObjectIds()
+ {
+ return $this->deleted_object_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets deleted_object_ids
+ * @param string[] $deleted_object_ids The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request. Multiple IDs may be returned when associated objects are also deleted, for example a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) will be deleted (and its ID included in this field) when its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is deleted.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDeletedObjectIds($deleted_object_ids)
+ {
+ $this->deleted_object_ids = $deleted_object_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets deleted_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDeletedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->deleted_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets deleted_at
+ * @param string $deleted_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDeletedAt($deleted_at)
+ {
+ $this->deleted_at = $deleted_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteCustomerCardRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCustomerCardRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteCustomerCardResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCustomerCardResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteCustomerRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCustomerRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteCustomerResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCustomerResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteShiftRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteShiftRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * DeleteShiftResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteShiftResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Device Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Device implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The device's Square-issued ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The device's merchant-specified name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The device's Square-issued ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The device's merchant-specified name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Employee Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Employee implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'first_name' => 'string',
+ 'last_name' => 'string',
+ 'location_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'first_name' => 'first_name',
+ 'last_name' => 'last_name',
+ 'location_ids' => 'location_ids',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'first_name' => 'setFirstName',
+ 'last_name' => 'setLastName',
+ 'location_ids' => 'setLocationIds',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'first_name' => 'getFirstName',
+ 'last_name' => 'getLastName',
+ 'location_ids' => 'getLocationIds',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id UUID for this `Employee`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $first_name Given (first) name of the employee.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $first_name;
+ /**
+ * $last_name Family (last) name of the employee
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $last_name;
+ /**
+ * $location_ids A list of location IDs where this employee has access.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $location_ids;
+ /**
+ * $status Specifies the status of the employee being fetched. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["first_name"])) {
+ $this->first_name = $data["first_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->first_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["last_name"])) {
+ $this->last_name = $data["last_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->last_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_ids"])) {
+ $this->location_ids = $data["location_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id UUID for this `Employee`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets first_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFirstName()
+ {
+ return $this->first_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets first_name
+ * @param string $first_name Given (first) name of the employee.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFirstName($first_name)
+ {
+ $this->first_name = $first_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets last_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLastName()
+ {
+ return $this->last_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets last_name
+ * @param string $last_name Family (last) name of the employee
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLastName($last_name)
+ {
+ $this->last_name = $last_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getLocationIds()
+ {
+ return $this->location_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_ids
+ * @param string[] $location_ids A list of location IDs where this employee has access.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationIds($location_ids)
+ {
+ $this->location_ids = $location_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status Specifies the status of the employee being fetched. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * EmployeeStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class EmployeeStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * EmployeeWage Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class EmployeeWage implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'title' => 'string',
+ 'hourly_rate' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'title' => 'title',
+ 'hourly_rate' => 'hourly_rate'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'title' => 'setTitle',
+ 'hourly_rate' => 'setHourlyRate'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'title' => 'getTitle',
+ 'hourly_rate' => 'getHourlyRate'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id UUID for this object.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id The `Employee` that this wage is assigned to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $title The job title that this wage relates to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $title;
+ /**
+ * $hourly_rate Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per week.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $hourly_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["title"])) {
+ $this->title = $data["title"];
+ } else {
+ $this->title = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["hourly_rate"])) {
+ $this->hourly_rate = $data["hourly_rate"];
+ } else {
+ $this->hourly_rate = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id UUID for this object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id The `Employee` that this wage is assigned to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets title
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTitle()
+ {
+ return $this->title;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets title
+ * @param string $title The job title that this wage relates to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTitle($title)
+ {
+ $this->title = $title;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets hourly_rate
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getHourlyRate()
+ {
+ return $this->hourly_rate;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets hourly_rate
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $hourly_rate Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per week.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setHourlyRate($hourly_rate)
+ {
+ $this->hourly_rate = $hourly_rate;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Error Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Error implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'category' => 'string',
+ 'code' => 'string',
+ 'detail' => 'string',
+ 'field' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'category' => 'category',
+ 'code' => 'code',
+ 'detail' => 'detail',
+ 'field' => 'field'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'category' => 'setCategory',
+ 'code' => 'setCode',
+ 'detail' => 'setDetail',
+ 'field' => 'setField'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'category' => 'getCategory',
+ 'code' => 'getCode',
+ 'detail' => 'getDetail',
+ 'field' => 'getField'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $category The error's high-level category. See [ErrorCategory](#type-errorcategory) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $category;
+ /**
+ * $code The error's specific code. See [ErrorCode](#type-errorcode) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $code;
+ /**
+ * $detail A human-readable description of the error for debugging purposes.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $detail;
+ /**
+ * $field The name of the field provided in the original request that the error pertains to, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $field;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["category"])) {
+ $this->category = $data["category"];
+ } else {
+ $this->category = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["code"])) {
+ $this->code = $data["code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["detail"])) {
+ $this->detail = $data["detail"];
+ } else {
+ $this->detail = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["field"])) {
+ $this->field = $data["field"];
+ } else {
+ $this->field = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets category
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCategory()
+ {
+ return $this->category;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets category
+ * @param string $category The error's high-level category. See [ErrorCategory](#type-errorcategory) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCategory($category)
+ {
+ $this->category = $category;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCode()
+ {
+ return $this->code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets code
+ * @param string $code The error's specific code. See [ErrorCode](#type-errorcode) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCode($code)
+ {
+ $this->code = $code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets detail
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDetail()
+ {
+ return $this->detail;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets detail
+ * @param string $detail A human-readable description of the error for debugging purposes.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDetail($detail)
+ {
+ $this->detail = $detail;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets field
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getField()
+ {
+ return $this->field;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets field
+ * @param string $field The name of the field provided in the original request that the error pertains to, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setField($field)
+ {
+ $this->field = $field;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ErrorCategory Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ErrorCategory implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ErrorCode Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ErrorCode implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * GetBreakTypeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetBreakTypeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * GetBreakTypeResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetBreakTypeResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'break_type' => '\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'break_type',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'setBreakType',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'getBreakType',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $break_type The response object.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ protected $break_type;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["break_type"])) {
+ $this->break_type = $data["break_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->break_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets break_type
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ public function getBreakType()
+ {
+ return $this->break_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets break_type
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType $break_type The response object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreakType($break_type)
+ {
+ $this->break_type = $break_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * GetEmployeeWageRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetEmployeeWageRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * GetEmployeeWageResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetEmployeeWageResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'employee_wage' => '\SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'employee_wage' => 'employee_wage',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'employee_wage' => 'setEmployeeWage',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'employee_wage' => 'getEmployeeWage',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $employee_wage The requested `EmployeeWage` object.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage
+ */
+ protected $employee_wage;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["employee_wage"])) {
+ $this->employee_wage = $data["employee_wage"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_wage = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_wage
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeWage()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_wage;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_wage
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage $employee_wage The requested `EmployeeWage` object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeWage($employee_wage)
+ {
+ $this->employee_wage = $employee_wage;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * GetShiftRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetShiftRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * GetShiftResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetShiftResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'shift' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Shift',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'shift' => 'shift',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'shift' => 'setShift',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'shift' => 'getShift',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $shift The requested `Shift`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ protected $shift;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["shift"])) {
+ $this->shift = $data["shift"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shift = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shift
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ public function getShift()
+ {
+ return $this->shift;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shift
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Shift $shift The requested `Shift`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShift($shift)
+ {
+ $this->shift = $shift;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * InventoryAdjustment Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryAdjustment implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'from_state' => 'string',
+ 'to_state' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'string',
+ 'quantity' => 'string',
+ 'total_price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'source' => '\SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'string',
+ 'refund_id' => 'string',
+ 'purchase_order_id' => 'string',
+ 'goods_receipt_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'from_state' => 'from_state',
+ 'to_state' => 'to_state',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'catalog_object_type',
+ 'quantity' => 'quantity',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'total_price_money',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'occurred_at',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'source' => 'source',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'transaction_id',
+ 'refund_id' => 'refund_id',
+ 'purchase_order_id' => 'purchase_order_id',
+ 'goods_receipt_id' => 'goods_receipt_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'from_state' => 'setFromState',
+ 'to_state' => 'setToState',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'setCatalogObjectType',
+ 'quantity' => 'setQuantity',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'setTotalPriceMoney',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'setOccurredAt',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'source' => 'setSource',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'setTransactionId',
+ 'refund_id' => 'setRefundId',
+ 'purchase_order_id' => 'setPurchaseOrderId',
+ 'goods_receipt_id' => 'setGoodsReceiptId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'from_state' => 'getFromState',
+ 'to_state' => 'getToState',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'getCatalogObjectType',
+ 'quantity' => 'getQuantity',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'getTotalPriceMoney',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'getOccurredAt',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'source' => 'getSource',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'getTransactionId',
+ 'refund_id' => 'getRefundId',
+ 'purchase_order_id' => 'getPurchaseOrderId',
+ 'goods_receipt_id' => 'getGoodsReceiptId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to an external system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $from_state The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items before the adjustment. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $from_state;
+ /**
+ * $to_state The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items after the adjustment. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $to_state;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_type The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_type;
+ /**
+ * $quantity The number of items affected by the adjustment as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $quantity;
+ /**
+ * $total_price_money The read-only total price paid for goods associated with the adjustment. Present if and only if `to_state` is `SOLD`. Always non-negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $total_price_money;
+ /**
+ * $occurred_at A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the adjustment took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $occurred_at;
+ /**
+ * $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the adjustment.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $source Read-only information about the application that caused the inventory adjustment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication
+ */
+ protected $source;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory adjustment.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $transaction_id The read-only Square ID of the [Transaction][#type-transaction] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for payment-related state transitions.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $transaction_id;
+ /**
+ * $refund_id The read-only Square ID of the [Refund][#type-refund] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for refund-related state transitions.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $refund_id;
+ /**
+ * $purchase_order_id The read-only Square ID of the purchase order that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state transitions from the Square for Retail app.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $purchase_order_id;
+ /**
+ * $goods_receipt_id The read-only Square ID of the Square goods receipt that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state transitions from the Square for Retail app.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $goods_receipt_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["from_state"])) {
+ $this->from_state = $data["from_state"];
+ } else {
+ $this->from_state = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["to_state"])) {
+ $this->to_state = $data["to_state"];
+ } else {
+ $this->to_state = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_type"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = $data["catalog_object_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["quantity"])) {
+ $this->quantity = $data["quantity"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_price_money"])) {
+ $this->total_price_money = $data["total_price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["occurred_at"])) {
+ $this->occurred_at = $data["occurred_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->occurred_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["source"])) {
+ $this->source = $data["source"];
+ } else {
+ $this->source = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transaction_id"])) {
+ $this->transaction_id = $data["transaction_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transaction_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refund_id"])) {
+ $this->refund_id = $data["refund_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refund_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["purchase_order_id"])) {
+ $this->purchase_order_id = $data["purchase_order_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->purchase_order_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["goods_receipt_id"])) {
+ $this->goods_receipt_id = $data["goods_receipt_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->goods_receipt_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to an external system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets from_state
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFromState()
+ {
+ return $this->from_state;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets from_state
+ * @param string $from_state The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items before the adjustment. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFromState($from_state)
+ {
+ $this->from_state = $from_state;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets to_state
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getToState()
+ {
+ return $this->to_state;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets to_state
+ * @param string $to_state The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items after the adjustment. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setToState($to_state)
+ {
+ $this->to_state = $to_state;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectType()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_type
+ * @param string $catalog_object_type The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectType($catalog_object_type)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = $catalog_object_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getQuantity()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity
+ * @param string $quantity The number of items affected by the adjustment as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantity($quantity)
+ {
+ $this->quantity = $quantity;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalPriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $total_price_money The read-only total price paid for goods associated with the adjustment. Present if and only if `to_state` is `SOLD`. Always non-negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalPriceMoney($total_price_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_price_money = $total_price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets occurred_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOccurredAt()
+ {
+ return $this->occurred_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets occurred_at
+ * @param string $occurred_at A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the adjustment took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOccurredAt($occurred_at)
+ {
+ $this->occurred_at = $occurred_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the adjustment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets source
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication
+ */
+ public function getSource()
+ {
+ return $this->source;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets source
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication $source Read-only information about the application that caused the inventory adjustment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSource($source)
+ {
+ $this->source = $source;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory adjustment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transaction_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTransactionId()
+ {
+ return $this->transaction_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transaction_id
+ * @param string $transaction_id The read-only Square ID of the [Transaction][#type-transaction] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for payment-related state transitions.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransactionId($transaction_id)
+ {
+ $this->transaction_id = $transaction_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refund_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRefundId()
+ {
+ return $this->refund_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refund_id
+ * @param string $refund_id The read-only Square ID of the [Refund][#type-refund] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for refund-related state transitions.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundId($refund_id)
+ {
+ $this->refund_id = $refund_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets purchase_order_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPurchaseOrderId()
+ {
+ return $this->purchase_order_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets purchase_order_id
+ * @param string $purchase_order_id The read-only Square ID of the purchase order that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state transitions from the Square for Retail app.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPurchaseOrderId($purchase_order_id)
+ {
+ $this->purchase_order_id = $purchase_order_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets goods_receipt_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getGoodsReceiptId()
+ {
+ return $this->goods_receipt_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets goods_receipt_id
+ * @param string $goods_receipt_id The read-only Square ID of the Square goods receipt that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state transitions from the Square for Retail app.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGoodsReceiptId($goods_receipt_id)
+ {
+ $this->goods_receipt_id = $goods_receipt_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * InventoryAlertType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryAlertType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * InventoryChange Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryChange implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'physical_count' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount',
+ 'adjustment' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment',
+ 'transfer' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryTransfer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'physical_count' => 'physical_count',
+ 'adjustment' => 'adjustment',
+ 'transfer' => 'transfer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'physical_count' => 'setPhysicalCount',
+ 'adjustment' => 'setAdjustment',
+ 'transfer' => 'setTransfer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'physical_count' => 'getPhysicalCount',
+ 'adjustment' => 'getAdjustment',
+ 'transfer' => 'getTransfer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $type Indicates how the inventory change was applied. See [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $physical_count Contains details about the physical count when `type` is `PHYSICAL_COUNT` and unset for all other types.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount
+ */
+ protected $physical_count;
+ /**
+ * $adjustment Contains details about the inventory adjustment when `type` is `ADJUSTMENT` and unset for all other types.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment
+ */
+ protected $adjustment;
+ /**
+ * $transfer Contains details about the inventory transfer when `type` is `TRANSFER` and unset for all other types.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryTransfer
+ */
+ protected $transfer;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["physical_count"])) {
+ $this->physical_count = $data["physical_count"];
+ } else {
+ $this->physical_count = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["adjustment"])) {
+ $this->adjustment = $data["adjustment"];
+ } else {
+ $this->adjustment = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transfer"])) {
+ $this->transfer = $data["transfer"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transfer = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type Indicates how the inventory change was applied. See [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets physical_count
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount
+ */
+ public function getPhysicalCount()
+ {
+ return $this->physical_count;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets physical_count
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount $physical_count Contains details about the physical count when `type` is `PHYSICAL_COUNT` and unset for all other types.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPhysicalCount($physical_count)
+ {
+ $this->physical_count = $physical_count;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets adjustment
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment
+ */
+ public function getAdjustment()
+ {
+ return $this->adjustment;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets adjustment
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment $adjustment Contains details about the inventory adjustment when `type` is `ADJUSTMENT` and unset for all other types.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdjustment($adjustment)
+ {
+ $this->adjustment = $adjustment;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transfer
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryTransfer
+ */
+ public function getTransfer()
+ {
+ return $this->transfer;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transfer
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryTransfer $transfer Contains details about the inventory transfer when `type` is `TRANSFER` and unset for all other types.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransfer($transfer)
+ {
+ $this->transfer = $transfer;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * InventoryChangeType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryChangeType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * InventoryCount Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryCount implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'string',
+ 'state' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'quantity' => 'string',
+ 'calculated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'catalog_object_type',
+ 'state' => 'state',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'quantity' => 'quantity',
+ 'calculated_at' => 'calculated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'setCatalogObjectType',
+ 'state' => 'setState',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'quantity' => 'setQuantity',
+ 'calculated_at' => 'setCalculatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'getCatalogObjectType',
+ 'state' => 'getState',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'quantity' => 'getQuantity',
+ 'calculated_at' => 'getCalculatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_type The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_type;
+ /**
+ * $state The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $state;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $quantity The number of items in the count as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $quantity;
+ /**
+ * $calculated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the most recent physical count or adjustment that had an affect on the estimated count.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $calculated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_type"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = $data["catalog_object_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["state"])) {
+ $this->state = $data["state"];
+ } else {
+ $this->state = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["quantity"])) {
+ $this->quantity = $data["quantity"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["calculated_at"])) {
+ $this->calculated_at = $data["calculated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->calculated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectType()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_type
+ * @param string $catalog_object_type The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectType($catalog_object_type)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = $catalog_object_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets state
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getState()
+ {
+ return $this->state;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets state
+ * @param string $state The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setState($state)
+ {
+ $this->state = $state;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getQuantity()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity
+ * @param string $quantity The number of items in the count as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantity($quantity)
+ {
+ $this->quantity = $quantity;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets calculated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCalculatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->calculated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets calculated_at
+ * @param string $calculated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the most recent physical count or adjustment that had an affect on the estimated count.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCalculatedAt($calculated_at)
+ {
+ $this->calculated_at = $calculated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * InventoryPhysicalCount Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryPhysicalCount implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'string',
+ 'state' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'quantity' => 'string',
+ 'source' => '\SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'catalog_object_type',
+ 'state' => 'state',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'quantity' => 'quantity',
+ 'source' => 'source',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'occurred_at',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'setCatalogObjectType',
+ 'state' => 'setState',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'quantity' => 'setQuantity',
+ 'source' => 'setSource',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'setOccurredAt',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'getCatalogObjectType',
+ 'state' => 'getState',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'quantity' => 'getQuantity',
+ 'source' => 'getSource',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'getOccurredAt',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to an external system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_type The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_type;
+ /**
+ * $state The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $state;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $quantity The number of items affected by the physical count as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $quantity;
+ /**
+ * $source Read-only information about the application that submitted the physical count.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication
+ */
+ protected $source;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the physical count.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $occurred_at A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the physical count took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $occurred_at;
+ /**
+ * $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the physical count.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_type"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = $data["catalog_object_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["state"])) {
+ $this->state = $data["state"];
+ } else {
+ $this->state = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["quantity"])) {
+ $this->quantity = $data["quantity"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["source"])) {
+ $this->source = $data["source"];
+ } else {
+ $this->source = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["occurred_at"])) {
+ $this->occurred_at = $data["occurred_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->occurred_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to an external system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectType()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_type
+ * @param string $catalog_object_type The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectType($catalog_object_type)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = $catalog_object_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets state
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getState()
+ {
+ return $this->state;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets state
+ * @param string $state The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setState($state)
+ {
+ $this->state = $state;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getQuantity()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity
+ * @param string $quantity The number of items affected by the physical count as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantity($quantity)
+ {
+ $this->quantity = $quantity;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets source
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication
+ */
+ public function getSource()
+ {
+ return $this->source;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets source
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication $source Read-only information about the application that submitted the physical count.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSource($source)
+ {
+ $this->source = $source;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the physical count.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets occurred_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOccurredAt()
+ {
+ return $this->occurred_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets occurred_at
+ * @param string $occurred_at A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the physical count took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOccurredAt($occurred_at)
+ {
+ $this->occurred_at = $occurred_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the physical count.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * InventoryState Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryState implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * InventoryTransfer Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryTransfer implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'state' => 'string',
+ 'from_location_id' => 'string',
+ 'to_location_id' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'string',
+ 'quantity' => 'string',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'source' => '\SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'state' => 'state',
+ 'from_location_id' => 'from_location_id',
+ 'to_location_id' => 'to_location_id',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'catalog_object_type',
+ 'quantity' => 'quantity',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'occurred_at',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'source' => 'source',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'state' => 'setState',
+ 'from_location_id' => 'setFromLocationId',
+ 'to_location_id' => 'setToLocationId',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'setCatalogObjectType',
+ 'quantity' => 'setQuantity',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'setOccurredAt',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'source' => 'setSource',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'state' => 'getState',
+ 'from_location_id' => 'getFromLocationId',
+ 'to_location_id' => 'getToLocationId',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'catalog_object_type' => 'getCatalogObjectType',
+ 'quantity' => 'getQuantity',
+ 'occurred_at' => 'getOccurredAt',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'source' => 'getSource',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer) to an external system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $state The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the quantity of items being transfered. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $state;
+ /**
+ * $from_location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked before the transfer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $from_location_id;
+ /**
+ * $to_location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked after the transfer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $to_location_id;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_type The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_type;
+ /**
+ * $quantity The number of items affected by the transfer as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $quantity;
+ /**
+ * $occurred_at A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the transfer took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $occurred_at;
+ /**
+ * $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the transfer request.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $source Read-only information about the application that initiated the inventory transfer.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication
+ */
+ protected $source;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory transfer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["state"])) {
+ $this->state = $data["state"];
+ } else {
+ $this->state = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["from_location_id"])) {
+ $this->from_location_id = $data["from_location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->from_location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["to_location_id"])) {
+ $this->to_location_id = $data["to_location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->to_location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_type"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = $data["catalog_object_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["quantity"])) {
+ $this->quantity = $data["quantity"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["occurred_at"])) {
+ $this->occurred_at = $data["occurred_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->occurred_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["source"])) {
+ $this->source = $data["source"];
+ } else {
+ $this->source = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer) to an external system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets state
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getState()
+ {
+ return $this->state;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets state
+ * @param string $state The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the quantity of items being transfered. See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setState($state)
+ {
+ $this->state = $state;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets from_location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFromLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->from_location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets from_location_id
+ * @param string $from_location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked before the transfer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFromLocationId($from_location_id)
+ {
+ $this->from_location_id = $from_location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets to_location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getToLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->to_location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets to_location_id
+ * @param string $to_location_id The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked after the transfer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setToLocationId($to_location_id)
+ {
+ $this->to_location_id = $to_location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectType()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_type
+ * @param string $catalog_object_type The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectType($catalog_object_type)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_type = $catalog_object_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getQuantity()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity
+ * @param string $quantity The number of items affected by the transfer as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantity($quantity)
+ {
+ $this->quantity = $quantity;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets occurred_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOccurredAt()
+ {
+ return $this->occurred_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets occurred_at
+ * @param string $occurred_at A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the transfer took place. For write actions, the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOccurredAt($occurred_at)
+ {
+ $this->occurred_at = $occurred_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the transfer request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets source
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication
+ */
+ public function getSource()
+ {
+ return $this->source;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets source
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\SourceApplication $source Read-only information about the application that initiated the inventory transfer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSource($source)
+ {
+ $this->source = $source;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory transfer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ItemVariationLocationOverrides Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ItemVariationLocationOverrides implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'string',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'bool',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'string',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'int'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'price_money' => 'price_money',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'pricing_type',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'track_inventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'inventory_alert_type',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'inventory_alert_threshold'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'price_money' => 'setPriceMoney',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'setPricingType',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'setTrackInventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'setInventoryAlertType',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'setInventoryAlertThreshold'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'price_money' => 'getPriceMoney',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'getPricingType',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'getTrackInventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'getInventoryAlertType',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'getInventoryAlertThreshold'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_id The ID of the [location](#type-location).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $price_money The price of the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given [location](#type-location), or blank for variable pricing.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $price_money;
+ /**
+ * $pricing_type The pricing type (fixed or variable) for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given [location](#type-location). See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $pricing_type;
+ /**
+ * $track_inventory If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at this [location](#type-location).
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $track_inventory;
+ /**
+ * $inventory_alert_type Indicates whether the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its `inventory_alert_threshold`. See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $inventory_alert_type;
+ /**
+ * $inventory_alert_threshold If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $inventory_alert_threshold;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["price_money"])) {
+ $this->price_money = $data["price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pricing_type"])) {
+ $this->pricing_type = $data["pricing_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pricing_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["track_inventory"])) {
+ $this->track_inventory = $data["track_inventory"];
+ } else {
+ $this->track_inventory = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inventory_alert_type"])) {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = $data["inventory_alert_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inventory_alert_threshold"])) {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = $data["inventory_alert_threshold"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the [location](#type-location).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getPriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $price_money The price of the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given [location](#type-location), or blank for variable pricing.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPriceMoney($price_money)
+ {
+ $this->price_money = $price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pricing_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPricingType()
+ {
+ return $this->pricing_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pricing_type
+ * @param string $pricing_type The pricing type (fixed or variable) for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given [location](#type-location). See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPricingType($pricing_type)
+ {
+ $this->pricing_type = $pricing_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets track_inventory
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getTrackInventory()
+ {
+ return $this->track_inventory;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets track_inventory
+ * @param bool $track_inventory If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at this [location](#type-location).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTrackInventory($track_inventory)
+ {
+ $this->track_inventory = $track_inventory;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inventory_alert_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getInventoryAlertType()
+ {
+ return $this->inventory_alert_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inventory_alert_type
+ * @param string $inventory_alert_type Indicates whether the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its `inventory_alert_threshold`. See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInventoryAlertType($inventory_alert_type)
+ {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = $inventory_alert_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inventory_alert_threshold
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getInventoryAlertThreshold()
+ {
+ return $this->inventory_alert_threshold;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inventory_alert_threshold
+ * @param int $inventory_alert_threshold If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInventoryAlertThreshold($inventory_alert_threshold)
+ {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = $inventory_alert_threshold;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_time' => 'string',
+ 'sort_order' => 'string',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'end_time' => 'end_time',
+ 'sort_order' => 'sort_order',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'setEndTime',
+ 'sort_order' => 'setSortOrder',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'getEndTime',
+ 'sort_order' => 'getSortOrder',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_time;
+ /**
+ * $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sort_order;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_time"])) {
+ $this->end_time = $data["end_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort_order"])) {
+ $this->sort_order = $data["sort_order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort_order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_time
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndTime($end_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_time = $end_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort_order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSortOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->sort_order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort_order
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSortOrder($sort_order)
+ {
+ $this->sort_order = $sort_order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'receivable_refunds' => '\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'receivable_refunds' => 'receivable_refunds',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'receivable_refunds' => 'setReceivableRefunds',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'receivable_refunds' => 'getReceivableRefunds',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $receivable_refunds An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds that match your query.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[]
+ */
+ protected $receivable_refunds;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["receivable_refunds"])) {
+ $this->receivable_refunds = $data["receivable_refunds"];
+ } else {
+ $this->receivable_refunds = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets receivable_refunds
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[]
+ */
+ public function getReceivableRefunds()
+ {
+ return $this->receivable_refunds;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets receivable_refunds
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund[] $receivable_refunds An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds that match your query.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReceivableRefunds($receivable_refunds)
+ {
+ $this->receivable_refunds = $receivable_refunds;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_time' => 'string',
+ 'sort_order' => 'string',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'end_time' => 'end_time',
+ 'sort_order' => 'sort_order',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'setEndTime',
+ 'sort_order' => 'setSortOrder',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'getEndTime',
+ 'sort_order' => 'getSortOrder',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_time;
+ /**
+ * $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sort_order;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_time"])) {
+ $this->end_time = $data["end_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort_order"])) {
+ $this->sort_order = $data["sort_order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort_order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_time
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndTime($end_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_time = $end_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort_order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSortOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->sort_order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort_order
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSortOrder($sort_order)
+ {
+ $this->sort_order = $sort_order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'receivables' => '\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivable[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'receivables' => 'receivables',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'receivables' => 'setReceivables',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'receivables' => 'getReceivables',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $receivables An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivables that match your query.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivable[]
+ */
+ protected $receivables;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["receivables"])) {
+ $this->receivables = $data["receivables"];
+ } else {
+ $this->receivables = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets receivables
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivable[]
+ */
+ public function getReceivables()
+ {
+ return $this->receivables;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets receivables
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientReceivable[] $receivables An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivables that match your query.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReceivables($receivables)
+ {
+ $this->receivables = $receivables;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListBreakTypesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListBreakTypesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_id Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $limit Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $cursor Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListBreakTypesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListBreakTypesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'break_types' => '\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'break_types' => 'break_types',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'break_types' => 'setBreakTypes',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'break_types' => 'getBreakTypes',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $break_types A page of `BreakType` results.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType[]
+ */
+ protected $break_types;
+ /**
+ * $cursor Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Break Type results.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["break_types"])) {
+ $this->break_types = $data["break_types"];
+ } else {
+ $this->break_types = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets break_types
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType[]
+ */
+ public function getBreakTypes()
+ {
+ return $this->break_types;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets break_types
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType[] $break_types A page of `BreakType` results.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreakTypes($break_types)
+ {
+ $this->break_types = $break_types;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Break Type results.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListCatalogRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListCatalogRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'types' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'types' => 'types'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'types' => 'setTypes'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'types' => 'getTypes'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $cursor The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $types An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY`. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $types;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["types"])) {
+ $this->types = $data["types"];
+ } else {
+ $this->types = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets types
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTypes()
+ {
+ return $this->types;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets types
+ * @param string $types An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY`. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTypes($types)
+ {
+ $this->types = $types;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListCatalogResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListCatalogResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'objects' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'objects' => 'objects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'objects' => 'setObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'objects' => 'getObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $objects The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $objects;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["objects"])) {
+ $this->objects = $data["objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->objects = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets objects
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets objects
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $objects The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjects($objects)
+ {
+ $this->objects = $objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListCustomersRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListCustomersRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'sort_field' => 'string',
+ 'sort_order' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'sort_field' => 'sort_field',
+ 'sort_order' => 'sort_order'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'sort_field' => 'setSortField',
+ 'sort_order' => 'setSortOrder'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'sort_field' => 'getSortField',
+ 'sort_order' => 'getSortOrder'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $sort_field Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`. See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sort_field;
+ /**
+ * $sort_order Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sort_order;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort_field"])) {
+ $this->sort_field = $data["sort_field"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort_field = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort_order"])) {
+ $this->sort_order = $data["sort_order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort_order = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort_field
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSortField()
+ {
+ return $this->sort_field;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort_field
+ * @param string $sort_field Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`. See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSortField($sort_field)
+ {
+ $this->sort_field = $sort_field;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort_order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSortOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->sort_order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort_order
+ * @param string $sort_order Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSortOrder($sort_order)
+ {
+ $this->sort_order = $sort_order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListCustomersResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListCustomersResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'customers' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Customer[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'customers' => 'customers',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'customers' => 'setCustomers',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'customers' => 'getCustomers',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $customers An array of `Customer` objects that match your query.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Customer[]
+ */
+ protected $customers;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. This value is present only if the request succeeded and additional results are available. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["customers"])) {
+ $this->customers = $data["customers"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customers = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customers
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Customer[]
+ */
+ public function getCustomers()
+ {
+ return $this->customers;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customers
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Customer[] $customers An array of `Customer` objects that match your query.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomers($customers)
+ {
+ $this->customers = $customers;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. This value is present only if the request succeeded and additional results are available. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListEmployeeWagesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListEmployeeWagesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $employee_id Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $limit Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $cursor Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListEmployeeWagesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListEmployeeWagesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'employee_wages' => '\SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'employee_wages' => 'employee_wages',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'employee_wages' => 'setEmployeeWages',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'employee_wages' => 'getEmployeeWages',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $employee_wages A page of Employee Wage results.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage[]
+ */
+ protected $employee_wages;
+ /**
+ * $cursor Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Employee Wage results.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["employee_wages"])) {
+ $this->employee_wages = $data["employee_wages"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_wages = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_wages
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage[]
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeWages()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_wages;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_wages
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\EmployeeWage[] $employee_wages A page of Employee Wage results.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeWages($employee_wages)
+ {
+ $this->employee_wages = $employee_wages;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Employee Wage results.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListEmployeesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListEmployeesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_id Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $status Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $limit The number of employees to be returned on each page.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $cursor The token required to retrieve the specified page of results.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The number of employees to be returned on each page.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The token required to retrieve the specified page of results.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListEmployeesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListEmployeesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'employees' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Employee[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'employees' => 'employees',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'employees' => 'setEmployees',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'employees' => 'getEmployees',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $employees List of employees returned from the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Employee[]
+ */
+ protected $employees;
+ /**
+ * $cursor The token to be used to retrieve the next page of results.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["employees"])) {
+ $this->employees = $data["employees"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employees = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employees
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Employee[]
+ */
+ public function getEmployees()
+ {
+ return $this->employees;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employees
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Employee[] $employees List of employees returned from the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployees($employees)
+ {
+ $this->employees = $employees;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The token to be used to retrieve the next page of results.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListLocationsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListLocationsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListLocationsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListLocationsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'locations' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Location[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'locations' => 'locations'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'locations' => 'setLocations'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'locations' => 'getLocations'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $locations The business's locations.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Location[]
+ */
+ protected $locations;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["locations"])) {
+ $this->locations = $data["locations"];
+ } else {
+ $this->locations = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets locations
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Location[]
+ */
+ public function getLocations()
+ {
+ return $this->locations;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets locations
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Location[] $locations The business's locations.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocations($locations)
+ {
+ $this->locations = $locations;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListRefundsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListRefundsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_time' => 'string',
+ 'sort_order' => 'string',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'end_time' => 'end_time',
+ 'sort_order' => 'sort_order',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'setEndTime',
+ 'sort_order' => 'setSortOrder',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'getEndTime',
+ 'sort_order' => 'getSortOrder',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_time;
+ /**
+ * $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sort_order;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_time"])) {
+ $this->end_time = $data["end_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort_order"])) {
+ $this->sort_order = $data["sort_order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort_order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_time
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndTime($end_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_time = $end_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort_order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSortOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->sort_order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort_order
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSortOrder($sort_order)
+ {
+ $this->sort_order = $sort_order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListRefundsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListRefundsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'refunds' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Refund[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'refunds' => 'refunds',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'refunds' => 'setRefunds',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'refunds' => 'getRefunds',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $refunds An array of refunds that match your query.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Refund[]
+ */
+ protected $refunds;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunds"])) {
+ $this->refunds = $data["refunds"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunds = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunds
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Refund[]
+ */
+ public function getRefunds()
+ {
+ return $this->refunds;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunds
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Refund[] $refunds An array of refunds that match your query.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefunds($refunds)
+ {
+ $this->refunds = $refunds;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListTransactionsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListTransactionsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_time' => 'string',
+ 'sort_order' => 'string',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'end_time' => 'end_time',
+ 'sort_order' => 'sort_order',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'setEndTime',
+ 'sort_order' => 'setSortOrder',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'getEndTime',
+ 'sort_order' => 'getSortOrder',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_time;
+ /**
+ * $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sort_order;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_time"])) {
+ $this->end_time = $data["end_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort_order"])) {
+ $this->sort_order = $data["sort_order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort_order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_time
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndTime($end_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_time = $end_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort_order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSortOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->sort_order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort_order
+ * @param string $sort_order The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSortOrder($sort_order)
+ {
+ $this->sort_order = $sort_order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListTransactionsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListTransactionsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'transactions' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Transaction[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'transactions' => 'transactions',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'transactions' => 'setTransactions',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'transactions' => 'getTransactions',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $transactions An array of transactions that match your query.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction[]
+ */
+ protected $transactions;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transactions"])) {
+ $this->transactions = $data["transactions"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transactions = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transactions
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction[]
+ */
+ public function getTransactions()
+ {
+ return $this->transactions;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transactions
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction[] $transactions An array of transactions that match your query.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransactions($transactions)
+ {
+ $this->transactions = $transactions;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListWorkweekConfigsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListWorkweekConfigsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $limit Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $cursor Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ListWorkweekConfigsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListWorkweekConfigsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'workweek_configs' => '\SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'workweek_configs' => 'workweek_configs',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'workweek_configs' => 'setWorkweekConfigs',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'workweek_configs' => 'getWorkweekConfigs',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $workweek_configs A page of Employee Wage results.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig[]
+ */
+ protected $workweek_configs;
+ /**
+ * $cursor Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next page of Employee Wage results.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["workweek_configs"])) {
+ $this->workweek_configs = $data["workweek_configs"];
+ } else {
+ $this->workweek_configs = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets workweek_configs
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig[]
+ */
+ public function getWorkweekConfigs()
+ {
+ return $this->workweek_configs;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets workweek_configs
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig[] $workweek_configs A page of Employee Wage results.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setWorkweekConfigs($workweek_configs)
+ {
+ $this->workweek_configs = $workweek_configs;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next page of Employee Wage results.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Location Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Location implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'timezone' => 'string',
+ 'capabilities' => 'string[]',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'string',
+ 'country' => 'string',
+ 'language_code' => 'string',
+ 'currency' => 'string',
+ 'phone_number' => 'string',
+ 'business_name' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'website_url' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'address' => 'address',
+ 'timezone' => 'timezone',
+ 'capabilities' => 'capabilities',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'merchant_id',
+ 'country' => 'country',
+ 'language_code' => 'language_code',
+ 'currency' => 'currency',
+ 'phone_number' => 'phone_number',
+ 'business_name' => 'business_name',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'website_url' => 'website_url'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'address' => 'setAddress',
+ 'timezone' => 'setTimezone',
+ 'capabilities' => 'setCapabilities',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'setMerchantId',
+ 'country' => 'setCountry',
+ 'language_code' => 'setLanguageCode',
+ 'currency' => 'setCurrency',
+ 'phone_number' => 'setPhoneNumber',
+ 'business_name' => 'setBusinessName',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'website_url' => 'setWebsiteUrl'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'address' => 'getAddress',
+ 'timezone' => 'getTimezone',
+ 'capabilities' => 'getCapabilities',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'getMerchantId',
+ 'country' => 'getCountry',
+ 'language_code' => 'getLanguageCode',
+ 'currency' => 'getCurrency',
+ 'phone_number' => 'getPhoneNumber',
+ 'business_name' => 'getBusinessName',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'website_url' => 'getWebsiteUrl'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The location's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The location's name. Location names are set by the account owner and displayed in the dashboard as the location's nickname
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $address The location's physical address.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $address;
+ /**
+ * $timezone The [IANA Timezone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) identifier for the location's timezone.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $timezone;
+ /**
+ * $capabilities Indicates which Square features are enabled for the location. See [LocationCapability](#type-locationcapability) for possible values
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $capabilities;
+ /**
+ * $status The location's status See [LocationStatus](#type-locationstatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the location was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_id The identifier of the merchant that owns the location.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_id;
+ /**
+ * $country The location's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $country;
+ /**
+ * $language_code The language associated with the location in [BCP 47 format](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47#appendix-A).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $language_code;
+ /**
+ * $currency The currency used for all transactions at this location, specified in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the currency for a location processing transactions in the United States is 'USD'. See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $currency;
+ /**
+ * $phone_number The location's phone_number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $phone_number;
+ /**
+ * $business_name The location's business_name which is shown to its customers. For example, this is the name printed on its customer's receipts.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $business_name;
+ /**
+ * $type The location's type, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. Typically used to indicate whether or not the location object represents a physical space like a building or mall space. See [LocationType](#type-locationtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $website_url The location's website, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $website_url;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["address"])) {
+ $this->address = $data["address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["timezone"])) {
+ $this->timezone = $data["timezone"];
+ } else {
+ $this->timezone = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["capabilities"])) {
+ $this->capabilities = $data["capabilities"];
+ } else {
+ $this->capabilities = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_id"])) {
+ $this->merchant_id = $data["merchant_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["country"])) {
+ $this->country = $data["country"];
+ } else {
+ $this->country = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["language_code"])) {
+ $this->language_code = $data["language_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->language_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["currency"])) {
+ $this->currency = $data["currency"];
+ } else {
+ $this->currency = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["phone_number"])) {
+ $this->phone_number = $data["phone_number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->phone_number = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["business_name"])) {
+ $this->business_name = $data["business_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->business_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["website_url"])) {
+ $this->website_url = $data["website_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->website_url = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The location's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The location's name. Location names are set by the account owner and displayed in the dashboard as the location's nickname
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $address The location's physical address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAddress($address)
+ {
+ $this->address = $address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets timezone
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTimezone()
+ {
+ return $this->timezone;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets timezone
+ * @param string $timezone The [IANA Timezone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) identifier for the location's timezone.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTimezone($timezone)
+ {
+ $this->timezone = $timezone;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets capabilities
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getCapabilities()
+ {
+ return $this->capabilities;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets capabilities
+ * @param string[] $capabilities Indicates which Square features are enabled for the location. See [LocationCapability](#type-locationcapability) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCapabilities($capabilities)
+ {
+ $this->capabilities = $capabilities;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status The location's status See [LocationStatus](#type-locationstatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the location was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantId()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_id
+ * @param string $merchant_id The identifier of the merchant that owns the location.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantId($merchant_id)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_id = $merchant_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets country
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCountry()
+ {
+ return $this->country;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets country
+ * @param string $country The location's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCountry($country)
+ {
+ $this->country = $country;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets language_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLanguageCode()
+ {
+ return $this->language_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets language_code
+ * @param string $language_code The language associated with the location in [BCP 47 format](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47#appendix-A).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLanguageCode($language_code)
+ {
+ $this->language_code = $language_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets currency
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCurrency()
+ {
+ return $this->currency;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets currency
+ * @param string $currency The currency used for all transactions at this location, specified in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the currency for a location processing transactions in the United States is 'USD'. See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCurrency($currency)
+ {
+ $this->currency = $currency;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets phone_number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPhoneNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->phone_number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets phone_number
+ * @param string $phone_number The location's phone_number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPhoneNumber($phone_number)
+ {
+ $this->phone_number = $phone_number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets business_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBusinessName()
+ {
+ return $this->business_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets business_name
+ * @param string $business_name The location's business_name which is shown to its customers. For example, this is the name printed on its customer's receipts.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBusinessName($business_name)
+ {
+ $this->business_name = $business_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The location's type, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. Typically used to indicate whether or not the location object represents a physical space like a building or mall space. See [LocationType](#type-locationtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets website_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getWebsiteUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->website_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets website_url
+ * @param string $website_url The location's website, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setWebsiteUrl($website_url)
+ {
+ $this->website_url = $website_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * LocationCapability Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationCapability implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * LocationStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * LocationType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ModelBreak Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ModelBreak implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'start_at' => 'string',
+ 'end_at' => 'string',
+ 'break_type_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'expected_duration' => 'string',
+ 'is_paid' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'start_at' => 'start_at',
+ 'end_at' => 'end_at',
+ 'break_type_id' => 'break_type_id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'expected_duration' => 'expected_duration',
+ 'is_paid' => 'is_paid'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'start_at' => 'setStartAt',
+ 'end_at' => 'setEndAt',
+ 'break_type_id' => 'setBreakTypeId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'expected_duration' => 'setExpectedDuration',
+ 'is_paid' => 'setIsPaid'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'start_at' => 'getStartAt',
+ 'end_at' => 'getEndAt',
+ 'break_type_id' => 'getBreakTypeId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'expected_duration' => 'getExpectedDuration',
+ 'is_paid' => 'getIsPaid'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id UUID for this object
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $start_at RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $start_at;
+ /**
+ * $end_at RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. The `end_at` minute is not counted when the break length is calculated. For example, a break from `00:00` to `00:11` is considered a 10 minute break (midnight to 10 minutes after midnight).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_at;
+ /**
+ * $break_type_id The `BreakType` this `Break` was templated on.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $break_type_id;
+ /**
+ * $name A human-readable name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $expected_duration Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of the break.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $expected_duration;
+ /**
+ * $is_paid Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $is_paid;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["start_at"])) {
+ $this->start_at = $data["start_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->start_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_at"])) {
+ $this->end_at = $data["end_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["break_type_id"])) {
+ $this->break_type_id = $data["break_type_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->break_type_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expected_duration"])) {
+ $this->expected_duration = $data["expected_duration"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expected_duration = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["is_paid"])) {
+ $this->is_paid = $data["is_paid"];
+ } else {
+ $this->is_paid = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id UUID for this object
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets start_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStartAt()
+ {
+ return $this->start_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets start_at
+ * @param string $start_at RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStartAt($start_at)
+ {
+ $this->start_at = $start_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndAt()
+ {
+ return $this->end_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_at
+ * @param string $end_at RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. The `end_at` minute is not counted when the break length is calculated. For example, a break from `00:00` to `00:11` is considered a 10 minute break (midnight to 10 minutes after midnight).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndAt($end_at)
+ {
+ $this->end_at = $end_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets break_type_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBreakTypeId()
+ {
+ return $this->break_type_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets break_type_id
+ * @param string $break_type_id The `BreakType` this `Break` was templated on.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreakTypeId($break_type_id)
+ {
+ $this->break_type_id = $break_type_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name A human-readable name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expected_duration
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExpectedDuration()
+ {
+ return $this->expected_duration;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expected_duration
+ * @param string $expected_duration Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of the break.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpectedDuration($expected_duration)
+ {
+ $this->expected_duration = $expected_duration;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets is_paid
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIsPaid()
+ {
+ return $this->is_paid;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets is_paid
+ * @param bool $is_paid Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIsPaid($is_paid)
+ {
+ $this->is_paid = $is_paid;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Money Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Money implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'amount' => 'int',
+ 'currency' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'amount' => 'amount',
+ 'currency' => 'currency'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'amount' => 'setAmount',
+ 'currency' => 'setCurrency'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'amount' => 'getAmount',
+ 'currency' => 'getCurrency'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $amount The amount of money, in the smallest denomination of the currency indicated by `currency`. For example, when `currency` is `USD`, `amount` is in cents.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $amount;
+ /**
+ * $currency The type of currency, in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the currency code for US dollars is `USD`. See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $currency;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["amount"])) {
+ $this->amount = $data["amount"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["currency"])) {
+ $this->currency = $data["currency"];
+ } else {
+ $this->currency = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getAmount()
+ {
+ return $this->amount;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount
+ * @param int $amount The amount of money, in the smallest denomination of the currency indicated by `currency`. For example, when `currency` is `USD`, `amount` is in cents.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmount($amount)
+ {
+ $this->amount = $amount;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets currency
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCurrency()
+ {
+ return $this->currency;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets currency
+ * @param string $currency The type of currency, in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the currency code for US dollars is `USD`. See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCurrency($currency)
+ {
+ $this->currency = $currency;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ObtainTokenRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ObtainTokenRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'client_id' => 'string',
+ 'client_secret' => 'string',
+ 'code' => 'string',
+ 'redirect_uri' => 'string',
+ 'grant_type' => 'string',
+ 'refresh_token' => 'string',
+ 'migration_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'client_id' => 'client_id',
+ 'client_secret' => 'client_secret',
+ 'code' => 'code',
+ 'redirect_uri' => 'redirect_uri',
+ 'grant_type' => 'grant_type',
+ 'refresh_token' => 'refresh_token',
+ 'migration_token' => 'migration_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'client_id' => 'setClientId',
+ 'client_secret' => 'setClientSecret',
+ 'code' => 'setCode',
+ 'redirect_uri' => 'setRedirectUri',
+ 'grant_type' => 'setGrantType',
+ 'refresh_token' => 'setRefreshToken',
+ 'migration_token' => 'setMigrationToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'client_id' => 'getClientId',
+ 'client_secret' => 'getClientSecret',
+ 'code' => 'getCode',
+ 'redirect_uri' => 'getRedirectUri',
+ 'grant_type' => 'getGrantType',
+ 'refresh_token' => 'getRefreshToken',
+ 'migration_token' => 'getMigrationToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $client_id The Square-issued ID of your application, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $client_id;
+ /**
+ * $client_secret The Square-issued application secret for your application, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $client_secret;
+ /**
+ * $code The authorization code to exchange. This is required if `grant_type` is set to `authorization_code`, to indicate that the application wants to exchange an authorization code for an OAuth access token.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $code;
+ /**
+ * $redirect_uri The redirect URL assigned in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $redirect_uri;
+ /**
+ * $grant_type Specifies the method to request an OAuth access token. Valid values are: `authorization_code`, `refresh_token`, and `migration_token`
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $grant_type;
+ /**
+ * $refresh_token A valid refresh token for generating a new OAuth access token. A valid refresh token is required if `grant_type` is set to `refresh_token` , to indicate the application wants a replacement for an expired OAuth access token.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $refresh_token;
+ /**
+ * $migration_token Legacy OAuth access token obtained using a Connect API version prior to 2019-03-13. This parameter is required if `grant_type` is set to `migration_token` to indicate that the application wants to get a replacement OAuth access token. The response also returns a refresh token. For more information, see [Migrate to Using Refresh Tokens](/authz/oauth/migration).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $migration_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["client_id"])) {
+ $this->client_id = $data["client_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->client_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["client_secret"])) {
+ $this->client_secret = $data["client_secret"];
+ } else {
+ $this->client_secret = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["code"])) {
+ $this->code = $data["code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["redirect_uri"])) {
+ $this->redirect_uri = $data["redirect_uri"];
+ } else {
+ $this->redirect_uri = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["grant_type"])) {
+ $this->grant_type = $data["grant_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->grant_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refresh_token"])) {
+ $this->refresh_token = $data["refresh_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refresh_token = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["migration_token"])) {
+ $this->migration_token = $data["migration_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->migration_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets client_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClientId()
+ {
+ return $this->client_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets client_id
+ * @param string $client_id The Square-issued ID of your application, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClientId($client_id)
+ {
+ $this->client_id = $client_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets client_secret
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClientSecret()
+ {
+ return $this->client_secret;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets client_secret
+ * @param string $client_secret The Square-issued application secret for your application, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClientSecret($client_secret)
+ {
+ $this->client_secret = $client_secret;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCode()
+ {
+ return $this->code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets code
+ * @param string $code The authorization code to exchange. This is required if `grant_type` is set to `authorization_code`, to indicate that the application wants to exchange an authorization code for an OAuth access token.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCode($code)
+ {
+ $this->code = $code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets redirect_uri
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRedirectUri()
+ {
+ return $this->redirect_uri;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets redirect_uri
+ * @param string $redirect_uri The redirect URL assigned in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRedirectUri($redirect_uri)
+ {
+ $this->redirect_uri = $redirect_uri;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets grant_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getGrantType()
+ {
+ return $this->grant_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets grant_type
+ * @param string $grant_type Specifies the method to request an OAuth access token. Valid values are: `authorization_code`, `refresh_token`, and `migration_token`
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGrantType($grant_type)
+ {
+ $this->grant_type = $grant_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refresh_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRefreshToken()
+ {
+ return $this->refresh_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refresh_token
+ * @param string $refresh_token A valid refresh token for generating a new OAuth access token. A valid refresh token is required if `grant_type` is set to `refresh_token` , to indicate the application wants a replacement for an expired OAuth access token.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefreshToken($refresh_token)
+ {
+ $this->refresh_token = $refresh_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets migration_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMigrationToken()
+ {
+ return $this->migration_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets migration_token
+ * @param string $migration_token Legacy OAuth access token obtained using a Connect API version prior to 2019-03-13. This parameter is required if `grant_type` is set to `migration_token` to indicate that the application wants to get a replacement OAuth access token. The response also returns a refresh token. For more information, see [Migrate to Using Refresh Tokens](/authz/oauth/migration).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMigrationToken($migration_token)
+ {
+ $this->migration_token = $migration_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ObtainTokenResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ObtainTokenResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'string',
+ 'token_type' => 'string',
+ 'expires_at' => 'string',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'string',
+ 'subscription_id' => 'string',
+ 'plan_id' => 'string',
+ 'id_token' => 'string',
+ 'refresh_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'access_token',
+ 'token_type' => 'token_type',
+ 'expires_at' => 'expires_at',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'merchant_id',
+ 'subscription_id' => 'subscription_id',
+ 'plan_id' => 'plan_id',
+ 'id_token' => 'id_token',
+ 'refresh_token' => 'refresh_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'setAccessToken',
+ 'token_type' => 'setTokenType',
+ 'expires_at' => 'setExpiresAt',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'setMerchantId',
+ 'subscription_id' => 'setSubscriptionId',
+ 'plan_id' => 'setPlanId',
+ 'id_token' => 'setIdToken',
+ 'refresh_token' => 'setRefreshToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'getAccessToken',
+ 'token_type' => 'getTokenType',
+ 'expires_at' => 'getExpiresAt',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'getMerchantId',
+ 'subscription_id' => 'getSubscriptionId',
+ 'plan_id' => 'getPlanId',
+ 'id_token' => 'getIdToken',
+ 'refresh_token' => 'getRefreshToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $access_token A valid OAuth access token. Provide the access token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. See the [Build with OAuth](/authz/oauth/build-with-the-api) guide for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $access_token;
+ /**
+ * $token_type This value is always _bearer_.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $token_type;
+ /**
+ * $expires_at The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $expires_at;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_id The ID of the authorizing merchant's business.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_id;
+ /**
+ * $subscription_id __Legacy field__. The ID of a subscription plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $subscription_id;
+ /**
+ * $plan_id The ID of the [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $plan_id;
+ /**
+ * $id_token Then OpenID token belonging to this this person. Only present if the OPENID scope is included in the authorize request.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id_token;
+ /**
+ * $refresh_token A refresh token. For more information, see [OAuth access token management](/authz/oauth/how-it-works#oauth-access-token-management).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $refresh_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["access_token"])) {
+ $this->access_token = $data["access_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->access_token = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["token_type"])) {
+ $this->token_type = $data["token_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->token_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expires_at"])) {
+ $this->expires_at = $data["expires_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expires_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_id"])) {
+ $this->merchant_id = $data["merchant_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["subscription_id"])) {
+ $this->subscription_id = $data["subscription_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->subscription_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["plan_id"])) {
+ $this->plan_id = $data["plan_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->plan_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["id_token"])) {
+ $this->id_token = $data["id_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id_token = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refresh_token"])) {
+ $this->refresh_token = $data["refresh_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refresh_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets access_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAccessToken()
+ {
+ return $this->access_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets access_token
+ * @param string $access_token A valid OAuth access token. Provide the access token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. See the [Build with OAuth](/authz/oauth/build-with-the-api) guide for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAccessToken($access_token)
+ {
+ $this->access_token = $access_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets token_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTokenType()
+ {
+ return $this->token_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets token_type
+ * @param string $token_type This value is always _bearer_.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTokenType($token_type)
+ {
+ $this->token_type = $token_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expires_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExpiresAt()
+ {
+ return $this->expires_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expires_at
+ * @param string $expires_at The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpiresAt($expires_at)
+ {
+ $this->expires_at = $expires_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantId()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_id
+ * @param string $merchant_id The ID of the authorizing merchant's business.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantId($merchant_id)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_id = $merchant_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets subscription_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSubscriptionId()
+ {
+ return $this->subscription_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets subscription_id
+ * @param string $subscription_id __Legacy field__. The ID of a subscription plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSubscriptionId($subscription_id)
+ {
+ $this->subscription_id = $subscription_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets plan_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPlanId()
+ {
+ return $this->plan_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets plan_id
+ * @param string $plan_id The ID of the [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPlanId($plan_id)
+ {
+ $this->plan_id = $plan_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdToken()
+ {
+ return $this->id_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id_token
+ * @param string $id_token Then OpenID token belonging to this this person. Only present if the OPENID scope is included in the authorize request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdToken($id_token)
+ {
+ $this->id_token = $id_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refresh_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRefreshToken()
+ {
+ return $this->refresh_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refresh_token
+ * @param string $refresh_token A refresh token. For more information, see [OAuth access token management](/authz/oauth/how-it-works#oauth-access-token-management).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefreshToken($refresh_token)
+ {
+ $this->refresh_token = $refresh_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Order Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Order implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'line_items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItem[]',
+ 'taxes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[]',
+ 'discounts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[]',
+ 'fulfillments' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillment[]',
+ 'total_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'total_tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'total_discount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'line_items' => 'line_items',
+ 'taxes' => 'taxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'discounts',
+ 'fulfillments' => 'fulfillments',
+ 'total_money' => 'total_money',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'total_tax_money',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'total_discount_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'line_items' => 'setLineItems',
+ 'taxes' => 'setTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'setDiscounts',
+ 'fulfillments' => 'setFulfillments',
+ 'total_money' => 'setTotalMoney',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'setTotalTaxMoney',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'setTotalDiscountMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'line_items' => 'getLineItems',
+ 'taxes' => 'getTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'getDiscounts',
+ 'fulfillments' => 'getFulfillments',
+ 'total_money' => 'getTotalMoney',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'getTotalTaxMoney',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'getTotalDiscountMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The order's unique ID. This value is only present for Order objects created by the Orders API through the [CreateOrder](#endpoint-createorder) endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The ID of the merchant location this order is associated with.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id A client specified identifier to associate an entity in another system with this order.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $line_items The line items included in the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItem[]
+ */
+ protected $line_items;
+ /**
+ * $taxes A list of taxes applied to this order. On read or retrieve, this list includes both order-level and item-level taxes. When creating an Order, set your order-level taxes in this list.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[]
+ */
+ protected $taxes;
+ /**
+ * $discounts A list of discounts applied to this order. On read or retrieve, this list includes both order-level and item-level discounts. When creating an Order, set your order-level discounts in this list.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[]
+ */
+ protected $discounts;
+ /**
+ * $fulfillments Details on order fulfillment. Orders can only be created with at most one fulfillment. However, orders returned by the API may contain multiple fulfillments.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillment[]
+ */
+ protected $fulfillments;
+ /**
+ * $total_money The total amount of money to collect for the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $total_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_tax_money The total tax amount of money to collect for the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $total_tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_discount_money The total discount amount of money to collect for the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $total_discount_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["line_items"])) {
+ $this->line_items = $data["line_items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->line_items = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxes"])) {
+ $this->taxes = $data["taxes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discounts"])) {
+ $this->discounts = $data["discounts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discounts = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["fulfillments"])) {
+ $this->fulfillments = $data["fulfillments"];
+ } else {
+ $this->fulfillments = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_money"])) {
+ $this->total_money = $data["total_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_tax_money"])) {
+ $this->total_tax_money = $data["total_tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_discount_money"])) {
+ $this->total_discount_money = $data["total_discount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_discount_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The order's unique ID. This value is only present for Order objects created by the Orders API through the [CreateOrder](#endpoint-createorder) endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the merchant location this order is associated with.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id A client specified identifier to associate an entity in another system with this order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets line_items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItem[]
+ */
+ public function getLineItems()
+ {
+ return $this->line_items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets line_items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItem[] $line_items The line items included in the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLineItems($line_items)
+ {
+ $this->line_items = $line_items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxes()
+ {
+ return $this->taxes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[] $taxes A list of taxes applied to this order. On read or retrieve, this list includes both order-level and item-level taxes. When creating an Order, set your order-level taxes in this list.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxes($taxes)
+ {
+ $this->taxes = $taxes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discounts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[]
+ */
+ public function getDiscounts()
+ {
+ return $this->discounts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discounts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[] $discounts A list of discounts applied to this order. On read or retrieve, this list includes both order-level and item-level discounts. When creating an Order, set your order-level discounts in this list.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscounts($discounts)
+ {
+ $this->discounts = $discounts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets fulfillments
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillment[]
+ */
+ public function getFulfillments()
+ {
+ return $this->fulfillments;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets fulfillments
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillment[] $fulfillments Details on order fulfillment. Orders can only be created with at most one fulfillment. However, orders returned by the API may contain multiple fulfillments.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFulfillments($fulfillments)
+ {
+ $this->fulfillments = $fulfillments;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $total_money The total amount of money to collect for the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalMoney($total_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_money = $total_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $total_tax_money The total tax amount of money to collect for the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalTaxMoney($total_tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_tax_money = $total_tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_discount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalDiscountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_discount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_discount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $total_discount_money The total discount amount of money to collect for the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalDiscountMoney($total_discount_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_discount_money = $total_discount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillment Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillment implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'state' => 'string',
+ 'pickup_details' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'state' => 'state',
+ 'pickup_details' => 'pickup_details'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'state' => 'setState',
+ 'pickup_details' => 'setPickupDetails'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'state' => 'getState',
+ 'pickup_details' => 'getPickupDetails'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $type The type of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentType](#type-orderfulfillmenttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $state The state of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentState](#type-orderfulfillmentstate) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $state;
+ /**
+ * $pickup_details Contains pickup-specific details. Required when fulfillment type is `PICKUP`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails
+ */
+ protected $pickup_details;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["state"])) {
+ $this->state = $data["state"];
+ } else {
+ $this->state = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pickup_details"])) {
+ $this->pickup_details = $data["pickup_details"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pickup_details = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The type of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentType](#type-orderfulfillmenttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets state
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getState()
+ {
+ return $this->state;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets state
+ * @param string $state The state of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentState](#type-orderfulfillmentstate) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setState($state)
+ {
+ $this->state = $state;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pickup_details
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails
+ */
+ public function getPickupDetails()
+ {
+ return $this->pickup_details;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pickup_details
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails $pickup_details Contains pickup-specific details. Required when fulfillment type is `PICKUP`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPickupDetails($pickup_details)
+ {
+ $this->pickup_details = $pickup_details;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'recipient' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentRecipient',
+ 'expires_at' => 'string',
+ 'auto_complete_duration' => 'string',
+ 'schedule_type' => 'string',
+ 'pickup_at' => 'string',
+ 'pickup_window_duration' => 'string',
+ 'prep_time_duration' => 'string',
+ 'note' => 'string',
+ 'placed_at' => 'string',
+ 'accepted_at' => 'string',
+ 'rejected_at' => 'string',
+ 'ready_at' => 'string',
+ 'expired_at' => 'string',
+ 'picked_up_at' => 'string',
+ 'canceled_at' => 'string',
+ 'cancel_reason' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'recipient' => 'recipient',
+ 'expires_at' => 'expires_at',
+ 'auto_complete_duration' => 'auto_complete_duration',
+ 'schedule_type' => 'schedule_type',
+ 'pickup_at' => 'pickup_at',
+ 'pickup_window_duration' => 'pickup_window_duration',
+ 'prep_time_duration' => 'prep_time_duration',
+ 'note' => 'note',
+ 'placed_at' => 'placed_at',
+ 'accepted_at' => 'accepted_at',
+ 'rejected_at' => 'rejected_at',
+ 'ready_at' => 'ready_at',
+ 'expired_at' => 'expired_at',
+ 'picked_up_at' => 'picked_up_at',
+ 'canceled_at' => 'canceled_at',
+ 'cancel_reason' => 'cancel_reason'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'recipient' => 'setRecipient',
+ 'expires_at' => 'setExpiresAt',
+ 'auto_complete_duration' => 'setAutoCompleteDuration',
+ 'schedule_type' => 'setScheduleType',
+ 'pickup_at' => 'setPickupAt',
+ 'pickup_window_duration' => 'setPickupWindowDuration',
+ 'prep_time_duration' => 'setPrepTimeDuration',
+ 'note' => 'setNote',
+ 'placed_at' => 'setPlacedAt',
+ 'accepted_at' => 'setAcceptedAt',
+ 'rejected_at' => 'setRejectedAt',
+ 'ready_at' => 'setReadyAt',
+ 'expired_at' => 'setExpiredAt',
+ 'picked_up_at' => 'setPickedUpAt',
+ 'canceled_at' => 'setCanceledAt',
+ 'cancel_reason' => 'setCancelReason'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'recipient' => 'getRecipient',
+ 'expires_at' => 'getExpiresAt',
+ 'auto_complete_duration' => 'getAutoCompleteDuration',
+ 'schedule_type' => 'getScheduleType',
+ 'pickup_at' => 'getPickupAt',
+ 'pickup_window_duration' => 'getPickupWindowDuration',
+ 'prep_time_duration' => 'getPrepTimeDuration',
+ 'note' => 'getNote',
+ 'placed_at' => 'getPlacedAt',
+ 'accepted_at' => 'getAcceptedAt',
+ 'rejected_at' => 'getRejectedAt',
+ 'ready_at' => 'getReadyAt',
+ 'expired_at' => 'getExpiredAt',
+ 'picked_up_at' => 'getPickedUpAt',
+ 'canceled_at' => 'getCanceledAt',
+ 'cancel_reason' => 'getCancelReason'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $recipient The recipient of this pickup fulfillment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentRecipient
+ */
+ protected $recipient;
+ /**
+ * $expires_at The expiry [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". This timestamp indicates when the pickup fulfillment will expire if it is not accepted by the merchant. Expiration time can only be set up to 7 days in the future. If not set, this pickup fulfillment will be automatically accepted when placed.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $expires_at;
+ /**
+ * $auto_complete_duration The auto completion duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". If set, an open and accepted pickup fulfillment will automatically move to the `COMPLETED` state after this period of time. If not set, this pickup fulfillment will remain accepted until it is canceled or completed.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $auto_complete_duration;
+ /**
+ * $schedule_type The schedule type of the pickup fulfillment. Defaults to `SCHEDULED`. See [OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType](#type-orderfulfillmentpickupdetailsscheduletype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $schedule_type;
+ /**
+ * $pickup_at The pickup [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". For fulfillments with the schedule type `ASAP`, this is automatically set to the current time plus the expected duration to prepare the fulfillment. This represents the start of the pickup window.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $pickup_at;
+ /**
+ * $pickup_window_duration The pickup window duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". This duration represents the window of time for which the order should be picked up after the `pickup_at` time. Can be used as an informational guideline for merchants.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $pickup_window_duration;
+ /**
+ * $prep_time_duration The preparation time duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". This duration indicates how long it takes the merchant to prepare this fulfillment.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $prep_time_duration;
+ /**
+ * $note A general note about the pickup fulfillment. Notes are useful for providing additional instructions and are displayed in Square apps.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+ /**
+ * $placed_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was placed.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $placed_at;
+ /**
+ * $accepted_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was accepted by the merchant.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $accepted_at;
+ /**
+ * $rejected_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was rejected.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $rejected_at;
+ /**
+ * $ready_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the merchant set the fulfillment as ready for pickup.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $ready_at;
+ /**
+ * $expired_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment expired.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $expired_at;
+ /**
+ * $picked_up_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was picked up by the recipient.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $picked_up_at;
+ /**
+ * $canceled_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was canceled by the merchant or buyer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $canceled_at;
+ /**
+ * $cancel_reason A description of why the pickup was canceled. Max length is 100 characters.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cancel_reason;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["recipient"])) {
+ $this->recipient = $data["recipient"];
+ } else {
+ $this->recipient = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expires_at"])) {
+ $this->expires_at = $data["expires_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expires_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["auto_complete_duration"])) {
+ $this->auto_complete_duration = $data["auto_complete_duration"];
+ } else {
+ $this->auto_complete_duration = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["schedule_type"])) {
+ $this->schedule_type = $data["schedule_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->schedule_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pickup_at"])) {
+ $this->pickup_at = $data["pickup_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pickup_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pickup_window_duration"])) {
+ $this->pickup_window_duration = $data["pickup_window_duration"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pickup_window_duration = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["prep_time_duration"])) {
+ $this->prep_time_duration = $data["prep_time_duration"];
+ } else {
+ $this->prep_time_duration = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["placed_at"])) {
+ $this->placed_at = $data["placed_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->placed_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["accepted_at"])) {
+ $this->accepted_at = $data["accepted_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->accepted_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["rejected_at"])) {
+ $this->rejected_at = $data["rejected_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->rejected_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ready_at"])) {
+ $this->ready_at = $data["ready_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ready_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expired_at"])) {
+ $this->expired_at = $data["expired_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expired_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["picked_up_at"])) {
+ $this->picked_up_at = $data["picked_up_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->picked_up_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["canceled_at"])) {
+ $this->canceled_at = $data["canceled_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->canceled_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cancel_reason"])) {
+ $this->cancel_reason = $data["cancel_reason"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cancel_reason = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets recipient
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentRecipient
+ */
+ public function getRecipient()
+ {
+ return $this->recipient;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets recipient
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderFulfillmentRecipient $recipient The recipient of this pickup fulfillment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRecipient($recipient)
+ {
+ $this->recipient = $recipient;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expires_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExpiresAt()
+ {
+ return $this->expires_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expires_at
+ * @param string $expires_at The expiry [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". This timestamp indicates when the pickup fulfillment will expire if it is not accepted by the merchant. Expiration time can only be set up to 7 days in the future. If not set, this pickup fulfillment will be automatically accepted when placed.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpiresAt($expires_at)
+ {
+ $this->expires_at = $expires_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets auto_complete_duration
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAutoCompleteDuration()
+ {
+ return $this->auto_complete_duration;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets auto_complete_duration
+ * @param string $auto_complete_duration The auto completion duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". If set, an open and accepted pickup fulfillment will automatically move to the `COMPLETED` state after this period of time. If not set, this pickup fulfillment will remain accepted until it is canceled or completed.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAutoCompleteDuration($auto_complete_duration)
+ {
+ $this->auto_complete_duration = $auto_complete_duration;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets schedule_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getScheduleType()
+ {
+ return $this->schedule_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets schedule_type
+ * @param string $schedule_type The schedule type of the pickup fulfillment. Defaults to `SCHEDULED`. See [OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType](#type-orderfulfillmentpickupdetailsscheduletype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setScheduleType($schedule_type)
+ {
+ $this->schedule_type = $schedule_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pickup_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPickupAt()
+ {
+ return $this->pickup_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pickup_at
+ * @param string $pickup_at The pickup [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". For fulfillments with the schedule type `ASAP`, this is automatically set to the current time plus the expected duration to prepare the fulfillment. This represents the start of the pickup window.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPickupAt($pickup_at)
+ {
+ $this->pickup_at = $pickup_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pickup_window_duration
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPickupWindowDuration()
+ {
+ return $this->pickup_window_duration;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pickup_window_duration
+ * @param string $pickup_window_duration The pickup window duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". This duration represents the window of time for which the order should be picked up after the `pickup_at` time. Can be used as an informational guideline for merchants.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPickupWindowDuration($pickup_window_duration)
+ {
+ $this->pickup_window_duration = $pickup_window_duration;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets prep_time_duration
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPrepTimeDuration()
+ {
+ return $this->prep_time_duration;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets prep_time_duration
+ * @param string $prep_time_duration The preparation time duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". This duration indicates how long it takes the merchant to prepare this fulfillment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPrepTimeDuration($prep_time_duration)
+ {
+ $this->prep_time_duration = $prep_time_duration;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note A general note about the pickup fulfillment. Notes are useful for providing additional instructions and are displayed in Square apps.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets placed_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPlacedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->placed_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets placed_at
+ * @param string $placed_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was placed.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPlacedAt($placed_at)
+ {
+ $this->placed_at = $placed_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets accepted_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAcceptedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->accepted_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets accepted_at
+ * @param string $accepted_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was accepted by the merchant.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAcceptedAt($accepted_at)
+ {
+ $this->accepted_at = $accepted_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets rejected_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRejectedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->rejected_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets rejected_at
+ * @param string $rejected_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was rejected.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRejectedAt($rejected_at)
+ {
+ $this->rejected_at = $rejected_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ready_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReadyAt()
+ {
+ return $this->ready_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ready_at
+ * @param string $ready_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the merchant set the fulfillment as ready for pickup.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReadyAt($ready_at)
+ {
+ $this->ready_at = $ready_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expired_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExpiredAt()
+ {
+ return $this->expired_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expired_at
+ * @param string $expired_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment expired.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpiredAt($expired_at)
+ {
+ $this->expired_at = $expired_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets picked_up_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPickedUpAt()
+ {
+ return $this->picked_up_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets picked_up_at
+ * @param string $picked_up_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was picked up by the recipient.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPickedUpAt($picked_up_at)
+ {
+ $this->picked_up_at = $picked_up_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets canceled_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCanceledAt()
+ {
+ return $this->canceled_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets canceled_at
+ * @param string $canceled_at The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating when the fulfillment was canceled by the merchant or buyer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCanceledAt($canceled_at)
+ {
+ $this->canceled_at = $canceled_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cancel_reason
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCancelReason()
+ {
+ return $this->cancel_reason;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cancel_reason
+ * @param string $cancel_reason A description of why the pickup was canceled. Max length is 100 characters.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCancelReason($cancel_reason)
+ {
+ $this->cancel_reason = $cancel_reason;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentRecipient Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentRecipient implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'customer_id' => 'string',
+ 'display_name' => 'string',
+ 'email_address' => 'string',
+ 'phone_number' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'customer_id' => 'customer_id',
+ 'display_name' => 'display_name',
+ 'email_address' => 'email_address',
+ 'phone_number' => 'phone_number'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'customer_id' => 'setCustomerId',
+ 'display_name' => 'setDisplayName',
+ 'email_address' => 'setEmailAddress',
+ 'phone_number' => 'setPhoneNumber'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'customer_id' => 'getCustomerId',
+ 'display_name' => 'getDisplayName',
+ 'email_address' => 'getEmailAddress',
+ 'phone_number' => 'getPhoneNumber'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $customer_id The Customer ID of the customer associated with the fulfillment. If customer_id is provided, the corresponding recipient information fields (`display_name`, `email_address`, and `phone_number`) are automatically populated from the relevant customer profile. If the targeted profile information does not contain the necessary required information, the request will result in an error.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $customer_id;
+ /**
+ * $display_name The display name of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $display_name;
+ /**
+ * $email_address The email address of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $email_address;
+ /**
+ * $phone_number The phone number of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $phone_number;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["customer_id"])) {
+ $this->customer_id = $data["customer_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customer_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["display_name"])) {
+ $this->display_name = $data["display_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->display_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["email_address"])) {
+ $this->email_address = $data["email_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->email_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["phone_number"])) {
+ $this->phone_number = $data["phone_number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->phone_number = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customer_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCustomerId()
+ {
+ return $this->customer_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customer_id
+ * @param string $customer_id The Customer ID of the customer associated with the fulfillment. If customer_id is provided, the corresponding recipient information fields (`display_name`, `email_address`, and `phone_number`) are automatically populated from the relevant customer profile. If the targeted profile information does not contain the necessary required information, the request will result in an error.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomerId($customer_id)
+ {
+ $this->customer_id = $customer_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets display_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDisplayName()
+ {
+ return $this->display_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets display_name
+ * @param string $display_name The display name of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDisplayName($display_name)
+ {
+ $this->display_name = $display_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets email_address
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmailAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->email_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets email_address
+ * @param string $email_address The email address of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmailAddress($email_address)
+ {
+ $this->email_address = $email_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets phone_number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPhoneNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->phone_number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets phone_number
+ * @param string $phone_number The phone number of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated by customer_id.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPhoneNumber($phone_number)
+ {
+ $this->phone_number = $phone_number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentState Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentState implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderLineItem Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItem implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'quantity' => 'string',
+ 'note' => 'string',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'variation_name' => 'string',
+ 'modifiers' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemModifier[]',
+ 'taxes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[]',
+ 'discounts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[]',
+ 'base_price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'total_tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'total_discount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'total_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'quantity' => 'quantity',
+ 'note' => 'note',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'variation_name' => 'variation_name',
+ 'modifiers' => 'modifiers',
+ 'taxes' => 'taxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'discounts',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'base_price_money',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'gross_sales_money',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'total_tax_money',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'total_discount_money',
+ 'total_money' => 'total_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'quantity' => 'setQuantity',
+ 'note' => 'setNote',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'variation_name' => 'setVariationName',
+ 'modifiers' => 'setModifiers',
+ 'taxes' => 'setTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'setDiscounts',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'setBasePriceMoney',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'setGrossSalesMoney',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'setTotalTaxMoney',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'setTotalDiscountMoney',
+ 'total_money' => 'setTotalMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'quantity' => 'getQuantity',
+ 'note' => 'getNote',
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'variation_name' => 'getVariationName',
+ 'modifiers' => 'getModifiers',
+ 'taxes' => 'getTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'getDiscounts',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'getBasePriceMoney',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'getGrossSalesMoney',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'getTotalTaxMoney',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'getTotalDiscountMoney',
+ 'total_money' => 'getTotalMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The name of the line item.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $quantity The quantity purchased, as a string representation of a number. This string must have a positive integer value.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $quantity;
+ /**
+ * $note The note of the line item.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) id applied to this line item.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $variation_name The name of the variation applied to this line item.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $variation_name;
+ /**
+ * $modifiers The [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s applied to this line item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemModifier[]
+ */
+ protected $modifiers;
+ /**
+ * $taxes A list of taxes applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level taxes and any order-level taxes apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level taxes in this list.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[]
+ */
+ protected $taxes;
+ /**
+ * $discounts A list of discounts applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level discounts and any order-level discounts apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level discounts in this list.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[]
+ */
+ protected $discounts;
+ /**
+ * $base_price_money The base price for a single unit of the line item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $base_price_money;
+ /**
+ * $gross_sales_money The gross sales amount of money calculated as (item base price + modifiers price) * quantity.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $gross_sales_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_tax_money The total tax amount of money to collect for the line item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $total_tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_discount_money The total discount amount of money to collect for the line item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $total_discount_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_money The total amount of money to collect for this line item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $total_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["quantity"])) {
+ $this->quantity = $data["quantity"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["variation_name"])) {
+ $this->variation_name = $data["variation_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->variation_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifiers"])) {
+ $this->modifiers = $data["modifiers"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifiers = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxes"])) {
+ $this->taxes = $data["taxes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discounts"])) {
+ $this->discounts = $data["discounts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discounts = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["base_price_money"])) {
+ $this->base_price_money = $data["base_price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->base_price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["gross_sales_money"])) {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = $data["gross_sales_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_tax_money"])) {
+ $this->total_tax_money = $data["total_tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_discount_money"])) {
+ $this->total_discount_money = $data["total_discount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_discount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_money"])) {
+ $this->total_money = $data["total_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The name of the line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getQuantity()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity
+ * @param string $quantity The quantity purchased, as a string representation of a number. This string must have a positive integer value.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantity($quantity)
+ {
+ $this->quantity = $quantity;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note The note of the line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) id applied to this line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets variation_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getVariationName()
+ {
+ return $this->variation_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets variation_name
+ * @param string $variation_name The name of the variation applied to this line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVariationName($variation_name)
+ {
+ $this->variation_name = $variation_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifiers
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemModifier[]
+ */
+ public function getModifiers()
+ {
+ return $this->modifiers;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifiers
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemModifier[] $modifiers The [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s applied to this line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifiers($modifiers)
+ {
+ $this->modifiers = $modifiers;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxes()
+ {
+ return $this->taxes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemTax[] $taxes A list of taxes applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level taxes and any order-level taxes apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level taxes in this list.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxes($taxes)
+ {
+ $this->taxes = $taxes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discounts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[]
+ */
+ public function getDiscounts()
+ {
+ return $this->discounts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discounts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\OrderLineItemDiscount[] $discounts A list of discounts applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level discounts and any order-level discounts apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level discounts in this list.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscounts($discounts)
+ {
+ $this->discounts = $discounts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets base_price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getBasePriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->base_price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets base_price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $base_price_money The base price for a single unit of the line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBasePriceMoney($base_price_money)
+ {
+ $this->base_price_money = $base_price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets gross_sales_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getGrossSalesMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->gross_sales_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets gross_sales_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $gross_sales_money The gross sales amount of money calculated as (item base price + modifiers price) * quantity.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGrossSalesMoney($gross_sales_money)
+ {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = $gross_sales_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $total_tax_money The total tax amount of money to collect for the line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalTaxMoney($total_tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_tax_money = $total_tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_discount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalDiscountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_discount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_discount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $total_discount_money The total discount amount of money to collect for the line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalDiscountMoney($total_discount_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_discount_money = $total_discount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $total_money The total amount of money to collect for this line item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalMoney($total_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_money = $total_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemDiscount Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemDiscount implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'percentage' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'applied_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'scope' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'percentage' => 'percentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'applied_money' => 'applied_money',
+ 'scope' => 'scope'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'percentage' => 'setPercentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'applied_money' => 'setAppliedMoney',
+ 'scope' => 'setScope'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'percentage' => 'getPercentage',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'applied_money' => 'getAppliedMoney',
+ 'scope' => 'getScope'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The catalog object id referencing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $name The discount's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $type The type of the discount. If it is created by API, it would be either `FIXED_PERCENTAGE` or `FIXED_AMOUNT`. VARIABLE_* is not supported in API because the order is created at the time of sale and either percentage or amount has to be specified. See [OrderLineItemDiscountType](#type-orderlineitemdiscounttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $percentage The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. The percentage won't be set for an amount-based discount.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $percentage;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The total monetary amount of the applicable discount. If it is at order level, it is the value of the order level discount. If it is at line item level, it is the value of the line item level discount. The amount_money won't be set for a percentage-based discount.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $applied_money The amount of discount actually applied to this line item. Represents the amount of money applied to a line item as a discount When an amount-based discount is at order-level, this value is different from `amount_money` because the discount is distributed across the line items.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $applied_money;
+ /**
+ * $scope Indicates the level at which the discount applies. This field is set by the server. If set in a CreateOrder request, it will be ignored on write. See [OrderLineItemDiscountScope](#type-orderlineitemdiscountscope) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $scope;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["percentage"])) {
+ $this->percentage = $data["percentage"];
+ } else {
+ $this->percentage = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["applied_money"])) {
+ $this->applied_money = $data["applied_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->applied_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["scope"])) {
+ $this->scope = $data["scope"];
+ } else {
+ $this->scope = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The catalog object id referencing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The discount's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The type of the discount. If it is created by API, it would be either `FIXED_PERCENTAGE` or `FIXED_AMOUNT`. VARIABLE_* is not supported in API because the order is created at the time of sale and either percentage or amount has to be specified. See [OrderLineItemDiscountType](#type-orderlineitemdiscounttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets percentage
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPercentage()
+ {
+ return $this->percentage;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets percentage
+ * @param string $percentage The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. The percentage won't be set for an amount-based discount.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPercentage($percentage)
+ {
+ $this->percentage = $percentage;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The total monetary amount of the applicable discount. If it is at order level, it is the value of the order level discount. If it is at line item level, it is the value of the line item level discount. The amount_money won't be set for a percentage-based discount.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets applied_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAppliedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->applied_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets applied_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $applied_money The amount of discount actually applied to this line item. Represents the amount of money applied to a line item as a discount When an amount-based discount is at order-level, this value is different from `amount_money` because the discount is distributed across the line items.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAppliedMoney($applied_money)
+ {
+ $this->applied_money = $applied_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets scope
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getScope()
+ {
+ return $this->scope;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets scope
+ * @param string $scope Indicates the level at which the discount applies. This field is set by the server. If set in a CreateOrder request, it will be ignored on write. See [OrderLineItemDiscountScope](#type-orderlineitemdiscountscope) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setScope($scope)
+ {
+ $this->scope = $scope;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemDiscountScope Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemDiscountScope implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemDiscountType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemDiscountType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemModifier Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemModifier implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'base_price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'total_price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'base_price_money',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'total_price_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'setBasePriceMoney',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'setTotalPriceMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'base_price_money' => 'getBasePriceMoney',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'getTotalPriceMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The catalog object id referencing [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $name The name of the item modifier.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $base_price_money The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $base_price_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_price_money The total price of the item modifier for its line item. This is the modifier's base_price_money multiplied by the line item's quantity.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $total_price_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["base_price_money"])) {
+ $this->base_price_money = $data["base_price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->base_price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_price_money"])) {
+ $this->total_price_money = $data["total_price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_price_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The catalog object id referencing [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The name of the item modifier.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets base_price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getBasePriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->base_price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets base_price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $base_price_money The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBasePriceMoney($base_price_money)
+ {
+ $this->base_price_money = $base_price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalPriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $total_price_money The total price of the item modifier for its line item. This is the modifier's base_price_money multiplied by the line item's quantity.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalPriceMoney($total_price_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_price_money = $total_price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemTax Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemTax implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'percentage' => 'string',
+ 'applied_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'scope' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'catalog_object_id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'percentage' => 'percentage',
+ 'applied_money' => 'applied_money',
+ 'scope' => 'scope'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'setCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'percentage' => 'setPercentage',
+ 'applied_money' => 'setAppliedMoney',
+ 'scope' => 'setScope'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'catalog_object_id' => 'getCatalogObjectId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'percentage' => 'getPercentage',
+ 'applied_money' => 'getAppliedMoney',
+ 'scope' => 'getScope'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object_id The catalog object id referencing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object_id;
+ /**
+ * $name The tax's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $type Indicates the calculation method used to apply the tax. See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $percentage The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $percentage;
+ /**
+ * $applied_money The amount of the money applied by the tax in an order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $applied_money;
+ /**
+ * $scope Indicates the level at which the tax applies. This field is set by the server. If set in a CreateOrder request, it will be ignored on write. See [OrderLineItemTaxScope](#type-orderlineitemtaxscope) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $scope;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object_id"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $data["catalog_object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["percentage"])) {
+ $this->percentage = $data["percentage"];
+ } else {
+ $this->percentage = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["applied_money"])) {
+ $this->applied_money = $data["applied_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->applied_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["scope"])) {
+ $this->scope = $data["scope"];
+ } else {
+ $this->scope = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object_id
+ * @param string $catalog_object_id The catalog object id referencing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObjectId($catalog_object_id)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object_id = $catalog_object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The tax's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type Indicates the calculation method used to apply the tax. See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets percentage
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPercentage()
+ {
+ return $this->percentage;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets percentage
+ * @param string $percentage The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPercentage($percentage)
+ {
+ $this->percentage = $percentage;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets applied_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAppliedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->applied_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets applied_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $applied_money The amount of the money applied by the tax in an order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAppliedMoney($applied_money)
+ {
+ $this->applied_money = $applied_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets scope
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getScope()
+ {
+ return $this->scope;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets scope
+ * @param string $scope Indicates the level at which the tax applies. This field is set by the server. If set in a CreateOrder request, it will be ignored on write. See [OrderLineItemTaxScope](#type-orderlineitemtaxscope) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setScope($scope)
+ {
+ $this->scope = $scope;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemTaxScope Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemTaxScope implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemTaxType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemTaxType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Product Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Product implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Refund Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Refund implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'string',
+ 'tender_id' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'reason' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'additional_recipients' => '\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'transaction_id',
+ 'tender_id' => 'tender_id',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'reason' => 'reason',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'processing_fee_money',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'additional_recipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'setTransactionId',
+ 'tender_id' => 'setTenderId',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'reason' => 'setReason',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'setProcessingFeeMoney',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'setAdditionalRecipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'getTransactionId',
+ 'tender_id' => 'getTenderId',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'reason' => 'getReason',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'getProcessingFeeMoney',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'getAdditionalRecipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The refund's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The ID of the refund's associated location.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $transaction_id The ID of the transaction that the refunded tender is part of.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $transaction_id;
+ /**
+ * $tender_id The ID of the refunded tender.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $tender_id;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $reason The reason for the refund being issued.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reason;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of money refunded to the buyer.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $status The current status of the refund (`PENDING`, `APPROVED`, `REJECTED`, or `FAILED`). See [RefundStatus](#type-refundstatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $processing_fee_money The amount of Square processing fee money refunded to the *merchant*.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $processing_fee_money;
+ /**
+ * $additional_recipients Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this refund. For example, fees assessed on a refund of a purchase by a third party integration.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ protected $additional_recipients;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transaction_id"])) {
+ $this->transaction_id = $data["transaction_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transaction_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tender_id"])) {
+ $this->tender_id = $data["tender_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tender_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reason"])) {
+ $this->reason = $data["reason"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reason = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["processing_fee_money"])) {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = $data["processing_fee_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["additional_recipients"])) {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $data["additional_recipients"];
+ } else {
+ $this->additional_recipients = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The refund's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the refund's associated location.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transaction_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTransactionId()
+ {
+ return $this->transaction_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transaction_id
+ * @param string $transaction_id The ID of the transaction that the refunded tender is part of.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransactionId($transaction_id)
+ {
+ $this->transaction_id = $transaction_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tender_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTenderId()
+ {
+ return $this->tender_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tender_id
+ * @param string $tender_id The ID of the refunded tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTenderId($tender_id)
+ {
+ $this->tender_id = $tender_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reason
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReason()
+ {
+ return $this->reason;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reason
+ * @param string $reason The reason for the refund being issued.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReason($reason)
+ {
+ $this->reason = $reason;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of money refunded to the buyer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status The current status of the refund (`PENDING`, `APPROVED`, `REJECTED`, or `FAILED`). See [RefundStatus](#type-refundstatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets processing_fee_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getProcessingFeeMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->processing_fee_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets processing_fee_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $processing_fee_money The amount of Square processing fee money refunded to the *merchant*.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setProcessingFeeMoney($processing_fee_money)
+ {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = $processing_fee_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets additional_recipients
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ public function getAdditionalRecipients()
+ {
+ return $this->additional_recipients;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets additional_recipients
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[] $additional_recipients Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this refund. For example, fees assessed on a refund of a purchase by a third party integration.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdditionalRecipients($additional_recipients)
+ {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $additional_recipients;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RefundStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RefundStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RegisterDomainRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RegisterDomainRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'domain_name' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'domain_name' => 'domain_name'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'domain_name' => 'setDomainName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'domain_name' => 'getDomainName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $domain_name A domain name as described in RFC-1034 that will be registered with ApplePay
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $domain_name;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["domain_name"])) {
+ $this->domain_name = $data["domain_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->domain_name = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets domain_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDomainName()
+ {
+ return $this->domain_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets domain_name
+ * @param string $domain_name A domain name as described in RFC-1034 that will be registered with ApplePay
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDomainName($domain_name)
+ {
+ $this->domain_name = $domain_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RegisterDomainResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RegisterDomainResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'status' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'status' => 'status'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $status Status of the domain registration. See [RegisterDomainResponseStatus](#type-registerdomainresponsestatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status Status of the domain registration. See [RegisterDomainResponseStatus](#type-registerdomainresponsestatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RegisterDomainResponseStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RegisterDomainResponseStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RenewTokenRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RenewTokenRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'access_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'setAccessToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'getAccessToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $access_token The token you want to renew.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $access_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["access_token"])) {
+ $this->access_token = $data["access_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->access_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets access_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAccessToken()
+ {
+ return $this->access_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets access_token
+ * @param string $access_token The token you want to renew.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAccessToken($access_token)
+ {
+ $this->access_token = $access_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RenewTokenResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RenewTokenResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'string',
+ 'token_type' => 'string',
+ 'expires_at' => 'string',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'string',
+ 'subscription_id' => 'string',
+ 'plan_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'access_token',
+ 'token_type' => 'token_type',
+ 'expires_at' => 'expires_at',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'merchant_id',
+ 'subscription_id' => 'subscription_id',
+ 'plan_id' => 'plan_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'setAccessToken',
+ 'token_type' => 'setTokenType',
+ 'expires_at' => 'setExpiresAt',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'setMerchantId',
+ 'subscription_id' => 'setSubscriptionId',
+ 'plan_id' => 'setPlanId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'access_token' => 'getAccessToken',
+ 'token_type' => 'getTokenType',
+ 'expires_at' => 'getExpiresAt',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'getMerchantId',
+ 'subscription_id' => 'getSubscriptionId',
+ 'plan_id' => 'getPlanId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $access_token The renewed access token. This value might be different from the `access_token` you provided in your request. You provide this token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. See [Request and response headers](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v2/#requestandresponseheaders) for the format of this header.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $access_token;
+ /**
+ * $token_type This value is always _bearer_.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $token_type;
+ /**
+ * $expires_at The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $expires_at;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_id The ID of the authorizing merchant's business.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_id;
+ /**
+ * $subscription_id The ID of the merchant [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) associated with the authorization. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $subscription_id;
+ /**
+ * $plan_id The ID of the [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $plan_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["access_token"])) {
+ $this->access_token = $data["access_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->access_token = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["token_type"])) {
+ $this->token_type = $data["token_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->token_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expires_at"])) {
+ $this->expires_at = $data["expires_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expires_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_id"])) {
+ $this->merchant_id = $data["merchant_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["subscription_id"])) {
+ $this->subscription_id = $data["subscription_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->subscription_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["plan_id"])) {
+ $this->plan_id = $data["plan_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->plan_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets access_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAccessToken()
+ {
+ return $this->access_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets access_token
+ * @param string $access_token The renewed access token. This value might be different from the `access_token` you provided in your request. You provide this token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. See [Request and response headers](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v2/#requestandresponseheaders) for the format of this header.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAccessToken($access_token)
+ {
+ $this->access_token = $access_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets token_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTokenType()
+ {
+ return $this->token_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets token_type
+ * @param string $token_type This value is always _bearer_.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTokenType($token_type)
+ {
+ $this->token_type = $token_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expires_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExpiresAt()
+ {
+ return $this->expires_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expires_at
+ * @param string $expires_at The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpiresAt($expires_at)
+ {
+ $this->expires_at = $expires_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantId()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_id
+ * @param string $merchant_id The ID of the authorizing merchant's business.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantId($merchant_id)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_id = $merchant_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets subscription_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSubscriptionId()
+ {
+ return $this->subscription_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets subscription_id
+ * @param string $subscription_id The ID of the merchant [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) associated with the authorization. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSubscriptionId($subscription_id)
+ {
+ $this->subscription_id = $subscription_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets plan_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPlanId()
+ {
+ return $this->plan_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets plan_id
+ * @param string $plan_id The ID of the [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPlanId($plan_id)
+ {
+ $this->plan_id = $plan_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'include_related_objects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'setIncludeRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'getIncludeRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $include_related_objects If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. Default value: `false`
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $include_related_objects;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["include_related_objects"])) {
+ $this->include_related_objects = $data["include_related_objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->include_related_objects = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets include_related_objects
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIncludeRelatedObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->include_related_objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets include_related_objects
+ * @param bool $include_related_objects If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. Default value: `false`
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIncludeRelatedObjects($include_related_objects)
+ {
+ $this->include_related_objects = $include_related_objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'object' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject',
+ 'related_objects' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'object' => 'object',
+ 'related_objects' => 'related_objects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'object' => 'setObject',
+ 'related_objects' => 'setRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'object' => 'getObject',
+ 'related_objects' => 'getRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $object The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject
+ */
+ protected $object;
+ /**
+ * $related_objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `object` field.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $related_objects;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["object"])) {
+ $this->object = $data["object"];
+ } else {
+ $this->object = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["related_objects"])) {
+ $this->related_objects = $data["related_objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->related_objects = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets object
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject
+ */
+ public function getObject()
+ {
+ return $this->object;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets object
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject $object The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObject($object)
+ {
+ $this->object = $object;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets related_objects
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getRelatedObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->related_objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets related_objects
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $related_objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `object` field.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRelatedObjects($related_objects)
+ {
+ $this->related_objects = $related_objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveCustomerRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveCustomerRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveCustomerResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveCustomerResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'customer' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Customer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'customer' => 'customer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'customer' => 'setCustomer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'customer' => 'getCustomer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $customer The requested customer.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Customer
+ */
+ protected $customer;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["customer"])) {
+ $this->customer = $data["customer"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customer = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customer
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Customer
+ */
+ public function getCustomer()
+ {
+ return $this->customer;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customer
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Customer $customer The requested customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomer($customer)
+ {
+ $this->customer = $customer;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveEmployeeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveEmployeeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveEmployeeResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveEmployeeResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'employee' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Employee',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'employee' => 'employee',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'employee' => 'setEmployee',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'employee' => 'getEmployee',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $employee The response object.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Employee
+ */
+ protected $employee;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["employee"])) {
+ $this->employee = $data["employee"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Employee
+ */
+ public function getEmployee()
+ {
+ return $this->employee;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Employee $employee The response object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployee($employee)
+ {
+ $this->employee = $employee;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'adjustment' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'adjustment' => 'adjustment'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'adjustment' => 'setAdjustment'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'adjustment' => 'getAdjustment'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $adjustment The requested [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment).
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment
+ */
+ protected $adjustment;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["adjustment"])) {
+ $this->adjustment = $data["adjustment"];
+ } else {
+ $this->adjustment = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets adjustment
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment
+ */
+ public function getAdjustment()
+ {
+ return $this->adjustment;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets adjustment
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryAdjustment $adjustment The requested [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdjustment($adjustment)
+ {
+ $this->adjustment = $adjustment;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryChangesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryChangesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_ids' => 'string',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_ids' => 'location_ids',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_ids' => 'setLocationIds',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_ids' => 'getLocationIds',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_ids The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_ids;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_ids"])) {
+ $this->location_ids = $data["location_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_ids
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationIds()
+ {
+ return $this->location_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_ids
+ * @param string $location_ids The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationIds($location_ids)
+ {
+ $this->location_ids = $location_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'changes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'changes' => 'changes',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'changes' => 'setChanges',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'changes' => 'getChanges',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $changes The set of inventory changes for the requested object and locations.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]
+ */
+ protected $changes;
+ /**
+ * $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["changes"])) {
+ $this->changes = $data["changes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->changes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets changes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[]
+ */
+ public function getChanges()
+ {
+ return $this->changes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets changes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryChange[] $changes The set of inventory changes for the requested object and locations.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setChanges($changes)
+ {
+ $this->changes = $changes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryCountRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryCountRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_ids' => 'string',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_ids' => 'location_ids',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_ids' => 'setLocationIds',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_ids' => 'getLocationIds',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_ids The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_ids;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_ids"])) {
+ $this->location_ids = $data["location_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_ids
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationIds()
+ {
+ return $this->location_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_ids
+ * @param string $location_ids The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationIds($location_ids)
+ {
+ $this->location_ids = $location_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryCountResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryCountResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'counts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'counts' => 'counts',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'counts' => 'setCounts',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'counts' => 'getCounts',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $counts The current calculated inventory counts for the requested object and locations.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]
+ */
+ protected $counts;
+ /**
+ * $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["counts"])) {
+ $this->counts = $data["counts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->counts = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets counts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[]
+ */
+ public function getCounts()
+ {
+ return $this->counts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets counts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryCount[] $counts The current calculated inventory counts for the requested object and locations.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCounts($counts)
+ {
+ $this->counts = $counts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'count' => '\SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'count' => 'count'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'count' => 'setCount'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'count' => 'getCount'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $count The requested [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount).
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount
+ */
+ protected $count;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["count"])) {
+ $this->count = $data["count"];
+ } else {
+ $this->count = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets count
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount
+ */
+ public function getCount()
+ {
+ return $this->count;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets count
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\InventoryPhysicalCount $count The requested [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCount($count)
+ {
+ $this->count = $count;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveTransactionRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveTransactionRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RetrieveTransactionResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveTransactionResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'transaction' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Transaction'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'transaction' => 'transaction'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'transaction' => 'setTransaction'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'transaction' => 'getTransaction'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $transaction The requested transaction.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction
+ */
+ protected $transaction;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transaction"])) {
+ $this->transaction = $data["transaction"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transaction = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transaction
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction
+ */
+ public function getTransaction()
+ {
+ return $this->transaction;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transaction
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Transaction $transaction The requested transaction.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransaction($transaction)
+ {
+ $this->transaction = $transaction;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RevokeTokenRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RevokeTokenRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'client_id' => 'string',
+ 'access_token' => 'string',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'client_id' => 'client_id',
+ 'access_token' => 'access_token',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'merchant_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'client_id' => 'setClientId',
+ 'access_token' => 'setAccessToken',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'setMerchantId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'client_id' => 'getClientId',
+ 'access_token' => 'getAccessToken',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'getMerchantId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $client_id Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $client_id;
+ /**
+ * $access_token The access token of the merchant whose token you want to revoke. Do not provide a value for merchant_id if you provide this parameter.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $access_token;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_id The ID of the merchant whose token you want to revoke. Do not provide a value for access_token if you provide this parameter.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["client_id"])) {
+ $this->client_id = $data["client_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->client_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["access_token"])) {
+ $this->access_token = $data["access_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->access_token = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_id"])) {
+ $this->merchant_id = $data["merchant_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets client_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClientId()
+ {
+ return $this->client_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets client_id
+ * @param string $client_id Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClientId($client_id)
+ {
+ $this->client_id = $client_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets access_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAccessToken()
+ {
+ return $this->access_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets access_token
+ * @param string $access_token The access token of the merchant whose token you want to revoke. Do not provide a value for merchant_id if you provide this parameter.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAccessToken($access_token)
+ {
+ $this->access_token = $access_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantId()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_id
+ * @param string $merchant_id The ID of the merchant whose token you want to revoke. Do not provide a value for access_token if you provide this parameter.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantId($merchant_id)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_id = $merchant_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * RevokeTokenResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RevokeTokenResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'success' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'success' => 'success'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'success' => 'setSuccess'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'success' => 'getSuccess'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $success If the request is successful, this is true.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $success;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["success"])) {
+ $this->success = $data["success"];
+ } else {
+ $this->success = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets success
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getSuccess()
+ {
+ return $this->success;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets success
+ * @param bool $success If the request is successful, this is true.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSuccess($success)
+ {
+ $this->success = $success;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * SearchCatalogObjectsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchCatalogObjectsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'object_types' => 'string[]',
+ 'include_deleted_objects' => 'bool',
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'bool',
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuery',
+ 'limit' => 'int'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'object_types' => 'object_types',
+ 'include_deleted_objects' => 'include_deleted_objects',
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'include_related_objects',
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'query' => 'query',
+ 'limit' => 'limit'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'object_types' => 'setObjectTypes',
+ 'include_deleted_objects' => 'setIncludeDeletedObjects',
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'setIncludeRelatedObjects',
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'query' => 'setQuery',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'object_types' => 'getObjectTypes',
+ 'include_deleted_objects' => 'getIncludeDeletedObjects',
+ 'include_related_objects' => 'getIncludeRelatedObjects',
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'query' => 'getQuery',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $cursor The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $object_types The desired set of object types to appear in the search results. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`. See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $object_types;
+ /**
+ * $include_deleted_objects If `true`, deleted objects will be included in the results. Deleted objects will have their `is_deleted` field set to `true`.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $include_deleted_objects;
+ /**
+ * $include_related_objects If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is returned in the object field of the response, its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response. If a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) is returned in the object field of the response, its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $include_related_objects;
+ /**
+ * $begin_time Return objects modified after this [timestamp](#workingwithdates), in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". The timestamp is exclusive - objects with a timestamp equal to `begin_time` will not be included in the response.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $query A query to be used to filter or sort the results. If no query is specified, the entire catalog will be returned.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuery
+ */
+ protected $query;
+ /**
+ * $limit A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. The limit is advisory - the implementation may return more or fewer results. If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of 1,000, it will be ignored.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["object_types"])) {
+ $this->object_types = $data["object_types"];
+ } else {
+ $this->object_types = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["include_deleted_objects"])) {
+ $this->include_deleted_objects = $data["include_deleted_objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->include_deleted_objects = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["include_related_objects"])) {
+ $this->include_related_objects = $data["include_related_objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->include_related_objects = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["query"])) {
+ $this->query = $data["query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->query = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets object_types
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getObjectTypes()
+ {
+ return $this->object_types;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets object_types
+ * @param string[] $object_types The desired set of object types to appear in the search results. The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely `\"ITEM\"`, `\"ITEM_VARIATION\"`, `\"CATEGORY\"`, `\"DISCOUNT\"`, `\"TAX\"`, `\"MODIFIER\"`, or `\"MODIFIER_LIST\"`. See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjectTypes($object_types)
+ {
+ $this->object_types = $object_types;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets include_deleted_objects
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIncludeDeletedObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->include_deleted_objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets include_deleted_objects
+ * @param bool $include_deleted_objects If `true`, deleted objects will be included in the results. Deleted objects will have their `is_deleted` field set to `true`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIncludeDeletedObjects($include_deleted_objects)
+ {
+ $this->include_deleted_objects = $include_deleted_objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets include_related_objects
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIncludeRelatedObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->include_related_objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets include_related_objects
+ * @param bool $include_related_objects If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is returned in the object field of the response, its associated [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response. If a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) is returned in the object field of the response, its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIncludeRelatedObjects($include_related_objects)
+ {
+ $this->include_related_objects = $include_related_objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time Return objects modified after this [timestamp](#workingwithdates), in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". The timestamp is exclusive - objects with a timestamp equal to `begin_time` will not be included in the response.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuery
+ */
+ public function getQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogQuery $query A query to be used to filter or sort the results. If no query is specified, the entire catalog will be returned.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuery($query)
+ {
+ $this->query = $query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. The limit is advisory - the implementation may return more or fewer results. If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of 1,000, it will be ignored.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * SearchCatalogObjectsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchCatalogObjectsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'objects' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]',
+ 'related_objects' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'objects' => 'objects',
+ 'related_objects' => 'related_objects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'objects' => 'setObjects',
+ 'related_objects' => 'setRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'objects' => 'getObjects',
+ 'related_objects' => 'getRelatedObjects'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $objects The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $objects;
+ /**
+ * $related_objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the objects in the `objects` field.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ protected $related_objects;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["objects"])) {
+ $this->objects = $data["objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->objects = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["related_objects"])) {
+ $this->related_objects = $data["related_objects"];
+ } else {
+ $this->related_objects = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets objects
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets objects
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $objects The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjects($objects)
+ {
+ $this->objects = $objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets related_objects
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[]
+ */
+ public function getRelatedObjects()
+ {
+ return $this->related_objects;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets related_objects
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject[] $related_objects A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the objects in the `objects` field.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRelatedObjects($related_objects)
+ {
+ $this->related_objects = $related_objects;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * SearchCustomersRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchCustomersRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CustomerQuery'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'query' => 'query'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'query' => 'setQuery'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'query' => 'getQuery'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $cursor Include the pagination cursor in subsequent calls to this endpoint to retrieve the next set of results associated with the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $limit A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. The limit is advisory - the implementation may return more or fewer results. If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of 1,000, it will be ignored.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $query Query customers based on the given conditions and sort order. Calling SearchCustomers without an explicit query parameter will return all customers ordered alphabetically based on `given_name` and `family_name`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerQuery
+ */
+ protected $query;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["query"])) {
+ $this->query = $data["query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->query = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor Include the pagination cursor in subsequent calls to this endpoint to retrieve the next set of results associated with the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. The limit is advisory - the implementation may return more or fewer results. If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of 1,000, it will be ignored.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerQuery
+ */
+ public function getQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CustomerQuery $query Query customers based on the given conditions and sort order. Calling SearchCustomers without an explicit query parameter will return all customers ordered alphabetically based on `given_name` and `family_name`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuery($query)
+ {
+ $this->query = $query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * SearchCustomersResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchCustomersResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'customers' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Customer[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'customers' => 'customers',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'customers' => 'setCustomers',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'customers' => 'getCustomers',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $customers An array of `Customer` objects that match a query.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Customer[]
+ */
+ protected $customers;
+ /**
+ * $cursor A pagination cursor that can be used during subsequent calls to SearchCustomers to retrieve the next set of results associated with the original query. Pagination cursors are only present when a request succeeds and additional results are available. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["customers"])) {
+ $this->customers = $data["customers"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customers = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customers
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Customer[]
+ */
+ public function getCustomers()
+ {
+ return $this->customers;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customers
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Customer[] $customers An array of `Customer` objects that match a query.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomers($customers)
+ {
+ $this->customers = $customers;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor A pagination cursor that can be used during subsequent calls to SearchCustomers to retrieve the next set of results associated with the original query. Pagination cursors are only present when a request succeeds and additional results are available. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * SearchShiftsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchShiftsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'query' => '\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftQuery',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'cursor' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'query' => 'query',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'query' => 'setQuery',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'query' => 'getQuery',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $query Query filters.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftQuery
+ */
+ protected $query;
+ /**
+ * $limit number of resources in a page (200 by default).
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $cursor opaque cursor for fetching the next page.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["query"])) {
+ $this->query = $data["query"];
+ } else {
+ $this->query = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets query
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftQuery
+ */
+ public function getQuery()
+ {
+ return $this->query;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets query
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftQuery $query Query filters.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuery($query)
+ {
+ $this->query = $query;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit number of resources in a page (200 by default).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor opaque cursor for fetching the next page.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * SearchShiftsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchShiftsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'shifts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Shift[]',
+ 'cursor' => 'string',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'shifts' => 'shifts',
+ 'cursor' => 'cursor',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'shifts' => 'setShifts',
+ 'cursor' => 'setCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'shifts' => 'getShifts',
+ 'cursor' => 'getCursor',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $shifts Shifts
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Shift[]
+ */
+ protected $shifts;
+ /**
+ * $cursor Opaque cursor for fetching the next page.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $cursor;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["shifts"])) {
+ $this->shifts = $data["shifts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shifts = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cursor"])) {
+ $this->cursor = $data["cursor"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cursor = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shifts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Shift[]
+ */
+ public function getShifts()
+ {
+ return $this->shifts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shifts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Shift[] $shifts Shifts
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShifts($shifts)
+ {
+ $this->shifts = $shifts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cursor
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCursor()
+ {
+ return $this->cursor;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cursor
+ * @param string $cursor Opaque cursor for fetching the next page.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCursor($cursor)
+ {
+ $this->cursor = $cursor;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Shift Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Shift implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'timezone' => 'string',
+ 'start_at' => 'string',
+ 'end_at' => 'string',
+ 'wage' => '\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWage',
+ 'breaks' => '\SquareConnect\Model\ModelBreak[]',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'version' => 'int',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'timezone' => 'timezone',
+ 'start_at' => 'start_at',
+ 'end_at' => 'end_at',
+ 'wage' => 'wage',
+ 'breaks' => 'breaks',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'version' => 'version',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'timezone' => 'setTimezone',
+ 'start_at' => 'setStartAt',
+ 'end_at' => 'setEndAt',
+ 'wage' => 'setWage',
+ 'breaks' => 'setBreaks',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'version' => 'setVersion',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'timezone' => 'getTimezone',
+ 'start_at' => 'getStartAt',
+ 'end_at' => 'getEndAt',
+ 'wage' => 'getWage',
+ 'breaks' => 'getBreaks',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'version' => 'getVersion',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id UUID for this object
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id The ID of the employee this shift belongs to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The ID of the location this shift occurred at. Should be based on where the employee clocked in.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $timezone Read-only convenience value that is calculated from the location based on `location_id`. Format: the IANA Timezone Database identifier for the location timezone.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $timezone;
+ /**
+ * $start_at RFC 3339; shifted to location timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $start_at;
+ /**
+ * $end_at RFC 3339; shifted to timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. The `end_at` minute is not counted when the shift length is calculated. For example, a shift from `00:00` to `08:01` is considered an 8 hour shift (midnight to 8am).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_at;
+ /**
+ * $wage Job and pay related information.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWage
+ */
+ protected $wage;
+ /**
+ * $breaks A list of any paid or unpaid breaks that were taken during this shift.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\ModelBreak[]
+ */
+ protected $breaks;
+ /**
+ * $status Describes working state of the current `Shift`. See [ShiftStatus](#type-shiftstatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $version Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $version;
+ /**
+ * $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["timezone"])) {
+ $this->timezone = $data["timezone"];
+ } else {
+ $this->timezone = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["start_at"])) {
+ $this->start_at = $data["start_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->start_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_at"])) {
+ $this->end_at = $data["end_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["wage"])) {
+ $this->wage = $data["wage"];
+ } else {
+ $this->wage = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["breaks"])) {
+ $this->breaks = $data["breaks"];
+ } else {
+ $this->breaks = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["version"])) {
+ $this->version = $data["version"];
+ } else {
+ $this->version = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id UUID for this object
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id The ID of the employee this shift belongs to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the location this shift occurred at. Should be based on where the employee clocked in.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets timezone
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTimezone()
+ {
+ return $this->timezone;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets timezone
+ * @param string $timezone Read-only convenience value that is calculated from the location based on `location_id`. Format: the IANA Timezone Database identifier for the location timezone.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTimezone($timezone)
+ {
+ $this->timezone = $timezone;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets start_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStartAt()
+ {
+ return $this->start_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets start_at
+ * @param string $start_at RFC 3339; shifted to location timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStartAt($start_at)
+ {
+ $this->start_at = $start_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndAt()
+ {
+ return $this->end_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_at
+ * @param string $end_at RFC 3339; shifted to timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. The `end_at` minute is not counted when the shift length is calculated. For example, a shift from `00:00` to `08:01` is considered an 8 hour shift (midnight to 8am).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndAt($end_at)
+ {
+ $this->end_at = $end_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets wage
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWage
+ */
+ public function getWage()
+ {
+ return $this->wage;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets wage
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWage $wage Job and pay related information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setWage($wage)
+ {
+ $this->wage = $wage;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets breaks
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ModelBreak[]
+ */
+ public function getBreaks()
+ {
+ return $this->breaks;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets breaks
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ModelBreak[] $breaks A list of any paid or unpaid breaks that were taken during this shift.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreaks($breaks)
+ {
+ $this->breaks = $breaks;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status Describes working state of the current `Shift`. See [ShiftStatus](#type-shiftstatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets version
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getVersion()
+ {
+ return $this->version;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets version
+ * @param int $version Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVersion($version)
+ {
+ $this->version = $version;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftFilter Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftFilter implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'string[]',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string[]',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'start' => '\SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange',
+ 'end' => '\SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange',
+ 'workday' => '\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWorkday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'start' => 'start',
+ 'end' => 'end',
+ 'workday' => 'workday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'start' => 'setStart',
+ 'end' => 'setEnd',
+ 'workday' => 'setWorkday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'start' => 'getStart',
+ 'end' => 'getEnd',
+ 'workday' => 'getWorkday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $location_id Fetch shifts for the specified location.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id Fetch shifts for the specified employee.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $status Fetch a `Shift` instance by `Shift.status`. See [ShiftFilterStatus](#type-shiftfilterstatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $start Fetch `Shift`s that start in the time range - Inclusive.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange
+ */
+ protected $start;
+ /**
+ * $end Fetch the `Shift`s that end in the time range - Inclusive.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange
+ */
+ protected $end;
+ /**
+ * $workday Fetch the `Shift`s based on workday date range.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWorkday
+ */
+ protected $workday;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["start"])) {
+ $this->start = $data["start"];
+ } else {
+ $this->start = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end"])) {
+ $this->end = $data["end"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["workday"])) {
+ $this->workday = $data["workday"];
+ } else {
+ $this->workday = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string[] $location_id Fetch shifts for the specified location.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string[] $employee_id Fetch shifts for the specified employee.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status Fetch a `Shift` instance by `Shift.status`. See [ShiftFilterStatus](#type-shiftfilterstatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets start
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange
+ */
+ public function getStart()
+ {
+ return $this->start;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets start
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange $start Fetch `Shift`s that start in the time range - Inclusive.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStart($start)
+ {
+ $this->start = $start;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange
+ */
+ public function getEnd()
+ {
+ return $this->end;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\TimeRange $end Fetch the `Shift`s that end in the time range - Inclusive.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEnd($end)
+ {
+ $this->end = $end;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets workday
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWorkday
+ */
+ public function getWorkday()
+ {
+ return $this->workday;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets workday
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftWorkday $workday Fetch the `Shift`s based on workday date range.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setWorkday($workday)
+ {
+ $this->workday = $workday;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftFilterStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftFilterStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftQuery Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftQuery implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'filter' => '\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftFilter',
+ 'sort' => '\SquareConnect\Model\ShiftSort'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'filter' => 'filter',
+ 'sort' => 'sort'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'filter' => 'setFilter',
+ 'sort' => 'setSort'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'filter' => 'getFilter',
+ 'sort' => 'getSort'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $filter Query filter options
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftFilter
+ */
+ protected $filter;
+ /**
+ * $sort Sort order details
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftSort
+ */
+ protected $sort;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["filter"])) {
+ $this->filter = $data["filter"];
+ } else {
+ $this->filter = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sort"])) {
+ $this->sort = $data["sort"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sort = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets filter
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftFilter
+ */
+ public function getFilter()
+ {
+ return $this->filter;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets filter
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftFilter $filter Query filter options
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFilter($filter)
+ {
+ $this->filter = $filter;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sort
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftSort
+ */
+ public function getSort()
+ {
+ return $this->sort;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sort
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\ShiftSort $sort Sort order details
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSort($sort)
+ {
+ $this->sort = $sort;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftSort Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftSort implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'field' => 'string',
+ 'order' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'field' => 'field',
+ 'order' => 'order'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'field' => 'setField',
+ 'order' => 'setOrder'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'field' => 'getField',
+ 'order' => 'getOrder'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $field The field to sort on. See [ShiftSortField](#type-shiftsortfield) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $field;
+ /**
+ * $order The order in which results are returned. Defaults to DESC. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["field"])) {
+ $this->field = $data["field"];
+ } else {
+ $this->field = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets field
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getField()
+ {
+ return $this->field;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets field
+ * @param string $field The field to sort on. See [ShiftSortField](#type-shiftsortfield) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setField($field)
+ {
+ $this->field = $field;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order The order in which results are returned. Defaults to DESC. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftSortField Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftSortField implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftWage Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftWage implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'title' => 'string',
+ 'hourly_rate' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'title' => 'title',
+ 'hourly_rate' => 'hourly_rate'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'title' => 'setTitle',
+ 'hourly_rate' => 'setHourlyRate'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'title' => 'getTitle',
+ 'hourly_rate' => 'getHourlyRate'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $title The name of the job performed during this shift. Square labor-reporting UIs may group shifts together by title.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $title;
+ /**
+ * $hourly_rate Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per week.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $hourly_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["title"])) {
+ $this->title = $data["title"];
+ } else {
+ $this->title = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["hourly_rate"])) {
+ $this->hourly_rate = $data["hourly_rate"];
+ } else {
+ $this->hourly_rate = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets title
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTitle()
+ {
+ return $this->title;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets title
+ * @param string $title The name of the job performed during this shift. Square labor-reporting UIs may group shifts together by title.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTitle($title)
+ {
+ $this->title = $title;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets hourly_rate
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getHourlyRate()
+ {
+ return $this->hourly_rate;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets hourly_rate
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $hourly_rate Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per week.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setHourlyRate($hourly_rate)
+ {
+ $this->hourly_rate = $hourly_rate;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftWorkday Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftWorkday implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'date_range' => '\SquareConnect\Model\DateRange',
+ 'match_shifts_by' => 'string',
+ 'default_timezone' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'date_range' => 'date_range',
+ 'match_shifts_by' => 'match_shifts_by',
+ 'default_timezone' => 'default_timezone'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'date_range' => 'setDateRange',
+ 'match_shifts_by' => 'setMatchShiftsBy',
+ 'default_timezone' => 'setDefaultTimezone'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'date_range' => 'getDateRange',
+ 'match_shifts_by' => 'getMatchShiftsBy',
+ 'default_timezone' => 'getDefaultTimezone'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $date_range Dates for fetching the shifts
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\DateRange
+ */
+ protected $date_range;
+ /**
+ * $match_shifts_by The strategy on which the dates are applied. See [ShiftWorkdayMatcher](#type-shiftworkdaymatcher) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $match_shifts_by;
+ /**
+ * $default_timezone Location-specific timezones convert workdays to datetime filters. Every location included in the query must have a timezone, or this field must be provided as a fallback. Format: the IANA timezone database identifier for the relevant timezone.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $default_timezone;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["date_range"])) {
+ $this->date_range = $data["date_range"];
+ } else {
+ $this->date_range = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["match_shifts_by"])) {
+ $this->match_shifts_by = $data["match_shifts_by"];
+ } else {
+ $this->match_shifts_by = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["default_timezone"])) {
+ $this->default_timezone = $data["default_timezone"];
+ } else {
+ $this->default_timezone = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets date_range
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\DateRange
+ */
+ public function getDateRange()
+ {
+ return $this->date_range;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets date_range
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\DateRange $date_range Dates for fetching the shifts
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDateRange($date_range)
+ {
+ $this->date_range = $date_range;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets match_shifts_by
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMatchShiftsBy()
+ {
+ return $this->match_shifts_by;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets match_shifts_by
+ * @param string $match_shifts_by The strategy on which the dates are applied. See [ShiftWorkdayMatcher](#type-shiftworkdaymatcher) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMatchShiftsBy($match_shifts_by)
+ {
+ $this->match_shifts_by = $match_shifts_by;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets default_timezone
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDefaultTimezone()
+ {
+ return $this->default_timezone;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets default_timezone
+ * @param string $default_timezone Location-specific timezones convert workdays to datetime filters. Every location included in the query must have a timezone, or this field must be provided as a fallback. Format: the IANA timezone database identifier for the relevant timezone.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDefaultTimezone($default_timezone)
+ {
+ $this->default_timezone = $default_timezone;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * ShiftWorkdayMatcher Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftWorkdayMatcher implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * SortOrder Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SortOrder implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * SourceApplication Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SourceApplication implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'product' => 'string',
+ 'application_id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'product' => 'product',
+ 'application_id' => 'application_id',
+ 'name' => 'name'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'product' => 'setProduct',
+ 'application_id' => 'setApplicationId',
+ 'name' => 'setName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'product' => 'getProduct',
+ 'application_id' => 'getApplicationId',
+ 'name' => 'getName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $product Read-only [Product](#type-product) type for the application. See [Product](#type-product) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $product;
+ /**
+ * $application_id Read-only Square ID assigned to the application. Only used for [Product](#type-product) type `EXTERNAL_API`.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $application_id;
+ /**
+ * $name Read-only display name assigned to the application (e.g. `\"Custom Application\"`, `\"Square POS 4.74 for Android\"`).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["product"])) {
+ $this->product = $data["product"];
+ } else {
+ $this->product = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["application_id"])) {
+ $this->application_id = $data["application_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->application_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets product
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getProduct()
+ {
+ return $this->product;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets product
+ * @param string $product Read-only [Product](#type-product) type for the application. See [Product](#type-product) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setProduct($product)
+ {
+ $this->product = $product;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets application_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getApplicationId()
+ {
+ return $this->application_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets application_id
+ * @param string $application_id Read-only Square ID assigned to the application. Only used for [Product](#type-product) type `EXTERNAL_API`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setApplicationId($application_id)
+ {
+ $this->application_id = $application_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name Read-only display name assigned to the application (e.g. `\"Custom Application\"`, `\"Square POS 4.74 for Android\"`).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TaxCalculationPhase Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TaxCalculationPhase implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TaxInclusionType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TaxInclusionType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Tender Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Tender implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'note' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'tip_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'customer_id' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'card_details' => '\SquareConnect\Model\TenderCardDetails',
+ 'cash_details' => '\SquareConnect\Model\TenderCashDetails',
+ 'additional_recipients' => '\SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'transaction_id',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'note' => 'note',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'tip_money' => 'tip_money',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'processing_fee_money',
+ 'customer_id' => 'customer_id',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'card_details' => 'card_details',
+ 'cash_details' => 'cash_details',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'additional_recipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'setTransactionId',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'note' => 'setNote',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'tip_money' => 'setTipMoney',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'setProcessingFeeMoney',
+ 'customer_id' => 'setCustomerId',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'card_details' => 'setCardDetails',
+ 'cash_details' => 'setCashDetails',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'setAdditionalRecipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'transaction_id' => 'getTransactionId',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'note' => 'getNote',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'tip_money' => 'getTipMoney',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'getProcessingFeeMoney',
+ 'customer_id' => 'getCustomerId',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'card_details' => 'getCardDetails',
+ 'cash_details' => 'getCashDetails',
+ 'additional_recipients' => 'getAdditionalRecipients'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The tender's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The ID of the transaction's associated location.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $transaction_id The ID of the tender's associated transaction.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $transaction_id;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the tender was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $note An optional note associated with the tender at the time of payment.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of the tender.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $tip_money The tip's amount of the tender.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $tip_money;
+ /**
+ * $processing_fee_money The amount of any Square processing fees applied to the tender. This field is not immediately populated when a new transaction is created. It is usually available after about ten seconds.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $processing_fee_money;
+ /**
+ * $customer_id If the tender is associated with a customer or represents a customer's card on file, this is the ID of the associated customer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $customer_id;
+ /**
+ * $type The type of tender, such as `CARD` or `CASH`. See [TenderType](#type-tendertype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $card_details The details of the card tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CARD`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\TenderCardDetails
+ */
+ protected $card_details;
+ /**
+ * $cash_details The details of the cash tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CASH`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\TenderCashDetails
+ */
+ protected $cash_details;
+ /**
+ * $additional_recipients Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender. For example, fees assessed on the purchase by a third party integration.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ protected $additional_recipients;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["transaction_id"])) {
+ $this->transaction_id = $data["transaction_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->transaction_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tip_money"])) {
+ $this->tip_money = $data["tip_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tip_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["processing_fee_money"])) {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = $data["processing_fee_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["customer_id"])) {
+ $this->customer_id = $data["customer_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customer_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["card_details"])) {
+ $this->card_details = $data["card_details"];
+ } else {
+ $this->card_details = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cash_details"])) {
+ $this->cash_details = $data["cash_details"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cash_details = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["additional_recipients"])) {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $data["additional_recipients"];
+ } else {
+ $this->additional_recipients = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The tender's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the transaction's associated location.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets transaction_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTransactionId()
+ {
+ return $this->transaction_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets transaction_id
+ * @param string $transaction_id The ID of the tender's associated transaction.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTransactionId($transaction_id)
+ {
+ $this->transaction_id = $transaction_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the tender was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note An optional note associated with the tender at the time of payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $amount_money The amount of the tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tip_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getTipMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->tip_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tip_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $tip_money The tip's amount of the tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTipMoney($tip_money)
+ {
+ $this->tip_money = $tip_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets processing_fee_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getProcessingFeeMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->processing_fee_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets processing_fee_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $processing_fee_money The amount of any Square processing fees applied to the tender. This field is not immediately populated when a new transaction is created. It is usually available after about ten seconds.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setProcessingFeeMoney($processing_fee_money)
+ {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = $processing_fee_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customer_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCustomerId()
+ {
+ return $this->customer_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customer_id
+ * @param string $customer_id If the tender is associated with a customer or represents a customer's card on file, this is the ID of the associated customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomerId($customer_id)
+ {
+ $this->customer_id = $customer_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The type of tender, such as `CARD` or `CASH`. See [TenderType](#type-tendertype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets card_details
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\TenderCardDetails
+ */
+ public function getCardDetails()
+ {
+ return $this->card_details;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets card_details
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\TenderCardDetails $card_details The details of the card tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CARD`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCardDetails($card_details)
+ {
+ $this->card_details = $card_details;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cash_details
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\TenderCashDetails
+ */
+ public function getCashDetails()
+ {
+ return $this->cash_details;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cash_details
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\TenderCashDetails $cash_details The details of the cash tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CASH`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCashDetails($cash_details)
+ {
+ $this->cash_details = $cash_details;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets additional_recipients
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[]
+ */
+ public function getAdditionalRecipients()
+ {
+ return $this->additional_recipients;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets additional_recipients
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient[] $additional_recipients Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender. For example, fees assessed on the purchase by a third party integration.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdditionalRecipients($additional_recipients)
+ {
+ $this->additional_recipients = $additional_recipients;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TenderCardDetails Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderCardDetails implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'card' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Card',
+ 'entry_method' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'card' => 'card',
+ 'entry_method' => 'entry_method'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'card' => 'setCard',
+ 'entry_method' => 'setEntryMethod'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'card' => 'getCard',
+ 'entry_method' => 'getEntryMethod'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $status The credit card payment's current state (such as `AUTHORIZED` or `CAPTURED`). See [TenderCardDetailsStatus](#type-tendercarddetailsstatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $card The credit card's non-confidential details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Card
+ */
+ protected $card;
+ /**
+ * $entry_method The method used to enter the card's details for the transaction. See [TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod](#type-tendercarddetailsentrymethod) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $entry_method;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["card"])) {
+ $this->card = $data["card"];
+ } else {
+ $this->card = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["entry_method"])) {
+ $this->entry_method = $data["entry_method"];
+ } else {
+ $this->entry_method = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status The credit card payment's current state (such as `AUTHORIZED` or `CAPTURED`). See [TenderCardDetailsStatus](#type-tendercarddetailsstatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets card
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Card
+ */
+ public function getCard()
+ {
+ return $this->card;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets card
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Card $card The credit card's non-confidential details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCard($card)
+ {
+ $this->card = $card;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets entry_method
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEntryMethod()
+ {
+ return $this->entry_method;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets entry_method
+ * @param string $entry_method The method used to enter the card's details for the transaction. See [TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod](#type-tendercarddetailsentrymethod) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEntryMethod($entry_method)
+ {
+ $this->entry_method = $entry_method;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TenderCardDetailsStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderCardDetailsStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TenderCashDetails Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderCashDetails implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'buyer_tendered_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money',
+ 'change_back_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'buyer_tendered_money' => 'buyer_tendered_money',
+ 'change_back_money' => 'change_back_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'buyer_tendered_money' => 'setBuyerTenderedMoney',
+ 'change_back_money' => 'setChangeBackMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'buyer_tendered_money' => 'getBuyerTenderedMoney',
+ 'change_back_money' => 'getChangeBackMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $buyer_tendered_money The total amount of cash provided by the buyer, before change is given.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $buyer_tendered_money;
+ /**
+ * $change_back_money The amount of change returned to the buyer.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ protected $change_back_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["buyer_tendered_money"])) {
+ $this->buyer_tendered_money = $data["buyer_tendered_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->buyer_tendered_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["change_back_money"])) {
+ $this->change_back_money = $data["change_back_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->change_back_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets buyer_tendered_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getBuyerTenderedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->buyer_tendered_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets buyer_tendered_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $buyer_tendered_money The total amount of cash provided by the buyer, before change is given.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBuyerTenderedMoney($buyer_tendered_money)
+ {
+ $this->buyer_tendered_money = $buyer_tendered_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets change_back_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Money
+ */
+ public function getChangeBackMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->change_back_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets change_back_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Money $change_back_money The amount of change returned to the buyer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setChangeBackMoney($change_back_money)
+ {
+ $this->change_back_money = $change_back_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TenderType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TimeRange Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TimeRange implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'start_at' => 'string',
+ 'end_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'start_at' => 'start_at',
+ 'end_at' => 'end_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'start_at' => 'setStartAt',
+ 'end_at' => 'setEndAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'start_at' => 'getStartAt',
+ 'end_at' => 'getEndAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $start_at A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range starts.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $start_at;
+ /**
+ * $end_at A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range ends.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["start_at"])) {
+ $this->start_at = $data["start_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->start_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_at"])) {
+ $this->end_at = $data["end_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets start_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStartAt()
+ {
+ return $this->start_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets start_at
+ * @param string $start_at A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range starts.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStartAt($start_at)
+ {
+ $this->start_at = $start_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndAt()
+ {
+ return $this->end_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_at
+ * @param string $end_at A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range ends.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndAt($end_at)
+ {
+ $this->end_at = $end_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Transaction Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Transaction implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'location_id' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'tenders' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Tender[]',
+ 'refunds' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Refund[]',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'product' => 'string',
+ 'client_id' => 'string',
+ 'shipping_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'order_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'location_id' => 'location_id',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'tenders' => 'tenders',
+ 'refunds' => 'refunds',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'product' => 'product',
+ 'client_id' => 'client_id',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'shipping_address',
+ 'order_id' => 'order_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'location_id' => 'setLocationId',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'tenders' => 'setTenders',
+ 'refunds' => 'setRefunds',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'product' => 'setProduct',
+ 'client_id' => 'setClientId',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'setShippingAddress',
+ 'order_id' => 'setOrderId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'location_id' => 'getLocationId',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'tenders' => 'getTenders',
+ 'refunds' => 'getRefunds',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'product' => 'getProduct',
+ 'client_id' => 'getClientId',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'getShippingAddress',
+ 'order_id' => 'getOrderId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The transaction's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $location_id The ID of the transaction's associated location.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $location_id;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the transaction was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $tenders The tenders used to pay in the transaction.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Tender[]
+ */
+ protected $tenders;
+ /**
+ * $refunds Refunds that have been applied to any tender in the transaction.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Refund[]
+ */
+ protected $refunds;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id If the transaction was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint, this value is the same as the value provided for the `reference_id` parameter in the request to that endpoint. Otherwise, it is not set.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $product The Square product that processed the transaction. See [TransactionProduct](#type-transactionproduct) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $product;
+ /**
+ * $client_id If the transaction was created in the Square Point of Sale app, this value is the ID generated for the transaction by Square Point of Sale. This ID has no relationship to the transaction's canonical `id`, which is generated by Square's backend servers. This value is generated for bookkeeping purposes, in case the transaction cannot immediately be completed (for example, if the transaction is processed in offline mode). It is not currently possible with the Connect API to perform a transaction lookup by this value.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $client_id;
+ /**
+ * $shipping_address The shipping address provided in the request, if any.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $shipping_address;
+ /**
+ * $order_id The order_id is an identifier for the order associated with this transaction, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_id"])) {
+ $this->location_id = $data["location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tenders"])) {
+ $this->tenders = $data["tenders"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tenders = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunds"])) {
+ $this->refunds = $data["refunds"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunds = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["product"])) {
+ $this->product = $data["product"];
+ } else {
+ $this->product = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["client_id"])) {
+ $this->client_id = $data["client_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->client_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["shipping_address"])) {
+ $this->shipping_address = $data["shipping_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shipping_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["order_id"])) {
+ $this->order_id = $data["order_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The transaction's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_id
+ * @param string $location_id The ID of the transaction's associated location.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationId($location_id)
+ {
+ $this->location_id = $location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the transaction was created, in RFC 3339 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tenders
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Tender[]
+ */
+ public function getTenders()
+ {
+ return $this->tenders;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tenders
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Tender[] $tenders The tenders used to pay in the transaction.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTenders($tenders)
+ {
+ $this->tenders = $tenders;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunds
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Refund[]
+ */
+ public function getRefunds()
+ {
+ return $this->refunds;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunds
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Refund[] $refunds Refunds that have been applied to any tender in the transaction.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefunds($refunds)
+ {
+ $this->refunds = $refunds;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id If the transaction was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint, this value is the same as the value provided for the `reference_id` parameter in the request to that endpoint. Otherwise, it is not set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets product
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getProduct()
+ {
+ return $this->product;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets product
+ * @param string $product The Square product that processed the transaction. See [TransactionProduct](#type-transactionproduct) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setProduct($product)
+ {
+ $this->product = $product;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets client_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClientId()
+ {
+ return $this->client_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets client_id
+ * @param string $client_id If the transaction was created in the Square Point of Sale app, this value is the ID generated for the transaction by Square Point of Sale. This ID has no relationship to the transaction's canonical `id`, which is generated by Square's backend servers. This value is generated for bookkeeping purposes, in case the transaction cannot immediately be completed (for example, if the transaction is processed in offline mode). It is not currently possible with the Connect API to perform a transaction lookup by this value.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClientId($client_id)
+ {
+ $this->client_id = $client_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shipping_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getShippingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->shipping_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shipping_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $shipping_address The shipping address provided in the request, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShippingAddress($shipping_address)
+ {
+ $this->shipping_address = $shipping_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrderId()
+ {
+ return $this->order_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order_id
+ * @param string $order_id The order_id is an identifier for the order associated with this transaction, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrderId($order_id)
+ {
+ $this->order_id = $order_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * TransactionProduct Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TransactionProduct implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateBreakTypeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateBreakTypeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'break_type' => '\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'break_type'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'setBreakType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'getBreakType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $break_type The updated `BreakType`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ protected $break_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["break_type"])) {
+ $this->break_type = $data["break_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->break_type = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets break_type
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ public function getBreakType()
+ {
+ return $this->break_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets break_type
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType $break_type The updated `BreakType`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreakType($break_type)
+ {
+ $this->break_type = $break_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateBreakTypeResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateBreakTypeResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'break_type' => '\SquareConnect\Model\BreakType',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'break_type',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'setBreakType',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'break_type' => 'getBreakType',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $break_type The response object.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ protected $break_type;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["break_type"])) {
+ $this->break_type = $data["break_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->break_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets break_type
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType
+ */
+ public function getBreakType()
+ {
+ return $this->break_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets break_type
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\BreakType $break_type The response object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBreakType($break_type)
+ {
+ $this->break_type = $break_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateCustomerRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateCustomerRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'given_name' => 'string',
+ 'family_name' => 'string',
+ 'company_name' => 'string',
+ 'nickname' => 'string',
+ 'email_address' => 'string',
+ 'address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'phone_number' => 'string',
+ 'reference_id' => 'string',
+ 'note' => 'string',
+ 'birthday' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'given_name' => 'given_name',
+ 'family_name' => 'family_name',
+ 'company_name' => 'company_name',
+ 'nickname' => 'nickname',
+ 'email_address' => 'email_address',
+ 'address' => 'address',
+ 'phone_number' => 'phone_number',
+ 'reference_id' => 'reference_id',
+ 'note' => 'note',
+ 'birthday' => 'birthday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'given_name' => 'setGivenName',
+ 'family_name' => 'setFamilyName',
+ 'company_name' => 'setCompanyName',
+ 'nickname' => 'setNickname',
+ 'email_address' => 'setEmailAddress',
+ 'address' => 'setAddress',
+ 'phone_number' => 'setPhoneNumber',
+ 'reference_id' => 'setReferenceId',
+ 'note' => 'setNote',
+ 'birthday' => 'setBirthday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'given_name' => 'getGivenName',
+ 'family_name' => 'getFamilyName',
+ 'company_name' => 'getCompanyName',
+ 'nickname' => 'getNickname',
+ 'email_address' => 'getEmailAddress',
+ 'address' => 'getAddress',
+ 'phone_number' => 'getPhoneNumber',
+ 'reference_id' => 'getReferenceId',
+ 'note' => 'getNote',
+ 'birthday' => 'getBirthday'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $given_name The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $given_name;
+ /**
+ * $family_name The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $family_name;
+ /**
+ * $company_name The name of the customer's company.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $company_name;
+ /**
+ * $nickname A nickname for the customer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $nickname;
+ /**
+ * $email_address The customer's email address.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $email_address;
+ /**
+ * $address The customer's physical address.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $address;
+ /**
+ * $phone_number The customer's phone number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $phone_number;
+ /**
+ * $reference_id An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reference_id;
+ /**
+ * $note An optional note to associate with the customer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $note;
+ /**
+ * $birthday The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $birthday;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["given_name"])) {
+ $this->given_name = $data["given_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->given_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["family_name"])) {
+ $this->family_name = $data["family_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->family_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["company_name"])) {
+ $this->company_name = $data["company_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->company_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["nickname"])) {
+ $this->nickname = $data["nickname"];
+ } else {
+ $this->nickname = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["email_address"])) {
+ $this->email_address = $data["email_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->email_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["address"])) {
+ $this->address = $data["address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["phone_number"])) {
+ $this->phone_number = $data["phone_number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->phone_number = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reference_id"])) {
+ $this->reference_id = $data["reference_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reference_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["note"])) {
+ $this->note = $data["note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["birthday"])) {
+ $this->birthday = $data["birthday"];
+ } else {
+ $this->birthday = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets given_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getGivenName()
+ {
+ return $this->given_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets given_name
+ * @param string $given_name The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGivenName($given_name)
+ {
+ $this->given_name = $given_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets family_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFamilyName()
+ {
+ return $this->family_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets family_name
+ * @param string $family_name The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFamilyName($family_name)
+ {
+ $this->family_name = $family_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets company_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCompanyName()
+ {
+ return $this->company_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets company_name
+ * @param string $company_name The name of the customer's company.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCompanyName($company_name)
+ {
+ $this->company_name = $company_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets nickname
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNickname()
+ {
+ return $this->nickname;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets nickname
+ * @param string $nickname A nickname for the customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNickname($nickname)
+ {
+ $this->nickname = $nickname;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets email_address
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmailAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->email_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets email_address
+ * @param string $email_address The customer's email address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmailAddress($email_address)
+ {
+ $this->email_address = $email_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $address The customer's physical address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAddress($address)
+ {
+ $this->address = $address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets phone_number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPhoneNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->phone_number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets phone_number
+ * @param string $phone_number The customer's phone number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPhoneNumber($phone_number)
+ {
+ $this->phone_number = $phone_number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reference_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReferenceId()
+ {
+ return $this->reference_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reference_id
+ * @param string $reference_id An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReferenceId($reference_id)
+ {
+ $this->reference_id = $reference_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNote()
+ {
+ return $this->note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets note
+ * @param string $note An optional note to associate with the customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNote($note)
+ {
+ $this->note = $note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets birthday
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBirthday()
+ {
+ return $this->birthday;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets birthday
+ * @param string $birthday The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st 1998.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBirthday($birthday)
+ {
+ $this->birthday = $birthday;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateCustomerResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateCustomerResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'customer' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Customer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'customer' => 'customer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'customer' => 'setCustomer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'customer' => 'getCustomer'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $customer The updated customer.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Customer
+ */
+ protected $customer;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["customer"])) {
+ $this->customer = $data["customer"];
+ } else {
+ $this->customer = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets customer
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Customer
+ */
+ public function getCustomer()
+ {
+ return $this->customer;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets customer
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Customer $customer The updated customer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCustomer($customer)
+ {
+ $this->customer = $customer;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateItemModifierListsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateItemModifierListsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'item_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'modifier_lists_to_enable' => 'string[]',
+ 'modifier_lists_to_disable' => 'string[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'item_ids' => 'item_ids',
+ 'modifier_lists_to_enable' => 'modifier_lists_to_enable',
+ 'modifier_lists_to_disable' => 'modifier_lists_to_disable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'item_ids' => 'setItemIds',
+ 'modifier_lists_to_enable' => 'setModifierListsToEnable',
+ 'modifier_lists_to_disable' => 'setModifierListsToDisable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'item_ids' => 'getItemIds',
+ 'modifier_lists_to_enable' => 'getModifierListsToEnable',
+ 'modifier_lists_to_disable' => 'getModifierListsToDisable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $item_ids The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s are being updated.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $item_ids;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_lists_to_enable The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to enable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $modifier_lists_to_enable;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_lists_to_disable The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to disable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $modifier_lists_to_disable;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["item_ids"])) {
+ $this->item_ids = $data["item_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_lists_to_enable"])) {
+ $this->modifier_lists_to_enable = $data["modifier_lists_to_enable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_lists_to_enable = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_lists_to_disable"])) {
+ $this->modifier_lists_to_disable = $data["modifier_lists_to_disable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_lists_to_disable = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getItemIds()
+ {
+ return $this->item_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_ids
+ * @param string[] $item_ids The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s are being updated.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemIds($item_ids)
+ {
+ $this->item_ids = $item_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_lists_to_enable
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getModifierListsToEnable()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_lists_to_enable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_lists_to_enable
+ * @param string[] $modifier_lists_to_enable The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to enable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierListsToEnable($modifier_lists_to_enable)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_lists_to_enable = $modifier_lists_to_enable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_lists_to_disable
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getModifierListsToDisable()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_lists_to_disable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_lists_to_disable
+ * @param string[] $modifier_lists_to_disable The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to disable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierListsToDisable($modifier_lists_to_disable)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_lists_to_disable = $modifier_lists_to_disable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateItemModifierListsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateItemModifierListsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateItemTaxesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateItemTaxesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'item_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'taxes_to_enable' => 'string[]',
+ 'taxes_to_disable' => 'string[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'item_ids' => 'item_ids',
+ 'taxes_to_enable' => 'taxes_to_enable',
+ 'taxes_to_disable' => 'taxes_to_disable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'item_ids' => 'setItemIds',
+ 'taxes_to_enable' => 'setTaxesToEnable',
+ 'taxes_to_disable' => 'setTaxesToDisable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'item_ids' => 'getItemIds',
+ 'taxes_to_enable' => 'getTaxesToEnable',
+ 'taxes_to_disable' => 'getTaxesToDisable'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $item_ids The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose enabled/disabled [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es are being updated.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $item_ids;
+ /**
+ * $taxes_to_enable The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to enable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $taxes_to_enable;
+ /**
+ * $taxes_to_disable The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to disable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $taxes_to_disable;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["item_ids"])) {
+ $this->item_ids = $data["item_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxes_to_enable"])) {
+ $this->taxes_to_enable = $data["taxes_to_enable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxes_to_enable = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxes_to_disable"])) {
+ $this->taxes_to_disable = $data["taxes_to_disable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxes_to_disable = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getItemIds()
+ {
+ return $this->item_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_ids
+ * @param string[] $item_ids The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose enabled/disabled [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es are being updated.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemIds($item_ids)
+ {
+ $this->item_ids = $item_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxes_to_enable
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxesToEnable()
+ {
+ return $this->taxes_to_enable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxes_to_enable
+ * @param string[] $taxes_to_enable The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to enable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxesToEnable($taxes_to_enable)
+ {
+ $this->taxes_to_enable = $taxes_to_enable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxes_to_disable
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxesToDisable()
+ {
+ return $this->taxes_to_disable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxes_to_disable
+ * @param string[] $taxes_to_disable The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to disable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxesToDisable($taxes_to_disable)
+ {
+ $this->taxes_to_disable = $taxes_to_disable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateItemTaxesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateItemTaxesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateShiftRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateShiftRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'shift' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Shift'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'shift' => 'shift'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'shift' => 'setShift'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'shift' => 'getShift'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $shift The updated `Shift` object.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ protected $shift;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["shift"])) {
+ $this->shift = $data["shift"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shift = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shift
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ public function getShift()
+ {
+ return $this->shift;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shift
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Shift $shift The updated `Shift` object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShift($shift)
+ {
+ $this->shift = $shift;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateShiftResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateShiftResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'shift' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Shift',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'shift' => 'shift',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'shift' => 'setShift',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'shift' => 'getShift',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $shift The updated `Shift`.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ protected $shift;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["shift"])) {
+ $this->shift = $data["shift"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shift = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shift
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Shift
+ */
+ public function getShift()
+ {
+ return $this->shift;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shift
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Shift $shift The updated `Shift`.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShift($shift)
+ {
+ $this->shift = $shift;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'workweek_config' => '\SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'workweek_config' => 'workweek_config'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'workweek_config' => 'setWorkweekConfig'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'workweek_config' => 'getWorkweekConfig'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $workweek_config The updated `WorkweekConfig` object.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig
+ */
+ protected $workweek_config;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["workweek_config"])) {
+ $this->workweek_config = $data["workweek_config"];
+ } else {
+ $this->workweek_config = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets workweek_config
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig
+ */
+ public function getWorkweekConfig()
+ {
+ return $this->workweek_config;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets workweek_config
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig $workweek_config The updated `WorkweekConfig` object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setWorkweekConfig($workweek_config)
+ {
+ $this->workweek_config = $workweek_config;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'workweek_config' => '\SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig',
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'workweek_config' => 'workweek_config',
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'workweek_config' => 'setWorkweekConfig',
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'workweek_config' => 'getWorkweekConfig',
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $workweek_config The response object.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig
+ */
+ protected $workweek_config;
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["workweek_config"])) {
+ $this->workweek_config = $data["workweek_config"];
+ } else {
+ $this->workweek_config = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets workweek_config
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig
+ */
+ public function getWorkweekConfig()
+ {
+ return $this->workweek_config;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets workweek_config
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\WorkweekConfig $workweek_config The response object.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setWorkweekConfig($workweek_config)
+ {
+ $this->workweek_config = $workweek_config;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpsertCatalogObjectRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpsertCatalogObjectRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'string',
+ 'object' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'idempotency_key',
+ 'object' => 'object'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'setIdempotencyKey',
+ 'object' => 'setObject'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'idempotency_key' => 'getIdempotencyKey',
+ 'object' => 'getObject'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $idempotency_key;
+ /**
+ * $object A [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be created or updated. The object's `is_deleted` field must not be set to `true`. When creating a new object, the object's ID must either start with a `#` character or be left blank. In either case it will be replaced with a server-generated ID.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject
+ */
+ protected $object;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["idempotency_key"])) {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $data["idempotency_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->idempotency_key = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["object"])) {
+ $this->object = $data["object"];
+ } else {
+ $this->object = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets idempotency_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getIdempotencyKey()
+ {
+ return $this->idempotency_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets idempotency_key
+ * @param string $idempotency_key A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdempotencyKey($idempotency_key)
+ {
+ $this->idempotency_key = $idempotency_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets object
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject
+ */
+ public function getObject()
+ {
+ return $this->object;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets object
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject $object A [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be created or updated. The object's `is_deleted` field must not be set to `true`. When creating a new object, the object's ID must either start with a `#` character or be left blank. In either case it will be replaced with a server-generated ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObject($object)
+ {
+ $this->object = $object;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * UpsertCatalogObjectResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpsertCatalogObjectResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'catalog_object' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject',
+ 'id_mappings' => '\SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'catalog_object' => 'catalog_object',
+ 'id_mappings' => 'id_mappings'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'catalog_object' => 'setCatalogObject',
+ 'id_mappings' => 'setIdMappings'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'catalog_object' => 'getCatalogObject',
+ 'id_mappings' => 'getIdMappings'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $catalog_object The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject
+ */
+ protected $catalog_object;
+ /**
+ * $id_mappings The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[]
+ */
+ protected $id_mappings;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["catalog_object"])) {
+ $this->catalog_object = $data["catalog_object"];
+ } else {
+ $this->catalog_object = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["id_mappings"])) {
+ $this->id_mappings = $data["id_mappings"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id_mappings = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets catalog_object
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject
+ */
+ public function getCatalogObject()
+ {
+ return $this->catalog_object;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets catalog_object
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject $catalog_object The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCatalogObject($catalog_object)
+ {
+ $this->catalog_object = $catalog_object;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id_mappings
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[]
+ */
+ public function getIdMappings()
+ {
+ return $this->id_mappings;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id_mappings
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogIdMapping[] $id_mappings The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIdMappings($id_mappings)
+ {
+ $this->id_mappings = $id_mappings;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1AdjustInventoryRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1AdjustInventoryRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'quantity_delta' => 'float',
+ 'adjustment_type' => 'string',
+ 'memo' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'quantity_delta' => 'quantity_delta',
+ 'adjustment_type' => 'adjustment_type',
+ 'memo' => 'memo'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'quantity_delta' => 'setQuantityDelta',
+ 'adjustment_type' => 'setAdjustmentType',
+ 'memo' => 'setMemo'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'quantity_delta' => 'getQuantityDelta',
+ 'adjustment_type' => 'getAdjustmentType',
+ 'memo' => 'getMemo'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $quantity_delta The number to adjust the variation's quantity by.
+ * @var float
+ */
+ protected $quantity_delta;
+ /**
+ * $adjustment_type The reason for the inventory adjustment. See [V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType](#type-v1adjustinventoryrequestadjustmenttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $adjustment_type;
+ /**
+ * $memo A note about the inventory adjustment.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $memo;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["quantity_delta"])) {
+ $this->quantity_delta = $data["quantity_delta"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity_delta = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["adjustment_type"])) {
+ $this->adjustment_type = $data["adjustment_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->adjustment_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["memo"])) {
+ $this->memo = $data["memo"];
+ } else {
+ $this->memo = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity_delta
+ * @return float
+ */
+ public function getQuantityDelta()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity_delta;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity_delta
+ * @param float $quantity_delta The number to adjust the variation's quantity by.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantityDelta($quantity_delta)
+ {
+ $this->quantity_delta = $quantity_delta;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets adjustment_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAdjustmentType()
+ {
+ return $this->adjustment_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets adjustment_type
+ * @param string $adjustment_type The reason for the inventory adjustment. See [V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType](#type-v1adjustinventoryrequestadjustmenttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdjustmentType($adjustment_type)
+ {
+ $this->adjustment_type = $adjustment_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets memo
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMemo()
+ {
+ return $this->memo;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets memo
+ * @param string $memo A note about the inventory adjustment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMemo($memo)
+ {
+ $this->memo = $memo;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ApplyFeeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ApplyFeeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ApplyModifierListRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ApplyModifierListRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1BankAccount Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1BankAccount implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'string',
+ 'bank_name' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'routing_number' => 'string',
+ 'account_number_suffix' => 'string',
+ 'currency_code' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'merchant_id',
+ 'bank_name' => 'bank_name',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'routing_number' => 'routing_number',
+ 'account_number_suffix' => 'account_number_suffix',
+ 'currency_code' => 'currency_code',
+ 'type' => 'type'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'setMerchantId',
+ 'bank_name' => 'setBankName',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'routing_number' => 'setRoutingNumber',
+ 'account_number_suffix' => 'setAccountNumberSuffix',
+ 'currency_code' => 'setCurrencyCode',
+ 'type' => 'setType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'getMerchantId',
+ 'bank_name' => 'getBankName',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'routing_number' => 'getRoutingNumber',
+ 'account_number_suffix' => 'getAccountNumberSuffix',
+ 'currency_code' => 'getCurrencyCode',
+ 'type' => 'getType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The bank account's Square-issued ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_id The Square-issued ID of the merchant associated with the bank account.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_id;
+ /**
+ * $bank_name The name of the bank that manages the account.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $bank_name;
+ /**
+ * $name The name associated with the bank account.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $routing_number The bank account's routing number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $routing_number;
+ /**
+ * $account_number_suffix The last few digits of the bank account number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $account_number_suffix;
+ /**
+ * $currency_code The currency code of the currency associated with the bank account, in ISO 4217 format. For example, the currency code for US dollars is USD.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $currency_code;
+ /**
+ * $type The bank account's type (for example, savings or checking). See [V1BankAccountType](#type-v1bankaccounttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_id"])) {
+ $this->merchant_id = $data["merchant_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["bank_name"])) {
+ $this->bank_name = $data["bank_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->bank_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["routing_number"])) {
+ $this->routing_number = $data["routing_number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->routing_number = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["account_number_suffix"])) {
+ $this->account_number_suffix = $data["account_number_suffix"];
+ } else {
+ $this->account_number_suffix = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["currency_code"])) {
+ $this->currency_code = $data["currency_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->currency_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The bank account's Square-issued ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantId()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_id
+ * @param string $merchant_id The Square-issued ID of the merchant associated with the bank account.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantId($merchant_id)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_id = $merchant_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets bank_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBankName()
+ {
+ return $this->bank_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets bank_name
+ * @param string $bank_name The name of the bank that manages the account.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBankName($bank_name)
+ {
+ $this->bank_name = $bank_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The name associated with the bank account.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets routing_number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRoutingNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->routing_number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets routing_number
+ * @param string $routing_number The bank account's routing number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRoutingNumber($routing_number)
+ {
+ $this->routing_number = $routing_number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets account_number_suffix
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAccountNumberSuffix()
+ {
+ return $this->account_number_suffix;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets account_number_suffix
+ * @param string $account_number_suffix The last few digits of the bank account number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAccountNumberSuffix($account_number_suffix)
+ {
+ $this->account_number_suffix = $account_number_suffix;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets currency_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCurrencyCode()
+ {
+ return $this->currency_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets currency_code
+ * @param string $currency_code The currency code of the currency associated with the bank account, in ISO 4217 format. For example, the currency code for US dollars is USD.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCurrencyCode($currency_code)
+ {
+ $this->currency_code = $currency_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The bank account's type (for example, savings or checking). See [V1BankAccountType](#type-v1bankaccounttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1BankAccountType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1BankAccountType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CashDrawerEvent Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CashDrawerEvent implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'event_type' => 'string',
+ 'event_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'description' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'event_type' => 'event_type',
+ 'event_money' => 'event_money',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'description' => 'description'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'event_type' => 'setEventType',
+ 'event_money' => 'setEventMoney',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'description' => 'setDescription'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'event_type' => 'getEventType',
+ 'event_money' => 'getEventMoney',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'description' => 'getDescription'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The event's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id The ID of the employee that created the event.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $event_type The type of event that occurred. See [V1CashDrawerEventEventType](#type-v1cashdrawereventeventtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $event_type;
+ /**
+ * $event_money The amount of money that was added to or removed from the cash drawer because of the event. This value can be positive (for added money) or negative (for removed money).
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $event_money;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the event occurred, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $description An optional description of the event, entered by the employee that created it.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $description;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["event_type"])) {
+ $this->event_type = $data["event_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->event_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["event_money"])) {
+ $this->event_money = $data["event_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->event_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["description"])) {
+ $this->description = $data["description"];
+ } else {
+ $this->description = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The event's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id The ID of the employee that created the event.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets event_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEventType()
+ {
+ return $this->event_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets event_type
+ * @param string $event_type The type of event that occurred. See [V1CashDrawerEventEventType](#type-v1cashdrawereventeventtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEventType($event_type)
+ {
+ $this->event_type = $event_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets event_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getEventMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->event_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets event_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $event_money The amount of money that was added to or removed from the cash drawer because of the event. This value can be positive (for added money) or negative (for removed money).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEventMoney($event_money)
+ {
+ $this->event_money = $event_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the event occurred, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets description
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDescription()
+ {
+ return $this->description;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets description
+ * @param string $description An optional description of the event, entered by the employee that created it.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDescription($description)
+ {
+ $this->description = $description;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CashDrawerEventEventType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CashDrawerEventEventType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CashDrawerShift Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CashDrawerShift implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'event_type' => 'string',
+ 'opened_at' => 'string',
+ 'ended_at' => 'string',
+ 'closed_at' => 'string',
+ 'employee_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'opening_employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'ending_employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'closing_employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'description' => 'string',
+ 'starting_cash_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'cash_payment_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'cash_refunds_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'cash_paid_in_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'cash_paid_out_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'expected_cash_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'closed_cash_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'device' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Device',
+ 'events' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerEvent[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'event_type' => 'event_type',
+ 'opened_at' => 'opened_at',
+ 'ended_at' => 'ended_at',
+ 'closed_at' => 'closed_at',
+ 'employee_ids' => 'employee_ids',
+ 'opening_employee_id' => 'opening_employee_id',
+ 'ending_employee_id' => 'ending_employee_id',
+ 'closing_employee_id' => 'closing_employee_id',
+ 'description' => 'description',
+ 'starting_cash_money' => 'starting_cash_money',
+ 'cash_payment_money' => 'cash_payment_money',
+ 'cash_refunds_money' => 'cash_refunds_money',
+ 'cash_paid_in_money' => 'cash_paid_in_money',
+ 'cash_paid_out_money' => 'cash_paid_out_money',
+ 'expected_cash_money' => 'expected_cash_money',
+ 'closed_cash_money' => 'closed_cash_money',
+ 'device' => 'device',
+ 'events' => 'events'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'event_type' => 'setEventType',
+ 'opened_at' => 'setOpenedAt',
+ 'ended_at' => 'setEndedAt',
+ 'closed_at' => 'setClosedAt',
+ 'employee_ids' => 'setEmployeeIds',
+ 'opening_employee_id' => 'setOpeningEmployeeId',
+ 'ending_employee_id' => 'setEndingEmployeeId',
+ 'closing_employee_id' => 'setClosingEmployeeId',
+ 'description' => 'setDescription',
+ 'starting_cash_money' => 'setStartingCashMoney',
+ 'cash_payment_money' => 'setCashPaymentMoney',
+ 'cash_refunds_money' => 'setCashRefundsMoney',
+ 'cash_paid_in_money' => 'setCashPaidInMoney',
+ 'cash_paid_out_money' => 'setCashPaidOutMoney',
+ 'expected_cash_money' => 'setExpectedCashMoney',
+ 'closed_cash_money' => 'setClosedCashMoney',
+ 'device' => 'setDevice',
+ 'events' => 'setEvents'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'event_type' => 'getEventType',
+ 'opened_at' => 'getOpenedAt',
+ 'ended_at' => 'getEndedAt',
+ 'closed_at' => 'getClosedAt',
+ 'employee_ids' => 'getEmployeeIds',
+ 'opening_employee_id' => 'getOpeningEmployeeId',
+ 'ending_employee_id' => 'getEndingEmployeeId',
+ 'closing_employee_id' => 'getClosingEmployeeId',
+ 'description' => 'getDescription',
+ 'starting_cash_money' => 'getStartingCashMoney',
+ 'cash_payment_money' => 'getCashPaymentMoney',
+ 'cash_refunds_money' => 'getCashRefundsMoney',
+ 'cash_paid_in_money' => 'getCashPaidInMoney',
+ 'cash_paid_out_money' => 'getCashPaidOutMoney',
+ 'expected_cash_money' => 'getExpectedCashMoney',
+ 'closed_cash_money' => 'getClosedCashMoney',
+ 'device' => 'getDevice',
+ 'events' => 'getEvents'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The shift's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $event_type The shift's current state. See [V1CashDrawerShiftEventType](#type-v1cashdrawershifteventtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $event_type;
+ /**
+ * $opened_at The time when the shift began, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $opened_at;
+ /**
+ * $ended_at The time when the shift ended, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $ended_at;
+ /**
+ * $closed_at The time when the shift was closed, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $closed_at;
+ /**
+ * $employee_ids The IDs of all employees that were logged into Square Register at some point during the cash drawer shift.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $employee_ids;
+ /**
+ * $opening_employee_id The ID of the employee that started the cash drawer shift.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $opening_employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $ending_employee_id The ID of the employee that ended the cash drawer shift.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $ending_employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $closing_employee_id The ID of the employee that closed the cash drawer shift by auditing the cash drawer's contents.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $closing_employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $description The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $description;
+ /**
+ * $starting_cash_money The amount of money in the cash drawer at the start of the shift.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $starting_cash_money;
+ /**
+ * $cash_payment_money The amount of money added to the cash drawer from cash payments.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $cash_payment_money;
+ /**
+ * $cash_refunds_money The amount of money removed from the cash drawer from cash refunds. This value is always negative or zero.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $cash_refunds_money;
+ /**
+ * $cash_paid_in_money The amount of money added to the cash drawer for reasons other than cash payments.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $cash_paid_in_money;
+ /**
+ * $cash_paid_out_money The amount of money removed from the cash drawer for reasons other than cash refunds.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $cash_paid_out_money;
+ /**
+ * $expected_cash_money The amount of money that should be in the cash drawer at the end of the shift, based on the shift's other money amounts.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $expected_cash_money;
+ /**
+ * $closed_cash_money The amount of money found in the cash drawer at the end of the shift by an auditing employee.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $closed_cash_money;
+ /**
+ * $device The device running Square Register that was connected to the cash drawer.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Device
+ */
+ protected $device;
+ /**
+ * $events All of the events (payments, refunds, and so on) that involved the cash drawer during the shift.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerEvent[]
+ */
+ protected $events;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["event_type"])) {
+ $this->event_type = $data["event_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->event_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["opened_at"])) {
+ $this->opened_at = $data["opened_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->opened_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ended_at"])) {
+ $this->ended_at = $data["ended_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ended_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["closed_at"])) {
+ $this->closed_at = $data["closed_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->closed_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_ids"])) {
+ $this->employee_ids = $data["employee_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["opening_employee_id"])) {
+ $this->opening_employee_id = $data["opening_employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->opening_employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ending_employee_id"])) {
+ $this->ending_employee_id = $data["ending_employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ending_employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["closing_employee_id"])) {
+ $this->closing_employee_id = $data["closing_employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->closing_employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["description"])) {
+ $this->description = $data["description"];
+ } else {
+ $this->description = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["starting_cash_money"])) {
+ $this->starting_cash_money = $data["starting_cash_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->starting_cash_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cash_payment_money"])) {
+ $this->cash_payment_money = $data["cash_payment_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cash_payment_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cash_refunds_money"])) {
+ $this->cash_refunds_money = $data["cash_refunds_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cash_refunds_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cash_paid_in_money"])) {
+ $this->cash_paid_in_money = $data["cash_paid_in_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cash_paid_in_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cash_paid_out_money"])) {
+ $this->cash_paid_out_money = $data["cash_paid_out_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cash_paid_out_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expected_cash_money"])) {
+ $this->expected_cash_money = $data["expected_cash_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expected_cash_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["closed_cash_money"])) {
+ $this->closed_cash_money = $data["closed_cash_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->closed_cash_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["device"])) {
+ $this->device = $data["device"];
+ } else {
+ $this->device = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["events"])) {
+ $this->events = $data["events"];
+ } else {
+ $this->events = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The shift's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets event_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEventType()
+ {
+ return $this->event_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets event_type
+ * @param string $event_type The shift's current state. See [V1CashDrawerShiftEventType](#type-v1cashdrawershifteventtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEventType($event_type)
+ {
+ $this->event_type = $event_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets opened_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOpenedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->opened_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets opened_at
+ * @param string $opened_at The time when the shift began, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOpenedAt($opened_at)
+ {
+ $this->opened_at = $opened_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ended_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->ended_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ended_at
+ * @param string $ended_at The time when the shift ended, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndedAt($ended_at)
+ {
+ $this->ended_at = $ended_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets closed_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClosedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->closed_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets closed_at
+ * @param string $closed_at The time when the shift was closed, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClosedAt($closed_at)
+ {
+ $this->closed_at = $closed_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeIds()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_ids
+ * @param string[] $employee_ids The IDs of all employees that were logged into Square Register at some point during the cash drawer shift.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeIds($employee_ids)
+ {
+ $this->employee_ids = $employee_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets opening_employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOpeningEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->opening_employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets opening_employee_id
+ * @param string $opening_employee_id The ID of the employee that started the cash drawer shift.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOpeningEmployeeId($opening_employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->opening_employee_id = $opening_employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ending_employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndingEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->ending_employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ending_employee_id
+ * @param string $ending_employee_id The ID of the employee that ended the cash drawer shift.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndingEmployeeId($ending_employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->ending_employee_id = $ending_employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets closing_employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClosingEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->closing_employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets closing_employee_id
+ * @param string $closing_employee_id The ID of the employee that closed the cash drawer shift by auditing the cash drawer's contents.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClosingEmployeeId($closing_employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->closing_employee_id = $closing_employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets description
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDescription()
+ {
+ return $this->description;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets description
+ * @param string $description The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDescription($description)
+ {
+ $this->description = $description;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets starting_cash_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getStartingCashMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->starting_cash_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets starting_cash_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $starting_cash_money The amount of money in the cash drawer at the start of the shift.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStartingCashMoney($starting_cash_money)
+ {
+ $this->starting_cash_money = $starting_cash_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cash_payment_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getCashPaymentMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->cash_payment_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cash_payment_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $cash_payment_money The amount of money added to the cash drawer from cash payments.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCashPaymentMoney($cash_payment_money)
+ {
+ $this->cash_payment_money = $cash_payment_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cash_refunds_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getCashRefundsMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->cash_refunds_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cash_refunds_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $cash_refunds_money The amount of money removed from the cash drawer from cash refunds. This value is always negative or zero.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCashRefundsMoney($cash_refunds_money)
+ {
+ $this->cash_refunds_money = $cash_refunds_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cash_paid_in_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getCashPaidInMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->cash_paid_in_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cash_paid_in_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $cash_paid_in_money The amount of money added to the cash drawer for reasons other than cash payments.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCashPaidInMoney($cash_paid_in_money)
+ {
+ $this->cash_paid_in_money = $cash_paid_in_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cash_paid_out_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getCashPaidOutMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->cash_paid_out_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cash_paid_out_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $cash_paid_out_money The amount of money removed from the cash drawer for reasons other than cash refunds.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCashPaidOutMoney($cash_paid_out_money)
+ {
+ $this->cash_paid_out_money = $cash_paid_out_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expected_cash_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getExpectedCashMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->expected_cash_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expected_cash_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $expected_cash_money The amount of money that should be in the cash drawer at the end of the shift, based on the shift's other money amounts.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpectedCashMoney($expected_cash_money)
+ {
+ $this->expected_cash_money = $expected_cash_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets closed_cash_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getClosedCashMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->closed_cash_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets closed_cash_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $closed_cash_money The amount of money found in the cash drawer at the end of the shift by an auditing employee.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClosedCashMoney($closed_cash_money)
+ {
+ $this->closed_cash_money = $closed_cash_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets device
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Device
+ */
+ public function getDevice()
+ {
+ return $this->device;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets device
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Device $device The device running Square Register that was connected to the cash drawer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDevice($device)
+ {
+ $this->device = $device;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets events
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerEvent[]
+ */
+ public function getEvents()
+ {
+ return $this->events;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets events
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerEvent[] $events All of the events (payments, refunds, and so on) that involved the cash drawer during the shift.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEvents($events)
+ {
+ $this->events = $events;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CashDrawerShiftEventType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CashDrawerShiftEventType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Category Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Category implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The category's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The category's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The category's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The category's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateCategoryRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateCategoryRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateDiscountRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateDiscountRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'employee_role' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'employee_role' => 'employee_role'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'employee_role' => 'setEmployeeRole'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'employee_role' => 'getEmployeeRole'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $employee_role An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole
+ */
+ protected $employee_role;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["employee_role"])) {
+ $this->employee_role = $data["employee_role"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_role = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_role
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeRole()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_role;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_role
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole $employee_role An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeRole($employee_role)
+ {
+ $this->employee_role = $employee_role;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateFeeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateFeeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateItemRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateItemRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateModifierListRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateModifierListRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateModifierOptionRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateModifierOptionRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreatePageRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreatePageRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateRefundRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateRefundRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'payment_id' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'reason' => 'string',
+ 'refunded_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'request_idempotence_key' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'payment_id' => 'payment_id',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'reason' => 'reason',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'refunded_money',
+ 'request_idempotence_key' => 'request_idempotence_key'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'payment_id' => 'setPaymentId',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'reason' => 'setReason',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'setRefundedMoney',
+ 'request_idempotence_key' => 'setRequestIdempotenceKey'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'payment_id' => 'getPaymentId',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'reason' => 'getReason',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'getRefundedMoney',
+ 'request_idempotence_key' => 'getRequestIdempotenceKey'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $payment_id The ID of the payment to refund. If you are creating a `PARTIAL` refund for a split tender payment, instead provide the id of the particular tender you want to refund.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $payment_id;
+ /**
+ * $type TThe type of refund (FULL or PARTIAL). See [V1CreateRefundRequestType](#type-v1createrefundrequesttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $reason The reason for the refund.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reason;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_money The amount of money to refund. Required only for PARTIAL refunds.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_money;
+ /**
+ * $request_idempotence_key An optional key to ensure idempotence if you issue the same PARTIAL refund request more than once.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $request_idempotence_key;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["payment_id"])) {
+ $this->payment_id = $data["payment_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->payment_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reason"])) {
+ $this->reason = $data["reason"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reason = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_money = $data["refunded_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["request_idempotence_key"])) {
+ $this->request_idempotence_key = $data["request_idempotence_key"];
+ } else {
+ $this->request_idempotence_key = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets payment_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPaymentId()
+ {
+ return $this->payment_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets payment_id
+ * @param string $payment_id The ID of the payment to refund. If you are creating a `PARTIAL` refund for a split tender payment, instead provide the id of the particular tender you want to refund.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPaymentId($payment_id)
+ {
+ $this->payment_id = $payment_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type TThe type of refund (FULL or PARTIAL). See [V1CreateRefundRequestType](#type-v1createrefundrequesttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reason
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReason()
+ {
+ return $this->reason;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reason
+ * @param string $reason The reason for the refund.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReason($reason)
+ {
+ $this->reason = $reason;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_money The amount of money to refund. Required only for PARTIAL refunds.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedMoney($refunded_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_money = $refunded_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets request_idempotence_key
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRequestIdempotenceKey()
+ {
+ return $this->request_idempotence_key;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets request_idempotence_key
+ * @param string $request_idempotence_key An optional key to ensure idempotence if you issue the same PARTIAL refund request more than once.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRequestIdempotenceKey($request_idempotence_key)
+ {
+ $this->request_idempotence_key = $request_idempotence_key;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateRefundRequestType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateRefundRequestType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1CreateVariationRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateVariationRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteCategoryRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteCategoryRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteDiscountRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteDiscountRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteFeeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteFeeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteItemRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteItemRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteModifierListRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteModifierListRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeletePageCellRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeletePageCellRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'row' => 'string',
+ 'column' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'row' => 'row',
+ 'column' => 'column'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'row' => 'setRow',
+ 'column' => 'setColumn'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'row' => 'getRow',
+ 'column' => 'getColumn'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $row The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $row;
+ /**
+ * $column The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $column;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["row"])) {
+ $this->row = $data["row"];
+ } else {
+ $this->row = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["column"])) {
+ $this->column = $data["column"];
+ } else {
+ $this->column = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets row
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRow()
+ {
+ return $this->row;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets row
+ * @param string $row The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRow($row)
+ {
+ $this->row = $row;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets column
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getColumn()
+ {
+ return $this->column;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets column
+ * @param string $column The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setColumn($column)
+ {
+ $this->column = $column;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeletePageRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeletePageRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteTimecardRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteTimecardRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteTimecardResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteTimecardResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DeleteVariationRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteVariationRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Discount Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Discount implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'rate' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'discount_type' => 'string',
+ 'pin_required' => 'bool',
+ 'color' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'rate' => 'rate',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'discount_type' => 'discount_type',
+ 'pin_required' => 'pin_required',
+ 'color' => 'color'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'rate' => 'setRate',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'discount_type' => 'setDiscountType',
+ 'pin_required' => 'setPinRequired',
+ 'color' => 'setColor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'rate' => 'getRate',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'discount_type' => 'getDiscountType',
+ 'pin_required' => 'getPinRequired',
+ 'color' => 'getColor'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The discount's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The discount's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $rate The rate of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. This rate is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $rate;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of the discount. This amount is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_AMOUNT. This field is not included for rate-based discounts.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $discount_type Indicates whether the discount is a FIXED value or entered at the time of sale. See [V1DiscountDiscountType](#type-v1discountdiscounttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $discount_type;
+ /**
+ * $pin_required Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $pin_required;
+ /**
+ * $color The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. The default color is 9da2a6. See [V1DiscountColor](#type-v1discountcolor) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $color;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["rate"])) {
+ $this->rate = $data["rate"];
+ } else {
+ $this->rate = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discount_type"])) {
+ $this->discount_type = $data["discount_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discount_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pin_required"])) {
+ $this->pin_required = $data["pin_required"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pin_required = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["color"])) {
+ $this->color = $data["color"];
+ } else {
+ $this->color = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The discount's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The discount's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets rate
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRate()
+ {
+ return $this->rate;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets rate
+ * @param string $rate The rate of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. This rate is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRate($rate)
+ {
+ $this->rate = $rate;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $amount_money The amount of the discount. This amount is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_AMOUNT. This field is not included for rate-based discounts.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discount_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDiscountType()
+ {
+ return $this->discount_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discount_type
+ * @param string $discount_type Indicates whether the discount is a FIXED value or entered at the time of sale. See [V1DiscountDiscountType](#type-v1discountdiscounttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscountType($discount_type)
+ {
+ $this->discount_type = $discount_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pin_required
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getPinRequired()
+ {
+ return $this->pin_required;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pin_required
+ * @param bool $pin_required Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPinRequired($pin_required)
+ {
+ $this->pin_required = $pin_required;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets color
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getColor()
+ {
+ return $this->color;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets color
+ * @param string $color The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. The default color is 9da2a6. See [V1DiscountColor](#type-v1discountcolor) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setColor($color)
+ {
+ $this->color = $color;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DiscountColor Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DiscountColor implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1DiscountDiscountType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DiscountDiscountType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Employee Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Employee implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'first_name' => 'string',
+ 'last_name' => 'string',
+ 'role_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'authorized_location_ids' => 'string[]',
+ 'email' => 'string',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'external_id' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'first_name' => 'first_name',
+ 'last_name' => 'last_name',
+ 'role_ids' => 'role_ids',
+ 'authorized_location_ids' => 'authorized_location_ids',
+ 'email' => 'email',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'external_id' => 'external_id',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'first_name' => 'setFirstName',
+ 'last_name' => 'setLastName',
+ 'role_ids' => 'setRoleIds',
+ 'authorized_location_ids' => 'setAuthorizedLocationIds',
+ 'email' => 'setEmail',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'external_id' => 'setExternalId',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'first_name' => 'getFirstName',
+ 'last_name' => 'getLastName',
+ 'role_ids' => 'getRoleIds',
+ 'authorized_location_ids' => 'getAuthorizedLocationIds',
+ 'email' => 'getEmail',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'external_id' => 'getExternalId',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The employee's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $first_name The employee's first name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $first_name;
+ /**
+ * $last_name The employee's last name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $last_name;
+ /**
+ * $role_ids The ids of the employee's associated roles. Currently, you can specify only one or zero roles per employee.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $role_ids;
+ /**
+ * $authorized_location_ids The IDs of the locations the employee is allowed to clock in at.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $authorized_location_ids;
+ /**
+ * $email The employee's email address.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $email;
+ /**
+ * $status CWhether the employee is ACTIVE or INACTIVE. Inactive employees cannot sign in to Square Register.Merchants update this field from the Square Dashboard. See [V1EmployeeStatus](#type-v1employeestatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $external_id An ID the merchant can set to associate the employee with an entity in another system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $external_id;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["first_name"])) {
+ $this->first_name = $data["first_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->first_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["last_name"])) {
+ $this->last_name = $data["last_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->last_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["role_ids"])) {
+ $this->role_ids = $data["role_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->role_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["authorized_location_ids"])) {
+ $this->authorized_location_ids = $data["authorized_location_ids"];
+ } else {
+ $this->authorized_location_ids = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["email"])) {
+ $this->email = $data["email"];
+ } else {
+ $this->email = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["external_id"])) {
+ $this->external_id = $data["external_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->external_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The employee's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets first_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFirstName()
+ {
+ return $this->first_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets first_name
+ * @param string $first_name The employee's first name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFirstName($first_name)
+ {
+ $this->first_name = $first_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets last_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLastName()
+ {
+ return $this->last_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets last_name
+ * @param string $last_name The employee's last name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLastName($last_name)
+ {
+ $this->last_name = $last_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets role_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getRoleIds()
+ {
+ return $this->role_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets role_ids
+ * @param string[] $role_ids The ids of the employee's associated roles. Currently, you can specify only one or zero roles per employee.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRoleIds($role_ids)
+ {
+ $this->role_ids = $role_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets authorized_location_ids
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getAuthorizedLocationIds()
+ {
+ return $this->authorized_location_ids;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets authorized_location_ids
+ * @param string[] $authorized_location_ids The IDs of the locations the employee is allowed to clock in at.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAuthorizedLocationIds($authorized_location_ids)
+ {
+ $this->authorized_location_ids = $authorized_location_ids;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets email
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmail()
+ {
+ return $this->email;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets email
+ * @param string $email The employee's email address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmail($email)
+ {
+ $this->email = $email;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status CWhether the employee is ACTIVE or INACTIVE. Inactive employees cannot sign in to Square Register.Merchants update this field from the Square Dashboard. See [V1EmployeeStatus](#type-v1employeestatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets external_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExternalId()
+ {
+ return $this->external_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets external_id
+ * @param string $external_id An ID the merchant can set to associate the employee with an entity in another system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExternalId($external_id)
+ {
+ $this->external_id = $external_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1EmployeeRole Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeeRole implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'permissions' => 'string[]',
+ 'is_owner' => 'bool',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'permissions' => 'permissions',
+ 'is_owner' => 'is_owner',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'permissions' => 'setPermissions',
+ 'is_owner' => 'setIsOwner',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'permissions' => 'getPermissions',
+ 'is_owner' => 'getIsOwner',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The role's unique ID, Can only be set by Square.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The role's merchant-defined name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $permissions The role's permissions. See [V1EmployeeRolePermissions](#type-v1employeerolepermissions) for possible values
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $permissions;
+ /**
+ * $is_owner If true, employees with this role have all permissions, regardless of the values indicated in permissions.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $is_owner;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role is created.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role updated.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["permissions"])) {
+ $this->permissions = $data["permissions"];
+ } else {
+ $this->permissions = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["is_owner"])) {
+ $this->is_owner = $data["is_owner"];
+ } else {
+ $this->is_owner = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The role's unique ID, Can only be set by Square.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The role's merchant-defined name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets permissions
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getPermissions()
+ {
+ return $this->permissions;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets permissions
+ * @param string[] $permissions The role's permissions. See [V1EmployeeRolePermissions](#type-v1employeerolepermissions) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPermissions($permissions)
+ {
+ $this->permissions = $permissions;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets is_owner
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIsOwner()
+ {
+ return $this->is_owner;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets is_owner
+ * @param bool $is_owner If true, employees with this role have all permissions, regardless of the values indicated in permissions.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIsOwner($is_owner)
+ {
+ $this->is_owner = $is_owner;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role is created.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role updated.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1EmployeeRolePermissions Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeeRolePermissions implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1EmployeeStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeeStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Fee Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Fee implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'rate' => 'string',
+ 'calculation_phase' => 'string',
+ 'adjustment_type' => 'string',
+ 'applies_to_custom_amounts' => 'bool',
+ 'enabled' => 'bool',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'rate' => 'rate',
+ 'calculation_phase' => 'calculation_phase',
+ 'adjustment_type' => 'adjustment_type',
+ 'applies_to_custom_amounts' => 'applies_to_custom_amounts',
+ 'enabled' => 'enabled',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'inclusion_type',
+ 'type' => 'type'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'rate' => 'setRate',
+ 'calculation_phase' => 'setCalculationPhase',
+ 'adjustment_type' => 'setAdjustmentType',
+ 'applies_to_custom_amounts' => 'setAppliesToCustomAmounts',
+ 'enabled' => 'setEnabled',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'setInclusionType',
+ 'type' => 'setType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'rate' => 'getRate',
+ 'calculation_phase' => 'getCalculationPhase',
+ 'adjustment_type' => 'getAdjustmentType',
+ 'applies_to_custom_amounts' => 'getAppliesToCustomAmounts',
+ 'enabled' => 'getEnabled',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'getInclusionType',
+ 'type' => 'getType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The fee's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The fee's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $rate The rate of the fee, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $rate;
+ /**
+ * $calculation_phase Forthcoming See [V1FeeCalculationPhase](#type-v1feecalculationphase) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $calculation_phase;
+ /**
+ * $adjustment_type The type of adjustment the fee applies to a payment. Currently, this value is TAX for all fees. See [V1FeeAdjustmentType](#type-v1feeadjustmenttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $adjustment_type;
+ /**
+ * $applies_to_custom_amounts If true, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into Square Register that are not associated with a particular item.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $applies_to_custom_amounts;
+ /**
+ * $enabled If true, the fee is applied to all appropriate items. If false, the fee is not applied at all.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $enabled;
+ /**
+ * $inclusion_type Whether the fee is ADDITIVE or INCLUSIVE. See [V1FeeInclusionType](#type-v1feeinclusiontype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $inclusion_type;
+ /**
+ * $type In countries with multiple classifications for sales taxes, indicates which classification the fee falls under. Currently relevant only to Canadian merchants. See [V1FeeType](#type-v1feetype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["rate"])) {
+ $this->rate = $data["rate"];
+ } else {
+ $this->rate = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["calculation_phase"])) {
+ $this->calculation_phase = $data["calculation_phase"];
+ } else {
+ $this->calculation_phase = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["adjustment_type"])) {
+ $this->adjustment_type = $data["adjustment_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->adjustment_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["applies_to_custom_amounts"])) {
+ $this->applies_to_custom_amounts = $data["applies_to_custom_amounts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->applies_to_custom_amounts = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["enabled"])) {
+ $this->enabled = $data["enabled"];
+ } else {
+ $this->enabled = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inclusion_type"])) {
+ $this->inclusion_type = $data["inclusion_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inclusion_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The fee's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The fee's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets rate
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRate()
+ {
+ return $this->rate;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets rate
+ * @param string $rate The rate of the fee, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRate($rate)
+ {
+ $this->rate = $rate;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets calculation_phase
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCalculationPhase()
+ {
+ return $this->calculation_phase;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets calculation_phase
+ * @param string $calculation_phase Forthcoming See [V1FeeCalculationPhase](#type-v1feecalculationphase) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCalculationPhase($calculation_phase)
+ {
+ $this->calculation_phase = $calculation_phase;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets adjustment_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAdjustmentType()
+ {
+ return $this->adjustment_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets adjustment_type
+ * @param string $adjustment_type The type of adjustment the fee applies to a payment. Currently, this value is TAX for all fees. See [V1FeeAdjustmentType](#type-v1feeadjustmenttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdjustmentType($adjustment_type)
+ {
+ $this->adjustment_type = $adjustment_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets applies_to_custom_amounts
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAppliesToCustomAmounts()
+ {
+ return $this->applies_to_custom_amounts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets applies_to_custom_amounts
+ * @param bool $applies_to_custom_amounts If true, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into Square Register that are not associated with a particular item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAppliesToCustomAmounts($applies_to_custom_amounts)
+ {
+ $this->applies_to_custom_amounts = $applies_to_custom_amounts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets enabled
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getEnabled()
+ {
+ return $this->enabled;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets enabled
+ * @param bool $enabled If true, the fee is applied to all appropriate items. If false, the fee is not applied at all.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEnabled($enabled)
+ {
+ $this->enabled = $enabled;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inclusion_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getInclusionType()
+ {
+ return $this->inclusion_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inclusion_type
+ * @param string $inclusion_type Whether the fee is ADDITIVE or INCLUSIVE. See [V1FeeInclusionType](#type-v1feeinclusiontype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInclusionType($inclusion_type)
+ {
+ $this->inclusion_type = $inclusion_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type In countries with multiple classifications for sales taxes, indicates which classification the fee falls under. Currently relevant only to Canadian merchants. See [V1FeeType](#type-v1feetype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1FeeAdjustmentType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeAdjustmentType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1FeeCalculationPhase Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeCalculationPhase implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1FeeInclusionType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeInclusionType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1FeeType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1InventoryEntry Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1InventoryEntry implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'variation_id' => 'string',
+ 'quantity_on_hand' => 'float'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'variation_id' => 'variation_id',
+ 'quantity_on_hand' => 'quantity_on_hand'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'variation_id' => 'setVariationId',
+ 'quantity_on_hand' => 'setQuantityOnHand'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'variation_id' => 'getVariationId',
+ 'quantity_on_hand' => 'getQuantityOnHand'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $variation_id The variation that the entry corresponds to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $variation_id;
+ /**
+ * $quantity_on_hand The current available quantity of the item variation.
+ * @var float
+ */
+ protected $quantity_on_hand;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["variation_id"])) {
+ $this->variation_id = $data["variation_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->variation_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["quantity_on_hand"])) {
+ $this->quantity_on_hand = $data["quantity_on_hand"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity_on_hand = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets variation_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getVariationId()
+ {
+ return $this->variation_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets variation_id
+ * @param string $variation_id The variation that the entry corresponds to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVariationId($variation_id)
+ {
+ $this->variation_id = $variation_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity_on_hand
+ * @return float
+ */
+ public function getQuantityOnHand()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity_on_hand;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity_on_hand
+ * @param float $quantity_on_hand The current available quantity of the item variation.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantityOnHand($quantity_on_hand)
+ {
+ $this->quantity_on_hand = $quantity_on_hand;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Item Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Item implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'description' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'color' => 'string',
+ 'abbreviation' => 'string',
+ 'visibility' => 'string',
+ 'available_online' => 'bool',
+ 'master_image' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ItemImage',
+ 'category' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category',
+ 'variations' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[]',
+ 'modifier_lists' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[]',
+ 'fees' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]',
+ 'taxable' => 'bool',
+ 'category_id' => 'string',
+ 'available_for_pickup' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'description' => 'description',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'color' => 'color',
+ 'abbreviation' => 'abbreviation',
+ 'visibility' => 'visibility',
+ 'available_online' => 'available_online',
+ 'master_image' => 'master_image',
+ 'category' => 'category',
+ 'variations' => 'variations',
+ 'modifier_lists' => 'modifier_lists',
+ 'fees' => 'fees',
+ 'taxable' => 'taxable',
+ 'category_id' => 'category_id',
+ 'available_for_pickup' => 'available_for_pickup'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'description' => 'setDescription',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'color' => 'setColor',
+ 'abbreviation' => 'setAbbreviation',
+ 'visibility' => 'setVisibility',
+ 'available_online' => 'setAvailableOnline',
+ 'master_image' => 'setMasterImage',
+ 'category' => 'setCategory',
+ 'variations' => 'setVariations',
+ 'modifier_lists' => 'setModifierLists',
+ 'fees' => 'setFees',
+ 'taxable' => 'setTaxable',
+ 'category_id' => 'setCategoryId',
+ 'available_for_pickup' => 'setAvailableForPickup'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'description' => 'getDescription',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'color' => 'getColor',
+ 'abbreviation' => 'getAbbreviation',
+ 'visibility' => 'getVisibility',
+ 'available_online' => 'getAvailableOnline',
+ 'master_image' => 'getMasterImage',
+ 'category' => 'getCategory',
+ 'variations' => 'getVariations',
+ 'modifier_lists' => 'getModifierLists',
+ 'fees' => 'getFees',
+ 'taxable' => 'getTaxable',
+ 'category_id' => 'getCategoryId',
+ 'available_for_pickup' => 'getAvailableForPickup'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The item's ID. Must be unique among all entity IDs ever provided on behalf of the merchant. You can never reuse an ID. This value can include alphanumeric characters, dashes (-), and underscores (_).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The item's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $description The item's description.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $description;
+ /**
+ * $type The item's type. This value is NORMAL for almost all items. See [V1ItemType](#type-v1itemtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $color The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. The default color is 9da2a6. See [V1ItemColor](#type-v1itemcolor) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $color;
+ /**
+ * $abbreviation The text of the item's display label in Square Register. Only up to the first five characters of the string are used.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $abbreviation;
+ /**
+ * $visibility Indicates whether the item is viewable from the merchant's online store (PUBLIC) or PRIVATE. See [V1ItemVisibility](#type-v1itemvisibility) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $visibility;
+ /**
+ * $available_online If true, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $available_online;
+ /**
+ * $master_image The item's master image, if any.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1ItemImage
+ */
+ protected $master_image;
+ /**
+ * $category The category the item belongs to, if any.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ */
+ protected $category;
+ /**
+ * $variations The item's variations. You must specify at least one variation.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[]
+ */
+ protected $variations;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_lists The modifier lists that apply to the item, if any.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[]
+ */
+ protected $modifier_lists;
+ /**
+ * $fees The fees that apply to the item, if any.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]
+ */
+ protected $fees;
+ /**
+ * $taxable Deprecated. This field is not used.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $taxable;
+ /**
+ * $category_id The ID of the item's category, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $category_id;
+ /**
+ * $available_for_pickup If true, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store. Default value: false
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $available_for_pickup;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["description"])) {
+ $this->description = $data["description"];
+ } else {
+ $this->description = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["color"])) {
+ $this->color = $data["color"];
+ } else {
+ $this->color = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["abbreviation"])) {
+ $this->abbreviation = $data["abbreviation"];
+ } else {
+ $this->abbreviation = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["visibility"])) {
+ $this->visibility = $data["visibility"];
+ } else {
+ $this->visibility = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["available_online"])) {
+ $this->available_online = $data["available_online"];
+ } else {
+ $this->available_online = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["master_image"])) {
+ $this->master_image = $data["master_image"];
+ } else {
+ $this->master_image = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["category"])) {
+ $this->category = $data["category"];
+ } else {
+ $this->category = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["variations"])) {
+ $this->variations = $data["variations"];
+ } else {
+ $this->variations = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_lists"])) {
+ $this->modifier_lists = $data["modifier_lists"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_lists = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["fees"])) {
+ $this->fees = $data["fees"];
+ } else {
+ $this->fees = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxable"])) {
+ $this->taxable = $data["taxable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxable = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["category_id"])) {
+ $this->category_id = $data["category_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->category_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["available_for_pickup"])) {
+ $this->available_for_pickup = $data["available_for_pickup"];
+ } else {
+ $this->available_for_pickup = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The item's ID. Must be unique among all entity IDs ever provided on behalf of the merchant. You can never reuse an ID. This value can include alphanumeric characters, dashes (-), and underscores (_).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The item's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets description
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDescription()
+ {
+ return $this->description;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets description
+ * @param string $description The item's description.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDescription($description)
+ {
+ $this->description = $description;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The item's type. This value is NORMAL for almost all items. See [V1ItemType](#type-v1itemtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets color
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getColor()
+ {
+ return $this->color;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets color
+ * @param string $color The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. The default color is 9da2a6. See [V1ItemColor](#type-v1itemcolor) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setColor($color)
+ {
+ $this->color = $color;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets abbreviation
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAbbreviation()
+ {
+ return $this->abbreviation;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets abbreviation
+ * @param string $abbreviation The text of the item's display label in Square Register. Only up to the first five characters of the string are used.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAbbreviation($abbreviation)
+ {
+ $this->abbreviation = $abbreviation;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets visibility
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getVisibility()
+ {
+ return $this->visibility;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets visibility
+ * @param string $visibility Indicates whether the item is viewable from the merchant's online store (PUBLIC) or PRIVATE. See [V1ItemVisibility](#type-v1itemvisibility) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVisibility($visibility)
+ {
+ $this->visibility = $visibility;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets available_online
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAvailableOnline()
+ {
+ return $this->available_online;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets available_online
+ * @param bool $available_online If true, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAvailableOnline($available_online)
+ {
+ $this->available_online = $available_online;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets master_image
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ItemImage
+ */
+ public function getMasterImage()
+ {
+ return $this->master_image;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets master_image
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ItemImage $master_image The item's master image, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMasterImage($master_image)
+ {
+ $this->master_image = $master_image;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets category
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ */
+ public function getCategory()
+ {
+ return $this->category;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets category
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category $category The category the item belongs to, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCategory($category)
+ {
+ $this->category = $category;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets variations
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[]
+ */
+ public function getVariations()
+ {
+ return $this->variations;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets variations
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[] $variations The item's variations. You must specify at least one variation.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVariations($variations)
+ {
+ $this->variations = $variations;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_lists
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[]
+ */
+ public function getModifierLists()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_lists;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_lists
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation[] $modifier_lists The modifier lists that apply to the item, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierLists($modifier_lists)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_lists = $modifier_lists;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets fees
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]
+ */
+ public function getFees()
+ {
+ return $this->fees;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets fees
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[] $fees The fees that apply to the item, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFees($fees)
+ {
+ $this->fees = $fees;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxable
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getTaxable()
+ {
+ return $this->taxable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxable
+ * @param bool $taxable Deprecated. This field is not used.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxable($taxable)
+ {
+ $this->taxable = $taxable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets category_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCategoryId()
+ {
+ return $this->category_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets category_id
+ * @param string $category_id The ID of the item's category, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCategoryId($category_id)
+ {
+ $this->category_id = $category_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets available_for_pickup
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getAvailableForPickup()
+ {
+ return $this->available_for_pickup;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets available_for_pickup
+ * @param bool $available_for_pickup If true, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store. Default value: false
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAvailableForPickup($available_for_pickup)
+ {
+ $this->available_for_pickup = $available_for_pickup;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ItemColor Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemColor implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ItemImage Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemImage implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'url' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'url' => 'url'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'url' => 'setUrl'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'url' => 'getUrl'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The image's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $url The image's publicly accessible URL.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $url;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["url"])) {
+ $this->url = $data["url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->url = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The image's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets url
+ * @param string $url The image's publicly accessible URL.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUrl($url)
+ {
+ $this->url = $url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ItemType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ItemVisibility Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemVisibility implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListBankAccountsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListBankAccountsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListBankAccountsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListBankAccountsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1BankAccount[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => 'string',
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_time' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'end_time' => 'end_time'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'setEndTime'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'getEndTime'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_time;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_time"])) {
+ $this->end_time = $data["end_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_time = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_time
+ * @param string $end_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndTime($end_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_time = $end_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1CashDrawerShift[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListCategoriesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListCategoriesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListCategoriesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListCategoriesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListDiscountsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListDiscountsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListDiscountsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListDiscountsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'batch_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeeRolesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeeRolesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => 'string',
+ 'begin_updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'end_updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'begin_created_at' => 'string',
+ 'end_created_at' => 'string',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'external_id' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'batch_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'begin_updated_at' => 'begin_updated_at',
+ 'end_updated_at' => 'end_updated_at',
+ 'begin_created_at' => 'begin_created_at',
+ 'end_created_at' => 'end_created_at',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'external_id' => 'external_id',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'begin_updated_at' => 'setBeginUpdatedAt',
+ 'end_updated_at' => 'setEndUpdatedAt',
+ 'begin_created_at' => 'setBeginCreatedAt',
+ 'end_created_at' => 'setEndCreatedAt',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'external_id' => 'setExternalId',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'begin_updated_at' => 'getBeginUpdatedAt',
+ 'end_updated_at' => 'getEndUpdatedAt',
+ 'begin_created_at' => 'getBeginCreatedAt',
+ 'end_created_at' => 'getEndCreatedAt',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'external_id' => 'getExternalId',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $begin_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $end_updated_at If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $begin_created_at If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_created_at;
+ /**
+ * $end_created_at If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_created_at;
+ /**
+ * $status If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE). See [V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus](#type-v1listemployeesrequeststatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $external_id If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $external_id;
+ /**
+ * $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_updated_at"])) {
+ $this->begin_updated_at = $data["begin_updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_updated_at"])) {
+ $this->end_updated_at = $data["end_updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_created_at"])) {
+ $this->begin_created_at = $data["begin_created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_created_at"])) {
+ $this->end_created_at = $data["end_created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["external_id"])) {
+ $this->external_id = $data["external_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->external_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_updated_at
+ * @param string $begin_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginUpdatedAt($begin_updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->begin_updated_at = $begin_updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->end_updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_updated_at
+ * @param string $end_updated_at If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndUpdatedAt($end_updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->end_updated_at = $end_updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_created_at
+ * @param string $begin_created_at If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginCreatedAt($begin_created_at)
+ {
+ $this->begin_created_at = $begin_created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->end_created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_created_at
+ * @param string $end_created_at If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndCreatedAt($end_created_at)
+ {
+ $this->end_created_at = $end_created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE). See [V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus](#type-v1listemployeesrequeststatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets external_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExternalId()
+ {
+ return $this->external_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets external_id
+ * @param string $external_id If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExternalId($external_id)
+ {
+ $this->external_id = $external_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListFeesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListFeesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListFeesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListFeesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListInventoryRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListInventoryRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'batch_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $limit The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListInventoryResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListInventoryResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1InventoryEntry[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListItemsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListItemsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'batch_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListItemsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListItemsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListLocationsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListLocationsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListLocationsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListLocationsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Merchant[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListModifierListsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListModifierListsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListModifierListsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListModifierListsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierList[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListOrdersRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListOrdersRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'batch_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListOrdersResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListOrdersResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Order[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListPagesRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListPagesRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListPagesResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListPagesResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListPaymentsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListPaymentsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => 'string',
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_time' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'batch_token' => 'string',
+ 'include_partial' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'end_time' => 'end_time',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token',
+ 'include_partial' => 'include_partial'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'setEndTime',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken',
+ 'include_partial' => 'setIncludePartial'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'getEndTime',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken',
+ 'include_partial' => 'getIncludePartial'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order The order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_time;
+ /**
+ * $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+ /**
+ * $include_partial Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $include_partial;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_time"])) {
+ $this->end_time = $data["end_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["include_partial"])) {
+ $this->include_partial = $data["include_partial"];
+ } else {
+ $this->include_partial = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order The order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_time
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndTime($end_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_time = $end_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets include_partial
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIncludePartial()
+ {
+ return $this->include_partial;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets include_partial
+ * @param bool $include_partial Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIncludePartial($include_partial)
+ {
+ $this->include_partial = $include_partial;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListPaymentsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListPaymentsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Payment[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListRefundsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListRefundsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => 'string',
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_time' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'batch_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'end_time' => 'end_time',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'setEndTime',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'getEndTime',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_time;
+ /**
+ * $limit The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_time"])) {
+ $this->end_time = $data["end_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_time
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndTime($end_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_time = $end_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListRefundsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListRefundsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListSettlementsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListSettlementsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => 'string',
+ 'begin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_time' => 'string',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'batch_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'begin_time' => 'begin_time',
+ 'end_time' => 'end_time',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'begin_time' => 'setBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'setEndTime',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'begin_time' => 'getBeginTime',
+ 'end_time' => 'getEndTime',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_time;
+ /**
+ * $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $status Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED). See [V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus](#type-v1listsettlementsrequeststatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_time = $data["begin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_time"])) {
+ $this->end_time = $data["end_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_time
+ * @param string $begin_time The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginTime($begin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_time = $begin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_time
+ * @param string $end_time The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndTime($end_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_time = $end_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED). See [V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus](#type-v1listsettlementsrequeststatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListSettlementsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListSettlementsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Settlement[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListTimecardEventsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListTimecardEventsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListTimecardEventsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListTimecardEventsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1TimecardEvent[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListTimecardsRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListTimecardsRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'order' => 'string',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'begin_clockin_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_clockin_time' => 'string',
+ 'begin_clockout_time' => 'string',
+ 'end_clockout_time' => 'string',
+ 'begin_updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'end_updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'deleted' => 'bool',
+ 'limit' => 'int',
+ 'batch_token' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'order' => 'order',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'begin_clockin_time' => 'begin_clockin_time',
+ 'end_clockin_time' => 'end_clockin_time',
+ 'begin_clockout_time' => 'begin_clockout_time',
+ 'end_clockout_time' => 'end_clockout_time',
+ 'begin_updated_at' => 'begin_updated_at',
+ 'end_updated_at' => 'end_updated_at',
+ 'deleted' => 'deleted',
+ 'limit' => 'limit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'batch_token'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'order' => 'setOrder',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'begin_clockin_time' => 'setBeginClockinTime',
+ 'end_clockin_time' => 'setEndClockinTime',
+ 'begin_clockout_time' => 'setBeginClockoutTime',
+ 'end_clockout_time' => 'setEndClockoutTime',
+ 'begin_updated_at' => 'setBeginUpdatedAt',
+ 'end_updated_at' => 'setEndUpdatedAt',
+ 'deleted' => 'setDeleted',
+ 'limit' => 'setLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'setBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'order' => 'getOrder',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'begin_clockin_time' => 'getBeginClockinTime',
+ 'end_clockin_time' => 'getEndClockinTime',
+ 'begin_clockout_time' => 'getBeginClockoutTime',
+ 'end_clockout_time' => 'getEndClockoutTime',
+ 'begin_updated_at' => 'getBeginUpdatedAt',
+ 'end_updated_at' => 'getEndUpdatedAt',
+ 'deleted' => 'getDeleted',
+ 'limit' => 'getLimit',
+ 'batch_token' => 'getBatchToken'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $order The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $order;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $begin_clockin_time If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_clockin_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_clockin_time If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_clockin_time;
+ /**
+ * $begin_clockout_time If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_clockout_time;
+ /**
+ * $end_clockout_time If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_clockout_time;
+ /**
+ * $begin_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $begin_updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $end_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $end_updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $deleted If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned.If you don't provide this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $deleted;
+ /**
+ * $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $limit;
+ /**
+ * $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $batch_token;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["order"])) {
+ $this->order = $data["order"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_clockin_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_clockin_time = $data["begin_clockin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_clockin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_clockin_time"])) {
+ $this->end_clockin_time = $data["end_clockin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_clockin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_clockout_time"])) {
+ $this->begin_clockout_time = $data["begin_clockout_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_clockout_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_clockout_time"])) {
+ $this->end_clockout_time = $data["end_clockout_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_clockout_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["begin_updated_at"])) {
+ $this->begin_updated_at = $data["begin_updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->begin_updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["end_updated_at"])) {
+ $this->end_updated_at = $data["end_updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->end_updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["deleted"])) {
+ $this->deleted = $data["deleted"];
+ } else {
+ $this->deleted = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["limit"])) {
+ $this->limit = $data["limit"];
+ } else {
+ $this->limit = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["batch_token"])) {
+ $this->batch_token = $data["batch_token"];
+ } else {
+ $this->batch_token = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getOrder()
+ {
+ return $this->order;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order
+ * @param string $order The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrder($order)
+ {
+ $this->order = $order;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_clockin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginClockinTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_clockin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_clockin_time
+ * @param string $begin_clockin_time If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginClockinTime($begin_clockin_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_clockin_time = $begin_clockin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_clockin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndClockinTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_clockin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_clockin_time
+ * @param string $end_clockin_time If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndClockinTime($end_clockin_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_clockin_time = $end_clockin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_clockout_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginClockoutTime()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_clockout_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_clockout_time
+ * @param string $begin_clockout_time If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginClockoutTime($begin_clockout_time)
+ {
+ $this->begin_clockout_time = $begin_clockout_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_clockout_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndClockoutTime()
+ {
+ return $this->end_clockout_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_clockout_time
+ * @param string $end_clockout_time If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndClockoutTime($end_clockout_time)
+ {
+ $this->end_clockout_time = $end_clockout_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets begin_updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBeginUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->begin_updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets begin_updated_at
+ * @param string $begin_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBeginUpdatedAt($begin_updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->begin_updated_at = $begin_updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets end_updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEndUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->end_updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets end_updated_at
+ * @param string $end_updated_at If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEndUpdatedAt($end_updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->end_updated_at = $end_updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets deleted
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getDeleted()
+ {
+ return $this->deleted;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets deleted
+ * @param bool $deleted If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned.If you don't provide this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDeleted($deleted)
+ {
+ $this->deleted = $deleted;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets limit
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getLimit()
+ {
+ return $this->limit;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets limit
+ * @param int $limit The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLimit($limit)
+ {
+ $this->limit = $limit;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets batch_token
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBatchToken()
+ {
+ return $this->batch_token;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets batch_token
+ * @param string $batch_token A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBatchToken($batch_token)
+ {
+ $this->batch_token = $batch_token;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ListTimecardsResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListTimecardsResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'items' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'items' => 'items'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'items' => 'setItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'items' => 'getItems'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $items
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]
+ */
+ protected $items;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["items"])) {
+ $this->items = $data["items"];
+ } else {
+ $this->items = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets items
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[]
+ */
+ public function getItems()
+ {
+ return $this->items;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets items
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard[] $items
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItems($items)
+ {
+ $this->items = $items;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Merchant Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Merchant implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'email' => 'string',
+ 'account_type' => 'string',
+ 'account_capabilities' => 'string[]',
+ 'country_code' => 'string',
+ 'language_code' => 'string',
+ 'currency_code' => 'string',
+ 'business_name' => 'string',
+ 'business_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'business_phone' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PhoneNumber',
+ 'business_type' => 'string',
+ 'shipping_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'location_details' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1MerchantLocationDetails',
+ 'market_url' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'email' => 'email',
+ 'account_type' => 'account_type',
+ 'account_capabilities' => 'account_capabilities',
+ 'country_code' => 'country_code',
+ 'language_code' => 'language_code',
+ 'currency_code' => 'currency_code',
+ 'business_name' => 'business_name',
+ 'business_address' => 'business_address',
+ 'business_phone' => 'business_phone',
+ 'business_type' => 'business_type',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'shipping_address',
+ 'location_details' => 'location_details',
+ 'market_url' => 'market_url'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'email' => 'setEmail',
+ 'account_type' => 'setAccountType',
+ 'account_capabilities' => 'setAccountCapabilities',
+ 'country_code' => 'setCountryCode',
+ 'language_code' => 'setLanguageCode',
+ 'currency_code' => 'setCurrencyCode',
+ 'business_name' => 'setBusinessName',
+ 'business_address' => 'setBusinessAddress',
+ 'business_phone' => 'setBusinessPhone',
+ 'business_type' => 'setBusinessType',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'setShippingAddress',
+ 'location_details' => 'setLocationDetails',
+ 'market_url' => 'setMarketUrl'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'email' => 'getEmail',
+ 'account_type' => 'getAccountType',
+ 'account_capabilities' => 'getAccountCapabilities',
+ 'country_code' => 'getCountryCode',
+ 'language_code' => 'getLanguageCode',
+ 'currency_code' => 'getCurrencyCode',
+ 'business_name' => 'getBusinessName',
+ 'business_address' => 'getBusinessAddress',
+ 'business_phone' => 'getBusinessPhone',
+ 'business_type' => 'getBusinessType',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'getShippingAddress',
+ 'location_details' => 'getLocationDetails',
+ 'market_url' => 'getMarketUrl'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The merchant account's unique identifier.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The name associated with the merchant account.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $email The email address associated with the merchant account.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $email;
+ /**
+ * $account_type Indicates whether the merchant account corresponds to a single-location account (LOCATION) or a business account (BUSINESS). This value is almost always LOCATION. See [V1MerchantAccountType](#type-v1merchantaccounttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $account_type;
+ /**
+ * $account_capabilities Capabilities that are enabled for the merchant's Square account. Capabilities that are not listed in this array are not enabled for the account.
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $account_capabilities;
+ /**
+ * $country_code The country associated with the merchant account, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $country_code;
+ /**
+ * $language_code The language associated with the merchant account, in BCP 47 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $language_code;
+ /**
+ * $currency_code The currency associated with the merchant account, in ISO 4217 format. For example, the currency code for US dollars is USD.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $currency_code;
+ /**
+ * $business_name The name of the merchant's business.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $business_name;
+ /**
+ * $business_address The address of the merchant's business.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $business_address;
+ /**
+ * $business_phone The phone number of the merchant's business.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PhoneNumber
+ */
+ protected $business_phone;
+ /**
+ * $business_type The type of business operated by the merchant. See [V1MerchantBusinessType](#type-v1merchantbusinesstype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $business_type;
+ /**
+ * $shipping_address The merchant's shipping address.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $shipping_address;
+ /**
+ * $location_details Additional information for a single-location account specified by its associated business account, if it has one.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1MerchantLocationDetails
+ */
+ protected $location_details;
+ /**
+ * $market_url The URL of the merchant's online store.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $market_url;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["email"])) {
+ $this->email = $data["email"];
+ } else {
+ $this->email = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["account_type"])) {
+ $this->account_type = $data["account_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->account_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["account_capabilities"])) {
+ $this->account_capabilities = $data["account_capabilities"];
+ } else {
+ $this->account_capabilities = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["country_code"])) {
+ $this->country_code = $data["country_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->country_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["language_code"])) {
+ $this->language_code = $data["language_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->language_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["currency_code"])) {
+ $this->currency_code = $data["currency_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->currency_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["business_name"])) {
+ $this->business_name = $data["business_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->business_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["business_address"])) {
+ $this->business_address = $data["business_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->business_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["business_phone"])) {
+ $this->business_phone = $data["business_phone"];
+ } else {
+ $this->business_phone = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["business_type"])) {
+ $this->business_type = $data["business_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->business_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["shipping_address"])) {
+ $this->shipping_address = $data["shipping_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shipping_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["location_details"])) {
+ $this->location_details = $data["location_details"];
+ } else {
+ $this->location_details = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["market_url"])) {
+ $this->market_url = $data["market_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->market_url = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The merchant account's unique identifier.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The name associated with the merchant account.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets email
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmail()
+ {
+ return $this->email;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets email
+ * @param string $email The email address associated with the merchant account.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmail($email)
+ {
+ $this->email = $email;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets account_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAccountType()
+ {
+ return $this->account_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets account_type
+ * @param string $account_type Indicates whether the merchant account corresponds to a single-location account (LOCATION) or a business account (BUSINESS). This value is almost always LOCATION. See [V1MerchantAccountType](#type-v1merchantaccounttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAccountType($account_type)
+ {
+ $this->account_type = $account_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets account_capabilities
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getAccountCapabilities()
+ {
+ return $this->account_capabilities;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets account_capabilities
+ * @param string[] $account_capabilities Capabilities that are enabled for the merchant's Square account. Capabilities that are not listed in this array are not enabled for the account.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAccountCapabilities($account_capabilities)
+ {
+ $this->account_capabilities = $account_capabilities;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets country_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCountryCode()
+ {
+ return $this->country_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets country_code
+ * @param string $country_code The country associated with the merchant account, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCountryCode($country_code)
+ {
+ $this->country_code = $country_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets language_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getLanguageCode()
+ {
+ return $this->language_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets language_code
+ * @param string $language_code The language associated with the merchant account, in BCP 47 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLanguageCode($language_code)
+ {
+ $this->language_code = $language_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets currency_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCurrencyCode()
+ {
+ return $this->currency_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets currency_code
+ * @param string $currency_code The currency associated with the merchant account, in ISO 4217 format. For example, the currency code for US dollars is USD.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCurrencyCode($currency_code)
+ {
+ $this->currency_code = $currency_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets business_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBusinessName()
+ {
+ return $this->business_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets business_name
+ * @param string $business_name The name of the merchant's business.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBusinessName($business_name)
+ {
+ $this->business_name = $business_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets business_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getBusinessAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->business_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets business_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $business_address The address of the merchant's business.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBusinessAddress($business_address)
+ {
+ $this->business_address = $business_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets business_phone
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PhoneNumber
+ */
+ public function getBusinessPhone()
+ {
+ return $this->business_phone;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets business_phone
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PhoneNumber $business_phone The phone number of the merchant's business.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBusinessPhone($business_phone)
+ {
+ $this->business_phone = $business_phone;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets business_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBusinessType()
+ {
+ return $this->business_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets business_type
+ * @param string $business_type The type of business operated by the merchant. See [V1MerchantBusinessType](#type-v1merchantbusinesstype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBusinessType($business_type)
+ {
+ $this->business_type = $business_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shipping_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getShippingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->shipping_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shipping_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $shipping_address The merchant's shipping address.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShippingAddress($shipping_address)
+ {
+ $this->shipping_address = $shipping_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets location_details
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1MerchantLocationDetails
+ */
+ public function getLocationDetails()
+ {
+ return $this->location_details;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets location_details
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1MerchantLocationDetails $location_details Additional information for a single-location account specified by its associated business account, if it has one.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setLocationDetails($location_details)
+ {
+ $this->location_details = $location_details;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets market_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMarketUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->market_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets market_url
+ * @param string $market_url The URL of the merchant's online store.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMarketUrl($market_url)
+ {
+ $this->market_url = $market_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1MerchantAccountType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1MerchantAccountType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1MerchantBusinessType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1MerchantBusinessType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1MerchantLocationDetails Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1MerchantLocationDetails implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'nickname' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'nickname' => 'nickname'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'nickname' => 'setNickname'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'nickname' => 'getNickname'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $nickname The nickname assigned to the single-location account by the parent business. This value appears in the parent business's multi-location dashboard.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $nickname;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["nickname"])) {
+ $this->nickname = $data["nickname"];
+ } else {
+ $this->nickname = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets nickname
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNickname()
+ {
+ return $this->nickname;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets nickname
+ * @param string $nickname The nickname assigned to the single-location account by the parent business. This value appears in the parent business's multi-location dashboard.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNickname($nickname)
+ {
+ $this->nickname = $nickname;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ModifierList Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ModifierList implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'selection_type' => 'string',
+ 'modifier_options' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'selection_type' => 'selection_type',
+ 'modifier_options' => 'modifier_options'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'selection_type' => 'setSelectionType',
+ 'modifier_options' => 'setModifierOptions'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'selection_type' => 'getSelectionType',
+ 'modifier_options' => 'getModifierOptions'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The modifier list's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The modifier list's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $selection_type Indicates whether MULTIPLE options or a SINGLE option from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. See [V1ModifierListSelectionType](#type-v1modifierlistselectiontype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $selection_type;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_options The options included in the modifier list.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption[]
+ */
+ protected $modifier_options;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["selection_type"])) {
+ $this->selection_type = $data["selection_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->selection_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_options"])) {
+ $this->modifier_options = $data["modifier_options"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_options = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The modifier list's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The modifier list's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets selection_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSelectionType()
+ {
+ return $this->selection_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets selection_type
+ * @param string $selection_type Indicates whether MULTIPLE options or a SINGLE option from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. See [V1ModifierListSelectionType](#type-v1modifierlistselectiontype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSelectionType($selection_type)
+ {
+ $this->selection_type = $selection_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_options
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption[]
+ */
+ public function getModifierOptions()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_options;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_options
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption[] $modifier_options The options included in the modifier list.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierOptions($modifier_options)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_options = $modifier_options;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ModifierListSelectionType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ModifierListSelectionType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1ModifierOption Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ModifierOption implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'on_by_default' => 'bool',
+ 'ordinal' => 'int',
+ 'modifier_list_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'price_money' => 'price_money',
+ 'on_by_default' => 'on_by_default',
+ 'ordinal' => 'ordinal',
+ 'modifier_list_id' => 'modifier_list_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'price_money' => 'setPriceMoney',
+ 'on_by_default' => 'setOnByDefault',
+ 'ordinal' => 'setOrdinal',
+ 'modifier_list_id' => 'setModifierListId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'price_money' => 'getPriceMoney',
+ 'on_by_default' => 'getOnByDefault',
+ 'ordinal' => 'getOrdinal',
+ 'modifier_list_id' => 'getModifierListId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The modifier option's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The modifier option's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $price_money The modifier option's price.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $price_money;
+ /**
+ * $on_by_default If true, the modifier option is the default option in a modifier list for which selection_type is SINGLE.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $on_by_default;
+ /**
+ * $ordinal Indicates the modifier option's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. If more than one modifier option in the same modifier list has the same ordinal value, those options are displayed in alphabetical order.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $ordinal;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list the option belongs to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $modifier_list_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["price_money"])) {
+ $this->price_money = $data["price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["on_by_default"])) {
+ $this->on_by_default = $data["on_by_default"];
+ } else {
+ $this->on_by_default = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ordinal"])) {
+ $this->ordinal = $data["ordinal"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ordinal = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_list_id"])) {
+ $this->modifier_list_id = $data["modifier_list_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_list_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The modifier option's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The modifier option's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getPriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $price_money The modifier option's price.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPriceMoney($price_money)
+ {
+ $this->price_money = $price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets on_by_default
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getOnByDefault()
+ {
+ return $this->on_by_default;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets on_by_default
+ * @param bool $on_by_default If true, the modifier option is the default option in a modifier list for which selection_type is SINGLE.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOnByDefault($on_by_default)
+ {
+ $this->on_by_default = $on_by_default;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ordinal
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getOrdinal()
+ {
+ return $this->ordinal;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ordinal
+ * @param int $ordinal Indicates the modifier option's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. If more than one modifier option in the same modifier list has the same ordinal value, those options are displayed in alphabetical order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrdinal($ordinal)
+ {
+ $this->ordinal = $ordinal;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_list_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getModifierListId()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_list_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_list_id
+ * @param string $modifier_list_id The ID of the modifier list the option belongs to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierListId($modifier_list_id)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_list_id = $modifier_list_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Money Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Money implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'amount' => 'int',
+ 'currency_code' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'amount' => 'amount',
+ 'currency_code' => 'currency_code'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'amount' => 'setAmount',
+ 'currency_code' => 'setCurrencyCode'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'amount' => 'getAmount',
+ 'currency_code' => 'getCurrencyCode'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $amount Amount in the lowest denominated value of this Currency. E.g. in USD these are cents, in JPY they are Yen (which do not have a 'cent' concept).
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $amount;
+ /**
+ * $currency_code See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $currency_code;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["amount"])) {
+ $this->amount = $data["amount"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["currency_code"])) {
+ $this->currency_code = $data["currency_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->currency_code = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getAmount()
+ {
+ return $this->amount;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount
+ * @param int $amount Amount in the lowest denominated value of this Currency. E.g. in USD these are cents, in JPY they are Yen (which do not have a 'cent' concept).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmount($amount)
+ {
+ $this->amount = $amount;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets currency_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCurrencyCode()
+ {
+ return $this->currency_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets currency_code
+ * @param string $currency_code See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCurrencyCode($currency_code)
+ {
+ $this->currency_code = $currency_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Order Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Order implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'buyer_email' => 'string',
+ 'recipient_name' => 'string',
+ 'recipient_phone_number' => 'string',
+ 'state' => 'string',
+ 'shipping_address' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Address',
+ 'subtotal_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'total_shipping_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'total_tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'total_price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'total_discount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'expires_at' => 'string',
+ 'payment_id' => 'string',
+ 'buyer_note' => 'string',
+ 'completed_note' => 'string',
+ 'refunded_note' => 'string',
+ 'canceled_note' => 'string',
+ 'tender' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender',
+ 'order_history' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1OrderHistoryEntry[]',
+ 'promo_code' => 'string',
+ 'btc_receive_address' => 'string',
+ 'btc_price_satoshi' => 'float'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'buyer_email' => 'buyer_email',
+ 'recipient_name' => 'recipient_name',
+ 'recipient_phone_number' => 'recipient_phone_number',
+ 'state' => 'state',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'shipping_address',
+ 'subtotal_money' => 'subtotal_money',
+ 'total_shipping_money' => 'total_shipping_money',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'total_tax_money',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'total_price_money',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'total_discount_money',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at',
+ 'expires_at' => 'expires_at',
+ 'payment_id' => 'payment_id',
+ 'buyer_note' => 'buyer_note',
+ 'completed_note' => 'completed_note',
+ 'refunded_note' => 'refunded_note',
+ 'canceled_note' => 'canceled_note',
+ 'tender' => 'tender',
+ 'order_history' => 'order_history',
+ 'promo_code' => 'promo_code',
+ 'btc_receive_address' => 'btc_receive_address',
+ 'btc_price_satoshi' => 'btc_price_satoshi'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'buyer_email' => 'setBuyerEmail',
+ 'recipient_name' => 'setRecipientName',
+ 'recipient_phone_number' => 'setRecipientPhoneNumber',
+ 'state' => 'setState',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'setShippingAddress',
+ 'subtotal_money' => 'setSubtotalMoney',
+ 'total_shipping_money' => 'setTotalShippingMoney',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'setTotalTaxMoney',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'setTotalPriceMoney',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'setTotalDiscountMoney',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt',
+ 'expires_at' => 'setExpiresAt',
+ 'payment_id' => 'setPaymentId',
+ 'buyer_note' => 'setBuyerNote',
+ 'completed_note' => 'setCompletedNote',
+ 'refunded_note' => 'setRefundedNote',
+ 'canceled_note' => 'setCanceledNote',
+ 'tender' => 'setTender',
+ 'order_history' => 'setOrderHistory',
+ 'promo_code' => 'setPromoCode',
+ 'btc_receive_address' => 'setBtcReceiveAddress',
+ 'btc_price_satoshi' => 'setBtcPriceSatoshi'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'buyer_email' => 'getBuyerEmail',
+ 'recipient_name' => 'getRecipientName',
+ 'recipient_phone_number' => 'getRecipientPhoneNumber',
+ 'state' => 'getState',
+ 'shipping_address' => 'getShippingAddress',
+ 'subtotal_money' => 'getSubtotalMoney',
+ 'total_shipping_money' => 'getTotalShippingMoney',
+ 'total_tax_money' => 'getTotalTaxMoney',
+ 'total_price_money' => 'getTotalPriceMoney',
+ 'total_discount_money' => 'getTotalDiscountMoney',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt',
+ 'expires_at' => 'getExpiresAt',
+ 'payment_id' => 'getPaymentId',
+ 'buyer_note' => 'getBuyerNote',
+ 'completed_note' => 'getCompletedNote',
+ 'refunded_note' => 'getRefundedNote',
+ 'canceled_note' => 'getCanceledNote',
+ 'tender' => 'getTender',
+ 'order_history' => 'getOrderHistory',
+ 'promo_code' => 'getPromoCode',
+ 'btc_receive_address' => 'getBtcReceiveAddress',
+ 'btc_price_satoshi' => 'getBtcPriceSatoshi'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $id The order's unique identifier.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $buyer_email The email address of the order's buyer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $buyer_email;
+ /**
+ * $recipient_name The name of the order's buyer.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $recipient_name;
+ /**
+ * $recipient_phone_number The phone number to use for the order's delivery.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $recipient_phone_number;
+ /**
+ * $state Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See [V1OrderState](#type-v1orderstate) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $state;
+ /**
+ * $shipping_address The address to ship the order to.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ protected $shipping_address;
+ /**
+ * $subtotal_money The amount of all items purchased in the order, before taxes and shipping.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $subtotal_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_shipping_money The shipping cost for the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $total_shipping_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_tax_money The total of all taxes applied to the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $total_tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_price_money The total cost of the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $total_price_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_discount_money The total of all discounts applied to the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $total_discount_money;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the order was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at The time when the order was last modified, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $expires_at The time when the order expires if no action is taken, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $expires_at;
+ /**
+ * $payment_id The unique identifier of the payment associated with the order.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $payment_id;
+ /**
+ * $buyer_note A note provided by the buyer when the order was created, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $buyer_note;
+ /**
+ * $completed_note A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to COMPLETED, if any
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $completed_note;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_note A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to REFUNDED, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $refunded_note;
+ /**
+ * $canceled_note A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to CANCELED, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $canceled_note;
+ /**
+ * $tender The tender used to pay for the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender
+ */
+ protected $tender;
+ /**
+ * $order_history The history of actions associated with the order.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1OrderHistoryEntry[]
+ */
+ protected $order_history;
+ /**
+ * $promo_code The promo code provided by the buyer, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $promo_code;
+ /**
+ * $btc_receive_address For Bitcoin transactions, the address that the buyer sent Bitcoin to.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $btc_receive_address;
+ /**
+ * $btc_price_satoshi For Bitcoin transactions, the price of the buyer's order in satoshi (100 million satoshi equals 1 BTC).
+ * @var float
+ */
+ protected $btc_price_satoshi;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["buyer_email"])) {
+ $this->buyer_email = $data["buyer_email"];
+ } else {
+ $this->buyer_email = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["recipient_name"])) {
+ $this->recipient_name = $data["recipient_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->recipient_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["recipient_phone_number"])) {
+ $this->recipient_phone_number = $data["recipient_phone_number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->recipient_phone_number = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["state"])) {
+ $this->state = $data["state"];
+ } else {
+ $this->state = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["shipping_address"])) {
+ $this->shipping_address = $data["shipping_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shipping_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["subtotal_money"])) {
+ $this->subtotal_money = $data["subtotal_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->subtotal_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_shipping_money"])) {
+ $this->total_shipping_money = $data["total_shipping_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_shipping_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_tax_money"])) {
+ $this->total_tax_money = $data["total_tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_price_money"])) {
+ $this->total_price_money = $data["total_price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_discount_money"])) {
+ $this->total_discount_money = $data["total_discount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_discount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["expires_at"])) {
+ $this->expires_at = $data["expires_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->expires_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["payment_id"])) {
+ $this->payment_id = $data["payment_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->payment_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["buyer_note"])) {
+ $this->buyer_note = $data["buyer_note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->buyer_note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["completed_note"])) {
+ $this->completed_note = $data["completed_note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->completed_note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_note"])) {
+ $this->refunded_note = $data["refunded_note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["canceled_note"])) {
+ $this->canceled_note = $data["canceled_note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->canceled_note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tender"])) {
+ $this->tender = $data["tender"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tender = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["order_history"])) {
+ $this->order_history = $data["order_history"];
+ } else {
+ $this->order_history = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["promo_code"])) {
+ $this->promo_code = $data["promo_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->promo_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["btc_receive_address"])) {
+ $this->btc_receive_address = $data["btc_receive_address"];
+ } else {
+ $this->btc_receive_address = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["btc_price_satoshi"])) {
+ $this->btc_price_satoshi = $data["btc_price_satoshi"];
+ } else {
+ $this->btc_price_satoshi = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The order's unique identifier.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets buyer_email
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBuyerEmail()
+ {
+ return $this->buyer_email;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets buyer_email
+ * @param string $buyer_email The email address of the order's buyer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBuyerEmail($buyer_email)
+ {
+ $this->buyer_email = $buyer_email;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets recipient_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRecipientName()
+ {
+ return $this->recipient_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets recipient_name
+ * @param string $recipient_name The name of the order's buyer.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRecipientName($recipient_name)
+ {
+ $this->recipient_name = $recipient_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets recipient_phone_number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRecipientPhoneNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->recipient_phone_number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets recipient_phone_number
+ * @param string $recipient_phone_number The phone number to use for the order's delivery.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRecipientPhoneNumber($recipient_phone_number)
+ {
+ $this->recipient_phone_number = $recipient_phone_number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets state
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getState()
+ {
+ return $this->state;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets state
+ * @param string $state Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See [V1OrderState](#type-v1orderstate) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setState($state)
+ {
+ $this->state = $state;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shipping_address
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Address
+ */
+ public function getShippingAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->shipping_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shipping_address
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Address $shipping_address The address to ship the order to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShippingAddress($shipping_address)
+ {
+ $this->shipping_address = $shipping_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets subtotal_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getSubtotalMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->subtotal_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets subtotal_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $subtotal_money The amount of all items purchased in the order, before taxes and shipping.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSubtotalMoney($subtotal_money)
+ {
+ $this->subtotal_money = $subtotal_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_shipping_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalShippingMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_shipping_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_shipping_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $total_shipping_money The shipping cost for the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalShippingMoney($total_shipping_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_shipping_money = $total_shipping_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $total_tax_money The total of all taxes applied to the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalTaxMoney($total_tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_tax_money = $total_tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalPriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $total_price_money The total cost of the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalPriceMoney($total_price_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_price_money = $total_price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_discount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalDiscountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_discount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_discount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $total_discount_money The total of all discounts applied to the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalDiscountMoney($total_discount_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_discount_money = $total_discount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the order was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at The time when the order was last modified, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets expires_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getExpiresAt()
+ {
+ return $this->expires_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets expires_at
+ * @param string $expires_at The time when the order expires if no action is taken, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setExpiresAt($expires_at)
+ {
+ $this->expires_at = $expires_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets payment_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPaymentId()
+ {
+ return $this->payment_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets payment_id
+ * @param string $payment_id The unique identifier of the payment associated with the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPaymentId($payment_id)
+ {
+ $this->payment_id = $payment_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets buyer_note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBuyerNote()
+ {
+ return $this->buyer_note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets buyer_note
+ * @param string $buyer_note A note provided by the buyer when the order was created, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBuyerNote($buyer_note)
+ {
+ $this->buyer_note = $buyer_note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets completed_note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCompletedNote()
+ {
+ return $this->completed_note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets completed_note
+ * @param string $completed_note A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to COMPLETED, if any
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCompletedNote($completed_note)
+ {
+ $this->completed_note = $completed_note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRefundedNote()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_note
+ * @param string $refunded_note A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to REFUNDED, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedNote($refunded_note)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_note = $refunded_note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets canceled_note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCanceledNote()
+ {
+ return $this->canceled_note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets canceled_note
+ * @param string $canceled_note A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to CANCELED, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCanceledNote($canceled_note)
+ {
+ $this->canceled_note = $canceled_note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tender
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender
+ */
+ public function getTender()
+ {
+ return $this->tender;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tender
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender $tender The tender used to pay for the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTender($tender)
+ {
+ $this->tender = $tender;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets order_history
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1OrderHistoryEntry[]
+ */
+ public function getOrderHistory()
+ {
+ return $this->order_history;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets order_history
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1OrderHistoryEntry[] $order_history The history of actions associated with the order.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrderHistory($order_history)
+ {
+ $this->order_history = $order_history;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets promo_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPromoCode()
+ {
+ return $this->promo_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets promo_code
+ * @param string $promo_code The promo code provided by the buyer, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPromoCode($promo_code)
+ {
+ $this->promo_code = $promo_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets btc_receive_address
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBtcReceiveAddress()
+ {
+ return $this->btc_receive_address;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets btc_receive_address
+ * @param string $btc_receive_address For Bitcoin transactions, the address that the buyer sent Bitcoin to.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBtcReceiveAddress($btc_receive_address)
+ {
+ $this->btc_receive_address = $btc_receive_address;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets btc_price_satoshi
+ * @return float
+ */
+ public function getBtcPriceSatoshi()
+ {
+ return $this->btc_price_satoshi;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets btc_price_satoshi
+ * @param float $btc_price_satoshi For Bitcoin transactions, the price of the buyer's order in satoshi (100 million satoshi equals 1 BTC).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBtcPriceSatoshi($btc_price_satoshi)
+ {
+ $this->btc_price_satoshi = $btc_price_satoshi;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1OrderHistoryEntry Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1OrderHistoryEntry implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'action' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'action' => 'action',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'action' => 'setAction',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'action' => 'getAction',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $action The type of action performed on the order. See [V1OrderHistoryEntryAction](#type-v1orderhistoryentryaction) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $action;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the action was performed, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["action"])) {
+ $this->action = $data["action"];
+ } else {
+ $this->action = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets action
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAction()
+ {
+ return $this->action;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets action
+ * @param string $action The type of action performed on the order. See [V1OrderHistoryEntryAction](#type-v1orderhistoryentryaction) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAction($action)
+ {
+ $this->action = $action;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the action was performed, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1OrderHistoryEntryAction Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1OrderHistoryEntryAction implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1OrderState Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1OrderState implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Page Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Page implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'page_index' => 'int',
+ 'cells' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'page_index' => 'page_index',
+ 'cells' => 'cells'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'page_index' => 'setPageIndex',
+ 'cells' => 'setCells'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'page_index' => 'getPageIndex',
+ 'cells' => 'getCells'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The page's unique identifier.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The page's name, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $page_index The page's position in the merchant's list of pages. Always an integer between 0 and 6, inclusive.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $page_index;
+ /**
+ * $cells The cells included on the page.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell[]
+ */
+ protected $cells;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["page_index"])) {
+ $this->page_index = $data["page_index"];
+ } else {
+ $this->page_index = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["cells"])) {
+ $this->cells = $data["cells"];
+ } else {
+ $this->cells = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The page's unique identifier.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The page's name, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets page_index
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getPageIndex()
+ {
+ return $this->page_index;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets page_index
+ * @param int $page_index The page's position in the merchant's list of pages. Always an integer between 0 and 6, inclusive.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPageIndex($page_index)
+ {
+ $this->page_index = $page_index;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets cells
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell[]
+ */
+ public function getCells()
+ {
+ return $this->cells;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets cells
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell[] $cells The cells included on the page.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCells($cells)
+ {
+ $this->cells = $cells;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PageCell Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PageCell implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'page_id' => 'string',
+ 'row' => 'int',
+ 'column' => 'int',
+ 'object_type' => 'string',
+ 'object_id' => 'string',
+ 'placeholder_type' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'page_id' => 'page_id',
+ 'row' => 'row',
+ 'column' => 'column',
+ 'object_type' => 'object_type',
+ 'object_id' => 'object_id',
+ 'placeholder_type' => 'placeholder_type'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'page_id' => 'setPageId',
+ 'row' => 'setRow',
+ 'column' => 'setColumn',
+ 'object_type' => 'setObjectType',
+ 'object_id' => 'setObjectId',
+ 'placeholder_type' => 'setPlaceholderType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'page_id' => 'getPageId',
+ 'row' => 'getRow',
+ 'column' => 'getColumn',
+ 'object_type' => 'getObjectType',
+ 'object_id' => 'getObjectId',
+ 'placeholder_type' => 'getPlaceholderType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $page_id The unique identifier of the page the cell is included on.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $page_id;
+ /**
+ * $row The row of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $row;
+ /**
+ * $column The column of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $column;
+ /**
+ * $object_type The type of entity represented in the cell (ITEM, DISCOUNT, CATEGORY, or PLACEHOLDER). See [V1PageCellObjectType](#type-v1pagecellobjecttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $object_type;
+ /**
+ * $object_id The unique identifier of the entity represented in the cell. Not present for cells with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $object_id;
+ /**
+ * $placeholder_type For a cell with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER, this value indicates the cell's special behavior. See [V1PageCellPlaceholderType](#type-v1pagecellplaceholdertype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $placeholder_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["page_id"])) {
+ $this->page_id = $data["page_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->page_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["row"])) {
+ $this->row = $data["row"];
+ } else {
+ $this->row = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["column"])) {
+ $this->column = $data["column"];
+ } else {
+ $this->column = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["object_type"])) {
+ $this->object_type = $data["object_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->object_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["object_id"])) {
+ $this->object_id = $data["object_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->object_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["placeholder_type"])) {
+ $this->placeholder_type = $data["placeholder_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->placeholder_type = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets page_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPageId()
+ {
+ return $this->page_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets page_id
+ * @param string $page_id The unique identifier of the page the cell is included on.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPageId($page_id)
+ {
+ $this->page_id = $page_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets row
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getRow()
+ {
+ return $this->row;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets row
+ * @param int $row The row of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRow($row)
+ {
+ $this->row = $row;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets column
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getColumn()
+ {
+ return $this->column;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets column
+ * @param int $column The column of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setColumn($column)
+ {
+ $this->column = $column;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets object_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getObjectType()
+ {
+ return $this->object_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets object_type
+ * @param string $object_type The type of entity represented in the cell (ITEM, DISCOUNT, CATEGORY, or PLACEHOLDER). See [V1PageCellObjectType](#type-v1pagecellobjecttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjectType($object_type)
+ {
+ $this->object_type = $object_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets object_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getObjectId()
+ {
+ return $this->object_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets object_id
+ * @param string $object_id The unique identifier of the entity represented in the cell. Not present for cells with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setObjectId($object_id)
+ {
+ $this->object_id = $object_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets placeholder_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPlaceholderType()
+ {
+ return $this->placeholder_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets placeholder_type
+ * @param string $placeholder_type For a cell with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER, this value indicates the cell's special behavior. See [V1PageCellPlaceholderType](#type-v1pagecellplaceholdertype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPlaceholderType($placeholder_type)
+ {
+ $this->placeholder_type = $placeholder_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PageCellObjectType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PageCellObjectType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PageCellPlaceholderType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PageCellPlaceholderType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Payment Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Payment implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'creator_id' => 'string',
+ 'device' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Device',
+ 'payment_url' => 'string',
+ 'receipt_url' => 'string',
+ 'inclusive_tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'additive_tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'tip_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'discount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'total_collected_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'net_total_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'swedish_rounding_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'net_sales_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'inclusive_tax' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]',
+ 'additive_tax' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]',
+ 'tender' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender[]',
+ 'refunds' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]',
+ 'itemizations' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemization[]',
+ 'surcharge_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'surcharges' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[]',
+ 'is_partial' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'merchant_id',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'creator_id' => 'creator_id',
+ 'device' => 'device',
+ 'payment_url' => 'payment_url',
+ 'receipt_url' => 'receipt_url',
+ 'inclusive_tax_money' => 'inclusive_tax_money',
+ 'additive_tax_money' => 'additive_tax_money',
+ 'tax_money' => 'tax_money',
+ 'tip_money' => 'tip_money',
+ 'discount_money' => 'discount_money',
+ 'total_collected_money' => 'total_collected_money',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'processing_fee_money',
+ 'net_total_money' => 'net_total_money',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'refunded_money',
+ 'swedish_rounding_money' => 'swedish_rounding_money',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'gross_sales_money',
+ 'net_sales_money' => 'net_sales_money',
+ 'inclusive_tax' => 'inclusive_tax',
+ 'additive_tax' => 'additive_tax',
+ 'tender' => 'tender',
+ 'refunds' => 'refunds',
+ 'itemizations' => 'itemizations',
+ 'surcharge_money' => 'surcharge_money',
+ 'surcharges' => 'surcharges',
+ 'is_partial' => 'is_partial'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'setMerchantId',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'creator_id' => 'setCreatorId',
+ 'device' => 'setDevice',
+ 'payment_url' => 'setPaymentUrl',
+ 'receipt_url' => 'setReceiptUrl',
+ 'inclusive_tax_money' => 'setInclusiveTaxMoney',
+ 'additive_tax_money' => 'setAdditiveTaxMoney',
+ 'tax_money' => 'setTaxMoney',
+ 'tip_money' => 'setTipMoney',
+ 'discount_money' => 'setDiscountMoney',
+ 'total_collected_money' => 'setTotalCollectedMoney',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'setProcessingFeeMoney',
+ 'net_total_money' => 'setNetTotalMoney',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'setRefundedMoney',
+ 'swedish_rounding_money' => 'setSwedishRoundingMoney',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'setGrossSalesMoney',
+ 'net_sales_money' => 'setNetSalesMoney',
+ 'inclusive_tax' => 'setInclusiveTax',
+ 'additive_tax' => 'setAdditiveTax',
+ 'tender' => 'setTender',
+ 'refunds' => 'setRefunds',
+ 'itemizations' => 'setItemizations',
+ 'surcharge_money' => 'setSurchargeMoney',
+ 'surcharges' => 'setSurcharges',
+ 'is_partial' => 'setIsPartial'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'getMerchantId',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'creator_id' => 'getCreatorId',
+ 'device' => 'getDevice',
+ 'payment_url' => 'getPaymentUrl',
+ 'receipt_url' => 'getReceiptUrl',
+ 'inclusive_tax_money' => 'getInclusiveTaxMoney',
+ 'additive_tax_money' => 'getAdditiveTaxMoney',
+ 'tax_money' => 'getTaxMoney',
+ 'tip_money' => 'getTipMoney',
+ 'discount_money' => 'getDiscountMoney',
+ 'total_collected_money' => 'getTotalCollectedMoney',
+ 'processing_fee_money' => 'getProcessingFeeMoney',
+ 'net_total_money' => 'getNetTotalMoney',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'getRefundedMoney',
+ 'swedish_rounding_money' => 'getSwedishRoundingMoney',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'getGrossSalesMoney',
+ 'net_sales_money' => 'getNetSalesMoney',
+ 'inclusive_tax' => 'getInclusiveTax',
+ 'additive_tax' => 'getAdditiveTax',
+ 'tender' => 'getTender',
+ 'refunds' => 'getRefunds',
+ 'itemizations' => 'getItemizations',
+ 'surcharge_money' => 'getSurchargeMoney',
+ 'surcharges' => 'getSurcharges',
+ 'is_partial' => 'getIsPartial'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The payment's unique identifier.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_id The unique identifier of the merchant that took the payment.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_id;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the payment was created, in ISO 8601 format. Reflects the time of the first payment if the object represents an incomplete partial payment, and the time of the last or complete payment otherwise.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $creator_id The unique identifier of the Square account that took the payment.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $creator_id;
+ /**
+ * $device The device that took the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Device
+ */
+ protected $device;
+ /**
+ * $payment_url The URL of the payment's detail page in the merchant dashboard. The merchant must be signed in to the merchant dashboard to view this page.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $payment_url;
+ /**
+ * $receipt_url The URL of the receipt for the payment. Note that for split tender payments, this URL corresponds to the receipt for the first tender listed in the payment's tender field. Each Tender object has its own receipt_url field you can use to get the other receipts associated with a split tender payment.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $receipt_url;
+ /**
+ * $inclusive_tax_money The sum of all inclusive taxes associated with the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $inclusive_tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $additive_tax_money The sum of all additive taxes associated with the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $additive_tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $tax_money The total of all taxes applied to the payment. This is always the sum of inclusive_tax_money and additive_tax_money.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $tip_money The total of all tips applied to the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $tip_money;
+ /**
+ * $discount_money The total of all discounts applied to the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $discount_money;
+ /**
+ * $total_collected_money The total of all discounts applied to the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $total_collected_money;
+ /**
+ * $processing_fee_money The total of all processing fees collected by Square for the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $processing_fee_money;
+ /**
+ * $net_total_money The amount to be deposited into the merchant's bank account for the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $net_total_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_money The total of all refunds applied to the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_money;
+ /**
+ * $swedish_rounding_money The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes, rounded to the smallest legal unit of currency (e.g., the nearest penny in USD, the nearest nickel in CAD)
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $swedish_rounding_money;
+ /**
+ * $gross_sales_money The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $gross_sales_money;
+ /**
+ * $net_sales_money The total of all sales, minus any applicable taxes.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $net_sales_money;
+ /**
+ * $inclusive_tax All of the inclusive taxes associated with the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ protected $inclusive_tax;
+ /**
+ * $additive_tax All of the additive taxes associated with the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ protected $additive_tax;
+ /**
+ * $tender All of the tenders associated with the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender[]
+ */
+ protected $tender;
+ /**
+ * $refunds All of the refunds applied to the payment. Note that the value of all refunds on a payment can exceed the value of all tenders if a merchant chooses to refund money to a tender after previously accepting returned goods as part of an exchange.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]
+ */
+ protected $refunds;
+ /**
+ * $itemizations The items purchased in the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemization[]
+ */
+ protected $itemizations;
+ /**
+ * $surcharge_money The total of all surcharges applied to the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $surcharge_money;
+ /**
+ * $surcharges A list of all surcharges associated with the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[]
+ */
+ protected $surcharges;
+ /**
+ * $is_partial Indicates whether or not the payment is only partially paid for. If true, this payment will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $is_partial;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_id"])) {
+ $this->merchant_id = $data["merchant_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["creator_id"])) {
+ $this->creator_id = $data["creator_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->creator_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["device"])) {
+ $this->device = $data["device"];
+ } else {
+ $this->device = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["payment_url"])) {
+ $this->payment_url = $data["payment_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->payment_url = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["receipt_url"])) {
+ $this->receipt_url = $data["receipt_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->receipt_url = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inclusive_tax_money"])) {
+ $this->inclusive_tax_money = $data["inclusive_tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inclusive_tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["additive_tax_money"])) {
+ $this->additive_tax_money = $data["additive_tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->additive_tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tax_money"])) {
+ $this->tax_money = $data["tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tip_money"])) {
+ $this->tip_money = $data["tip_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tip_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discount_money"])) {
+ $this->discount_money = $data["discount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_collected_money"])) {
+ $this->total_collected_money = $data["total_collected_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_collected_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["processing_fee_money"])) {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = $data["processing_fee_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["net_total_money"])) {
+ $this->net_total_money = $data["net_total_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->net_total_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_money = $data["refunded_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["swedish_rounding_money"])) {
+ $this->swedish_rounding_money = $data["swedish_rounding_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->swedish_rounding_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["gross_sales_money"])) {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = $data["gross_sales_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["net_sales_money"])) {
+ $this->net_sales_money = $data["net_sales_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->net_sales_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inclusive_tax"])) {
+ $this->inclusive_tax = $data["inclusive_tax"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inclusive_tax = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["additive_tax"])) {
+ $this->additive_tax = $data["additive_tax"];
+ } else {
+ $this->additive_tax = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tender"])) {
+ $this->tender = $data["tender"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tender = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunds"])) {
+ $this->refunds = $data["refunds"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunds = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["itemizations"])) {
+ $this->itemizations = $data["itemizations"];
+ } else {
+ $this->itemizations = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["surcharge_money"])) {
+ $this->surcharge_money = $data["surcharge_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->surcharge_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["surcharges"])) {
+ $this->surcharges = $data["surcharges"];
+ } else {
+ $this->surcharges = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["is_partial"])) {
+ $this->is_partial = $data["is_partial"];
+ } else {
+ $this->is_partial = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The payment's unique identifier.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantId()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_id
+ * @param string $merchant_id The unique identifier of the merchant that took the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantId($merchant_id)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_id = $merchant_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the payment was created, in ISO 8601 format. Reflects the time of the first payment if the object represents an incomplete partial payment, and the time of the last or complete payment otherwise.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets creator_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatorId()
+ {
+ return $this->creator_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets creator_id
+ * @param string $creator_id The unique identifier of the Square account that took the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatorId($creator_id)
+ {
+ $this->creator_id = $creator_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets device
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Device
+ */
+ public function getDevice()
+ {
+ return $this->device;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets device
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Device $device The device that took the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDevice($device)
+ {
+ $this->device = $device;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets payment_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPaymentUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->payment_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets payment_url
+ * @param string $payment_url The URL of the payment's detail page in the merchant dashboard. The merchant must be signed in to the merchant dashboard to view this page.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPaymentUrl($payment_url)
+ {
+ $this->payment_url = $payment_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets receipt_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReceiptUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->receipt_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets receipt_url
+ * @param string $receipt_url The URL of the receipt for the payment. Note that for split tender payments, this URL corresponds to the receipt for the first tender listed in the payment's tender field. Each Tender object has its own receipt_url field you can use to get the other receipts associated with a split tender payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReceiptUrl($receipt_url)
+ {
+ $this->receipt_url = $receipt_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inclusive_tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getInclusiveTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->inclusive_tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inclusive_tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $inclusive_tax_money The sum of all inclusive taxes associated with the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInclusiveTaxMoney($inclusive_tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->inclusive_tax_money = $inclusive_tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets additive_tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getAdditiveTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->additive_tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets additive_tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $additive_tax_money The sum of all additive taxes associated with the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdditiveTaxMoney($additive_tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->additive_tax_money = $additive_tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $tax_money The total of all taxes applied to the payment. This is always the sum of inclusive_tax_money and additive_tax_money.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxMoney($tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->tax_money = $tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tip_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTipMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->tip_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tip_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $tip_money The total of all tips applied to the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTipMoney($tip_money)
+ {
+ $this->tip_money = $tip_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getDiscountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->discount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $discount_money The total of all discounts applied to the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscountMoney($discount_money)
+ {
+ $this->discount_money = $discount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_collected_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalCollectedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_collected_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_collected_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $total_collected_money The total of all discounts applied to the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalCollectedMoney($total_collected_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_collected_money = $total_collected_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets processing_fee_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getProcessingFeeMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->processing_fee_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets processing_fee_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $processing_fee_money The total of all processing fees collected by Square for the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setProcessingFeeMoney($processing_fee_money)
+ {
+ $this->processing_fee_money = $processing_fee_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets net_total_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getNetTotalMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->net_total_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets net_total_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $net_total_money The amount to be deposited into the merchant's bank account for the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNetTotalMoney($net_total_money)
+ {
+ $this->net_total_money = $net_total_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_money The total of all refunds applied to the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedMoney($refunded_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_money = $refunded_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets swedish_rounding_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getSwedishRoundingMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->swedish_rounding_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets swedish_rounding_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $swedish_rounding_money The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes, rounded to the smallest legal unit of currency (e.g., the nearest penny in USD, the nearest nickel in CAD)
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSwedishRoundingMoney($swedish_rounding_money)
+ {
+ $this->swedish_rounding_money = $swedish_rounding_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets gross_sales_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getGrossSalesMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->gross_sales_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets gross_sales_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $gross_sales_money The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGrossSalesMoney($gross_sales_money)
+ {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = $gross_sales_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets net_sales_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getNetSalesMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->net_sales_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets net_sales_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $net_sales_money The total of all sales, minus any applicable taxes.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNetSalesMoney($net_sales_money)
+ {
+ $this->net_sales_money = $net_sales_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inclusive_tax
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ public function getInclusiveTax()
+ {
+ return $this->inclusive_tax;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inclusive_tax
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[] $inclusive_tax All of the inclusive taxes associated with the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInclusiveTax($inclusive_tax)
+ {
+ $this->inclusive_tax = $inclusive_tax;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets additive_tax
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ public function getAdditiveTax()
+ {
+ return $this->additive_tax;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets additive_tax
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[] $additive_tax All of the additive taxes associated with the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAdditiveTax($additive_tax)
+ {
+ $this->additive_tax = $additive_tax;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tender
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender[]
+ */
+ public function getTender()
+ {
+ return $this->tender;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tender
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Tender[] $tender All of the tenders associated with the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTender($tender)
+ {
+ $this->tender = $tender;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunds
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[]
+ */
+ public function getRefunds()
+ {
+ return $this->refunds;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunds
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Refund[] $refunds All of the refunds applied to the payment. Note that the value of all refunds on a payment can exceed the value of all tenders if a merchant chooses to refund money to a tender after previously accepting returned goods as part of an exchange.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefunds($refunds)
+ {
+ $this->refunds = $refunds;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets itemizations
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemization[]
+ */
+ public function getItemizations()
+ {
+ return $this->itemizations;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets itemizations
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemization[] $itemizations The items purchased in the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemizations($itemizations)
+ {
+ $this->itemizations = $itemizations;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets surcharge_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getSurchargeMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->surcharge_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets surcharge_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $surcharge_money The total of all surcharges applied to the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSurchargeMoney($surcharge_money)
+ {
+ $this->surcharge_money = $surcharge_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets surcharges
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[]
+ */
+ public function getSurcharges()
+ {
+ return $this->surcharges;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets surcharges
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[] $surcharges A list of all surcharges associated with the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSurcharges($surcharges)
+ {
+ $this->surcharges = $surcharges;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets is_partial
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIsPartial()
+ {
+ return $this->is_partial;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets is_partial
+ * @param bool $is_partial Indicates whether or not the payment is only partially paid for. If true, this payment will have the tenders collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIsPartial($is_partial)
+ {
+ $this->is_partial = $is_partial;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentDiscount Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentDiscount implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'applied_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'discount_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'applied_money' => 'applied_money',
+ 'discount_id' => 'discount_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'applied_money' => 'setAppliedMoney',
+ 'discount_id' => 'setDiscountId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'applied_money' => 'getAppliedMoney',
+ 'discount_id' => 'getDiscountId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The discount's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $applied_money The amount of money that this discount adds to the payment (note that this value is always negative or zero).
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $applied_money;
+ /**
+ * $discount_id The ID of the applied discount, if available. Discounts applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $discount_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["applied_money"])) {
+ $this->applied_money = $data["applied_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->applied_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discount_id"])) {
+ $this->discount_id = $data["discount_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discount_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The discount's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets applied_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getAppliedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->applied_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets applied_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $applied_money The amount of money that this discount adds to the payment (note that this value is always negative or zero).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAppliedMoney($applied_money)
+ {
+ $this->applied_money = $applied_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discount_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getDiscountId()
+ {
+ return $this->discount_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discount_id
+ * @param string $discount_id The ID of the applied discount, if available. Discounts applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscountId($discount_id)
+ {
+ $this->discount_id = $discount_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentItemDetail Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentItemDetail implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'category_name' => 'string',
+ 'sku' => 'string',
+ 'item_id' => 'string',
+ 'item_variation_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'category_name' => 'category_name',
+ 'sku' => 'sku',
+ 'item_id' => 'item_id',
+ 'item_variation_id' => 'item_variation_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'category_name' => 'setCategoryName',
+ 'sku' => 'setSku',
+ 'item_id' => 'setItemId',
+ 'item_variation_id' => 'setItemVariationId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'category_name' => 'getCategoryName',
+ 'sku' => 'getSku',
+ 'item_id' => 'getItemId',
+ 'item_variation_id' => 'getItemVariationId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $category_name The name of the item's merchant-defined category, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $category_name;
+ /**
+ * $sku The item's merchant-defined SKU, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sku;
+ /**
+ * $item_id The unique ID of the item purchased, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $item_id;
+ /**
+ * $item_variation_id The unique ID of the item variation purchased, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $item_variation_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["category_name"])) {
+ $this->category_name = $data["category_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->category_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sku"])) {
+ $this->sku = $data["sku"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sku = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["item_id"])) {
+ $this->item_id = $data["item_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["item_variation_id"])) {
+ $this->item_variation_id = $data["item_variation_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_variation_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets category_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCategoryName()
+ {
+ return $this->category_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets category_name
+ * @param string $category_name The name of the item's merchant-defined category, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCategoryName($category_name)
+ {
+ $this->category_name = $category_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sku
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSku()
+ {
+ return $this->sku;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sku
+ * @param string $sku The item's merchant-defined SKU, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSku($sku)
+ {
+ $this->sku = $sku;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getItemId()
+ {
+ return $this->item_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_id
+ * @param string $item_id The unique ID of the item purchased, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemId($item_id)
+ {
+ $this->item_id = $item_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_variation_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getItemVariationId()
+ {
+ return $this->item_variation_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_variation_id
+ * @param string $item_variation_id The unique ID of the item variation purchased, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemVariationId($item_variation_id)
+ {
+ $this->item_variation_id = $item_variation_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentItemization Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentItemization implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'quantity' => 'float',
+ 'itemization_type' => 'string',
+ 'item_detail' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemDetail',
+ 'notes' => 'string',
+ 'item_variation_name' => 'string',
+ 'total_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'single_quantity_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'discount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'net_sales_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'taxes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]',
+ 'discounts' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentDiscount[]',
+ 'modifiers' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentModifier[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'quantity' => 'quantity',
+ 'itemization_type' => 'itemization_type',
+ 'item_detail' => 'item_detail',
+ 'notes' => 'notes',
+ 'item_variation_name' => 'item_variation_name',
+ 'total_money' => 'total_money',
+ 'single_quantity_money' => 'single_quantity_money',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'gross_sales_money',
+ 'discount_money' => 'discount_money',
+ 'net_sales_money' => 'net_sales_money',
+ 'taxes' => 'taxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'discounts',
+ 'modifiers' => 'modifiers'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'quantity' => 'setQuantity',
+ 'itemization_type' => 'setItemizationType',
+ 'item_detail' => 'setItemDetail',
+ 'notes' => 'setNotes',
+ 'item_variation_name' => 'setItemVariationName',
+ 'total_money' => 'setTotalMoney',
+ 'single_quantity_money' => 'setSingleQuantityMoney',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'setGrossSalesMoney',
+ 'discount_money' => 'setDiscountMoney',
+ 'net_sales_money' => 'setNetSalesMoney',
+ 'taxes' => 'setTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'setDiscounts',
+ 'modifiers' => 'setModifiers'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'quantity' => 'getQuantity',
+ 'itemization_type' => 'getItemizationType',
+ 'item_detail' => 'getItemDetail',
+ 'notes' => 'getNotes',
+ 'item_variation_name' => 'getItemVariationName',
+ 'total_money' => 'getTotalMoney',
+ 'single_quantity_money' => 'getSingleQuantityMoney',
+ 'gross_sales_money' => 'getGrossSalesMoney',
+ 'discount_money' => 'getDiscountMoney',
+ 'net_sales_money' => 'getNetSalesMoney',
+ 'taxes' => 'getTaxes',
+ 'discounts' => 'getDiscounts',
+ 'modifiers' => 'getModifiers'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The item's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $quantity The quantity of the item purchased. This can be a decimal value.
+ * @var float
+ */
+ protected $quantity;
+ /**
+ * $itemization_type The type of purchase that the itemization represents, such as an ITEM or CUSTOM_AMOUNT See [V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType](#type-v1paymentitemizationitemizationtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $itemization_type;
+ /**
+ * $item_detail Details of the item, including its unique identifier and the identifier of the item variation purchased.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemDetail
+ */
+ protected $item_detail;
+ /**
+ * $notes Notes entered by the merchant about the item at the time of payment, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $notes;
+ /**
+ * $item_variation_name The name of the item variation purchased, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $item_variation_name;
+ /**
+ * $total_money The total cost of the item, including all taxes and discounts.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $total_money;
+ /**
+ * $single_quantity_money The cost of a single unit of this item.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $single_quantity_money;
+ /**
+ * $gross_sales_money The total cost of the itemization and its modifiers, not including taxes or discounts.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $gross_sales_money;
+ /**
+ * $discount_money The total of all discounts applied to the itemization. This value is always negative or zero.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $discount_money;
+ /**
+ * $net_sales_money The sum of gross_sales_money and discount_money.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $net_sales_money;
+ /**
+ * $taxes All taxes applied to this itemization.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ protected $taxes;
+ /**
+ * $discounts All discounts applied to this itemization.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentDiscount[]
+ */
+ protected $discounts;
+ /**
+ * $modifiers All modifier options applied to this itemization.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentModifier[]
+ */
+ protected $modifiers;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["quantity"])) {
+ $this->quantity = $data["quantity"];
+ } else {
+ $this->quantity = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["itemization_type"])) {
+ $this->itemization_type = $data["itemization_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->itemization_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["item_detail"])) {
+ $this->item_detail = $data["item_detail"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_detail = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["notes"])) {
+ $this->notes = $data["notes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->notes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["item_variation_name"])) {
+ $this->item_variation_name = $data["item_variation_name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_variation_name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_money"])) {
+ $this->total_money = $data["total_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["single_quantity_money"])) {
+ $this->single_quantity_money = $data["single_quantity_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->single_quantity_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["gross_sales_money"])) {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = $data["gross_sales_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discount_money"])) {
+ $this->discount_money = $data["discount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["net_sales_money"])) {
+ $this->net_sales_money = $data["net_sales_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->net_sales_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxes"])) {
+ $this->taxes = $data["taxes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["discounts"])) {
+ $this->discounts = $data["discounts"];
+ } else {
+ $this->discounts = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifiers"])) {
+ $this->modifiers = $data["modifiers"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifiers = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The item's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets quantity
+ * @return float
+ */
+ public function getQuantity()
+ {
+ return $this->quantity;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets quantity
+ * @param float $quantity The quantity of the item purchased. This can be a decimal value.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setQuantity($quantity)
+ {
+ $this->quantity = $quantity;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets itemization_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getItemizationType()
+ {
+ return $this->itemization_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets itemization_type
+ * @param string $itemization_type The type of purchase that the itemization represents, such as an ITEM or CUSTOM_AMOUNT See [V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType](#type-v1paymentitemizationitemizationtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemizationType($itemization_type)
+ {
+ $this->itemization_type = $itemization_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_detail
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemDetail
+ */
+ public function getItemDetail()
+ {
+ return $this->item_detail;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_detail
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentItemDetail $item_detail Details of the item, including its unique identifier and the identifier of the item variation purchased.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemDetail($item_detail)
+ {
+ $this->item_detail = $item_detail;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets notes
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNotes()
+ {
+ return $this->notes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets notes
+ * @param string $notes Notes entered by the merchant about the item at the time of payment, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNotes($notes)
+ {
+ $this->notes = $notes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_variation_name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getItemVariationName()
+ {
+ return $this->item_variation_name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_variation_name
+ * @param string $item_variation_name The name of the item variation purchased, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemVariationName($item_variation_name)
+ {
+ $this->item_variation_name = $item_variation_name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $total_money The total cost of the item, including all taxes and discounts.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalMoney($total_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_money = $total_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets single_quantity_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getSingleQuantityMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->single_quantity_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets single_quantity_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $single_quantity_money The cost of a single unit of this item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSingleQuantityMoney($single_quantity_money)
+ {
+ $this->single_quantity_money = $single_quantity_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets gross_sales_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getGrossSalesMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->gross_sales_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets gross_sales_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $gross_sales_money The total cost of the itemization and its modifiers, not including taxes or discounts.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setGrossSalesMoney($gross_sales_money)
+ {
+ $this->gross_sales_money = $gross_sales_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getDiscountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->discount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $discount_money The total of all discounts applied to the itemization. This value is always negative or zero.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscountMoney($discount_money)
+ {
+ $this->discount_money = $discount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets net_sales_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getNetSalesMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->net_sales_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets net_sales_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $net_sales_money The sum of gross_sales_money and discount_money.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNetSalesMoney($net_sales_money)
+ {
+ $this->net_sales_money = $net_sales_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxes()
+ {
+ return $this->taxes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[] $taxes All taxes applied to this itemization.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxes($taxes)
+ {
+ $this->taxes = $taxes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets discounts
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentDiscount[]
+ */
+ public function getDiscounts()
+ {
+ return $this->discounts;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets discounts
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentDiscount[] $discounts All discounts applied to this itemization.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDiscounts($discounts)
+ {
+ $this->discounts = $discounts;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifiers
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentModifier[]
+ */
+ public function getModifiers()
+ {
+ return $this->modifiers;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifiers
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentModifier[] $modifiers All modifier options applied to this itemization.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifiers($modifiers)
+ {
+ $this->modifiers = $modifiers;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentModifier Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentModifier implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'applied_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'modifier_option_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'applied_money' => 'applied_money',
+ 'modifier_option_id' => 'modifier_option_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'applied_money' => 'setAppliedMoney',
+ 'modifier_option_id' => 'setModifierOptionId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'applied_money' => 'getAppliedMoney',
+ 'modifier_option_id' => 'getModifierOptionId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The modifier option's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $applied_money The amount of money that this modifier option adds to the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $applied_money;
+ /**
+ * $modifier_option_id TThe ID of the applied modifier option, if available. Modifier options applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $modifier_option_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["applied_money"])) {
+ $this->applied_money = $data["applied_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->applied_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["modifier_option_id"])) {
+ $this->modifier_option_id = $data["modifier_option_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->modifier_option_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The modifier option's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets applied_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getAppliedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->applied_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets applied_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $applied_money The amount of money that this modifier option adds to the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAppliedMoney($applied_money)
+ {
+ $this->applied_money = $applied_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets modifier_option_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getModifierOptionId()
+ {
+ return $this->modifier_option_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets modifier_option_id
+ * @param string $modifier_option_id TThe ID of the applied modifier option, if available. Modifier options applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setModifierOptionId($modifier_option_id)
+ {
+ $this->modifier_option_id = $modifier_option_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentSurcharge Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentSurcharge implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'applied_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'rate' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'taxable' => 'bool',
+ 'taxes' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]',
+ 'surcharge_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'applied_money' => 'applied_money',
+ 'rate' => 'rate',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'taxable' => 'taxable',
+ 'taxes' => 'taxes',
+ 'surcharge_id' => 'surcharge_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'applied_money' => 'setAppliedMoney',
+ 'rate' => 'setRate',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'taxable' => 'setTaxable',
+ 'taxes' => 'setTaxes',
+ 'surcharge_id' => 'setSurchargeId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'applied_money' => 'getAppliedMoney',
+ 'rate' => 'getRate',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'taxable' => 'getTaxable',
+ 'taxes' => 'getTaxes',
+ 'surcharge_id' => 'getSurchargeId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The name of the surcharge.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $applied_money The amount of money applied to the order as a result of the surcharge.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $applied_money;
+ /**
+ * $rate The amount of the surcharge as a percentage. The percentage is provided as a string representing the decimal equivalent of the percentage. For example, \"0.7\" corresponds to a 7% surcharge. Exactly one of rate or amount_money should be set.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $rate;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The amount of the surcharge as a Money object. Exactly one of rate or amount_money should be set.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $type Indicates the source of the surcharge. For example, if it was applied as an automatic gratuity for a large group. See [V1PaymentSurchargeType](#type-v1paymentsurchargetype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $taxable Indicates whether the surcharge is taxable.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $taxable;
+ /**
+ * $taxes The list of taxes that should be applied to the surcharge.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ protected $taxes;
+ /**
+ * $surcharge_id A Square-issued unique identifier associated with the surcharge.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $surcharge_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["applied_money"])) {
+ $this->applied_money = $data["applied_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->applied_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["rate"])) {
+ $this->rate = $data["rate"];
+ } else {
+ $this->rate = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxable"])) {
+ $this->taxable = $data["taxable"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxable = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["taxes"])) {
+ $this->taxes = $data["taxes"];
+ } else {
+ $this->taxes = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["surcharge_id"])) {
+ $this->surcharge_id = $data["surcharge_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->surcharge_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The name of the surcharge.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets applied_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getAppliedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->applied_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets applied_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $applied_money The amount of money applied to the order as a result of the surcharge.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAppliedMoney($applied_money)
+ {
+ $this->applied_money = $applied_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets rate
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRate()
+ {
+ return $this->rate;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets rate
+ * @param string $rate The amount of the surcharge as a percentage. The percentage is provided as a string representing the decimal equivalent of the percentage. For example, \"0.7\" corresponds to a 7% surcharge. Exactly one of rate or amount_money should be set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRate($rate)
+ {
+ $this->rate = $rate;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $amount_money The amount of the surcharge as a Money object. Exactly one of rate or amount_money should be set.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type Indicates the source of the surcharge. For example, if it was applied as an automatic gratuity for a large group. See [V1PaymentSurchargeType](#type-v1paymentsurchargetype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxable
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getTaxable()
+ {
+ return $this->taxable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxable
+ * @param bool $taxable Indicates whether the surcharge is taxable.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxable($taxable)
+ {
+ $this->taxable = $taxable;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets taxes
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ public function getTaxes()
+ {
+ return $this->taxes;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets taxes
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[] $taxes The list of taxes that should be applied to the surcharge.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTaxes($taxes)
+ {
+ $this->taxes = $taxes;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets surcharge_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSurchargeId()
+ {
+ return $this->surcharge_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets surcharge_id
+ * @param string $surcharge_id A Square-issued unique identifier associated with the surcharge.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSurchargeId($surcharge_id)
+ {
+ $this->surcharge_id = $surcharge_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentSurchargeType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentSurchargeType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentTax Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentTax implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'applied_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'rate' => 'string',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'string',
+ 'fee_id' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'applied_money' => 'applied_money',
+ 'rate' => 'rate',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'inclusion_type',
+ 'fee_id' => 'fee_id'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'applied_money' => 'setAppliedMoney',
+ 'rate' => 'setRate',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'setInclusionType',
+ 'fee_id' => 'setFeeId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'applied_money' => 'getAppliedMoney',
+ 'rate' => 'getRate',
+ 'inclusion_type' => 'getInclusionType',
+ 'fee_id' => 'getFeeId'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+ /**
+ * $name The merchant-defined name of the tax.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $applied_money The amount of money that this tax adds to the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $applied_money;
+ /**
+ * $rate The rate of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $rate;
+ /**
+ * $inclusion_type Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See [V1PaymentTaxInclusionType](#type-v1paymenttaxinclusiontype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $inclusion_type;
+ /**
+ * $fee_id The ID of the tax, if available. Taxes applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $fee_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["applied_money"])) {
+ $this->applied_money = $data["applied_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->applied_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["rate"])) {
+ $this->rate = $data["rate"];
+ } else {
+ $this->rate = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inclusion_type"])) {
+ $this->inclusion_type = $data["inclusion_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inclusion_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["fee_id"])) {
+ $this->fee_id = $data["fee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->fee_id = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The merchant-defined name of the tax.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets applied_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getAppliedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->applied_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets applied_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $applied_money The amount of money that this tax adds to the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAppliedMoney($applied_money)
+ {
+ $this->applied_money = $applied_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets rate
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRate()
+ {
+ return $this->rate;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets rate
+ * @param string $rate The rate of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRate($rate)
+ {
+ $this->rate = $rate;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inclusion_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getInclusionType()
+ {
+ return $this->inclusion_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inclusion_type
+ * @param string $inclusion_type Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See [V1PaymentTaxInclusionType](#type-v1paymenttaxinclusiontype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInclusionType($inclusion_type)
+ {
+ $this->inclusion_type = $inclusion_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets fee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getFeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->fee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets fee_id
+ * @param string $fee_id The ID of the tax, if available. Taxes applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFeeId($fee_id)
+ {
+ $this->fee_id = $fee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PaymentTaxInclusionType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentTaxInclusionType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1PhoneNumber Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PhoneNumber implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'calling_code' => 'string',
+ 'number' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'calling_code' => 'calling_code',
+ 'number' => 'number'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'calling_code' => 'setCallingCode',
+ 'number' => 'setNumber'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'calling_code' => 'getCallingCode',
+ 'number' => 'getNumber'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $calling_code The phone number's international calling code. For US phone numbers, this value is +1.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $calling_code;
+ /**
+ * $number The phone number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $number;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["calling_code"])) {
+ $this->calling_code = $data["calling_code"];
+ } else {
+ $this->calling_code = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["number"])) {
+ $this->number = $data["number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->number = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets calling_code
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCallingCode()
+ {
+ return $this->calling_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets calling_code
+ * @param string $calling_code The phone number's international calling code. For US phone numbers, this value is +1.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCallingCode($calling_code)
+ {
+ $this->calling_code = $calling_code;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets number
+ * @param string $number The phone number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setNumber($number)
+ {
+ $this->number = $number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Refund Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Refund implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'reason' => 'string',
+ 'refunded_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_processing_fee_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_additive_tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_additive_tax' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]',
+ 'refunded_inclusive_tax_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_inclusive_tax' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]',
+ 'refunded_tip_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_discount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_surcharge_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_surcharges' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[]',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'processed_at' => 'string',
+ 'payment_id' => 'string',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'string',
+ 'is_exchange' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'reason' => 'reason',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'refunded_money',
+ 'refunded_processing_fee_money' => 'refunded_processing_fee_money',
+ 'refunded_tax_money' => 'refunded_tax_money',
+ 'refunded_additive_tax_money' => 'refunded_additive_tax_money',
+ 'refunded_additive_tax' => 'refunded_additive_tax',
+ 'refunded_inclusive_tax_money' => 'refunded_inclusive_tax_money',
+ 'refunded_inclusive_tax' => 'refunded_inclusive_tax',
+ 'refunded_tip_money' => 'refunded_tip_money',
+ 'refunded_discount_money' => 'refunded_discount_money',
+ 'refunded_surcharge_money' => 'refunded_surcharge_money',
+ 'refunded_surcharges' => 'refunded_surcharges',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'processed_at' => 'processed_at',
+ 'payment_id' => 'payment_id',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'merchant_id',
+ 'is_exchange' => 'is_exchange'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'reason' => 'setReason',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'setRefundedMoney',
+ 'refunded_processing_fee_money' => 'setRefundedProcessingFeeMoney',
+ 'refunded_tax_money' => 'setRefundedTaxMoney',
+ 'refunded_additive_tax_money' => 'setRefundedAdditiveTaxMoney',
+ 'refunded_additive_tax' => 'setRefundedAdditiveTax',
+ 'refunded_inclusive_tax_money' => 'setRefundedInclusiveTaxMoney',
+ 'refunded_inclusive_tax' => 'setRefundedInclusiveTax',
+ 'refunded_tip_money' => 'setRefundedTipMoney',
+ 'refunded_discount_money' => 'setRefundedDiscountMoney',
+ 'refunded_surcharge_money' => 'setRefundedSurchargeMoney',
+ 'refunded_surcharges' => 'setRefundedSurcharges',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'processed_at' => 'setProcessedAt',
+ 'payment_id' => 'setPaymentId',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'setMerchantId',
+ 'is_exchange' => 'setIsExchange'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'reason' => 'getReason',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'getRefundedMoney',
+ 'refunded_processing_fee_money' => 'getRefundedProcessingFeeMoney',
+ 'refunded_tax_money' => 'getRefundedTaxMoney',
+ 'refunded_additive_tax_money' => 'getRefundedAdditiveTaxMoney',
+ 'refunded_additive_tax' => 'getRefundedAdditiveTax',
+ 'refunded_inclusive_tax_money' => 'getRefundedInclusiveTaxMoney',
+ 'refunded_inclusive_tax' => 'getRefundedInclusiveTax',
+ 'refunded_tip_money' => 'getRefundedTipMoney',
+ 'refunded_discount_money' => 'getRefundedDiscountMoney',
+ 'refunded_surcharge_money' => 'getRefundedSurchargeMoney',
+ 'refunded_surcharges' => 'getRefundedSurcharges',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'processed_at' => 'getProcessedAt',
+ 'payment_id' => 'getPaymentId',
+ 'merchant_id' => 'getMerchantId',
+ 'is_exchange' => 'getIsExchange'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $type The type of refund See [V1RefundType](#type-v1refundtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $reason The merchant-specified reason for the refund.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $reason;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_money The amount of money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_processing_fee_money The amount of processing fee money refunded. This amount is always positive.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_processing_fee_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_tax_money The total amount of tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_additive_tax_money The amount of additive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_additive_tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_additive_tax All of the additive taxes associated with the refund.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ protected $refunded_additive_tax;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_inclusive_tax_money The amount of inclusive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_inclusive_tax_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_inclusive_tax All of the inclusive taxes associated with the refund.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ protected $refunded_inclusive_tax;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_tip_money The amount of tip money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_tip_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_discount_money The amount of discount money refunded. This amount is always positive.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_discount_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_surcharge_money The amount of surcharge money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_surcharge_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_surcharges A list of all surcharges associated with the refund.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[]
+ */
+ protected $refunded_surcharges;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the merchant initiated the refund for Square to process, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $processed_at The time when Square processed the refund on behalf of the merchant, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $processed_at;
+ /**
+ * $payment_id A Square-issued ID associated with the refund. For single-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original payment ID. For split-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original tender. For exchange-based refunds (is_exchange == true), payment_id is the ID of the original payment ID even if the payment includes other tenders.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $payment_id;
+ /**
+ * $merchant_id
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $merchant_id;
+ /**
+ * $is_exchange Indicates whether or not the refund is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the refund reflects the value of goods returned in the exchange not the total money refunded.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $is_exchange;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["reason"])) {
+ $this->reason = $data["reason"];
+ } else {
+ $this->reason = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_money = $data["refunded_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_processing_fee_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_processing_fee_money = $data["refunded_processing_fee_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_processing_fee_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_tax_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_tax_money = $data["refunded_tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_additive_tax_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_additive_tax_money = $data["refunded_additive_tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_additive_tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_additive_tax"])) {
+ $this->refunded_additive_tax = $data["refunded_additive_tax"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_additive_tax = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_inclusive_tax_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_inclusive_tax_money = $data["refunded_inclusive_tax_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_inclusive_tax_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_inclusive_tax"])) {
+ $this->refunded_inclusive_tax = $data["refunded_inclusive_tax"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_inclusive_tax = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_tip_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_tip_money = $data["refunded_tip_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_tip_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_discount_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_discount_money = $data["refunded_discount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_discount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_surcharge_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_surcharge_money = $data["refunded_surcharge_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_surcharge_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_surcharges"])) {
+ $this->refunded_surcharges = $data["refunded_surcharges"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_surcharges = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["processed_at"])) {
+ $this->processed_at = $data["processed_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->processed_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["payment_id"])) {
+ $this->payment_id = $data["payment_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->payment_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["merchant_id"])) {
+ $this->merchant_id = $data["merchant_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->merchant_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["is_exchange"])) {
+ $this->is_exchange = $data["is_exchange"];
+ } else {
+ $this->is_exchange = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The type of refund See [V1RefundType](#type-v1refundtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets reason
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReason()
+ {
+ return $this->reason;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets reason
+ * @param string $reason The merchant-specified reason for the refund.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReason($reason)
+ {
+ $this->reason = $reason;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_money The amount of money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedMoney($refunded_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_money = $refunded_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_processing_fee_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedProcessingFeeMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_processing_fee_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_processing_fee_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_processing_fee_money The amount of processing fee money refunded. This amount is always positive.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedProcessingFeeMoney($refunded_processing_fee_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_processing_fee_money = $refunded_processing_fee_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_tax_money The total amount of tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedTaxMoney($refunded_tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_tax_money = $refunded_tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_additive_tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedAdditiveTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_additive_tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_additive_tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_additive_tax_money The amount of additive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedAdditiveTaxMoney($refunded_additive_tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_additive_tax_money = $refunded_additive_tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_additive_tax
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ public function getRefundedAdditiveTax()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_additive_tax;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_additive_tax
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[] $refunded_additive_tax All of the additive taxes associated with the refund.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedAdditiveTax($refunded_additive_tax)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_additive_tax = $refunded_additive_tax;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_inclusive_tax_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedInclusiveTaxMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_inclusive_tax_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_inclusive_tax_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_inclusive_tax_money The amount of inclusive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedInclusiveTaxMoney($refunded_inclusive_tax_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_inclusive_tax_money = $refunded_inclusive_tax_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_inclusive_tax
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[]
+ */
+ public function getRefundedInclusiveTax()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_inclusive_tax;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_inclusive_tax
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentTax[] $refunded_inclusive_tax All of the inclusive taxes associated with the refund.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedInclusiveTax($refunded_inclusive_tax)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_inclusive_tax = $refunded_inclusive_tax;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_tip_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedTipMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_tip_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_tip_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_tip_money The amount of tip money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedTipMoney($refunded_tip_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_tip_money = $refunded_tip_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_discount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedDiscountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_discount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_discount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_discount_money The amount of discount money refunded. This amount is always positive.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedDiscountMoney($refunded_discount_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_discount_money = $refunded_discount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_surcharge_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedSurchargeMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_surcharge_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_surcharge_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_surcharge_money The amount of surcharge money refunded. This amount is always negative.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedSurchargeMoney($refunded_surcharge_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_surcharge_money = $refunded_surcharge_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_surcharges
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[]
+ */
+ public function getRefundedSurcharges()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_surcharges;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_surcharges
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PaymentSurcharge[] $refunded_surcharges A list of all surcharges associated with the refund.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedSurcharges($refunded_surcharges)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_surcharges = $refunded_surcharges;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the merchant initiated the refund for Square to process, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets processed_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getProcessedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->processed_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets processed_at
+ * @param string $processed_at The time when Square processed the refund on behalf of the merchant, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setProcessedAt($processed_at)
+ {
+ $this->processed_at = $processed_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets payment_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPaymentId()
+ {
+ return $this->payment_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets payment_id
+ * @param string $payment_id A Square-issued ID associated with the refund. For single-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original payment ID. For split-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original tender. For exchange-based refunds (is_exchange == true), payment_id is the ID of the original payment ID even if the payment includes other tenders.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPaymentId($payment_id)
+ {
+ $this->payment_id = $payment_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets merchant_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getMerchantId()
+ {
+ return $this->merchant_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets merchant_id
+ * @param string $merchant_id
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setMerchantId($merchant_id)
+ {
+ $this->merchant_id = $merchant_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets is_exchange
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIsExchange()
+ {
+ return $this->is_exchange;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets is_exchange
+ * @param bool $is_exchange Indicates whether or not the refund is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the refund reflects the value of goods returned in the exchange not the total money refunded.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIsExchange($is_exchange)
+ {
+ $this->is_exchange = $is_exchange;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RefundType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RefundType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RemoveFeeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RemoveFeeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RemoveModifierListRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RemoveModifierListRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveBankAccountRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveBankAccountRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveBusinessRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveBusinessRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveEmployeeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveEmployeeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveItemRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveItemRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveModifierListRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveModifierListRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveOrderRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveOrderRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrievePaymentRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrievePaymentRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveSettlementRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveSettlementRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveTimecardRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveTimecardRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Settlement Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Settlement implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'status' => 'string',
+ 'total_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'initiated_at' => 'string',
+ 'bank_account_id' => 'string',
+ 'entries' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1SettlementEntry[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'status' => 'status',
+ 'total_money' => 'total_money',
+ 'initiated_at' => 'initiated_at',
+ 'bank_account_id' => 'bank_account_id',
+ 'entries' => 'entries'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'status' => 'setStatus',
+ 'total_money' => 'setTotalMoney',
+ 'initiated_at' => 'setInitiatedAt',
+ 'bank_account_id' => 'setBankAccountId',
+ 'entries' => 'setEntries'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'status' => 'getStatus',
+ 'total_money' => 'getTotalMoney',
+ 'initiated_at' => 'getInitiatedAt',
+ 'bank_account_id' => 'getBankAccountId',
+ 'entries' => 'getEntries'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The settlement's unique identifier.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $status The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementStatus](#type-v1settlementstatus) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $status;
+ /**
+ * $total_money The amount of money involved in the settlement. A positive amount indicates a deposit, and a negative amount indicates a withdrawal. This amount is never zero.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $total_money;
+ /**
+ * $initiated_at The time when the settlement was submitted for deposit or withdrawal, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $initiated_at;
+ /**
+ * $bank_account_id The Square-issued unique identifier for the bank account associated with the settlement.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $bank_account_id;
+ /**
+ * $entries The entries included in this settlement.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1SettlementEntry[]
+ */
+ protected $entries;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["status"])) {
+ $this->status = $data["status"];
+ } else {
+ $this->status = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_money"])) {
+ $this->total_money = $data["total_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["initiated_at"])) {
+ $this->initiated_at = $data["initiated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->initiated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["bank_account_id"])) {
+ $this->bank_account_id = $data["bank_account_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->bank_account_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["entries"])) {
+ $this->entries = $data["entries"];
+ } else {
+ $this->entries = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The settlement's unique identifier.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets status
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStatus()
+ {
+ return $this->status;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets status
+ * @param string $status The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementStatus](#type-v1settlementstatus) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStatus($status)
+ {
+ $this->status = $status;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $total_money The amount of money involved in the settlement. A positive amount indicates a deposit, and a negative amount indicates a withdrawal. This amount is never zero.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalMoney($total_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_money = $total_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets initiated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getInitiatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->initiated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets initiated_at
+ * @param string $initiated_at The time when the settlement was submitted for deposit or withdrawal, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInitiatedAt($initiated_at)
+ {
+ $this->initiated_at = $initiated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets bank_account_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getBankAccountId()
+ {
+ return $this->bank_account_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets bank_account_id
+ * @param string $bank_account_id The Square-issued unique identifier for the bank account associated with the settlement.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBankAccountId($bank_account_id)
+ {
+ $this->bank_account_id = $bank_account_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets entries
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1SettlementEntry[]
+ */
+ public function getEntries()
+ {
+ return $this->entries;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets entries
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1SettlementEntry[] $entries The entries included in this settlement.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEntries($entries)
+ {
+ $this->entries = $entries;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1SettlementEntry Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1SettlementEntry implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'payment_id' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'amount_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'fee_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'payment_id' => 'payment_id',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'amount_money' => 'amount_money',
+ 'fee_money' => 'fee_money'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'payment_id' => 'setPaymentId',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'amount_money' => 'setAmountMoney',
+ 'fee_money' => 'setFeeMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'payment_id' => 'getPaymentId',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'amount_money' => 'getAmountMoney',
+ 'fee_money' => 'getFeeMoney'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $payment_id The settlement's unique identifier.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $payment_id;
+ /**
+ * $type The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementEntryType](#type-v1settlemententrytype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $amount_money The total amount of money this entry contributes to the total settlement amount.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $amount_money;
+ /**
+ * $fee_money The amount of all Square fees associated with this settlement entry. This value is always negative or zero.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $fee_money;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["payment_id"])) {
+ $this->payment_id = $data["payment_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->payment_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["amount_money"])) {
+ $this->amount_money = $data["amount_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->amount_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["fee_money"])) {
+ $this->fee_money = $data["fee_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->fee_money = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets payment_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPaymentId()
+ {
+ return $this->payment_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets payment_id
+ * @param string $payment_id The settlement's unique identifier.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPaymentId($payment_id)
+ {
+ $this->payment_id = $payment_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementEntryType](#type-v1settlemententrytype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets amount_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getAmountMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->amount_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets amount_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $amount_money The total amount of money this entry contributes to the total settlement amount.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAmountMoney($amount_money)
+ {
+ $this->amount_money = $amount_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets fee_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getFeeMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->fee_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets fee_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $fee_money The amount of all Square fees associated with this settlement entry. This value is always negative or zero.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setFeeMoney($fee_money)
+ {
+ $this->fee_money = $fee_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1SettlementEntryType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1SettlementEntryType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1SettlementStatus Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1SettlementStatus implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Tender Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Tender implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'type' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'receipt_url' => 'string',
+ 'card_brand' => 'string',
+ 'pan_suffix' => 'string',
+ 'entry_method' => 'string',
+ 'payment_note' => 'string',
+ 'total_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'tendered_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'tendered_at' => 'string',
+ 'settled_at' => 'string',
+ 'change_back_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'refunded_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'is_exchange' => 'bool'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'type' => 'type',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'receipt_url' => 'receipt_url',
+ 'card_brand' => 'card_brand',
+ 'pan_suffix' => 'pan_suffix',
+ 'entry_method' => 'entry_method',
+ 'payment_note' => 'payment_note',
+ 'total_money' => 'total_money',
+ 'tendered_money' => 'tendered_money',
+ 'tendered_at' => 'tendered_at',
+ 'settled_at' => 'settled_at',
+ 'change_back_money' => 'change_back_money',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'refunded_money',
+ 'is_exchange' => 'is_exchange'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'type' => 'setType',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'receipt_url' => 'setReceiptUrl',
+ 'card_brand' => 'setCardBrand',
+ 'pan_suffix' => 'setPanSuffix',
+ 'entry_method' => 'setEntryMethod',
+ 'payment_note' => 'setPaymentNote',
+ 'total_money' => 'setTotalMoney',
+ 'tendered_money' => 'setTenderedMoney',
+ 'tendered_at' => 'setTenderedAt',
+ 'settled_at' => 'setSettledAt',
+ 'change_back_money' => 'setChangeBackMoney',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'setRefundedMoney',
+ 'is_exchange' => 'setIsExchange'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'type' => 'getType',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'receipt_url' => 'getReceiptUrl',
+ 'card_brand' => 'getCardBrand',
+ 'pan_suffix' => 'getPanSuffix',
+ 'entry_method' => 'getEntryMethod',
+ 'payment_note' => 'getPaymentNote',
+ 'total_money' => 'getTotalMoney',
+ 'tendered_money' => 'getTenderedMoney',
+ 'tendered_at' => 'getTenderedAt',
+ 'settled_at' => 'getSettledAt',
+ 'change_back_money' => 'getChangeBackMoney',
+ 'refunded_money' => 'getRefundedMoney',
+ 'is_exchange' => 'getIsExchange'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The tender's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $type The type of tender. See [V1TenderType](#type-v1tendertype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $type;
+ /**
+ * $name A human-readable description of the tender.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id The ID of the employee that processed the tender.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $receipt_url The URL of the receipt for the tender.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $receipt_url;
+ /**
+ * $card_brand The brand of credit card provided. See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $card_brand;
+ /**
+ * $pan_suffix The last four digits of the provided credit card's account number.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $pan_suffix;
+ /**
+ * $entry_method The tender's unique ID. See [V1TenderEntryMethod](#type-v1tenderentrymethod) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $entry_method;
+ /**
+ * $payment_note Notes entered by the merchant about the tender at the time of payment, if any. Typically only present for tender with the type: OTHER.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $payment_note;
+ /**
+ * $total_money The total amount of money provided in this form of tender.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $total_money;
+ /**
+ * $tendered_money The amount of total_money applied to the payment.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $tendered_money;
+ /**
+ * $tendered_at The time when the tender was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $tendered_at;
+ /**
+ * $settled_at The time when the tender was settled, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $settled_at;
+ /**
+ * $change_back_money The amount of total_money returned to the buyer as change.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $change_back_money;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_money The total of all refunds applied to this tender. This amount is always negative or zero.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $refunded_money;
+ /**
+ * $is_exchange Indicates whether or not the tender is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the tender represents the value of goods returned in an exchange not the actual money paid. The exchange value reduces the tender amounts needed to pay for items purchased in the exchange.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $is_exchange;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["type"])) {
+ $this->type = $data["type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["receipt_url"])) {
+ $this->receipt_url = $data["receipt_url"];
+ } else {
+ $this->receipt_url = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["card_brand"])) {
+ $this->card_brand = $data["card_brand"];
+ } else {
+ $this->card_brand = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pan_suffix"])) {
+ $this->pan_suffix = $data["pan_suffix"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pan_suffix = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["entry_method"])) {
+ $this->entry_method = $data["entry_method"];
+ } else {
+ $this->entry_method = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["payment_note"])) {
+ $this->payment_note = $data["payment_note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->payment_note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["total_money"])) {
+ $this->total_money = $data["total_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->total_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tendered_money"])) {
+ $this->tendered_money = $data["tendered_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tendered_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["tendered_at"])) {
+ $this->tendered_at = $data["tendered_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->tendered_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["settled_at"])) {
+ $this->settled_at = $data["settled_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->settled_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["change_back_money"])) {
+ $this->change_back_money = $data["change_back_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->change_back_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_money"])) {
+ $this->refunded_money = $data["refunded_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["is_exchange"])) {
+ $this->is_exchange = $data["is_exchange"];
+ } else {
+ $this->is_exchange = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The tender's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getType()
+ {
+ return $this->type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets type
+ * @param string $type The type of tender. See [V1TenderType](#type-v1tendertype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setType($type)
+ {
+ $this->type = $type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name A human-readable description of the tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id The ID of the employee that processed the tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets receipt_url
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getReceiptUrl()
+ {
+ return $this->receipt_url;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets receipt_url
+ * @param string $receipt_url The URL of the receipt for the tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setReceiptUrl($receipt_url)
+ {
+ $this->receipt_url = $receipt_url;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets card_brand
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCardBrand()
+ {
+ return $this->card_brand;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets card_brand
+ * @param string $card_brand The brand of credit card provided. See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCardBrand($card_brand)
+ {
+ $this->card_brand = $card_brand;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pan_suffix
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPanSuffix()
+ {
+ return $this->pan_suffix;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pan_suffix
+ * @param string $pan_suffix The last four digits of the provided credit card's account number.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPanSuffix($pan_suffix)
+ {
+ $this->pan_suffix = $pan_suffix;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets entry_method
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEntryMethod()
+ {
+ return $this->entry_method;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets entry_method
+ * @param string $entry_method The tender's unique ID. See [V1TenderEntryMethod](#type-v1tenderentrymethod) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEntryMethod($entry_method)
+ {
+ $this->entry_method = $entry_method;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets payment_note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPaymentNote()
+ {
+ return $this->payment_note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets payment_note
+ * @param string $payment_note Notes entered by the merchant about the tender at the time of payment, if any. Typically only present for tender with the type: OTHER.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPaymentNote($payment_note)
+ {
+ $this->payment_note = $payment_note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets total_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTotalMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->total_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets total_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $total_money The total amount of money provided in this form of tender.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTotalMoney($total_money)
+ {
+ $this->total_money = $total_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tendered_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getTenderedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->tendered_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tendered_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $tendered_money The amount of total_money applied to the payment.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTenderedMoney($tendered_money)
+ {
+ $this->tendered_money = $tendered_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets tendered_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getTenderedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->tendered_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets tendered_at
+ * @param string $tendered_at The time when the tender was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTenderedAt($tendered_at)
+ {
+ $this->tendered_at = $tendered_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets settled_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSettledAt()
+ {
+ return $this->settled_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets settled_at
+ * @param string $settled_at The time when the tender was settled, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSettledAt($settled_at)
+ {
+ $this->settled_at = $settled_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets change_back_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getChangeBackMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->change_back_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets change_back_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $change_back_money The amount of total_money returned to the buyer as change.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setChangeBackMoney($change_back_money)
+ {
+ $this->change_back_money = $change_back_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getRefundedMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $refunded_money The total of all refunds applied to this tender. This amount is always negative or zero.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedMoney($refunded_money)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_money = $refunded_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets is_exchange
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getIsExchange()
+ {
+ return $this->is_exchange;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets is_exchange
+ * @param bool $is_exchange Indicates whether or not the tender is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the tender represents the value of goods returned in an exchange not the actual money paid. The exchange value reduces the tender amounts needed to pay for items purchased in the exchange.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setIsExchange($is_exchange)
+ {
+ $this->is_exchange = $is_exchange;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1TenderEntryMethod Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TenderEntryMethod implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1TenderType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TenderType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Timecard Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Timecard implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'employee_id' => 'string',
+ 'deleted' => 'bool',
+ 'clockin_time' => 'string',
+ 'clockout_time' => 'string',
+ 'clockin_location_id' => 'string',
+ 'clockout_location_id' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string',
+ 'regular_seconds_worked' => 'float',
+ 'overtime_seconds_worked' => 'float',
+ 'doubletime_seconds_worked' => 'float'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'employee_id' => 'employee_id',
+ 'deleted' => 'deleted',
+ 'clockin_time' => 'clockin_time',
+ 'clockout_time' => 'clockout_time',
+ 'clockin_location_id' => 'clockin_location_id',
+ 'clockout_location_id' => 'clockout_location_id',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at',
+ 'regular_seconds_worked' => 'regular_seconds_worked',
+ 'overtime_seconds_worked' => 'overtime_seconds_worked',
+ 'doubletime_seconds_worked' => 'doubletime_seconds_worked'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'setEmployeeId',
+ 'deleted' => 'setDeleted',
+ 'clockin_time' => 'setClockinTime',
+ 'clockout_time' => 'setClockoutTime',
+ 'clockin_location_id' => 'setClockinLocationId',
+ 'clockout_location_id' => 'setClockoutLocationId',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt',
+ 'regular_seconds_worked' => 'setRegularSecondsWorked',
+ 'overtime_seconds_worked' => 'setOvertimeSecondsWorked',
+ 'doubletime_seconds_worked' => 'setDoubletimeSecondsWorked'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'employee_id' => 'getEmployeeId',
+ 'deleted' => 'getDeleted',
+ 'clockin_time' => 'getClockinTime',
+ 'clockout_time' => 'getClockoutTime',
+ 'clockin_location_id' => 'getClockinLocationId',
+ 'clockout_location_id' => 'getClockoutLocationId',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt',
+ 'regular_seconds_worked' => 'getRegularSecondsWorked',
+ 'overtime_seconds_worked' => 'getOvertimeSecondsWorked',
+ 'doubletime_seconds_worked' => 'getDoubletimeSecondsWorked'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The timecard's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $employee_id The ID of the employee the timecard is associated with.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $employee_id;
+ /**
+ * $deleted If true, the timecard was deleted by the merchant, and it is no longer valid.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $deleted;
+ /**
+ * $clockin_time The clock-in time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $clockin_time;
+ /**
+ * $clockout_time The clock-out time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format. Provide this value only if importing timecard information from another system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $clockout_time;
+ /**
+ * $clockin_location_id The ID of the location the employee clocked in from. We strongly reccomend providing a clockin_location_id. Square uses the clockin_location_id to determine a timecard’s timezone and overtime rules.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $clockin_location_id;
+ /**
+ * $clockout_location_id The ID of the location the employee clocked out from. Provide this value only if importing timecard information from another system.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $clockout_location_id;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at The time when the timecard was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+ /**
+ * $regular_seconds_worked The total number of regular (non-overtime) seconds worked in the timecard.
+ * @var float
+ */
+ protected $regular_seconds_worked;
+ /**
+ * $overtime_seconds_worked The total number of overtime seconds worked in the timecard.
+ * @var float
+ */
+ protected $overtime_seconds_worked;
+ /**
+ * $doubletime_seconds_worked The total number of doubletime seconds worked in the timecard.
+ * @var float
+ */
+ protected $doubletime_seconds_worked;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["employee_id"])) {
+ $this->employee_id = $data["employee_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->employee_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["deleted"])) {
+ $this->deleted = $data["deleted"];
+ } else {
+ $this->deleted = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["clockin_time"])) {
+ $this->clockin_time = $data["clockin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->clockin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["clockout_time"])) {
+ $this->clockout_time = $data["clockout_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->clockout_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["clockin_location_id"])) {
+ $this->clockin_location_id = $data["clockin_location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->clockin_location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["clockout_location_id"])) {
+ $this->clockout_location_id = $data["clockout_location_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->clockout_location_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["regular_seconds_worked"])) {
+ $this->regular_seconds_worked = $data["regular_seconds_worked"];
+ } else {
+ $this->regular_seconds_worked = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["overtime_seconds_worked"])) {
+ $this->overtime_seconds_worked = $data["overtime_seconds_worked"];
+ } else {
+ $this->overtime_seconds_worked = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["doubletime_seconds_worked"])) {
+ $this->doubletime_seconds_worked = $data["doubletime_seconds_worked"];
+ } else {
+ $this->doubletime_seconds_worked = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The timecard's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets employee_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEmployeeId()
+ {
+ return $this->employee_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets employee_id
+ * @param string $employee_id The ID of the employee the timecard is associated with.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEmployeeId($employee_id)
+ {
+ $this->employee_id = $employee_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets deleted
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getDeleted()
+ {
+ return $this->deleted;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets deleted
+ * @param bool $deleted If true, the timecard was deleted by the merchant, and it is no longer valid.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDeleted($deleted)
+ {
+ $this->deleted = $deleted;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets clockin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClockinTime()
+ {
+ return $this->clockin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets clockin_time
+ * @param string $clockin_time The clock-in time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClockinTime($clockin_time)
+ {
+ $this->clockin_time = $clockin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets clockout_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClockoutTime()
+ {
+ return $this->clockout_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets clockout_time
+ * @param string $clockout_time The clock-out time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format. Provide this value only if importing timecard information from another system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClockoutTime($clockout_time)
+ {
+ $this->clockout_time = $clockout_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets clockin_location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClockinLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->clockin_location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets clockin_location_id
+ * @param string $clockin_location_id The ID of the location the employee clocked in from. We strongly reccomend providing a clockin_location_id. Square uses the clockin_location_id to determine a timecard’s timezone and overtime rules.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClockinLocationId($clockin_location_id)
+ {
+ $this->clockin_location_id = $clockin_location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets clockout_location_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClockoutLocationId()
+ {
+ return $this->clockout_location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets clockout_location_id
+ * @param string $clockout_location_id The ID of the location the employee clocked out from. Provide this value only if importing timecard information from another system.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClockoutLocationId($clockout_location_id)
+ {
+ $this->clockout_location_id = $clockout_location_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at The time when the timecard was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets regular_seconds_worked
+ * @return float
+ */
+ public function getRegularSecondsWorked()
+ {
+ return $this->regular_seconds_worked;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets regular_seconds_worked
+ * @param float $regular_seconds_worked The total number of regular (non-overtime) seconds worked in the timecard.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRegularSecondsWorked($regular_seconds_worked)
+ {
+ $this->regular_seconds_worked = $regular_seconds_worked;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets overtime_seconds_worked
+ * @return float
+ */
+ public function getOvertimeSecondsWorked()
+ {
+ return $this->overtime_seconds_worked;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets overtime_seconds_worked
+ * @param float $overtime_seconds_worked The total number of overtime seconds worked in the timecard.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOvertimeSecondsWorked($overtime_seconds_worked)
+ {
+ $this->overtime_seconds_worked = $overtime_seconds_worked;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets doubletime_seconds_worked
+ * @return float
+ */
+ public function getDoubletimeSecondsWorked()
+ {
+ return $this->doubletime_seconds_worked;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets doubletime_seconds_worked
+ * @param float $doubletime_seconds_worked The total number of doubletime seconds worked in the timecard.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setDoubletimeSecondsWorked($doubletime_seconds_worked)
+ {
+ $this->doubletime_seconds_worked = $doubletime_seconds_worked;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1TimecardEvent Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TimecardEvent implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'event_type' => 'string',
+ 'clockin_time' => 'string',
+ 'clockout_time' => 'string',
+ 'created_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'event_type' => 'event_type',
+ 'clockin_time' => 'clockin_time',
+ 'clockout_time' => 'clockout_time',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'event_type' => 'setEventType',
+ 'clockin_time' => 'setClockinTime',
+ 'clockout_time' => 'setClockoutTime',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'event_type' => 'getEventType',
+ 'clockin_time' => 'getClockinTime',
+ 'clockout_time' => 'getClockoutTime',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The event's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $event_type The ID of the timecard to list events for. See [V1TimecardEventEventType](#type-v1timecardeventeventtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $event_type;
+ /**
+ * $clockin_time The time the employee clocked in, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $clockin_time;
+ /**
+ * $clockout_time The time the employee clocked out, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $clockout_time;
+ /**
+ * $created_at The time when the event was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["event_type"])) {
+ $this->event_type = $data["event_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->event_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["clockin_time"])) {
+ $this->clockin_time = $data["clockin_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->clockin_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["clockout_time"])) {
+ $this->clockout_time = $data["clockout_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->clockout_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The event's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets event_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getEventType()
+ {
+ return $this->event_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets event_type
+ * @param string $event_type The ID of the timecard to list events for. See [V1TimecardEventEventType](#type-v1timecardeventeventtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setEventType($event_type)
+ {
+ $this->event_type = $event_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets clockin_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClockinTime()
+ {
+ return $this->clockin_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets clockin_time
+ * @param string $clockin_time The time the employee clocked in, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClockinTime($clockin_time)
+ {
+ $this->clockin_time = $clockin_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets clockout_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getClockoutTime()
+ {
+ return $this->clockout_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets clockout_time
+ * @param string $clockout_time The time the employee clocked out, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setClockoutTime($clockout_time)
+ {
+ $this->clockout_time = $clockout_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at The time when the event was created, in ISO 8601 format.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1TimecardEventEventType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TimecardEventEventType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateCategoryRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateCategoryRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Category'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Category $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateDiscountRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateDiscountRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Discount $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateEmployeeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateEmployeeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Employee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1EmployeeRole $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateFeeRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateFeeRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Fee $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateItemRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateItemRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Item'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Item $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateModifierListRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateModifierListRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'selection_type' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'selection_type' => 'selection_type'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'selection_type' => 'setSelectionType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'selection_type' => 'getSelectionType'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $name The modifier list's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $selection_type Indicates whether multiple options from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. See [V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType](#type-v1updatemodifierlistrequestselectiontype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $selection_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["selection_type"])) {
+ $this->selection_type = $data["selection_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->selection_type = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The modifier list's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets selection_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSelectionType()
+ {
+ return $this->selection_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets selection_type
+ * @param string $selection_type Indicates whether multiple options from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. See [V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType](#type-v1updatemodifierlistrequestselectiontype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSelectionType($selection_type)
+ {
+ $this->selection_type = $selection_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateModifierOptionRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateModifierOptionRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1ModifierOption $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateOrderRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateOrderRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'action' => 'string',
+ 'shipped_tracking_number' => 'string',
+ 'completed_note' => 'string',
+ 'refunded_note' => 'string',
+ 'canceled_note' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'action' => 'action',
+ 'shipped_tracking_number' => 'shipped_tracking_number',
+ 'completed_note' => 'completed_note',
+ 'refunded_note' => 'refunded_note',
+ 'canceled_note' => 'canceled_note'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'action' => 'setAction',
+ 'shipped_tracking_number' => 'setShippedTrackingNumber',
+ 'completed_note' => 'setCompletedNote',
+ 'refunded_note' => 'setRefundedNote',
+ 'canceled_note' => 'setCanceledNote'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'action' => 'getAction',
+ 'shipped_tracking_number' => 'getShippedTrackingNumber',
+ 'completed_note' => 'getCompletedNote',
+ 'refunded_note' => 'getRefundedNote',
+ 'canceled_note' => 'getCanceledNote'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $action The action to perform on the order (COMPLETE, CANCEL, or REFUND). See [V1UpdateOrderRequestAction](#type-v1updateorderrequestaction) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $action;
+ /**
+ * $shipped_tracking_number The tracking number of the shipment associated with the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $shipped_tracking_number;
+ /**
+ * $completed_note A merchant-specified note about the completion of the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $completed_note;
+ /**
+ * $refunded_note A merchant-specified note about the refunding of the order. Only valid if action is REFUND.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $refunded_note;
+ /**
+ * $canceled_note A merchant-specified note about the canceling of the order. Only valid if action is CANCEL.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $canceled_note;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["action"])) {
+ $this->action = $data["action"];
+ } else {
+ $this->action = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["shipped_tracking_number"])) {
+ $this->shipped_tracking_number = $data["shipped_tracking_number"];
+ } else {
+ $this->shipped_tracking_number = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["completed_note"])) {
+ $this->completed_note = $data["completed_note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->completed_note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["refunded_note"])) {
+ $this->refunded_note = $data["refunded_note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->refunded_note = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["canceled_note"])) {
+ $this->canceled_note = $data["canceled_note"];
+ } else {
+ $this->canceled_note = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets action
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getAction()
+ {
+ return $this->action;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets action
+ * @param string $action The action to perform on the order (COMPLETE, CANCEL, or REFUND). See [V1UpdateOrderRequestAction](#type-v1updateorderrequestaction) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setAction($action)
+ {
+ $this->action = $action;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets shipped_tracking_number
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getShippedTrackingNumber()
+ {
+ return $this->shipped_tracking_number;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets shipped_tracking_number
+ * @param string $shipped_tracking_number The tracking number of the shipment associated with the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setShippedTrackingNumber($shipped_tracking_number)
+ {
+ $this->shipped_tracking_number = $shipped_tracking_number;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets completed_note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCompletedNote()
+ {
+ return $this->completed_note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets completed_note
+ * @param string $completed_note A merchant-specified note about the completion of the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCompletedNote($completed_note)
+ {
+ $this->completed_note = $completed_note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets refunded_note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getRefundedNote()
+ {
+ return $this->refunded_note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets refunded_note
+ * @param string $refunded_note A merchant-specified note about the refunding of the order. Only valid if action is REFUND.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setRefundedNote($refunded_note)
+ {
+ $this->refunded_note = $refunded_note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets canceled_note
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCanceledNote()
+ {
+ return $this->canceled_note;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets canceled_note
+ * @param string $canceled_note A merchant-specified note about the canceling of the order. Only valid if action is CANCEL.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCanceledNote($canceled_note)
+ {
+ $this->canceled_note = $canceled_note;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateOrderRequestAction Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateOrderRequestAction implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdatePageCellRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdatePageCellRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1PageCell $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdatePageRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdatePageRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Page'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Page $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateTimecardRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateTimecardRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Timecard $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1UpdateVariationRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateVariationRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'body' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'body' => 'body'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'body' => 'setBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'body' => 'getBody'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation
+ */
+ protected $body;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["body"])) {
+ $this->body = $data["body"];
+ } else {
+ $this->body = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets body
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation
+ */
+ public function getBody()
+ {
+ return $this->body;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets body
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Variation $body An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setBody($body)
+ {
+ $this->body = $body;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1Variation Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1Variation implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'name' => 'string',
+ 'item_id' => 'string',
+ 'ordinal' => 'int',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'string',
+ 'price_money' => '\SquareConnect\Model\V1Money',
+ 'sku' => 'string',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'bool',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'string',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'int',
+ 'user_data' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'name' => 'name',
+ 'item_id' => 'item_id',
+ 'ordinal' => 'ordinal',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'pricing_type',
+ 'price_money' => 'price_money',
+ 'sku' => 'sku',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'track_inventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'inventory_alert_type',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'inventory_alert_threshold',
+ 'user_data' => 'user_data'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'name' => 'setName',
+ 'item_id' => 'setItemId',
+ 'ordinal' => 'setOrdinal',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'setPricingType',
+ 'price_money' => 'setPriceMoney',
+ 'sku' => 'setSku',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'setTrackInventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'setInventoryAlertType',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'setInventoryAlertThreshold',
+ 'user_data' => 'setUserData'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'name' => 'getName',
+ 'item_id' => 'getItemId',
+ 'ordinal' => 'getOrdinal',
+ 'pricing_type' => 'getPricingType',
+ 'price_money' => 'getPriceMoney',
+ 'sku' => 'getSku',
+ 'track_inventory' => 'getTrackInventory',
+ 'inventory_alert_type' => 'getInventoryAlertType',
+ 'inventory_alert_threshold' => 'getInventoryAlertThreshold',
+ 'user_data' => 'getUserData'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id The item variation's unique ID.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $name The item variation's name.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $name;
+ /**
+ * $item_id The ID of the variation's associated item.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $item_id;
+ /**
+ * $ordinal Indicates the variation's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. If more than one variation for the same item has the same ordinal value, those variations are displayed in alphabetical order
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $ordinal;
+ /**
+ * $pricing_type Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale. See [V1VariationPricingType](#type-v1variationpricingtype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $pricing_type;
+ /**
+ * $price_money The item variation's price, if any.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ protected $price_money;
+ /**
+ * $sku The item variation's SKU, if any.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $sku;
+ /**
+ * $track_inventory If true, inventory tracking is active for the variation.
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ protected $track_inventory;
+ /**
+ * $inventory_alert_type Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its inventory_alert_threshold. See [V1VariationInventoryAlertType](#type-v1variationinventoryalerttype) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $inventory_alert_type;
+ /**
+ * $inventory_alert_threshold If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and inventory_alert_type is LOW_QUANTITY, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $inventory_alert_threshold;
+ /**
+ * $user_data Arbitrary metadata associated with the variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters.
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $user_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["name"])) {
+ $this->name = $data["name"];
+ } else {
+ $this->name = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["item_id"])) {
+ $this->item_id = $data["item_id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->item_id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["ordinal"])) {
+ $this->ordinal = $data["ordinal"];
+ } else {
+ $this->ordinal = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["pricing_type"])) {
+ $this->pricing_type = $data["pricing_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->pricing_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["price_money"])) {
+ $this->price_money = $data["price_money"];
+ } else {
+ $this->price_money = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["sku"])) {
+ $this->sku = $data["sku"];
+ } else {
+ $this->sku = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["track_inventory"])) {
+ $this->track_inventory = $data["track_inventory"];
+ } else {
+ $this->track_inventory = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inventory_alert_type"])) {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = $data["inventory_alert_type"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["inventory_alert_threshold"])) {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = $data["inventory_alert_threshold"];
+ } else {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["user_data"])) {
+ $this->user_data = $data["user_data"];
+ } else {
+ $this->user_data = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id The item variation's unique ID.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets name
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getName()
+ {
+ return $this->name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets name
+ * @param string $name The item variation's name.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setName($name)
+ {
+ $this->name = $name;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets item_id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getItemId()
+ {
+ return $this->item_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets item_id
+ * @param string $item_id The ID of the variation's associated item.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setItemId($item_id)
+ {
+ $this->item_id = $item_id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets ordinal
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getOrdinal()
+ {
+ return $this->ordinal;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets ordinal
+ * @param int $ordinal Indicates the variation's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. If more than one variation for the same item has the same ordinal value, those variations are displayed in alphabetical order
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setOrdinal($ordinal)
+ {
+ $this->ordinal = $ordinal;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets pricing_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getPricingType()
+ {
+ return $this->pricing_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets pricing_type
+ * @param string $pricing_type Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale. See [V1VariationPricingType](#type-v1variationpricingtype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPricingType($pricing_type)
+ {
+ $this->pricing_type = $pricing_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets price_money
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money
+ */
+ public function getPriceMoney()
+ {
+ return $this->price_money;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets price_money
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\V1Money $price_money The item variation's price, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setPriceMoney($price_money)
+ {
+ $this->price_money = $price_money;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets sku
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSku()
+ {
+ return $this->sku;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets sku
+ * @param string $sku The item variation's SKU, if any.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setSku($sku)
+ {
+ $this->sku = $sku;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets track_inventory
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function getTrackInventory()
+ {
+ return $this->track_inventory;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets track_inventory
+ * @param bool $track_inventory If true, inventory tracking is active for the variation.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setTrackInventory($track_inventory)
+ {
+ $this->track_inventory = $track_inventory;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inventory_alert_type
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getInventoryAlertType()
+ {
+ return $this->inventory_alert_type;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inventory_alert_type
+ * @param string $inventory_alert_type Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its inventory_alert_threshold. See [V1VariationInventoryAlertType](#type-v1variationinventoryalerttype) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInventoryAlertType($inventory_alert_type)
+ {
+ $this->inventory_alert_type = $inventory_alert_type;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets inventory_alert_threshold
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getInventoryAlertThreshold()
+ {
+ return $this->inventory_alert_threshold;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets inventory_alert_threshold
+ * @param int $inventory_alert_threshold If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and inventory_alert_type is LOW_QUANTITY, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setInventoryAlertThreshold($inventory_alert_threshold)
+ {
+ $this->inventory_alert_threshold = $inventory_alert_threshold;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets user_data
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUserData()
+ {
+ return $this->user_data;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets user_data
+ * @param string $user_data Arbitrary metadata associated with the variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUserData($user_data)
+ {
+ $this->user_data = $user_data;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1VariationInventoryAlertType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1VariationInventoryAlertType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * V1VariationPricingType Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1VariationPricingType implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * VoidTransactionRequest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class VoidTransactionRequest implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * VoidTransactionResponse Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class VoidTransactionResponse implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'errors' => '\SquareConnect\Model\Error[]'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'errors' => 'errors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'setErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'errors' => 'getErrors'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @var \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ protected $errors;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["errors"])) {
+ $this->errors = $data["errors"];
+ } else {
+ $this->errors = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets errors
+ * @return \SquareConnect\Model\Error[]
+ */
+ public function getErrors()
+ {
+ return $this->errors;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets errors
+ * @param \SquareConnect\Model\Error[] $errors Any errors that occurred during the request.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setErrors($errors)
+ {
+ $this->errors = $errors;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * Weekday Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class Weekday implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+
+ );
+
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+use \ArrayAccess;
+/**
+ * WorkweekConfig Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache License v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class WorkweekConfig implements ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Array of property to type mappings. Used for (de)serialization
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $swaggerTypes = array(
+ 'id' => 'string',
+ 'start_of_week' => 'string',
+ 'start_of_day_local_time' => 'string',
+ 'version' => 'int',
+ 'created_at' => 'string',
+ 'updated_at' => 'string'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes where the key is the local name, and the value is the original name
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $attributeMap = array(
+ 'id' => 'id',
+ 'start_of_week' => 'start_of_week',
+ 'start_of_day_local_time' => 'start_of_day_local_time',
+ 'version' => 'version',
+ 'created_at' => 'created_at',
+ 'updated_at' => 'updated_at'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to setter functions (for deserialization of responses)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $setters = array(
+ 'id' => 'setId',
+ 'start_of_week' => 'setStartOfWeek',
+ 'start_of_day_local_time' => 'setStartOfDayLocalTime',
+ 'version' => 'setVersion',
+ 'created_at' => 'setCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'setUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * Array of attributes to getter functions (for serialization of requests)
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ static $getters = array(
+ 'id' => 'getId',
+ 'start_of_week' => 'getStartOfWeek',
+ 'start_of_day_local_time' => 'getStartOfDayLocalTime',
+ 'version' => 'getVersion',
+ 'created_at' => 'getCreatedAt',
+ 'updated_at' => 'getUpdatedAt'
+ );
+
+ /**
+ * $id UUID for this object
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $id;
+ /**
+ * $start_of_week The day of the week on which a business week cuts over for compensation purposes. See [Weekday](#type-weekday) for possible values
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $start_of_week;
+ /**
+ * $start_of_day_local_time The local time at which a business week cuts over. Represented as a string in `HH:MM` format (`HH:MM:SS` is also accepted, but seconds are truncated).
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $start_of_day_local_time;
+ /**
+ * $version Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write.
+ * @var int
+ */
+ protected $version;
+ /**
+ * $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $created_at;
+ /**
+ * $updated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC
+ * @var string
+ */
+ protected $updated_at;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ * @param mixed[] $data Associated array of property value initializing the model
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $data = null)
+ {
+ if ($data != null) {
+ if (isset($data["id"])) {
+ $this->id = $data["id"];
+ } else {
+ $this->id = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["start_of_week"])) {
+ $this->start_of_week = $data["start_of_week"];
+ } else {
+ $this->start_of_week = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["start_of_day_local_time"])) {
+ $this->start_of_day_local_time = $data["start_of_day_local_time"];
+ } else {
+ $this->start_of_day_local_time = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["version"])) {
+ $this->version = $data["version"];
+ } else {
+ $this->version = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["created_at"])) {
+ $this->created_at = $data["created_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->created_at = null;
+ }
+ if (isset($data["updated_at"])) {
+ $this->updated_at = $data["updated_at"];
+ } else {
+ $this->updated_at = null;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets id
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getId()
+ {
+ return $this->id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets id
+ * @param string $id UUID for this object
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setId($id)
+ {
+ $this->id = $id;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets start_of_week
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStartOfWeek()
+ {
+ return $this->start_of_week;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets start_of_week
+ * @param string $start_of_week The day of the week on which a business week cuts over for compensation purposes. See [Weekday](#type-weekday) for possible values
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStartOfWeek($start_of_week)
+ {
+ $this->start_of_week = $start_of_week;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets start_of_day_local_time
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getStartOfDayLocalTime()
+ {
+ return $this->start_of_day_local_time;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets start_of_day_local_time
+ * @param string $start_of_day_local_time The local time at which a business week cuts over. Represented as a string in `HH:MM` format (`HH:MM:SS` is also accepted, but seconds are truncated).
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setStartOfDayLocalTime($start_of_day_local_time)
+ {
+ $this->start_of_day_local_time = $start_of_day_local_time;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets version
+ * @return int
+ */
+ public function getVersion()
+ {
+ return $this->version;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets version
+ * @param int $version Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write.
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setVersion($version)
+ {
+ $this->version = $version;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets created_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getCreatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->created_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets created_at
+ * @param string $created_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setCreatedAt($created_at)
+ {
+ $this->created_at = $created_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Gets updated_at
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getUpdatedAt()
+ {
+ return $this->updated_at;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets updated_at
+ * @param string $updated_at A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setUpdatedAt($updated_at)
+ {
+ $this->updated_at = $updated_at;
+ return $this;
+ }
+ /**
+ * Returns true if offset exists. False otherwise.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return boolean
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return isset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->$offset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sets value based on offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @param mixed $value Value to be set
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->$offset = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Unsets offset.
+ * @param integer $offset Offset
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ unset($this->$offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the string presentation of the object
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function __toString()
+ {
+ if (defined('JSON_PRETTY_PRINT')) {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this), JSON_PRETTY_PRINT);
+ } else {
+ return json_encode(\SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer::sanitizeForSerialization($this));
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect;
+
+/**
+ * ObjectSerializer Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ObjectSerializer
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Serialize data
+ *
+ * @param mixed $data the data to serialize
+ *
+ * @return string serialized form of $data
+ */
+ public static function sanitizeForSerialization($data)
+ {
+ if (is_scalar($data) || null === $data) {
+ $sanitized = $data;
+ } elseif ($data instanceof \DateTime) {
+ $sanitized = $data->format(\DateTime::ISO8601);
+ } elseif (is_array($data)) {
+ foreach ($data as $property => $value) {
+ $data[$property] = self::sanitizeForSerialization($value);
+ }
+ $sanitized = $data;
+ } elseif (is_object($data)) {
+ $values = array();
+ foreach (array_keys($data::$swaggerTypes) as $property) {
+ $getter = $data::$getters[$property];
+ if ($data->$getter() !== null) {
+ $values[$data::$attributeMap[$property]] = self::sanitizeForSerialization($data->$getter());
+ }
+ }
+ $sanitized = (object)$values;
+ } else {
+ $sanitized = (string)$data;
+ }
+
+ return $sanitized;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Sanitize filename by removing path.
+ * e.g. ../../sun.gif becomes sun.gif
+ *
+ * @param string $filename filename to be sanitized
+ *
+ * @return string the sanitized filename
+ */
+ public function sanitizeFilename($filename)
+ {
+ if (preg_match("/.*[\/\\\\](.*)$/", $filename, $match)) {
+ return $match[1];
+ } else {
+ return $filename;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Take value and turn it into a string suitable for inclusion in
+ * the path, by url-encoding.
+ *
+ * @param string $value a string which will be part of the path
+ *
+ * @return string the serialized object
+ */
+ public function toPathValue($value)
+ {
+ return rawurlencode($this->toString($value));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Take value and turn it into a string suitable for inclusion in
+ * the query, by imploding comma-separated if it's an object.
+ * If it's a string, pass through unchanged. It will be url-encoded
+ * later.
+ *
+ * @param object $object an object to be serialized to a string
+ *
+ * @return string the serialized object
+ */
+ public function toQueryValue($object)
+ {
+ if (is_array($object)) {
+ return implode(',', $object);
+ } else {
+ return $this->toString($object);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Take value and turn it into a string suitable for inclusion in
+ * the header. If it's a string, pass through unchanged
+ * If it's a datetime object, format it in ISO8601
+ *
+ * @param string $value a string which will be part of the header
+ *
+ * @return string the header string
+ */
+ public function toHeaderValue($value)
+ {
+ return $this->toString($value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Take value and turn it into a string suitable for inclusion in
+ * the http body (form parameter). If it's a string, pass through unchanged
+ * If it's a datetime object, format it in ISO8601
+ *
+ * @param string $value the value of the form parameter
+ *
+ * @return string the form string
+ */
+ public function toFormValue($value)
+ {
+ if ($value instanceof \SplFileObject) {
+ return $value->getRealPath();
+ } else {
+ return $this->toString($value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Take value and turn it into a string suitable for inclusion in
+ * the parameter. If it's a string, pass through unchanged
+ * If it's a datetime object, format it in ISO8601
+ *
+ * @param string $value the value of the parameter
+ *
+ * @return string the header string
+ */
+ public function toString($value)
+ {
+ if ($value instanceof \DateTime) { // datetime in ISO8601 format
+ return $value->format(\DateTime::ISO8601);
+ } else {
+ return $value;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Serialize an array to a string.
+ *
+ * @param array $collection collection to serialize to a string
+ * @param string $collectionFormat the format use for serialization (csv,
+ * ssv, tsv, pipes, multi)
+ *
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function serializeCollection(array $collection, $collectionFormat, $allowCollectionFormatMulti=false)
+ {
+ if ($allowCollectionFormatMulti && ('multi' === $collectionFormat)) {
+ // http_build_query() almost does the job for us. We just
+ // need to fix the result of multidimensional arrays.
+ return preg_replace('/%5B[0-9]+%5D=/', '=', http_build_query($collection, '', '&'));
+ }
+ switch ($collectionFormat) {
+ case 'pipes':
+ return implode('|', $collection);
+
+ case 'tsv':
+ return implode("\t", $collection);
+
+ case 'ssv':
+ return implode(' ', $collection);
+
+ case 'csv':
+ // Deliberate fall through. CSV is default format.
+ default:
+ return implode(',', $collection);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Deserialize a JSON string into an object
+ *
+ * @param mixed $data object or primitive to be deserialized
+ * @param string $class class name is passed as a string
+ * @param string $httpHeaders HTTP headers
+ *
+ * @return object an instance of $class
+ */
+ public static function deserialize($data, $class, $httpHeaders=null)
+ {
+ if (null === $data) {
+ $deserialized = null;
+ } elseif (substr($class, 0, 4) === 'map[') { // for associative array e.g. map[string,int]
+ $inner = substr($class, 4, -1);
+ $deserialized = array();
+ if (strrpos($inner, ",") !== false) {
+ $subClass_array = explode(',', $inner, 2);
+ $subClass = $subClass_array[1];
+ foreach ($data as $key => $value) {
+ $deserialized[$key] = self::deserialize($value, $subClass);
+ }
+ }
+ } elseif (strcasecmp(substr($class, -2), '[]') == 0) {
+ $subClass = substr($class, 0, -2);
+ $values = array();
+ foreach ($data as $key => $value) {
+ $values[] = self::deserialize($value, $subClass);
+ }
+ $deserialized = $values;
+ } elseif ($class === 'ByteArray') { // byte array
+ $deserialized = unpack('C*', (string)$data);
+ } elseif ($class === '\DateTime') {
+ $deserialized = new \DateTime($data);
+ } elseif (in_array($class, array('DateTime', 'bool', 'boolean', 'byte', 'double', 'float', 'int', 'integer', 'mixed', 'number', 'object', 'string', 'void'))) {
+ settype($data, $class);
+ $deserialized = $data;
+ } elseif ($class === '\SplFileObject') {
+ // determine file name
+ if (array_key_exists('Content-Disposition', $httpHeaders) && preg_match('/inline; filename=[\'"]?([^\'"\s]+)[\'"]?$/i', $httpHeaders['Content-Disposition'], $match)) {
+ $filename = Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->getTempFolderPath() . sanitizeFilename($match[1]);
+ } else {
+ $filename = tempnam(Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->getTempFolderPath(), '');
+ }
+ $deserialized = new \SplFileObject($filename, "w");
+ $byte_written = $deserialized->fwrite($data);
+ error_log("[INFO] Written $byte_written byte to $filename. Please move the file to a proper folder or delete the temp file after processing.\n", 3, Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->getDebugFile());
+
+ } else {
+ $instance = new $class();
+ foreach ($instance::$swaggerTypes as $property => $type) {
+ $propertySetter = $instance::$setters[$property];
+
+ if (!isset($propertySetter) || !isset($data->{$instance::$attributeMap[$property]})) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ $propertyValue = $data->{$instance::$attributeMap[$property]};
+ if (isset($propertyValue)) {
+ $instance->$propertySetter(self::deserialize($propertyValue, $type));
+ }
+ }
+ $deserialized = $instance;
+ }
+
+ return $deserialized;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * ApplePayApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ApplePayApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for registerDomain
+ *
+ * RegisterDomain
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_registerDomain() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesRequest;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectRequest;
+
+
+/**
+ * CatalogApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ const COFFEE_CLIENT_ID = "#Coffee";
+ const BEVERAGES_CLIENT_ID = "#Beverages";
+ const SMALL_COFFEE_CLIENT_ID = "#SmallCoffee";
+ const LARGE_COFFEE_CLIENT_ID = "#LargeCoffee";
+ const SMALL_TEA_CLIENT_ID = "#SmallTea";
+ const SALES_TAX_CLIENT_ID = "#SalesTax";
+ const MILKS_CLIENT_ID = "#Milks";
+
+ private static $api;
+ private static $test_accounts;
+ private $objects = [];
+ private $idMap = [];
+ private $beverages = [
+ "type" => "CATEGORY",
+ "id" => self::BEVERAGES_CLIENT_ID,
+ "category_data" => [
+ "name" => "Beverages"
+ ]
+ ];
+ private $milks = [
+ "type" => "MODIFIER_LIST",
+ "id" => self::MILKS_CLIENT_ID,
+ "modifier_list_data" => [
+ "name" => "Milks",
+ "modifiers" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "MODIFIER",
+ "id" => "#WholeMilk",
+ "modifier_data" => [
+ "name" => "Whole Milk"]],
+ [
+ "type" => 'MODIFIER',
+ "id" => "#SkimMilk",
+ "modifier_data" => [
+ "name" => "Skim Milk"]],
+ [
+ "type" => "MODIFIER",
+ "id" => "#SoyMilk",
+ "modifier_data" => [
+ "name" => "SoyMilk",
+ "price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 50.0,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ];
+
+ private $syrups = [
+ "type" => "MODIFIER_LIST",
+ "id" => "#Syrups",
+ "modifier_list_data" => [
+ "name" => "Syrups",
+ "modifiers" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "MODIFIER",
+ "id" => "#Hazelnut",
+ "modifier_data" => [
+ "name" => "Hazelnut"
+ ]
+ ],
+ [
+ "type" => "MODIFIER",
+ "id" => "#Vanilla",
+ "modifier_data" => [
+ "name" => "Vanilla"
+ ]
+ ],
+ [
+ "type" => "MODIFIER",
+ "id" => "#Chocolate",
+ "modifier_data" => [
+ "name" => "Chocolate"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ];
+ private $coffee = [
+ "type" => "ITEM",
+ "id" => self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID,
+ "item_data" => [
+ "name" => "Coffee",
+ "description" => "Hot bean juice",
+ "abbreviation" => "Co",
+ "category_id" => self::BEVERAGES_CLIENT_ID,
+ "modifier_list_info" => [["modifier_list_id" => self::MILKS_CLIENT_ID]],
+ "tax_ids" => [self::SALES_TAX_CLIENT_ID],
+ "variations" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "ITEM_VARIATION",
+ "id" => self::SMALL_COFFEE_CLIENT_ID,
+ "item_variation_data" => [
+ "name" => "Small",
+ "item_id" => self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID,
+ "pricing_type" => "FIXED_PRICING",
+ "price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 195.0,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ],
+ [
+ "type" => "ITEM_VARIATION",
+ "id" => self::LARGE_COFFEE_CLIENT_ID,
+ "item_variation_data" => [
+ "name" => "Large",
+ "item_id" => self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID,
+ "pricing_type" => "FIXED_PRICING",
+ "price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 255.0,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ];
+ private $tea = [
+ "type" => "ITEM",
+ "id" => "#Tea",
+ "item_data" => [
+ "name" => "Tea",
+ "description" => "Hot leaf juice",
+ "abbreviation" => "Te",
+ "category_id" => self::BEVERAGES_CLIENT_ID,
+ "modifier_list_info" => [["modifier_list_id" => self::MILKS_CLIENT_ID]],
+ "tax_ids" => [self::SALES_TAX_CLIENT_ID],
+ "variations" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "ITEM_VARIATION",
+ "id" => self::SMALL_TEA_CLIENT_ID,
+ "item_variation_data" => [
+ "name" => "Small",
+ "item_id" => "#Tea",
+ "pricing_type" => "FIXED_PRICING",
+ "price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 150.0,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ],
+ [
+ "type" => "ITEM_VARIATION",
+ "id" => "#LargeTea",
+ "item_variation_data" => [
+ "name" => "Large",
+ "item_id" => "#Tea",
+ "pricing_type" => "FIXED_PRICING",
+ "price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 200.0,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ];
+ private $sales_tax = [
+ "type" => "TAX",
+ "id" => '#SalesTax',
+ "present_at_all_locations" => true,
+ "tax_data" => [
+ "name" => "Sales Tax",
+ "calculation_phase" => "TAX_SUBTOTAL_PHASE",
+ "inclusion_type" => "ADDITIVE",
+ "percentage" => '5.0',
+ "applies_to_custom_amounts" => true,
+ "enabled" => true
+ ]
+ ];
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+ self::$api = new \SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+ self::$test_accounts = new \SquareConnect\TestAccounts();
+ // Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+ $account = self::$test_accounts->{'US-Prod'};
+ $access_token = $account->{'access_token'};
+ Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken($access_token);
+ }
+
+ protected function setUp() {
+ $this->objects = [$this->beverages, $this->milks, $this->syrups, $this->coffee, $this->tea, $this->sales_tax];
+ $this->idMap = [];
+ $this->buildTestCatalog();
+ }
+
+ protected function tearDown() {
+ $this->deleteTestCatalog();
+ }
+
+ protected function buildTestCatalog() {
+ $body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid(),
+ "batches" => [
+ [
+ "objects" => $this->objects
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]);
+
+ $response = self::$api->batchUpsertCatalogObjects($body);
+
+ foreach($response->getIdMappings() as $mapping) {
+ $this->idMap[$mapping->getClientObjectId()] = $mapping->getObjectId();
+ }
+ }
+
+ protected function deleteTestCatalog() {
+ $objectIds = [];
+ $cursor = "";
+ do {
+ $response = self::$api->listCatalog($cursor, null);
+ $cursor = $response->getCursor();
+ foreach($response->getObjects() as $object) {
+ array_push($objectIds, $object->getId());
+ }
+ } while (!empty($cursor));
+
+ while(!empty($objectIds)) {
+ $toRemove = array_splice($objectIds, 0, 200);
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "object_ids" => $toRemove
+ ]);
+ self::$api->batchDeleteCatalogObjects($request);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for batchDeleteCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * BatchDeleteCatalogObjects
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_batchDeleteCatalogObjects() {
+ $coffeeId = $this->idMap[self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $smallCoffeeId = $this->idMap[self::SMALL_COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $largeCoffeeId = $this->idMap[self::LARGE_COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $smallTeaId = $this->idMap[self::SMALL_TEA_CLIENT_ID];
+
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "object_ids" => [$coffeeId, $smallTeaId]
+ ]);
+ $response = self::$api->batchDeleteCatalogObjects($request);
+
+ $this->assertCount(4, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+ $this->assertContains($coffeeId, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+ $this->assertContains($smallCoffeeId, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+ $this->assertContains($largeCoffeeId, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+ $this->assertContains($smallTeaId, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for batchRetrieveCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveCatalogObjects
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_batchRetrieveCatalogObjects() {
+ $coffeeId = $this->idMap[self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $salesTaxId = $this->idMap[self::SALES_TAX_CLIENT_ID];
+ $beveragesId = $this->idMap[self::BEVERAGES_CLIENT_ID];
+ $milksId = $this->idMap[self::MILKS_CLIENT_ID];
+
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "object_ids" => [$coffeeId, $salesTaxId]
+ ]);
+
+ $response = self::$api->batchRetrieveCatalogObjects($request);
+
+ $this->assertCount(2, $response->getObjects());
+ $coffee = $response->getObjects()[0];
+ $this->assertEquals("ITEM", $coffee->getType());
+ $this->assertEquals($coffeeId, $coffee->getId());
+ $this->assertNotEmpty($coffee->getUpdatedAt());
+ $this->assertTrue($coffee->getVersion() != 0);
+ $this->assertFalse($coffee->getIsDeleted());
+ $this->assertEmpty($coffee->getCatalogV1Ids());
+ $this->assertEmpty($coffee->getPresentAtLocationIds());
+ $this->assertEmpty($coffee->getAbsentAtLocationIds());
+
+ $this->assertEquals("Coffee", $coffee->getItemData()->getName());
+ $this->assertEquals("Hot bean juice", $coffee->getItemData()->getDescription());
+ $this->assertEquals("Co", $coffee->getItemData()->getAbbreviation());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemData()->getLabelColor());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemData()->getAvailableOnline());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemData()->getAvailableForPickup());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemData()->getAvailableElectronically());
+ $this->assertEquals($beveragesId, $coffee->getItemData()->getCategoryId());
+ $this->assertCount(1, $coffee->getItemData()->getTaxIds());
+ $this->assertEquals($salesTaxId, $coffee->getItemData()->getTaxIds()[0]);
+ $this->assertCount(1, $coffee->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo());
+ $this->assertEquals($milksId, $coffee->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo()[0]->getModifierListId());
+ $this->assertEmpty($coffee->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo()[0]->getModifierOverrides());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo()[0]->getMinSelectedModifiers());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo()[0]->getMaxSelectedModifiers());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo()[0]->getEnabled());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemData()->getImageUrl());
+
+ $this->assertCount(2, $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations());
+ $this->assertEquals("Small", $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations()[0]->getItemVariationData()->getName());
+ $this->assertEquals("FIXED_PRICING", $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations()[0]->getItemVariationData()->getPricingType());
+ $this->assertEquals(195.0, $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations()[0]->getItemVariationData()->getPriceMoney()->getAmount());
+ $this->assertEquals("USD", $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations()[0]->getItemVariationData()->getPriceMoney()->getCurrency());
+
+ $this->assertEquals("Large", $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations()[1]->getItemVariationData()->getName());
+ $this->assertEquals("FIXED_PRICING", $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations()[1]->getItemVariationData()->getPricingType());
+ $this->assertEquals(255.0, $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations()[1]->getItemVariationData()->getPriceMoney()->getAmount());
+ $this->assertEquals("USD", $coffee->getItemData()->getVariations()[1]->getItemVariationData()->getPriceMoney()->getCurrency());
+
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getCategoryData());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getItemVariationData());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getTaxData());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getDiscountData());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getModifierListData());
+ $this->assertNull($coffee->getModifierData());
+
+ $salesTax = $response->getObjects()[1];
+ $this->assertEquals("TAX", $salesTax->getType());
+ $this->assertEquals($salesTaxId, $salesTax->getId());
+ $this->assertEquals("Sales Tax", $salesTax->getTaxData()->getName());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for batchUpsertCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * BatchUpsertCatalogObjects
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_batchUpsertCatalogObjects() {
+ $batches = [];
+
+ $numObjects = 0;
+ // TODO s/$batchNum < 1/$batchNum < 3/
+ for ($batchNum = 0; $batchNum < 1; $batchNum++) {
+ $batch = [];
+
+ for($i = 0; $i < 100; $i++) {
+ $itemId = sprintf("Item-%d-%d", $batchNum, $i);
+
+ $variationId = sprintf("#ItemVariation-%d-%d", $batchNum, $i);
+ array_push($batch, new \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject([
+ "type" => "ITEM",
+ "id" => "#" . $itemId,
+ "item_data" => [
+ "name" => $itemId,
+ "variations" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "ITEM_VARIATION",
+ "id" => $variationId,
+ "item_variation_data" => [
+ "name" => "Regular",
+ "item_id" => "#" . $itemId,
+ "pricing_type" => "VARIABLE_PRICING"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]));
+ $numObjects++;
+ }
+ array_push($batches, ["objects" => $batch]);
+ }
+
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid(),
+ "batches" => $batches
+ ]);
+ $response = self::$api->batchUpsertCatalogObjects($request);
+
+ $this->assertCount($numObjects, $response->getObjects());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for catalogInfo
+ *
+ * CatalogInfo
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_catalogInfo() {
+ $response = self::$api->catalogInfo();
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getBatchUpsertMaxObjectsPerBatch());
+ $this->assertEquals(10000, $response->getLimits()->getBatchUpsertMaxTotalObjects());
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getBatchRetrieveMaxObjectIds());
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getSearchMaxPageLimit());
+ $this->assertEquals(200, $response->getLimits()->getBatchDeleteMaxObjectIds());
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getUpdateItemTaxesMaxItemIds());
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToEnable());
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getUpdateItemTaxesMaxTaxesToDisable());
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxItemIds());
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToEnable());
+ $this->assertEquals(1000, $response->getLimits()->getUpdateItemModifierListsMaxModifierListsToDisable());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteCatalogObject
+ *
+ * DeleteCatalogObject
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteCatalogObject() {
+ $coffeeId = $this->idMap[self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $smallCoffeeId = $this->idMap[self::SMALL_COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $largeCoffeeId = $this->idMap[self::LARGE_COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $response = self::$api->deleteCatalogObject($coffeeId);
+
+ $this->assertCount(3, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+
+ $this->assertContains($coffeeId, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+ $this->assertContains($smallCoffeeId, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+ $this->assertContains($largeCoffeeId, $response->getDeletedObjectIds());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listCatalog
+ *
+ * ListCatalog
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listCatalog() {
+ $objects = [];
+ $cursor = "";
+ do {
+ $response = self::$api->listCatalog($cursor, null);
+ $cursor = $response->getCursor();
+ $objects = array_merge($objects, $response->getObjects());
+ } while (!empty($cursor));
+
+ $this->assertCount(count($this->objects), $objects);
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveCatalogObject
+ *
+ * RetrieveCatalogObject
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveCatalogObject() {
+ $coffeeId = $this->idMap[self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $response = self::$api->retrieveCatalogObject($coffeeId, true);
+
+ $this->assertEmpty($response->getErrors());
+ $this->assertEquals($coffeeId, $response->getObject()->getId());
+
+ $this->assertCount(3, $response->getRelatedObjects());
+
+ $gotMilks = false;
+ $gotSalesTax = false;
+ $gotBeverages = false;
+
+ $this->assertNotEmpty(array_filter($response->getRelatedObjects(), function($object) {
+ return $object->getType() == "MODIFIER_LIST" &&
+ $object->getModifierListData()->getName() == "Milks";
+ }));
+
+ $this->assertNotEmpty(array_filter($response->getRelatedObjects(), function($object) {
+ return $object->getType() == "CATEGORY" &&
+ $object->getCategoryData()->getName() == "Beverages";
+ }));
+
+ $this->assertNotEmpty(array_filter($response->getRelatedObjects(), function($object) {
+ return $object->getType() == "TAX" &&
+ $object->getTaxData()->getName() == "Sales Tax";
+ }));
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for searchCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * SearchCatalogObjects
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_searchCatalogObjectsWithPrefixQuery() {
+ $query = new \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "query" => [
+ "prefix_query" => [
+ "attribute_name" => "name",
+ "attribute_prefix" => "Sm"
+ ]
+ ],
+ "include_deleted_objects" => false,
+ "include_related_objects" => false,
+ ]);
+
+ $response = self::$api->searchCatalogObjects($query);
+ $this->assertCount(2, $response->getObjects());
+
+ $this->assertEquals("ITEM_VARIATION", $response->getObjects()[0]->getType());
+ $this->assertEquals("Small", $response->getObjects()[0]->getItemVariationData()->getName());
+ $this->assertEquals("ITEM_VARIATION", $response->getObjects()[1]->getType());
+ $this->assertEquals("Small", $response->getObjects()[1]->getItemVariationData()->getName());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for searchCatalogObjects
+ *
+ * SearchCatalogObjects
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_searchCatalogObjectsWithTaxQuery() {
+ $query = new \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "query" => [
+ "items_for_tax_query" => [
+ "tax_ids" => [
+ $this->idMap[self::SALES_TAX_CLIENT_ID]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ],
+ "include_deleted_objects" => false,
+ "include_related_objects" => false,
+ ]);
+
+ $response = self::$api->searchCatalogObjects($query);
+ $this->assertCount(2, $response->getObjects());
+
+ $this->assertEquals("ITEM", $response->getObjects()[0]->getType());
+ $this->assertEquals("ITEM", $response->getObjects()[1]->getType());
+
+ $this->assertNotEmpty(array_filter($response->getObjects(), function($object) {
+ return
+ $object->getItemData()->getName() == "Coffee";
+ }));
+
+ $this->assertNotEmpty(array_filter($response->getObjects(), function($object) {
+ return
+ $object->getItemData()->getName() == "Tea";
+ }));
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateItemModifierLists
+ *
+ * UpdateItemModifierLists
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateItemModifierLists() {
+ $coffeeId = $this->idMap[self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $milksId = $this->idMap[self::MILKS_CLIENT_ID];
+ $syrupsId = $this->idMap["#Syrups"];
+
+ $beforeUpdate = self::$api->retrieveCatalogObject($coffeeId, false);
+
+ $this->assertCount(1, $beforeUpdate->getObject()->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo());
+ $this->assertEquals($milksId,
+ $beforeUpdate->getObject()->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo()[0]->getModifierListId());
+
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemModifierListsRequest([
+ "item_ids" => [$coffeeId],
+ "modifier_lists_to_enable" => [$syrupsId],
+ "modifier_lists_to_disable" => [$milksId],
+ ]);
+ $response = self::$api->updateItemModifierLists($request);
+
+ $afterUpdate = self::$api->retrieveCatalogObject($coffeeId, false);
+ // TODO: uncomment this soon
+ // $this->assertCount(1, $afterUpdate->getObject()->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo());
+ // $this->assertEquals($syrupsId,
+ // $afterUpdate->getObject()->getItemData()->getModifierListInfo()[0]->getModifierListId());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateItemTaxes
+ *
+ * UpdateItemTaxes
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateItemTaxes() {
+ $coffeeId = $this->idMap[self::COFFEE_CLIENT_ID];
+ $salesTaxId = $this->idMap[self::SALES_TAX_CLIENT_ID];
+
+ $beforeUpdate = self::$api->retrieveCatalogObject($coffeeId, false);
+ $this->assertCount(1, $beforeUpdate->getObject()->getItemData()->getTaxIds());
+
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesRequest([
+ "item_ids" => [$coffeeId],
+ "taxes_to_disable" => [$salesTaxId]
+ ]);
+
+ self::$api->updateItemTaxes($request);
+
+ $afterUpdate = self::$api->retrieveCatalogObject($coffeeId, false);
+ $this->assertEmpty($afterUpdate->getObject()->getItemData()->getTaxIds());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for upsertCatalogObject
+ *
+ * UpsertCatalogObject
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_upsertCatalogObject() {
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectRequest([
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid(),
+ "object" => [
+ "type" => "DISCOUNT",
+ "id" => "#Discount",
+ "discount_data" => [
+ "name" => "Half off",
+ "percentage" => "50.0"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]);
+
+ $response = self::$api->upsertCatalogObject($request);
+
+ $this->assertEquals("Half off", $response->getCatalogObject()->getDiscountData()->getName());
+ $this->assertNotNull($response->getCatalogObject()->getId());
+ $this->assertNotNull($response->getCatalogObject()->getUpdatedAt());
+ $this->assertNotNull($response->getCatalogObject()->getVersion());
+ $this->assertFalse($response->getCatalogObject()->getIsDeleted());
+
+ $this->assertCount(1, $response->getIdMappings());
+ $this->assertEquals("#Discount", $response->getIdMappings()[0]->getClientObjectId());
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * CheckoutApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CheckoutApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ private static $api;
+ private static $test_accounts;
+ private static $location_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+ self::$api = new \SquareConnect\Api\CheckoutApi();
+ self::$test_accounts = new \SquareConnect\TestAccounts();
+ // Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+ $account = self::$test_accounts->{'US-Prod-Sandbox'};
+ $access_token = $account->access_token;
+ Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken($access_token);
+
+ self::$location_id = $account->location_id;
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for createCheckout
+ *
+ * CreateCheckout
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createCheckout() {
+ $body = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutRequest([
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid(),
+ "order" => [
+ "reference_id" => "reference_id",
+ "line_items" => [
+ [
+ "name" => "Printed T Shirt",
+ "quantity" => "2",
+ "base_price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 1500,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ],
+ "discounts" => [
+ [
+ "name" => "7% off previous season item",
+ "percentage" => "7"
+ ],
+ [
+ "name" => "$3 off Customer Discount",
+ "amount_money" => [
+ "amount" => 300,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ],
+ [
+ "name" => "Slim Jeans",
+ "quantity" => "1",
+ "base_price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 2500,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ],
+ [
+ "name" => "Woven Sweater",
+ "quantity" => "3",
+ "base_price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 3500,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ],
+ "discounts" => [
+ [
+ "name" => "$11 off Customer Discount",
+ "amount_money" => [
+ "amount" => 1100,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ],
+ "taxes" => [
+ [
+ "name" => "Fair Trade Tax",
+ "percentage" => "5"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ],
+ "discounts" => [
+ [
+ "name" => "Father's day 12% OFF",
+ "percentage" => "12"
+ ],
+ [
+ "name" => "Global Sales $55 OFF",
+ "amount_money" => [
+ "amount" => 5500,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ],
+ "taxes" => [
+ [
+ "name" => "Sales Tax",
+ "percentage" => "8.5"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ],
+ "ask_for_shipping_address" => true,
+ "merchant_support_email" => "merchant+support@website.com",
+ "pre_populate_buyer_email" => "example@email.com",
+ "pre_populate_shipping_address" => [
+ "address_line_1" => "1455 Market St.",
+ "address_line_2" => "Suite 600",
+ "locality" => "San Francisco",
+ "administrative_district_level_1" => "CA",
+ "postal_code" => "94103",
+ "country" => "US",
+ "first_name" => "Jane",
+ "last_name" => "Doe"
+ ],
+ "redirect_url" => "https://docs.connect.squareup.com/order-confirm"
+ ]);
+
+ $response = self::$api->createCheckout(self::$location_id, $body);
+ $this->assertEmpty($response->getErrors());
+ $this->assertStringStartsWith("https://connect.", $response->getCheckout()->getCheckoutPageUrl());
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * CustomersApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomersApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for createCustomer
+ *
+ * CreateCustomer
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createCustomer() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createCustomerCard
+ *
+ * CreateCustomerCard
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createCustomerCard() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteCustomer
+ *
+ * DeleteCustomer
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteCustomer() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteCustomerCard
+ *
+ * DeleteCustomerCard
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteCustomerCard() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listCustomers
+ *
+ * ListCustomers
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listCustomers() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveCustomer
+ *
+ * RetrieveCustomer
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveCustomer() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateCustomer
+ *
+ * UpdateCustomer
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateCustomer() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * EmployeesApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class EmployeesApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for listEmployees
+ *
+ * ListEmployees
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listEmployees() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveEmployee
+ *
+ * RetrieveEmployee
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveEmployee() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ private static $api_instance;
+ private static $catalog_api_instance;
+ private static $test_accounts;
+ private static $location_id;
+ private static $catalog_object_id;
+ private $tea = [
+ "type" => "ITEM",
+ "id" => "#Tea",
+ "item_data" => [
+ "name" => "Tea",
+ "description" => "Hot leaf juice",
+ "abbreviation" => "Te",
+ "variations" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "ITEM_VARIATION",
+ "id" => "#self::SMALL_TEA_CLIENT_ID",
+ "item_variation_data" => [
+ "name" => "Small",
+ "item_id" => "#Tea",
+ "pricing_type" => "FIXED_PRICING",
+ "price_money" => [
+ "amount" => 150.0,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ];
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+ self::$api_instance = new \SquareConnect\Api\InventoryApi();
+ self::$catalog_api_instance = new \SquareConnect\Api\CatalogApi();
+ self::$test_accounts = new \SquareConnect\TestAccounts();
+ // Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+ $account = self::$test_accounts->{'US-Prod'};
+ $access_token = $account->{'access_token'};
+ self::$location_id = $account->{'location_id'};
+ Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken($access_token);
+ }
+
+ protected function setUp() {
+ $response = $this->searchItemVariation();
+ if (count($response->getObjects()) == 0) {
+ $this->createTestItemVariation();
+ $response = $this->searchItemVariation();
+ }
+
+ self::$catalog_object_id = $response->getObjects()[0]->getId();
+ }
+
+ protected function createTestItemVariation() {
+ $body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid(),
+ "batches" => [
+ [
+ "objects" => [$this->tea]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]);
+
+ self::$catalog_api_instance->batchUpsertCatalogObjects($body);
+ }
+
+ protected function searchItemVariation() {
+ $query = new \SquareConnect\Model\SearchCatalogObjectsRequest([
+ "object_types" => [
+ "ITEM_VARIATION"
+ ],
+ "limit" => 1,
+ "include_deleted_objects" => false,
+ "include_related_objects" => false,
+ ]);
+
+ return self::$catalog_api_instance->searchCatalogObjects($query);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for batchChangeInventory
+ *
+ * BatchChangeInventory
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_batchChangeInventory() {
+ $body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryRequest([
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid(),
+ "changes" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "PHYSICAL_COUNT",
+ "physical_count" => [
+ "catalog_object_id" => self::$catalog_object_id,
+ "state" => "IN_STOCK",
+ "location_id" => self::$location_id,
+ "quantity" => "1",
+ "occurred_at" => date("Y-m-d\TH:i:s\Z", time())
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]);
+ $response = self::$api_instance->batchChangeInventory($body);
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryResponse',
+ $response
+ );
+ $this->assertEmpty($response->getErrors());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for batchRetrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_batchRetrieveInventoryChanges() {
+ $this->physicalCountInventoryChange(self::$catalog_object_id, self::$location_id);
+ $body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest([
+ "catalog_object_ids" => [ self::$catalog_object_id ]
+ ]);
+ $response = self::$api_instance->batchRetrieveInventoryChanges($body);
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse',
+ $response
+ );
+ $this->assertEmpty($response->getErrors());
+ $this->assertGreaterThanOrEqual(1, count($response->getChanges()));
+ $this->assertEquals(self::$catalog_object_id, $response->getChanges()[0]->getPhysicalCount()->getCatalogObjectId());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for batchRetrieveInventoryCounts
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryCounts
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_batchRetrieveInventoryCounts() {
+ $this->physicalCountInventoryChange(self::$catalog_object_id, self::$location_id);
+ $body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest([
+ "catalog_object_ids" => [ self::$catalog_object_id ]
+ ]);
+ $counts = self::$api_instance->batchRetrieveInventoryCounts($body);
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse',
+ $counts
+ );
+ $this->assertEmpty($counts->getErrors());
+ $this->assertGreaterThanOrEqual(1, count($counts->getCounts()));
+ $this->assertEquals(self::$catalog_object_id, $counts->getCounts()[0]->getCatalogObjectId());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveInventoryAdjustment
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryAdjustment
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveInventoryAdjustment() {
+ $batch_change_inventory_body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryRequest([
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid(),
+ "changes" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "ADJUSTMENT",
+ "adjustment" => [
+ "catalog_object_id" => self::$catalog_object_id,
+ "from_state" => "NONE",
+ "to_state" => "IN_STOCK",
+ "location_id" => self::$location_id,
+ "quantity" => "1",
+ "occurred_at" => date("Y-m-d\TH:i:s\Z", time())
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]);
+ self::$api_instance->batchChangeInventory($batch_change_inventory_body);
+
+ $batch_retrieve_change_body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest([
+ "catalog_object_ids" => [ self::$catalog_object_id ],
+ "types" => [ "ADJUSTMENT" ]
+ ]);
+ $retrieve_response = self::$api_instance->batchRetrieveInventoryChanges($batch_retrieve_change_body);
+
+ $adjustment = $retrieve_response->getChanges()[0]->getAdjustment();
+ $response = self::$api_instance->retrieveInventoryAdjustment($adjustment->getId());
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse',
+ $response
+ );
+ $this->assertEquals($response->getAdjustment(), $adjustment);
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryChanges
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveInventoryChanges() {
+ $this->physicalCountInventoryChange(self::$catalog_object_id, self::$location_id);
+
+ $changes = self::$api_instance->retrieveInventoryChanges(self::$catalog_object_id);
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse',
+ $changes
+ );
+ $this->assertGreaterThanOrEqual(1, count($changes->getChanges()));
+
+ $change = $changes->getChanges()[0];
+ if ($change->getType() == 'PHYSICAL_COUNT') {
+ $this->assertEquals(self::$catalog_object_id, $change->getPhysicalCount()->getCatalogObjectId());
+ } else {
+ $this->assertEquals(self::$catalog_object_id, $change->getAdjustment()->getCatalogObjectId());
+ };
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveInventoryCount
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryCount
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveInventoryCount() {
+ $this->physicalCountInventoryChange(self::$catalog_object_id, self::$location_id);
+
+ $counts = self::$api_instance->retrieveInventoryCount(self::$catalog_object_id);
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryCountResponse',
+ $counts
+ );
+ $this->assertGreaterThanOrEqual(1, count($counts->getCounts()));
+ $this->assertEquals(self::$catalog_object_id, $counts->getCounts()[0]->getCatalogObjectId());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount
+ *
+ * RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCount
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount() {
+ $this->physicalCountInventoryChange(self::$catalog_object_id, self::$location_id);
+
+ $batch_retrieve_change_body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest([
+ "catalog_object_ids" => [ self::$catalog_object_id ],
+ "types" => [ "PHYSICAL_COUNT" ]
+ ]);
+ $retrieve_response = self::$api_instance->batchRetrieveInventoryChanges($batch_retrieve_change_body);
+
+ $physical_count = $retrieve_response->getChanges()[0]->getPhysicalCount();
+ $count = self::$api_instance->retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount($physical_count->getId());
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse',
+ $count
+ );
+ $this->assertEquals($physical_count, $count->getCount());
+ }
+
+ private function physicalCountInventoryChange($catalog_object_id, $location_id) {
+ $batch_change_inventory_body = new \SquareConnect\Model\BatchChangeInventoryRequest([
+ "idempotency_key" => uniqid(),
+ "changes" => [
+ [
+ "type" => "PHYSICAL_COUNT",
+ "physical_count" => [
+ "catalog_object_id" => $catalog_object_id,
+ "state" => "IN_STOCK",
+ "location_id" => $location_id,
+ "quantity" => "1",
+ "occurred_at" => date("Y-m-d\TH:i:s\Z", time())
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]
+ ]);
+
+ self::$api_instance->batchChangeInventory($batch_change_inventory_body);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * LaborApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LaborApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for createBreakType
+ *
+ * CreateBreakType
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createBreakType() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createShift
+ *
+ * CreateShift
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createShift() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteBreakType
+ *
+ * DeleteBreakType
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteBreakType() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteShift
+ *
+ * DeleteShift
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteShift() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for getBreakType
+ *
+ * GetBreakType
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getBreakType() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for getEmployeeWage
+ *
+ * GetEmployeeWage
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getEmployeeWage() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for getShift
+ *
+ * GetShift
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getShift() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listBreakTypes
+ *
+ * ListBreakTypes
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listBreakTypes() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listEmployeeWages
+ *
+ * ListEmployeeWages
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listEmployeeWages() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listWorkweekConfigs
+ *
+ * ListWorkweekConfigs
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listWorkweekConfigs() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for searchShifts
+ *
+ * SearchShifts
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_searchShifts() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateBreakType
+ *
+ * UpdateBreakType
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateBreakType() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateShift
+ *
+ * UpdateShift
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateShift() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateWorkweekConfig
+ *
+ * UpdateWorkweekConfig
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateWorkweekConfig() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * LocationsApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationsApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ private static $api_instance;
+ private static $test_accounts;
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+ self::$api_instance = new \SquareConnect\Api\LocationsApi();
+ self::$test_accounts = new \SquareConnect\TestAccounts();
+ // Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+ $sandbox_account = self::$test_accounts->{'US-Prod-Sandbox'};
+ $access_token = $sandbox_account->{'access_token'};
+ Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken($access_token);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for listLocations
+ *
+ * ListLocations
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listLocations() {
+ $result = self::$api_instance->listLocations();
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\ListLocationsResponse',
+ $result
+ );
+ $first_location = $result->getLocations()[0];
+ $this->assertInstanceOf(
+ '\SquareConnect\Model\Location',
+ $first_location
+ );
+ $this->assertEquals(
+ self::$test_accounts->{'US-Prod-Sandbox'}->{'location_id'},
+ $first_location->getId()
+ );
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * MobileAuthorizationApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class MobileAuthorizationApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for createMobileAuthorizationCode
+ *
+ * CreateMobileAuthorizationCode
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createMobileAuthorizationCode() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * OAuthApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OAuthApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for obtainToken
+ *
+ * ObtainToken
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_obtainToken() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for renewToken
+ *
+ * RenewToken
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_renewToken() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for revokeToken
+ *
+ * RevokeToken
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_revokeToken() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * OrdersApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrdersApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for batchRetrieveOrders
+ *
+ * BatchRetrieveOrders
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_batchRetrieveOrders() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createOrder
+ *
+ * CreateOrder
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createOrder() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * ReportingApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ReportingApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ private static $api;
+ private static $test_accounts;
+ private static $location_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+ self::$api = new \SquareConnect\Api\ReportingApi();
+ self::$test_accounts = new \SquareConnect\TestAccounts();
+ // Configure OAuth2 access token for authorization: oauth2
+ $account = self::$test_accounts->{'US-Prod'};
+ $access_token = $account->access_token;
+ Configuration::getDefaultConfiguration()->setAccessToken($access_token);
+
+ self::$location_id = $account->location_id;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds
+ *
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds() {
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest([
+ "begin_time" => "2017-09-30T00:00:00Z",
+ "end_time" => "2017-10-30T00:00:00Z",
+ "sort_order" => "DESC"
+ ]);
+
+ $response = self::$api->listAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds(self::$location_id, $request);
+
+ $this->assertEmpty($response->getErrors());
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listAdditionalRecipientReceivables
+ *
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listAdditionalRecipientReceivables() {
+ $request = new \SquareConnect\Model\ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest([
+ "begin_time" => "2017-09-30T00:00:00Z",
+ "end_time" => "2017-10-30T00:00:00Z",
+ "sort_order" => "DESC"
+ ]);
+
+ $response = self::$api->listAdditionalRecipientReceivables(self::$location_id, $request);
+
+ $this->assertEmpty($response->getErrors());
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * TransactionsApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TransactionsApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for captureTransaction
+ *
+ * CaptureTransaction
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_captureTransaction() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for charge
+ *
+ * Charge
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_charge() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createRefund
+ *
+ * CreateRefund
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createRefund() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listRefunds
+ *
+ * ListRefunds
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listRefunds() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listTransactions
+ *
+ * ListTransactions
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listTransactions() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveTransaction
+ *
+ * RetrieveTransaction
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveTransaction() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for voidTransaction
+ *
+ * VoidTransaction
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_voidTransaction() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * V1EmployeesApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeesApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for createEmployee
+ *
+ * Creates an employee for a business.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createEmployee() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * Creates an employee role you can then assign to employees.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createEmployeeRole() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createTimecard
+ *
+ * Creates a timecard for an employee. Each timecard corresponds to a single shift.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createTimecard() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteTimecard
+ *
+ * Deletes a timecard. Deleted timecards are still accessible from Connect API endpoints, but the value of their deleted field is set to true. See Handling deleted timecards for more information.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteTimecard() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listCashDrawerShifts
+ *
+ * Provides the details for all of a location's cash drawer shifts during a date range. The date range you specify cannot exceed 90 days.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listCashDrawerShifts() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listEmployeeRoles
+ *
+ * Provides summary information for all of a business's employee roles.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listEmployeeRoles() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listEmployees
+ *
+ * Provides summary information for all of a business's employees.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listEmployees() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listTimecardEvents
+ *
+ * Provides summary information for all events associated with a particular timecard.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listTimecardEvents() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listTimecards
+ *
+ * Provides summary information for all of a business's employee timecards.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listTimecards() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveCashDrawerShift
+ *
+ * Provides the details for a single cash drawer shift, including all events that occurred during the shift.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveCashDrawerShift() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveEmployee
+ *
+ * Provides the details for a single employee.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveEmployee() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * Provides the details for a single employee role.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveEmployeeRole() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveTimecard
+ *
+ * Provides the details for a single timecard.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveTimecard() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateEmployee
+ *
+ * V1 UpdateEmployee
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateEmployee() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateEmployeeRole
+ *
+ * Modifies the details of an employee role.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateEmployeeRole() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateTimecard
+ *
+ * Modifies a timecard's details. This creates an API_EDIT event for the timecard. You can view a timecard's event history with the List Timecard Events endpoint.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateTimecard() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * V1ItemsApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemsApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for adjustInventory
+ *
+ * Adjusts an item variation's current available inventory.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_adjustInventory() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for applyFee
+ *
+ * Associates a fee with an item, meaning the fee is automatically applied to the item in Square Register.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_applyFee() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for applyModifierList
+ *
+ * Associates a modifier list with an item, meaning modifier options from the list can be applied to the item.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_applyModifierList() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createCategory
+ *
+ * Creates an item category.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createCategory() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createDiscount
+ *
+ * Creates a discount.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createDiscount() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createFee
+ *
+ * Creates a fee (tax).
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createFee() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createItem
+ *
+ * Creates an item and at least one variation for it.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createItem() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createModifierList
+ *
+ * Creates an item modifier list and at least one modifier option for it.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createModifierList() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createModifierOption
+ *
+ * Creates an item modifier option and adds it to a modifier list.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createModifierOption() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createPage
+ *
+ * Creates a Favorites page in Square Register.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createPage() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for createVariation
+ *
+ * Creates an item variation for an existing item.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createVariation() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteCategory
+ *
+ * Deletes an existing item category.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteCategory() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteDiscount
+ *
+ * Deletes an existing discount.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteDiscount() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteFee
+ *
+ * Deletes an existing fee (tax).
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteFee() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteItem
+ *
+ * Deletes an existing item and all item variations associated with it.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteItem() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteModifierList
+ *
+ * Deletes an existing item modifier list and all modifier options associated with it.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteModifierList() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteModifierOption
+ *
+ * Deletes an existing item modifier option from a modifier list.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteModifierOption() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deletePage
+ *
+ * Deletes an existing Favorites page and all of its cells.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deletePage() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deletePageCell
+ *
+ * Deletes a cell from a Favorites page in Square Register.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deletePageCell() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for deleteVariation
+ *
+ * Deletes an existing item variation from an item.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_deleteVariation() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listCategories
+ *
+ * Lists all of a location's item categories.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listCategories() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listDiscounts
+ *
+ * Lists all of a location's discounts.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listDiscounts() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listFees
+ *
+ * Lists all of a location's fees (taxes).
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listFees() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listInventory
+ *
+ * Provides inventory information for all of a merchant's inventory-enabled item variations.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listInventory() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listItems
+ *
+ * Provides summary information for all of a location's items.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listItems() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listModifierLists
+ *
+ * Lists all of a location's modifier lists.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listModifierLists() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listPages
+ *
+ * Lists all of a location's Favorites pages in Square Register.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listPages() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for removeFee
+ *
+ * Removes a fee assocation from an item, meaning the fee is no longer automatically applied to the item in Square Register.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_removeFee() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for removeModifierList
+ *
+ * Removes a modifier list association from an item, meaning modifier options from the list can no longer be applied to the item.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_removeModifierList() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveItem
+ *
+ * Provides the details for a single item, including associated modifier lists and fees.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveItem() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveModifierList
+ *
+ * Provides the details for a single modifier list.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveModifierList() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateCategory
+ *
+ * Modifies the details of an existing item category.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateCategory() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateDiscount
+ *
+ * Modifies the details of an existing discount.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateDiscount() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateFee
+ *
+ * Modifies the details of an existing fee (tax).
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateFee() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateItem
+ *
+ * Modifies the core details of an existing item.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateItem() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateModifierList
+ *
+ * Modifies the details of an existing item modifier list.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateModifierList() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateModifierOption
+ *
+ * Modifies the details of an existing item modifier option.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateModifierOption() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updatePage
+ *
+ * Modifies the details of a Favorites page in Square Register.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updatePage() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updatePageCell
+ *
+ * Modifies a cell of a Favorites page in Square Register.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updatePageCell() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateVariation
+ *
+ * Modifies the details of an existing item variation.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateVariation() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * V1LocationApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1LocationsApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for listLocations
+ *
+ * Provides details for a business's locations, including their IDs.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listLocations() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveBusiness
+ *
+ * Get a business's information.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveBusiness() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+
+/**
+ * V1TransactionsApiTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TransactionsApiTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for createRefund
+ *
+ * Issues a refund for a previously processed payment. You must issue a refund within 60 days of the associated payment.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_createRefund() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listBankAccounts
+ *
+ * Provides non-confidential details for all of a location's associated bank accounts. This endpoint does not provide full bank account numbers, and there is no way to obtain a full bank account number with the Connect API.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listBankAccounts() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listOrders
+ *
+ * Provides summary information for a merchant's online store orders.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listOrders() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listPayments
+ *
+ * Provides summary information for all payments taken by a merchant or any of the merchant's mobile staff during a date range. Date ranges cannot exceed one year in length. See Date ranges for details of inclusive and exclusive dates.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listPayments() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listRefunds
+ *
+ * Provides the details for all refunds initiated by a merchant or any of the merchant's mobile staff during a date range. Date ranges cannot exceed one year in length.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listRefunds() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for listSettlements
+ *
+ * Provides summary information for all deposits and withdrawals initiated by Square to a merchant's bank account during a date range. Date ranges cannot exceed one year in length.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_listSettlements() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveBankAccount
+ *
+ * Provides non-confidential details for a merchant's associated bank account. This endpoint does not provide full bank account numbers, and there is no way to obtain a full bank account number with the Connect API.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveBankAccount() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveOrder
+ *
+ * Provides comprehensive information for a single online store order, including the order's history.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveOrder() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrievePayment
+ *
+ * Provides comprehensive information for a single payment.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrievePayment() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for retrieveSettlement
+ *
+ * Provides comprehensive information for a single settlement, including the entries that contribute to the settlement's total.
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_retrieveSettlement() {
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * Test case for updateOrder
+ *
+ * Updates the details of an online store order. Every update you perform on an order corresponds to one of three actions:
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_updateOrder() {
+
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+namespace SquareConnect\Api;
+
+use \SquareConnect\Configuration;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiClient;
+use \SquareConnect\ApiException;
+use \SquareConnect\ObjectSerializer;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\CatalogObject;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\UpdateItemTaxesRequest;
+use \SquareConnect\Model\UpsertCatalogObjectRequest;
+
+
+/**
+ * ApiClientTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ApiClientTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+ /**
+ * Test case for getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getV1BatchTokenFromHeadersNoHeaders() {
+ $headers = [];
+ $batch_token = \SquareConnect\ApiClient::getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($headers);
+ $this->assertEquals(null, $batch_token);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getV1BatchTokenFromHeadersNoLinkHeader() {
+ $headers = [
+ 'link' => 'test'
+ ];
+ $batch_token = \SquareConnect\ApiClient::getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($headers);
+ $this->assertEquals(null, $batch_token);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getV1BatchTokenFromHeadersWrongLinkHeader() {
+ $headers = [
+ 'Link' => 'test'
+ ];
+ $batch_token = \SquareConnect\ApiClient::getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($headers);
+ $this->assertEquals(null, $batch_token);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getV1BatchTokenFromHeadersNoNextLinkHeader() {
+ $headers = [
+ 'Link' => '<http://connect.squareup.com/v1/payments/?batch_token=TOKEN1>; rel="previous"; title="previous chapter"'
+ ];
+ $batch_token = \SquareConnect\ApiClient::getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($headers);
+ $this->assertEquals(null, $batch_token);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getV1BatchTokenFromHeadersNoBatchToken() {
+ $headers = [
+ 'Link' => "<http://connect.squareup.com/v1/payments/?batch_Ttoken=TOKEN1>;rel='next'"
+ ];
+ $batch_token = \SquareConnect\ApiClient::getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($headers);
+ $this->assertEquals(null, $batch_token);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test case for getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders
+ *
+ */
+ public function test_getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders() {
+ $headers = [
+ 'Link' => "<http://connect.squareup.com/v1/payments/?batch_token=TOKEN1>;rel='next'"
+ ];
+ $batch_token = \SquareConnect\ApiClient::getV1BatchTokenFromHeaders($headers);
+ $this->assertEquals('TOKEN1', $batch_token);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund
+ */
+ public function testAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * AdditionalRecipientReceivableTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class AdditionalRecipientReceivableTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test AdditionalRecipientReceivable
+ */
+ public function testAdditionalRecipientReceivable() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * AdditionalRecipientTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class AdditionalRecipientTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test AdditionalRecipient
+ */
+ public function testAdditionalRecipient() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * AddressTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class AddressTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Address
+ */
+ public function testAddress() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchChangeInventoryRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchChangeInventoryRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchChangeInventoryRequest
+ */
+ public function testBatchChangeInventoryRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchChangeInventoryResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchChangeInventoryResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchChangeInventoryResponse
+ */
+ public function testBatchChangeInventoryResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest
+ */
+ public function testBatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse
+ */
+ public function testBatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest
+ */
+ public function testBatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse
+ */
+ public function testBatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest
+ */
+ public function testBatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse
+ */
+ public function testBatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest
+ */
+ public function testBatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse
+ */
+ public function testBatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveOrdersRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveOrdersRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest
+ */
+ public function testBatchRetrieveOrdersRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchRetrieveOrdersResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchRetrieveOrdersResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse
+ */
+ public function testBatchRetrieveOrdersResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest
+ */
+ public function testBatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse
+ */
+ public function testBatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * BreakTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class BreakTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test BreakType
+ */
+ public function testBreakType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CaptureTransactionRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CaptureTransactionRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CaptureTransactionRequest
+ */
+ public function testCaptureTransactionRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CaptureTransactionResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CaptureTransactionResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CaptureTransactionResponse
+ */
+ public function testCaptureTransactionResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CardBrandTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CardBrandTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CardBrand
+ */
+ public function testCardBrand() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CardTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CardTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Card
+ */
+ public function testCard() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogCategoryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogCategoryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogCategory
+ */
+ public function testCatalogCategory() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogDiscountTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogDiscountTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogDiscount
+ */
+ public function testCatalogDiscount() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogDiscountTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogDiscountTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogDiscountType
+ */
+ public function testCatalogDiscountType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogIdMappingTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogIdMappingTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogIdMapping
+ */
+ public function testCatalogIdMapping() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogImageTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogImageTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogImage
+ */
+ public function testCatalogImage() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogInfoRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogInfoRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogInfoRequest
+ */
+ public function testCatalogInfoRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogInfoResponseLimitsTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogInfoResponseLimitsTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogInfoResponseLimits
+ */
+ public function testCatalogInfoResponseLimits() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogInfoResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogInfoResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogInfoResponse
+ */
+ public function testCatalogInfoResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogItemModifierListInfoTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogItemModifierListInfoTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogItemModifierListInfo
+ */
+ public function testCatalogItemModifierListInfo() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogItemProductTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogItemProductTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogItemProductType
+ */
+ public function testCatalogItemProductType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogItemTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogItemTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogItem
+ */
+ public function testCatalogItem() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogItemVariationTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogItemVariationTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogItemVariation
+ */
+ public function testCatalogItemVariation() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogModifierListSelectionTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogModifierListSelectionTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogModifierListSelectionType
+ */
+ public function testCatalogModifierListSelectionType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogModifierListTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogModifierListTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogModifierList
+ */
+ public function testCatalogModifierList() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogModifierOverrideTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogModifierOverrideTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogModifierOverride
+ */
+ public function testCatalogModifierOverride() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogModifierTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogModifierTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogModifier
+ */
+ public function testCatalogModifier() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogObjectBatchTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogObjectBatchTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogObjectBatch
+ */
+ public function testCatalogObjectBatch() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogObjectTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogObjectTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogObject
+ */
+ public function testCatalogObject() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogObjectTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogObjectTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogObjectType
+ */
+ public function testCatalogObjectType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogPricingTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogPricingTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogPricingType
+ */
+ public function testCatalogPricingType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryExactTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryExactTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogQueryExact
+ */
+ public function testCatalogQueryExact() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryItemsForModifierListTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryItemsForModifierListTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList
+ */
+ public function testCatalogQueryItemsForModifierList() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryItemsForTaxTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryItemsForTaxTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogQueryItemsForTax
+ */
+ public function testCatalogQueryItemsForTax() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryPrefixTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryPrefixTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogQueryPrefix
+ */
+ public function testCatalogQueryPrefix() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryRangeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryRangeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogQueryRange
+ */
+ public function testCatalogQueryRange() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogQuerySortedAttributeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQuerySortedAttributeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogQuerySortedAttribute
+ */
+ public function testCatalogQuerySortedAttribute() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogQuery
+ */
+ public function testCatalogQuery() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogQueryTextTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogQueryTextTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogQueryText
+ */
+ public function testCatalogQueryText() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogTaxTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogTaxTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogTax
+ */
+ public function testCatalogTax() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CatalogV1IdTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CatalogV1IdTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CatalogV1Id
+ */
+ public function testCatalogV1Id() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipientTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipientTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient
+ */
+ public function testChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ChargeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ChargeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ChargeRequest
+ */
+ public function testChargeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ChargeResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ChargeResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ChargeResponse
+ */
+ public function testChargeResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CheckoutTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CheckoutTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Checkout
+ */
+ public function testCheckout() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CountryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CountryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Country
+ */
+ public function testCountry() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateBreakTypeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateBreakTypeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateBreakTypeRequest
+ */
+ public function testCreateBreakTypeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateBreakTypeResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateBreakTypeResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateBreakTypeResponse
+ */
+ public function testCreateBreakTypeResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+use SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutRequest;
+
+/**
+ * CreateCheckoutRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCheckoutRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ private static $checkoutRequest;
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+ self::$checkoutRequest = new \SquareConnect\Model\CreateCheckoutRequest();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateCheckoutRequest
+ */
+ public function testCreateCheckoutRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test AdditionalRecipients
+ */
+ public function testAdditionalRecipients() {
+ $recipient = [
+ "location_id" => "location",
+ "description" => "description",
+ "amount_money" => [
+ "amount" => 1,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ];
+ self::$checkoutRequest->setAdditionalRecipients([$recipient]);
+ $this->assertContains($recipient, self::$checkoutRequest->getAdditionalRecipients());
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateCheckoutResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCheckoutResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateCheckoutResponse
+ */
+ public function testCreateCheckoutResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateCustomerCardRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCustomerCardRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateCustomerCardRequest
+ */
+ public function testCreateCustomerCardRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateCustomerCardResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCustomerCardResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateCustomerCardResponse
+ */
+ public function testCreateCustomerCardResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateCustomerRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCustomerRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateCustomerRequest
+ */
+ public function testCreateCustomerRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateCustomerResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateCustomerResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateCustomerResponse
+ */
+ public function testCreateCustomerResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest
+ */
+ public function testCreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse
+ */
+ public function testCreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestDiscountTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestDiscountTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateOrderRequestDiscount
+ */
+ public function testCreateOrderRequestDiscount() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestLineItemTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestLineItemTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateOrderRequestLineItem
+ */
+ public function testCreateOrderRequestLineItem() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestModifierTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestModifierTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateOrderRequestModifier
+ */
+ public function testCreateOrderRequestModifier() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestTaxTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestTaxTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateOrderRequestTax
+ */
+ public function testCreateOrderRequestTax() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateOrderRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateOrderRequest
+ */
+ public function testCreateOrderRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateOrderResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateOrderResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateOrderResponse
+ */
+ public function testCreateOrderResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateRefundRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateRefundRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateRefundRequest
+ */
+ public function testCreateRefundRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateRefundResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateRefundResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateRefundResponse
+ */
+ public function testCreateRefundResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateShiftRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateShiftRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateShiftRequest
+ */
+ public function testCreateShiftRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CreateShiftResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CreateShiftResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CreateShiftResponse
+ */
+ public function testCreateShiftResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CurrencyTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CurrencyTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Currency
+ */
+ public function testCurrency() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerCreationSourceFilterTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerCreationSourceFilterTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerCreationSourceFilter
+ */
+ public function testCustomerCreationSourceFilter() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerCreationSourceTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerCreationSourceTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerCreationSource
+ */
+ public function testCustomerCreationSource() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerFilterTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerFilterTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerFilter
+ */
+ public function testCustomerFilter() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerGroupInfoTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerGroupInfoTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerGroupInfo
+ */
+ public function testCustomerGroupInfo() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerInclusionExclusionTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerInclusionExclusionTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerInclusionExclusion
+ */
+ public function testCustomerInclusionExclusion() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerPreferencesTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerPreferencesTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerPreferences
+ */
+ public function testCustomerPreferences() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerQueryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerQueryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerQuery
+ */
+ public function testCustomerQuery() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerSortFieldTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerSortFieldTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerSortField
+ */
+ public function testCustomerSortField() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerSortTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerSortTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test CustomerSort
+ */
+ public function testCustomerSort() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * CustomerTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class CustomerTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Customer
+ */
+ public function testCustomer() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DateRangeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DateRangeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DateRange
+ */
+ public function testDateRange() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteBreakTypeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteBreakTypeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteBreakTypeRequest
+ */
+ public function testDeleteBreakTypeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteBreakTypeResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteBreakTypeResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteBreakTypeResponse
+ */
+ public function testDeleteBreakTypeResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteCatalogObjectRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCatalogObjectRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteCatalogObjectRequest
+ */
+ public function testDeleteCatalogObjectRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteCatalogObjectResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCatalogObjectResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteCatalogObjectResponse
+ */
+ public function testDeleteCatalogObjectResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteCustomerCardRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCustomerCardRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteCustomerCardRequest
+ */
+ public function testDeleteCustomerCardRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteCustomerCardResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCustomerCardResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteCustomerCardResponse
+ */
+ public function testDeleteCustomerCardResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteCustomerRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCustomerRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteCustomerRequest
+ */
+ public function testDeleteCustomerRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteCustomerResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteCustomerResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteCustomerResponse
+ */
+ public function testDeleteCustomerResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteShiftRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteShiftRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteShiftRequest
+ */
+ public function testDeleteShiftRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeleteShiftResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeleteShiftResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test DeleteShiftResponse
+ */
+ public function testDeleteShiftResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * DeviceTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class DeviceTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Device
+ */
+ public function testDevice() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * EmployeeStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class EmployeeStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test EmployeeStatus
+ */
+ public function testEmployeeStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * EmployeeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class EmployeeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Employee
+ */
+ public function testEmployee() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * EmployeeWageTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class EmployeeWageTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test EmployeeWage
+ */
+ public function testEmployeeWage() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ErrorCategoryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ErrorCategoryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ErrorCategory
+ */
+ public function testErrorCategory() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ErrorCodeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ErrorCodeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ErrorCode
+ */
+ public function testErrorCode() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ErrorTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ErrorTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Error
+ */
+ public function testError() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * GetBreakTypeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetBreakTypeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test GetBreakTypeRequest
+ */
+ public function testGetBreakTypeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * GetBreakTypeResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetBreakTypeResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test GetBreakTypeResponse
+ */
+ public function testGetBreakTypeResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * GetEmployeeWageRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetEmployeeWageRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test GetEmployeeWageRequest
+ */
+ public function testGetEmployeeWageRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * GetEmployeeWageResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetEmployeeWageResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test GetEmployeeWageResponse
+ */
+ public function testGetEmployeeWageResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * GetShiftRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetShiftRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test GetShiftRequest
+ */
+ public function testGetShiftRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * GetShiftResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class GetShiftResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test GetShiftResponse
+ */
+ public function testGetShiftResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryAdjustmentTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryAdjustmentTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test InventoryAdjustment
+ */
+ public function testInventoryAdjustment() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryAlertTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryAlertTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test InventoryAlertType
+ */
+ public function testInventoryAlertType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryChangeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryChangeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test InventoryChange
+ */
+ public function testInventoryChange() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryChangeTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryChangeTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test InventoryChangeType
+ */
+ public function testInventoryChangeType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryCountTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryCountTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test InventoryCount
+ */
+ public function testInventoryCount() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryPhysicalCountTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryPhysicalCountTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test InventoryPhysicalCount
+ */
+ public function testInventoryPhysicalCount() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryStateTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryStateTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test InventoryState
+ */
+ public function testInventoryState() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * InventoryTransferTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class InventoryTransferTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test InventoryTransfer
+ */
+ public function testInventoryTransfer() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ItemVariationLocationOverridesTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ItemVariationLocationOverridesTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ItemVariationLocationOverrides
+ */
+ public function testItemVariationLocationOverrides() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest
+ */
+ public function testListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse
+ */
+ public function testListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest
+ */
+ public function testListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse
+ */
+ public function testListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListBreakTypesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListBreakTypesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListBreakTypesRequest
+ */
+ public function testListBreakTypesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListBreakTypesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListBreakTypesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListBreakTypesResponse
+ */
+ public function testListBreakTypesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListCatalogRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListCatalogRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListCatalogRequest
+ */
+ public function testListCatalogRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListCatalogResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListCatalogResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListCatalogResponse
+ */
+ public function testListCatalogResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListCustomersRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListCustomersRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListCustomersRequest
+ */
+ public function testListCustomersRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListCustomersResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListCustomersResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListCustomersResponse
+ */
+ public function testListCustomersResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListEmployeeWagesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListEmployeeWagesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListEmployeeWagesRequest
+ */
+ public function testListEmployeeWagesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListEmployeeWagesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListEmployeeWagesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListEmployeeWagesResponse
+ */
+ public function testListEmployeeWagesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListEmployeesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListEmployeesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListEmployeesRequest
+ */
+ public function testListEmployeesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListEmployeesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListEmployeesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListEmployeesResponse
+ */
+ public function testListEmployeesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListLocationsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListLocationsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListLocationsRequest
+ */
+ public function testListLocationsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListLocationsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListLocationsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListLocationsResponse
+ */
+ public function testListLocationsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListRefundsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListRefundsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListRefundsRequest
+ */
+ public function testListRefundsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListRefundsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListRefundsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListRefundsResponse
+ */
+ public function testListRefundsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListTransactionsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListTransactionsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListTransactionsRequest
+ */
+ public function testListTransactionsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListTransactionsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListTransactionsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListTransactionsResponse
+ */
+ public function testListTransactionsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListWorkweekConfigsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListWorkweekConfigsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListWorkweekConfigsRequest
+ */
+ public function testListWorkweekConfigsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ListWorkweekConfigsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ListWorkweekConfigsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ListWorkweekConfigsResponse
+ */
+ public function testListWorkweekConfigsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * LocationCapabilityTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationCapabilityTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test LocationCapability
+ */
+ public function testLocationCapability() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * LocationStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test LocationStatus
+ */
+ public function testLocationStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * LocationTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Location
+ */
+ public function testLocation() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * LocationTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class LocationTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test LocationType
+ */
+ public function testLocationType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ModelBreakTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ModelBreakTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ModelBreak
+ */
+ public function testModelBreak() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * MoneyTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class MoneyTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Money
+ */
+ public function testMoney() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ObtainTokenRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ObtainTokenRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ObtainTokenRequest
+ */
+ public function testObtainTokenRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ObtainTokenResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ObtainTokenResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ObtainTokenResponse
+ */
+ public function testObtainTokenResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType
+ */
+ public function testOrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails
+ */
+ public function testOrderFulfillmentPickupDetails() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentRecipientTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentRecipientTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderFulfillmentRecipient
+ */
+ public function testOrderFulfillmentRecipient() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentStateTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentStateTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderFulfillmentState
+ */
+ public function testOrderFulfillmentState() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderFulfillment
+ */
+ public function testOrderFulfillment() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderFulfillmentTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderFulfillmentTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderFulfillmentType
+ */
+ public function testOrderFulfillmentType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemDiscountScopeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemDiscountScopeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderLineItemDiscountScope
+ */
+ public function testOrderLineItemDiscountScope() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemDiscountTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemDiscountTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderLineItemDiscount
+ */
+ public function testOrderLineItemDiscount() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemDiscountTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemDiscountTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderLineItemDiscountType
+ */
+ public function testOrderLineItemDiscountType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemModifierTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemModifierTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderLineItemModifier
+ */
+ public function testOrderLineItemModifier() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemTaxScopeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemTaxScopeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderLineItemTaxScope
+ */
+ public function testOrderLineItemTaxScope() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemTaxTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemTaxTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderLineItemTax
+ */
+ public function testOrderLineItemTax() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemTaxTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemTaxTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderLineItemTaxType
+ */
+ public function testOrderLineItemTaxType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderLineItemTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderLineItemTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test OrderLineItem
+ */
+ public function testOrderLineItem() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * OrderTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class OrderTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Order
+ */
+ public function testOrder() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ProductTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ProductTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Product
+ */
+ public function testProduct() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RefundStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RefundStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RefundStatus
+ */
+ public function testRefundStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+use SquareConnect\Model\Money;
+use SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipient;
+use SquareConnect\Model\AdditionalRecipientTest;
+
+/**
+ * RefundTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RefundTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ private static $refund;
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+ self::$refund = new \SquareConnect\Model\Refund();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Refund
+ */
+ public function testRefund() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test AdditionalRecipients
+ */
+ public function testAdditionalRecipients() {
+ $recipient = [
+ "location_id" => "location",
+ "description" => "description",
+ "amount_money" => [
+ "amount" => 1,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ];
+ self::$refund->setAdditionalRecipients([$recipient]);
+ $this->assertContains($recipient, self::$refund->getAdditionalRecipients());
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RegisterDomainRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RegisterDomainRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RegisterDomainRequest
+ */
+ public function testRegisterDomainRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RegisterDomainResponseStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RegisterDomainResponseStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RegisterDomainResponseStatus
+ */
+ public function testRegisterDomainResponseStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RegisterDomainResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RegisterDomainResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RegisterDomainResponse
+ */
+ public function testRegisterDomainResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RenewTokenRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RenewTokenRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RenewTokenRequest
+ */
+ public function testRenewTokenRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RenewTokenResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RenewTokenResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RenewTokenResponse
+ */
+ public function testRenewTokenResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveCatalogObjectRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveCatalogObjectRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveCatalogObjectRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveCatalogObjectResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveCatalogObjectResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveCatalogObjectResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveCustomerRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveCustomerRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveCustomerRequest
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveCustomerRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveCustomerResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveCustomerResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveCustomerResponse
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveCustomerResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveEmployeeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveEmployeeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveEmployeeRequest
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveEmployeeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveEmployeeResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveEmployeeResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveEmployeeResponse
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveEmployeeResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryChangesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryChangesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveInventoryChangesRequest
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryChangesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryChangesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryCountRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryCountRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveInventoryCountRequest
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveInventoryCountRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryCountResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryCountResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveInventoryCountResponse
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveInventoryCountResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveTransactionRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveTransactionRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveTransactionRequest
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveTransactionRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RetrieveTransactionResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RetrieveTransactionResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RetrieveTransactionResponse
+ */
+ public function testRetrieveTransactionResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RevokeTokenRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RevokeTokenRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RevokeTokenRequest
+ */
+ public function testRevokeTokenRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * RevokeTokenResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class RevokeTokenResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test RevokeTokenResponse
+ */
+ public function testRevokeTokenResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * SearchCatalogObjectsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchCatalogObjectsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test SearchCatalogObjectsRequest
+ */
+ public function testSearchCatalogObjectsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * SearchCatalogObjectsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchCatalogObjectsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test SearchCatalogObjectsResponse
+ */
+ public function testSearchCatalogObjectsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * SearchCustomersRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchCustomersRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test SearchCustomersRequest
+ */
+ public function testSearchCustomersRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * SearchCustomersResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchCustomersResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test SearchCustomersResponse
+ */
+ public function testSearchCustomersResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * SearchShiftsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchShiftsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test SearchShiftsRequest
+ */
+ public function testSearchShiftsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * SearchShiftsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SearchShiftsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test SearchShiftsResponse
+ */
+ public function testSearchShiftsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftFilterStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftFilterStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftFilterStatus
+ */
+ public function testShiftFilterStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftFilterTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftFilterTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftFilter
+ */
+ public function testShiftFilter() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftQueryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftQueryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftQuery
+ */
+ public function testShiftQuery() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftSortFieldTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftSortFieldTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftSortField
+ */
+ public function testShiftSortField() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftSortTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftSortTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftSort
+ */
+ public function testShiftSort() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftStatus
+ */
+ public function testShiftStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Shift
+ */
+ public function testShift() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftWageTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftWageTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftWage
+ */
+ public function testShiftWage() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftWorkdayMatcherTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftWorkdayMatcherTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftWorkdayMatcher
+ */
+ public function testShiftWorkdayMatcher() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * ShiftWorkdayTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class ShiftWorkdayTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test ShiftWorkday
+ */
+ public function testShiftWorkday() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * SortOrderTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SortOrderTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test SortOrder
+ */
+ public function testSortOrder() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * SourceApplicationTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class SourceApplicationTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test SourceApplication
+ */
+ public function testSourceApplication() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TaxCalculationPhaseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TaxCalculationPhaseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TaxCalculationPhase
+ */
+ public function testTaxCalculationPhase() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TaxInclusionTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TaxInclusionTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TaxInclusionType
+ */
+ public function testTaxInclusionType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TenderCardDetailsEntryMethodTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderCardDetailsEntryMethodTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod
+ */
+ public function testTenderCardDetailsEntryMethod() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TenderCardDetailsStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderCardDetailsStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TenderCardDetailsStatus
+ */
+ public function testTenderCardDetailsStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TenderCardDetailsTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderCardDetailsTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TenderCardDetails
+ */
+ public function testTenderCardDetails() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TenderCashDetailsTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderCashDetailsTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TenderCashDetails
+ */
+ public function testTenderCashDetails() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TenderTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ private static $tender;
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+ self::$tender = new \SquareConnect\Model\Tender();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Tender
+ */
+ public function testTender() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test AdditionalRecipients
+ */
+ public function testAdditionalRecipients() {
+ $recipient = [
+ "location_id" => "location",
+ "description" => "description",
+ "amount_money" => [
+ "amount" => 1,
+ "currency" => "USD"
+ ]
+ ];
+ self::$tender->setAdditionalRecipients([$recipient]);
+ $this->assertContains($recipient, self::$tender->getAdditionalRecipients());
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TenderTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TenderTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TenderType
+ */
+ public function testTenderType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TimeRangeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TimeRangeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TimeRange
+ */
+ public function testTimeRange() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TransactionProductTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TransactionProductTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test TransactionProduct
+ */
+ public function testTransactionProduct() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * TransactionTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class TransactionTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Transaction
+ */
+ public function testTransaction() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateBreakTypeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateBreakTypeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateBreakTypeRequest
+ */
+ public function testUpdateBreakTypeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateBreakTypeResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateBreakTypeResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateBreakTypeResponse
+ */
+ public function testUpdateBreakTypeResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateCustomerRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateCustomerRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateCustomerRequest
+ */
+ public function testUpdateCustomerRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateCustomerResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateCustomerResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateCustomerResponse
+ */
+ public function testUpdateCustomerResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateItemModifierListsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateItemModifierListsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateItemModifierListsRequest
+ */
+ public function testUpdateItemModifierListsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateItemModifierListsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateItemModifierListsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateItemModifierListsResponse
+ */
+ public function testUpdateItemModifierListsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateItemTaxesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateItemTaxesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateItemTaxesRequest
+ */
+ public function testUpdateItemTaxesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateItemTaxesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateItemTaxesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateItemTaxesResponse
+ */
+ public function testUpdateItemTaxesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateShiftRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateShiftRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateShiftRequest
+ */
+ public function testUpdateShiftRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateShiftResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateShiftResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateShiftResponse
+ */
+ public function testUpdateShiftResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateWorkweekConfigRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateWorkweekConfigRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest
+ */
+ public function testUpdateWorkweekConfigRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpdateWorkweekConfigResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpdateWorkweekConfigResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse
+ */
+ public function testUpdateWorkweekConfigResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpsertCatalogObjectRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpsertCatalogObjectRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpsertCatalogObjectRequest
+ */
+ public function testUpsertCatalogObjectRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * UpsertCatalogObjectResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class UpsertCatalogObjectResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test UpsertCatalogObjectResponse
+ */
+ public function testUpsertCatalogObjectResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType
+ */
+ public function testV1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1AdjustInventoryRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1AdjustInventoryRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1AdjustInventoryRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1AdjustInventoryRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ApplyFeeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ApplyFeeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ApplyFeeRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ApplyFeeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ApplyModifierListRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ApplyModifierListRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ApplyModifierListRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ApplyModifierListRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1BankAccountTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1BankAccountTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1BankAccount
+ */
+ public function testV1BankAccount() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1BankAccountTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1BankAccountTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1BankAccountType
+ */
+ public function testV1BankAccountType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CashDrawerEventEventTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CashDrawerEventEventTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CashDrawerEventEventType
+ */
+ public function testV1CashDrawerEventEventType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CashDrawerEventTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CashDrawerEventTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CashDrawerEvent
+ */
+ public function testV1CashDrawerEvent() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CashDrawerShiftEventTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CashDrawerShiftEventTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CashDrawerShiftEventType
+ */
+ public function testV1CashDrawerShiftEventType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CashDrawerShiftTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CashDrawerShiftTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CashDrawerShift
+ */
+ public function testV1CashDrawerShift() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CategoryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CategoryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Category
+ */
+ public function testV1Category() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateCategoryRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateCategoryRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateCategoryRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateCategoryRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateDiscountRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateDiscountRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateDiscountRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateDiscountRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateFeeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateFeeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateFeeRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateFeeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateItemRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateItemRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateItemRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateItemRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateModifierListRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateModifierListRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateModifierListRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateModifierListRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateModifierOptionRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateModifierOptionRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateModifierOptionRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateModifierOptionRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreatePageRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreatePageRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreatePageRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreatePageRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateRefundRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateRefundRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateRefundRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateRefundRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateRefundRequestTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateRefundRequestTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateRefundRequestType
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateRefundRequestType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1CreateVariationRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1CreateVariationRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1CreateVariationRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1CreateVariationRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteCategoryRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteCategoryRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteCategoryRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteCategoryRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteDiscountRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteDiscountRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteDiscountRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteDiscountRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteFeeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteFeeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteFeeRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteFeeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteItemRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteItemRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteItemRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteItemRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteModifierListRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteModifierListRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteModifierListRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteModifierListRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteModifierOptionRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteModifierOptionRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteModifierOptionRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeletePageCellRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeletePageCellRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeletePageCellRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeletePageCellRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeletePageRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeletePageRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeletePageRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeletePageRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteTimecardRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteTimecardRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteTimecardRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteTimecardRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteTimecardResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteTimecardResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteTimecardResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteTimecardResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DeleteVariationRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DeleteVariationRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DeleteVariationRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1DeleteVariationRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DiscountColorTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DiscountColorTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DiscountColor
+ */
+ public function testV1DiscountColor() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DiscountDiscountTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DiscountDiscountTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1DiscountDiscountType
+ */
+ public function testV1DiscountDiscountType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1DiscountTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1DiscountTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Discount
+ */
+ public function testV1Discount() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1EmployeeRolePermissionsTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeeRolePermissionsTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1EmployeeRolePermissions
+ */
+ public function testV1EmployeeRolePermissions() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1EmployeeRoleTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeeRoleTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1EmployeeRole
+ */
+ public function testV1EmployeeRole() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1EmployeeStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeeStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1EmployeeStatus
+ */
+ public function testV1EmployeeStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1EmployeeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1EmployeeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Employee
+ */
+ public function testV1Employee() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1FeeAdjustmentTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeAdjustmentTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1FeeAdjustmentType
+ */
+ public function testV1FeeAdjustmentType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1FeeCalculationPhaseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeCalculationPhaseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1FeeCalculationPhase
+ */
+ public function testV1FeeCalculationPhase() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1FeeInclusionTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeInclusionTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1FeeInclusionType
+ */
+ public function testV1FeeInclusionType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1FeeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Fee
+ */
+ public function testV1Fee() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1FeeTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1FeeTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1FeeType
+ */
+ public function testV1FeeType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1InventoryEntryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1InventoryEntryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1InventoryEntry
+ */
+ public function testV1InventoryEntry() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ItemColorTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemColorTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ItemColor
+ */
+ public function testV1ItemColor() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ItemImageTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemImageTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ItemImage
+ */
+ public function testV1ItemImage() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ItemTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Item
+ */
+ public function testV1Item() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ItemTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ItemType
+ */
+ public function testV1ItemType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ItemVisibilityTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ItemVisibilityTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ItemVisibility
+ */
+ public function testV1ItemVisibility() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListBankAccountsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListBankAccountsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListBankAccountsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListBankAccountsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListBankAccountsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListBankAccountsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListBankAccountsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListBankAccountsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListCategoriesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListCategoriesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListCategoriesRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListCategoriesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListCategoriesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListCategoriesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListCategoriesResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListCategoriesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListDiscountsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListDiscountsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListDiscountsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListDiscountsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListDiscountsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListDiscountsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListDiscountsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListDiscountsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeeRolesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeeRolesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListEmployeeRolesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeeRolesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeeRolesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListEmployeeRolesResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListEmployeeRolesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeesRequestStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeesRequestStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus
+ */
+ public function testV1ListEmployeesRequestStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListEmployeesRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListEmployeesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListEmployeesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListEmployeesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListEmployeesResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListEmployeesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListFeesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListFeesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListFeesRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListFeesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListFeesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListFeesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListFeesResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListFeesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListInventoryRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListInventoryRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListInventoryRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListInventoryRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListInventoryResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListInventoryResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListInventoryResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListInventoryResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListItemsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListItemsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListItemsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListItemsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListItemsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListItemsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListItemsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListItemsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListLocationsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListLocationsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListLocationsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListLocationsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListLocationsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListLocationsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListLocationsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListLocationsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListModifierListsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListModifierListsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListModifierListsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListModifierListsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListModifierListsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListModifierListsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListModifierListsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListModifierListsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListOrdersRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListOrdersRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListOrdersRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListOrdersRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListOrdersResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListOrdersResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListOrdersResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListOrdersResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListPagesRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListPagesRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListPagesRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListPagesRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListPagesResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListPagesResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListPagesResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListPagesResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListPaymentsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListPaymentsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListPaymentsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListPaymentsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListPaymentsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListPaymentsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListPaymentsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListPaymentsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListRefundsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListRefundsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListRefundsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListRefundsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListRefundsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListRefundsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListRefundsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListRefundsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListSettlementsRequestStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListSettlementsRequestStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus
+ */
+ public function testV1ListSettlementsRequestStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListSettlementsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListSettlementsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListSettlementsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListSettlementsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListSettlementsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListSettlementsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListSettlementsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListSettlementsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListTimecardEventsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListTimecardEventsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListTimecardEventsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListTimecardEventsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListTimecardEventsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListTimecardEventsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListTimecardEventsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListTimecardEventsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListTimecardsRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListTimecardsRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListTimecardsRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1ListTimecardsRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ListTimecardsResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ListTimecardsResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ListTimecardsResponse
+ */
+ public function testV1ListTimecardsResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1MerchantAccountTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1MerchantAccountTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1MerchantAccountType
+ */
+ public function testV1MerchantAccountType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1MerchantBusinessTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1MerchantBusinessTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1MerchantBusinessType
+ */
+ public function testV1MerchantBusinessType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1MerchantLocationDetailsTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1MerchantLocationDetailsTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1MerchantLocationDetails
+ */
+ public function testV1MerchantLocationDetails() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1MerchantTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1MerchantTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Merchant
+ */
+ public function testV1Merchant() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ModifierListSelectionTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ModifierListSelectionTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ModifierListSelectionType
+ */
+ public function testV1ModifierListSelectionType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ModifierListTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ModifierListTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ModifierList
+ */
+ public function testV1ModifierList() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1ModifierOptionTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1ModifierOptionTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1ModifierOption
+ */
+ public function testV1ModifierOption() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1MoneyTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1MoneyTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Money
+ */
+ public function testV1Money() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1OrderHistoryEntryActionTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1OrderHistoryEntryActionTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1OrderHistoryEntryAction
+ */
+ public function testV1OrderHistoryEntryAction() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1OrderHistoryEntryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1OrderHistoryEntryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1OrderHistoryEntry
+ */
+ public function testV1OrderHistoryEntry() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1OrderStateTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1OrderStateTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1OrderState
+ */
+ public function testV1OrderState() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1OrderTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1OrderTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Order
+ */
+ public function testV1Order() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PageCellObjectTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PageCellObjectTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PageCellObjectType
+ */
+ public function testV1PageCellObjectType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PageCellPlaceholderTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PageCellPlaceholderTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PageCellPlaceholderType
+ */
+ public function testV1PageCellPlaceholderType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PageCellTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PageCellTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PageCell
+ */
+ public function testV1PageCell() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PageTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PageTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Page
+ */
+ public function testV1Page() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentDiscountTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentDiscountTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentDiscount
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentDiscount() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentItemDetailTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentItemDetailTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentItemDetail
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentItemDetail() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentItemizationItemizationTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentItemizationItemizationTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentItemizationItemizationType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentItemizationTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentItemizationTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentItemization
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentItemization() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentModifierTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentModifierTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentModifier
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentModifier() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentSurchargeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentSurchargeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentSurcharge
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentSurcharge() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentSurchargeTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentSurchargeTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentSurchargeType
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentSurchargeType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentTaxInclusionTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentTaxInclusionTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentTaxInclusionType
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentTaxInclusionType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentTaxTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentTaxTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PaymentTax
+ */
+ public function testV1PaymentTax() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PaymentTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PaymentTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Payment
+ */
+ public function testV1Payment() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1PhoneNumberTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1PhoneNumberTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1PhoneNumber
+ */
+ public function testV1PhoneNumber() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RefundTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RefundTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Refund
+ */
+ public function testV1Refund() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RefundTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RefundTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RefundType
+ */
+ public function testV1RefundType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RemoveFeeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RemoveFeeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RemoveFeeRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RemoveFeeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RemoveModifierListRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RemoveModifierListRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RemoveModifierListRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RemoveModifierListRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveBankAccountRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveBankAccountRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveBankAccountRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveBankAccountRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveBusinessRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveBusinessRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveBusinessRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveBusinessRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveEmployeeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveEmployeeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveEmployeeRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveEmployeeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveItemRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveItemRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveItemRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveItemRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveModifierListRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveModifierListRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveModifierListRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveModifierListRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveOrderRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveOrderRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveOrderRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveOrderRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrievePaymentRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrievePaymentRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrievePaymentRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrievePaymentRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveSettlementRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveSettlementRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveSettlementRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveSettlementRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1RetrieveTimecardRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1RetrieveTimecardRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1RetrieveTimecardRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1RetrieveTimecardRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1SettlementEntryTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1SettlementEntryTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1SettlementEntry
+ */
+ public function testV1SettlementEntry() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1SettlementEntryTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1SettlementEntryTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1SettlementEntryType
+ */
+ public function testV1SettlementEntryType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1SettlementStatusTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1SettlementStatusTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1SettlementStatus
+ */
+ public function testV1SettlementStatus() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1SettlementTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1SettlementTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Settlement
+ */
+ public function testV1Settlement() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1TenderEntryMethodTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TenderEntryMethodTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1TenderEntryMethod
+ */
+ public function testV1TenderEntryMethod() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1TenderTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TenderTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Tender
+ */
+ public function testV1Tender() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1TenderTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TenderTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1TenderType
+ */
+ public function testV1TenderType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1TimecardEventEventTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TimecardEventEventTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1TimecardEventEventType
+ */
+ public function testV1TimecardEventEventType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1TimecardEventTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TimecardEventTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1TimecardEvent
+ */
+ public function testV1TimecardEvent() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1TimecardTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1TimecardTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Timecard
+ */
+ public function testV1Timecard() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateCategoryRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateCategoryRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateCategoryRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateCategoryRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateDiscountRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateDiscountRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateDiscountRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateDiscountRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateEmployeeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateEmployeeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateEmployeeRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateEmployeeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateFeeRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateFeeRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateFeeRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateFeeRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateItemRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateItemRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateItemRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateItemRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateModifierListRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateModifierListRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateModifierListRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateModifierListRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateModifierOptionRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateModifierOptionRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateModifierOptionRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateModifierOptionRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateOrderRequestActionTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateOrderRequestActionTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateOrderRequestAction
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateOrderRequestAction() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateOrderRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateOrderRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateOrderRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateOrderRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdatePageCellRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdatePageCellRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdatePageCellRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdatePageCellRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdatePageRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdatePageRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdatePageRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdatePageRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateTimecardRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateTimecardRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateTimecardRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateTimecardRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1UpdateVariationRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1UpdateVariationRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1UpdateVariationRequest
+ */
+ public function testV1UpdateVariationRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1VariationInventoryAlertTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1VariationInventoryAlertTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1VariationInventoryAlertType
+ */
+ public function testV1VariationInventoryAlertType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1VariationPricingTypeTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1VariationPricingTypeTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1VariationPricingType
+ */
+ public function testV1VariationPricingType() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * V1VariationTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class V1VariationTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test V1Variation
+ */
+ public function testV1Variation() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * VoidTransactionRequestTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class VoidTransactionRequestTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test VoidTransactionRequest
+ */
+ public function testVoidTransactionRequest() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * VoidTransactionResponseTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class VoidTransactionResponseTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test VoidTransactionResponse
+ */
+ public function testVoidTransactionResponse() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * WeekdayTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class WeekdayTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test Weekday
+ */
+ public function testWeekday() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * NOTE: This class is auto generated by the swagger code generator program.
+ * https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen
+ * Do not edit the class manually.
+ */
+
+namespace SquareConnect\Model;
+
+/**
+ * WorkweekConfigTest Class Doc Comment
+ *
+ * @category Class
+ * @package SquareConnect
+ * @author Square Inc.
+ * @license http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Apache Licene v2
+ * @link https://squareup.com/developers
+ */
+class WorkweekConfigTest extends \PHPUnit_Framework_TestCase
+{
+
+ /**
+ * Setup before running each test case
+ */
+ public static function setUpBeforeClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clean up after running each test case
+ */
+ public static function tearDownAfterClass() {
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Test WorkweekConfig
+ */
+ public function testWorkweekConfig() {
+
+ }
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace SquareConnect;
+
+class TestAccounts
+{
+ private static $accounts;
+
+ public function __get($name)
+ {
+ if (is_null(self::$accounts))
+ {
+ $json = file_get_contents('./travis-ci/accounts.json', FILE_USE_INCLUDE_PATH);
+ $json = utf8_encode($json);
+ self::$accounts = json_decode($json);
+ }
+ return self::$accounts->{$name};
+ }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+namespace Symfony\Polyfill\Ctype;
+
+/**
+ * Ctype implementation through regex.
+ *
+ * @internal
+ *
+ * @author Gert de Pagter <BackEndTea@gmail.com>
+ */
+final class Ctype
+{
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text is either a letter or a digit, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-alnum
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_alnum($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text is a letter, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-alpha
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_alpha($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^A-Za-z]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text is a control character from the current locale, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-cntrl
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_cntrl($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^\x00-\x1f\x7f]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in the string text is a decimal digit, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-digit
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_digit($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^0-9]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text is printable and actually creates visible output (no white space), FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-graph
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_graph($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^!-~]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text is a lowercase letter.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-lower
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_lower($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^a-z]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text will actually create output (including blanks). Returns FALSE if text contains control characters or characters that do not have any output or control function at all.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-print
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_print($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^ -~]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text is printable, but neither letter, digit or blank, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-punct
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_punct($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^!-\/\:-@\[-`\{-~]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text creates some sort of white space, FALSE otherwise. Besides the blank character this also includes tab, vertical tab, line feed, carriage return and form feed characters.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-space
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_space($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^\s]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text is an uppercase letter.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-upper
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_upper($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^A-Z]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns TRUE if every character in text is a hexadecimal 'digit', that is a decimal digit or a character from [A-Fa-f] , FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @see https://php.net/ctype-xdigit
+ *
+ * @param string|int $text
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public static function ctype_xdigit($text)
+ {
+ $text = self::convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($text);
+
+ return \is_string($text) && '' !== $text && !preg_match('/[^A-Fa-f0-9]/', $text);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Converts integers to their char versions according to normal ctype behaviour, if needed.
+ *
+ * If an integer between -128 and 255 inclusive is provided,
+ * it is interpreted as the ASCII value of a single character
+ * (negative values have 256 added in order to allow characters in the Extended ASCII range).
+ * Any other integer is interpreted as a string containing the decimal digits of the integer.
+ *
+ * @param string|int $int
+ *
+ * @return mixed
+ */
+ private static function convert_int_to_char_for_ctype($int)
+ {
+ if (!\is_int($int)) {
+ return $int;
+ }
+
+ if ($int < -128 || $int > 255) {
+ return (string) $int;
+ }
+
+ if ($int < 0) {
+ $int += 256;
+ }
+
+ return \chr($int);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Fabien Potencier
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished
+to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
--- /dev/null
+Symfony Polyfill / Ctype
+========================
+
+This component provides `ctype_*` functions to users who run php versions without the ctype extension.
+
+More information can be found in the
+[main Polyfill README](https://github.com/symfony/polyfill/blob/master/README.md).
+
+License
+=======
+
+This library is released under the [MIT license](LICENSE).
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+/*
+ * This file is part of the Symfony package.
+ *
+ * (c) Fabien Potencier <fabien@symfony.com>
+ *
+ * For the full copyright and license information, please view the LICENSE
+ * file that was distributed with this source code.
+ */
+
+use Symfony\Polyfill\Ctype as p;
+
+if (!function_exists('ctype_alnum')) {
+ function ctype_alnum($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_alnum($text); }
+ function ctype_alpha($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_alpha($text); }
+ function ctype_cntrl($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_cntrl($text); }
+ function ctype_digit($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_digit($text); }
+ function ctype_graph($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_graph($text); }
+ function ctype_lower($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_lower($text); }
+ function ctype_print($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_print($text); }
+ function ctype_punct($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_punct($text); }
+ function ctype_space($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_space($text); }
+ function ctype_upper($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_upper($text); }
+ function ctype_xdigit($text) { return p\Ctype::ctype_xdigit($text); }
+}
--- /dev/null
+{
+ "name": "symfony/polyfill-ctype",
+ "type": "library",
+ "description": "Symfony polyfill for ctype functions",
+ "keywords": ["polyfill", "compatibility", "portable", "ctype"],
+ "homepage": "https://symfony.com",
+ "license": "MIT",
+ "authors": [
+ {
+ "name": "Gert de Pagter",
+ "email": "BackEndTea@gmail.com"
+ },
+ {
+ "name": "Symfony Community",
+ "homepage": "https://symfony.com/contributors"
+ }
+ ],
+ "require": {
+ "php": ">=5.3.3"
+ },
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": { "Symfony\\Polyfill\\Ctype\\": "" },
+ "files": [ "bootstrap.php" ]
+ },
+ "suggest": {
+ "ext-ctype": "For best performance"
+ },
+ "minimum-stability": "dev",
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "1.11-dev"
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+The BSD 3-Clause License
+http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+
+Copyright (c) 2013, Vance Lucas
+All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice,
+this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * Neither the name of the Vance Lucas nor the names of its contributors
+may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
+IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
--- /dev/null
+{
+ "name": "vlucas/phpdotenv",
+ "description": "Loads environment variables from `.env` to `getenv()`, `$_ENV` and `$_SERVER` automagically.",
+ "keywords": ["env", "dotenv", "environment"],
+ "license" : "BSD-3-Clause",
+ "authors" : [
+ {
+ "name": "Vance Lucas",
+ "email": "vance@vancelucas.com",
+ "homepage": "http://www.vancelucas.com"
+ }
+ ],
+ "require": {
+ "php": "^5.4 || ^7.0",
+ "phpoption/phpoption": "^1.5",
+ "symfony/polyfill-ctype": "^1.9"
+ },
+ "require-dev": {
+ "phpunit/phpunit": "^4.8.35 || ^5.0 || ^6.0"
+ },
+ "autoload": {
+ "psr-4": {
+ "Dotenv\\": "src/"
+ }
+ },
+ "extra": {
+ "branch-alias": {
+ "dev-master": "3.3-dev"
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv;
+
+use Dotenv\Environment\DotenvFactory;
+use Dotenv\Environment\FactoryInterface;
+use Dotenv\Exception\InvalidPathException;
+
+/**
+ * This is the dotenv class.
+ *
+ * It's responsible for loading a `.env` file in the given directory and
+ * setting the environment variables.
+ */
+class Dotenv
+{
+ /**
+ * The loader instance.
+ *
+ * @var \Dotenv\Loader
+ */
+ protected $loader;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new dotenv instance.
+ *
+ * @param \Dotenv\Loader $loader
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function __construct(Loader $loader)
+ {
+ $this->loader = $loader;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new dotenv instance.
+ *
+ * @param string|string[] $paths
+ * @param string|null $file
+ * @param \Dotenv\Environment\FactoryInterface|null $envFactory
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Dotenv
+ */
+ public static function create($paths, $file = null, FactoryInterface $envFactory = null)
+ {
+ $loader = new Loader(
+ self::getFilePaths((array) $paths, $file ?: '.env'),
+ $envFactory ?: new DotenvFactory(),
+ true
+ );
+
+ return new self($loader);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the full paths to the files.
+ *
+ * @param string[] $paths
+ * @param string $file
+ *
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ private static function getFilePaths(array $paths, $file)
+ {
+ return array_map(function ($path) use ($file) {
+ return rtrim($path, DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR).DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR.$file;
+ }, $paths);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Load environment file in given directory.
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidPathException|\Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array<string|null>
+ */
+ public function load()
+ {
+ return $this->loadData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Load environment file in given directory, silently failing if it doesn't exist.
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array<string|null>
+ */
+ public function safeLoad()
+ {
+ try {
+ return $this->loadData();
+ } catch (InvalidPathException $e) {
+ // suppressing exception
+ return [];
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Load environment file in given directory.
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidPathException|\Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array<string|null>
+ */
+ public function overload()
+ {
+ return $this->loadData(true);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Actually load the data.
+ *
+ * @param bool $overload
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidPathException|\Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array<string|null>
+ */
+ protected function loadData($overload = false)
+ {
+ return $this->loader->setImmutable(!$overload)->load();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Required ensures that the specified variables exist, and returns a new validator object.
+ *
+ * @param string|string[] $variables
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Validator
+ */
+ public function required($variables)
+ {
+ return new Validator((array) $variables, $this->loader);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the list of environment variables declared inside the 'env' file.
+ *
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getEnvironmentVariableNames()
+ {
+ return $this->loader->getEnvironmentVariableNames();
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment;
+
+/**
+ * This is the abstract variables implementation.
+ *
+ * Extend this as required, implementing "get", "set", and "clear".
+ */
+abstract class AbstractVariables implements VariablesInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * Are we immutable?
+ *
+ * @var bool
+ */
+ private $immutable;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new environment variables instance.
+ *
+ * @param bool $immutable
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function __construct($immutable)
+ {
+ $this->immutable = $immutable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if the environment is immutable.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isImmutable()
+ {
+ return $this->immutable;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Tells whether environment variable has been defined.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function has($name)
+ {
+ return is_string($name) && $this->get($name) !== null;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * {@inheritdoc}
+ */
+ public function offsetExists($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->has($offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * {@inheritdoc}
+ */
+ public function offsetGet($offset)
+ {
+ return $this->get($offset);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * {@inheritdoc}
+ */
+ public function offsetSet($offset, $value)
+ {
+ $this->set($offset, $value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * {@inheritdoc}
+ */
+ public function offsetUnset($offset)
+ {
+ $this->clear($offset);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment\Adapter;
+
+interface AdapterInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * Determines if the adapter is supported.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isSupported();
+
+ /**
+ * Get an environment variable, if it exists.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function get($name);
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function set($name, $value = null);
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clear($name);
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment\Adapter;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+
+class ApacheAdapter implements AdapterInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * Determines if the adapter is supported.
+ *
+ * This happens if PHP is running as an Apache module.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isSupported()
+ {
+ return function_exists('apache_getenv') && function_exists('apache_setenv');
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get an environment variable, if it exists.
+ *
+ * This is intentionally not implemented, since this adapter exists only as
+ * a means to overwrite existing apache environment variables.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function get($name)
+ {
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * Only if an existing apache variable exists do we overwrite it.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function set($name, $value = null)
+ {
+ if (apache_getenv($name) !== false) {
+ apache_setenv($name, (string) $value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clear($name)
+ {
+ // Nothing to do here.
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment\Adapter;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+use PhpOption\Some;
+
+class ArrayAdapter implements AdapterInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * The variables and their values.
+ *
+ * @return array<string|null>
+ */
+ private $variables = [];
+
+ /**
+ * Determines if the adapter is supported.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isSupported()
+ {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get an environment variable, if it exists.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function get($name)
+ {
+ if (array_key_exists($name, $this->variables)) {
+ return Some::create($this->variables[$name]);
+ }
+
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function set($name, $value = null)
+ {
+ $this->variables[$name] = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clear($name)
+ {
+ unset($this->variables[$name]);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment\Adapter;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+use PhpOption\Some;
+
+class EnvConstAdapter implements AdapterInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * Determines if the adapter is supported.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isSupported()
+ {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get an environment variable, if it exists.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function get($name)
+ {
+ if (array_key_exists($name, $_ENV)) {
+ return Some::create($_ENV[$name]);
+ }
+
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function set($name, $value = null)
+ {
+ $_ENV[$name] = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clear($name)
+ {
+ unset($_ENV[$name]);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment\Adapter;
+
+use PhpOption\Option;
+
+class PutenvAdapter implements AdapterInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * Determines if the adapter is supported.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isSupported()
+ {
+ return function_exists('putenv');
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get an environment variable, if it exists.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function get($name)
+ {
+ return Option::fromValue(getenv($name), false);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function set($name, $value = null)
+ {
+ putenv("$name=$value");
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clear($name)
+ {
+ putenv($name);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment\Adapter;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+use PhpOption\Some;
+
+class ServerConstAdapter implements AdapterInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * Determines if the adapter is supported.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isSupported()
+ {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get an environment variable, if it exists.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function get($name)
+ {
+ if (array_key_exists($name, $_SERVER)) {
+ return Some::create($_SERVER[$name]);
+ }
+
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function set($name, $value = null)
+ {
+ $_SERVER[$name] = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clear($name)
+ {
+ unset($_SERVER[$name]);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment;
+
+use Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\AdapterInterface;
+use Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\ApacheAdapter;
+use Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\EnvConstAdapter;
+use Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\PutenvAdapter;
+use Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\ServerConstAdapter;
+
+/**
+ * The default implementation of the environment factory interface.
+ */
+class DotenvFactory implements FactoryInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * The set of adapters to use.
+ *
+ * @var \Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\AdapterInterface[]
+ */
+ protected $adapters;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new dotenv environment factory instance.
+ *
+ * If no adapters are provided, then the defaults will be used.
+ *
+ * @param \Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\AdapterInterface[]|null $adapters
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $adapters = null)
+ {
+ $this->adapters = array_filter($adapters === null ? [new ApacheAdapter(), new EnvConstAdapter(), new ServerConstAdapter(), new PutenvAdapter()] : $adapters, function (AdapterInterface $adapter) {
+ return $adapter->isSupported();
+ });
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new mutable environment variables instance.
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Environment\VariablesInterface
+ */
+ public function create()
+ {
+ return new DotenvVariables($this->adapters, false);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new immutable environment variables instance.
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Environment\VariablesInterface
+ */
+ public function createImmutable()
+ {
+ return new DotenvVariables($this->adapters, true);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment;
+
+use InvalidArgumentException;
+
+/**
+ * The default implementation of the environment variables interface.
+ */
+class DotenvVariables extends AbstractVariables
+{
+ /**
+ * The set of adapters to use.
+ *
+ * @var \Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\AdapterInterface[]
+ */
+ protected $adapters;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new dotenv environment variables instance.
+ *
+ * @param \Dotenv\Environment\Adapter\AdapterInterface[] $adapters
+ * @param bool $immutable
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $adapters, $immutable)
+ {
+ $this->adapters = $adapters;
+ parent::__construct($immutable);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get an environment variable.
+ *
+ * We do this by querying our adapters sequentially.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
+ *
+ * @return string|null
+ */
+ public function get($name)
+ {
+ if (!is_string($name)) {
+ throw new InvalidArgumentException('Expected name to be a string.');
+ }
+
+ foreach ($this->adapters as $adapter) {
+ $result = $adapter->get($name);
+ if ($result->isDefined()) {
+ return $result->get();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function set($name, $value = null)
+ {
+ if (!is_string($name)) {
+ throw new InvalidArgumentException('Expected name to be a string.');
+ }
+
+ // Don't overwrite existing environment variables if we're immutable
+ // Ruby's dotenv does this with `ENV[key] ||= value`.
+ if ($this->isImmutable() && $this->get($name) !== null) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ foreach ($this->adapters as $adapter) {
+ $adapter->set($name, $value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clear($name)
+ {
+ if (!is_string($name)) {
+ throw new InvalidArgumentException('Expected name to be a string.');
+ }
+
+ // Don't clear anything if we're immutable.
+ if ($this->isImmutable()) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ foreach ($this->adapters as $adapter) {
+ $adapter->clear($name);
+ }
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment;
+
+/**
+ * This environment factory interface.
+ *
+ * If you need custom implementations of the variables interface, implement
+ * this interface, and use your implementation in the loader.
+ */
+interface FactoryInterface
+{
+ /**
+ * Creates a new mutable environment variables instance.
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Environment\VariablesInterface
+ */
+ public function create();
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new immutable environment variables instance.
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Environment\VariablesInterface
+ */
+ public function createImmutable();
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Environment;
+
+use ArrayAccess;
+
+/**
+ * This environment variables interface.
+ */
+interface VariablesInterface extends ArrayAccess
+{
+ /**
+ * Determine if the environment is immutable.
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function isImmutable();
+
+ /**
+ * Tells whether environment variable has been defined.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ public function has($name);
+
+ /**
+ * Get an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
+ *
+ * @return string|null
+ */
+ public function get($name);
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function set($name, $value = null);
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clear($name);
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Exception;
+
+/**
+ * This is the exception interface.
+ */
+interface ExceptionInterface
+{
+ //
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Exception;
+
+use InvalidArgumentException;
+
+/**
+ * This is the invalid file exception class.
+ */
+class InvalidFileException extends InvalidArgumentException implements ExceptionInterface
+{
+ //
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Exception;
+
+use InvalidArgumentException;
+
+/**
+ * This is the invalid path exception class.
+ */
+class InvalidPathException extends InvalidArgumentException implements ExceptionInterface
+{
+ //
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Exception;
+
+use RuntimeException;
+
+/**
+ * This is the validation exception class.
+ */
+class ValidationException extends RuntimeException implements ExceptionInterface
+{
+ //
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv;
+
+class Lines
+{
+ /**
+ * Process the array of lines of environment variables.
+ *
+ * This will produce an array of entries, one per variable.
+ *
+ * @param string[] $lines
+ *
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public static function process(array $lines)
+ {
+ $output = [];
+ $multiline = false;
+ $multilineBuffer = [];
+
+ foreach ($lines as $line) {
+ list($multiline, $line, $multilineBuffer) = self::multilineProcess($multiline, $line, $multilineBuffer);
+
+ if (!$multiline && !self::isComment($line) && self::isSetter($line)) {
+ $output[] = $line;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $output;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Used to make all multiline variable process.
+ *
+ * @param bool $multiline
+ * @param string $line
+ * @param string[] $buffer
+ *
+ * @return array
+ */
+ private static function multilineProcess($multiline, $line, array $buffer)
+ {
+ // check if $line can be multiline variable
+ if ($started = self::looksLikeMultilineStart($line)) {
+ $multiline = true;
+ }
+
+ if ($multiline) {
+ array_push($buffer, $line);
+
+ if (self::looksLikeMultilineStop($line, $started)) {
+ $multiline = false;
+ $line = implode("\n", $buffer);
+ $buffer = [];
+ }
+ }
+
+ return [$multiline, $line, $buffer];
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if the given line can be the start of a multiline variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $line
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ private static function looksLikeMultilineStart($line)
+ {
+ if (strpos($line, '="') === false) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return self::looksLikeMultilineStop($line, true) === false;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if the given line can be the start of a multiline variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $line
+ * @param bool $started
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ private static function looksLikeMultilineStop($line, $started)
+ {
+ if ($line === '"') {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ $seen = $started ? 0 : 1;
+
+ foreach (self::getCharPairs(str_replace('\\\\', '', $line)) as $pair) {
+ if ($pair[0] !== '\\' && $pair[1] === '"') {
+ $seen++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $seen > 1;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get all pairs of adjacent characters within the line.
+ *
+ * @param string $line
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ private static function getCharPairs($line)
+ {
+ $chars = str_split($line);
+
+ return array_map(null, $chars, array_slice($chars, 1));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if the line in the file is a comment, e.g. begins with a #.
+ *
+ * @param string $line
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ private static function isComment($line)
+ {
+ $line = ltrim($line);
+
+ return isset($line[0]) && $line[0] === '#';
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Determine if the given line looks like it's setting a variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $line
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ private static function isSetter($line)
+ {
+ return strpos($line, '=') !== false;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv;
+
+use Dotenv\Environment\FactoryInterface;
+use Dotenv\Exception\InvalidPathException;
+use Dotenv\Regex\Regex;
+use PhpOption\Option;
+
+/**
+ * This is the loader class.
+ *
+ * It's responsible for loading variables by reading a file from disk and:
+ * - stripping comments beginning with a `#`,
+ * - parsing lines that look shell variable setters, e.g `export key = value`, `key="value"`.
+ * - multiline variable look always start with a " and end with it, e.g: `key="value
+ * value"`
+ */
+class Loader
+{
+ /**
+ * The file paths.
+ *
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $filePaths;
+
+ /**
+ * The environment factory instance.
+ *
+ * @var \Dotenv\Environment\FactoryInterface
+ */
+ protected $envFactory;
+
+ /**
+ * The environment variables instance.
+ *
+ * @var \Dotenv\Environment\VariablesInterface
+ */
+ protected $envVariables;
+
+ /**
+ * The list of environment variables declared inside the 'env' file.
+ *
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $variableNames = [];
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new loader instance.
+ *
+ * @param string[] $filePaths
+ * @param \Dotenv\Environment\FactoryInterface $envFactory
+ * @param bool $immutable
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $filePaths, FactoryInterface $envFactory, $immutable = false)
+ {
+ $this->filePaths = $filePaths;
+ $this->envFactory = $envFactory;
+ $this->setImmutable($immutable);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set immutable value.
+ *
+ * @param bool $immutable
+ *
+ * @return $this
+ */
+ public function setImmutable($immutable = false)
+ {
+ $this->envVariables = $immutable
+ ? $this->envFactory->createImmutable()
+ : $this->envFactory->create();
+
+ return $this;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Load the environment file from disk.
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidPathException|\Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array<string|null>
+ */
+ public function load()
+ {
+ return $this->loadDirect(
+ self::findAndRead($this->filePaths)
+ );
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Directly load the given string.
+ *
+ * @param string $content
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array<string|null>
+ */
+ public function loadDirect($content)
+ {
+ return $this->processEntries(
+ Lines::process(preg_split("/(\r\n|\n|\r)/", $content))
+ );
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Attempt to read the files in order.
+ *
+ * @param string[] $filePaths
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidPathException
+ *
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ private static function findAndRead(array $filePaths)
+ {
+ if ($filePaths === []) {
+ throw new InvalidPathException('At least one environment file path must be provided.');
+ }
+
+ foreach ($filePaths as $filePath) {
+ $lines = self::readFromFile($filePath);
+ if ($lines->isDefined()) {
+ return $lines->get();
+ }
+ }
+
+ throw new InvalidPathException(
+ sprintf('Unable to read any of the environment file(s) at [%s].', implode(', ', $filePaths))
+ );
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Read the given file.
+ *
+ * @param string $filePath
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ private static function readFromFile($filePath)
+ {
+ $content = @file_get_contents($filePath);
+
+ return Option::fromValue($content, false);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Process the environment variable entries.
+ *
+ * We'll fill out any nested variables, and acually set the variable using
+ * the underlying environment variables instance.
+ *
+ * @param string[] $entries
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array<string|null>
+ */
+ private function processEntries(array $entries)
+ {
+ $vars = [];
+
+ foreach ($entries as $entry) {
+ list($name, $value) = Parser::parse($entry);
+ $vars[$name] = $this->resolveNestedVariables($value);
+ $this->setEnvironmentVariable($name, $vars[$name]);
+ }
+
+ return $vars;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Resolve the nested variables.
+ *
+ * Look for ${varname} patterns in the variable value and replace with an
+ * existing environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @return string|null
+ */
+ private function resolveNestedVariables($value = null)
+ {
+ return Option::fromValue($value)
+ ->filter(function ($str) {
+ return strpos($str, '$') !== false;
+ })
+ ->flatMap(function ($str) {
+ return Regex::replaceCallback(
+ '/\${([a-zA-Z0-9_.]+)}/',
+ function (array $matches) {
+ return Option::fromValue($this->getEnvironmentVariable($matches[1]))
+ ->getOrElse($matches[0]);
+ },
+ $str
+ )->success();
+ })
+ ->getOrElse($value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Search the different places for environment variables and return first value found.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return string|null
+ */
+ public function getEnvironmentVariable($name)
+ {
+ return $this->envVariables->get($name);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function setEnvironmentVariable($name, $value = null)
+ {
+ $this->variableNames[] = $name;
+ $this->envVariables->set($name, $value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clear an environment variable.
+ *
+ * This method only expects names in normal form.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function clearEnvironmentVariable($name)
+ {
+ $this->envVariables->clear($name);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the list of environment variables names.
+ *
+ * @return string[]
+ */
+ public function getEnvironmentVariableNames()
+ {
+ return $this->variableNames;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv;
+
+use Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException;
+
+class Parser
+{
+ const INITIAL_STATE = 0;
+ const UNQUOTED_STATE = 1;
+ const QUOTED_STATE = 2;
+ const ESCAPE_STATE = 3;
+ const WHITESPACE_STATE = 4;
+ const COMMENT_STATE = 5;
+
+ /**
+ * Parse the given environment variable entry into a name and value.
+ *
+ * @param string $entry
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array
+ */
+ public static function parse($entry)
+ {
+ list($name, $value) = self::splitStringIntoParts($entry);
+
+ return [self::parseName($name), self::parseValue($value)];
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Split the compound string into parts.
+ *
+ * @param string $line
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return array
+ */
+ private static function splitStringIntoParts($line)
+ {
+ $name = $line;
+ $value = null;
+
+ if (strpos($line, '=') !== false) {
+ list($name, $value) = array_map('trim', explode('=', $line, 2));
+ }
+
+ if ($name === '') {
+ throw new InvalidFileException(
+ self::getErrorMessage('an unexpected equals', $line)
+ );
+ }
+
+ return [$name, $value];
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Strips quotes and the optional leading "export " from the variable name.
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return string
+ */
+ private static function parseName($name)
+ {
+ $name = trim(str_replace(['export ', '\'', '"'], '', $name));
+
+ if (!self::isValidName($name)) {
+ throw new InvalidFileException(
+ self::getErrorMessage('an invalid name', $name)
+ );
+ }
+
+ return $name;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Is the given variable name valid?
+ *
+ * @param string $name
+ *
+ * @return bool
+ */
+ private static function isValidName($name)
+ {
+ return preg_match('~\A[a-zA-Z0-9_.]+\z~', $name) === 1;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Strips quotes and comments from the environment variable value.
+ *
+ * @param string|null $value
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\InvalidFileException
+ *
+ * @return string|null
+ */
+ private static function parseValue($value)
+ {
+ if ($value === null || trim($value) === '') {
+ return $value;
+ }
+
+ return array_reduce(str_split($value), function ($data, $char) use ($value) {
+ switch ($data[1]) {
+ case self::INITIAL_STATE:
+ if ($char === '"' || $char === '\'') {
+ return [$data[0], self::QUOTED_STATE];
+ } elseif ($char === '#') {
+ return [$data[0], self::COMMENT_STATE];
+ } else {
+ return [$data[0].$char, self::UNQUOTED_STATE];
+ }
+ case self::UNQUOTED_STATE:
+ if ($char === '#') {
+ return [$data[0], self::COMMENT_STATE];
+ } elseif (ctype_space($char)) {
+ return [$data[0], self::WHITESPACE_STATE];
+ } else {
+ return [$data[0].$char, self::UNQUOTED_STATE];
+ }
+ case self::QUOTED_STATE:
+ if ($char === $value[0]) {
+ return [$data[0], self::WHITESPACE_STATE];
+ } elseif ($char === '\\') {
+ return [$data[0], self::ESCAPE_STATE];
+ } else {
+ return [$data[0].$char, self::QUOTED_STATE];
+ }
+ case self::ESCAPE_STATE:
+ if ($char === $value[0] || $char === '\\') {
+ return [$data[0].$char, self::QUOTED_STATE];
+ } else {
+ throw new InvalidFileException(
+ self::getErrorMessage('an unexpected escape sequence', $value)
+ );
+ }
+ case self::WHITESPACE_STATE:
+ if ($char === '#') {
+ return [$data[0], self::COMMENT_STATE];
+ } elseif (!ctype_space($char)) {
+ throw new InvalidFileException(
+ self::getErrorMessage('unexpected whitespace', $value)
+ );
+ } else {
+ return [$data[0], self::WHITESPACE_STATE];
+ }
+ case self::COMMENT_STATE:
+ return [$data[0], self::COMMENT_STATE];
+ }
+ }, ['', self::INITIAL_STATE])[0];
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Generate a friendly error message.
+ *
+ * @param string $cause
+ * @param string $subject
+ *
+ * @return string
+ */
+ private static function getErrorMessage($cause, $subject)
+ {
+ return sprintf(
+ 'Failed to parse dotenv file due to %s. Failed at [%s].',
+ $cause,
+ strtok($subject, "\n")
+ );
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Regex;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+use PhpOption\Some;
+
+class Error extends Result
+{
+ /**
+ * @var string
+ */
+ private $value;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal constructor for an error value.
+ *
+ * @param string $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ private function __construct($value)
+ {
+ $this->value = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new error value.
+ *
+ * @param string $value
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ public static function create($value)
+ {
+ return new self($value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the success option value.
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function success()
+ {
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Map over the success value.
+ *
+ * @param callable $f
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ public function mapSuccess(callable $f)
+ {
+ return self::create($this->value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the error option value.
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function error()
+ {
+ return Some::create($this->value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Map over the error value.
+ *
+ * @param callable $f
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ public function mapError(callable $f)
+ {
+ return self::create($f($this->value));
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Regex;
+
+use PhpOption\Option;
+
+class Regex
+{
+ /**
+ * Perform a preg replace, wrapping up the result.
+ *
+ * @param string $pattern
+ * @param string $replacement
+ * @param string $subject
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ public static function replace($pattern, $replacement, $subject)
+ {
+ return self::pregAndWrap(function ($subject) use ($pattern, $replacement) {
+ return preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $subject);
+ }, $subject);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Perform a preg replace callback, wrapping up the result.
+ *
+ * @param string $pattern
+ * @param callable $callback
+ * @param string $subject
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ public static function replaceCallback($pattern, callable $callback, $subject)
+ {
+ return self::pregAndWrap(function ($subject) use ($pattern, $callback) {
+ return preg_replace_callback($pattern, $callback, $subject);
+ }, $subject);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Perform a preg operation, wrapping up the result.
+ *
+ * @param callable $operation
+ * @param string $subject
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ private static function pregAndWrap(callable $operation, $subject)
+ {
+ $result = (string) @$operation($subject);
+
+ if (($e = preg_last_error()) !== PREG_NO_ERROR) {
+ return Error::create(self::lookupError($e));
+ }
+
+ return Success::create($result);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Lookup the preg error code.
+ *
+ * @param int $code
+ *
+ * @return string
+ */
+ private static function lookupError($code)
+ {
+ return Option::fromValue(get_defined_constants(true))
+ ->filter(function (array $consts) {
+ return isset($consts['pcre']) && defined('ARRAY_FILTER_USE_KEY');
+ })
+ ->map(function (array $consts) {
+ return array_filter($consts['pcre'], function ($msg) {
+ return substr($msg, -6) === '_ERROR';
+ }, ARRAY_FILTER_USE_KEY);
+ })
+ ->flatMap(function (array $errors) use ($code) {
+ return Option::fromValue(
+ array_search($code, $errors, true)
+ );
+ })
+ ->getOrElse('PREG_ERROR');
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Regex;
+
+abstract class Result
+{
+ /**
+ * Get the success option value.
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ abstract public function success();
+
+ /**
+ * Get the error value, if possible.
+ *
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getSuccess()
+ {
+ return $this->success()->get();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Map over the success value.
+ *
+ * @param callable $f
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ abstract public function mapSuccess(callable $f);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the error option value.
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ abstract public function error();
+
+ /**
+ * Get the error value, if possible.
+ *
+ * @return string
+ */
+ public function getError()
+ {
+ return $this->error()->get();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Map over the error value.
+ *
+ * @param callable $f
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ abstract public function mapError(callable $f);
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv\Regex;
+
+use PhpOption\None;
+use PhpOption\Some;
+
+class Success extends Result
+{
+ /**
+ * @var string
+ */
+ private $value;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal constructor for a success value.
+ *
+ * @param string $value
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ private function __construct($value)
+ {
+ $this->value = $value;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new success value.
+ *
+ * @param string $value
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ public static function create($value)
+ {
+ return new self($value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the success option value.
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function success()
+ {
+ return Some::create($this->value);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Map over the success value.
+ *
+ * @param callable $f
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ public function mapSuccess(callable $f)
+ {
+ return self::create($f($this->value));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the error option value.
+ *
+ * @return \PhpOption\Option
+ */
+ public function error()
+ {
+ return None::create();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Map over the error value.
+ *
+ * @param callable $f
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Regex\Result
+ */
+ public function mapError(callable $f)
+ {
+ return self::create($this->value);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+
+namespace Dotenv;
+
+use Dotenv\Exception\ValidationException;
+
+/**
+ * This is the validator class.
+ *
+ * It's responsible for applying validations against a number of variables.
+ */
+class Validator
+{
+ /**
+ * The variables to validate.
+ *
+ * @var string[]
+ */
+ protected $variables;
+
+ /**
+ * The loader instance.
+ *
+ * @var \Dotenv\Loader
+ */
+ protected $loader;
+
+ /**
+ * Create a new validator instance.
+ *
+ * @param string[] $variables
+ * @param \Dotenv\Loader $loader
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\ValidationException
+ *
+ * @return void
+ */
+ public function __construct(array $variables, Loader $loader)
+ {
+ $this->variables = $variables;
+ $this->loader = $loader;
+
+ $this->assertCallback(
+ function ($value) {
+ return $value !== null;
+ },
+ 'is missing'
+ );
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Assert that each variable is not empty.
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\ValidationException
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Validator
+ */
+ public function notEmpty()
+ {
+ return $this->assertCallback(
+ function ($value) {
+ return strlen(trim($value)) > 0;
+ },
+ 'is empty'
+ );
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Assert that each specified variable is an integer.
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\ValidationException
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Validator
+ */
+ public function isInteger()
+ {
+ return $this->assertCallback(
+ function ($value) {
+ return ctype_digit($value);
+ },
+ 'is not an integer'
+ );
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Assert that each specified variable is a boolean.
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\ValidationException
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Validator
+ */
+ public function isBoolean()
+ {
+ return $this->assertCallback(
+ function ($value) {
+ if ($value === '') {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return filter_var($value, FILTER_VALIDATE_BOOLEAN, FILTER_NULL_ON_FAILURE) !== null;
+ },
+ 'is not a boolean'
+ );
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Assert that each variable is amongst the given choices.
+ *
+ * @param string[] $choices
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\ValidationException
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Validator
+ */
+ public function allowedValues(array $choices)
+ {
+ return $this->assertCallback(
+ function ($value) use ($choices) {
+ return in_array($value, $choices, true);
+ },
+ sprintf('is not one of [%s]', implode(', ', $choices))
+ );
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Assert that the callback returns true for each variable.
+ *
+ * @param callable $callback
+ * @param string $message
+ *
+ * @throws \Dotenv\Exception\ValidationException
+ *
+ * @return \Dotenv\Validator
+ */
+ protected function assertCallback(callable $callback, $message = 'failed callback assertion')
+ {
+ $failing = [];
+
+ foreach ($this->variables as $variable) {
+ if ($callback($this->loader->getEnvironmentVariable($variable)) === false) {
+ $failing[] = sprintf('%s %s', $variable, $message);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (count($failing) > 0) {
+ throw new ValidationException(sprintf(
+ 'One or more environment variables failed assertions: %s.',
+ implode(', ', $failing)
+ ));
+ }
+
+ return $this;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?php
+/**
+ * Authorize.net PaymentGateway class
+ *
+ * @category Libraries
+ * @package GLM Associate - Main Plugin
+ * @author Chuck Scott <cscott@gaslightmedia.com>
+ * @license http://www.gaslightmedia.com Gaslightmedia
+ * @release SVN: $Id: AuthorizeNet.php,v 1.0 2018/03/30 19:31:47 cscott Exp $
+ * @link <>
+ */
+
+require 'connect-php-sdk/vendor/autoload.php';
+// use net\authorize\api\contract\v1 as AnetAPI;
+// use net\authorize\api\controller as AnetController;
+
+// Uncomment the following line to activate log - DO NOT KEEP THIS ENABLED FOR NORMAL PRODUCTION!
+// define("AUTHORIZENET_LOG_FILE", "phplog");
+
+/**
+ * Authorize.net PaymentGateway class
+ *
+ * PHP version 5
+ *
+ * @category Event Management Admin Tickets
+ * @package EventManagement
+ * @author Chuck Scott <cscott@gaslightmedia.com>
+ * @license http://www.gaslightmedia.com Gaslightmedia
+ * @release SVN: $Id: AuthorizeNet.php,v 1.0 2011/01/25 19:31:47 cscott Exp $
+ * @link <>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * See paymentProcessorsTest.php in paymentProcessors directory for sample and test code.
+ *
+ * See following URL for API documentation (hover over "API" at top of page).
+ * https://developer.authorize.net/api/
+ *
+ */
+
+class PaymentGateway
+{
+ /**
+ * account
+ *
+ * @var array
+ * @access public
+ */
+ var $account;
+ /**
+ * Merchant API Credentials
+ *
+ * @var object
+ * @acess private
+ */
+ private $merchantAuthentication;
+ /**
+ * Test Mode
+ *
+ * @var string
+ * @access private
+ */
+ private $testMode;
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor
+ *
+ * @param array $account Account information
+ *
+ * @access public
+ *
+ * Information provided
+ *
+ * $account
+ * login Authorize.net login
+ * key Authorize.net login key
+ * test Test mode
+ * 0 = Production Mode (PRODUCTION)
+ * 1 = Local Transaction Approval Test
+ * 2 = Local Transaction Decline Test
+ * 3 = On-Line Transaction Test (SANDBOX)
+ * conf True if Authorize.net should send confirmation E-Mail to customer - Not used by Authroize.net API
+ * email Merchant E-Mail address to receive notices - Not used by Authorize.net API
+ *
+ * API Access for Authorize.net SANDBOX
+ * API Login ID: 44pvQ8D7d
+ * Transaction Key: 8rj6ME772K9Pe9pJ
+ * Secret Question: Simon
+ *
+ */
+ public function __construct($account)
+ {
+
+ $this->account = $account;
+
+ // Set Authorize.net environment
+ $this->account['environment'] = 'SANDBOX';
+ if ($this->account['test'] == 0) {
+ $this->account['environment'] = 'PRODUCTION';
+ }
+
+ // Common setup for API credentials
+ $this->merchantAuthentication = new AnetAPI\MerchantAuthenticationType();
+ $this->merchantAuthentication->setName($account['login']);
+ $this->merchantAuthentication->setTransactionKey($account['key']);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Process a Payment
+ *
+ * @param payment Array payment information
+ * @param contact Array contact information
+ *
+ * @access public
+ * @return array
+ *
+ * Information provided
+ *
+ * $payment array
+ * transOpt Transaction option: 0 = Charge Card, 1 = Charge Card and stroe as Profile, 2 = Charge using Stored Profile
+ * name Name of Venue
+ * customerProfileId Customer Profile ID from stored profile - if using transOpt = 2
+ * paymentProfileId Payment Profile ID from stored profile - if using transOpt = 2
+ * charge Total to be charged
+ * cctype Card type (not used for Authorize.net) Not Required
+ * ccname Name on card (not used for Authorize.net)
+ * ccnumb Card number
+ * ccexp Expiration date (m/y)
+ * cccode Security code on back of card
+ * invoice Invoice # is session ID (or some part thereof)
+ * Max 20 chars, letters and digits only
+ * Only last 20 chars used if longer
+ *
+ * $customer array
+ * id Customer ID - Must be unique for all customers
+ * fname Customer first name
+ * lname Customer last name
+ * addr1 Address Line 1
+ * addr2 Address Line 2
+ * city City
+ * state State
+ * country Country
+ * zip ZIP/Postal code
+ * phone Customer phone number
+ * email Customer E-Mail address
+ *
+ * return array
+ * gateway Name of this gateway
+ * status Numeric return status code
+ * 1 Approved
+ * 2 Bad data supplied
+ * 3 Communications failure
+ * 4 Bad response
+ * 5 Transaction not valid
+ * 6 Merchant account problem
+ * 7 Card declined
+ * statusText Short name of status
+ * authCode Authorization code - blank if card not accepted
+ * transId Authorize.Net Transaction ID for reference to this transaction
+ * refId Our reference ID for this request - this is also sent to Authorize.net for them to store with the transaction
+ * description Text description of result
+ * customerProfileId Customer Profile ID - Required to use stored payment profile for future charges
+ * paymentProfileId Payment Profile ID - Required to use stored payment profile for future charges
+ * profileStatus Status of stored profile request - True if stored profile information is returned
+ * profileStatusText Text descibing status of request to store payment profile
+ *
+ * Authorize.net test card numbers
+ * American Express 370000000000002
+ * Discover 6011000000000012
+ * Visa 4007000000027
+ * 4012888818888
+ * JCB 3088000000000017
+ * Diners Club 38000000000006
+ * Carte Blanche 38000000000006
+ */
+ public function processPayment($payment = false, $customer = false)
+ {
+
+ $errorMsg = array();
+
+ // Set the transaction's refId using timestamp
+ $refId = 'ref' . time();
+
+ // Check for required data ***** NEED TO ADD TO THIS TO TEST ALL NEEDED FIELDS *****
+ if (!is_array($payment) || !is_array($payment)) {
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 2,
+ 'statusText' => 'Bad Data Supplied',
+ 'authCode' => '',
+ 'transId' => '',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => 'The required payment and contact information was not supplied.'
+ );
+ return $resp;
+ }
+
+ // Check for specified test mode
+ switch ($this->account['test']) {
+
+ // Production Mode
+ case 0:
+ break;
+
+ // Local Test
+ case 1:
+ // Always return a card approval
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 1,
+ 'statusText' => 'Card Approved',
+ 'authCode' => '12345678',
+ 'transId' => '0',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => '(TESTMODE) Local Test - Card Approved'
+ );
+ return $resp;
+ break;
+
+ // Fail Test
+ case 2:
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 7,
+ 'statusText' => 'Card Declined',
+ 'authCode' => '',
+ 'transId' => '',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => '(TESTMODE) Local Test - Card Declined'
+ );
+ return $resp;
+ break;
+
+ // Online Test
+ case 3:
+ // Force Use of Authorize.net SANDBOX
+ $this->account['environment'] = 'SANDBOX';
+ break;
+
+ // Invalid test setting
+ default:
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 2,
+ 'statusText' => 'Bad data supplied',
+ 'authCode' => '',
+ 'transId' => '',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => 'Invalid test mode supplied - No transaction attempted'
+ );
+ return $resp;
+ break;
+
+ }
+
+ // Test for certain required data or data content issues
+ if (isset($customer['id']) && trim($customer['id']) != '') {
+ if (strlen($customer['id']) > 20 ) {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Customer ID is too long - maximum 20 characters';
+ }
+ }
+ if (!isset($payment['name']) || trim($payment['name']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Vendor Name not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($payment['transOpt']) || !in_array($payment['transOpt'], array(0,1,2))) {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Invalid transaction option specified';
+ } else {
+
+ switch ($payment['transOpt']) {
+
+ case 0: // Charge Card Only
+ case 1: // Charge Card and save as profile
+
+ if (!isset($customer['fname']) || trim($customer['fname']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer First Name not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($customer['lname']) || trim($customer['lname']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer Last Name not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($customer['addr1']) || trim($customer['addr1']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer Address Line 1 not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($customer['city']) || trim($customer['city']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer City not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($customer['state']) || trim($customer['state']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer State not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($customer['zip']) || trim($customer['zip']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer ZIP/Postal Code not provided';
+ }
+// Not requiring country at this time. - See https://developer.authorize.net/api/reference/ and search for "Country"
+// if (!isset($customer['country']) || trim($customer['country']) == '') {
+// $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer Country not provided';
+// }
+ if (!isset($payment['charge']) || (trim($payment['charge'])-0) <= 0) {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Charge Amount not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($payment['ccnumb']) || trim($payment['ccnumb']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Credit Card Number not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($payment['ccexp']) || trim($payment['ccexp']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Credit Card Expiration not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($payment['cccode']) || trim($payment['cccode']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Credit Card Security Code not provided';
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case 2: // Charge using profile
+
+ if (!isset($payment['customerProfileId']) || trim($payment['customerProfileId']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer Profile ID for charging a stored profile not provided';
+ }
+ if (!isset($payment['paymentProfileId']) || trim($payment['paymentProfileId']) == '') {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Payment Profile ID for charging a stored profile not provided';
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ // If there's a problem with submitted information
+ if (count($errorMsg) > 0) {
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 2,
+ 'statusText' => 'Bad data supplied',
+ 'authCode' => '',
+ 'transId' => '',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => implode(', ', $errorMsg)
+ );
+ return $resp;
+ }
+
+ // Create order information
+ $order = new AnetAPI\OrderType();
+ if (isset($payment['invoice']) && trim($payment['invoice']) != '') {
+ $order->setInvoiceNumber(substr($payment['invoice'], -20));
+ }
+ $order->setDescription($payment['name']);
+
+ // Set the customer's identifying information
+ $customerIdent = new AnetAPI\CustomerDataType();
+ if (isset($customer['email']) && trim($customer['email']) != '') {
+ $customerIdent->setEmail($customer['email']);
+ }
+ // $customerIdentData->setType("individual"); // "individual" or "business" - Not required
+ if (isset($customer['id']) && trim($customer['id']) != '') {
+ $customerIdent->setId($customer['id']);
+ }
+
+ // Create a transaction type
+ $transactionRequestType = new AnetAPI\TransactionRequestType();
+ $transactionRequestType->setTransactionType("authCaptureTransaction");
+ $transactionRequestType->setAmount($payment['charge']);
+ $transactionRequestType->setOrder($order);
+ $transactionRequestType->setCustomer($customerIdent);
+
+ // If charge using a stored profile
+ if (isset($payment['transOpt']) && $payment['transOpt'] == 2) {
+
+ // Setup payment profile
+ $paymentProfile = new AnetAPI\PaymentProfileType();
+ $paymentProfile->setPaymentProfileId($payment['paymentProfileId']);
+
+ // Specify profile to charge
+ $profileToCharge = new AnetAPI\CustomerProfilePaymentType();
+ $profileToCharge->setCustomerProfileId($payment['customerProfileId']);
+ $profileToCharge->setPaymentProfile($paymentProfile);
+
+ // Set transaction request type to charge profile
+ $transactionRequestType->setProfile($profileToCharge);
+
+
+ // Else, charge using new card data
+ } else {
+
+ // Set the customer's Bill To address
+ $customerAddress = new AnetAPI\CustomerAddressType();
+ $customerAddress->setFirstName($customer['fname']);
+ $customerAddress->setLastName($customer['lname']);
+ $customerAddress->setAddress($customer['addr1'].($customer['addr2']!=''?', '.$customer['addr2']:''));
+ $customerAddress->setCity($customer['city']);
+ $customerAddress->setState($customer['state']);
+ $customerAddress->setZip($customer['zip']);
+ $customerAddress->setCountry($customer['country']);
+ // $customerAddress->setCompany('');
+
+ // Create the payment data for a credit card
+ $creditCard = new AnetAPI\CreditCardType();
+ $creditCard->setCardNumber($payment['ccnumb']);
+ $creditCard->setExpirationDate($payment['ccexp']);
+ $creditCard->setCardCode($payment['cccode']);
+
+ // Create Payment Type
+ $paymentType = new AnetAPI\PaymentType();
+ $paymentType->setCreditCard($creditCard);
+
+ // Set transaction request type to charge card payment type
+ $transactionRequestType->setBillTo($customerAddress);
+ $transactionRequestType->setPayment($paymentType);
+
+ }
+
+ // Payment reference ID (up to 20 characters) for this request - Possibly supplied
+ $request = new AnetAPI\CreateTransactionRequest();
+ $request->setMerchantAuthentication($this->merchantAuthentication);
+ $request->setRefId($refId);
+ $request->setTransactionRequest($transactionRequestType);
+
+ // echo "TRANSACTION REQUEST<br><pre>".print_r($request,1)."</pre>";
+
+ // Send request to Authorize.net - ANetEvironment = CUSTOM, SANDBOX, PRODUCTION
+ $controller = new AnetController\CreateTransactionController($request);
+
+ // Select processing environment
+ switch ($this->account['environment']) {
+
+ case 'SANDBOX':
+ $response = $controller->executeWithApiResponse(\net\authorize\api\constants\ANetEnvironment::SANDBOX);
+ break;
+
+ case 'PRODUCTION':
+ $response = $controller->executeWithApiResponse(\net\authorize\api\constants\ANetEnvironment::PRODUCTION);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ die('Authorise.Net Payment Gateway: Serious error - processing environment not specified in calling code!');
+ break;
+
+ }
+
+ // echo "TRANSACTION RESPONSE<br><pre>".print_r($response,1)."</pre>";
+
+ // Assume the worst
+ $respCode = 0;
+ $respDescr = 'Unable to communicate with credit card processor.';
+
+ // If we have some response
+ if ($response != null) {
+
+ // And it if was acted upon and we got a good response
+ if ($response->getMessages()->getResultCode() != null) {
+
+ // Get Transaction Response
+ $transResponse = $response->getTransactionResponse();
+
+ // If there's a transaction response
+ if ($transResponse != null) {
+
+ // Get response code (see status codes below)
+ $respCode = $transResponse->getResponseCode();
+
+
+ // If there's any messages
+ if ($transResponse->getMessages() != null) {
+
+ // Get any message
+ $respDescr = $transResponse->getMessages()[0]->getDescription();
+
+ } else {
+
+ $respDescr = "Transaction failed";
+
+ if ($transResponse->getErrors() != null) {
+ $errCode = $transResponse->getErrors()[0]->getErrorCode();
+ $errMsg = $transResponse->getErrors()[0]->getErrorText();
+ $respDescr .= ": $errMsg ($errCode)";
+ } else {
+ $errCode = $response->getMessages()->getMessage()[0]->getCode();
+ $errMsg = $response->getMessages()->getMessage()[0]->getText();
+ $respDescr .= ": $errMsg ($errCode)";
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ // If there was no transaction response data then check for a submission data error
+ } else {
+ $errMsg = $response->getMessages()->getMessage()[0]->getText();
+ $respDescr = "Transaction failed: $errMsg";
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Possible returned Authorize.net status codes
+ * 1 = approved
+ * 2 = declined
+ * 3 = error
+ * 4 = held for review
+ */
+
+ // Determine response method
+ switch ($respCode) {
+
+ // Approved
+ case 1:
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 1,
+ 'statusText' => 'Card Approved',
+ 'authCode' => $transResponse->getAuthCode(),
+ 'transId' => $transResponse->getTransId(),
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => $respDescr
+ );
+ break;
+
+ // Declined
+
+ case 2:
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 7,
+ 'statusText' => 'Card Declined',
+ 'authCode' => '',
+ 'transId' => '',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => $respDescr
+ );
+ break;
+
+ // Error
+ case 3:
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 3,
+ 'statusText' => 'Transaction Error',
+ 'authCode' => '',
+ 'transId' => '',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => $respDescr
+ );
+ break;
+
+ // Held for Review
+ case 4:
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 7,
+ 'statusText' => 'Held for review',
+ 'authCode' => '',
+ 'transId' => '',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => $response->response_reason_text
+ );
+ break;
+
+ // Any other response code
+ default:
+ $resp = array(
+ 'gateway' => 'Authorize.Net',
+ 'status' => 4,
+ 'statusText' => 'Bad Response',
+ 'authCode' => '',
+ 'transId' => '',
+ 'refId' => $refId,
+ 'description' => $respDescr
+ );
+ break;
+
+ }
+
+ // echo "Response before profile<br><pre>".print_r($resp,1)."</pre>";
+
+ // Check if request to create a customer profile using this transaction
+ if (isset($payment['transOpt']) && $payment['transOpt'] == 1) {
+
+
+ // If the transaction was not successful
+ if ($resp['status'] != 1) {
+ $resp['profileId'] = false;
+ $resp['profileStatus'] = false;
+ $resp['profileStatusText'] = 'No profile, transaction had failed';
+
+ // Otherwise, if there's no TRansaction ID
+ } elseif (trim($resp['transId']) == '') {
+ $resp['profileId'] = false;
+ $resp['profileStatus'] = false;
+ $resp['profileStatusText'] = 'No profile, no transaction id available';
+
+ // Otherwise, try to create a customer profile
+ } else {
+
+ $profileResponse = $this->createProfileFromTrans($resp['transId'], $customer);
+
+ // Add profile request result to transaction result
+ $resp = array_merge($resp, $profileResponse);
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ return $resp;
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Create Customer Profile (saved card info) from a Transaction
+ *
+ * The following fields are required in the $customer array.
+ * This array can be the same as supplied to processPayment() with
+ * the ID added.
+ *
+ * id Customer ID - could be customer type plus record number
+ * email Customer E-Mail address
+ *
+ * Return array
+ *
+ * customerProfileId Profile ID for created customer profile (if successful)
+ * paymentProfileId Profile ID for payment (if successful)
+ * status True if successful
+ * statusText Explanation of result
+ *
+ * @param $transId string Transaction ID from a completed transaction
+ * @param $customer array Custoemr information
+ *
+ * @return array
+ *
+ */
+ public function createProfileFromTrans($transId = false, $customer = false)
+ {
+
+ $resp = false;
+
+ // Set the transaction's refId using timestamp
+ $refId = 'ref' . time();
+
+ $errorMsg = array();
+
+ // Check required input
+ if ($transId === false || trim($transId) == '' ) {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Transaction ID was not supplied';
+ }
+ if (!$customer || !is_array($customer) ) {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required customer information was not supplied';
+ }
+ if (!isset($customer['id']) || trim($customer['id']) == '' ) {
+// $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer ID was not supplied';
+ }
+ if (strlen($customer['id']) > 20 ) {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Customer ID is too long - maximum 20 characters';
+ }
+ if (!isset($customer['email']) || trim($customer['email']) == '' ) {
+ $errorMsg[] = 'Required Customer E-Mail address was not supplied';
+ }
+
+ // If there's error messages
+ if (count($errorMsg) > 0) {
+ $resp = array(
+ 'profileId' => false,
+ 'profileStatus' => false,
+ 'profileStatusText' => implode(', ', $errorMsg)
+ );
+ return $resp;
+ }
+
+ // Build customer profile - only using customerId and E
+ $customerProfile = new AnetAPI\CustomerProfileBaseType();
+ $customerProfile->setMerchantCustomerId($customer['id']);
+ $customerProfile->setEmail($customer['email']);
+ $customerProfile->setDescription($customer['fname'].' '.$customer['lname'].', '.$customer['city'].' '.$customer['state'].' '.$customer['zip'].' '.$customer['phone']);
+
+ $request = new AnetAPI\CreateCustomerProfileFromTransactionRequest();
+ $request->setMerchantAuthentication($this->merchantAuthentication);
+ $request->setTransId($transId);
+ $request->setCustomer($customerProfile);
+ $request->setRefId($refId);
+
+ // echo "PROFILE REQUEST<br><pre>".print_r($request,1)."</pre>";
+
+ $controller = new AnetController\CreateCustomerProfileFromTransactionController($request);
+
+ // Select processing environment
+ switch ($this->account['environment']) {
+
+ case 'SANDBOX':
+ $response = $controller->executeWithApiResponse(\net\authorize\api\constants\ANetEnvironment::SANDBOX);
+ break;
+
+ case 'PRODUCTION':
+ $response = $controller->executeWithApiResponse(\net\authorize\api\constants\ANetEnvironment::PRODUCTION);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ die('Authorise.Net Payment Gateway: Serious error - processing environment not specified');
+ break;
+
+ }
+
+ // echo "PROFILE RESPONSE<br><pre>".print_r($response,1)."</pre>";
+
+ if ($response != null) {
+
+ $errorMessages = $response->getMessages()->getMessage();
+
+ if ($response->getMessages()->getResultCode() == "Ok") {
+ $resp = array(
+ 'customerProfileId' => $response->getCustomerProfileId(),
+ 'paymentProfileId' => $response->getCustomerPaymentProfileIdList()[0],
+ 'profileStatus' => true,
+ 'profileStatusText' => $errorMessages[0]->getText()
+ );
+ return $resp;
+
+ } else {
+ $errorMessages = $response->getMessages()->getMessage();
+ $resp = array(
+ 'customerProfileId' => false,
+ 'paymentProfileId' => false,
+ 'profileStatus' => false,
+ 'profileStatusText' => $errorMessages[0]->getText()
+ );
+ return $resp;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ // No valid response
+ $resp = array(
+ 'profileId' => false,
+ 'profileStatus' => false,
+ 'profileStatusText' => 'bad response'
+ );
+ return $resp;
+
+
+ }
+
+}
projects / WP-Plugins / glm-member-db.git / commitdiff